Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 2014

Registration No. 333-           


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



INC Research Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  8731
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  27-3403111
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600
Raleigh, North Carolina 27604-1547
Telephone: (919) 876-9300
Facsimile: (919) 876-9360

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

D. Jamie Macdonald, Chief Executive Officer
Christopher L. Gaenzle, Esq., Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary
3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600
Raleigh, North Carolina 27604-1547
Telephone: (919) 876-9300
Facsimile: (919) 876-9360

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Heather L. Emmel, Esq.
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10153
Telephone: (212) 310-8000
Facsimile: (212) 310-8007

 

Donald R. Reynolds, Esq.
S. Halle Vakani, Esq.
Wyrick Robbins Yates & Ponton LLP
4101 Lake Boone Trail, Suite 300
Raleigh, North Carolina 27607
Telephone: (919) 781-4000
Facsimile: (919) 781-4865

 

Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.
Ian D. Schuman, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Telephone: (212) 906-1200
Facsimile: (212) 751-4864



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

            If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, check the following box.  o

            If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

            If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

            If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

            Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "accelerated filer," "large accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  $150,000,000   $17,430

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act. Includes shares of Class A common stock that may be issuable upon exercise of an option to purchase additional shares granted to the underwriters.

             The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, Dated October 6, 2014.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                  Shares

LOGO

INC Research Holdings, Inc.

Class A Common Stock



          This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of INC Research Holdings, Inc. All of the                           shares of Class A common stock offered hereby are being sold by the company.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $             . We intend to list the shares on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "INCR."

          We are an "emerging growth company" as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See "Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company."

           See "Risk Factors" on page 17 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.



           Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



 
  Per Share   Total  

Initial public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discount(1)

  $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $    

(1)
We refer you to "Underwriting" beginning of page 148 of this prospectus for additional information regarding total underwriting compensation.

          To the extent that the underwriters sell more than             shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares from us at the initial price to public less the underwriting discount.



          The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                      , 2014.



Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Credit Suisse


Baird

 

Wells Fargo Securities

 

William Blair



Prospectus dated                          , 2014.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

RISK FACTORS

  17

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  46

CORPORATE REORGANIZATION

  48

USE OF PROCEEDS

  49

DIVIDEND POLICY

  50

CAPITALIZATION

  51

DILUTION

  54

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

  56

SELECTED AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  58

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  64

BUSINESS

  94

MANAGEMENT

  112

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

  120

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

  135

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

  139

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

  141

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

  146

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  150

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

  152

UNDERWRITING

  156

LEGAL MATTERS

  160

EXPERTS

  160

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  160

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1



          You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free-writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither we nor the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) have authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is only accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.


TRADEMARKS

          We own or have the rights to use various trademarks referred to in this prospectus, including, among others, INC Research, PlanActivation, ProgramAccelerate, QualityFinish, QuickStart, the Trusted Process, Kendle and their respective logos. Solely for convenience, we may refer to trademarks in this prospectus without the TM and ® symbols. Such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent permitted by law, our rights to our trademarks. Other trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

i


Table of Contents


MARKET AND INDUSTRY INFORMATION

          Market data used throughout this prospectus is based on management's knowledge of the industry and the good faith estimates of management. All of management's estimates presented herein are based on industry sources, including analyst reports, and management's knowledge. We also relied, to the extent available, upon management's review of independent industry surveys and publications prepared by a number of sources and other publicly available information. We refer herein to the 2013 CenterWatch Global Investigative Site Relationship Survey, which surveyed over 2,000 global sites to evaluate the performance of CROs across 36 specific relationship attributes. CenterWatch, a leading publisher in the clinical trials industry, conducted the biannual global survey of investigative sites during November/December 2012 and January 2013, soliciting online responses from principal investigators, sub-investigators and study coordinators about CROs they have worked with in the past two years. To develop the mailing list for the most recent survey, CenterWatch solicited investigative site contacts directly from all CROs based on investigative sites the sponsor or CRO had worked with actively in 2010, 2011 and through 2012. The sites selected were required to have sufficient experience with the sponsor or CRO to be able to evaluate the company on multiple project dimensions (sites selected could range from sites having completed at least a few patient visits to sites that have already completed studies). Respondents from sites were principal investigators, sub-investigators or study coordinators, and sites worldwide, with no limitations on countries, were surveyed.

          All of the market data used in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the estimated market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information, which in part is derived from management's estimates and beliefs, is inherently uncertain and imprecise. Projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in our estimates and beliefs and in the estimates prepared by independent parties.

ii


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

           This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the risks of investing in our Class A common stock discussed under "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to "our company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to INC Research Holdings, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, after giving effect to the corporate reorganization described below; references to "INC Holdings" refer to INC Research Holdings, Inc.; references to "INC Intermediate" refer to INC Research Intermediate, LLC and references to "INC" refer to INC Research, LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to "common stock" refer to our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock, which is convertible into our shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, after giving effect to the corporate reorganization described under "Corporate Reorganization." References to GAAP are to the generally accepted accounting principles of the United States.


Overview

          We are a leading global Contract Research Organization, or CRO, based on revenues, and are exclusively focused on Phase I to Phase IV clinical development services for the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries. We provide our customers highly differentiated therapeutic alignment and expertise, with a particular strength in Central Nervous System, or CNS, oncology and other complex diseases. We consistently and predictably deliver clinical development services in a complex environment and offer a proprietary, operational approach to clinical trials through our Trusted Process® methodology. Our service offerings focus on optimizing the development of, and therefore, the commercial potential for, our customers' new biopharmaceutical compounds, enhancing returns on their research and development, or R&D, investments and reducing their overhead by offering an attractive variable cost alternative to fixed cost, in-house resources.

          Over the past decade, we have systematically built our scale and capabilities to become a leading global provider of Phase I to Phase IV clinical development services, with approximately 5,400 employees in 50 countries across six continents as of June 30, 2014. Our broad global reach has enabled us to provide clinical development services in over 100 countries. Our global footprint provides our customers with broad access to diverse markets and patient populations, local regulatory expertise and local market knowledge. We have developed our capabilities and infrastructure in parallel with our extensive, industry-leading relationships with principal investigators and clinical research sites, as demonstrated by our ranking as the "Top CRO" in the 2013 CenterWatch Global Investigative Site Relationship Survey, which was conducted by CenterWatch, a third-party leading publisher in the clinical trials industry. The survey covered responses from over 2,000 global sites across 36 specific relationship attributes about CROs that the sites surveyed have worked with in the past two years. Our diversified customer base includes a mix of many of the world's largest biopharmaceutical companies as well as high-growth, small and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies.

          For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014, we had total net service revenue of $652.4 million and $388.2 million, respectively, net loss of $(41.5) million and net income of $13.8 million, respectively, Adjusted Net Income of $15.4 million and $20.8 million, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $105.5 million and $72.6 million, respectively. Net service revenue, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA increased by 12.7%, 462.2% and 25.1%, respectively, and net loss decreased by 29.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from

 

1


Table of Contents

the year ended December 31, 2012. As of June 30, 2014, we had outstanding term loans under the $375.0 million credit agreement that we entered into on July 12, 2011, or the 2011 Credit Agreement, of $291.0 million and $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 11.5% Senior Notes, or the Notes. In connection with this offering, we intend to refinance our senior secured credit facilities and incur additional term loans thereunder in an aggregate principal amount of $           . We intend to use the proceeds of these borrowings, along with the proceeds of this offering and $             of cash on hand to redeem all of our outstanding Notes and pay any redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses. Following the repayment of our Notes, we expect to have $          million of term loans under our 2011 Credit Agreement. For a reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA, each of which are non-GAAP measures, to our net income (loss), see "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data."


Our Market

          The market for our services includes biopharmaceutical companies that outsource clinical development services. We believe we are well-positioned to benefit from the following market trends:

          Trends in late-stage clinical development outsourcing.     Within the clinical development market, we primarily focus on Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials. Biopharmaceutical companies continue to prioritize the outsourcing of Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials, particularly in complex, high-growth therapeutic areas such as CNS, oncology and other complex diseases, which are our primary areas of therapeutic focus. We estimate, based on industry sources, including analyst reports, and management's knowledge, that the market for CRO services for Phase II to Phase IV clinical development services will grow at a rate of 8% to 9% annually through 2018, driven by a combination of increased development spend and further outsourcing penetration. In addition, we estimate that total biopharmaceutical spending on drug development in 2013 was approximately $74.6 billion, of which the clinical development market, which is the market for drug development following pre-clinical research, was approximately $65.1 billion. Of the $65.1 billion, we estimate our total addressable market to be $56.3 billion, after excluding $8.8 billion of indirect fees paid to principal investigators and clinical research sites, which are not a part of the CRO market. We estimate that total biopharmaceutical spending on clinical development will grow at a rate of 3% to 4% annually through 2018. In 2013, we estimate biopharmaceutical companies outsourced approximately $20.6 billion of clinical development spend to CROs, representing a 9% increase in such spending compared to 2012 and a penetration rate of 37% of our total addressable market. We estimate that this penetration rate will increase to 46% of our total addressable market by 2018.

          Optimization of biopharmaceutical R&D efficiency.     Market forces and healthcare reform place significant pressure on biopharmaceutical companies to improve cost efficiency. In response to high clinical trial costs, particularly in therapeutic areas such as CNS and oncology, which we believe present the highest mean cost per patient across all clinical trials, biopharmaceutical companies are streamlining operations and shifting development to external providers in order to lower their fixed costs. Based on efficiencies gained through experience, we estimate that CROs have shortened clinical testing timelines by as much as 30%. Full service CROs can deliver operational efficiencies, provide high visibility into trial conduct, and allow biopharmaceutical companies to focus internal resources on their core competencies related to drug discovery and commercialization.

          Globalization of clinical trials.     Clinical trials have become increasingly global as biopharmaceutical companies seek to accelerate patient recruitment, particularly within protocol-eligible, treatment-naïve patient populations (patient populations that have not previously received treatment for the particular disease) without co-morbidities (the presence of other diseases

 

2


Table of Contents

or disorders) that could skew clinical outcomes. Additionally, biopharmaceutical companies increasingly seek to expand the commercial potential of their products by applying for regulatory approvals in multiple countries, including in areas of the world with fast growing economies and middle classes that are spending more on healthcare. These trends emphasize the importance of global experience and geographic coverage, local market knowledge and coordination throughout the development process.

          Management of increasingly complex trials.     Complex trial design expertise has emerged as a significant competitive advantage for select CROs that have a track record of successfully navigating country-specific regulatory, trial protocol and patient enrollment barriers. Measures of clinical trial complexity significantly increased over the last decade, as evidenced by total procedures per trial protocol increasing by 57% between 2000 and 2011. In addition, the therapeutic areas where we have a particular focus, including CNS, oncology and other complex diseases, often require more complex testing protocols than other disease indications.


Our Competitive Strengths

          We believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on positive trends in the CRO industry and provide differentiated solutions to our customers based on our key competitive strengths set forth below:

          Deep and long-standing expertise in the largest and fastest growing therapeutic areas.     Over the past 20 years, we have focused on building world-class therapeutic expertise to better serve our customers. We provide a broad offering of therapeutic expertise, with our core focus in the largest and fastest growing therapeutic areas, including CNS, oncology and other complex diseases such as genetic disorders and infectious diseases, which collectively constitute over 75% of our backlog as of June 30, 2014. Based on industry data, we estimate that CNS, oncology and other complex diseases together represent over 55% of total Phase III drugs under development. We believe we have been growing faster than the market, resulting in market share gains in our key therapeutic areas. Our total net service revenue grew by 12.7% in 2013 and our net service revenue for CNS and oncology, collectively, grew by 21.3% in 2013.

          Clinical development focus and innovative operating model.     We derive approximately 99% of our net service revenue from clinical development services without distraction from lower growth, lower margin non-clinical business. Since 2006, we have conducted our clinical trials using our innovative Trusted Process® operating model, which standardizes methodologies, increases the predictability of the delivery of our services and reduces operational risk. Since initiation of the Trusted Process®, we have reduced median study start-up time (defined as the period from finalized protocol to first patient enrolled) on new projects by 26%. Based on industry sources for the median study start-up time for the biopharmaceutical industry, we believe we achieve this milestone for our customers at a significantly faster pace than industry medians. Ninety percent of our new business awards in 2013 were from repeat customers, which we believe is directly attributable to our innovative business model.

          Unmatched, industry-leading principal investigator and clinical research site relationships.     We have extensive relationships with principal investigators and clinical research sites. We believe these quality relationships are critical for delivering clinical trial results on time and on budget for our customers. Motivated and engaged investigative sites can facilitate faster patient recruitment, increase retention, maintain safety, ensure compliance with protocols as well as with local and international regulations, and streamline reporting. The ability to recruit and retain principal investigators and patients is an integral part of the clinical trial process. Our focus on principal investigator and clinical research site relationships is unmatched in the industry, as demonstrated

 

3


Table of Contents

by our ranking as the "Top CRO" in the 2013 CenterWatch Global Investigative Site Relationship Survey.

          Broad global reach with in-depth local market knowledge.     We believe that we are one of a few CROs with the scale, expertise, systems and agility necessary to conduct global clinical trials. We offer our services through a highly skilled staff of approximately 5,400 employees in 50 countries as of June 30, 2014 and have conducted work in over 100 countries. We have expanded our presence in high-growth international markets such as Asia-Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East and North Africa. Our comprehensive regulatory expertise and extensive local knowledge facilitate timely patient recruitment for complex clinical trials and improved access to treatment-naïve patients and to emerging markets, thereby reducing the time and cost of these trials for our customers while also optimizing the commercialization potential for new therapies.

          Diversified, loyal and growing customer base.     We have a well-diversified, loyal customer base of over 300 customers that includes many of the world's largest biopharmaceutical companies as well as high-growth, small and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. Further, many of our customers are diversified across multiple projects and compounds. Our top five customers represented approximately 54 compounds in 64 indications across 132 active projects and accounted for approximately 34% of our net service revenue in 2013. Our customer base is geographically diverse with well-established relationships in the United States, Europe and Asia. We believe the breadth of our footprint reduces our exposure to potential U.S. and European biopharmaceutical industry consolidation. For example, 25% of our 2013 net service revenue was associated with biopharmaceutical customers whose parent companies are headquartered in Japan. We believe that the tenure of our customer relationships as well as the depth of penetration of our services reflect our strong reputation and track record. While 90% of our new business awards in 2013 were from repeat customers and our top ten customers have worked with us for an average of six years, we were also awarded clinical trials from 53 new customers in 2013, with particularly strong growth among small to mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. We have also increased our penetration in the large biopharmaceutical market, which we define as the top 50 biopharmaceutical companies measured by annual drug revenue, as evidenced by our new business awards from large biopharmaceutical companies growing by 46% in 2013. In the last twelve months we have performed work for all of the top 20 companies in the large biopharmaceutical market. We believe we have increased our market share significantly in recent years and are well poised to continue growing our customer base.

          Outstanding financial performance.     We have achieved significant revenue and EBITDA growth over the past several years. For example, during fiscal year 2013, we increased our net service revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income by 12.7%, 25.1%, and 462.2%, respectively, and decreased our net loss by 29.7%. We have continued this growth in the first half of 2014 with year-over-year growth of our net service revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income of 25.7%, 69.8% and 1,033.0%, respectively, and increased our net (loss) income from a loss of $27.4 million to net income of $13.8 million. The momentum in our business is also reflected in the growth in our backlog and new business awards (which is the value of future net service awards supported by contracts or pre-contract written communications from customers for projects that have received appropriate internal funding approval, are not contingent upon completion of another trial or event and are expected to commence within the next 12 months minus the value of cancellations in the same period). Backlog and new business awards are not necessarily predictive of future financial performance because they will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations. For the period from December 31, 2012 to June 30, 2014, our backlog increased by 13.0% and net new business awards grew by 20.4% during 2013 compared to 2012. We believe our outstanding

 

4


Table of Contents

financial profile and strong momentum demonstrate the quality of the platform we have built to position ourselves for continued future growth.

          Highly experienced management team with a deep-rooted culture of quality and innovation.     We are led by a dedicated and experienced senior management team with significant industry experience and knowledge focused on clinical development. Each of the members of our senior management has 20 years or more of relevant experience, including significant experience across the CRO and biopharmaceutical industries. Our management team has successfully grown our company into a leading CRO through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions and believes we are well positioned to further capitalize on industry growth trends.


Growth Strategy

          The key elements of our growth strategy include:

          Focus on attractive, high-growth late-stage clinical development services market.     We believe outsourcing late-stage clinical development services to CROs optimizes returns on invested R&D for biopharmaceutical companies. As development spend and outsourcing penetration rates continue to increase, we estimate that the late-stage clinical development services market will grow at a rate of 8% to 9% annually through 2018 and is poised to realize incremental growth relative to the overall CRO market. We believe that our core focus on the late-stage clinical development services market ideally positions us to benefit from this growth trend. Additionally, we believe that our differentiated approach of investing in highly experienced people, making better use of enabling technology and improving the process of clinical development, will allow our customers to generate superior returns.

          Leverage our expertise in complex clinical trials.     We intend to continue to develop and leverage our therapeutic expertise in complex clinical trials. We believe that our focus on and deep expertise in complex therapeutic areas such as CNS, oncology and other complex diseases better position us to win new clinical trials in these fast growing and large therapeutic areas. This is enhanced by the use of our proprietary Trusted Process® methodology that reduces operational risk and variability by standardizing processes and minimizing delays, instills quality throughout the clinical development process and leads customers to more confident, better-informed drug development decisions.

          Capitalize on our geographic scale.     We intend to leverage our global breadth and scale to drive continued growth. We have built our presence across key markets over time, developing strong relationships with principal investigators and clinical research sites around the world. We have expanded our patient recruitment capabilities, principal investigator relationships and local regulatory knowledge, which will continue to position us well for new customer wins in a wide array of markets. We have added geographic reach through both acquisitions and organic growth in areas such as Asia-Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East and North Africa, which we believe is critical to obtaining larger new business awards from large and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. Our long-term growth opportunities are enhanced by our strong reputation in emerging markets and our track record of efficiently managing trials in accordance with regional regulatory requirements.

          Continuous enhancement of our Trusted Process® methodology to deliver superior outcomes.     We intend to continue the development and enhancement of our Trusted Process® methodology, which has delivered measurable, beneficial results for our customers and improved drug development decisions. We believe our Trusted Process® will continue to lead to high levels of customer satisfaction. We expect that through continuous enhancement of our Trusted Process® methodology, we will achieve better alignment of best-in-class technology to enable increased

 

5


Table of Contents

visibility into critical processes, management and controls in the drug development process. We intend to continue to position ourselves to quickly adopt best-in-class technology through effective third-party collaborations without the need for high capital investments and maintenance costs, driving attractive returns on capital.

          Continue proven track record of identifying and successfully integrating selective acquisitions to augment our organic growth.     Over the past decade, we have developed a systematic approach for integrating acquisitions. We have successfully acquired and integrated ten companies. These strategic acquisitions have increased our size, scale and reach, complementing our organic growth profile as we have become a leading provider of CRO services. Our acquisitions have enabled us to expand our global service offerings across all four phases of biopharmaceutical clinical development while also allowing us to achieve significant synergies and cost reductions. We will continue to evaluate opportunities to acquire and integrate selective tuck-in acquisitions within the CRO sector in order to strengthen our competitive position and realize attractive returns on our investments.

          Driving our human capital asset base to grow existing relationships.     As a clinical service provider, our employees are critical to our ability to deliver our innovative operational model by engaging with customers, delivering clinical development services in a complex environment, and supporting and executing our growth strategy. All employees undergo comprehensive initial orientation and ongoing training, including a focus on our Trusted Process® methodology. Our recruiting and retention efforts are geared toward maintaining and growing a stable work force focused on delivering results for customers. We have a successful track record of integrating talent from prior acquisitions and believe we have a best-in-class pool of highly experienced project management and clinical research associates, or CRAs. A significant majority of our CRAs are specifically trained in individual therapeutic areas, with over 60% of our CRAs focused on CNS, oncology or other complex diseases. In addition, 85% of our CRAs are principally focused in one therapeutic area, and over 70% of our CRAs are solely focused in their area of expertise.


Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

          As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenues during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements for up to five years that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include, among other matters:

    a requirement to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;

    exemption from the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting;

    exemption from the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies;

    exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer;

    an exemption from the requirement to seek non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute arrangements; and

 

6


Table of Contents

    reduced disclosure about executive compensation arrangements.

          We will remain an emerging growth company for five years unless, prior to that time, we (i) have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues, (ii) have a market value for our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates of more than $700 million as of the last day of our second fiscal quarter of the fiscal year when a determination is made whether we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer," as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or (iii) issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We have availed ourselves of the reduced reporting obligations with respect to executive compensation disclosure in this prospectus, and expect to continue to avail ourselves of the reduced reporting obligations available to emerging growth companies in future filings to the extent available.

          In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new and revised accounting standards. An emerging growth company can, therefore, delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to "opt out" of that extended transition period and, as a result, we plan to comply with new and revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of those standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new and revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

          As a result of our decision to avail ourselves of certain provisions of the JOBS Act, the information that we provide may be different than what you may receive from other public companies in which you hold an equity interest. In addition, it is possible that some investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of our elections, which may cause a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and more volatility in our stock price.


Risks Associated with Our Business

          Investing in our Class A common stock involves a number of risks, including the following:

    If we do not generate a large number of new business awards, or if new business awards are delayed, terminated, or reduced in scope or fail to go to contract, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

    Our backlog might not be indicative of our future revenues, and we might not realize all of the anticipated future revenue reflected in our backlog.

    Our operating results have historically fluctuated between fiscal quarters and may continue to fluctuate in the future, which may adversely affect the market price of our stock after this offering.

    We have a history of net losses which may continue and which may negatively impact our ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

    If we underprice our contracts, overrun our cost estimates or fail to receive approval for or experience delays in documentation of change orders, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

    Our business depends on the continued effectiveness and availability of our information systems, including the information systems we use to provide services to our customers, and failures of these systems may materially limit our operations.

 

7


Table of Contents

    Our customer or therapeutic area concentration may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

    Our business is subject to international economic, political and other risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

    If we are unable to successfully increase our market share, our ability to grow our business and execute our growth strategies could be materially adversely affected.

    If we fail to perform our services in accordance with contractual requirements, regulatory standards and ethical considerations, we could be subject to significant costs or liability and our reputation could be harmed.

    We may be affected by healthcare reform and potential additional reforms which may adversely impact the biopharmaceutical industry and reduce the need for our services or negatively impact our profitability.

    Our substantial debt could adversely affect our financial condition.

    We will incur increased costs and obligations as a result of being a public company.

    Our Sponsors, as defined below, will effectively control our company, and their interests may be different from or conflict with those of our other stockholders.

          These and other risks are more fully described in the section entitled "Risk Factors" below, which you should carefully read and consider before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation would likely be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock would likely decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.


Our Sponsors

          Following the closing of this offering, affiliates of Avista Capital Partners, L.P., or Avista, and affiliates of Teachers Private Capital, or Teachers, the private investment arm of Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board, or OTPP, together will own a majority of our outstanding Class A common stock. We expect that following this offering Avista will own approximately         % of our outstanding Class A common stock, or    % if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is fully exercised, and Teachers will own approximately         % of our outstanding Class A common stock, or         % if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is fully exercised, and 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock following this offering. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock are each entitled to one vote per share and are substantially identical, except that Class B common stock will not carry the right to vote on the election of directors, and each share of Class B common stock will be convertible (on a one-for-one basis) into Class A common stock at any time at the election of the holder. We expect Teachers will own approximately         % of our Class A common stock assuming the conversion of all of its shares of new Class B common stock into shares of new Class A common stock. As a result, Avista and Teachers (each, a "Sponsor" and together, the "Sponsors") will be able to exert significant voting influence over fundamental and significant corporate matters and transactions. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering—Our Sponsors will effectively control our company, and their interests may be different from or conflict with those of our other stockholders" and "Principal Stockholders."

          Avista is a leading private equity firm with over $5 billion of assets under management and offices in New York, NY, Houston, TX and London, UK. Founded in 2005 as a spin-out from the

 

8


Table of Contents

former DLJ Merchant Banking Partners, or DLJMB, franchise, Avista makes controlling or influential minority investments primarily in growth-oriented healthcare, energy, communications and media, industrial and consumer businesses. Through its team of seasoned investment professionals and industry experts, Avista seeks to partner with exceptional management teams to invest in and add value to well-positioned businesses.

          OTPP is the largest single-profession pension plan in Canada, managing C$140.8 billion in net assets as of December 31, 2013. It is an independent organization responsible for investing the pension fund's assets and administering the pensions of Ontario's 307,000 active and retired teachers. OTPP has offices in Toronto, New York, London and Hong Kong. Teachers is the private investment arm of OTPP, managing $14.8 billion in invested capital as of December 31, 2013.


Corporate Reorganization

          Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will effect a corporate reorganization, whereby our direct, wholly-owned subsidiary, INC Intermediate, will merge with and into us, and we will be the surviving entity of such merger. As part of the merger, (i) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by stockholders other than an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into           shares of new Class A common stock, (ii) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into           shares of new Class B common stock, (iii) each currently outstanding share of Class B common stock will be converted into one share of Class D common stock, and (iv) each currently outstanding share of Class C common stock will be converted into one share of new Class C common stock. Following the merger and prior to this offering, we will redeem all of the outstanding shares of new Class C common stock and Class D common stock for $           and $           , respectively, using cash on hand, and subsequent to such redemptions of the new Class C common stock and Class D common stock, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation to eliminate the new Class C common stock and the Class D common stock from our authorized common stock. In addition, as part of the merger, we will also effect a             for 1 reverse stock split of our Class A common stock. Immediately following the merger, an affiliate of OTPP will convert the relevant number of shares of new Class B common stock into new Class A common stock such that affiliates of OTPP hold no more than 30% of the total issued and outstanding new Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering. We refer to these steps as the "corporate reorganization." The corporate reorganization will not affect our operations, which we will continue to conduct through our operating subsidiaries. See "Corporate Reorganization."


Refinancing

          In connection with this offering, we intend to refinance our senior secured credit facilities and incur additional term loans thereunder in an aggregate principal amount of $           . We intend to use the proceeds of these borrowings, along with the proceeds of this offering and, assuming an initial public offering price of $       per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, $           of cash on hand to redeem all of our outstanding $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes and pay any redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses. See "Description of Material Indebtedness."

 

9


Table of Contents


Our Structure

          The diagram below reflects a simplified overview of our organizational structure following the corporate reorganization, the refinancing of our senior secured credit facilities and this offering (including the application of the net proceeds therefrom):

GRAPHIC


(1)
References to our senior secured facilities are to our revolving credit facility and term loan facility under our 2011 Credit Agreement. See "Description of Material Indebtedness—Senior Secured Facilities."


Corporate Information

          We are a Delaware corporation and were incorporated on August 13, 2010. Our principal executive office is located at 3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600, Raleigh, North Carolina 27604-1547. Our telephone number at our principal executive office is (919) 876-9300. Our corporate website is www.incresearch.com. The information on our corporate website is not part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.

 

10


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Class A common stock offered by us

               shares (             shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

             shares (             shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock

 

The underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares of Class A common stock from us to cover over-allotments. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Class B common stock outstanding after this offering

 

             shares.

Voting rights

 

Each share of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share, except that Class B common stock will not carry the right to vote on the election of directors.

Conversion rights

 

The shares of Class B common stock are convertible into Class A common stock, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for any stock splits, combinations or similar events. The shares of Class A common stock are convertible into Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the holder so long as such holder holds Class B common stock following the corporate reorganization, subject to adjustment for any stock splits, combinations or similar events.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from our sale of             shares of Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $       million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering. This assumes a public offering price of $             , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We expect to use substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering, $             million of new term loans and approximately $             of cash on hand to redeem all of our outstanding Notes and pay any redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses. See "Use of Proceeds."

Dividend policy

 

We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future; however, we may change this policy in the future. See "Dividend Policy."

 

11


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 17 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before investing in our Class A common stock.

Proposed trading symbol

 

"INCR."

          Unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering:

    gives effect to the corporate reorganization, including (i) the conversion of existing Class A common stock into             shares of new Class A common stock (including             shares of new Class B common stock outstanding following the corporate reorganization, which are convertible into shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis at any time at the option of the holders), and (ii) a             for 1 reverse stock split of our new Class A common stock;

    excludes             shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options as of             , 2014 with a weighted average exercise price of $          per share;

    excludes             shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2010 Plan; and

    excludes             shares of our Class A common stock reserved for the future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan.

          In addition, except where otherwise stated:

    the information in this prospectus gives effect to our corporate reorganization (including a         for 1 reverse stock split of our new Class A common stock) and the refinancing of our senior secured credit facilities as described in "—Corporate Reorganization" and "—Refinancing";

    the information in this prospectus gives effect to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering; and

    the information in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase up to             additional shares from us.

          Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus assumes an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

12


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

          The following tables set forth our summary and pro forma consolidated financial data for the periods ending on and as of the dates indicated. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial information set forth below on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for such periods. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year.

          The summary unaudited pro forma data for the periods presented and the unaudited pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 have been prepared to give pro forma effect to the corporate reorganization, the refinancing of our senior secured credit facilities, the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, including the repayment of certain indebtedness, as described in "Use of Proceeds."

          Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results of operations. You should read the information set forth below together with "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Capitalization" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2011(1)   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Net service revenue

  $ 437,005   $ 579,145   $ 652,418   $ 308,945   $ 388,240  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     173,432     164,280  
                       

Total revenue

    655,986     868,600     995,090     482,377     552,520  

Direct costs

    279,840     389,056     432,261     211,265     251,545  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     173,432     164,280  

Selling, general and administrative

    95,063     109,428     117,890     56,156     66,147  

Restructuring and other costs(2)

    27,839     35,380     11,828     7,145     3,175  

Transaction expenses(3)

    10,322         508     354     2,042  

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment(4)

        4,000             17,245  

Depreciation

    15,818     19,915     19,175     9,204     11,894  

Amortization

    48,318     58,896     39,298     19,665     13,740  
                       

Income (loss) from operations

    (40,195 )   (37,530 )   31,458     5,156     22,452  

Interest expense, net

    (65,482 )   (62,007 )   (60,489 )   (29,589 )   (28,724 )

Other income (expense), net

    11,519     4,679     (1,649 )   (1,065 )   1,041  
                       

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (94,158 )   (94,858 )   (30,680 )   (25,498 )   (5,231 )

Income tax benefit (expense)

    34,611     35,744     (10,849 )   (1,882 )   18,986  
                       

Net (loss) income

    (59,547 )   (59,114 )   (41,529 )   (27,380 )   13,755  

Class C common stock dividend

    (4,500 )   (500 )   (500 )   (250 )   (250 )
                       

Net (loss) income attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ (64,047 ) $ (59,614 ) $ (42,029 ) $ (27,630 ) $ 13,505  
                       
                       

 

13


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2011(1)   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Net (loss) income per Class A common share:

                               

Basic

  $ (0.17 ) $ (0.14 ) $ (0.10 ) $ (0.06 ) $ 0.03  

Diluted

    (0.17 )   (0.14 )   (0.10 )   (0.06 )   0.03  

Weighted average Class A common shares outstanding:

                               

Basic

    370,742     441,115     439,479     439,597     438,534  

Diluted

    370,742     441,115     439,479     439,597     439,959  

Unaudited Pro Forma Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders(5)

              $           $    

Pro forma basic net (loss) income per common share(5)

                               

Pro forma diluted net (loss) income per common share(5)

                               

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding(5):

                               

Basic

                               

Diluted

                               

Statement of Cash Flow Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Net cash (used in) provided by:

                               

Operating activities

  $ (18,533 ) $ 42,999   $ 37,270   $ (3,476 ) $ 80,396  

Investing activities

    (369,670 )   (12,974 )   (17,714 )   (7,241 )   (15,241 )

Financing activities

    422,053     (18,932 )   (6,841 )   (2,077 )   (7,323 )

Other Financial Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

EBITDA(6)

  $ 35,460   $ 45,960   $ 88,282   $ 32,960   $ 49,127  

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

    65,450     84,366     105,521     42,774     72,613  

Adjusted Net (Loss) Income(6)

    (3,711 )   2,735     15,375     1,837     20,813  

Diluted Adjusted Net (Loss) Income per common share(6)

    (0.01 )   0.01     0.03     0.00     0.05  

Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering(6)

                           

Diluted Adjusted Net Income per common share, giving effect to the offering(6)

                           

Capital expenditures

    4,763     9,591     17,714     7,241     12,939  

Cash dividend paid to Class C stockholders

    4,500     500     500     250     250  

Operating Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Backlog(7)

  $ 1,221,641   $ 1,320,548   $ 1,490,787   $ 1,240,412   $ 1,492,660  

Net new business awards(8)

    449,254     676,250     814,177     231,139     384,259  

Net Book-to-Bill ratio(8)

    1.0x     1.2x     1.2x     0.7x     1.0x  

 

14


Table of Contents

 

 
  As of June 30, 2014  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma(10)   Pro Forma
As Adjusted(11)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 155,549   $     $    

Total assets

    1,320,521              

Total debt and capital leases(9)

    588,998              

Total stockholders' equity

    289,027              

(1)
We acquired Trident Clinical Research Pty Ltd., or Trident, on June 1, 2011 and Kendle International Inc., or Kendle, on July 12, 2011. The financial results of these entities have been included as of and since the date of acquisition. For further details, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—The Effect of Acquisitions on the Comparability of Our Historical Financial Statements" and Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
Restructuring and other costs consist of (i) severance costs associated with the reduction of our workforce in line with our future business operations and duplicative staff as a result of our acquisitions of Kendle and Trident, and (ii) lease obligation and termination costs in connection with the abandonment and closure of redundant facilities as a result of our restructuring initiatives. Other costs consist primarily of information technology and other consulting and legal fees attributable to our integration of Kendle.

(3)
Transaction expenses of $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 were related to legal fees, accounting fees and the noncapitalizable portion of bank fees related to our acquisition of Kendle. Transaction expenses of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 were related to third-party fees associated with debt refinancing and the legal fees associated with our acquisition of MEK Consulting in March 2014, which we refer to as the MEK Consulting acquisition. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, transaction expenses were $0.4 million of legal fees associated with debt refinancing in February 2013. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, transaction expenses were $2.0 million and consisted of $1.7 million of third-party fees associated with the debt refinancing and $0.3 million of legal fees associated with the MEK Consulting acquisition.

(4)
During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a $4.0 million impairment charge related to the goodwill associated with our Phase I Services reporting unit. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, we recorded a $17.2 million impairment charge related to intangible assets and goodwill associated with our Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units.

(5)
Pro forma net income and earnings per share:

Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income gives effect to (i) dividends deemed to be in contemplation of an initial public offering, and (ii) adjustments to interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs related to (a) the repurchase of all of our outstanding Notes and (b) the borrowings under the $             of new term loans, the proceeds of which, along with $             proceeds from the initial public offering and $             of existing cash, will be used to repurchase such outstanding Notes, as described in "Use of Proceeds." Unaudited pro forma earnings per share gives effect to the sale of the number of shares of Class A common stock required, using an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, to (i) fund the deemed payment of dividends assumed to be in contemplation of the initial public offering, (ii) fund the proceeds used to repay the Notes, and (iii) give effect to our corporate reorganization immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. As the number of incremental shares that would have been issued related to the payment of the items listed above exceed the total number of shares to be issued in this offering, we have limited the number of pro forma shares for purposes of calculating the pro forma per share data to the total number of shares to be issued in the offering.

 

15


Table of Contents

    We declared and paid dividends to our Class C stockholder of $0.5 million during 2013 and $0.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014. Dividends declared in the year preceding an initial public offering are deemed to be in contemplation of the offering with the intention of repayment out of the offering proceeds to the extent that the dividends exceeded earnings during such period.

    For further details see "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data" included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(6)
We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. To supplement this information, we also use the following non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus: EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share) and Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share, giving effect to the offering). For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus, see "Non-GAAP Financial Measures." For reconciliations of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share) to our closest reported GAAP measures, see "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data."

(7)
Backlog consists of anticipated net service revenue from contract and pre-contract commitments that are supported by written communications. The dollar amount of our backlog consists of anticipated future net service revenue from business awards that either have not started but are anticipated to begin in the next 12 months, or are in process and have not been completed. The majority of our contracts can be terminated by our customers with 30 days' notice. Backlog has been adjusted to reflect any cancellations or adjustments to the related contracts and changes in the foreign currency exchange rates of awards not denominated in U.S. dollars. Included within backlog at June 30, 2014 is approximately $1.1 billion that we do not expect to generate revenue in 2014. Backlog is not necessarily indicative of future financial performance because it will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations.

(8)
Net new business awards represent the value of future net service revenue awarded during the period supported by contracts or written pre-contract communications from our customers for projects that have received appropriate internal funding approval, are not contingent upon completion of another trial or event, and are expected to commence within the next 12 months, minus the value of cancellations in the same period. Net book-to-bill ratio represents "net new business awards" divided by net service revenue. We believe net book-to-bill ratio is commonly used in our industry and represents a useful indicator of our potential future revenue growth rate as it measures the rate at which we are generating net new business awards compared to our current revenues. Net book-to-bill is best viewed on a trailing twelve month basis due to the variability within any particular quarter that can be caused by a very large award or cancellation. The trailing twelve month net book-to-bill ratio for June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2014 was 0.8x and 1.3x, respectively. Further, we cannot assure you that the net book-to-bill rate is predictive of future financial performance because it will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations.

(9)
Includes $3.5 million of unamortized discounts as of June 30, 2014.

(10)
Pro forma information gives effect to our corporate reorganization as described in "Corporate Reorganization" immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

(11)
Pro forma as adjusted information gives effect to our corporate reorganization as described in "Corporate Reorganization" and the refinancing of our senior secured credit facilities and adjusts our capitalization to reflect the sale of               shares of our Class A common stock in this offering by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described in "Use of Proceeds."

 

16


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

          Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below together with the other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to purchase our Class A common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, reputation and future prospects. In this event, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

If we do not generate a large number of new business awards, or if new business awards are delayed, terminated, reduced in scope or fail to go to contract, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

          Our business is dependent on our ability to generate new business awards from new and existing customers and maintain existing customer contracts for clinical development services and other services. Our inability to generate new business awards on a timely basis and subsequently enter into contracts for such awards could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

          The time between when a study is awarded and when it goes to contract is typically several months, and prior to a new business award going to contract, our customers can cancel the award without notice. Once an award goes to contract, the majority of our customers can terminate the contract with 30 days' notice. Our contracts may be delayed or terminated by our customers or reduced in scope for a variety of reasons beyond our control, including but not limited to:

          As a result, contract terminations, delays and modifications are a regular part of our business. In the event of termination, our contracts often provide for fees for winding down the project, which include both fees incurred and actual and noncancellable expenditures and may include a fee to cover a percentage of the remaining professional fees on the project. These fees may not be sufficient for us to maintain our margins, and termination may result in lower resource utilization rates and therefore lower operating margins. In addition, cancellation of a clinical trial for the reasons noted above may also result in the unwillingness or inability of our customer to satisfy certain associated accounts receivable, which may in turn result in a material impact to our results of operations and cash flow. Historically, cancellations and delays have negatively impacted our

17


Table of Contents

operating results. In addition, we might not realize the full benefits of our backlog if our customers cancel, delay or reduce their commitments to us, which may occur if, among other things, a customer decides to shift its business to a competitor or revoke our status as a preferred provider. Thus, the loss or delay of a large business award or the loss or delay of multiple awards could adversely affect our service revenues and profitability. Additionally, a change in the timing of a new business award could affect the period over which we recognize revenue and reduce our revenue in any one quarter.

Our backlog might not be indicative of our future revenues, and we might not realize all of the anticipated future revenue reflected in our backlog.

          Backlog consists of anticipated net service revenue awarded from contract and pre-contract commitments that are supported by written communications. Once work begins on a project, revenue is recognized over the duration of the project, provided the award has gone to contract. Projects may be canceled or delayed by the customer or delayed by regulatory authorities for reasons beyond our control. To the extent projects are delayed, the timing of our revenue could be adversely affected. In addition, if a customer terminates a contract, we typically would be entitled to receive payment for all services performed up to the termination date and subsequent customer-authorized services related to terminating the canceled project. Typically, however, we have no contractual right to the full amount of the future revenue reflected in our backlog in the event of a contract termination or subsequent changes in scope that reduce the value of the contract. The duration of the projects included in our backlog, and the related revenue recognition, typically range from a few months to several years. Our backlog might not be indicative of our future revenues, and we might not realize all the anticipated future revenue reflected in our backlog. A number of factors may affect backlog, including:

          The rate at which our backlog converts to revenue may vary over time. The revenue recognition on larger, more global projects could be slower than on smaller, more regional projects for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to, an extended period of negotiation between the time the project is awarded to us and the actual execution of the contract, as well as an increased timeframe for obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals. Additionally, delayed projects remain in backlog unless otherwise canceled by the customer, but do not generate revenue at the rate originally expected.

          Our backlog at June 30, 2014 was $1.5 billion. Although an increase in backlog will generally result in an increase in revenues over time, an increase in backlog at a particular point in time does not necessarily correspond directly to an increase in revenues during any particular period, or at all. The extent to which contracts in backlog will result in revenue depends on many factors, including, but not limited to, delivery against project schedules, scope changes, contract terminations and the nature, duration and complexity of the contracts, and can vary significantly over time.

18


Table of Contents

Our operating results have historically fluctuated between fiscal quarters and may continue to fluctuate in the future, which may adversely affect the market price of our stock after this offering.

          Our operating results have fluctuated in previous quarters and years and may continue to vary significantly from quarter to quarter and are influenced by a variety of factors, such as:

          Our operating results for any particular quarter are not necessarily a meaningful indicator of future results and fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares.

We have a history of net losses which may continue and which may negatively impact our ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

          We have a history of net losses and cannot assure you that we will achieve or sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, we had net income of $13.8 million. However, we incurred net losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 of $59.5 million, $59.1 million and $41.5 million, respectively. If we cannot maintain our profitability, the value of our stock price may be impacted.

If we underprice our contracts, overrun our cost estimates or fail to receive approval for or experience delays in documentation of change orders, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

          We price our contracts based on assumptions regarding the scope of work required and cost to complete the work. We bear the financial risk if we initially underprice our contracts or otherwise overrun our cost estimates, which could adversely affect our cash flows and financial performance. In addition, contracts with our customers are subject to change orders, which occur when the scope of work we perform needs to be modified from that originally contemplated in our contract with the customers. This can occur, for example, when there is a change in a key study assumption or parameter or a significant change in timing. We may be unable to successfully negotiate changes in scope or change orders on a timely basis or at all, which could require us to incur cost outlays ahead of the receipt of any additional revenue. In addition, under GAAP, we cannot recognize additional revenue anticipated from change orders until appropriate documentation is received by us from the customer authorizing the change. However, if we incur additional expense in anticipation of receipt of that documentation, we must recognize the expense as incurred. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

19


Table of Contents

Our business depends on the continued effectiveness and availability of our information systems, including the information systems we use to provide services to our customers, and failures of these systems may materially limit our operations.

          Our information systems comprise systems we have purchased or developed, legacy information systems from organizations we have acquired and, increasingly, due to the global nature of our business and our reliance on information systems (both internal and external) to provide our services, web-enabled and other integrated information systems. In using these information systems, we frequently rely on third-party vendors to provide hosting services, where our infrastructure is dependent upon the reliability of their underlying platforms, facilities and communications systems. We also utilize integrated information systems that we provide customers access to or install for our customers in conjunction with our delivery of services.

          As the breadth and complexity of our information systems continue to grow, we will increasingly be exposed to the risks inherent in maintaining the stability of our legacy systems due to prior customization, attrition of employees or vendors involved in their development, and obsolescence of the underlying technology. Because certain customers and clinical trials may be dependent upon these legacy systems, we also face an increased level of embedded risk in maintaining the legacy systems and limited options to mitigate such risk. We are also exposed to risks associated with the availability of all our information systems, including:

          The materialization of any of these risks may impede the processing of data, the delivery of databases and services, and the day-to-day management of our business and could result in the corruption, loss or unauthorized disclosure of proprietary, confidential or other data. While we have disaster recovery plans in place, they might not adequately protect us in the event of a system failure. Despite any precautions we take, damage from fire, floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, break-ins and similar events at our various computer facilities or those of our third-party vendors could result in interruptions in the flow of data to us and from us to our customers. Corruption or loss of data may result in the need to repeat a trial at no cost to the customer, but at significant cost to us, the termination of a contract or damage to our reputation. Additionally, significant delays in system enhancements or inadequate performance of new or upgraded systems once completed could damage our reputation and harm our business. Finally, long-term disruptions in the infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities and acts of terrorism, particularly involving cities in which we have offices, could adversely affect our businesses. As our business continues to expand globally, these types of risks may be further increased by instability in the geopolitical climate of certain regions, underdeveloped and less stable utilities and communications infrastructure, and other local and regional factors. Although we carry property and business interruption insurance which we believe is customary for our industry, our coverage might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

          Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential data, whether through systems failure or employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, could damage our reputation and cause us to lose customers. Similarly, we have been and expect that we will continue to be subject to attempts to gain unauthorized access to or through our information systems or those we internally or externally

20


Table of Contents

develop for our customers, including a cyber-attack by computer programmers and hackers who may develop and deploy viruses, worms or other malicious software programs. To date these attacks have not had a material impact on our operations or financial results. Nonetheless, successful attacks in the future could result in negative publicity, significant remediation costs, legal liability and damage to our reputation and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, our liability insurance might not be sufficient in type or amount to cover us against claims related to security breaches, cyber-attacks and other related breaches.

Our customer or therapeutic area concentration may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

          If any large customer decreases or terminates its relationship with us, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially adversely affected. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our top ten customers based on revenue accounted for approximately 44% of our net service revenue and our top ten customers based on backlog accounted for approximately 58% of our total backlog. Various subsidiaries of Otsuka Holdings Co., Ltd. accounted for approximately 12%, 12% and 15% of our net service revenue in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. It is possible that an even greater portion of our revenues will be attributable to a smaller number of customers in the future. Also, consolidation in our potential customer base results in increased competition for important market segments and fewer available customer accounts.

          Additionally, conducting multiple clinical trials for different sponsors in a single therapeutic class involving drugs with the same or similar chemical action may adversely affect our business if some or all of the trials are canceled because of new scientific information or regulatory judgments that affect the drugs as a class. Similarly, marketing and selling products for different sponsors with similar drug action subjects us to risk if new scientific information or regulatory judgment prejudices the products as a class, leading to compelled or voluntary prescription limitations or withdrawal of some or all of the products from the market.

Our business is subject to international economic, political and other risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

          We have operations in many foreign countries, including, but not limited to, countries in the Asia-Pacific region, Europe, Latin America and the Middle East and Africa. As of June 30, 2014, approximately 56.5% of our workforce was located outside of the United States, and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 28.2% of our net service revenue was billed to locations outside the United States. Our international operations are subject to risks and uncertainties inherent in operating in these regions, including:

21


Table of Contents

These risks and uncertainties could negatively impact our ability to, among other things, perform large, global projects for our customers. Furthermore, our ability to deal with these issues could be affected by applicable U.S. laws. Any such risks could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

Governmental authorities may question our intercompany transfer pricing policies or change their laws in a manner that could increase our effective tax rate or otherwise harm our business.

          As a U.S. company doing business in international markets through subsidiaries, we are subject to foreign tax and intercompany pricing laws, including those relating to the flow of funds between the parent and subsidiaries. Regulators in the United States and in foreign markets closely monitor our corporate structure and how we account for intercompany fund transfers. If regulators challenge our corporate structure, transfer pricing mechanisms or intercompany transfers, our operations may be negatively impacted and our effective tax rate may increase. Tax rates vary from country to country and if regulators determine that our profits in one jurisdiction should be increased, we might not be able to fully utilize all foreign tax credits that are generated, which would increase our effective tax rate. Additionally, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and

22


Table of Contents

Development, or OECD, has issued certain proposed guidelines regarding base erosion and profit sharing. Once these guidelines are formally adopted by the OECD, it is possible that separate taxing jurisdictions may also adopt some form of these guidelines. In such case, we may need to change our approach to intercompany transfer pricing in order to maintain compliance under the new rules. Our effective tax rate may increase or decrease depending on the current location of global operations at the time of the change. Finally, we might not always be in compliance with all applicable customs, exchange control, Value Added Tax and transfer pricing laws despite our efforts to be aware of and to comply with such laws. If these laws change we may need to adjust our operating procedures and our business could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to successfully increase our market share, our ability to grow our business and execute our growth strategies could be materially adversely affected.

          A key element of our growth strategy is increasing our market share both within the clinical development market and in the geographic markets in which we operate. As we grow our market share, we might not have or adequately build the competencies necessary to perform our services satisfactorily or may face increased competition. If we are unable to succeed in increasing our market share, we will be unable to implement this element of our growth strategy, and our ability to grow our business could be adversely affected.

Upgrading the information systems that support our operating processes and evolving the technology platform for our services pose risks to our business.

          Continued efficient operation of our business requires that we implement standardized global business processes and evolve our information systems to enable this implementation. We have continued to undertake significant programs to optimize business processes with respect to our services. Our inability to effectively manage the implementation of new information systems or upgrades and adapt to new processes designed into these new or upgraded systems in a timely and cost-effective manner may result in disruption to our business and negatively affect our operations.

          We have entered into agreements with certain vendors to provide systems development, integration and hosting services that develop or license to us the information technology, or IT, platforms and capacity for programs to optimize our business processes. If such vendors or their products fail to perform as required or if there are substantial delays in developing, implementing and updating our IT platforms, our customer delivery may be impaired, and we may have to make substantial further investments, internally or with third parties, to achieve our objectives. For example, we rely on an external vendor to provide the clinical trial management software used in managing the completion of our customer clinical trials. If that externally provided system is not properly maintained we might not be able to meet the obligations of our contracts or may need to incur significant costs to replace the system or capability. Additionally, our progress may be limited by parties with existing or claimed patents who seek to enjoin us from using preferred technology or seek license payments from us.

          Meeting our objectives is dependent on a number of factors which might not take place as we anticipate, including obtaining adequate technology-enabled services, depending upon our third-party vendors to develop and enhance existing applications to adequately support our business, creating IT-enabled services that our customers will find desirable and implementing our business model with respect to these services. Also, increased IT-related expenditures and our potential inability to anticipate increases in service costs may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

23


Table of Contents

We are in the process of implementing a new version of our Enterprise Resource Planning system and, if this new system proves ineffective, we may be unable to timely or accurately prepare financial reports or make payments to our principal investigators, vendors and employees, or invoice and collect from our customers.

          We are in the process of implementing a new version of our Enterprise Resource Planning, or ERP, system. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the upgrade of this system could adversely affect our ability to timely and accurately report financial information, including the filing of our quarterly or annual reports with the SEC. Such delay or disruption could also impact our ability to timely or accurately make payments to our principal investigators, vendors and employees, and could also inhibit our ability to invoice and collect from our customers. When we upgrade our ERP system, data integrity problems or other issues may be discovered that if not corrected could impact our business or financial results. In addition, we may experience periodic or prolonged disruption of our financial functions arising out of this conversion, general use of such systems, other periodic upgrades or updates, or other external factors that are outside of our control. If we encounter unforeseen problems with our financial system or related systems and infrastructure, our business, operations, and financial systems could be adversely affected. We may need to implement additional systems or transition to other new systems that require new expenditures in order to function effectively as a public company. There can be no assurance that our implementation of additional systems or transition to new systems will be successful, or that such implementation or transition will not present unforeseen costs or demands on our management.

If we fail to perform our services in accordance with contractual requirements, regulatory standards and ethical considerations, we could be subject to significant costs or liability and our reputation could be harmed.

          We contract with biopharmaceutical companies to perform a wide range of services to assist them in bringing new drugs to market. Our services include monitoring clinical trials, data and laboratory analysis, electronic data capture, or EDC, patient recruitment and other related services. Such services are complex and subject to contractual requirements, regulatory standards and ethical considerations. For example, we must adhere to applicable regulatory requirements such as the United States Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, current Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, regulations, which govern, among other things, the design, conduct, performance, monitoring, auditing, recording, analysis, and reporting of clinical trials. If we fail to perform our services in accordance with these requirements, regulatory agencies may take action against us or our customers. Such actions may include sanctions such as injunctions or failure of such regulatory authorities to grant marketing approval of products, imposition of clinical holds or delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, rejection of data collected in our studies, license revocation, product seizures or recalls, operational restrictions, civil or criminal penalties or prosecutions, damages or fines. Additionally, there is a risk that actions by regulatory authorities, if they result in significant inspectional observations or other measures, could harm our reputation and cause customers not to award us future contracts or to cancel existing contracts. Any such action could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

          Such consequences could arise if, among other things, the following occur:

          Improper performance of our services.     The performance of clinical development services is complex and time-consuming. For example, we may make mistakes in conducting a clinical trial that could negatively impact or obviate the usefulness of the trial or cause the results of the trial to be reported improperly. If the trial results are compromised, we could be subject to significant costs

24


Table of Contents

or liability, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to perform our services and our reputation could be harmed. As examples:

Large clinical trials can cost hundreds of millions of dollars and improper performance of our services could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, damage our reputation and result in the termination of current contracts by or failure to obtain future contracts from the affected customer or other customers.

          Interactive Voice/Web Response Technology malfunction.     We develop, maintain and use third-party computer run interactive voice/web response systems to automatically manage the randomization of patients in a given clinical trial to different treatment arms and regulate the supply of investigational drugs, all by means of interactive voice/web response systems. An error in the design, programming or validation of these systems could lead to inappropriate assignment or dosing of patients which could give rise to patient safety issues, invalidation of the trial or liability claims against us. Furthermore, negative publicity associated with such a malfunction could have an adverse effect on our business and reputation. Additionally, errors in randomization may require us to repeat the trial at no further cost to our customer, but at a substantial cost to us.

          Investigation of customers.     From time to time, one or more of our customers are audited or investigated by regulatory authorities or enforcement agencies with respect to regulatory compliance of their clinical trials, programs or the marketing and sale of their drugs. In these situations, we have often provided services to our customers with respect to the clinical trials, programs or activities being audited or investigated, and we are called upon to respond to requests for information by the authorities and agencies. There is a risk that either our customers or regulatory authorities could claim that we performed our services improperly or that we are responsible for clinical trial or program compliance. If our customers or regulatory authorities make such claims against us and prove them, we could be subject to damages, fines or penalties. In addition, negative publicity regarding regulatory compliance of our customers' clinical trials, programs or drugs could have an adverse effect on our business and reputation.

          Insufficient customer funding to complete a clinical trial.     As noted above, clinical trials can cost hundreds of millions of dollars. There is a risk that we may initiate a clinical trial for a customer, and then the customer becomes unwilling or unable to fund the completion of the trial. In such a situation, notwithstanding the customer's ability or willingness to pay for or otherwise facilitate the completion of the trial, we may be ethically bound to complete or wind down the trial at our own expense.

          In addition to the above U.S. laws and regulations, we must comply with the laws of all countries where we do business, including laws governing clinical trials in the jurisdiction where the trials are performed. Failure to comply with applicable requirements could subject us to regulatory risk, liability and potential costs associated with redoing the trials, which could damage our reputation and adversely affect our operating results.

25


Table of Contents

Any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend.

          We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business or pursuant to governmental or regulatory enforcement activity. While we do not believe that the resolution of any currently pending lawsuits against us will, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, litigation to which we subsequently become a party might result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources, which might seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all of the costs to resolve one or more such claims, and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. In particular, any claim could result in potential liability for us if the claim is outside the scope of the indemnification agreement we have with our customers, our customers do not abide by the indemnification agreement as required or the liability exceeds the amount of any applicable indemnification limits or available insurance coverage. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

Our business exposes us to potential liability for personal injury or claims that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

          Our business involves clinical trial management, which is one of our clinical development service offerings and includes the testing of new drugs on human volunteers. This business exposes us to the risk of liability for personal injury or death to patients resulting from, among other things, possible unforeseen adverse side effects or improper administration of a drug or device. Many of these volunteers and patients are already seriously ill and are at risk of further illness or death. Although we attempt to negotiate indemnification arrangements with our customers or vendors, we might not be able to collect under these arrangements and our exposure could exceed any contractual limits on indemnification. Any claim or liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

If our insurance does not cover all of our indemnification obligations and other liabilities associated with our operations, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

          We maintain insurance designed to provide coverage for ordinary risks associated with our operations and our ordinary indemnification obligations which we believe to be customary for our industry. The coverage provided by such insurance might not be adequate for all claims we may make or may be contested by our insurance carriers. If our insurance is not adequate or available to pay all claims or exposures associated with our operations, or if we are unable to purchase adequate insurance at reasonable rates in the future, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

If we are unable to attract suitable principal investigators and recruit and enroll patients for clinical trials, our clinical development business might suffer.

          The recruitment of principal investigators and patients for clinical trials is essential to our business. Principal investigators are typically located at hospitals, clinics or other sites and supervise the administration of the investigational drug to patients during the course of a clinical trial. Patients generally include people from the communities in which the clinical trials are conducted. Our clinical development business could be adversely affected if we are unable to attract suitable and willing principal investigators or recruit and enroll patients for clinical trials on a consistent basis. The expanding global nature of clinical trials increases the risk associated with

26


Table of Contents

attracting suitable principal investigators and patients, especially if these trials are conducted in regions where our resources or experience may be more limited. For example, if we are unable to engage principal investigators to conduct clinical trials as planned or enroll sufficient patients in clinical trials, we might need to expend additional funds to obtain access to more principal investigators and patients than planned or else be compelled to delay or modify the clinical trial plans, which may result in additional costs to us or cancellation of the trial by our customer. If realized, these risks may also inhibit our ability to attract new business, particularly in certain regions.

Many of the costs for our Phase I Services segment are fixed in nature, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          Since a large amount of the operating costs for our Phase I Services segment are relatively fixed while revenue is subject to fluctuation, moderate variations in the commencement, progress or completion of the Phase I studies in our Phase I Services segment may cause variations in our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Expenses must be recognized when incurred and the delay of a contract could adversely affect our service revenues and profitability. Net service revenue from our Phase I Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2013 represented approximately 3.6% of our total net service revenue for that period.

If we lose the services of key personnel or are unable to recruit experienced personnel, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation could be materially adversely affected.

          Our success substantially depends on the collective performance, contributions and expertise of our senior management team and other key personnel including qualified management, professional, scientific and technical operating staff and business development personnel. There is significant competition for qualified personnel, particularly those with higher educational degrees, in the biopharmaceutical and related services industries. In addition, the close proximity of some of our facilities to offices of our major competitors could adversely impact our ability to successfully recruit and retain key personnel. The departure of any key executive, or our inability to continue to identify, attract and retain qualified personnel or replace any departed personnel in a timely fashion, might impact our ability to grow our business and compete effectively in our industry and might negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

Exchange rate fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

          Approximately 27% of our fiscal year 2013 net service revenues were contracted in currencies other than U.S. dollars and 41% of our direct and operating costs are incurred in countries with functional currencies other than U.S. dollars. Our financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars and changes in foreign currency exchange rates could significantly affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Exchange rate fluctuations between local currencies and the U.S. dollar create risk in several ways, including:

          Foreign Currency Risk from Differences in Customer Contract Currency and Operating Costs Currency.     The majority of our global contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars or Euros while the currency used to fund our operating costs in foreign countries is denominated in various different currencies. Fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies we use to contract with our customers and the currencies in which we incur cost to complete those contracts can have a significant impact on our results of operations.

          Foreign Currency Translation Risk.     The revenue and expenses of our international operations are generally denominated in local currencies and translated into U.S. dollars for financial reporting

27


Table of Contents

purposes. Accordingly, exchange rate fluctuations will affect the translation of international results into U.S. dollars for purposes of reporting our consolidated results.

          Foreign Currency Transaction Risk.     We are subject to foreign currency transaction risk for fluctuations in exchange rates during the period of time between the consummation and cash settlement of a transaction. We earn revenue from our service contracts denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars over a period of several months and, in many cases, over several years. Accordingly, exchange rate fluctuations during this period may affect our profitability with respect to such contracts.

          We may limit these risks through exchange rate fluctuation provisions stated in our service contracts, or we may hedge our transaction risk with foreign currency exchange contracts or options. We have not, however, mitigated all of our foreign currency transaction risk, and we may experience fluctuations in financial results from our operations outside the United States and foreign currency transaction risk associated with our service contracts.

Unfavorable economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

          Unfavorable economic conditions, including disruptions in the credit and capital markets, could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. For example, our customers might not be able to raise money to conduct existing clinical trials, or to fund new drug development and related future clinical trials. In addition, economic or market disruptions could negatively impact our vendors, contractors, or principal investigators which might have a negative effect on our business.

Our effective income tax rate may fluctuate, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

          Our effective income tax rate is influenced by our projected profitability in the various taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. Changes in the distribution of profits and losses among taxing jurisdictions may have a significant impact on our effective income tax rate, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Further, we have a full valuation allowance on our net operating loss carryforwards and other net deferred tax assets in the United States and United Kingdom, our principal contracting locations. Accordingly, under GAAP, we do not recognize a tax benefit or expense in current operations for income generated in these jurisdictions. Factors that may affect our effective income tax rate include, but are not limited to:

28


Table of Contents

These changes may cause fluctuations in our effective income tax rate that could adversely affect our results of operations and cause fluctuations in our earnings and earnings per share.

We may be limited in our ability to utilize, or may not be able to utilize, net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards to reduce our future tax liability.

          As of December 31, 2013, we had U.S. federal NOL carryforwards of $191 million and state NOL carryforwards of $239 million, which may be limited annually due to certain change in ownership provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Our federal NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2018 and will completely expire in 2033. Our state NOL carryforwards may be used over various periods ranging from one to 20 years. See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a further discussion of our tax loss carryovers and current limitations on our ability to utilize NOLs.

          Future ownership changes within the meaning of Section 382(g) of the Code may subject our tax loss carryforwards to annual limitations which would restrict our ability to use them to offset our taxable income in periods following the ownership changes. In general, the annual use limitation equals the aggregate value of our equity at the time of the ownership change multiplied by a specified tax-exempt interest rate.

          We have had significant financial losses in previous years and, as a result, we currently maintain a full valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets including our federal and state NOL carryforwards.

We have only a limited ability to protect our intellectual property rights, and these rights are important to our success.

          We develop, use and protect our proprietary methodologies, analytics, systems, technologies and other intellectual property. Existing laws of the various countries in which we provide services or solutions offer only limited protection of our intellectual property rights, and the protection in some countries may be very limited. We rely upon a combination of trade secrets, confidentiality policies, nondisclosure agreements, and other contractual arrangements, and copyright and trademark laws, to protect our intellectual property rights. These laws are subject to change at any time and certain agreements might not be fully enforceable, which could further restrict our ability to protect our innovations. Our intellectual property rights might not prevent competitors from independently developing services similar to or duplicative of ours or alleging infringement by us of their intellectual property rights in certain jurisdictions. The steps we take in this regard might not be adequate to prevent or deter infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property or claims against us for alleged infringement or misappropriation by competitors, former employees or other third parties. Furthermore, we might not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Enforcing our rights might also require considerable time, money and oversight, and we might not be successful in enforcing our rights.

If we are unable to successfully integrate potential future acquisitions, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

          We have completed a number of acquisitions in the past and anticipate that a portion of our future growth may come from strategic tuck-in acquisitions. The success of any acquisition will depend upon, among other things, our ability to effectively integrate acquired personnel, operations, products and technologies into our business and to retain the key personnel and customers of our acquired businesses. In addition, we may be unable to identify suitable acquisition

29


Table of Contents

opportunities or obtain any necessary financing on commercially acceptable terms. We may also spend time and money investigating and negotiating with potential acquisition targets but not complete the transaction. Any acquisition could involve other risks, including, among others, the assumption of additional liabilities and expenses, difficulties and expenses in connection with integrating the acquired companies and achieving the expected benefits, issuances of potentially dilutive securities or interest-bearing debt, loss of key employees of the acquired companies, transaction expenses, diversion of management's attention from other business concerns and, with respect to the acquisition of international companies, the inability to overcome differences in international business practices, language and customs. Our failure to successfully integrate potential future acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Potential future investments in our customers' businesses or drugs could have a negative impact on our financial results.

          Although we historically have not engaged in business transactions with our customers other than to provide our services, we may in the future enter into arrangements with our customers or other drug companies in which we take on some of the risk of the potential success or failure of their businesses or drugs, including making strategic investments in our customers or other drug companies, providing financing to customers or other drug companies or acquiring an interest in the revenues from customers' drugs or in entities developing a limited number of drugs. Our financial results would be adversely affected if any such investments or the underlying drugs result in losses or do not achieve the level of success that we anticipate and/or our return or payment from any such drug investment or financing is less than our direct and indirect costs with respect to these arrangements.

Our relationships with existing or potential customers who are in competition with each other may adversely impact the degree to which other customers or potential customers use our services, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

          The biopharmaceutical industry is highly competitive, with biopharmaceutical companies each seeking to persuade payers, providers and patients that their drug therapies are better and more cost-effective than competing therapies marketed or being developed by competing firms. In addition to the adverse competitive interests that biopharmaceutical companies have with each other, biopharmaceutical companies also have adverse interests with respect to drug selection and reimbursement with other participants in the healthcare industry, including payers and providers. Biopharmaceutical companies also compete to be first to market with new drug therapies. We regularly provide services to biopharmaceutical companies who compete with each other, and we sometimes provide services to such customers regarding competing drugs in development. Our existing or future relationships with our biopharmaceutical customers may therefore deter other biopharmaceutical customers from using our services or may result in our customers seeking to place limits on our ability to serve other biopharmaceutical industry participants. In addition, our further expansion into the broader healthcare market may adversely impact our relationships with biopharmaceutical customers, and such customers may elect not to use our services, reduce the scope of services that we provide to them or seek to place restrictions on our ability to serve customers in the broader healthcare market with interests that are adverse to theirs. Any loss of customers or reductions in the level of revenues from a customer could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

30


Table of Contents

Our results of operations may be adversely affected if we fail to realize the full value of our goodwill and intangible assets.

          As of June 30, 2014, we had goodwill and net intangible assets of $766.8 million, which constituted approximately 58% of our total assets at the end of this period. We periodically (at least annually unless triggering events occur that cause an interim evaluation) evaluate goodwill and other acquired intangible assets for impairment. Any future determination requiring the write off of a portion of our goodwill or other acquired intangible assets could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. If we are not able to realize the value of the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, we may be required to incur material charges relating to the impairment of those assets. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $4.0 million associated with our Phase I Services reporting unit. Additionally, during the second quarter of 2014, we recorded an impairment of our intangible assets of $8.0 million and our goodwill of $9.2 million associated with our Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units. Such impairment charges in the future could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We face risks arising from the restructuring of our operations which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

          From time to time, we have adopted cost savings initiatives to improve our operating efficiency through various means such as reduction of overcapacity, primarily in our costs of services (billable) function, or other realignment of resources. For example, in March 2013, we adopted a plan to better align headcount and costs with current geographic sources and mix of revenue. The plan was completed by December 31, 2013 and involved the elimination of approximately 325 employee and contract positions. Similarly, in March 2012, in addition to synergies directly related to our acquisition of Kendle, we initiated a restructuring plan to align headcount with our existing book of business that led to a reduction in global headcount of approximately 250 employees. In order to realize the synergies related to our acquisition of Kendle and the cost savings from these additional staff realignment initiatives, we incurred significant one-time costs, which consist primarily of severance, retention bonuses, professional fees, IT transition costs, facility closure costs, legal expenses and various other costs. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we incurred total pre-tax charges of $11.8 million and $35.4 million, respectively, associated with our restructuring initiatives. Restructuring presents significant potential risks of events occurring that could adversely affect us, including a decrease in employee morale, a greater number of employment claims, the failure to achieve targeted cost savings and the failure to meet operational targets and customer requirements due to the loss of employees and any work stoppages that might occur, which, individually or in aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

We operate in many different jurisdictions and we could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA, UK Bribery Act of 2010 and/or similar worldwide anti-corruption laws.

          The FCPA, UK Bribery Act of 2010 and similar worldwide anti-corruption laws prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our internal policies mandate compliance with these anti-corruption laws. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced corruption to some degree and, in certain circumstances, anti-corruption laws have appeared to conflict with local customs and practices. Despite our training and compliance programs, we cannot assure that our internal control policies and procedures will protect us from acts in violation of anti-corruption laws committed by persons associated with us, and our continued expansion outside the United States, including in developing countries, could increase such risk in the future. Violations of the FCPA or other non-U.S. anti-corruption laws, or even allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in

31


Table of Contents

a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and reputation. For example, violations of anti-corruption laws can result in restatements of, or irregularities in, our financial statements as well as severe criminal or civil sanctions. In some cases, companies that violate the FCPA might be debarred by the U.S. government and/or lose their U.S. export privileges. In addition, U.S. or other governments might seek to hold us liable for successor liability FCPA violations or violations of other anti-corruption laws committed by companies that we acquire or in which we invest. Changes in anti-corruption laws or enforcement priorities could also result in increased compliance requirements and related costs which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The failure of third parties to provide us critical support services could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

          We depend on third parties for support services vital to our business. Such support services include, but are not limited to, laboratory services, third-party transportation and travel providers, freight forwarders and customs brokers, drug depots and distribution centers, suppliers or contract manufacturers of drugs for patients participating in clinical trials, and providers of licensing agreements, maintenance contracts or other services. In addition, we also rely on third-party CROs and other contract clinical personnel for clinical services either in regions where we have limited resources, or in cases where demand cannot be met by our internal staff. The failure of any of these third parties to adequately provide us critical support services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

The operation of our Phase I clinical facility and the services we provide there including direct interaction with clinical trial patients or volunteers could create potential liability that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and reputation.

          We operate one facility where Phase I clinical trials are conducted. Phase I clinical trials ordinarily involve testing an investigational drug on a limited number of healthy individuals, typically 20 to 120 persons, to evaluate its safety, determine a safe dosage range and identify side effects. Some of these trials involve the administration of investigational drugs to known substance abusers. Failure to operate such a facility in accordance with applicable regulations could result in that facility being shut down, which could disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and reputation. Additionally, we face risks resulting from the administration of drugs to volunteers, including adverse events, and the professional malpractice of medical care providers. We also directly employ nurses and other trained employees who assist in implementing the testing involved in our clinical trials, such as drawing blood from healthy volunteers. Any professional malpractice or negligence by such principal investigators, nurses or other employees could potentially result in liability to us in the event of personal injury to or death of a volunteer in clinical trials. This liability, particularly if it were to exceed the limits of any indemnification agreements and insurance coverage we may have, may adversely affect our business and financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and reputation.

Risks Related to Our Industry

We face intense competition in many areas of our business and, if we do not compete effectively, our business may be harmed.

          The CRO industry is highly competitive. We often compete for business with other CROs and internal development departments, some of which could be considered large CROs in their own right. We also compete with universities and teaching hospitals. Some of these competitors have greater financial resources and a wider range of service offerings over a greater geographic area

32


Table of Contents

than we do. If we do not compete successfully, our business will suffer. The industry is highly fragmented, with numerous smaller specialized companies and a handful of full-service companies with global capabilities similar to ours. Increased competition has led to price and other forms of competition, such as acceptance of less favorable contract terms, which could adversely affect our operating results. In recent years our industry has experienced consolidation and a number of "going private" transactions. This trend is likely to produce more competition from the resulting larger companies, and ones without the cost pressures of being public, for both customers and acquisition candidates. In addition, there are few barriers to entry for smaller specialized companies considering entering the industry. Because of their size and focus, small CROs might compete effectively against larger companies such as us, especially in lower cost geographic areas, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Outsourcing trends in the biopharmaceutical industry and changes in aggregate spending and research and development budgets could adversely affect our operating results and growth rate.

          Our revenues depend on the level of R&D expenditures, size of the drug-development pipelines and outsourcing trends of the biopharmaceutical industry, including the amount of such R&D spend that is outsourced and subject to competitive bidding among CROs. Accordingly, economic factors and industry trends that affect biopharmaceutical companies affect our business. Biopharmaceutical companies continue to seek long-term strategic collaborations with global CROs with favorable pricing terms. Competition for these collaborations is intense and we might not be selected, in which case a competitor may enter into the collaboration and our business with the customer, if any, may be limited. Our success depends in part on our ability to establish and maintain preferred provider relationships with large biopharmaceutical companies. Our failure to develop or maintain these preferred provider relationships could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Furthermore, in order to obtain preferred provider relationships, we may have to reduce the prices for our services, which could negatively impact our gross margin for these services.

          In addition, if the biopharmaceutical industry reduces its outsourcing of clinical trials or such outsourcing fails to grow at projected rates, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. We may also be negatively impacted by consolidation and other factors in the biopharmaceutical industry, which may slow decision making by our customers, result in the delay or cancellation of existing projects, cause reductions in overall R&D expenditures, or lead to increased pricing pressures. Further, in the event that one of our customers combines with a company that is using the services of one of our competitors, the combined company could decide to use the services of that competitor or another provider. All of these events could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

If we fail to comply with federal, state, and foreign healthcare laws, including fraud and abuse laws, we could face substantial penalties and our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be adversely affected.

          Even though we do not and will not order healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payers, certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse are and will be applicable to our business. We could be subject to healthcare fraud and abuse laws of both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of available statutory and regulatory exceptions, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. If we or our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us,

33


Table of Contents

we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could materially adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

We may be affected by healthcare reform and potential additional reforms which may adversely impact the biopharmaceutical industry and reduce the need for our services or negatively impact our profitability.

          Numerous government bodies are considering or have adopted healthcare reforms and may undertake, or are in the process of undertaking, efforts to control healthcare costs through legislation, regulation and agreements with healthcare providers and biopharmaceutical companies, including many of our customers. By way of example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or, collectively, the Affordable Care Act, was signed into law. Among other things, this law imposes cost-containment measures intended to reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhances remedies against healthcare fraud and abuse, adds new requirements for biopharmaceutical companies to disclose payments to physicians, including principal investigators, imposes new taxes and fees on biopharmaceutical manufacturers and imposes additional health policy reforms. We are uncertain as to the full effect of these reforms on our business at this time and are unable to predict what legislative proposals, if any, will be adopted in the future. If regulatory cost-containment efforts limit the profitability of new drugs by, for example, continuing to place downward pressure on pharmaceutical pricing and/or increasing regulatory burdens and operating costs of the biopharmaceutical industry, our customers may reduce their R&D spending, which could reduce the business they outsource to us. Similarly, if regulatory requirements are relaxed or simplified drug approval procedures are adopted, the demand for our services could decrease.

          In addition, government bodies have adopted and may continue to adopt new healthcare legislation or regulations that are more burdensome than existing regulations. For example, product safety concerns and recommendations by the Drug Safety Oversight Board could change the regulatory environment for drug products, and new or heightened regulatory requirements may increase our expenses or limit our ability to offer some of our services. We might have to incur additional costs to comply with these or other new regulations, and failure to comply could harm our financial condition, results or operations, cash flows, and reputation. Additionally, new or heightened regulatory requirements may have a negative impact on the ability of our customers to conduct industry-sponsored clinical trials, which could reduce the need for our post-approval development services.

Current and proposed laws and regulations regarding the protection of personal data could result in increased risks of liability or increased cost to us or could limit our service offerings.

          The confidentiality, collection, use and disclosure of personal data, including clinical trial patient-specific information, are subject to governmental regulation generally in the country in which the personal data was collected or used. For example, U.S. federal regulations under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health, or HITECH, Act, or collectively, HIPAA, generally require individuals' written authorization, in addition to any required informed consent, before protected health information, or PHI, may be used for research and such regulations specify standards for de-identifications and for limited data sets. We may also be subject to applicable state privacy and security laws and regulations in states in which we operate. We are indirectly affected by the privacy provisions surrounding individual authorizations because many principal investigators with whom we are involved in clinical trials are directly subject to them as a HIPAA "covered entity." In addition, we obtain identifiable health information from third parties that are subject to such

34


Table of Contents

regulations. While we do not believe we are a "business associate" under HIPAA, regulatory agencies may disagree. Because of amendments to the HIPAA data security and privacy rules that were promulgated on January 25, 2013, some of which went into effect on March 26, 2013, there are some instances where HIPAA "business associates" of a "covered entity" may be directly liable for breaches of PHI and other HIPAA violations. These amendments may subject "business associates" to HIPAA's enforcement scheme, which, as amended, can yield up to $1.5 million in annual civil penalties for each HIPAA violation.

          In the European Union, or EU, personal data includes any information that relates to an identified or identifiable natural person with health information carrying additional obligations, including obtaining the explicit consent from the individual for collection, use or disclosure of the information. In addition, we are subject to EU rules with respect to cross-border transfers of such data out of the EU. The United States, the EU and its member states, and other countries where we have operations, such as Japan, South Korea, Malaysia, the Philippines, Russia and Singapore, continue to issue new privacy and data protection rules and regulations that relate to personal data and health information. Failure to comply with certain certification/registration and annual re-certification/registration provisions associated with these data protection and privacy regulations and rules in various jurisdictions, or to resolve any serious privacy or security complaints, could subject us to regulatory sanctions, delays in clinical trials, criminal prosecution or civil liability. Federal, state and foreign governments may propose or have adopted additional legislation governing the collection, possession, use or dissemination of personal data, such as personal health information, and personal financial data as well as security breach notification rules for loss or theft of such data. Additional legislation or regulation of this type might, among other things, require us to implement new security measures and processes or bring within the legislation or regulation de-identified health or other personal data, each of which may require substantial expenditures or limit our ability to offer some of our services. Additionally, if we violate applicable laws, regulations or duties relating to the use, privacy or security of personal data, we could be subject to civil liability or criminal prosecution, be forced to alter our business practices and suffer reputational harm. In the next few years, the European data protection framework may be revised as a generally applicable data regulation. The text has not yet been finalized, but it contains new provisions specifically directed at the processing of health information, sanctions of up to 2% of worldwide gross revenue and extra-territoriality measures intended to bring non-EU companies under the proposed regulation.

Actions by regulatory authorities or customers to limit the scope of or withdraw an approved drug from the market could result in a loss of revenue.

          Government regulators have the authority, after approving a drug or device, to limit its indication for use by requiring additional labeled warnings or to withdraw the drug or device's approval for its approved indication based on safety concerns. Similarly, customers may act to voluntarily limit the availability of approved drugs or devices or withdraw them from the market after we begin our work. If we are providing services to customers for drugs or devices that are limited or withdrawn, we may be required to narrow the scope of or terminate our services with respect to such drugs or devices, which would prevent us from earning the full amount of service revenue anticipated under the related service contracts.

If we do not keep pace with rapid technological change, our services may become less competitive or obsolete.

          The biopharmaceutical industry generally, and drug development and clinical research more specifically, are subject to rapid technological change. Our current competitors or other businesses might develop technologies or services that are more effective or commercially attractive than, or render obsolete, our current or future technologies and services. If our competitors introduce

35


Table of Contents

superior technologies or services and if we cannot make enhancements to remain competitive, our competitive position would be harmed. If we are unable to compete successfully, we may lose customers or be unable to attract new customers, which could lead to a decrease in our revenue and have an adverse impact on our financial condition.

          In addition, the operation of our business relies on IT infrastructure and systems delivered across multiple platforms. The failure of our systems to perform could severely disrupt our business and adversely affect our results of operations. Our systems are also vulnerable to demise from natural or manmade disasters, terrorist attacks, computer viruses or hackers, power loss or other technology system failures. These events could adversely affect our business or results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial debt could adversely affect our financial condition.

          On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to this offering, the refinancing of our senior secured credit facilities and the use of proceeds therefrom, as of June 30, 2014, our total principal amount of indebtedness would have been approximately $         . In addition, we would have had up to $         of additional borrowing capacity available under our senior secured facilities. Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and thus make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our senior secured facilities. If our cash flow is not sufficient to service our debt and adequately fund our business, we may be required to seek further additional financing or refinancing or dispose of assets. We might not be able to influence any of these alternatives on satisfactory terms or at all. Our substantial indebtedness could also:

36


Table of Contents

Despite our level of indebtedness, we are able to incur more debt and undertake additional obligations. Incurring such debt or undertaking such additional obligations could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition.

          We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although covenants under the credit agreement governing our senior secured facilities limit our ability to incur certain additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. To the extent we incur additional indebtedness, the risks associated with our leverage described above, including our possible inability to service our debt obligations would increase.

Servicing our debt will require a significant amount of cash, and our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

          Our ability to make payments on and refinance our debt, make strategic acquisitions and to fund capital expenditures depends on our ability to generate cash flow in the future. To some extent, our ability to generate future cash flow is subject to general economic, financial, competitive and other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that:

          We also may experience difficulties repatriating cash from foreign subsidiaries and accounts due to law, regulation or contracts which could further constrain our liquidity. If we cannot fund our liquidity needs, we will have to take actions such as reducing or delaying capital expenditures, marketing efforts, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt or seeking additional equity capital. We cannot assure you that any of these remedies could, if necessary, be effected on commercially reasonable or favorable terms, or at all, or that they would permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Any inability to generate sufficient cash flow or refinance our debt on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. In addition, if we incur additional debt, the risks associated with our substantial leverage, including the risk that we will be unable to service our debt or generate enough cash flow to fund our liquidity needs, could intensify.

Covenant restrictions under our senior secured facilities may limit our ability to operate our business.

          The agreement governing our senior secured facilities contains covenants that may restrict our ability to, among other things, borrow money, pay dividends, make capital expenditures, make strategic acquisitions and effect a consolidation, merger or disposal of all or substantially all of our assets. Although the covenants in our senior secured facilities are subject to various exceptions, we cannot assure you that these covenants will not adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other activities that may be in our best interest. In addition, in certain circumstances, our long-term debt requires us to maintain a specified financial ratio and satisfy certain financial condition tests, which may require that we take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our senior secured facilities. If an event of default under our senior secured facilities occurs, the lenders thereunder could elect to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. In such

37


Table of Contents

case, we might not have sufficient funds to repay all the outstanding amounts. In addition, our senior secured facilities are secured by first priority security interests on substantially all of our real and personal property, including the capital stock of certain of our subsidiaries. If an event of default under our senior secured facilities occurs, the lenders thereunder could exercise their rights under the related security documents. Any acceleration of amounts due under the senior secured facilities or the substantial exercise by the lenders of their rights under the security documents would likely have a material adverse effect on us.

Interest rate fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          Because we have variable rate debt, fluctuations in interest rates may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We may attempt to minimize interest rate risk and lower our overall borrowing costs through the utilization of derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate swaps. As of June 30, 2014 we had approximately $291.0 million of total indebtedness with variable interest rates that only vary to the extent the three month LIBOR is over one percent.

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering

We will incur increased costs and obligations as a result of being a public company.

          As a privately held company, we were not required to comply with certain corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies required of a publicly traded company. As a publicly traded company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we were not required to incur as a privately held company, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company as defined under the JOBS Act. After this offering, we will be required to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market, or the NASDAQ, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and operating results with the SEC. We will also be required to ensure that we have the ability to prepare financial statements that are fully compliant with all SEC reporting requirements on a timely basis. We expect to incur additional annual expenses of $3.0 million to $5.0 million related to these steps and, among other things, additional directors' and officers' liability insurance, director fees, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. As a public company, we will, among other things:

38


Table of Contents

These changes will require a significant commitment of additional resources. We might not be successful in complying with these obligations and the significant commitment of resources required for complying with them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The requirements applicable to public companies may strain our resources and divert management's attention.

          Following the consummation of this offering, we will be subject to various regulatory and reporting requirements, including those of the SEC and the NASDAQ. These requirements include record keeping, financial reporting and corporate governance rules and regulations. Our internal infrastructure might not be adequate to support our increased reporting obligations, and we may be unable to hire, train or retain necessary staff and may be reliant on engaging outside consultants or professionals to overcome our lack of internal resources or other resources. If our internal infrastructure is inadequate, we are unable to engage outside consultants or are otherwise unable to fulfill our public company obligations, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          The changes necessitated by becoming a public company require a significant commitment of resources and management oversight that has increased and may continue to increase our costs and might place a strain on our systems and resources. As a result, our management's attention might be diverted from other business concerns. If we fail to maintain an effective internal control environment or to comply with the numerous legal and regulatory requirements imposed on public companies, we could make material errors in, and be required to restate, our financial statements. Any such restatement could result in a loss of public confidence in the reliability of our financial statements and sanctions imposed on us by the SEC, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our internal control over financial reporting does not currently meet the standards required by Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley could have a material adverse effect on our stock price, reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          As a privately held company, we have not been required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting in a manner that meets the standards of publicly traded companies required by Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, starting with the second annual report that we file with the SEC as a public company, and generally requires in the same report a report by our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. However, under the recently enacted JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Once we are no longer an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation of our existing controls and the incurrence of significant additional expenditures.

39


Table of Contents

          We are in the process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over our financial reporting in order to comply with this obligation, which process is time consuming, costly, and complicated. In connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that cause us to incur significant costs and cause distractions from our business objectives and we might not be able to remediate deficiencies in time to meet the deadlines imposed by Sarbanes-Oxley for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In addition, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any required improvements and receiving a favorable attestation in connection with the attestation provided by our independent registered public accounting firm. Further, material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting may exist or otherwise be discovered in the future. We will be unable to issue securities in the public markets through the use of a shelf registration statement if we are not in compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 404. Furthermore, failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could limit our ability to report our financial results accurately and timely, result in misstatements and restatements of our consolidated financial statements, cause investors to lose confidence and have a material adverse effect on our stock price, reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are a holding company and rely on dividends and other payments, advances and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations and pay any dividends.

          We have no direct operations and no significant assets other than ownership of 100% of the capital stock of our subsidiaries. Because we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, and to pay any dividends with respect to our Class A common stock. Legal and contractual restrictions in our senior secured facilities and other agreements which may govern future indebtedness of our subsidiaries, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. The earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries might not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable us to pay any dividends on our Class A common stock or other obligations. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

          As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to obtain an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting from our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. To the extent we choose to do so, our financial statements might not be comparable to companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and the market price of our Class A common stock may be more volatile.

40


Table of Contents

We are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. Our stockholders will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

          Following this offering, the Sponsors will together continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding Class A common stock. As a result, we are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NASDAQ. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a "controlled company" and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors, our nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee will not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Additionally, we only are required to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ, a majority of independent audit committee members within 90 days from the date of listing and all independent audit committee members within one year from the date of listing. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ.

          The Sponsors are not subject to any contractual obligation to retain their controlling interest, except that they have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our Class A common stock or other capital stock or other securities exercisable or convertible therefor for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters in this offering. Except for this brief period, there can be no assurance as to the period of time during which the Sponsors will maintain their ownership of our Class A common stock following the offering. As a result, there can be no assurance as to the period of time during which we will be able to avail ourselves of the controlled company exemptions.

Our Sponsors will effectively control our company, and their interests may be different from or conflict with those of our other stockholders.

          After the consummation of this offering, the Sponsors will collectively beneficially own         % of our outstanding Class A common stock, or         % of our outstanding Class A common stock if the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares. As a consequence, the Sponsors will be able to exert a significant degree of influence or actual control over our management and affairs and will control matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and any

41


Table of Contents

other significant transaction. Additionally, the Sponsors are and, following the completion of this offering, will continue to be parties to a stockholders agreement, or the Stockholders Agreement. The Stockholders Agreement, among other things, imposes certain transfer restrictions on the shares held by such stockholders and requires such stockholders to vote in favor of certain nominees to our Board. For a discussion of the Stockholders Agreement, see "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions." The interests of the Sponsors might not always coincide with our interests or the interests of our other stockholders. For instance, this concentration of ownership and/or the restrictions imposed by the Stockholders Agreement may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us otherwise favored by our other stockholders and could depress our stock price.

          The Sponsors each make investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. The Sponsors may also pursue, for its own accounts, acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities might not be available to us. Our organizational documents contain provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy held by our directors affiliated with the Sponsors in certain corporate opportunities. Accordingly, the interests of the Sponsors may supersede ours, causing the Sponsors or their affiliates to compete against us or to pursue opportunities instead of us, for which we have no recourse. Such actions on the part of the Sponsors and inaction on our part could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          Upon the consummation of this offering, nominees of the Sponsors will occupy         seats on our Board. Since the Sponsors could invest in entities that directly or indirectly compete with us, when conflicts arise between the interests of the Sponsors and the interests of our stockholders, these directors may not be disinterested.

Provisions of our corporate governance documents and Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.

          Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that delay, defer or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in control of us or change in our management that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our Board. Because our Board is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt to replace current members of our management team. Among others, these provisions include, (1) our ability to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, (2) the requirement that our stockholders may not act without a meeting, (3) requirements for advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals contained in our bylaws, (4) the absence of cumulative voting for our directors, (5) requirements for stockholder approval of certain business combinations and (6) the limitations on director nominations contained in our Stockholders Agreement. See "Description of Capital Stock" for more detail.

          Additionally, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person which together with its affiliates owns, or within the last three years has owned, 15% of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in

42


Table of Contents

which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. The existence of the foregoing provision could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our Class A common stock.

There is no existing market for our Class A common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity.

          Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common stock. An active market for our Class A common stock might not develop following the consummation of this offering, or if it does develop, might not be maintained. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our Class A common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for the shares of our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and might not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you might not be able to sell shares of our Class A common stock at prices equal to or greater than the initial public offering price.

Our stock price might fluctuate significantly, which could cause the value of your investment in our Class A common stock to decline, and you might not be able to resell your shares at a price at or above the initial public offering price.

          Securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock regardless of our results of operations. The trading price of our Class A common stock is likely to be volatile and subject to significant price fluctuations in response to many factors, including:

43


Table of Contents

These and other factors may cause the market price and demand for shares of our Class A common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of our Class A common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our Class A common stock. In that event, the price of our Class A common stock would likely decrease. In the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, security holders have often instituted class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If we become involved in this type of litigation, regardless of the outcome, we could incur substantial legal costs and our management's attention could be diverted from the operation of our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decrease significantly.

          Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market following this offering by our existing stockholders, upon the exercise of stock options granted or by persons who acquire shares in this offering may cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decrease significantly. The perception that such sales could occur could also depress the market price of our Class A common stock. Any such sales could also create public perception of difficulties or problems with our business and might also make it more difficult for us to raise capital through the sale of equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

          Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have         outstanding shares of Class A common stock, of which:

          The lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering prohibit a stockholder from selling, contracting to sell or otherwise disposing of any Class A common stock or securities that are convertible or exchangeable for Class A common stock or entering into any arrangement that transfers the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A common stock for at least 180 days from the date of the prospectus filed in connection with this offering, although the

44


Table of Contents

representatives may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, the representatives would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market for our Class A common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours. As a result of these lock-up agreements, notwithstanding earlier eligibility for sale under the provisions of Rule 144, none of these shares may be sold until at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."

          As restrictions on resale expire or as shares are registered, our share price could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted or newly registered shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These sales might also make it more difficult for us to raise capital through the sale of equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

          See the information under the heading "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a more detailed description of the shares that will be available for future sales upon consummation of this offering.

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

          We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders of our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board and will depend on our financial condition, capital requirements, legal requirements, earnings and other factors. Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by the terms of our senior secured facilities and might be restricted by the terms of any indebtedness that we incur in the future. Consequently, you should not rely on dividends in order to receive a return on your investment. See "Dividend Policy."

If securities analysts or industry analysts downgrade our shares, publish negative research or reports, or do not publish reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

          The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our business and our industry. If one or more analysts adversely change their recommendation regarding our shares or our competitors' stock, our share price would likely decline. If one or more analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. As a result, the market price for our Class A common stock may decline below the initial public offering price and you might not be able to resell your shares of our Class A common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

If you purchase shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

          The initial public offering price per share is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting the book value of our liabilities. Based on our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 and assuming an offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $             per share. See "Dilution."

45


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

          This prospectus, including the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and "Business," contains forward looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans and our objectives for future operations, are forward looking statements. The words "believe," "may," "might," "will," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "intend," "seek," "plan," "should," "expect" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make regarding: (i) trends in R&D spending, outsourcing penetration rates and the incremental growth of the late-stage clinical development services market relative to the overall market; (ii) fast growing therapeutic areas and (iii) the continuous enhancement of our Trusted Process® to deliver superior outcomes. Forward looking statements are based largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short term and long term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward looking statements are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward looking statements. We caution you therefore against relying on these forward-looking statements.

          Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include regional, national or global political, economic, business, competitive, market and regulatory conditions and the following:

46


Table of Contents

          The forward looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. You should not rely upon forward looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as may be required by law.

          You should read this prospectus with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

47


Table of Contents


CORPORATE REORGANIZATION

          Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will effect a corporate reorganization, whereby our direct, wholly-owned subsidiary, INC Intermediate, will merge with and into us, and we will be the surviving entity of such merger. The corporate reorganization will not affect our operations, which we will continue to conduct through our operating subsidiaries.

          Currently, prior to the reorganization, our authorized capital stock consists of the following:

          Except as described below, each share of existing Class A common stock was issued in combination with a share of existing Class B common stock as a "Common Unit." Each Common Unit represents the full set of rights attributable to a typical share of common stock.

          As part of the corporate reorganization that will occur prior to this offering, our authorized capital stock will be as follows:

          As part of the merger of INC Intermediate, (i) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by stockholders other than an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into             shares of new Class A common stock, (ii) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into             shares of new Class B common stock, (iii) each currently outstanding share of Class B common stock will be converted into one share of Class D common stock, and (iv) each currently outstanding share of Class C common stock will be converted into one share of new Class C common stock. Following the merger and prior to this offering, we will redeem all of the outstanding shares of new Class C common stock and Class D common stock for $           and $           , respectively, using cash on hand, and subsequent to such redemptions of the new Class C common stock and Class D common stock, we will amend our certificate of incorporation to eliminate the new Class C common stock and the Class D common stock from our authorized capital stock. In addition, as part of the merger, we will also effect a             for 1 reverse stock split of our Class A common stock. Immediately following the merger, an affiliate of OTPP will convert the relevant number of shares of new Class B common stock into new Class A common stock such that affiliates of OTPP hold no more than 30% of the total issued and outstanding new Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering. We refer to these steps as the "corporate reorganization."

48


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

          We estimate that the net proceeds to us from our sale of                  shares of Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $                  million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering. The underwriters may also purchase up to a maximum of                  additional shares of Class A common stock from us pursuant to their option to purchase additional shares. We estimate that the net proceeds to us, if the underwriters exercise their right to purchase the maximum of                  additional shares of Class A common stock from us, will be approximately $                  million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering. This assumes a public offering price of $                  per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

          We expect to use substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering, $              million of new term loans and approximately $             of cash on our balance sheet to fund the redemption of all of our outstanding Notes and pay related fees and expenses. We expect the repayment of our $300 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes, plus redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses, to result in a cash outflow of $                  upon the consummation of this offering.

          The Notes bear interest at a rate of 11.5% per annum and mature on July 15, 2019. For further disclosure on the Notes, see "Description of Material Indebtedness—Senior Notes."

          This expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures depend on numerous factors, including the ongoing status of and results from our current operating activities, and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

          Assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                  per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $                   million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

49


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

          We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our existing Class A common stock or Class B common stock. In the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 and in the six months ended June 30, 2014, we paid dividends of $500,000, $500,000 and $250,000, respectively, to holders of our Class C common stock. We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock or our Class B common stock in the foreseeable future, and we intend to redeem any outstanding shares of Class C common stock in connection with the corporate reorganization. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering—We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future" and "Corporate Reorganization." However, in the future, subject to the factors described below and our future liquidity and capitalization, we may change this policy and choose to pay dividends.

          We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock is dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends is currently restricted by the terms of our senior secured facilities, the indenture governing the Notes and may be further restricted by any future indebtedness we or they incur. In addition, under Delaware law, our Board may declare dividends only to the extent of our surplus (which is defined as total assets at fair market value minus total liabilities, minus statutory capital) or, if there is no surplus, out of our net profits for the then current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.

          Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board and will take into account:

          See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

50


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization, as of June 30, 2014:

          This table should be read in conjunction with "Use of Proceeds," "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Description of Capital Stock" and our financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of June 30, 2014  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 155,549   $                      $                     
               
               

Debt:

                   

Revolving credit facility(2)

  $   $     $    

Term loan(2)

    291,027              

Senior notes(3)

    300,000              

Capital leases

    1,517              
                   

Total long-term debt, including current portion          

  $ 592,544   $     $    
               

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

                   

Existing Class A common stock ($0.01 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 444,214,400 shares issued and 438,533,400 outstanding on an actual basis; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis; and no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis)(4)

  $ 4,442   $     $    

Existing Class B common stock ($0.01 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 444,214,400 shares issued and 438,533,400 outstanding on an actual basis;             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis; and no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis)(4)

    4,442              

51


Table of Contents

 
  As of June 30, 2014  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Existing Class C common stock ($0.01 par value, 50 shares authorized and 1 share issued and outstanding on an actual basis;             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis; and no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis)(4)

                 

New Class A common stock ($0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on an actual basis;             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis; and             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis)

                 

New Class B common stock ($0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on an actual basis;             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis; and             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis)

                 

New Class C common stock ($0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on an actual basis;             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis; and no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis)

                 

Additional paid-in-capital

    474,182              

Treasury stock

    (6,770 )            

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (11,943 )            

Accumulated deficit

    (175,326 )            
               

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    289,027              
               

Total capitalization

  $ 881,571   $                      $                     
               
               

(1)
Assuming the number of shares sold by us in this offering remains the same, a $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our total capitalization by $              million.

(2)
The senior secured facilities provide for a $75.0 million revolving credit facility and a $291.0 million term loan, before $3.5 million of unamortized discounts as of June 30, 2014. As of June 30, 2014, we had no borrowings outstanding and a letter of credit commitment of $0.9 million, giving us approximately $74.1 million of remaining revolver availability outstanding. The outstanding amount of the term loan facility as of June 30, 2014 is $291.0 million. See "Description of Material Indebtedness—Senior Secured Facilities."

52


Table of Contents

(3)
The senior notes consist of $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued July 12, 2011. See "Description of Material Indebtedness—Senior Notes."

(4)
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will effect a corporate reorganization, whereby our direct, wholly-owned subsidiary, INC Intermediate, will merge with and into us, and we will be the surviving entity of such merger. As part of the merger, (i) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by stockholders other than an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into             shares of new Class A common stock, (ii) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into             shares of new Class B common stock, (iii) each currently outstanding share of Class B common stock will be converted into one share of Class D common stock, and (iv) each currently outstanding share of Class C common stock will be converted into one share of new Class C common stock. Following the merger and prior to this offering, we will redeem all of the outstanding shares of new Class C common stock and Class D common stock for $           and $           , respectively, using cash on hand, and subsequent to such redemptions of the new Class C common stock and Class D common stock, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation to eliminate the new Class C common stock and the Class D common stock from our authorized common stock. In addition, as part of the merger, we will also effect a                  for 1 reverse stock split of our Class A common stock. Immediately following the merger, an affiliate of OTPP will convert the relevant number of shares of new Class B common stock into new Class A common stock such that affiliates of OTPP hold no more than 30% of the total issued and outstanding new Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering. See "Corporate Reorganization."

53


Table of Contents


DILUTION

          If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock upon the consummation of this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of our Class A common stock exceeds the book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering.

          Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 was $             , or $             per share of Class A common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, and net tangible book value per share represents net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding, in each case, after giving effect to our corporate reorganization but before giving effect to this offering.

          After giving effect to (i) the sale of                  shares of Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and (ii) the application of the net proceeds from this offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 would have been $            million, or $           per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $           per share to our existing investors and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $           per share to new investors.

          The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of Class A common stock basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock

        $                     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2014 before this offering

  $                           

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

             
             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             
             

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors

        $                     
             
             

          The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2014 after giving effect to this offering, the total number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by our existing investors and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions:

 
  Shares
Purchased
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Average Price Per
Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

                                % $                             % $                

New investors

                               
                       

Total

            % $         % $                

54


Table of Contents

          If the underwriters were to fully exercise their option to purchase           additional shares of our Class A common stock, the percentage of shares of our Class A common stock held by existing investors would be    %, and the percentage of shares of our Class A common stock held by new investors would be    %.

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $       per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $        million, the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $       and the dilution per share to new investors by $       assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          The above discussion and tables are based on the number of shares outstanding at June 30, 2014. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

55


Table of Contents


NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

          We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. To supplement this information, we also use the following non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus: EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per common share) and Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per common share, giving effect to the offering). Management believes that these non-GAAP measures provide useful supplemental information to management and investors regarding the underlying performance of our business operations. We use these non-GAAP measures to, among other things, evaluate our operating performance on a consistent basis, calculate incentive compensation for our employees and assess compliance with various metrics associated with our 2011 Credit Agreement.

          EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA, further adjusted to exclude certain expenses that we do not view as part of our core operating results, including management fees that terminate in connection with this offering, acquisition related amortization, restructuring costs, transaction expenses, non-cash stock compensation expense, contingent consideration related to acquisitions, goodwill impairment charges, debt refinancing expenses, and results of and gains or losses from the sale of unconsolidated subsidiaries.

          Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per common share) represents net income (including diluted net income per common share) adjusted to exclude amortization and other expenses that we do not view as part of our core operating results, including management fees that terminate in connection with this offering, acquisition related amortization, restructuring costs, transaction expenses, non-cash stock compensation expense, contingent consideration related to acquisitions, goodwill impairment charges, debt refinancing expenses, results of and gains or losses from the sale of unconsolidated subsidiaries and an adjustment to our tax rate to reflect an expected long-term tax rate which excludes the impact of our valuation allowances and historical net operating losses. Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per common share) represents Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per common share) as further adjusted to reflect adjustments made to calculate pro forma net income (including diluted pro forma net income per common share).

          We believe that EBITDA is a useful metric for investors as it is a common metric used by investors, analysts and debt holders to measure our ability to service our debt obligations, fund capital expenditures and meet working capital requirements.

          Adjusted EBITDA is a measurement used by management and the Board to evaluate our core operating results as it excludes certain items whose fluctuations from period-to-period do not necessarily correspond to changes in the core operations of the business. Adjusted EBITDA is also a useful measurement for management and investors to measure our ability to service our debt obligations.

          Adjusted Net Income is also used by management and the Board to assess its business, as well as by investors and analysts, to measure performance. Management uses this measure to evaluate our core operating results as it excludes certain items whose fluctuations from period-to-period do not necessarily correspond to changes in the core operations of the business, but includes certain items such as depreciation, interest expense and an adjusted tax rate, which are otherwise excluded from Adjusted EBITDA. As we continue to reduce our outstanding debt as contemplated in this offering, we expect that items included in Adjusted Net Income and excluded from Adjusted EBITDA, such as interest expense, will have less impact on our financial performance. Accordingly, we expect that Adjusted Net Income will increasingly become more important for our Board in establishing incentive compensation based on our performance and for our investors as the measure of our operating performance on a period-to-period basis.

56


Table of Contents

          Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering gives effect to the offering and the related transactions contemplated therein. See footnote 5 to "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data." Management believes this measure is informative to investors by providing investors with the ability to compare Adjusted Net Income in future periods to historical amounts after giving effect to the offering.

          These non-GAAP measures are performance measures only and are not measures of our cash flows or liquidity. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share) and Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share, giving effect to the offering) are non-GAAP financial measures that are not in accordance with, or an alternative for, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP and may be different from similarly titled non-GAAP measures used by other companies. Non-GAAP measures have limitations in that they do not reflect all of the amounts associated with our results of operations as determined in accordance with GAAP. Some of the limitations are:

          See the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for our GAAP results. Additionally, for reconciliations of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share) to our closest reported GAAP measures see "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data."

57


Table of Contents


SELECTED AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

          The following tables set forth our selected and pro forma consolidated financial data for the periods ending on and as of the dates indicated. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial information set forth below on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for such periods. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year.

          Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results of operations. You should read the information set forth below together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Capitalization" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

58


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2011(1)   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Net service revenue

  $ 437,005   $ 579,145   $ 652,418   $ 308,945   $ 388,240  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     173,432     164,280  
                       

Total revenue

    655,986     868,600     995,090     482,377     552,520  

Direct costs

    279,840     389,056     432,261     211,265     251,545  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     173,432     164,280  

Selling, general and administrative

    95,063     109,428     117,890     56,156     66,147  

Restructuring and other costs(2)

    27,839     35,380     11,828     7,145     3,175  

Transaction expenses(3)

    10,322         508     354     2,042  

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment(4)

        4,000             17,245  

Depreciation

    15,818     19,915     19,175     9,204     11,894  

Amortization

    48,318     58,896     39,298     19,665     13,740  
                       

Income (loss) from operations

    (40,195 )   (37,530 )   31,458     5,156     22,452  

Interest expense, net

    (65,482 )   (62,007 )   (60,489 )   (29,589 )   (28,724 )

Other income (expense), net

    11,519     4,679     (1,649 )   (1,065 )   1,041  
                       

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (94,158 )   (94,858 )   (30,680 )   (25,498 )   (5,231 )

Income tax benefit (expense)

    34,611     35,744     (10,849 )   (1,882 )   18,986  
                       

Net (loss) income

    (59,547 )   (59,114 )   (41,529 )   (27,380 )   13,755  

Class C common stock dividend

    (4,500 )   (500 )   (500 )   (250 )   (250 )
                       

Net (loss) income attributable to Class A common stockholders:

  $ (64,047 ) $ (59,614 ) $ (42,029 ) $ (27,630 ) $ 13,505  
                       
                       

Net (loss) income per share attributable to Class A common stockholders:

                               

Basic

  $ (0.17 ) $ (0.14 ) $ (0.10 ) $ (0.06 ) $ 0.03  

Diluted

    (0.17 )   (0.14 )   (0.10 )   (0.06 )   0.03  

Weighted average Class A common shares outstanding:

                               

Basic

    370,742     441,115     439,479     439,597     438,534  

Diluted

    370,742     441,115     439,479     439,597     439,959  

Unaudited Pro Forma Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders(5)

              $           $    

Pro forma basic net (loss) income per common share(5)

                               

Pro forma diluted net (loss) income per common share(5)

                               

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding:

                               

Basic

                               

Diluted

                               

Statement of Cash Flow Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Net cash (used in) provided by:

                               

Operating activities

  $ (18,533 ) $ 42,999   $ 37,270   $ (3,476 ) $ 80,396  

Investing activities

    (369,670 )   (12,974 )   (17,714 )   (7,241 )   (15,241 )

Financing activities

    422,053     (18,932 )   (6,841 )   (2,077 )   (7,323 )

Other Financial Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

EBITDA(6)

  $ 35,460   $ 45,960   $ 88,282   $ 32,960   $ 49,127  

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

    65,450     84,366     105,521     42,774     72,613  

Adjusted Net (Loss) Income(6)

    (3,711 )   2,735     15,375     1,837     20,813  

Diluted Adjusted Net (Loss) Income per common share(6)

    (0.01 )   0.01     0.03     0.00     0.05  

Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering(6)

                           

Diluted Adjusted Net Income per common share, giving effect to the offering(6)

                           

Capital expenditures

    4,763     9,591     17,714     7,241     12,939  

Cash dividend paid to Class C stockholders

    4,500     500     500     250     250  

Operating Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Backlog(7)

  $ 1,221,641   $ 1,320,548   $ 1,490,787   $ 1,240,412   $ 1,492,660  

Net new business awards(8)

    449,254     676,250     814,177     231,139     384,259  

Net Book-to-Bill ratio(8)

    1.0x     1.2x     1.2x     0.7x     1.0x  

59


Table of Contents


 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
June 30,
2014
 
 
  2011(1)   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 70,960   $ 81,363   $ 96,972   $ 155,549  

Total assets

    1,373,905     1,257,654     1,233,111     1,320,521  

Total debt and capital leases(9)

    605,593     594,186     594,479     588,998  

Total stockholders' equity

  $ 379,490   $ 316,830   $ 276,207   $ 289,027  

(1)
We acquired Trident on June 1, 2011 and Kendle on July 12, 2011. The financial results of these entities have been included as of and since the date of acquisition. For further details, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—The Effect of Acquisitions on the Comparability of Our Historical Financial Statements" and Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
Restructuring and other costs consist of (i) severance costs associated with the reduction of our workforce in line with our future business operations and duplicative staff as a result of our acquisitions of Kendle and Trident and (ii) lease obligation and termination costs in connection with the abandonment and closure of redundant facilities as a result of our restructuring initiatives. Other costs consist primarily of information technology and other consulting and legal fees attributable to our integration of Kendle.

(3)
Transaction expenses of $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 were related to legal fees, accounting fees and the noncapitalizable portion of bank fees related to our acquisition of Kendle. Transaction expenses of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 were related to third-party fees associated with debt refinancing and the legal fees associated with our acquisition of MEK Consulting in March 2014. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, transaction expenses were $0.4 million of legal fees associated with debt refinancing. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, transaction expenses were $2.0 million and consisted of $1.7 million of third-party fees associated with the debt refinancing in February 2014 and $0.3 million of legal fees associated with the MEK Consulting acquisition.

(4)
During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a $4.0 million impairment charge related to the goodwill associated with our Phase I Services reporting unit. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, we recorded a $17.2 million impairment charge related to intangible assets and goodwill associated with our Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units.

(5)
Pro forma net income and earnings per share:

Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income gives effect to (i) dividends deemed to be in contemplation of an initial public offering and (ii) adjustments to interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs related to (a) the repurchase of all of our outstanding Notes and (b) the borrowings under the $             of new term loans, the proceeds of which, along with $             proceeds from the initial public offering and $             of existing cash, will be used to repurchase such outstanding Notes, as described in "Use of Proceeds." Unaudited pro forma earnings per share gives effect to the sale of the number of shares of Class A common stock required, using an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, to (i) fund the deemed payment of dividends assumed to be in contemplation of the initial public offering, (ii) fund the proceeds used to repay the Notes, and (iii) give effect to our corporate reorganization as described in "Corporate Reorganization" immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. As the number of incremental shares that would have been issued related to the payment of the items listed above exceed the total number of shares to be issued in this offering, we have limited the number of pro forma shares for purposes of calculating the pro forma per share data to the total number of shares to be issued in the offering.

We declared and paid dividends to our Class C stockholders of $0.5 million during 2013 and $0.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014. Dividends declared in the year preceding an initial public offering are deemed to be in contemplation of the offering with the intention of repayment out of the offering proceeds to the extent that the dividends exceeded earnings during such period.

60


Table of Contents

    The following presents the computation of unaudited pro forma net income and unaudited pro forma earnings per share:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2013
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2014
 
 
  (in thousands,
except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Class A stockholders

  $ 42,029   $ 13,505  

Pro forma adjustment for interest expense, net of tax(a)

             
           

Pro forma net income

  $   $  
           
           

Pro forma earnings per share

             

Basic

  $   $  

Diluted

         

Common shares used in computing income per Class A common share

             

Basic

    439,497     438,534  

Diluted

    439,497     439,959  

Total pro forma common share adjustment

             

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding

             

Basic

         

Diluted

         

(a)
These adjustments reflect the elimination of the historical interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs related to the 2011 senior notes and 2011 credit facility, as well as the incurrence of interest expense related to the new term loans, after reflecting the pro forma effect of the refinancing as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31, 2013  
 
  Interest
Expense
  Amortization
of Debt Issue
Costs
  Tax Effect   Total  

2011 senior notes

                    $  

2011 credit facility

                       
                   

New term loans

  $   $   $   $  
                   
                   


 
  Six months ended June 30, 2014  
 
  Interest
Expense
  Amortization
of Debt Issue
Costs
  Tax Effect   Total  

2011 senior notes

                    $  

2011 credit facility

                       
                   

New term loans

  $   $   $   $  
                   
                   

    The pro forma adjustments are not tax affected as the impact amounts would have been offset by the release of deferred tax asset valuation allowances.

(b)
Adjustments for common shares as follows:

Indebtedness to be repaid with proceeds from this offering

  $          

Offering price per common share

             
             

Common shares assumed issued to repay Notes

           
             

Total common shares assume to be issued

           
             
             

    The shares of the offering were fully utilized in the repayment of indebtedness, therefore, no adjustment has been made to the pro forma shares outstanding for dividends paid in excess of earnings.

(6)
We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. To supplement this information, we also use the following non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus: EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share) and Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share, giving effect to the offering). For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus, see "Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

61


Table of Contents

    Investors and potential investors are encouraged to review the following reconciliations of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share) and Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share, giving effect to the offering) to our closest reported GAAP measures:

 
   
   
   
  Six Months Ended  
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  June 30,
2013
  June 30,
2014
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

                               

Net (loss) income as reported

  $ (59,547 ) $ (59,114 ) $ (41,529 ) $ (27,380 ) $ 13,755  

Interest expense, net

    65,482     62,007     60,489     29,589     28,724  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (34,611 )   (35,744 )   10,849     1,882     (18,986 )

Depreciation

    15,700     19,915     19,175     9,204     11,894  

Amortization

    48,436     58,896     39,298     19,665     13,740  
                       

EBITDA

    35,460     45,960     88,282     32,960     49,127  
                       

Other expense (income)

    (9,864 )   (1,944 )   1,453     1,065     (1,041 )

Restructuring and other costs

    27,839     35,380     11,828     7,145     3,175  

Stock-based compensation expense

    1,176     1,248     2,419     719     1,424  

Contingent consideration treated as compensation expense(a)

   
1,540
   
1,867
   
253
   
252
   
358
 

Debt refinancing expenses(b)

    2,167         244     275     1,763  

Transaction expenses(c)

    8,155         264     79     279  

Monitoring and advisory fees(d)

    632     590     582     279     283  

Loss (gain) on unconsolidated affiliates

    (1,655 )   (2,735 )   196          

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment

        4,000             17,245  
                       

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 65,450   $ 84,366   $ 105,521   $ 42,774   $ 72,613  
                       
                       

Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering:

                               

Net (loss) income as reported

  $ (59,547 ) $ (59,114 ) $ (41,529 ) $ (27,380 ) $ 13,755  

Amortization

    48,436     58,896     39,298     19,665     13,740  

Restructuring and other costs

    27,839     35,380     11,828     7,145     3,175  

Stock-based compensation expense

    1,176     1,248     2,419     719     1,424  

Contingent consideration treated as compensation expense(a)

   
1,540
   
1,867
   
253
   
252
   
358
 

Debt refinancing expenses(b)

    2,167         244     275     1,763  

Transaction expenses(c)

    8,155         264     79     279  

Monitoring and advisory fees(d)

    632     590     582     279     283  

Loss (gain) on unconsolidated affiliates

    (1,655 )   (2,735 )   196          

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment

        4,000             17,245  

Adjust income tax to normalized rate

    (32,454 )(f)   (37,397 )(f)   1,820 (e)   803 (e)   (31,209 )(e)
                       

Adjusted Net (Loss) Income

  $ (3,711 ) $ 2,735   $ 15,375   $ 1,837   $ 20,813  
                       
                       

Interest expense on net paydown of debt(g)

                           

Adjust income tax to normalized rate(e)

                           
                             

Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering

              $         $  
                             
                             

Diluted Adjusted Net Income (Loss) Per Share:

                               

Diluted Adjusted Net (Loss) Income per share

  $ (0.01 ) $ 0.01   $ 0.03   $ 0.00   $ 0.05  

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    370,742     441,395     439,681     439,763     439,959  

Diluted Adjusted Net Income Per Share, giving effect to the offering:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Diluted Adjusted Net Income per share, giving effect to the offering

              $         $  

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding(f)

                           

(a)
Consists of contingent consideration expense incurred as a result of acquisitions and accounted for as compensation expense under GAAP. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(b)
Represents fees associated with the debt placement and refinancing.

(c)
Represents costs incurred in connection with business combinations and potential acquisitions, including fees paid to Avista in 2011 in connection with the Kendle acquisition.

62


Table of Contents

(d)
Monitoring and advisory fees are paid to affiliates of Avista, which will terminate upon completion of this offering, as well as reimbursements of expenses paid to Avista and Teachers pursuant to the Expense Reimbursement Agreement.

(e)
The effective tax rate has been adjusted to reflect the removal of the tax impact of our valuation allowances recorded against our deferred tax assets and changes in the assertion to permanently reinvest the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Historically, we recorded a valuation allowance against some of our deferred tax assets, but we believe that these valuation allowances cause significant fluctuations in our financial results which are not indicative of our underlying financial performance. Specifically, the majority of our revenue in 2013 was generated in jurisdictions in which we recognized no tax expense or benefit due to changes in this valuation allowance. Further, we have historically recorded a valuation allowance against certain foreign tax losses, however, in the second quarter of 2014 the valuation allowance in one of our jurisdictions was reversed creating a significant tax benefit of $24.4 million, which we also do not believe is indicative of our ongoing operations. The adjustment is based on utilizing a 37% overall effective tax rate.

The effective tax rate has also been adjusted to reflect the tax adjustments for the estimated tax impact of the non-operating non-GAAP adjustments used to arrive at Adjusted Net Income (Loss), using the estimated effective tax rate of 37%.

(f)
Adjustment for the tax effect of the non-GAAP adjustments made to arrive at Adjusted Net (Loss) Income using the effective tax rate for the period.

(g)
See unaudited pro forma discussion above under (5).
(7)
Backlog consists of anticipated net service revenue from contract and pre-contract commitments that are supported by written communications. The dollar amount of our backlog consists of anticipated future net service revenue from business awards that either have not started but are anticipated to begin in the next 12 months, or are in process and have not been completed. The majority of our contracts can be terminated by our customers with 30 days' notice. Backlog has been adjusted to reflect any cancellations or adjustments to the related contracts and changes in the foreign currency exchange rates of awards not denominated in U.S. dollars. Included within backlog at June 30, 2014 is approximately $1.1 billion that we do not expect to generate revenue in 2014. Backlog is not necessarily indicative of future financial performance because it will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations.

(8)
Net new business awards represent the value of future net service revenue awarded during the period supported by contracts or written pre-contract communications from our customers for projects that have received appropriate internal funding approval, are not contingent upon completion of another trial or event, and are expected to commence within the next 12 months, minus the value of cancellations in the same period. We believe net book-to-bill ratio represents "net new business awards" divided by net service revenue. Net book-to-bill ratio is commonly used in our industry and represents a useful indicator of our potential future revenue growth rate as it measures the rate at which we are generating net new business awards compared to our current revenues. Net book-to-bill is best viewed on a trailing twelve month basis due to the variability within any particular quarter that can be caused by a very large award or cancellation. The trailing twelve month net book-to-bill ratio for June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2014 was 0.8x and 1.3x, respectively. Further, we cannot assure you that the net book-to-bill rate is predictive of future financial performance because it will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations.

(9)
Includes $8.0 million, $6.7 million, $4.6 million, and $3.5 million of unamortized discounts as of December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013 and June 30, 2014, respectively.

63


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

          The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data" and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements related to future events and our future financial performance that are based on current expectations and subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors," "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview of Our Business and Services

          We are a leading global CRO, exclusively focused on Phase I to Phase IV clinical development services for the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries. We provide our customers highly differentiated therapeutic alignment and expertise, with a particular strength in CNS, oncology and other complex diseases. We consistently and predictably deliver clinical development services in a complex environment and offer a proprietary, operational approach to clinical trials through our Trusted Process® methodology. Our service offerings focus on optimizing the development of and, therefore, the commercial potential for, our customers' new biopharmaceutical compounds, enhancing returns on their R&D investments, and reducing their overhead by offering an attractive variable cost alternative to fixed cost, in-house resources.

          Our extensive range of services supports the entire clinical development process from Phase I to Phase IV and allows us to offer our customers an integrated suite of investigative site support and clinical development services. We offer these services across a wide variety of therapeutic areas with deep clinical expertise with a primary focus on Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials. We provide total biopharmaceutical program development while also providing discrete services for any part of a trial. The combination of service area experts and the depth of clinical capability allows for enhanced protocol design and actionable trial data.

          We have three reportable segments: Clinical Development Services, Phase I Services and Global Consulting. Clinical Development Services offers a variety of select and stand-alone clinical development services as well as full-service global studies, along with ancillary services such as clinical monitoring, investigator recruitment, patient recruitment, data management and study reports to assist customers with their drug development process. Phase I Services focuses on clinical development services for Phase I trials that include scientific exploratory medicine, first-in-human studies through proof-of-concept stages and support for Phase I studies in established compounds. Global Consulting provides consulting services regarding clinical trial regulatory affairs, regulatory consulting services, quality assurance audits and pharmacovigilance consulting, non-clinical consulting and medical writing consulting.

          Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations herein is presented on a consolidated basis. Because our Clinical Development Services segment accounts for substantially all of our business operations and approximately 95% of our net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013, we believe that a discussion of our reportable segments' operations would not be meaningful disclosure for investors. See further discussion in Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

          We earn net service revenue primarily for services performed under contracts for global clinical drug trials, based upon a combination of milestones and output measures that are specific to the services performed and defined by the contract. Engagements for Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials, which represent the majority of our revenue, are typically long duration contracts ranging from several months to several years. The contracts for these engagements typically cover the detailed

64


Table of Contents

scope of work, phases, milestones, billing schedules and processes for review of work and clinical results. Contracts are individually priced and negotiated based on the anticipated level of effort required to complete the project, the complexity and performance risks and the level of competition in the market.

          Direct costs associated with these contracts consist principally of compensation expense and benefits associated with our employees and other employee-related costs. While we can manage the majority of these costs relative to the amount of contracted services we have during any given period, direct costs as a percentage of net service revenue can vary from period to period. Such fluctuations are due to a variety of factors, including, among others: (i) the level of staff utilization created by our ability to effectively manage our workforce, (ii) adjustments to the timing of work on specific customer contracts,(iii) the experience mix of personnel assigned to projects, and (iv) the service mix and pricing of our contracts. In addition, as global projects wind down or as delays and cancellations occur, staffing levels in certain countries or functional areas can become misaligned with the current business volume.

Corporate Reorganization

          Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will effect a corporate reorganization, whereby our direct, wholly-owned subsidiary, INC Intermediate, will merge with and into us, and we will be the surviving entity of such merger. As part of the merger, (i) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by stockholders other than an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into             shares of new Class A common stock, (ii) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into             shares of new Class B common stock, (iii) each currently outstanding share of Class B common stock will be converted into one share of Class D common stock, and (iv) each currently outstanding share of Class C common stock will be converted into one share of new Class C common stock. Following the merger and prior to this offering, we will redeem all of the outstanding shares of new Class C common stock and Class D common stock for $             and $             , respectively, using cash on hand, and subsequent to such redemptions of the new Class C common stock and Class D common stock, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation to eliminate the new Class C common stock and the Class D common stock from our authorized common stock. In addition, as part of the merger, we will also effect a           for 1 reverse stock split of our Class A common stock. Immediately following the merger, an affiliate of OTPP will convert the relevant number of shares of new Class B common stock into new Class A common stock such that affiliates of OTPP hold no more than 30% of the total issued and outstanding new Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering. We refer to these steps as the "corporate reorganization." The corporate reorganization will not affect our operations, which we will continue to conduct through our operating subsidiaries. See "Corporate Reorganization."

Refinancing

          In connection with this offering, we intend to refinance our senior secured credit facilities and incur additional term loans thereunder in an aggregate principal amount of $             . We intend to use the proceeds of these borrowings, along with the proceeds of this offering and, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, $           of cash on hand to redeem all of our outstanding Notes and pay any redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses. See "Description of Material Indebtedness."

The Effect of Acquisitions on the Comparability of Our Historical Financial Statements

          On June 1, 2011, we completed the acquisition of Trident, a full service CRO providing Phase I to Phase IV services in the Asia-Pacific region, or the Trident Acquisition. The results of Trident's

65


Table of Contents

operations have been included in our consolidated financial statements since that date. The purchase agreement required us to pay up to $7.6 million of additional consideration to Trident's former shareholders, if a key employee, who was also a shareholder, remained an employee in good standing with the Company, as defined in the agreement, upon specified anniversary dates. Of the $7.6 million of additional consideration, $3.7 million was due to this same key employee and was accrued and expensed as compensation ratably over the contingent employment period. As of December 31, 2013, we had fully paid the total additional consideration of $7.6 million.

          On July 12, 2011, we completed the acquisition of Kendle, or the Kendle Acquisition, for $15.25 per share in cash. The fair value of the consideration transferred at the acquisition date was $377.3 million. The results of Kendle's operations have been included in our consolidated financial statements since that date. The Kendle Acquisition expanded our global footprint, broadened our therapeutic expertise, provided additional scale to serve our customers and increased our top-tier position in Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials relative to other global CROs.

          The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations includes periods prior to the consummation of the Kendle Acquisition and related financing and other transactions, and the Trident Acquisition. The term "Acquired Businesses" refers to the businesses that we acquired pursuant to the Kendle Acquisition and the Trident Acquisition. The discussion and analysis of historical periods reflects the results of operations of the Acquired Businesses from their respective acquisition dates. Our financial statements subsequent to these acquisition dates differ in important respects from our historical financial statements, which affects the comparability of our financial results. For additional information on the Acquired Businesses and other acquisitions, see Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

New Business Awards and Backlog

          We add new business awards to backlog when we enter into a contract or when we receive a written commitment from the customer selecting us as its service provider, provided that (i) the customer has received appropriate internal funding approval, (ii) the project or projects are not contingent upon completion of another trial or event, (iii) the project or projects are expected to commence within the next 12 months and (iv) in the case of a written commitment from a customer, the customer intends to enter into a comprehensive contract as soon as practicable. Contracts generally have terms ranging from several months to several years. We recognize revenue on these awards as services are performed, provided we have entered into a contractual commitment with the customer. Our new business awards, net of cancellations of prior awards, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 were $231.1 million and $384.3 million, respectively, representing a 66.2% year-over-year increase. Our new business awards, net of cancellations of prior awards, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013 were $449.3 million, $676.3 million and $814.2 million, respectively, representing a 50.5% increase from 2011 to 2012 and a 20.4% increase from 2012 to 2013. Net new business awards were negatively impacted for the six months ended June 30, 2014 as a result of a cancellation of interrelated programs during the second quarter of 2014 of approximately $125 million due to scientific concerns our customer had with the viability of the compound under development. This cancellation reduced net awards by $87 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014. New business awards have varied and will continue to vary significantly from quarter to quarter.

          The dollar amount of our backlog consists of anticipated future net service revenue from business awards that either have not started but are anticipated to begin in the future, or that are in process and have not been completed. Our backlog also reflects any cancellation or adjustment activity related to these contracts. The average duration of our contracts will fluctuate from period to period in the future based on the contracts comprising our backlog at any given time. The majority

66


Table of Contents

of our contracts can be terminated by our customers with 30 days' notice. The dollar amount of our backlog is adjusted each quarter for foreign currency fluctuations. Our backlog as of June 30, 2013 was $1.2 billion, compared to $1.5 billion as of June 30, 2014, representing a year-over-year increase of 20.3%. Our backlog as of December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was $1.2 billion, $1.3 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, representing a 8.1% increase from 2011 to 2012 and 12.9% increase from 2012 to 2013. Included within backlog at June 30, 2014 is approximately $1.1 billion that we do not expect to generate revenue in 2014. Backlog is not necessarily indicative of future financial performance because it will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations.

          We believe that backlog and net new business awards might not be consistent indicators of future revenue because they have been, and likely will be, affected by a number of factors, including the variable size and duration of projects, many of which are performed over several years, and cancellations and changes to the scope of work during the course of projects. Additionally, projects may be canceled or delayed by the customer or delayed by regulatory authorities. Projects that have been delayed remain in backlog, but the anticipated timing of the recognition of revenue is uncertain. We generally do not have a contractual right to the full amount of the revenue reflected in our backlog or net new business awards in the event of cancellation. If a customer cancels an award, we may be reimbursed for the costs we have incurred.

          Fluctuations in our reported backlog and net new business award levels also result from the fact that we may receive a small number of relatively large orders in any given reporting period. Because of these large orders, our backlog and net new business awards in that reporting period might reach levels that are not sustained in subsequent reporting periods. As we increasingly compete for and enter into large contracts that are more global in nature, we expect the rate at which our backlog and net new business awards convert into revenue to decrease, or lengthen. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our backlog might not be indicative of our future revenues, and we might not realize all of the anticipated future revenue reflected in our backlog" for more information.

67


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

          The following table sets forth amounts from our unaudited consolidated financial statements along with the percentage changes for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (dollars in thousands):

 
  Six Months Ended    
   
 
 
  June 30,
2013
  June 30,
2014
  Change  

Net service revenue

  $ 308,945   $ 388,240   $ 79,295     25.7 %

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    173,432     164,280     (9,152 )   (5.3 )%
                       

Total revenue

    482,377     552,520     70,143     14.5 %

Direct costs

    211,265     251,545     40,280     19.1 %

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    173,432     164,280     (9,152 )   (5.3 )%

Selling, general and administrative

    56,156     66,147     9,991     17.8 %

Restructuring and other costs

    7,145     3,175     (3,970 )   (55.6 )%

Transaction expenses

    354     2,042     1,688     476.8 %

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

        17,245     17,245      

Depreciation

    9,204     11,894     2,690     29.2 %

Amortization

    19,665     13,740     (5,925 )   (30.1 )%
                       

Total operating expenses

    477,221     530,068     52,847     11.1 %

Income from operations

    5,156     22,452     17,296     335.5 %

Total other expense, net

    (30,654 )   (27,683 )   (2,971 )   (9.7 )%
                       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (25,498 )   (5,231 )   (20,267 )   (79.5 )%

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (1,882 )   18,986     20,868     1,108.8 %
                       

Net (loss) income

  $ (27,380 ) $ 13,755   $ 41,135     150.2 %
                       
                       

Net Service Revenue and Reimbursable Out-of-Pocket Expenses

          Our total revenue is comprised of net service revenue and revenue from reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses. We earn net service revenue primarily for services performed under contracts for global clinical drug trials, based upon a combination of milestones and output measures that are specific to the services performed and defined by the contract. Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses consist primarily of principal investigator fees, travel and other costs reimbursed by our customers.

          Engagements for Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials, which represent the majority of our net service revenue, are typically long duration contracts ranging from several months to several years. The contracts for these engagements typically cover the detailed scope of work, phases, milestones, billing schedules and processes for review of work and clinical results. Contracts are individually priced and negotiated based on the anticipated level of effort required to complete the project, the complexity and performance risks, and the level of competition in the market. Contracts include change order provisions for managing the scope of work to be performed and billed under the contract. Project invoicing includes provisions for payment of our fees and reimbursement of our out-of-pocket expenses, which may include travel, other trial costs, and payments to third parties providing additional services. Our contracts may also provide for advance payment by our customers, depending upon the contract. Contracted work may be terminated by our customers, typically with a 30-day notice period. These contracts may also include provisions governing the services, and timing of those services, required to wind-down a trial in the event of cancellation.

68


Table of Contents

          For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2014, total revenue was comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

 
  Six Months Ended    
   
 
 
  June 30,
2013
  June 30,
2014
  Change  

Net service revenue

  $ 308,945   $ 388,240   $ 79,295     25.7 %

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    173,432     164,280     (9,152 )   (5.3 )%
                       

Total revenue

  $ 482,377   $ 552,520   $ 70,143     14.5 %
                       
                       

          Net service revenue increased $79.3 million, or 25.7%, to $388.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, from $308.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase during the six months ended June 30, 2014 is primarily driven by strong awards during the second half of 2013 and the first quarter of 2014 and higher contract change order activity relative to historical levels. The growth in our revenue in 2014 was particularly strong in the CNS therapeutic area and with a strategic FSP (Functional Service Provider) customer. In addition, our second quarter 2014 change order activity was significantly higher than our historical average, resulting in revenue growth of approximately $6 million to $9 million in the first half of 2014.

          Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses decreased 5.3%, or $9.2 million, to $164.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, from $173.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the timing of program initiation or closeout and the mix of program complexity and do not necessarily change in correlation to net service revenues. The reimbursements are offset by an equal amount of indirect costs.

          Net service revenue from our top five customers accounted for approximately 38% and 32% of total net service revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

          Various subsidiaries of Otsuka Holdings Co., Ltd. accounted for 14% and 15% of total net service revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Various subsidiaries of Astellas Pharma, Inc. accounted for 12% of net service revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Direct Costs and Reimbursable Out-of-pocket Expenses

          Our direct costs consist primarily of direct labor and employee benefits, facility costs associated with these personnel and other costs directly related to contract performance. Direct costs as a percentage of net service revenue can vary from period to period due to fluctuations in staff utilization created by our management of our workforce and adjustments to the timing of work on specific customer contracts, the experience mix of personnel assigned to projects, and the service mix and pricing of our contracts. In addition, as global projects wind down or as delays and cancellations occur, staffing levels in certain countries or functional areas can become misaligned with the current business volume as the mix of countries and services vary from study to study and by therapeutic area. Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses consist primarily of principal investigator fees, travel and other costs reimbursed by our customers.

69


Table of Contents

          For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2014, direct costs and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  Six Months Ended    
   
 
 
  June 30,
2013
  June 30,
2014
  Change  

Direct costs

  $ 211,265   $ 251,545   $ 40,280     19.1 %

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    173,432     164,280     (9,152 )   (5.3 )%
                       

Total direct costs and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

  $ 384,697   $ 415,825   $ 31,128     8.1 %
                       
                       

          The following is a summary of the year-over-year fluctuation in direct costs during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014 (in thousands):

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
2013 to 2014
 

Increase (decrease) in:

       

Salaries, benefits, and incentive compensation

  $ 32,709  

Other

    7,571  
       

Total

  $ 40,280  
       
       

          Direct costs increased by $40.3 million, or 19.1%, to $251.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, from $211.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase in salaries, benefits and incentive compensation is primarily due to higher compensation expense and contract labor costs associated with additional headcount in line with our increased revenues, and an increase in incentive compensation as a result of our improved financial performance. Other costs increased primarily due to charges for VAT that cannot be recovered from customers due to changes in tax regulations related to certain foreign operations of $4.5 million.

          Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses decreased by 5.3%, or $9.2 million, to $164.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, from $173.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the timing of program initiation or closeout and the mix of program complexity.

Selling, General and Administrative

          Our selling, general, and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation and benefits, facilities costs associated with these personnel, advertising, professional fees (e.g., legal and accounting expenses), travel and other operating expenses. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2014, selling, general and administrative expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  Six Months Ended    
   
 
 
  June 30,
2013
  June 30,
2014
  Change  

Selling, general and administrative

  $ 56,156   $ 66,147   $ 9,991     17.8 %

Percent of net service revenue

    18.2 %   17.0 %            

70


Table of Contents

          The following is a summary of the year-over-year fluctuation in our selling, general and administrative expenses during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014 (in thousands):

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
2013 to 2014
 

Increase (decrease) in:

       

Salaries, benefits, and incentive compensation

  $ 6,622  

Professional services

    1,403  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    980  

Travel

    640  

Other

    346  
       

Total

  $ 9,991  
       
       

          Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $10.0 million, or 17.8%, to $66.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 from $56.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increases for the six months ended June 30, 2014 were driven by (i) an increase in salaries, benefits, and incentive compensation from increased headcount and incentive compensation resulting from our growth in new business awards and operational performance, (ii) an increase in professional fees as we continue to support our global footprint, (iii) an increase in allowance for doubtful accounts, and (iv) an increase in travel costs as a result of increased headcount.

          As a result of our cost savings initiatives and our ability to leverage the selling, general and administrative functions as we grow revenue, these expenses as a percentage of net service revenue declined to 17.0% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 from 18.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Restructuring and Other Costs

          Restructuring and other costs were $3.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, primarily consisting of severance costs and facilities closure expenses. In the second quarter of 2014, we initiated restructuring activities related to the closure of our Glasgow facility and partial closure of our Cincinnati facility. We incurred $2.4 million of severance costs and facility closure expenses in the six months ended June 30, 2014 with respect to this activity, and we expect to incur additional costs of $3.0 million to $4.0 million with respect to these activities in 2014.

          Restructuring and other costs were $7.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily consisting of severance costs and IT and other professional fees. During 2013, we adopted a plan to better align headcount and costs with the current geographic sources and mix of revenue resulting in a reduction of approximately 325 employee and contract positions.

71


Table of Contents

Transaction expenses

          Transaction expenses were $2.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, and consisted of $1.7 million of third party fees associated with the debt refinancing and $0.3 million of legal fees associated with the MEK Consulting acquisition, a full service CRO with operations in the Middle East that we acquired for $6.0 million in March 2014. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, transaction expenses were $0.4 million of legal fees associated with debt refinancing and expenses for acquisition-related activities.

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

          During the second quarter of 2014, we determined that our Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units were not performing according to management's expectations, requiring an evaluation of the impairment of the goodwill and intangible assets. As a result of this evaluation, we recorded a $9.2 million impairment of goodwill and an $8.0 million impairment of intangible assets associated with our Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units.

Depreciation and Amortization

          Depreciation expense increased by $2.7 million, or 29.2%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to (i) our continued investment in our IT infrastructure and (ii) the reduction in the estimated useful lives on several assets during the first quarter of 2014 due to the consolidation of data centers and information systems.

          Amortization expense decreased by $5.9 million, or 30.1%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The decreases in amortization expense are primarily due to certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized.

Other Expense, Net

          For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2014, other income and expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,    
   
 
 
  2013   2014   Change  

Interest income

  $ 105   $ 200   $ 95     90.5 %

Interest expense

    (29,694 )   (28,924 )   (770 )   (2.6 )%

Other, net

    (1,065 )   1,041     (2,106 )   (197.7 )%
                       

Total other expense, net

  $ (30,654 ) $ (27,683 ) $ (2,971 )   (9.7 )%
                       
                       

          Other expense, net, decreased to $27.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 from $30.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease was primarily driven by a $2.1 million decrease in other expenses primarily due to foreign currency gains in 2014 versus losses in 2013.

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

          Income tax (expense) benefit was a benefit of $19.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, compared to an expense of $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. Income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2014 was impacted by a $24.4 million discrete income tax benefit recognized as a result of the release of the valuation allowance on certain foreign tax loss

72


Table of Contents

carryforwards. At June 30, 2014, management concluded that it was more likely than not that a portion of our deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable income. This conclusion was based, in part, on our achieving sustained profitability in 2014 in these international jurisdictions and projections of positive future earnings. Therefore, we released a significant portion of the valuation allowances related to these deferred tax assets in the second quarter of 2014.

          Other variances from the statutory rate of 35% were due to (i) income or losses generated in jurisdictions where no income tax expense or benefit will be realized, (ii) recognition of certain foreign related unrecognized tax benefits and (iii) the geographical split of pre-tax income.

Net Income (Loss)

          Net income (loss) increased to $13.8 million of net income for the six months ended June 30, 2014 from a net loss of $27.4 million for the reasons discussed above, in particular, the impact of increased services revenue, the overall decrease of operating expenses as a percentage of net service revenue and the income tax benefit as a result of the valuation allowance release of $24.4 million recorded during the first six months of 2014.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

          The following table sets forth amounts from our consolidated financial statements along with the percentage change for years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase / (Decrease)  
 
  2011   2012   2013   2011 to 2012   2012 to 2013  

Net service revenue

  $ 437,005   $ 579,145   $ 652,418   $ 142,140     32.5%   $ 73,273     12.7%  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     70,474     32.2%     53,217     18.4%  
                                       

Total revenue

    655,986     868,600     995,090     212,614     32.4%     126,490     14.6%  
                                       

Costs and expenses:

                                           

Direct costs

    279,840     389,056     432,261     109,216     39.0%     43,205     11.1%  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     70,474     32.2%     53,217     18.4%  

Selling, general and administrative

    95,063     109,428     117,890     14,365     15.1%     8,462     7.7%  

Restructuring and other costs

    27,839     35,380     11,828     7,541     27.1%     (23,552 )   (66.6)%  

Transaction expenses

    10,322         508     (10,322 )   (100)%     508      

Goodwill impairment

        4,000         4,000         (4,000 )   (100)%  

Depreciation and amortization

    64,136     78,811     58,473     14,675     22.9%     (20,338 )   (25.8)%  
                                       

Total operating expenses

    696,181     906,130     963,632     209,949     30.2%     57,502     6.3%  

Income (loss) from operations

   
(40,195

)
 
(37,530

)
 
31,458
   
2,665
   
6.6%
   
68,988
   
183.8%
 

Other expense, net

   
(53,963

)
 
(57,328

)
 
(62,138

)
 
3,365
   
6.2%
   
4,810
   
8.4%
 
                                       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (94,158 )   (94,858 )   (30,680 )   (700 )   (0.7)%     64,178     67.7%  

Income tax (expense) benefit

    34,611     35,744     (10,849 )   1,133     3.3%     (46,593 )   (130.4)%  
                                       

Net loss

  $ (59,547 ) $ (59,114 ) $ (41,529 ) $ (433 )   (0.7)%   $ 17,585     29.7%  
                                       
                                       

73


Table of Contents

Net Service Revenue and Reimbursable Out-of-Pocket Expenses

          For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, total revenue was comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase / (Decrease)  
 
  2011   2012   2013   2011 to 2012   2012 to 2013  

Net service revenue

  $ 437,005   $ 579,145   $ 652,418   $ 142,140     32.5%   $ 73,273     12.7%  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     70,474     32.2%     53,217     18.4%  
                                       

Total revenue

  $ 655,986   $ 868,600   $ 995,090   $ 212,614     32.4%   $ 126,490     14.6%  
                                       
                                       

          Net service revenue increased $73.3 million, or 12.7%, to $652.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $579.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase is primarily driven by the strength of new business awards, particularly in the third and fourth quarters of 2013.

          Net service revenue increased $142.1 million, or 32.5%, to $579.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $437.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase is principally attributable to the additional revenue from the Acquired Businesses. During the pre-acquisition period of 2011, the Acquired Businesses had revenue of $172.0 million.

          Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses increased 18.4% to $342.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $289.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase of $53.2 million is principally due to an overall increase in net service revenue, as well as an increase in the number of studies in which we procured principal investigator services. These reimbursements are offset by an equal amount in direct costs and, accordingly, have no impact on gross margin.

          Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses increased 32.2% to $289.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $219.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the timing of program initiation or closeout and the mix of program complexity and do not necessarily change in correlation to net service revenues. These reimbursements are offset by an equal amount in direct costs and, accordingly, have no impact on gross margin.

          Net service revenue from our top five customers accounted for approximately 26%, 26% and 34% of total net service revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively. Various subsidiaries of Otsuka Holdings Co., Ltd. accounted for approximately 12%, 12% and 15% of total net service revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively.

74


Table of Contents

Direct Costs and Reimbursable Out-of-Pocket Expenses

          For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, direct costs and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase / (Decrease)  
 
  2011   2012   2013   2011 to 2012   2012 to 2013  

Direct costs

  $ 279,840   $ 389,056   $ 432,261   $ 109,216     39.0%   $ 43,205     11.1%  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     70,474     32.2%     53,217     18.4%  
                                       

Total Direct costs and Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

  $ 498,821   $ 678,511   $ 774,933   $ 179,690     36.0%   $ 96,422     14.2%  
                                       
                                       

          Direct costs increased by $43.2 million, or 11.1%, to $432.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $389.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase is primarily due to $38.4 million higher compensation, benefits and incentive compensation expense and contract labor costs associated with additional headcount in line with our increased revenues and operational performance.

          Direct costs increased by $109.2 million, or 39.0%, to $389.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $279.8 million the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase is primarily attributable to the increase in direct costs from the personnel, facilities and other expenses associated with the Acquired Businesses.

          Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses increased 18.4% to $342.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 and 32.2% to $289.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the timing of program initiation or closeout and the mix of program complexity and do not necessarily change in correlation to net service revenues.

Selling, General and Administrative

          For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, selling, general and administrative expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase / (Decrease)  
 
  2011   2012   2013   2011 to 2012   2012 to 2013  

Selling, general and administrative

  $ 95,063   $ 109,428   $ 117,890   $ 14,365     15.1 % $ 8,462     7.7 %

Percentage of net service revenue

    21.8 %   18.9 %   18.1 %                        

          Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $117.9 million, compared to $109.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase of $8.5 million, or 7.7%, was primarily driven by an increase in business development expense in line with the increase in net new business awards and revenue, marketing expense associated with our new branding campaign and incentive compensation expense due to improved company performance as discussed above.

75


Table of Contents

          Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $109.4 million, compared to $95.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase of $14.4 million or 15.1% was primarily due to the additional personnel and infrastructure costs associated with the Acquired Businesses.

          As a result of our cost savings initatives and our ability to leverage the selling, general and administrative functions as we have grown revenue, these expenses as a percentage of net service revenue declined from 21.8% to 18.9% and 18.1% for years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Restructuring and Other Costs

          Restructuring and other costs were $11.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily comprised of severance costs of $7.9 million and lease costs of $1.8 million for abandoned facilities related to the 2013 restructuring plan. This plan was adopted to better align headcount and costs with our current geographic sources and mix of revenue and included a reduction of approximately 325 employee and contract positions. Restructuring and other costs also include $2.1 million in legal fees and consulting fees, primarily incurred in connection with legal entity restructuring related to the Kendle Acquisition.

          Restructuring and other costs were $35.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily comprised of $13.9 million in lease obligation and termination costs in connection with the abandonment and closure of redundant facilities and $13.3 million in severance costs. Restructuring costs also include IT and other professional fees of $8.2 million.

          Restructuring and other costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $27.8 million, primarily comprised of costs associated with the cancellation of employment agreements and additional severance totaling $19.1 million and IT and other professional fees of $8.7 million. These restructuring costs are primarily attributable to our integration of Kendle and also include costs related to our other restructuring initiatives undertaken during 2011.

Transaction Expenses

          Transaction expenses were $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily consisting of third-party fees associated with the debt refinancing and legal fees associated with the MEK Consulting acquisition. Transaction expenses of $10.3 million were incurred for the year ended December 31, 2011 and were primarily comprised of legal fees, accounting fees and the noncapitalizable portion of bank fees related to the Kendle Acquisition.

Goodwill Impairment

          During the year ended December 31, 2012, we determined that the fair value of one of our reporting units, Phase I Services, did not exceed the carrying value resulting in a $4.0 million impairment of goodwill. This impairment arose from the reduced scope of our Phase I Services reporting unit as we closed our Morgantown, West Virginia location in June 2012. We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. We perform our annual impairment test by estimating the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of the income and market approaches for purposes of estimating our total fair value of the reporting unit.

76


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization

          Depreciation and amortization expense decreased to $58.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $78.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease is principally due to the full amortization of certain acquisition-related intangible assets.

          Depreciation and amortization expense increased to $78.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $64.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase is principally due to the amortization of intangible assets resulting from the purchase price allocation in connection with the Kendle Acquisition on July 12, 2011 and the Trident Acquisition on June 1, 2011. We allocated the purchase price for each transaction to identifiable intangible assets, including backlog, customer relationships, and technologies, which are being amortized on a straight line basis over periods ranging from two to twelve years. A portion of the purchase price was also allocated to property and equipment, and is being depreciated over the remaining useful lives.

Other Expense, Net

          For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, other income and expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase / (Decrease)  
 
  2011   2012   2013   2011 to 2012   2012 to 2013  

Interest income

  $ 151   $ 239   $ 310   $ 88     58.3 % $ 71     29.7 %

Interest expense

    (65,633 )   (62,246 )   (60,799 )   (3,387 )   (5.2 )%   (1,447 )   (2.3 )%

Other income (expense), net

    11,519     4,679     (1,649 )   (6,840 )   (59.4 )%   (6,328 )   (135.2 )%
                                       

Total other expense

  $ (53,963 ) $ (57,328 ) $ (62,138 ) $ 3,365     6.2 % $ 4,810     8.4 %
                                       
                                       

          Total other expense increased from $57.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $62.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily driven by a $6.3 million increase in other expense due to change in foreign currency losses of $3.0 million and a $2.7 million gain recorded in 2012 with respect to the GVK Acquisition. This increase was partially offset by a $1.4 million decrease in interest expense resulting from the reduction in the interest rate on our term loan in February 2013 from Amendment No. 1 to our 2011 Credit Agreement.

          Total other expense increased to $57.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $54.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, driven by a $6.8 million decrease in other income, partially offset by a $3.4 million decrease in interest expense.

          Other income decreased by $6.8 million due to foreign currency fluctuations primarily due to lower gains resulting from changes in rates used to settle foreign currency transactions, as well as to re-measure monetary asset and liability balances that are not in local currency. This decrease was partially offset by a $2.7 million gain on the GVK Acquisition.

          Interest expense decreased by $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. In 2011, interest expense included $11.1 million of prepayment penalties and the write off of $8.9 million in deferred financing costs resulting from refinancing of our outstanding debt on July 12, 2011 concurrent with the Kendle Acquisition. This decrease was partially offset by the $16.5 million increase in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the larger debt balance and higher interest rate.

77


Table of Contents

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

          Income tax expense was $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to a benefit of $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

          The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2013 was (35.4)% compared to 37.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The change in our effective tax rate between 2013 and 2012 is primarily due to an increase in the valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assets and U.S. taxes provided on foreign earnings deemed not to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. Management's evaluation of available positive and negative evidence resulted in a judgment that the realization of the tax benefits for U.S. deferred tax assets did not meet the "more likely than not" standard and therefore a valuation allowance was recorded. Earnings of our foreign subsidiaries will be subject to income taxation in the United States for income tax purposes when repatriated. However, for financial reporting purposes, income taxes on a portion of these earnings were provided as though they have currently been repatriated, as these earnings have been deemed to be not indefinitely reinvested outside the United States during the year ended December 31, 2013.

          Income taxes were a benefit of $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $34.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

          The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 37.7% compared to 36.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in our effective tax rate was primarily due to foreign deemed dividends and the capitalization of transaction expenses for income tax purposes.

Net Loss

          Net loss decreased to $41.5 million from $59.1 million and $59.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively for the reasons discussed above, in particular the impact of increased services revenue along with the overall decrease of indirect expenses as a percentage of net service revenue.

78


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

          The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for our last ten completed fiscal quarters. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments necessary for their fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods. The quarterly results of operations presented should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

 
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
  March 31,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  December 31,
2013
  March 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Net service revenue

  $ 141,607   $ 141,981   $ 143,443   $ 152,114   $ 149,743   $ 159,202   $ 169,108   $ 174,365   $ 184,700   $ 203,540  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    67,543     76,384     68,154     77,374     78,226     95,206     89,565     79,675     82,077     82,203  
                                           

Total revenue

    209,150     218,365     211,597     229,488     227,969     254,408     258,673     254,040     266,777     285,743  

Direct costs

    95,689     96,370     97,153     99,845     104,768     106,497     108,917     112,080     120,764     130,781  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    67,543     76,384     68,154     77,374     78,226     95,206     89,565     79,675     82,077     82,203  

Selling, general and administrative

    30,718     27,150     26,713     24,846     27,603     28,553     27,543     34,190     32,185     33,962  

Restructuring and other costs

    12,892     6,759     9,542     6,187     2,368     4,778     3,104     1,578     758     2,417  

Goodwill impairment

                4,000                         9,243  

Intangible impairment

                                                8,002  

Transaction expenses

                      354         (30 )   184     2,042      

Depreciation

    5,486     5,143     4,876     4,410     4,446     4,758     4,730     5,241     6,869     5,025  

Amortization of Intangibles

    15,180     14,819     14,452     14,445     9,834     9,830     9,823     9,811     7,502     6,238  
                                           

Total operating expenses

    227,508     226,625     220,890     231,107     227,599     249,622     243,652     242,759     252,197     277,871  

Income from operations

    (18,358 )   (8,260 )   (9,293 )   (1,619 )   370     4,786     15,021     11,281     14,580     7,872  

Other income (expense), net:

                                                             

Interest income

    43     29     21     146     52     53     22     183     182     18  

Interest expense

    (15,475 )   (15,726 )   (15,559 )   (15,486 )   (14,869 )   (14,825 )   (14,791 )   (16,314 )   (16,083 )   (12,841 )

Other income (expense), net

    3,532     (1,769 )   3,197     (281 )   (1,035 )   (30 )   (371 )   (213 )   1,378     (337 )
                                           

Total other expense, net

    (11,900 )   (17,466 )   (12,341 )   (15,621 )   (15,852 )   (14,802 )   (15,140 )   (16,344 )   (14,523 )   (13,160 )
                                           

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (30,258 )   (25,726 )   (21,634 )   (17,240 )   (15,482 )   (10,016 )   (119 )   (5,063 )   57     (5,288 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    10,591     11,934     9,898     3,321     (1,264 )   (618 )   (1,051 )   (7,916 )   (1,609 )   20,595  
                                           

Net (loss) income

    (19,667 )   (13,792 )   (11,736 )   (13,919 )   (16,746 )   (10,634 )   (1,170 )   (12,979 )   (1,552 )   15,307  

Class C common stock dividends

    125     125     125     125     125     125     125     125     125     125  
                                           

Net (loss) income attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ (19,792 ) $ (13,917 ) $ (11,861 ) $ (14,044 ) $ (16,871 ) $ (10,759 ) $ (1,295 ) $ (13,104 ) $ (1,677 ) $ 15,182  
                                           
                                           

Net (loss) income per Class A common share:

                                                             

Basic

  $ (0.04 ) $ (0.03 ) $ (0.03 ) $ (0.03 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (0.02 ) $ (0.00 ) $ (0.03 ) $ (0.00 ) $ 0.03  

Diluted

    (0.04 )   (0.03 )   (0.03 )   (0.03 )   (0.04 )   (0.02 )   (0.00 )   (0.03 )   (0.00 )   0.03  

Weighted average Class A common shares:

                                                             

Basic

    441,539     441,637     441,637     439,646     439,469     439,725     439,547     439,174     438,533     438,534  

Diluted

    441,539     441,637     441,637     439,646     439,469     439,725     439,547     439,174     438,533     440,966  

79


Table of Contents

          The following tables present the reconciliation of Net income (loss) to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income:

 
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
  March 31,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  December 31,
2013
  March 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

                                                             

Net (loss) income as reported

  $ (19,667 ) $ (13,792 ) $ (11,736 ) $ (13,919 ) $ (16,746 ) $ (10,634 ) $ (1,170 ) $ (12,979 ) $ (1,552 ) $ 15,307  

Interest expense, net

    15,432     15,697     15,538     15,340     14,817     14,772     14,769     16,131     15,901     12,823  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (10,591 )   (11,934 )   (9,898 )   (3,321 )   1,264     618     1,051     7,916     1,609     (20,595 )

Depreciation

    5,486     5,143     4,876     4,410     4,446     4,758     4,730     5,241     6,869     5,025  

Amortization

    15,180     14,819     14,452     14,445     9,834     9,830     9,823     9,811     7,502     6,238  
                                           

EBITDA

    5,840     9,933     13,232     16,955     13,615     19,344     29,203     26,120     30,329     18,798  
                                           

Other income (expense)

    (1,155 )   1,769     (3,197 )   639     1,035     30     175     213     (1,378 )   337  

Restructuring and other costs

    12,892     6,759     9,542     6,187     2,368     4,778     3,104     1,578     758     2,417  

Share-based compensation expense

    276     349     252     371     355     364     134     1,566     531     893  

Contingent consideration treated as compensation expense(a)

    673     550     357     287     153     99                 153     205  

Debt refinancing expenses(b)

                            275           (30 )         1,763        

Business combinations transaction expense and expense for potential acquisitions(c)

                            79                 185     279        

Monitoring and advisory fees(d)

    138     155     154     143     137     142     125     178     142     141  

Gain (loss) on unconsolidated affiliates

    (2,377 )               (358 )               196                    

Goodwill impairment

                4,000                         17,245  
                                           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 16,287   $ 19,515   $ 20,340   $ 28,224   $ 18,017   $ 24,757   $ 32,907   $ 29,840   $ 32,577   $ 40,036  
                                           
                                           

Adjusted Net Income:

                                                             

Net (loss) income as reported

  $ (19,667 ) $ (13,792 ) $ (11,736 ) $ (13,919 ) $ (16,746 ) $ (10,634 ) $ (1,170 ) $ (12,979 ) $ (1,552 ) $ 15,307  

Amortization

    15,180     14,819     14,452     14,445     9,834     9,830     9,823     9,811     7,502     6,238  

Restructuring expenses

    12,892     6,759     9,542     6,187     2,368     4,778     3,104     1,578     758     2,417  

Share-based compensation expense

    276     349     252     371     355     364     134     1,566     531     893  

Contingent consideration treated as compensation expense(a)

    673     550     357     287     153     99             153     205  

Debt refinancing expenses(b)

                    275         (30 )       1,763      

Business combinations transaction expense and expense for potential acquisitions(c)

                    79             185     279      

Monitoring and advisory fees(d)

    138     155     154     143     137     142     125     178     142     141  

Gain (loss) on unconsolidated affiliates

    (2,377 )           (358 )           196              

Goodwill impairment

                4,000                         17,245  

Adjust income tax to normalized rate

    (9,374 )(f)   (10,507 )(f)   (11,102 )(f)   (6,414 )(f)   2,108 (e)   (1,305 )(e)   (3,845 )(e)   4,862 (e)   (2,529 )(e)   (28,680 )(e)
                                           

Adjusted Net (Loss) Income

  $ (2,259 ) $ (1,667 ) $ 1,919   $ 4,742   $ (1,437 ) $ 3,274   $ 8,337   $ 5,201   $ 7,047   $ 13,766  
                                           
                                           

Diluted Adjusted Net Income (Loss) per share:

                                                             

Diluted Adjusted Net (Loss) Income per share

  $ (0.01 ) $ (0.00 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.01   $ (0.00 ) $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.03  

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    441,539     441,637     442,014     440,117     439,469     440,055     439,772     439,426     438,953     440,966  

(a)
Consists of contingent consideration expense incurred as a result of acquisitions and accounted for as compensation expense under GAAP. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(b)
Represents fees associated with the debt placement and refinancing.

(c)
Represents costs incurred in connection with business combinations and potential acquisitions, including fees paid to Avista in 2011 in connection with the Kendle Acquisition.

(d)
Monitoring and advisory fees are paid to affiliates of Avista, which will terminate upon completion of this offering, as well as reimbursements of expenses paid to Avista and Teachers pursuant to the Expense Reimbursement Agreement.

(e)
The effective tax rate has been adjusted to reflect the removal of the tax impact of our valuation allowances recorded against our deferred tax assets and changes in the assertion to permanently reinvest the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Historically, we recorded a valuation allowance against some of our deferred tax assets, but we believe that these valuation allowances cause significant fluctuations in our financial results which are not indicative of our underlying financial performance. Specifically, the majority of our revenue in 2013 was generated in jurisdictions in which we recognized no tax expense or benefit due to changes in this valuation allowance. Further, we have historically recorded a valuation allowance against certain foreign tax losses, however, in the second quarter of 2014 the valuation allowance in one of our jurisdictions was reversed creating a significant tax benefit of $24.4 million, which we also do not believe is indicative of our ongoing operations. The adjustment is based on utilizing a 37% overall effective tax rate.


The effective tax rate has also been adjusted to reflect the tax adjustments for the estimated tax impact of the non-operating non-GAAP adjustments used to arrive at Adjusted Net Income (Loss), using the estimated effective tax rate of 37%.

(f)
Adjustment for the tax effect of the non-GAAP adjustments made to arrive at Adjusted Net Income (Loss) using the effective tax rate for the period.

80


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          Key measures of our liquidity are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2013
  June 30,
2014
 

Balance sheet statistics:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 81,363   $ 96,972   $ 155,549  

Restricted cash

    1,051     569     581  

Working capital

    43,032     57,605     78,658  

          We fund our operations and growth, including acquisitions, primarily with our working capital, cash flow from operations as well as funds available for borrowing under our $75.0 million revolving credit facility. Our principal liquidity requirements are to fund our debt service obligations, capital expenditures, expansion of services, possible acquisitions, integration and restructuring costs, geographic expansion, working capital and other general corporate purposes.

          On July 12, 2011, we entered into our $375.0 million 2011 Credit Agreement, with a syndicate of banks, financial institutions and other entities, or the Lenders. The 2011 Credit Agreement was originally comprised of a $300.0 million term loan, a $75.0 million revolving facility and letter of credit and swing line facilities. All obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement are guaranteed by INC Intermediate and certain of INC's direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the assets of INC and the guarantors. In February 2013 and February 2014, we entered into Amendment No. 1 and Amendment No. 2, respectively. These amendments provided for reductions in the applicable margins under the revolving facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans, to 2.25% for base rate loans and reduced the applicable margins under the term loan facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans and to 2.25% for base rate loans and reduced the LIBOR floor under the term loan facility from 1.25% to 1.0%. In addition, the financial maintenance covenant was amended to be applicable only to the revolving facility and so long as the sum of revolving loans, swing line loans and letters of credit (other than letters of credit that are cash collateralized), outstanding as of the last day of any four-fiscal quarter period, is greater than 25% of the revolving commitments. The new covenant, when applicable, requires us to maintain a secured leverage ratio of 4.0 to 1.0. We are permitted to add a receivables securitization facility of $100.0 million and have a prepayment premium of 1% applicable to any prepayment of term loans that is made in connection with a re-pricing transaction that occurs on or prior to August 19, 2014.

          On July 12, 2011, INC issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of its Notes due July 15, 2019. The Notes are unsecured and rank equally in right of payment with all of INC's existing and future senior debt. The Notes are guaranteed by INC Intermediate and certain of INC's direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries and the obligations of such guarantors under their guarantees are equal in right of payment to all of their existing and future senior debt. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 11.5% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on July 15 and January 15 of each year until July 15, 2019. The Notes are non-callable for the first four years. See "Description of Material Indebtedness—Senior Notes."

          As of June 30, 2014, we had total principal amount of indebtedness (including capital leases) of approximately $589.0 million. Further, we have undrawn commitments available for additional borrowings under our senior secured facilities of $74.1 million (net of $0.9 million in outstanding letters of credit as of June 30, 2014) which we may use for working capital and other purposes. The issuance of additional debt and the related incremental interest expense could adversely affect our operations and financial condition or limit our ability to secure additional capital and other resources.

81


Table of Contents

          In connection with this offering, we intend to refinance our senior secured credit facilities and incur additional term loans thereunder in an aggregate amount of $             . We intend to use the proceeds of these borrowings, along with the proceeds of this offering and, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, $             of cash on hand to redeem all of our outstanding Notes and pay any redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses. See "Description of Material Indebtedness."

          Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures and necessary working capital will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Management believes that cash on hand, cash flows from operations and funds available under the revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet our working capital and other currently anticipated cash needs, scheduled debt and interest payments and income tax obligations. Our ability to meet our cash needs through cash flows from operations will depend on the demand for our services, as well as general economic, financial, competitive and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our business might not generate cash flow in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay the principal of, or interest on, our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs, including working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, investments and other general corporate requirements. If we cannot fund our liquidity needs, we will have to take actions such as reducing or delaying capital expenditures, acquisitions or investments, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, reducing the scope of our operations and growth plans, or seeking additional equity capital. We cannot be assured that any of these remedies could, if necessary, be affected on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or that they would permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our 2011 Credit Agreement and the indenture governing our Notes limit the use of proceeds from any disposition of assets and, as a result, we may not be allowed, under those agreements, to use the proceeds from any such dispositions to satisfy all current debt service obligations.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

          For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  Six Months Ended    
   
 
 
  June 30,
2013
  June 30,
2014
  Change 2013 to
2014
 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (3,476 ) $ 80,396   $ 83,872     2,412.9 %

Net cash used in investing activities

    (7,241 )   (15,241 )   8,000     110.5 %

Net cash used in financing activities

    (2,077 )   (7,323 )   5,246     252.6 %

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

          For the six months ended June 30, 2014, our operating activities provided $80.4 million in cash flow, consisting of a net income of $13.8 million, adjusted for net noncash items of $22.5 million primarily related to depreciation and amortization, amortization of capitalized loan fees, stock-based compensation, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and deferred income taxes. In addition, $44.1 million of cash was provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities, consisting primarily of an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses and an increase in net deferred revenue, partially offset by a decrease in billed and unbilled accounts receivable.

          For the six months ended June 30, 2013, our operating activities used $3.5 million in cash, consisting of a net loss of $27.4 million, adjusted for net noncash item increases of $34.6 million primarily related to depreciation and amortization, foreign currency adjustments and amortization of

82


Table of Contents

capitalized loan fees, partially offset by changes in deferred income taxes. In addition, $10.7 million of cash was used by changes in operating assets and liabilities, consisting primarily of an increase in net accounts receivable, as well as the net changes in other current assets and liabilities, partially offset by increases in accounts payable, accrued expenses and deferred revenue.

          The changes in operating assets and liabilities result primarily from the net movement in accounts receivable, unbilled revenue, and deferred revenue, coupled with changes in accrued expenses. Fluctuations in billed and unbilled receivables and unearned revenue occur on a regular basis as we perform services, achieve milestones or other billing criteria, send invoices to customers and collect outstanding accounts receivable. This activity varies by individual customer and contract. We attempt to negotiate payment terms that provide for payment of services prior to or soon after the provision of services, but the levels of unbilled services and unearned revenue can vary significantly from period to period.

          Cash flows from operations increased by $83.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to year-over-year increase of $54.2 million in cash provided from working capital and a $55.2 million increase in earnings prior to amortization, depreciation and impairments, offset by a $21.8 million decrease in noncash deferred tax changes.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

          For the six months ended June 30, 2014, we used $15.2 million in cash for investing activities, comprised of the purchase of $12.9 million of property and equipment and payment of $2.3 million for the purchase of MEK Consulting. We anticipate total purchases of property and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2014 will be between $25.0 million and $30.0 million.

          For the six months ended June 30, 2013, we used $7.2 million in cash for investing activities for the purchase of property and equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

          For the six months ended June 30, 2014, financing activities used $7.3 million in cash, primarily driven by $7.1 million in net repayments on long term debt and capital leases obligations.

          For the six months ended June 30, 2013, financing activities used $2.1 million in cash, primarily driven by $2.8 million in proceeds from the modification of long term debt, offset by $5.0 million of payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

          For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase / (Decrease)  
 
  2011   2012   2013   2011 to 2012   2012 to 2013  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (18,533 ) $ 42,999   $ 37,270   $ 61,532     332.0 % $ (5,729 )   (13.3 )%

Net cash used in investing activities

    (369,670 )   (12,974 )   (17,714 )   (356,696 )   (96.5 )%   4,740     36.5 %

Net cash provided (used in) by financing activities

    422,053     (18,932 )   (6,841 )   (440,985 )   (104.5 )%   12,091     63.9 %

83


Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

          For the year ended December 31, 2013, our operating activities provided $37.3 million in cash flow, consisting of a net loss of $41.5 million, adjusted for net noncash items of $72.6 million primarily related to depreciation and amortization, amortization of capitalized loan fees, stock-based compensation and deferred income taxes. In addition, $6.2 million of cash was provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities, consisting primarily of an increase in deferred revenue, an increase in other long term liabilities, offset by decrease in account receivable and unbilled revenue, net.

          For the year ended December 31, 2012, operating activities provided $43.0 million in cash, consisting of a net loss of $59.1 million, adjusted for net noncash items of $43.0 million primarily related to depreciation and amortization expense as well as amortization of capitalized loan fees, partially offset by changes in deferred income taxes, foreign currency adjustments and gain on purchase of an equity affiliate. In addition, $59.1 million in cash was provided by the changes in operating assets and liabilities, consisting primarily of an increase in other current assets and deferred revenue, partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses, as well as an increase in accounts receivable and unbilled revenue.

          For the year ended December 31, 2011, operating activities used $18.5 million in cash, consisting of a net loss of $59.5 million, adjusted for net noncash items of $36.0 million primarily related to depreciation and amortization expense as well as amortization of capitalized loan fees, partially offset by changes in deferred income taxes and foreign currency adjustments. In addition, $5.0 million in cash was provided by the changes in operating assets and liabilities, consisting primarily of an increase in other current assets and deferred revenue, partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses, as well as a decrease in accounts receivable and unbilled revenue.

          Cash flows from operations decreased by $5.7 million during 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to year-over-year reduction of $51.8 million in cash provided from working capital, offset by an increase in earnings prior to amortization and depreciation. Cash flows from operations increased by $61.5 million during 2012 compared to 2011, primarily due to year-over-year increase of $52.2 million in cash provided from working capital, offset by a decrease in the net loss prior to amortization and depreciation.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

          For the year ended December 31, 2013, we used $17.7 million in cash for investing activities, comprised of the purchase of $17.7 million of property and equipment.

          For the year ended December 31, 2012, we used $13.0 million in cash for investing activities, comprised primarily of the purchase of $9.6 million of property and equipment and a $3.4 million payment related to the GVK Acquisition (net of cash acquired).

          For the year ended December 31, 2011, our investing activities used $369.7 million in cash, comprised primarily of $364.9 million related to the Kendle Acquisition and the Trident Acquisition (net of cash acquired), as well as the purchase of $4.8 million of property and equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

          For the year ended December 31, 2013, financing activities used $6.8 million in cash, primarily driven by $4.0 million in net repayments on long term debt and capital leases obligations, $1.4 million of treasury stock repurchases and $1.3 million of contingent consideration related to the Trident Acquisition.

84


Table of Contents

          For the year ended December 31, 2012, financing activities used $18.9 million in cash, primarily driven by $7.0 million in repayments on our revolving line of credit, $6.4 million of payments on other long term debt and capital lease obligations, $2.8 million of treasury stock repurchases and $2.7 million of payment of contingent consideration related to the Trident Acquisition.

          For the year ended December 31, 2011, our financing activities provided $422.1 million in cash, primarily from $568.1 million of proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, $162.3 million of proceeds from the sale of common stock and borrowings of $28.0 million on our revolving line of credit, partially offset by $329.3 million of repayments of our previously outstanding long-term debt, revolving line of credit and capital lease obligations, $4.5 million of dividends paid and $2.6 million of treasury stock repurchases.

Inflation

          Our long-term contracts, those in excess of one year, generally include inflation or cost of living adjustments for the portion of the services to be performed beyond one year from the contract date. In the event actual inflation rates are greater than our contractual inflation rates or cost of living adjustments, inflation could have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

          The following table summarizes our expected material contractual payment obligations as of December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):

 
  Payment Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  1 to 3
Years
  3 to 5
Years
  More than
5 Years
 

Long-term debt

  $ 596,480   $ 4,713   $ 4,287   $ 287,480   $ 300,000  

Interest on long-term debt

    290,228     52,392     104,445     98,891     34,500  

Non-cancellable purchase commitments

    39,943     17,193     22,225     525      

Capital leases

    2,564     2,292     272          

Operating leases

    84,889     22,247     35,588     23,590     3,464  
                       

Total

  $ 1,014,104   $ 98,837   $ 166,817   $ 410,486   $ 337,964  
                       
                       

          The interest payments on long-term debt in the above table are based on interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2013. On February 19, 2014, we entered into Amendment No. 2 to our 2011 Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Amendment No. 2, we reduced the applicable margins under the revolving loan facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans, to 2.25% for base rate loans and reduced the applicable margins under the term loan facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans and to 2.25% for base rate loans, in each case subject to further reductions based upon a pricing grid.

          In connection with this offering, we intend to borrow $              million of incremental term loans under our 2011 Credit Agreement. We intend to use the proceeds of these borrowings, along with the proceeds of this offering and, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, $             of cash on hand to redeem all of our outstanding Notes and pay any redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses. Additionally, our interest on long-term debt will decrease by $              million related to the repayment of the Notes, partially offset by an increase of $              million related to the borrowings under our 2011 Credit Agreement.

85


Table of Contents

          We have recorded a tax liability for unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions of $23.7 million which has not been included in the above table due to the uncertainties in the timing of the settlement of the income tax positions.

          We are a party to supplier contracts related to clinical services that if cancelled would require payment for services performed and potentially additional services required to protect the safety of subjects. The value of these potential wind-down provisions is not practical to estimate.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

          We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements except for operating leases entered into in the normal course of business.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

          The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses during the period, as well as disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, valuation of goodwill and identifiable intangibles, tax-related contingencies and valuation allowances, allowance for doubtful accounts, litigation contingencies, among others. These estimates are based on the information available to management at the time these estimates, judgments and assumptions are made. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

          We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (2) the service offering has been delivered to the customer; (3) the collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and (4) the arrangement consideration is fixed or determinable. We record revenues net of any tax assessments by governmental authorities, such as value added taxes, that are imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue generating transactions. In some cases, contracts provide for consideration that is contingent upon the occurrence of uncertain future events. We recognize contingent revenue when the contingency has been resolved and all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met.

          Our arrangements are primarily service contracts and historically, a majority of the net service revenue has been earned under contracts which range in duration from a few months to several years. Most of our contracts can be terminated by the client with 30 days' notice. In the event of termination, our contracts often provide for fees for winding down the project, which include both fees incurred and actual expenses and noncancellable expenditures and may include a fee to cover a percentage of the remaining professional fees on the project. We do not recognize revenue with respect to start-up activities including contract and scope negotiation, feasibility analysis and conflict of interest review associated with contracts. The costs for these activities are expensed as incurred.

          The majority of our contracts are for clinical research services and, to a lesser extent, consulting services. These contracts represent a single unit of accounting. Clinical research service contracts generally take the form of fee-for-service, fixed-fee-per-unit and fixed-price contracts, with the majority of the contracts being fixed-fee-per-unit. For fee-for-service contracts, fees are billed based on a contractual rate basis and the Company recognizes revenue on these arrangements as services are performed, primarily on a time and materials basis. For fixed-price contracts (including fixed-fee and fixed-price-per-unit arrangements), revenue is recognized as services are performed

86


Table of Contents

based upon a proportional performance basis, which is assessed using output measures that are specific to the service provided.

          Examples of output measures include, among others, study management months, number of sites activated, number of site initiation visits, and number of monitoring visits completed. Revenue is determined by dividing the actual units of work completed by the total units of work required under the contract and multiplying that ratio by the total contract value. The total contract value, or total contractual payments, represents the aggregate contracted price for each of the agreed upon services to be provided.

          Changes in the scope of work are common, especially under long-term contracts, and generally result in a renegotiation of future contract pricing terms and change in contract value. If the customer does not agree to contract modification, we could bear the risk of cost overruns. Renegotiated amounts are not included in net revenues until the contract modification is signed, the amount is earned and realization is assured.

          For the arrangements that include multiple elements, arrangement consideration is allocated to units of accounting based on the relative selling price. The best evidence of selling price of a unit of accounting is vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, which is the price we charge when the deliverable is sold separately. When VSOE is not available to determine selling price, management uses relevant third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price, if available. When neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists, management uses its best estimate of selling price considering all relevant information that is available without undue cost and effort. We consider the guidance related to the accounting for multiple element arrangements when determining whether more than one contract shall be combined and accounted for as a single arrangement.

Billed and Unbilled Accounts Receivable and Deferred Revenues

          Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value. Unbilled accounts receivable arise when services have been rendered for which revenue has been recognized but the customers have not been billed. In general, prerequisites for billings and payments are established by contractual provisions, including predetermined payment schedules, which may or may not correspond to the timing of the performance of services under the contract.

          In some cases, payments received are in excess of revenue recognized. Deferred revenues represent billings or receipts of payments from customers in advance of services being provided and the related revenue being earned or reimbursable expenses being incurred. As the contracted services are subsequently performed and the associated revenue is recognized, the deferred revenues balance is reduced by the amount of the revenue recognized during the period.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

          We maintain a credit approval process and make significant judgments in connection with assessing customers' ability to pay throughout the contractual obligation. Despite this assessment, from time to time, customers are unable to meet their payment obligations. We continuously monitor customers' credit worthiness and apply judgment in establishing a provision for estimated credit losses based on historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified.

Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets

          Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. We evaluate goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. During 2012, we

87


Table of Contents

determined that the goodwill related to our Phase I Services reporting unit was impaired and recognized an impairment loss of $4.0 million. During the second quarter of 2014, we determined that the intangible assets and goodwill related to our Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units were impaired and recognized an impairment loss of $17.2 million.

          Intangible assets consist primarily of trademarks, backlog, customer relationships and technologies. Finite-lived trademarks, backlog and technologies are being amortized on a straight-line basis. Customer relationships are being amortized at the greater of actual customer attrition or a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives. Certain trademarks have an indefinite life and are not amortized but instead are evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Finite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment upon the occurrence of certain triggering events.

          Long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets, are regularly reviewed to determine if facts and circumstances indicate that the useful life is shorter than we originally estimated or that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances exist, we assess the recoverability of identified assets by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets and occur in the period in which the impairment determination was made.

Stock-Based Compensation

          We recognize stock-based compensation expense for stock option awards provided to our employees. We measure stock-based compensation cost at grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award and recognize the service-based cost on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the employee's vesting period. The compensation expense with respect to performance-based awards is recognized if we believe it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. We reassess the probability of the achievement of the performance condition at each reporting period, and adjust the compensation expense for subsequent changes in the estimate or actual outcome.

          We estimate the fair value of each option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The model requires the use of the following assumptions: the fair value of our Class A common shares; an expected dividend yield; expected volatility; risk-free interest rate; and expected term.

          Fair Value of Our Class A Common Shares.     Due to the absence of an active market for our Class A common shares, the fair value of our common shares for purposes of determining the fair value of stock option awards was determined in good faith by our Board, with the assistance and upon the recommendation of management, based on a number of objective and subjective factors consistent with the methodologies outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the AICPA Practice Aid, including:

    contemporaneous related party valuations of our common shares;

    the common shares underlying the award involved illiquid securities in a private company;

    our results of operations and financial position;

    the composition of, and changes to, our management team and Board;

    the material risks related to our business;

88


Table of Contents

    our business strategy;

    the market performance of publicly traded companies in the CRO sector, and recently completed mergers and acquisitions of companies comparable to us;

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common shares and options such as an initial public offering given prevailing market conditions; and

    external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology industry sectors.

          Each quarter a contemporaneous valuation (within the meaning of such term under the AICPA Practice Aid) of our Class A common shares was performed by a related party. At each grant date, the Board considered whether any events or circumstances occurred between the date of the valuation and the date of the grant that would indicate a significant change in the fair value of our common shares during that period. For all of the contemporaneous valuations performed, two commonly accepted valuation approaches were applied to estimate our enterprise value: the guideline public company method and the guideline transactions method. These methods both select a valuation multiple from comparable public companies or transactions, making adjustments for our strengths and weaknesses relative to the selected companies and apply it to our operating data to determine an indication of our enterprise value. Our valuations utilized a multiple of Adjusted EBITDA to enterprise value of comparable companies and transactions, applied to our historical and prospective Adjusted EBITDA to arrive at an indication of the fair value. This metric was selected as we believe it is the most appropriate valuation of a company with our capital structure and is commonly used by investors and analysts within our industry.

          The following table summarizes all stock option grants from September 1, 2010 through June 30, 2014:

 
  Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options
Granted
  Exercise
Price Per
Share
  Estimated Fair
Value Per
Common Share
at Grant Date
  Weighted
Average
Fair Value Per
Option at
Grant Date
 

September 2010 to May 2011

    27,311,000   $ 1.00   $ 1.00   $ 0.48  

June 2011 to July 2013

    12,273,000   $ 1.25   $ 1.25   $ 0.55  

August 2013 to January 6, 2014

    3,800,000   $ 1.19   $ 1.19   $ 0.53  

January 7, 2014 to March 31, 2014

        N/A     N/A     N/A  

April 1, 2014 to April 21, 2014

    1,900,000   $ 1.60   $ 1.60   $ 0.58  

April 22, 2014 to June 29, 2014

        N/A     N/A     N/A  

June 30, 2014

    6,872,000   $ 1.90   $ 1.90   $ 0.66  

          Expected Dividend Yield.     We have not paid and do not expect to pay dividends on our Class A common stock, therefore, we use a zero-percent dividend rate.

          Expected Volatility.     We use the historical volatilities of a selected peer group as we do not have sufficient trading history to determine the volatility of our Class A common stock. We intend to continue to rely on this information until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own stock becomes available, or unless the circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us.

          Risk-Free Interest Rate.     We use the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with an equivalent remaining term of the options for each option group to represent the risk-free interest rate.

89


Table of Contents

          Expected Term.     The expected term represents the period that our option awards are expected to be outstanding. As we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term, we have based our expected term on the simplified method available under GAAP, which utilizes the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term.

          Once we have determined an estimated fair value, we adjust that value for expected forfeitures to represent the value of the award that we expect to vest. We estimate forfeitures based on a historical analysis of our actual forfeiture experience. We recognize the expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. At the end of each period, we review the estimated forfeiture rate and, as applicable, make changes to the rate calculations to reflect new developments. Stock-based compensation cost is recorded in direct costs and selling, general and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on the employees' respective function.

          We record deferred tax assets for awards that result in deductions on our income tax returns, based on the amount of compensation cost recognized and the statutory tax rate in the jurisdiction in which we will receive a deduction. Differences between the deferred tax assets recognized for financial reporting purposes and the actual tax deduction reported on the income tax return are recorded in additional paid-in capital (if the tax deduction exceeds the deferred tax asset) or in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss (if the deferred tax asset exceeds the tax deduction and no additional paid-in capital exists from previous awards).

Restructuring and Related Expenses

          Restructuring costs, which primarily include severance and facility closure costs, are recorded at estimated fair value. Key assumptions in determining the restructuring costs include the terms and payments that may be negotiated to terminate certain contractual obligations and the timing of employees leaving us. We account for restructuring costs in accordance with the authoritative guidance for compensation—nonretirement postemployment benefits. Under this guidance, we record these obligations when the obligations are estimable and probable.

          We account for one-time termination benefits, contract termination costs and other related exit costs in accordance with the authoritative guidance for exit or disposal cost obligations. This guidance requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred, as opposed to when management commits to an exit plan. Additionally, this guidance requires that (i) liabilities associated with exit and disposal activities be measured at fair value, (ii) one-time termination benefits be expensed at the date the entity notifies the employee, unless the employee must provide future service, in which case the benefits are expensed ratably over the future service period, (iii) liabilities related to an operating lease/contract be recorded at fair value and measured when the contract does not have any future economic benefit to the entity (i.e., the entity ceases to utilize the rights conveyed by the contract), and (iv) all other costs related to an exit disposal activity be expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

          We and our U.S. subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Our other subsidiaries file tax returns in their local jurisdictions.

          We provide for income taxes on all transactions that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Specifically, we estimate our tax liability based on current tax laws in the statutory jurisdictions in which it operates. Accordingly, the impact of changes in income tax laws on deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are recognized in net earnings in the period during which such changes are enacted. We record deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for

90


Table of Contents

tax benefit carryforwards using enacted tax rates in effect in the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

          We provide valuation allowances against deferred tax assets for amounts that are not considered more likely than not to be realized. The valuation of the deferred tax asset is dependent on, among other things, our ability to generate a sufficient level of future taxable income. In estimating future taxable income, we have considered both positive and negative evidence, such as historical and forecasted results of operations, and have considered the implementation of prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

          We recognize a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if we believe it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. Judgment is required in determining what constitutes an individual tax position, as well as the assessment of the outcome of each tax position. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating tax positions and tax benefits. In addition, the calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in domestic and foreign jurisdictions. The amount of the accrual for which an exposure exists is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that we believe is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement of the position. If the calculation of liability related to uncertain tax positions proves to be more or less than the ultimate assessment, a tax expense or benefit to expense, respectively, would result. We do not foresee any reasonably possible change in the unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months, but acknowledge circumstances can change due to unexpected developments in the law.

          Our policy has been to provide income taxes on earnings of foreign subsidiaries only to the extent those earnings are expected to be repatriated. We intend to repatriate current and future earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to meet certain cash requirements in the United States. As a result, we have provided taxes on these earnings. We continue to assert that all undistributed foreign earnings prior to December 31, 2012 remain permanently reinvested to support future growth in foreign markets and to maintain current operating needs of foreign locations.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

          In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance that requires preparers to report, in one place, information about reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income and, if applicable, the effect of the reclassifications on the respective line items in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

          In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance to clarify that nonpublic entities are not required to disclose the fair value hierarchy level for financial instruments that are not measured at fair value on the statement of financial position but for which fair value is disclosed. The guidance is effective immediately and the adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

          In March 2013, the FASB issued guidance specifying that a cumulative translation adjustment, or CTA, should be recognized into earnings when an entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets within a consolidated foreign entity and the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity. For sales of an equity method investment that is a foreign entity, a pro rata portion of CTA attributable to the investment would be recognized in earnings when the investment is sold. When an entity sells either a part or all of its investment in a consolidated foreign entity, CTA would be recognized in earnings only if the sale results in the parent no longer having a controlling financial interest in the

91


Table of Contents

foreign entity. In addition, CTA should be recognized in earnings in a business combination achieved in stages. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014. We do not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

          In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward or Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. The ASU provides guidance regarding the presentation in the statement of financial position of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward or a tax credit carryforward exists. The ASU generally provides that an entity's unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of its unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in its financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. The ASU applies prospectively to all entities that have unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting date, and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014. We do not plan to early adopt. We do not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

          On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. ASU 2014-09 will eliminate transaction- and industry-specific revenue recognition guidance under current U.S. GAAP and replace it with a principle based approach for determining revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 will require that companies recognize revenue based on the value of transferred goods or services as they occur in the contract. The ASU also will require additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is not permitted. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

          Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and other relevant market rate or price changes. In the ordinary course of business, we are exposed to various market risks, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, and we regularly evaluate our exposure to such changes. Our overall risk management strategy seeks to balance the magnitude of the exposure and the cost and availability of appropriate financial instruments. From time to time, we have utilized forward exchange contracts to manage our foreign currency exchange rate and interest rate risk.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

          Approximately 26.8% and 26.3% of our net service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars and, accordingly, fluctuations in exchange rates will affect the translation of our revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars for purposes of reporting our consolidated financial results. During 2012 and 2013, the most significant currency exchange rate exposures were the Euro and British pound. A hypothetical change of 10% in average exchange rates used to translate all foreign currencies to U.S. dollars would have impacted income before income taxes for 2013 by approximately $17 million. We do not have significant operations in countries in which the economy is considered to be highly-inflationary.

92


Table of Contents

          We are subject to foreign currency transaction risk for fluctuations in exchange rates during the period of time between the consummation and cash settlement of a transaction. Accordingly, exchange rate fluctuations during this period may affect our profitability with respect to such contracts. We are able to partially offset our foreign currency transaction risk through exchange rate fluctuation adjustment provisions stated in our contracts with customers, or we may hedge our transaction risk with foreign currency exchange contracts.

Interest Rates

          We are subject to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had $296.5 million and $295.5 million, respectively, outstanding under credit agreements subject to variable interest rates. Each quarter-point increase or decrease in the applicable interest rate at December 31, 2013 and 2012 would change our interest expense by approximately $0.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively, per year.

93


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

          We are a leading global CRO based on revenues and are exclusively focused on Phase I to Phase IV clinical development services for the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries. We provide our customers highly differentiated therapeutic alignment and expertise, with a particular strength in CNS, oncology and other complex diseases. We consistently and predictably deliver clinical development services in a complex environment and offer a proprietary, operational approach to clinical trials through our Trusted Process® methodology. Our service offerings focus on optimizing the development of, and therefore, the commercial potential for, our customers' new biopharmaceutical compounds, enhancing returns on their R&D investments, and reducing their overhead by offering an attractive variable cost alternative to fixed cost, in-house resources.

          Over the past decade, we have systematically built our scale and capabilities to become a leading global provider of Phase I to Phase IV clinical development services, with approximately 5,400 employees in 50 countries across six continents as of June 30, 2014. Our broad global reach has enabled us to provide clinical development services in over 100 countries. Our global footprint provides our customers with broad access to diverse markets and patient populations, local regulatory expertise and local market knowledge. We have developed our capabilities and infrastructure in parallel with our extensive, industry-leading relationships with principal investigators and clinical research sites, as demonstrated by our ranking as the "Top CRO" in the 2013 CenterWatch Global Investigative Site Relationship Survey, which was conducted by CenterWatch, a third-party leading publisher in the clinical trials industry. The survey covered responses from over 2,000 global sites across 36 specific relationship attributes about CROs that the sites surveyed have worked with in the past two years. We believe these attributes are critical for delivering high quality clinical trial results on time and on budget for our customers. We provide robust clinical development services through specialized therapeutic teams that have deep scientific expertise and are strategically aligned with the largest and fastest growing areas of our customers' R&D investments. Over 75% of our backlog as of June 30, 2014 is in CNS, oncology and other complex diseases, such as genetic disorders and infectious diseases.

          Our diversified customer base includes a mix of many of the world's largest biopharmaceutical companies as well as high-growth, small and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. We deliver high quality service through our internally developed, metrics-driven Trusted Process®, which is our proprietary methodology designed to reduce operational risk and variability by standardizing clinical development services and implement quality controls throughout the clinical development process. We believe our Trusted Process® leads our customers to faster, better-informed drug development decisions.

          For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014, we had total net service revenue of $652.4 million and $388.2 million, respectively, net loss of $(41.5) million and net income of $13.8 million, respectively, Adjusted Net Income of $15.4 million and $20.8 million, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $105.5 million and $72.6 million, respectively. Net service revenue, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA increased by 12.7%, 462.2% and 25.1%, respectively, and net loss decreased by 29.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from the year ended December 31, 2012. Net service revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income increased by 25.7%, 69.8% and 1,033.0%, respectively, and increased our net (loss) income from a loss of $27.4 million to net income of $13.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 from the six months ended June 30, 2013. As of June 30, 2014, we had outstanding term loans under the 2011 Credit Agreement of $291.0 million and $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes. In connection with this offering, we intend to refinance our senior secured credit facilities and incur additional term loans thereunder in an aggregate principal amount of $                  . We intend to use the proceeds of these borrowings, along with the proceeds of this offering and $         of cash on hand to redeem all of our outstanding Notes and pay any redemption premiums,

94


Table of Contents

make-whole interest and related fees and expenses. Following the repayment of our Notes, we expect to have $          million of term loans under our 2011 Credit Agreement. For a reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA, each of which are non-GAAP measures, to our net loss, see "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data."

Our Market

          The market for our services includes biopharmaceutical companies that outsource clinical development services. We believe we are well-positioned to benefit from the following market trends:

          Trends in late-stage clinical development outsourcing.     Within the clinical development market, we primarily focus on Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials. Biopharmaceutical companies continue to prioritize the outsourcing of Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials, particularly in complex, high-growth therapeutic areas such as CNS, oncology and other complex diseases. Additionally, small and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies typically have limited infrastructure and therefore have a particular proclivity to outsource their clinical development to CROs. Since January 2013, biotechnology companies in the United States have raised $16.1 billion from the public equity markets, and we believe the growth in this sector will further enhance overall growth within the CRO industry. We estimate, based on industry sources, including analyst reports, and management's knowledge, that the market for CRO services for Phase II to Phase IV clinical development services will grow at a rate of 8% to 9% annually through 2018, driven by a combination of increased development spend and further outsourcing penetration. In addition, we estimate that total biopharmaceutical spending on drug development in 2013 was approximately $74.6 billion, of which the clinical development market, which is the market for drug development following pre-clinical research, was approximately $65.1 billion. Of the $65.1 billion, we estimate our total addressable market to be $56.3 billion, after excluding $8.8 billion of indirect fees paid to principal investigators and clinical research sites, which are not a part of the CRO market. We estimate that total biopharmaceutical spending on clinical development will grow at a rate of 3% to 4% annually through 2018. In 2013, we estimate biopharmaceutical companies outsourced approximately $20.6 billion of clinical development spend to CROs, representing a 9% increase in such spending compared to 2012 and a penetration rate of 37% of our total addressable market. We estimate that this penetration rate will increase to 46% of our total addressable market by 2018. We believe that CROs with deep therapeutic expertise, global reach and capabilities, the ability to conduct increasingly complex clinical trials and maintain strong principal investigator and clinical research site relationships will be well-positioned to benefit from these industry trends.

          Optimization of biopharmaceutical R&D efficiency.     Market forces and healthcare reform, including the Affordable Care Act and other governmental initiatives, place significant pressure on biopharmaceutical companies to improve cost efficiency. Companies need to demonstrate the relative improvement in quality, safety, and effectiveness of new therapies as compared to existing approved therapies as early as possible in the development process. CROs can help biopharmaceutical companies deploy capital more efficiently, especially as many biopharmaceutical companies do not have adequate in-house development resources. In response to high clinical trial costs, particularly in therapeutic areas such as CNS and oncology, which we believe present the highest mean cost per patient across all clinical trials, biopharmaceutical companies are streamlining operations and shifting development to external providers in order to lower their fixed costs. Based on efficiencies gained through experience, we estimate that CROs have shortened clinical testing timelines by as much as 30%. Full service CROs can deliver operational efficiencies, provide high visibility into trial conduct, and allow biopharmaceutical companies to focus internal resources on their core competencies related to drug discovery and commercialization.

          Globalization of clinical trials.     Clinical trials have become increasingly global as biopharmaceutical companies seek to accelerate patient recruitment, particularly within protocol-

95


Table of Contents

eligible, treatment-naïve patient populations without co-morbidities that could skew clinical outcomes. Additionally, biopharmaceutical companies increasingly seek to expand the commercial potential of their products by applying for regulatory approvals in multiple countries, including in areas of the world with fast growing economies and middle classes that are spending more on healthcare. As part of the approval process for biopharmaceutical products in newer markets, especially in certain Asian and emerging markets, regulators often require trials to include specific percentages or numbers of people from local populations. Thus, clinical studies to support marketing approval applications frequently include a combination of multinational and domestic trials. These trends emphasize the importance of global experience and geographic coverage, local market knowledge and coordination throughout the development process.

          Management of increasingly complex trials.     The biopharmaceutical industry operates in an increasingly sophisticated and highly regulated environment and has responded to the demands of novel therapeutics by adapting efficient drug development processes. Complex trial design expertise has emerged as a significant competitive advantage for select CROs that have a track record of successfully navigating country-specific regulatory, trial protocol and patient enrollment barriers, including sometimes subjective, evolving clinical endpoints. Measures of clinical trial complexity significantly increased over the last decade, as evidenced by total procedures per trial protocol increasing by 57% between 2000 and 2011. In addition, the therapeutic areas where we have a particular focus, including CNS, oncology and other complex diseases, often require more complex testing protocols than other disease indications. For example, studies related to CNS, oncology and other complex diseases often require treatment-naïve patients, and sometimes have subjective endpoints, which can be difficult to measure. Accordingly, these areas demand greater clinical trial proficiency and therapeutic expertise, particularly in light of new methods of testing, such as the use of biomarkers and gene therapy.

Our Competitive Strengths

          We believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on positive trends in the CRO industry and provide differentiated solutions to our customers based on our key competitive strengths set forth below:

           Deep and long-standing expertise in the largest and fastest growing therapeutic areas. Over the past 20 years, we have focused on building world-class therapeutic expertise to better serve our customers. We provide a broad offering of therapeutic expertise, with our core focus in the largest and fastest growing therapeutic areas, including CNS, oncology and other complex diseases, which collectively constitute over 75% of our backlog as of June 30, 2014. Based on industry data, we estimate that CNS, oncology and other complex diseases together represent over 55% of total Phase III drugs under development. We believe we have been growing faster than the market, resulting in market share gains in our key therapeutic areas. Our total net service revenue grew by 12.7% in 2013 and our net service revenue for CNS and oncology, collectively, grew by 21.3% in 2013.

          Our therapeutic expertise is managed by our senior leadership and delivered by the senior scientific and medical staff and our clinical research associates, or CRAs, within our various therapeutic areas. A significant majority of our CRAs are specifically trained in individual therapeutic areas, with over 60% of our CRAs dedicated to CNS, oncology or other complex diseases. Industry analysts have reported that therapeutic expertise is the most influential factor for small to mid-cap and large sponsors of clinical trials in selecting a CRO. We believe that our expertise in managing complex clinical trials differentiates us from our competitors and has played a key role in our revenue growth, our ability to win new clinical trials and our successful relationship development with principal investigators and clinical research sites.

           Clinical development focus and innovative operating model. We derive approximately 99% of our net service revenue from clinical development services without distraction from lower growth,

96


Table of Contents

lower margin non-clinical business. Since 2006, we have conducted our clinical trials using our innovative Trusted Process® operating model, which standardizes methodologies, increases the predictability of the delivery of our services and reduces operational risk. Since initiation of the Trusted Process®, we have reduced median study start-up time (defined as the period from finalized protocol to first patient enrolled) on new projects by 26%. Based on industry sources for the median study start-up time for the biopharmaceutical industry, we believe we achieve this milestone for our customers at a significantly faster pace than industry medians, primarily due to our proprietary Trusted Process® operating model. In addition to the absolute reduction of cycle times in critical path milestones, we provide greater operating efficiency, more predictable project schedules and a reduction in overall project timelines. Ninety percent of our new business awards in 2013 were from repeat customers, which we believe is directly attributable to our innovative business model.

           Unmatched, industry-leading principal investigator and clinical research site relationships. We have extensive relationships with principal investigators and clinical research sites. We believe these quality relationships are critical for delivering clinical trial results on time and on budget for our customers. Motivated and engaged investigative sites can facilitate faster patient recruitment, increase retention, maintain safety, ensure compliance with protocols as well as with local and international regulations, and streamline reporting. The ability to recruit and retain principal investigators and patients is an integral part of the clinical trial process. We have dedicated personnel focused on enhancing clinical research site relationships; we work with these sites in collaborative partnerships to improve cycle times and standardize start-up activities to drive efficiency. Our focus on principal investigator and clinical research site relationships is unmatched in the industry, as demonstrated by our ranking as the "Top CRO" in the 2013 CenterWatch Global Investigative Site Relationship Survey. In this survey, we ranked in the top three across all 36 attributes ranked and received an average of 80.4% of "excellent" or "good" ratings across all attributes compared to the median number of CROs ranking in the top three across eight attributes and receiving an average of 72.7% "excellent" or "good" ratings across all attributes. In addition, we ranked #1 in four of the five attributes that industry analysts considered the most influential factors in selecting a CRO and received some of our highest scores related to our professional staff and being well-organized and prepared in our studies. We also participate at the highest level of membership within the Society for Clinical Research Sites (SCRS) as a Global Impact Partner (GIP).

           Broad global reach with in-depth local market knowledge. We believe that we are one of a few CROs with the scale, expertise, systems and agility necessary to conduct global clinical trials. We offer our services through a highly skilled staff of approximately 5,400 employees in 50 countries as of June 30, 2014 and have conducted work in over 100 countries. We have expanded our presence in high-growth international markets such as Asia-Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East and North Africa. Our comprehensive regulatory expertise and extensive local knowledge facilitate timely patient recruitment for complex clinical trials and improved access to treatment-naïve patients and to emerging markets, thereby reducing the time and cost of these trials for our customers while also optimizing the commercialization potential for new therapies.

           Diversified, loyal and growing customer base. We have a well-diversified, loyal customer base of over 300 customers that includes many of the world's largest biopharmaceutical companies as well as high-growth, small and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. We have several customers with whom we have achieved "preferred provider" or strategic alliance relationships. We define these relationships as those with customers with whom we have executed master service agreements and have regularly scheduled meetings to discuss the status of our relationship, and for which we serve as a preferred supplier of services. We believe these relationships provide us enhanced opportunities for more business, although they are not a guarantee of future business. In addition, many of our customers are diversified across multiple projects and compounds. Our top five customers represented approximately 54 compounds in 64 indications across 132 active projects and accounted for approximately 34% of our net service revenue in 2013. Our customer

97


Table of Contents

base is geographically diverse with well-established relationships in the United States, Europe and Asia. We believe the breadth of our footprint reduces our exposure to potential U.S. and European biopharmaceutical industry consolidation. For example, 25% of our 2013 revenue was associated with biopharmaceutical customers whose parent companies are headquartered in Japan. We believe that the tenure of our customer relationships as well as the depth of penetration of our services reflect our strong reputation and track record. While 90% of our new business awards in 2013 were from repeat customers and our top ten customers have worked with us for an average of six years, we were also awarded clinical trials from 53 new customers in 2013, with particularly strong growth among small to mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. We have also increased our penetration in the large biopharmaceutical market, which we define as the top 50 biopharmaceutical companies measured by annual drug revenue, as evidenced by our new business awards from large biopharmaceutical companies growing by 46% in 2013. In the last twelve months we have performed work for all of the top 20 companies in the large biopharmaceutical market. We believe we have increased our market share significantly in recent years and are well poised to continue growing our customer base.

           Outstanding financial performance. We have achieved significant revenue and EBITDA growth over the past several years. For example, during fiscal year 2013, we increased our net service revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income by 12.7%, 25.1%, and 462.2%, respectively, and decreased our net loss by 29.7%. We have continued this growth in the first half of 2014 with year-over-year growth of our net service revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income of 25.7%, 69.8%, and 1,033.0% respectively, and increased our net (loss) income from a loss of $27.4 million to net income of $13.8 million. The momentum in our business is also reflected in the growth in our backlog and new business awards (which is the value of future net service awards supported by contracts or pre-contract written communications from customers for projects that have received appropriate internal funding approval, are not contingent upon completion of another trial or event and are expected to commence within the next 12 months minus the value of cancellations in the same period). Backlog and new business awards are not necessarily predictive of future financial performance because they will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations. For the period from December 31, 2012 to June 30, 2014, our backlog increased by 13.0% and net new business awards grew by 20.4% during 2013 compared to 2012. We believe our outstanding financial profile and strong momentum demonstrate the quality of the platform we have built to position ourselves for continued future growth.

           Highly experienced management team with a deep-rooted culture of quality and innovation. We are led by a dedicated and experienced senior management team with significant industry experience and knowledge focused on clinical development. Each of the members of our senior management has 20 years or more of relevant experience, including significant experience across the CRO and biopharmaceutical industries. Our management team has successfully grown our company into a leading CRO through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions and believes we are well positioned to further capitalize on industry growth trends.

Growth Strategy

          The key elements of our growth strategy include:

           Focus on attractive, high-growth late-stage clinical development services market. We believe outsourcing late-stage clinical development services to CROs optimizes returns on invested R&D for biopharmaceutical companies. As development spend and outsourcing penetration rates continue to increase, we estimate that the late-stage clinical development services market will grow at a rate of 8% to 9% annually through 2018 and is poised to realize incremental growth relative to the overall CRO market. We believe that our core focus on the late-stage clinical development

98


Table of Contents

services market ideally positions us to benefit from this growth trend. Additionally, we believe that our differentiated approach of investing in highly experienced people, making better use of enabling technology and improving the process of clinical development, will allow our customers to generate superior returns.

           Leverage our expertise in complex clinical trials. We intend to continue to develop and leverage our therapeutic expertise in complex clinical trials. We believe that our focus on and deep expertise in complex therapeutic areas such as CNS, oncology and other complex diseases better position us to win new clinical trials in these fast growing and large therapeutic areas. This is enhanced by the use of our proprietary Trusted Process® methodology that reduces operational risk and variability by standardizing processes and minimizing delays, instills quality throughout the clinical development process and leads customers to more confident, better-informed drug development decisions.

           Capitalize on our geographic scale. We intend to leverage our global breadth and scale to drive continued growth. We have built our presence across key markets over time, developing strong relationships with principal investigators and clinical research sites around the world. We have expanded our patient recruitment capabilities, principal investigator relationships and local regulatory knowledge, which will continue to position us well for new customer wins in a wide array of markets. We have added geographic reach through both acquisitions and organic growth in areas such as Asia-Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East and North Africa, which we believe is critical to obtaining larger new business awards from large and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. Our long-term growth opportunities are enhanced by our strong reputation in emerging markets and our track record of efficiently managing trials in accordance with regional regulatory requirements.

           Continuous enhancement of our Trusted Process ® methodology to deliver superior outcomes. We intend to continue the development and enhancement of our Trusted Process® methodology, which has delivered measurable, beneficial results for our customers and improved drug development decisions. We believe our Trusted Process® will continue to lead to high levels of customer satisfaction. Our Trusted Process® is subject to continual refinement based on feedback from therapeutic leadership, staff and customers as well as the market factors of an evolving regulatory environment and technology innovation. Our Trusted Process® uses best-in-class and industry-leading third-party technology solutions. We expect that through continuous enhancement of our Trusted Process® methodology, we will achieve better alignment of best-in-class technology to enable increased visibility into critical processes, management and controls in the drug development process. For example, a recent technology and process integration has contributed to a 25% reduction in time required for finalization of our clinical monitoring trip reports. If this integrated approach becomes the standard, and if personnel are able to be appropriately reassigned, this improvement in our productivity would equate to 55 full time equivalents of additional capacity. We intend to continue to position ourselves to quickly adopt best-in-class technology through effective third-party collaborations without the need for high capital investments and maintenance costs, driving attractive returns on capital.

           Continue proven track record of identifying and successfully integrating selective acquisitions to augment our organic growth. Over the past decade, we have developed a systematic approach for integrating acquisitions. We have successfully acquired and integrated ten companies. These strategic acquisitions have increased our size, scale and reach, complementing our organic growth profile as we have become a leading provider of CRO services. Our acquisitions have enabled us to expand our global service offerings across all four phases of biopharmaceutical clinical development while also allowing us to achieve significant synergies and cost reductions. For example, in March 2014 we completed the acquisition of MEK Consulting, which expanded our presence in the high-growth Middle East and North Africa market. The acquisition of MEK Consulting is representative of our future acquisition strategy. We will continue to evaluate

99


Table of Contents

opportunities to acquire and integrate selective tuck-in acquisitions within the CRO sector in order to strengthen our competitive position and realize attractive returns on our investments.

           Driving our human capital asset base to grow existing relationships. As a clinical service provider, our employees are critical to our ability to deliver our innovative operational model by engaging with customers, delivering clinical development services in a complex environment, and supporting and executing our growth strategy. All employees undergo comprehensive initial orientation and ongoing training, including a focus on our Trusted Process® methodology. Our recruiting and retention efforts are geared toward maintaining and growing a stable work force focused on delivering results for customers. We have a successful track record of integrating talent from prior acquisitions and believe we have a best-in-class pool of highly experienced project management and CRAs. A significant majority of our CRAs are specifically trained in individual therapeutic areas, with over 60% of our CRAs focused on CNS, oncology or other complex diseases. In addition, 85% of our CRAs are principally focused in one therapeutic area, and over 70% of our CRAs are solely focused in their area of expertise.

Our History

          Founded more than two decades ago as an academic CNS research organization, we have translated that expertise into a global organization with a number of therapeutic specialties, as well as full data services and regulatory capabilities. Over the past decade, we have increased our size, scale and reach to become a leading provider of CRO services for the largest clinical trials. We have successfully acquired and integrated ten companies, which significantly expanded our global footprint and broadened our therapeutic coverage. These acquisitions expanded service offerings across all phases of clinical development and increased our geographic presence in Asia-Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East and North Africa.

Overview of the Four Tenets of Clinical Development

          Clinical development is a critical step in the process of bringing a new drug therapy to market. We are exclusively focused on Phase I to Phase IV clinical development services for the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries. We assist our customers in advancing their pipelines of innovative investigational therapies with the goal of extending and/or enhancing the lives of patients. The essence of clinical development services are rooted in the following four tenets:

Valid scientific hypothesis and ability to run a trial

          We engage with our customers early in the clinical development process to strategically evaluate the trial design that will support the customers' objectives for the trial. Using therapeutic and operational expertise, our goal is to support our customers by objectively and rationally assessing the strengths and weaknesses of a trial, threats posed by a competitive landscape, resource requirements and, ultimately the prospects of success on the trial, measured by analysis of the hypothesis against final data.

Operationally valid/feasible protocol

          We combine long-standing therapeutic expertise and focus on operational excellence with innovative technologies in an effort to optimize the customers' protocol, thereby creating efficiencies and reducing associated clinical drug development costs. Our approach converts the protocol design into structured data by generating a "line of sight" that links trial procedures, endpoints and study objectives. We then perform a detailed analysis of the protocol to determine if the protocol design is complete and "fit-for-purpose." By helping our customers develop a well-designed protocol, we help our customers reduce the risk of regulatory or ethics rejection, help generate enthusiasm from principal investigators to participate in the trial and generate interest from potential patients to enroll.

100


Table of Contents

Motivated, high quality principal investigators

          We have developed a forward thinking strategy to improve site engagement by holistically understanding, selecting and managing clinical research principal investigators and sites. We develop an in-depth understanding of the therapeutic area and how the trial fits in a competitive landscape in order to identify the most appropriate principal investigators and sites for specific trials. We believe that if the trial is scientifically and/or clinically interesting and involves a reasonable administrative burden, principal investigators are more motivated to participate which is part of the impetus for us to engage customers early in trial design and protocol development. We also work to create seamless, proactive ways to track principal investigator and site data related to site qualification and experience, site facilities and previous site performance.

Motivated, informed and protocol-eligible patients

          Our therapeutic focus allows us to understand patient groups in a specific therapeutic area, customizing the most effective plan for recruitment and retention of patients on a trial. We utilize data to evaluate evidence-based strategies for recruitment of patients in a clinical study respective to therapeutic requirements, geographic distribution and customer trial objectives. Our strategies address how we support sites with training tools and materials to increase the probability of patient participation from start-to-finish in a clinical trial by working to improve patient-site relationships, patient desire to participate in a clinical trial, and improve enrollment of eligible patients who are better informed of the clinical trial. We leverage our strong therapeutic expertise and focus, fit-for-purpose technology and optimized process execution to provide best in class global clinical development services to the biopharmaceutical industry, aiming to reduce cost and time to the delivery of actionable data.

Our Services

          Our extensive range of services supports the entire clinical development process from Phase I to Phase IV and allows us to offer our customers an integrated suite of investigative site support and clinical development services. We offer these services across a wide variety of therapeutic areas with deep clinical expertise with a primary focus on Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials. We provide total biopharmaceutical program development while also providing discrete services for any part of a trial. The combination of service area experts and the depth of clinical capability allows for

101


Table of Contents

enhanced protocol design and actionable trial data. Our comprehensive suite of clinical development services includes, but is not limited to:

Clinical Development Services
Clinical Trial Management   Data Services   Strategic and
Regulatory Services
  Post-Approval
Services

Patient recruitment and retention

Project management

Clinical monitoring

Drug safety/ pharmacovigilance

Medical affairs

Quality assurance

Regulatory and medical writing

Functional Service

 

Clinical data management

Electronic data capture

Biostatistics

 

Strategic development services

Regulatory consulting and submissions

Clinical operations optimization

Pricing and reimbursement planning

 

Specialized support for patient registries

Safety surveillance studies, prospective observational studies

Health outcome research

Patient reported outcomes

Phase IV effectiveness trials

Health economics studies and retrospective chart reviews

Clinical Trial Management

          We offer a variety of select and stand-alone clinical trial services as well as full-service, global studies through our clinical development services. Our key clinical trial management services include the following:

102


Table of Contents

Data Services

          Our data services include the following:

103


Table of Contents

Strategic and Regulatory Services

          Strategic Services.     Our strategic consulting group focuses on maximizing the value of scientific knowledge, intellectual property and portfolio content. The key areas of advisory services include strategic drug development, clinical development plans, registration strategies, exit strategies, transitional clarity, good practice compliance strategies, clinical operations optimization, pricing and reimbursement and due diligence. Strategic consultants include senior executives from medical and regulatory affairs, clinical research, biostatistics and data management. These individuals provide expertise gained through hands-on experience as former executives from biopharmaceutical companies, CROs and regulatory agencies.

          Regulatory Services.     We offer regulatory expertise across the entire biopharmaceutical product lifecycle. Our regulatory affairs practice has a global presence with offices in North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific. In addition, subject matter experts are located worldwide to provide global regulatory coverage. Global regulatory services include worldwide regulatory submissions, regulatory strategy and agency meetings, early development consultancy, data safety monitoring board and data review committee management, chemistry manufacturing and controls, contemporary regulatory interpretation, investigational new drug, or IND, applications and clinical trial authorizations.

Post-Approval Services

          Our post-approval services are focused on efficient delivery of studies and support programs. These studies and programs include specialized support for patient registries, safety surveillance studies, prospective observational studies, health outcome research, patient reported outcomes, Phase IV effectiveness trials, health economics studies and retrospective chart reviews. Our proprietary post-approval study management system provides real-time support for clinical research sites and up-to-date status reports of sponsors.

Our Trusted Process ® Methodology

          We perform each of these service offerings through our proprietary, operational approach to clinical trials. Our Trusted Process® is a metrics-driven methodology that we employ to deliver superior results to our customers. We developed this process to improve reliability and predictability of clinical trial project management. Our Trusted Process® methodology has allowed us to reduce operational risk and variability as well as provide faster cycle times. This has resulted in greater operating efficiency, highly predictable project timelines and enhanced customer satisfaction and retention rates.

          The Trusted Process® methodology is divided into four sub-processes which correlate with the key phases of a clinical project:

104


Table of Contents

          Since 2006, we have conducted studies using the tools and discipline of the Trusted Process®. We accomplish standardized delivery through support from a company-wide Project Management Office, or PMO, which defines, maintains and improves procedures relating to the Trusted Process® and ensures consistent application globally. Using this innovative operating model, we have reduced median study start-up time (defined as the period from finalized protocol to first patient enrolled) on new projects by 26%. Based on industry sources for the median study start-up time for the pharmaceutical industry, we believe we achieve this milestone for our customers at a significantly faster pace than industry medians, primarily due to our proprietary Trusted Process® operating model.

Customers

          We have a well-diversified, loyal customer base that includes many of the world's largest biopharmaceutical companies, which we define as the top 50 biopharmaceutical companies measured by annual drug revenue. In addition, we have strong relationships with small and mid-sized biopharmaceutical customers that seek our services for our therapeutic expertise and full-service offering.

          Since December 31, 2010, we have significantly increased our exposure to large biopharmaceutical customers through both acquisitions and organic growth, providing us the opportunity to compete for large, global late-stage clinical development trials, preferred provider lists and strategic multi-year relationships. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our net service revenue attributable to large biopharmaceutical companies represented approximately 57% of our total net service revenue and net service revenue attributable to small and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies represented approximately 43%. Additionally, we serve customers in a variety of locations throughout the world, with approximately 48.1% of our workforce headcount based in the United States and Canada, 34.4% in Europe, 9.2% in Asia-Pacific, 7.3% in Latin America and 1.0% in the Middle East and Africa as of June 30, 2014. This diversification allows us to grow our business in multiple customer segments and geographies. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our top five customers accounted for approximately 34%, and our largest customer, Otsuka, accounted for approximately 15%, of our total net service revenues. Further, our revenue from our top 5 customers for the year ended December 31, 2013 was diversified across approximately 54 compounds in 64 indications across 132 active projects.

          Our top ten customers have worked with us for an average of six years as of December 31, 2013. We also have an attractive, growing list of "preferred provider" and/or strategic alliance relationships. Further, among the majority of our customers, revenue is diversified by multiple projects for a variety of compounds. For example, 47 of our customers have active projects in more than one therapeutic area, making up 60% of our total net service revenue for the year ended

105


Table of Contents

December 31, 2013. We believe that the tenure of our customer relationships as well as the depth of penetration of our services reflects our strong reputation and track record.

New Business Awards and Backlog

          We add new business awards to backlog when we enter into a contract or letter of intent or when we receive a written commitment from the customer selecting us as its service provider. Contracts generally have terms ranging from several months to several years. We recognize revenue on these awards as services are performed, provided we have entered into a contractual commitment with the customer. Our new business awards, net of cancellations of prior awards, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 were approximately $449.3 million, $676.3 million and $814.2 million, respectively, and were $384.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

          Backlog consists of anticipated future net service revenue from contracts, letters of intent and other written forms of commitments that either have not started but are anticipated to begin in the near future, or are in process and have not been completed. The majority of our contracts can be terminated by our customers with 30 days' notice. Our backlog also reflects any related cancellation or adjustment activity. Our backlog as of December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was approximately $1.2 billion, $1.3 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, and was $1.5 billion as of June 30, 2014. Included within backlog at June 30, 2014 is approximately $1.1 billion that we do not expect to generate revenue in 2014. Backlog is not necessarily indicative of future financial performance because it will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations.

          No assurance can be given that we will be able to realize the net service revenue that is included in the backlog. See "Risk Factors—Risk Relating to Our Business—Our backlog might not be indicative of our future revenues, and we might not realize all the anticipated future revenue reflected in our backlog," and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—New Business Awards and Backlog" for more information.

Sales and Marketing

          We employ a team of business development sales representatives and support staff that promote, market and sell our services to biopharmaceutical companies primarily in North America, Europe, Latin America and Asia-Pacific. In addition to significant selling experience, many of these individuals have technical and/or scientific backgrounds.

          Our business development team works with our senior executives, therapeutic leaders and project team leaders to maintain key customer relationships and engage in business development activities. For many of our largest customer relationships, we have dedicated strategic account management teams to provide customers with a single point of contact to support delivery, cultural and process integration and to facilitate cross-selling opportunities.

          We use integrated and customer-focused business development teams to develop joint sales plans for key accounts. We also place our business development personnel with strong operational experience around the globe to help ensure project demands are fulfilled. Each business development employee is generally responsible for a specific group of customers and for strengthening and expanding an effective relationship with that customer. Each individual is responsible for developing his or her customer base on our behalf, responding to customer requests for information, developing and defending proposals, and making presentations to customers.

          As part of each customer proposal, our business development personnel consult with potential biopharmaceutical customers early in the project consideration stage in order to determine their

106


Table of Contents

requirements. We involve our therapeutic, operational, technical and/or scientific personnel early in each proposal and, accordingly, these individuals along with our business development representatives invest significant time to determine the optimal means to design and execute the potential customer's program requirements. As an example, recommendations we make to a potential customer with respect to a drug development study design and implementation are an integral part of our bid proposal process and an important aspect of the integrated services we offer. Our preliminary efforts relating to the evaluation of a proposed clinical protocol and implementation plan, along with the therapeutic expertise and advice we provide during this process, enhance the opportunity for accelerated initiation and overall success of the trial.

          Our marketing team supports our business development organization through various marketing activities to drive brand awareness and positioning, consisting primarily of market and competitive analysis, brand management, market information and collateral development, participation in industry conferences, advertising, e-marketing, publications, and website development and maintenance.

Competition

          We compete primarily against other full-service CROs and services provided by in-house R&D departments of biopharmaceutical companies, universities and teaching hospitals. Although the CRO industry has experienced increased consolidation over the past three years, the landscape remains fragmented. Our major competitors include Covance, Inc., ICON plc, inVentiv Health, Inc., PAREXEL International Corporation, Pharmaceutical Product Development, LLC, PRA Health Sciences, Quintiles Transnational Holdings Inc. and numerous specialty and regional players. We generally compete on the basis of the following factors:

    experience within specific therapeutic areas;

    the quality of staff and services;

    the range of services provided;

    the ability to recruit principal investigators and patients into studies expeditiously;

    the ability to organize and manage large-scale, global clinical trials;

    an international presence with strategically located facilities;

    medical database management capabilities;

    the ability to deploy and integrate IT systems to improve the efficiency of contract research;

    experience with a particular customer;

    the ability to form strategic partnerships;

    speed to completion;

    financial strength and stability;

    price; and

    overall value.

          Notwithstanding these competitive factors, we believe that our deep therapeutic expertise, global reach and operational strength differentiate us from our competitors.

Government Regulation

          Regardless of the country or region in which approval is being sought, before a marketing application for a drug is ready for submission to regulatory authorities, the candidate drug must undergo rigorous testing in clinical trials. The clinical trial process must be conducted in

107


Table of Contents

accordance with the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act in the United States and similar laws and regulations in the relevant foreign jurisdictions. These laws and regulations require the drug to be tested and studied in certain ways prior to submission for approval.

          In the United States, the FDA regulates the conduct of clinical trials of drug products in human subjects, the form and content of regulatory applications. The FDA also regulates the development, approval, manufacture, safety, labeling, storage, record keeping, and marketing of drug products. The FDA has similar authority and similar requirements with respect to the clinical testing of biological products and medical devices. In the EU, and other jurisdictions where our customers intend to apply for marketing authorization, similar laws and regulations apply. Within the EU, these requirements are enforced by the EMA, and requirements may vary slightly from one member state to another. In Canada, clinical trials are regulated by the Health Products Food Branch of Health Canada as well as provincial regulations. Similar requirements also apply in other jurisdictions, including Australia, Japan, and other Asian states, where we operate or where our customers may intend to apply for marketing authorization. Sponsors of clinical trials also follow ICH E6 guidelines.

          Our services are subject to various regulatory requirements designed to ensure the quality and integrity of the clinical trial process. In the United States, we must perform our clinical development services in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, including GCP, which govern, among other things, the design, conduct, performance, monitoring, auditing, recording, analysis, and reporting of clinical trials. Before a human clinical trial may begin, the manufacturer or sponsor of the clinical product candidate must file an IND with the FDA, which contains, among things, the results of preclinical tests, manufacturer information, and other analytical data. A separate submission to an existing IND must also be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development. Each clinical trial must be conducted pursuant to, and in accordance with, an effective IND. In addition, under GCP, each human clinical trial we conduct is subject to the oversight of an independent institutional review board, or IRB, which is an independent committee that has the regulatory authority to review, approve and monitor a clinical trial for which the IRB has responsibility. The FDA, the IRB, or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the study subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.

          Clinical trials conducted outside the United States are subject to the laws and regulations of the country where the trials are conducted. These laws and regulations may or may not be similar to the laws and regulations administered by the FDA and other laws and regulations regarding the protection of patient safety and privacy and the control of study pharmaceuticals, medical devices or other study materials. Studies conducted outside the United States may also be subject to regulation by the FDA if the studies are conducted pursuant to an IND or an investigational device exemption for a product candidate that will seek FDA approval or clearance. It is the responsibility of the study sponsor or the parties conducting the studies to ensure that all applicable legal and regulatory requirements are fulfilled.

          In order to comply with GCP and other regulations, we must, among other things:

    comply with specific requirements governing the selection of qualified principal investigators and clinical research sites;

    obtain specific written commitments from principal investigators;

    obtain IRB review and approval and supervision of the clinical trials by an independent review board or ethics committee;

    obtain favorable opinion from regulatory agencies to commence a clinical trial;

    verify that appropriate patient informed consents are obtained before the patient participates in a clinical trial;

108


Table of Contents

    ensure that adverse drug reactions resulting from the administration of a drug or biologic during a clinical trial are medically evaluated and reported in a timely manner;

    monitor the validity and accuracy of data;

    monitor drug or biologic accountability at clinical research sites; and

    verify that principal investigators and study staff maintain records and reports and permit appropriate governmental authorities access to data for review.

          Similar guidelines exist in various states and in other countries. We may be subject to regulatory action if we fail to comply with applicable rules and regulations. Failure to comply with certain regulations may also result in the termination of ongoing research and disqualification of data collected during the clinical trials. For example, violations of GCP could result, depending on the nature of the violation and the type of product involved, in the issuance of a warning letter, suspension or termination of a clinical study, refusal of the FDA to approve clinical trial or marketing applications or withdrawal of such applications, injunction, seizure of investigational products, civil penalties, criminal prosecutions, or debarment from assisting in the submission of new drug applications. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If we fail to perform our services in accordance with contractual requirements, regulatory standards and ethical considerations, we could be subject to significant costs or liability and our reputation could be harmed."

          We monitor our clinical trials to test for compliance with applicable laws and regulations in the United States and the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. We have adopted standard operating procedures that are designed to satisfy regulatory requirements and serve as a mechanism for controlling and enhancing the quality of our clinical trials. In the United States, our procedures were developed to ensure compliance with GCP and associated guidelines.

          In addition to its comprehensive regulation of safety in the workplace, the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration has established extensive requirements relating to workplace safety for healthcare employers whose workers might be exposed to blood-borne pathogens such as HIV and the hepatitis B virus. Furthermore, certain employees might have to receive initial and periodic training to ensure compliance with applicable hazardous materials regulations and health and safety guidelines. We are subject to similar regulations in Canada and Spain.

          The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has promulgated rules under HIPAA that govern the use, handling and disclosure of personally identifiable medical information. Although we do not consider that our activities generally cause us to be subject to HIPAA as a covered entity, we endeavor to embrace sound identity protection practices. These regulations also establish procedures for the exercise of an individual's rights and the methods permissible for de-identification of health information. We are also subject to privacy legislation in Canada under the federal Personal Information and Electronic Documents Act, the Act Respecting the Protection of Personal Information in the Private Sector and the Personal Health Information Protection Act, and privacy legislation in the EU under the 95/46/EC Privacy Directive on the protection and free movement of personal data. We were one of the first CROs to become Safe Harbor certified under the jurisdiction of the Federal Trade Commission.

Intellectual Property

          We develop and use a number of proprietary methodologies, analytics, systems, technologies and other intellectual property in the conduct of our business. We rely upon a combination of confidentiality policies, nondisclosure agreements and other contractual arrangements to protect our trade secrets, and copyright and trademark laws to protect other intellectual property rights. We have obtained or applied for trademarks and copyright protection in the United States and in a number of foreign countries. Our material trademarks include Trusted Process®, PlanActivation, QuickStart, ProgramAccelerate, QualityFinish and INC Research. Although the duration of trademark

109


Table of Contents

registrations varies from country to country, trademarks generally may be renewed indefinitely so long as they are in use and/or their registrations are properly maintained, and so long as they have not been found to have become generic. Although we believe the ownership of trademarks is an important factor in our business and that our success does depend in part on the ownership thereof, we rely primarily on the innovative skills, technical competence and marketing abilities of our employees. We do not have any material licenses, franchises or concessions.

Employees

          As of June 30, 2014 we had approximately 5,400 full-time equivalent employees worldwide, with approximately 48.1% in the United States and Canada, 34.4% in Europe, 9.2% in Asia-Pacific, 7.3% in Latin America and 1.0% in the Middle East and Africa. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement and we believe our overall relations with our employees are good. Employees in certain of our non-U.S. locations are represented by workers' councils as required by local laws.

          The level of competition among employers in the United States and overseas for skilled personnel is high. We believe that our brand recognition and our multinational presence are advantages in attracting qualified candidates. In addition, we believe that the wide range of clinical trials in which we participate allows us to offer broad experience to clinical researchers.

Properties

          As of June 30, 2014, we had 74 facilities located in 43 countries. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we utilized approximately 66% of our facilities, and during the six months ended June 30, 2014, we utilized approximately 71% of our facilities. Most of our facilities consist solely of office space. We lease all of our facilities, with the exception of office space owned in Madrid, Spain. Our principal executive offices are located in Raleigh, North Carolina, where we lease space in two locations totaling approximately 185,000 square feet. The leases for both of the Raleigh sites expire in 2019.

          In addition, we lease substantial facilities in Austin, Texas; Beijing, China; Camberley, United Kingdom; Cincinnati, Ohio; Mexico City, Mexico; Munich, Germany; Paris, France; Toronto, Canada and Wilmington, North Carolina with leases expiring between 2015 and 2019. We also maintain offices in various other Asian-Pacific, European, Latin American and North American locations, including Australia, India, the Middle East and Africa. None of our leases is individually material to our business model and all have either options to renew or are located in major markets with adequate opportunities to continue business operations at terms satisfactory to us.

Indemnification and Insurance

          In conjunction with our clinical development services, we employ or contract with research institutions and in some jurisdictions principal investigators and pharmacies on behalf of biopharmaceutical companies to serve as research centers and principal investigators in conducting clinical trials to test new drugs on human volunteers. Such testing creates the risk of liability for personal injury or death of volunteers, particularly to volunteers with life-threatening illnesses, resulting from adverse reactions to the drugs administered. It is possible that we could be held liable for claims and expenses arising from any professional malpractice of the principal investigators with whom we contract or employ, or in the event of personal injury to or death of persons participating in clinical trials. In addition, as a result of our operation of Phase I clinical trial facilities, we could be liable for the general risks associated with clinical trials including, but not limited to, adverse events resulting from the administration of drugs to clinical trial participants or the professional malpractice of medical care providers. We also could be held liable for errors or omissions in connection with the services we perform through each of our service groups. For example, we could be held liable for errors or omissions, or breach of contract, if monitoring

110


Table of Contents

obligations have been transferred to us, and one of our clinical research associates inaccurately reports from source documents or fails to adequately monitor a human clinical trial resulting in inaccurately recorded results.

          We have sought to reduce our risks by implementing the following where practicable:

    securing contractual assurances such as indemnification provisions and provisions seeking to limit or exclude liability contained in our contracts with customers, institutions, pharmacies, vendors and principal investigators;

    securing contractual and other assurances that adequate insurance will be maintained to the extent applicable by customers, institutions, pharmacies, vendors, principal investigators and by us; and

    complying with various regulatory requirements, including monitoring that the oversight of independent review boards and ethics committees are intact where obligations are transferred to us and monitoring the oversight of the procurement by the principal investigator of each participant's informed consent to participate in the study.

          The contractual indemnifications we have generally do not fully protect us against certain of our own actions, such as negligence. Contractual arrangements are subject to negotiation with customers, and the terms and scope of any indemnification, limitation of liability or exclusion of liability may vary from customer to customer and from trial to trial. Additionally, financial performance of these indemnities is not secured. Therefore, we bear the risk that any indemnifying party against which we have claims may not have the financial ability to fulfill its indemnification obligations to us.

          While we maintain professional liability insurance that covers the locations in which we currently do business and that covers drug safety issues as well as data processing and other errors and omissions, it is possible that we could become subject to claims not covered by insurance or that exceed our coverage limits. We could be materially and adversely affected if we were required to pay damages or bear the costs of defending any claim that is outside the scope of, or in excess of, a contractual indemnification provision, beyond the level of insurance coverage or not covered by insurance, or in the event that an indemnifying party does not fulfill its indemnification obligations.

Legal Proceedings

          We are party to legal proceedings incidental to our business. While our management currently believes that the ultimate outcome of these proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties. Were an unfavorable ruling to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

111


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

          The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors as of the date set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

Name   Age   Position

D. Jamie Macdonald

    46   Chief Executive Officer and Director

Gregory S. Rush

    47   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Alistair Macdonald

    44   Chief Operating Officer

Christopher L. Gaenzle

    47   Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

James T. Ogle

    70   Chairman of the Board

James A. Bannon

    61   Director

Robert W. Breckon

    57   Director

David F. Burgstahler

    46   Director

Steve Faraone

    40   Director

Charles C. Harwood, Jr. 

    61   Director

Terry Woodward

    47   Director

          The following is a biographical summary of the experience of our executive officers and directors:

Executive Officers

D. Jamie Macdonald — Chief Executive Officer and Director

          Jamie Macdonald has been our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board since January 2013. He joined our Company in July 2011 as Chief Operating Officer when we acquired Kendle, where he was the Chief Operating Officer from May 2011 to July 2011. Prior to joining Kendle, Mr. Macdonald served for 15 years in various senior operational and finance roles at Quintiles Transnational Holdings Inc., where he most recently was Senior Vice President and Head of Global Project Management from December 2008 to January 2011. Prior to Quintiles, Mr. Macdonald began his career in the pharmaceutical sector while in the UK, where he worked with Syntex Corporation (acquired by Roche Holdings, Inc. in 1994), before joining Quintiles through a transfer of undertakings in 1995. Mr. Macdonald earned a B.A. in Economics from Heriot-Watt University in Edinburgh, Scotland and is a UK qualified Chartered Management Accountant (ACMA).

          We believe Mr. Macdonald brings to our Board valuable perspective and experience as our Chief Executive Officer, and as a former Chief Operating Officer of our Company, as well as extensive knowledge of the CRO and biopharmaceutical industries, all of which qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

Gregory S. Rush — Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

          Greg Rush joined our Company in August 2013 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and has continued to serve in that role. From April 2010 to August 2013, Mr. Rush served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Tekelec, Inc., which was acquired by Oracle Corporation in June 2013, after serving as Interim Chief Financial Officer in March 2010. Mr. Rush joined Tekelec as Vice President and Corporate Controller in May 2005 and served as Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer from May 2006 to March 2010. His previous experience also includes roles in various senior financial positions with Siebel Systems, Inc., Quintiles Transnational Holdings Inc., PricewaterhouseCoopers and Ernst & Young.

112


Table of Contents

Mr. Rush received his Bachelor of Science in Business and Master of Accounting degrees from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, graduating with honors, and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Alistair Macdonald — Chief Operating Officer

          Alistair Macdonald has been our Chief Operating Officer since January 2013. He joined our Company in 2002 and has served in various senior leadership roles during that time. Prior to his current role, Mr. Macdonald most recently served as our President, Clinical Development Services from March 2012 to January 2013, where he oversaw Study Start-up, Regulatory Consulting and Submissions, Drug Safety, Phase I Services, Global Clinical Operations Management, Alliance Delivery and Functional Service Provision and our Latin America region. He also served as Executive Vice President of our Global Oncology Unit from February 2011 to March 2012, Executive Vice President, Strategic Development from October 2009 to February 2011, and Senior Vice President, Biometrics from May 2002 to September 2009. He received his Master of Science in Environmental Diagnostics from Cranfield University.

Christopher L. Gaenzle — Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

          Chris Gaenzle joined our Company in April 2012 as General Counsel and Secretary and has continued to serve in that role. Since August 2013, he has also served as our Chief Administrative Officer. Prior to joining our Company, Mr. Gaenzle served for five years in various senior legal positions at Pfizer Inc., where he was most recently Assistant General Counsel from 2010 to 2012. Prior to Pfizer, Mr. Gaenzle was a partner at Hunton and Williams LLP, where he was a practicing attorney from 1998 to 2007. Mr. Gaenzle has 20 years of private practice and corporate legal experience, the majority of which is in the pharmaceutical, medical and clinical research industries. Mr. Gaenzle received his Bachelor of Arts from Colgate University and his J.D. from Syracuse University.

Non-Employee Directors

James T. Ogle — Chairman of the Board

          Jim Ogle joined our Company in June 2003 and served as Chief Executive Officer from July 2003 to December 2012. He has served as a member of our Board since June 2003 and became Chairman of the Board in September 2010. Mr. Ogle has been non-employee Chairman of the Board since January 2013. He is also a member of the compensation committee. He was previously the Chief Operating Officer of Nascent Pharmaceuticals, a private biotechnology company from 2002 to 2003 and a director of Nascent Pharmaceuticals from 2002 to 2004. Mr. Ogle also was a director of OpGen, Inc., a company specializing in genomic and DNA analysis systems and services, from 2001 to 2007. Prior to that, Mr. Ogle was an executive at Quintiles Transnational Holdings Inc., where he served as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Quintiles Product Development Group from 1998 to 2000 and as President of Quintiles America from 1996 to 1998. He served as Chief Operating Officer and subsequently as Chief Executive Officer of BRI International, a privately-held international CRO from 1992 to 1996, before its sale to Quintiles. Prior to that, Mr. Ogle served from 1986 to 1992 as both Vice-President and President of ERC BioServices Corporation, a contractor specializing in biomedical research. Mr. Ogle received his Bachelor of Science from the United States Military Academy at West Point and his Master of Science in Industrial Engineering from the University of Alabama.

          We believe Mr. Ogle's perspective as our Chairman of the Board and our former Chief Executive Officer, his knowledge of and experience with both the operations of our Company and

113


Table of Contents

the CRO industry generally, and his extensive leadership experience, all qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

James A. Bannon — Director

          Jim Bannon has served as a member of our Board since November 2010 and is a member of the audit committee. Dr. Bannon currently serves as the Executive Chairman for IndiPharm Clinical Research Service, a CRO with clinical operations in India. Dr. Bannon previously served on the board of directors of Bio-Imaging Technologies, Inc. (now BioClinica) from 2002 to 2005. He also served as the Group President for several late-stage Covance Inc. businesses from 1997 to 2006, including Clinical, Central Diagnostics, IVRS and Periapproval Services. Prior to that, Dr. Bannon held executive positions at Corning Pharmaceutical Services from 1991 to 1996, including serving as the General Manager of the Corning periapproval business. Dr. Bannon received his Bachelor of Science and Doctorate in Pharmacy from The Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Sciences.

          We believe Dr. Bannon's extensive knowledge and experience in clinical research and his leadership experiences in pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical services businesses, along with his knowledge and expertise in standardization and consistent service delivery techniques, brings to our Board critical skills important to providing quality, standardized services to our customers and maintaining corporate and operational controls throughout our company, all of which qualifies him to serve as one of our directors.

Robert W. Breckon — Director

          Robert Breckon has served as a member of our Board since September 2011 and is a member of the audit committee. Mr. Breckon currently serves as President of Breckon Consultants Inc., which provides consulting services in the healthcare sector, and has been a Senior Advisor of Teachers' Private Capital, since July 2010. He also served as Senior Vice President, Strategy & Corporate Development at MDS Inc., a leading provider of products and services to the global life sciences markets now known as Nordion Inc., from 2005 to 2010, where he led acquisitions and post-acquisition integration assignments in North America, Europe and Asia. Prior to that, he held various senior-level general management positions including VP and General Manager of AutoLab Systems from 1995 to 1999. Mr. Breckon was also a partner at Ernst & Young LLP from 1990 to 1992. Mr. Breckon has served on the boards of numerous public and private companies in the United States and Canada, including Heartland Dental, Xenogen Corporation, Evolved Digital Systems Inc., Systems Xcellence Inc., Automed Systems, Inc., InPhact Inc., MDS Proteomics, Hudson Valley Laboratories and Careforce International. Mr. Breckon received his Bachelor of Science in Computer Science and Commerce from the University of Toronto and has completed the Harvard Business School Advanced Management Program.

          We believe Mr. Breckon's financial, accounting, acquisition and business experience in the health and life sciences industry, and experience serving on public and private boards brings to our Board important skills and qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

David F. Burgstahler — Director

          David Burgstahler has served as a member of our Board since September 2010 and is a member of the compensation committee. Mr. Burgstahler is a founding partner of Avista since 2005 and since 2009, has been President of Avista. Prior to forming Avista, he was a partner of DLJMB. He was at DLJ Investment Banking from 1995 to 1997 and at DLJMB from 1997 through 2005. Prior to that, he worked at Andersen Consulting (now known as Accenture) and McDonnell Douglas (now known as Boeing). He holds a Bachelor of Science in Aerospace Engineering from the University of Kansas and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School. He currently serves

114


Table of Contents

as a Director of AngioDynamics Inc., Armored AutoGroup Inc., ConvaTec Inc., Lantheus Holdings, Inc., Strategic Partners, Inc., Vertical/Trigen Holdings, LLC, Visant Corporation and WideOpenWest, LLC. He previously served as a Director of Warner Chilcott plc and BioReliance Holdings, Inc.

          Mr. Burgstahler was chosen as a director because of his strong finance and management background, with over 18 years in banking and private equity finance. He has extensive experience serving as a director for a diverse group of private and public companies.

Steve Faraone — Director

          Steve Faraone has served as a member of our Board since December 2011. Mr. Faraone joined Teachers' Private Capital in 2002, where he currently serves as a Vice President and is responsible for the healthcare and consumer retail sectors. Prior to joining Teachers, he spent four years with a Canadian investment bank. Mr. Faraone also serves as a director of Flynn Restaurant Group, Heartland Dental, Plano Synergy and Shearer's Foods. He received his Bachelor of Commerce (Honors Finance) from the University of British Columbia and is a CFA charterholder. Mr. Faraone has also completed the Advanced Executive Program at the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University, and is a graduate of the Institute of Corporate Directors.

          We believe that Mr. Faraone's financial and business acumen, his 14 years' experience investing in and serving as a director on a variety of companies, and his knowledge of the healthcare industry qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

Charles C. Harwood, Jr. — Director

          Charles Harwood has served as a member of our Board since September 2010 and is the chair of the audit committee. Mr. Harwood is also an industry advisor to Avista, a position he has held since 2007. Mr. Harwood previously served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of BioReliance Holdings, Inc., a pharmaceutical services company engaged in biologic product testing and specialty toxicology testing, from April 2009 until March 2013, after its sale to Sigma-Aldrich in January 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Harwood was President and Chief Executive Officer of Focus Diagnostics from 2002 until the company's sale in July 2006. From 1993 to 2001, Mr. Harwood held several positions, including Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Venture Development at Covance Inc., a leading drug development services company, where he spearheaded numerous acquisitions and divestitures as well as the spin-off of Covance from Corning Incorporated in January 1997. Prior to Covance, he worked in commercial real estate development and in the Medical Products Group of the Hewlett-Packard Company. He also previously served as a director of BioReliance Holdings, Inc. Mr. Harwood received his Bachelor of Arts from Stanford University and his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

          We believe Mr. Harwood's extensive knowledge and experience in the healthcare industry, and specifically his leadership roles with drug development and CRO companies, brings to our Board critical skills important to both our business and the businesses of our customers and qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

Terry Woodward — Director

          Terry Woodward has served as a member of our Board since September 2011 and is the chair of the compensation committee. Dr. Woodward currently serves as a Director of Teachers' Private Capital, which he joined in 2001. Prior to joining Teachers, Dr. Woodward held senior positions in corporate development and clinical research and development at privately-held biopharmaceutical and medical diagnostic companies in the United States. Dr. Woodward manages the fund's private equity transactions in the healthcare sector and oversees growth equity and venture capital sectors.

115


Table of Contents

Dr. Woodward currently serves as a director of Heartland Dental, Insight Pharmaceuticals, and the Healthcare Private Equity Association. He received his Bachelor of Science and Master of Science from Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University, his Ph.D. from McGill University and his M.B.A. from Michigan State University.

          We believe Dr. Woodward's experience and expertise in the biopharmaceutical industry, along with his experience investing in and managing various healthcare and pharmaceutical companies, bring critical skills related to analyzing and understanding the financial health of our company, as well as a broad perspective related to our Company's strategic plans and corporate governance, and qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

Board of Directors

          Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. Our Board is responsible for the management of our business and is currently comprised of eight directors. Upon consummation of this offering, we intend to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to, among other things, comply with SEC and NASDAQ guidelines. The full composition of the Board will be determined at that time.

          In connection with this offering, the Stockholders Agreement will be amended to provide each of the Sponsors the right to nominate two directors to our Board for as long as such Sponsor owns at least 15% of our Class A common stock, and the right to nominate one director to our Board for as long as such Sponsor owns at least 5% of our Class A common stock. Pursuant to the amended Stockholders Agreement, each Sponsor will agree to vote for the other Sponsor's nominees. In addition, the amended Stockholders Agreement provides each Sponsor with customary information rights for as long such Sponsor owns at least 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Board will initially consist of eight directors, and that our Board will be divided into three classes, with one class being elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Each director will serve a three-year term, with termination staggered according to class. Class I will initially consist of two directors, Class II will initially consist of three directors, and Class III will initially consist of three directors. The size of our Board may thereafter be fixed from time to time solely by resolution of at least a majority of the directors then in office. See "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-takeover Provisions."

Director Independence and Controlled Company Exemption

          We intend to avail ourselves of the "controlled company" exemption under the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ. Accordingly, we will not be required to have a majority of "independent directors" on our Board nor will we have a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee composed entirely of "independent directors" as defined under the rules of the NASDAQ. Further, compensation for our executives will not be determined by a majority of "independent directors" as defined under the rules of the NASDAQ. The "controlled company" exemption does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley and the NASDAQ, which require that our audit committee be composed of at least three members, one of whom will be independent upon the listing of our Class A common stock, a majority of whom will be independent within 90 days of listing and each of whom will be independent within one year of listing.

          If at any time we cease to be a "controlled company" under the rules of the NASDAQ, our Board will take all action necessary to comply with the NASDAQ corporate governance rules, including appointing a majority of independent directors to the Board and establishing certain committees composed entirely of independent directors, subject to a permitted "phase-in" period.

116


Table of Contents

          Our Board has affirmatively determined that Charles Harwood and Robert Breckon are independent directors under the applicable rules of the NASDAQ, and those who will serve on the audit committee are also independent directors as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.

Board Committees

          Our Board has established an audit committee and a compensation committee and will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee prior to our shares being listed on the NASDAQ. Each committee will operate under a charter that will be approved by our Board. Each committee will have the composition and responsibilities described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignations or until otherwise determined by our Board. The charter and composition of each committee will be effective upon the consummation of this offering. The charter of each committee will be available on our website.

Audit Committee

          The primary purposes of our audit committee are to assist the Board's oversight of:

          The audit committee is currently composed of Messrs. Bannon, Breckon and Harwood. Upon the consummation of this offering, and prior to the listing of our Class A common stock, our audit committee will be composed of Robert Breckon, David Burgstahler and Charles Harwood. Charles Harwood will serve as chair of the audit committee. Charles Harwood qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as such term has been defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission in Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K. Our Board has affirmatively determined that Robert Breckon and Charles Harwood meet the definition of an "independent director" for the purposes of serving on the audit committee under applicable NASDAQ rules and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. We intend to comply with these independence requirements for all members of the audit committee within the time periods specified under such rules. The audit committee will be governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee

          The primary purposes of our compensation committee are to:

117


Table of Contents

          Messrs. Burgstahler, Ogle and Woodward currently serve on our compensation committee. Upon the consummation of this offering, and prior to the listing of our Class A common stock, our compensation committee will be composed of David Burgstahler and Terry Woodward. Terry Woodward will serve as chair of the compensation committee. The compensation committee will be governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NASDAQ.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

          The primary purposes of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be to assist the Board in:

          Upon the consummation of this offering, and prior to the listing of our Class A common stock, we will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee comprised of David Burgstahler and Terry Woodward. David Burgstahler will serve as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we did not have a nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NASDAQ.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

          In connection with this offering, we will adopt a revised Code of Business Conduct and Ethics relating to the conduct of our business by all of our employees, officers, and directors, as well as a code of ethics specifically for our principal executive officer and senior financial officers. Additionally, we will adopt a revised Insider Trading Policy to establish guidelines for our employees, officers, and directors regarding transactions in our securities and the disclosure of material nonpublic information related to our company. The revised Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and code of ethics for our principal executive officer and senior financial officers will be posted on our website, www.incresearch.com, upon completion of this offering.

Disclosure Committee and Charter

          We do not currently have a disclosure committee and disclosure committee charter. We plan to establish a disclosure committee following this offering and will operate under a charter. The purpose of the disclosure committee will be to provide assistance to the principal executive officer

118


Table of Contents

and the principal financial officer in fulfilling their responsibilities regarding the identification and disclosure of material information about us and the accuracy, completeness and timeliness of our financial reports.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

          The members of our compensation committee in 2013 were Messrs. Burgstahler, Ogle and Woodward. Mr. Burgstahler is the President of Avista, Mr. Ogle served as our Chief Executive Officer through December 31, 2012, and Mr. Woodward is a Director of Teachers. Prior to the consummation of this offering, Avista provided us with advisory services pursuant to an advisory services and monitoring agreement, which will terminate upon consummation of this offering, and has entered into other transactions with us. Prior to the consummation of this offering, Teachers received dividends on its shares of our existing Class C stock pursuant to a Class C Dividend Agreement, which will terminate upon consummation of this offering, and has entered into transactions with us. See "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement" and "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Class C Dividend Agreement."

          Upon the completion of this offering, none of our executive officers will serve on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other company of which any members of our compensation committee or any of our directors is an executive officer.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty, except for liability relating to any breach of the director's duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, violations under Section 174 of the DGCL or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

          We intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, will require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer, as applicable.

          We have customary directors' and officers' indemnity insurance in place for our directors and executive officers.

119


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

          The following discussion of compensation arrangements should be read with the compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans and expectations regarding future compensation programs. See "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements." Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from the programs summarized in this discussion.

Overview

          The discussion below includes a review of our compensation decisions with respect to 2013 for our "named executive officers," or NEOs, namely our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers. Our NEOs for 2013 were:

Key Elements of Our Compensation Program for 2013

          In 2013, we compensated our NEOs through a combination of base salary, annual cash incentive payments under our management bonus programs, and long-term equity incentives in the form of stock options. Our executive officers are also eligible for the standard benefits programs we offer all employees, which include:

          The compensation for each of our NEOs has been designed to provide a combination of fixed and at-risk compensation that is tied to achievement of our short- and long-term objectives.

Management Incentive Bonus Programs

          Our NEOs and other members of our management team participate in company management incentive bonus programs. Pursuant to the 2013 Management Incentive Plan, the bonus amounts participants could earn were based on performance target percentages of their eligible base earnings, which the Board set at 50% of eligible base earnings for Jamie Macdonald and Greg Rush, and 35% of eligible base earnings for Alistair Macdonald. The company had to achieve Adjusted EBITDA of $100.0 million for a minimum bonus payout under the program to be triggered (which was 50% of the participant's potential bonus) and Adjusted EBITDA of $104.0 million for the target bonus payout to be made (which was 100% of the participant's potential bonus). The program provided for payouts to be calculated on a straight line basis for Adjusted EBITDA between the minimum bonus payout and the target bonus payout, and participants were eligible for up to a 10% overachievement opportunity if the Adjusted EBITDA exceeded $104.0 million. In 2013, Jamie Macdonald, Greg Rush, and Alistair Macdonald earned bonuses under the program of $208,640, $62,020, and $136,765, respectively, based on the company exceeding its target Adjusted EBITDA in 2013. Mr. Rush's bonus under the program was pro-rated for 2013 based on his employment commencing with us on August 30, 2013.

120


Table of Contents

          In 2014, the Board approved a management incentive plan, which is substantially similar to the 2013 Management Incentive Plan.

Summary Compensation Table

          The following table sets forth summary compensation information for our NEOs for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013:

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)(3)
  Option Awards
($)(4)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(8)
  Total
($)
 

D. Jamie Macdonald

    2013     407,692     2,166,420 (5)   208,640     18,559     2,801,311  

Chief Executive Officer and

                                     

Director

                                     

Gregory S. Rush

    2013     125,412     1,596,900     62,020 (7)   10,654     1,794,986  

Executive Vice President and

                                     

Chief Financial Officer (1)

                                     

Alistair Macdonald

    2013     373,967     1,071,252 (6)   136,765     74,258     1,656,242  

Chief Operating Officer (2)

                                     

(1)
All amounts reported in this Summary Compensation Table for Greg Rush (except the value of his option award) are pro-rated for 2013 based on his date of hire of August 30, 2013.

(2)
Alistair Macdonald is paid in British Pound Sterling, or GBP. The amounts paid to Alistair Macdonald which are reported in this Summary Compensation Table have been converted to U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate from GBP to U.S. dollars in 2013 of 1 GBP/1.563 U.S. dollars as published by the Oanda Corporation, a financial services provider of currency conversion.

(3)
This column includes $400,000, $118,462, and $371,806 for salary earned by Jamie Macdonald, Greg Rush, and Alistair Macdonald in 2013, respectively, and $7,692, $6,950, and $2,161 of accrued and unused vacation time for Jamie Macdonald, Greg Rush, and Alistair Macdonald in 2013, respectively. Mr. Rush's base salary of $350,000 was pro-rated from his date of hire of August 30, 2013.

(4)
Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. These values have been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(5)
Consists of $1,375,575 in incremental increase in fair value of an option granted on September 19, 2011 to acquire 2,500,000 Common Units (as defined in the 2010 Plan) and $790,845 in incremental increase in fair market value of an option granted on January 1, 2013 to acquire 1,500,000 Common Units, both due to amendments to the options by the Board on August 5, 2013 as set forth in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(6)
Consists of $679,505 in incremental increase in fair value of an option granted on October 5, 2010 to acquire 1,254,000 Common Units and $391,747 in incremental increase in fair market value of an option granted on September 24, 2012 to acquire 746,000 Common Units, both due to amendments to the options by the Board on August 5, 2013 as set forth in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(7)
Represents the pro rata portion of Mr. Rush's annual non-equity incentive plan compensation (after the company exceeded its target Adjusted EBITDA) based on his date of hire of August 30, 2013.

121


Table of Contents

(8)
Includes the following for each NEO:

Name   Year   Company
Contribution
to 401(k) Plan
($)
  Life
Insurance
Premiums
($)
  Disability
Insurance
Premiums
($)
  Health
Insurance
Premiums
($)
 

D. Jamie Macdonald

    2013     7,524     614     1,002     9,419  

Gregory S. Rush

    2013     1,077     403     293     5,166  

Alistair Macdonald

    2013     38,150     238         589  

    Also includes reimbursement of $3,715 in legal expenses related to the negotiation of Greg Rush's employment agreement and $17,368 and $17,913 to Alistair Macdonald for a car allowance and relocation expenses, respectively.

Employment Agreements

          We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs. The material provisions of each such agreement are described below.

Employment Agreements with Jamie Macdonald and Greg Rush

          In July 2014 and August 2013, respectively, we entered into an employment agreement with Jamie Macdonald, our Chief Executive Officer, and Greg Rush, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, each of whom we refer to as an Executive. The agreements are governed by the laws of North Carolina. Under the agreements, we pay the Executives an annual salary established by the Board or its compensation committee (currently $475,000 for Mr. Macdonald and $353,570 for Mr. Rush). The Board will review the Executive's salary from time to time.

          Either we or the Executive may terminate the agreements at any time upon 45 days prior written notice, which notice we can shorten in our discretion under Mr. Rush's agreement. We may terminate the Executive's employment immediately by written notice for "disability" and "cause" and the Executive may resign by written notice for "good reason". Under the agreements, "disability" means a physical or mental condition that renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive's job, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a continuous period of more than 90 days or for 90 days in any period of 180 consecutive days, and will be determined by a physician satisfactory to us and in accordance with applicable law. Under the agreements, "cause" means (i) the Executive's breach of any fiduciary duty or legal or contractual obligation to us or the Board, (ii) the Executive's failure to follow the reasonable instructions of the Board (or, in the case of Mr. Rush, his direct supervisor) consistent with the Executive's duties and responsibilities, which breach, if curable, is not cured within 10 business days after notice to the Executive or, if cured, recurs within 180 days, (iii) the Executive's gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud, insubordination or acts of dishonesty relating to us, or (iv) the Executive's commission of any misdemeanor relating to us or of any felony. Under the agreements, "good reason" means the occurrence, without the Executive's express written consent, of any of the following: (i) a material reduction in the Executive's base salary or target bonus payout under our management incentive bonus program; (ii) a material adverse change to Executive's title or a material reduction in the Executive's authority, job duties, or responsibilities; (iii) a requirement that the Executive relocate to a principal place of employment more than 50 miles from our offices at 3201 Beechleaf Court, in Raleigh, North Carolina; or (iv) a material breach of the employment agreement by us; provided that, any such event will only constitute good reason if the Executive provides us with written notice of the basis for the good reason within 45 days of our initial actions or inactions giving rise to such good reason and subject to a 30 day cure period.

          If we terminate the Executive's employment due to his disability or death, we must pay to him or his estate, in addition to any short- or long-term disability benefits to which he is entitled, his

122


Table of Contents

"Accrued Payments" (some of which may be prorated). We must also pay the Executive Accrued Payments if we terminate his employment for cause or the Executive resigns without good reason. Under the agreements, "Accrued Payments" means (i) any unpaid base salary earned by the Executive as of his termination of employment, (ii) any unpaid amount actually earned and due to the Executive pursuant to our management incentive bonus program, and (iii) any business expenses for which Executive is entitled to reimbursement.

          If we terminate the Executive's employment without cause or the Executive resigns for good reason, we must pay him his Accrued Payments. Subject to the Executive's compliance with certain provisions of his agreements, we must also pay the Executive his base salary at termination for 18 months for Mr. Macdonald and 12 months for Mr. Rush. We also must reimburse the Executive for the entire amount of any premiums paid by the Executive prior to such date necessary to continue COBRA coverage for the Executive and his spouse and eligible dependents and thereafter pay the entire premium necessary to continue such coverage, in each case, until the earlier of (A) 18 months following the termination date, or (B) the date on which the Executive becomes eligible for group health insurance coverage under another employer's plan.

          In addition to these payments, if the Executive is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 12 months following a "Change in Control", we must pay him a lump sum amount equal to 50% of his then current base salary or his target bonus payout under our management incentive bonus program, whichever is higher. Under the agreements, "Change in Control" means (i) any merger, consolidation, or reorganization involving us, in which, immediately after giving effect to the event, less than 50% of the total voting power of outstanding stock of the surviving or resulting entity is then "beneficially owned" (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) in the aggregate by our stockholders immediately prior to such event, (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer of all or substantially all of our assets to any other person or entity, (iii) our dissolution or liquidation, (iv) when any person or entity not currently a stockholder acquires or gains control of more than 50% of our outstanding stock, or (v) as a result of or in connection with a contested election of directors, the persons who were our directors cease to constitute a majority of the Board.

          The agreements include non-solicitation and non-competition provisions that apply during the Executive's employment and extend for 18 months thereafter for Mr. Macdonald and 12 months (non-solicitation) and six months (non-competition) thereafter for Mr. Rush.

Employment Agreement with Alistair Macdonald

          In July 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Alistair Macdonald, our Chief Operating Officer. The agreement is governed by English law. Under the agreement, we must pay Mr. Macdonald a base salary of £246,841.55 per year, subject to the Board's annual review.

          Either we or Mr. Macdonald may terminate the agreement for any reason upon three months prior written notice. We also can terminate Mr. Macdonald immediately upon written notice by paying him three months of his base salary in lieu of the notice period. This payment is not required if Mr. Macdonald (i) commits any serious breach or repeated or continued breach of his obligations under the agreement, or breaches provisions in the agreement relating to employment activities with other companies, confidentiality, inventions and intellectual property rights, and/or statements he may make about us, (ii) is guilty of conduct tending to bring him or us into disrepute, (iii) becomes bankrupt or had an interim order made against him under applicable insolvency laws or compounded with his creditors generally, (iv) fails to perform his duties to a satisfactory standard, after having received a written warning from us relating to the same, or (v) has been convicted of an offence under any applicable statutory enactment or regulation (other than a traffic offence for which no custodial sentence is given).

123


Table of Contents

          If we are wound up for the purposes of reconstruction or amalgamation and, as a result, Mr. Macdonald is terminated or his duties redefined in a manner consistent with his current position or status with us, he will have no claim against us for termination of employment or otherwise as long as he is first offered employment with the resulting company on terms no less favorable to Mr. Macdonald as those in the agreement. If Mr. Macdonald unreasonably refuses such employment or transfer of his agreement to the resulting company, we may terminate his employment.

          The agreement includes non-solicitation and non-competition provisions that apply during Mr. Macdonald's employment and extend for 12 months after the earlier of Mr. Macdonald's termination of employment or notice thereof.

Director Compensation

          Our directors who are employed by us, our subsidiaries or our Sponsors or any of their affiliates do not receive any compensation, and our non-employee directors will not receive compensation following this offering, except as limited to expense reimbursement as described below.

          For the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid each of Messrs. Bannon, Breckon and Harwood an annual retention fee of $50,000, payable in cash, as well as reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with serving on the Board, including documented travel expenses to attend meetings.

          Following the consummation of this offering, each of the non-employee members of the Board (other than the chair of the Board) will be compensated for his services as a director through Board fees of $50,000 per calendar year (paid in quarterly installments), annual equity awards with an aggregate value per director of $100,000 commencing the fiscal year following this offering and reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with rendering such services for so long as they serve as directors. Each of the members (other than the chair) of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and governance committee will receive an annual fee of $10,000, $7,500 and $5,000, respectively, which will be paid in quarterly installments. The chair of the Board will receive an annual fee of $100,000. The chair of the audit committee will receive an annual fee of $20,000 in cash, the chair of the nominating and governance committee will receive an annual fee of $15,000 in cash and the chair of the compensation committee will receive an annual fee of $10,000 in cash, each of which fees will be paid in quarterly installments. In addition, certain non-employee members of the Board of Directors may also participate in the future in our 2014 Plan as described under "—Equity Incentive Plans—2014 Equity Incentive Plan."

Equity Incentive Plans

          Our Board originally adopted the 2010 Plan in September 2010 and our stockholders approved it on September 27, 2010. Our Board approved amendments to the 2010 Plan in August 2012 and on June 26, 2014, respectively. In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a new 2014 Plan for equity grants in connection with and following the consummation of this offering.

          The following descriptions of our equity compensation plans are qualified by reference to the full text of the plans, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our equity incentive plans are designed to continue to give our company flexibility to make a wide variety of equity awards to reflect what the compensation committee and management believe at the time of such award will best motivate and reward our employees, consultants and directors.

124


Table of Contents

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

          The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of various stock rights to employees, consultants and non-employee directors of our Company. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees of our Company, or our parent company (if any) and any of our subsidiaries. All other stock rights under the 2010 Plan may be granted to employees (including officers and employee directors), consultants and non-employee directors.

          Share Reserve and Limitations.     An aggregate of 35,840,000 shares of our Class A common stock may be issued pursuant to the 2010 Plan, subject to adjustment as provided in the 2010 Plan. The aggregate fair market value of common stock (determined as of the date of the option grant) for which incentive stock options may for the first time become exercisable by any individual in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000.

          If any award granted under the 2010 Plan expires or terminates for any reason prior to its full exercise, or if we reacquire any shares issued pursuant to awards, then the shares subject to such award or any shares so reacquired by us will again be available for grants of awards under the 2010 Plan. Likewise, shares of our common stock which are withheld to pay the exercise price of an award or any related withholding obligations will be available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

          Administration.     The 2010 Plan provides for administration by our Board or a committee of the Board. The Board may increase the size of the committee and appoint additional members, remove members of the committee and appoint new members, fill vacancies on the committee, or remove all members of the committee and directly administer the 2010 Plan. Our compensation committee currently administers the 2010 Plan. Subject to the restrictions of the 2010 Plan, the compensation committee determines to whom we grant incentive awards under the 2010 Plan, the terms of the award, including the exercise or purchase price, the number of shares subject to the stock right and the exercisability of the award. All questions of interpretation are determined by the committee, and its decisions are final and binding upon all participants, unless otherwise determined by the Board.

          Stock Options.     The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, solely to employees, and for the grant of non-statutory stock options to employees, consultants and non-employee directors.

          The compensation committee determines the exercise price of options granted under the 2010 Plan on the date of grant, and in the case of incentive stock options the exercise price must be at least 100% of the fair market value per share at the time of grant. The exercise price of any incentive stock option granted to an employee who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock must equal at least 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The aggregate fair market value of common stock (determined as of the date of the option grant) for which incentive stock options may for the first time become exercisable by any individual in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000. Payment of the exercise price may be made by delivery of cash or a check, or, subject to any requirements as may be imposed by the committee, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell shares obtained upon exercise and deliver proceeds promptly to the company. The committee may prescribe or permit, in its sole discretion, any other method of payment permitted by law.

          Options granted to employees, directors, and consultants under the 2010 Plan generally become exercisable in increments, based on the optionee's continued employment or service with us. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years. Options granted under the 2010 Plan, whether incentive stock options or non-statutory options, generally expire 10 years from the date of grant, except that incentive stock options granted to an employee who owns stock

125


Table of Contents

possessing more than 10% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock are not exercisable for longer than five years after the date of grant.

          Stock Appreciation Rights.     The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of stock appreciation rights, or SARs, pursuant to an SAR agreement adopted by the compensation committee. An SAR may be granted in connection with a stock option or alone, without reference to any related stock option. The committee will determine the exercise price of an SAR on the date of grant, and the exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. No SAR shall have a term of more than 10 years.

          The holder of an SAR will have the right to receive, in cash or common stock, all or a portion of the difference between the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the time of exercise of the SAR and the exercise price of the SAR established by the compensation committee, subject to such terms and conditions set forth in the SAR agreement.

          Restricted Stock and Other Awards.     The committee may grant awards of restricted stock or restricted stock units on the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable restricted stock award, including the conditions for vesting and the issue price, if any. Each restricted stock unit shall have a value equal to the fair market value of one share of stock. Other awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of stock, may be granted under the 2010 Plan to participants in the plan.

          Transferability.     Except for transfers made by will or the laws of descent and distribution in the event of the holder's death, no stock right may be transferred, pledged or assigned by the holder of the stock right. We are not required to recognize any attempted assignment of such rights by any participant that is not in compliance with the 2010 Plan.

          Changes in Capitalization.     In the event of a change in the number of shares of our common stock through a combination or subdivision, or if we issue shares of common stock as a stock dividend or engage in a separation, spin-off or other corporate event or transaction, then the committee shall substitute or adjust, in its sole discretion, the number of and kind of shares under the 2010 Plan and deliverable upon the exercise of outstanding stock rights, and the purchase price per share to reflect such transaction.

          Change of Control.     The 2010 Plan generally provides that, under certain circumstances, in the event of our consolidation or merger with or into another corporation or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, which we refer to as an "acquisition", whereby the acquiring entity or our successor does not agree to assume the incentive awards or replace them with substantially equivalent incentive awards, all outstanding awards may be vested and become immediately exercisable in full and, if not exercised on the date of the acquisition, will terminate on such date regardless of whether the participant to whom such stock rights have been granted remains in our employ or service or in the employ or service of any acquiring or successor entity.

          Termination or Amendment.     Our Board may terminate, amend or modify the 2010 Plan at any time before its expiration, which is currently September 28, 2020. However, stockholder approval is required to the extent necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

          We intend to adopt the 2014 Plan in connection with this offering. The 2014 Plan will become effective prior to the consummation of this offering and a total of             shares of our common stock will be reserved for sale. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares issuable under the 2014 Plan and the 2010 Plan. The following is a summary of the material features of the 2014 Plan.

126


Table of Contents

          Administration.     The 2014 Plan will be administered by the compensation committee or another committee of the Board, comprised of no fewer than two members of the Board who are appointed by the Board to administer the plan, or, subject to the limitations set forth in the 2014 Plan, the Board. Subject to the limitations set forth in the 2014 Plan, the committee or the Board has the authority to determine the persons to whom awards are to be granted, prescribe the restrictions, terms and conditions of all awards, interpret the 2014 Plan and adopt sub-plans and rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the 2014 Plan.

          Reservation of Shares.     Subject to adjustments as described below, the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2014 Plan will be equal to                  ; provided, that no more than             shares of the shares initially reserved under the 2014 Plan may be granted as incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code; provided further that the 2014 Plan does not require any percentage of awards (or shares underlying awards) to be granted as incentive stock options. Any shares of common stock issued under the 2014 Plan will consist of authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares.

          In the event of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other distribution with respect to common stock, or any merger, reorganization, consolidation, combination, spin-off, stock purchase, or other similar corporate change or any other change affecting common stock (other than regular cash dividends to our shareholders), the committee or the Board shall, in the manner and to the extent it considers equitable to the participants in the 2014 Plan and consistent with the terms of the 2014 Plan, cause adjustments to the number and kind of shares of common stock available for grant, as well as to other maximum limitations under the 2014 Plan, the number and kind of shares of common stock and/or other terms of the awards that are affected by the event and/or issue additional awards or shares of common stock under the 2014 Plan.

          Share Counting.     To the extent that an award granted under the 2014 Plan is canceled, expired, forfeited, surrendered, settled by delivery of fewer shares than the number underlying the award, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without delivery of the shares, the shares of common stock retained by or returned to us will (i) not be deemed to have been delivered under the 2014 Plan, (ii) be available for future awards under the 2014 Plan, and (iii) increase the share reserve by one share for each share that is retained by or returned to us. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares that are (x) withheld from an award or separately surrendered by the participant in payment of the exercise or purchase price or taxes relating to such an award or (y) not issued or delivered as a result of the net settlement of an outstanding stock option or stock appreciation right shall be deemed to constitute delivered shares, will not be available for future awards under the 2014 Plan and shall continue to be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining whether award limits have been attained. If an award is settled in cash, the number of shares of common stock on which the award is based shall not count toward any individual share limit, but shall count against the annual cash performance award limit. Awards assumed or substituted for in a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock or reorganization will not reduce the share reserve, will not be subject to or counted against the award limits under the 2014 Plan, and will not replenish the share reserve upon the occurrence of any of the events described at the beginning of this paragraph.

          Eligibility.     Awards under the 2014 Plan may be granted to any of our employees, directors, consultants or other personal service providers or any of the same of our subsidiaries.

          Stock Options.     Stock options granted under the 2014 Plan may be issued as either incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or as nonqualified stock options. The exercise price of an option will be not less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of

127


Table of Contents

common stock on the date of the grant of the option. The committee or the Board will determine the vesting and/or exercisability requirements and the term of exercise of each option, including the effect of termination of service of a participant or a change in control. The vesting requirements may be based on the continued employment or service of the participant for a specified time period or on the attainment of specified business performance goals established by the committee or the Board. The maximum term of an option will be 10 years from the date of grant.

          To exercise an option, the participant must pay the exercise price, subject to specified conditions, (i) in cash, or, (ii) to the extent permitted by the committee or the Board, and set forth in an award agreement, (A) in shares of common stock, (B) through an open-market broker-assisted transaction, (C) by reducing the number of shares of common stock otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the stock option, (D) by combination of any of the above methods or (E) by such other method approved by the committee or the Board, and must pay any required tax withholding amounts. All options generally are nontransferable.

          Stock Appreciation Rights.     A stock appreciation right may be granted either in tandem with an option or without a related option. A stock appreciation right entitles the participant, upon settlement or exercise, to receive a payment based on the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of settlement or exercise over the base price of the right, multiplied by the number of shares of common stock as to which the right is being settled or exercised. Stock appreciation rights may be granted on a basis that allows for the exercise of the right by the participant or that provides for the automatic payment of the right upon a specified date or event. The base price of a stock appreciation right may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The committee or the Board will determine the vesting requirements and the term of exercise of each stock appreciation right, including the effect of termination of service of a participant or a change in control. The vesting requirements may be based on the continued employment or service of the participant for a specified time period or on the attainment of specified business performance goals established by the committee or the Board. The maximum term of a stock appreciation right will be ten years from the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may be payable in cash or in shares of common stock or in a combination of both. All stock appreciation rights generally are nontransferable.

          Restricted Stock Awards.     A restricted stock award represents shares of common stock that are issued subject to restrictions on transfer and vesting requirements. The vesting requirements may be based on the continued service of the participant for a specified time period or on the attainment of specified performance goals established by the committee, and vesting may be accelerated in certain circumstances, as determined by the committee. Unless otherwise set forth in an award agreement, restricted stock award holders will not have any of the rights of a stockholder of us (including, the right to vote or receive dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect thereto), unless and until such shares vest. Any dividends with respect to a restricted stock award that is subject to performance-based vesting will be subject to the same restrictions on transfer and vesting requirements as the underlying restricted stock award. All restricted stock awards are generally nontransferable.

          Restricted Stock Units.     An award of restricted stock units, or RSUs, provides the participant the right to receive a payment based on the value of a share of common stock. RSUs may be subject to vesting requirements, restrictions and conditions to payment. RSUs may vest based solely on the continued service of the participant for a specified time period. In addition, RSUs may be denominated as performance share units, or PSUs and may vest in whole or in part based on the attainment of specified performance goals established by the committee or the Board. The vesting of RSUs and PSUs may be accelerated in certain circumstances, as determined by the committee or the Board. RSU and PSU awards will become payable to a participant at the time or

128


Table of Contents

times determined by the committee or the Board and set forth in the award agreement, which may be upon or following the vesting of the award. RSU and PSU awards are payable in cash or in shares of common stock or in a combination of both. RSUs and PSUs may be granted together with a dividend equivalent right with respect to the shares of common stock subject to the award. Dividend equivalent rights will be paid at such time as determined by the committee or the Board in its discretion (including, without limitation, at the times paid to stockholders generally or at the times of vesting or payment of the RSU or PSU), as set forth in an award agreement. Dividend equivalent rights may be subject to forfeiture under the same conditions as apply to the underlying RSUs or PSUs, as set forth in an award agreement. All RSUs and PSUs are generally nontransferable.

          Stock Awards.     A stock award represents shares of common stock that are issued free of restrictions on transfer and free of forfeiture conditions and to which the participant is entitled all incidents of ownership. A stock award may be granted for past, or in anticipation of future, services, in lieu of any discretionary bonus or other discretionary cash compensation, directors' fees or for any other valid purpose as determined by the committee. The committee will determine the terms and conditions of stock awards, and such stock awards will be made without vesting requirements. Upon the issuance of shares of common stock under a stock award, the participant will have all rights of a shareholder with respect to such shares of common stock, including the right to vote the shares and receive all dividends and other distributions on the shares. Subject to Section 409A of the Code, upon advance written request of a participant and with the consent of the committee, a participant who is a U.S. taxpayer may receive a portion of any cash compensation otherwise due in the form of common stock either currently or on a deferred basis. The right to receive shares of common stock on a deferred basis is generally nontransferable.

          Cash Performance Awards.     A performance award is denominated in a cash amount (rather than in shares) and is payable based on the attainment of pre-established business and/or individual performance goals. The requirements for vesting may be also based upon the continued service of the participant during the performance period, and vesting may be accelerated in certain circumstances, as determined by the committee or the Board. All cash performance awards are generally nontransferable. The maximum amount of cash compensation that may be paid to a participant during any one calendar year under all cash performance awards and all other awards that are actually paid or settled in cash is limited to $             .

          Performance Criteria.     For purposes of cash performance awards, as well as for any other awards under the 2014 Plan intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code, the performance criteria will be one or any combination of the following, for us or any identified subsidiary, division or business unit or line, as determined by the committee at the time of the award: (i) total stockholder return; (ii) such total stockholder return as compared to total return (on a comparable basis) of a publicly available index such as, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index; (iii) net income; (iv) pretax earnings; (v) adjusted net income; (vi) adjusted pretax earnings; (vii) adjusted earnings per share; (viii) adjusted earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA; (ix) pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before bonuses, service fees and extraordinary or special items; (x) operating margin; (xi) earnings per share; (xii) return on equity; (xiii) return on capital; (xiv) return on investment; (xv) operating earnings; (xvi) working capital; (xvii) ratio of debt to stockholders' equity; (xviii) revenue; (xix) free cash flow (generally defined as adjusted EBITDA, less cash taxes, cash interest and net capital expenditures, mandatory payments of principal under any credit facility and payments under collateralized lease obligations and financing lease obligations); and (xx) any combination of or a specified increase in any of the foregoing. Each of the performance goals will be applied and interpreted in accordance with an objective formula or

129


Table of Contents

standard established by the committee at the time of grant of the award, which may include, without limitation, GAAP.

          The "performance goals" shall be the levels of achievement relating to the performance criteria selected by the committee for the award. The performance goals shall be written and shall be expressed as one objective formula or standard that precludes discretion to increase the amount of compensation payable that would otherwise be due upon attainment of the goal. The performance goals may be applied on an absolute basis or relative to an identified index, peer group or one or more competitors or other companies (including particular business segments or divisions of such companies), or may be applied after adjustment for non-controllable industry performance (such as industry attendance), as specified by the committee.

          At the time that an award is granted, the committee may provide for the performance goals or the manner in which performance will be measured against the performance goals to be adjusted in such objective manner as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, adjustments to reflect non-cash losses or charges (e.g., amortization expense, stock-based compensation, impairments, etc.), charges for restructurings, non-operating income, the impact of corporate transactions, severance and recruitment costs, "run rate" savings, costs incurred in establishing new manufacturing sources, specified legal expenses, discontinued operations, or financing transactions, extraordinary and other unusual or non-recurring items or events and the cumulative effects of accounting or tax law changes. In addition, with respect to a participant hired or promoted following the beginning of a performance period, the committee may determine to prorate the performance goals and/or the amount of any payment in respect of such participant's cash performance awards for the partial performance period.

          Further, the committee shall, to the extent provided in an award agreement, have the right, in its discretion, to reduce or eliminate the amount otherwise payable to any participant under an award and to establish rules or procedures that have the effect of limiting the amount payable to any participant to an amount that is less than the amount that is otherwise payable under an award. The committee shall not have discretion to increase the amount that is otherwise payable to any participant. Following the conclusion of the performance period, the committee shall certify in writing whether the applicable performance goals have been achieved, or certify the degree of achievement, if applicable. Upon certification of the performance goals, the committee shall determine the level of vesting or amount of payment to the participant pursuant to the award, if any.

          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the 2014 Plan, with respect to any award intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code, unless the Board determines that an applicable exemption under applicable law applies, all references to the committee or the Board in the 2014 Plan shall solely mean each such member that satisfies the requirements for an "outside director" under Section 162(m) of the Code.

          Award Limitations.     For purposes of complying with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be subject to stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance-based restricted stock awards, performance-based RSUs and performance-based stock awards granted to any participant other than a non-employee director during any calendar year will be limited to             shares of common stock for each such award type individually.

          Further, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be subject to stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, RSUs and stock awards granted to any non-employee director during any calendar year will be limited to             shares of common stock for all such award types in the aggregate.

130


Table of Contents

          Effect of Change in Control.     Upon the occurrence of a change in control, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable law, or unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, the committee is authorized but not required to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of outstanding awards, including, without limitation, the following (or any combination thereof): (i) continuation or assumption of our outstanding awards (if we are the surviving company or corporation) or by the surviving company or corporation or its parent; (ii) substitution by the surviving company or corporation or its parent of awards with substantially the same or comparable terms (including with respect to economic value) for outstanding awards; (iii) accelerated exercisability, vesting and/or payment; and (iv) if all or substantially all of our outstanding shares of common stock are transferred in exchange for cash consideration in connection with such change in control: (A) upon written notice, provide that any outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights are exercisable during a reasonable period of time immediately prior to the scheduled consummation of the event or such other reasonable period as determined by the committee (contingent upon the consummation of the event), and at the end of such period, such stock options and stock appreciation rights will terminate to the extent not so exercised within the relevant period; and (B) cancellation of all or any portion of outstanding awards for fair value, as determined in the sole discretion of the committee.

          Forfeiture.     The committee may specify in an award agreement that an award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, including termination of service for "cause" (as defined in the 2014 Plan), violation of material Company policies, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the participant, or other conduct by the participant that is detrimental to our business or reputation. Unless otherwise provided by the committee and set forth in an award agreement, if (i) a participant's service is terminated for "cause" or (ii) after termination of service for any other reason, the committee determines in its discretion that the participant engaged in conduct that violates any continuing obligation or duty of the participant set forth in any executive or restrictive covenant agreement with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, intellectual property or trade secret protection, or any similar agreement to which the participant is a party in favor of us or any of our subsidiaries, such participant's rights, payments and benefits with respect to such award may be subject to cancellation, forfeiture and/or recoupment.

          Right of Recapture.     If pursuant to any award a participant receives compensation calculated by reference to financial statements that are subsequently required to be restated in a way that would decrease the value of such compensation, the participant will, upon the committee's written request, forfeit and repay to us the difference between what the participant received during the period of three years preceding the date on which we become required to prepare the restatement and what the participant should have received based on the accounting restatement, in accordance with (i) our compensation recovery, "clawback" or similar policy, if any, as may be in effect from time to time and (ii) any compensation recovery, "clawback" or similar policy made applicable by law including the Dodd-Frank Act.

          Parachute Payments.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the 2014 Plan, in the event the receipt of all payments or distributions by us in the nature of compensation to or for a participant's benefit, whether paid or payable pursuant to this plan or otherwise (a "Payment"), would subject the participant to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, the Payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount of the Payments that can be paid and would not result in the imposition of the excise tax (the "Reduced Amount"), however, if the portion of the Payments the participant would receive after payment of all applicable taxes, including any excise taxes, is greater than the Reduced Amount, no such reduction shall occur.

131


Table of Contents

          Tax Withholding.     We have the power and the right to deduct or withhold automatically from any amount deliverable under an award or otherwise, or require a participant to remit to us, the minimum statutory amount to satisfy federal, state and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the 2014 Plan. With respect to required withholding, participants may elect (subject to our automatic withholding right set out above) to satisfy the withholding requirement with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the 2014 Plan, in whole or in part, generally by the methods described in the 2014 Plan applicable to the payment of the exercise price in connection with stock option exercises or similar methods in the case of awards other than stock options.

          Deferrals of Payment.     The committee may in its discretion permit participants in the 2014 Plan to defer the receipt of payment of cash or delivery of shares of common stock that would otherwise be due by virtue of the exercise of a right or the satisfaction of vesting or other conditions with respect to an award or an election to receive shares of our common stock (in lieu of compensation otherwise payable in cash) on a deferred basis in accordance with the terms of the 2014 Plan; provided, however, that such discretion shall not apply in the case of a stock option or stock appreciation right.

          Trading Policy Considerations.     Stock option exercises and other awards granted under the 2014 Plan shall be subject to our insider trading policy or other trading or ownership policy related restrictions, terms and conditions as in effect, from time to time.

          Term, Amendment and Termination.     The 2014 Plan shall be effective as of the later of (i) the date it was approved by the Board and (ii) the effectiveness of the Form S-8 in connection with this offering. The Board may amend, modify, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan at any time. However, no termination or amendment of the 2014 Plan will adversely affect any award theretofore granted without the consent of the participant or the permitted transferee of the award; except as otherwise provided in the 2014 Plan or determined by the committee or the Board to be necessary to comply with applicable laws. The Board may seek the approval of any amendment by our shareholders to the extent it deems necessary or advisable for purposes of compliance with Section 162(m) or Section 422 of the Code, the listing requirements of the principal exchange on which our common stock is listed on such date, or for any other purpose.

132


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2013

          The following table lists the outstanding equity awards held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2013.

 
  Option Awards  
Name
  Vesting
Commencement
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
  Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned Options
(#)
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

D. Jamie Macdonald

    7/28/2011     750,000 (1)   750,000     1,000,000     1.25     9/19/2021  

Chief Executive Officer

    1/1/2013     150,000 (2)   750,000     600,000     1.25     1/1/2023  

and Director

                                     

Gregory S. Rush

    8/30/2013     300,000 (3)   1,500,000     1,200,000     1.19     8/30/2023  

Executive Vice President

                                     

and Chief Financial

                                     

Officer

                                     

Alistair Macdonald

    9/28/2010     501,600 (4)   250,800     501,600     1.00     10/5/2020  

Chief Operating Officer

    8/17/2012     149,200 (5)   298,400     298,400     1.25     9/24/2022  

(1)
This option was granted on September 19, 2011 and amended by the Board on August 5, 2013 as set forth in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. A total of 2,500,000 Common Units are subject to the option, of which 1,250,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1,250,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on December 31, 2013 based on the company's achievement of revised annual EBITDA targets.

(2)
This option was granted on January 1, 2013 and amended by the Board on August 5, 2013 as set forth in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. A total of 1,500,000 Common Units are subject to the option, of which 750,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 750,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on December 31, 2013 based on the company's achievement of revised annual EBITDA targets.

(3)
This option was granted on August 30, 2013. A total of 3,000,000 Common Units are subject to the option, of which 1,500,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1,500,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on December 31, 2013 based on the company's achievement of annual EBITDA targets.

(4)
This option was granted on October 5, 2010 and amended by the Board on August 5, 2013 as set forth in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. A total of 1,254,000 Common Units are subject to the option, of which 627,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 627,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on December 31, 2013 based on the company's achievement of revised annual EBITDA targets.

(5)
This option was granted on September 24, 2012 and amended by the Board on August 5, 2013 as set forth in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. A total of 746,000 Common Units are subject to the option, of which 373,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 373,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on December 31, 2013 based on the company's achievement of revised annual EBITDA targets.

Outstanding Incentive Awards

          Certain of our employees and members of management historically have received management incentive awards consisting of options to purchase our common stock. These awards were typically subject to time-vesting or performance-vesting. All vesting is subject to the grantee's

133


Table of Contents

continued employment by us. In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into agreements with current employees who are holders of outstanding performance-vesting stock options granted under the 2010 Plan to amend the vesting provisions of such options so that they vest based on the passage of time, such that, subject to continued employment by us, any unvested performance option award shall continue to vest on its existing vesting schedule in equal installments on each December 31 that occurs during the remaining portion of such performance-vesting stock options' performance period, commencing with the first December 31 to occur on or after this offering. In addition, all outstanding stock options will be appropriately modified and adjusted so that they are exercisable for shares of Class A common stock after the consummation of this offering.

          In connection with this offering, we expect to grant an aggregate of              options to purchase our common stock to certain of our non-executive employees (assuming an initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The exercise price for such options will be the initial public offering price. Our committee or the Board will determine, subject to employment agreements, any future equity awards that executive officers will be granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan.

134


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

          Set forth below is a description of certain relationships and related person transactions between us or our subsidiaries, and our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities. We believe that all of the following transactions were entered into with terms as favorable as could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

Stockholders Agreement

          On September 28, 2010, we entered into a stockholders' agreement, or the Stockholders Agreement, with affiliates of Avista and Teachers, as well as our management investors, which was amended and restated on July 12, 2011. The Stockholders Agreement gives each of Avista and Teachers, until the occurrence of our initial public offering, the right to nominate three directors to our Board. The Stockholders Agreement also provides for customary stock pre-emptive rights, stock co-sale rights and drag-along rights, all of which will terminate upon the occurrence of our initial public offering.

          In connection with our initial public offering, if requested by the underwriter, the Stockholders Agreement requires us and the stockholders to agree to a lock-up from 10 days prior to the launch of the initial public offering to up to 180 days following the launch.

          In connection with this offering, the Stockholders Agreement will be amended and restated. The amended and restated Stockholders' Agreement will provide that each Sponsor will have the right to elect (i) two directors to our board of directors for so long as each owns at least 15% of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock; and (ii) one director each for so long as each holds at least 5% of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The amended and restated Stockholders' Agreement will also provide that for so long as the Sponsors collectively own at least 50% of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock their consent will be required for us to consummate the following actions: (i) the acquisition or divestiture of assets in which the aggregate consideration is in excess of $75,000,000; (ii) the entrance into certain joint venture, investment or similar arrangements in which the value is or for consideration in excess of $75,000,000; or (iii) the appointment or dismissal of our Chief Executive Officer. If such 50% threshold is satisfied, but either Sponsor owns less than 15% of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, such actions will only require the prior written consent of the Sponsor owning 15% or more of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Furthermore, the Sponsors have agreed to vote all outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by them to ensure the composition of our Board as set forth above, for so long as each sponsor own at least 5% of our outstanding shares of commons stock. The amended and restated Stockholder Agreement will continue to provide customary information rights and registration rights. See "—Registration Rights." The amended and restated Stockholders Agreement will continue to contain restrictions on the ability of the employee stockholders to transfer shares of our Class A common stock that they own, including provisions that only allow employee stockholders to transfer shares of our Class A common stock following our initial public offering in proportion with any transfers by the Sponsor, until such time as the Sponsors have sold at least 50% of the common stock they own immediately prior to our initial public offering. Subject to certain exceptions, the amended and restated Stockholders Agreement will terminate at such time as there are no remaining Registrable Securities (as defined in the amended and restated Stockholders Agreement).

Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement

          On September 27, 2010, we entered into an advisory services and monitoring agreement, or the Advisory Services Agreement, with Avista, pursuant to which Avista agreed to provide certain advisory and monitoring services to us and our subsidiaries, in return for a one-time fee of

135


Table of Contents

$5,000,000, which has already been paid, and an ongoing quarterly fee, which was $125,000 in each quarter of 2011, 2012 and 2013. Additionally, upon any transaction entered into by us or our subsidiaries in which Avista provides advice and assistance, Avista will be entitled to receive reasonable and customary advisory fees for such advice and services. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, Avista received $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $4.5 million, respectively, of fees pursuant to the Advisory Services Agreement. The fees received during fiscal year 2011 included a transaction fee related to the Kendle Acquisition. The Advisory Services Agreement has a seven-year term and automatically renews on each anniversary of its execution date such that it has a seven-year term from the date of each such renewal. The Advisory Services Agreement will be terminated in connection with this offering. In connection with that termination, upon the consummation of this offering, we will pay Avista a termination fee of $3,375,000, which represents the fee payable for the remainder of the term of the Advisory Services Agreement prior to its termination.

Class C Dividend Agreement

          On September 27, 2010, we entered into a letter agreement with affiliates of Teachers, or the Class C Dividend Agreement, pursuant to which we agreed to declare a quarterly dividend in respect of Teachers' Class C common stock, which was $125,000 in each quarter of 2011, 2012 and 2013, and to declare a special dividend in respect of Teachers' Class C common stock related to certain transactions. During the year ended December 31, 2011 we paid a special dividend of $4.0 million in respect of Teachers' Class C common stock as a result of the Kendle Acquisition. The Class C Dividend Agreement will continue until the Advisory Services Agreement is terminated, which will occur upon the consummation of this offering. In connection with that termination, upon the consummation of this offering, we will redeem our outstanding Class C common stock, all of which is held by Teachers, for $3,375,000.

Expense Reimbursement Agreement

          On September 27, 2010, we and our subsidiaries entered into a letter agreement, or the Expense Reimbursement Agreement, with the Sponsors pursuant to which we and our subsidiaries, or the Company Group, agreed to reimburse the Sponsors for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Sponsors in connection with their investment in the Company Group. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we reimbursed the Sponsors for $82,000, $90,000 and $132,000, respectively. The Expense Reimbursement Agreement's term continues with respect to each Sponsor until such time as such Sponsor no longer holds any equity interest in any member of the Company Group. In connection with this offering, the Expense Reimbursement Agreement will be terminated.

Registration Rights

          Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, the Sponsors are required to create a coordination committee made up of one representative from each Sponsor to facilitate sales of our stock by the Sponsors in the first year following our initial public offering. Each Sponsor must consult with the coordination committee prior to entering into any definitive sale agreement with respect to any shares of our stock.

          The Stockholders Agreement includes (i) demand registration rights following the 6-month anniversary of our initial public offering for Sponsors holding certain qualifying shares of our stock, or Registrable Securities, (ii) piggy-back registrations rights for Sponsors and employee stockholders holding Registrable Securities, and (iii) shelf demand registration rights following the 12-month anniversary of our initial public offering for Sponsors holding more than 10% of the then outstanding Registrable Securities. The Sponsors must coordinate in connection with any sale pursuant to a shelf registration, including giving the non-initiating Sponsor two business days to

136


Table of Contents

elect to participate on the same terms. Employee stockholders have no piggy-back rights with respect to any sales by either Sponsor pursuant to any shelf registrations. We are responsible for fees and expenses in connection with the Sponsors' registration rights, other than underwriters' discounts and brokers' commissions, if any, relating to any such registration and offering.

          In addition, for so long as either Sponsor holds more than 5% of our common stock, a Sponsor wishing to sell shares of our common stock pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act shall consult with the other Sponsor and afford such Sponsor the opportunity to participate in any such Rule 144 sale on a pro rata basis.

Lantheus Master Services Agreement

          In 2012, we entered into a Master CRO Services Agreement, with Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., or Lantheus, and a subsequent work order pursuant to which we provided clinical development services in connection with a certain clinical trial sponsored by Lantheus. The agreement and work order were terminated during May 2014. The agreement had a term of five years, with the work order defined to run 22.5 months. We recognized net service revenue associated with this agreement of approximately $0.7 million and $0.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, from the work order under the agreement. Avista and its affiliates are principal owners of both Lantheus and the company.

Stock Repurchases

          On October 4, 2012, we repurchased 2,000,000 shares of each of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock from James T. Ogle for an aggregate purchase price of $2,500,000. Mr. Ogle served as our Chief Executive Officer until December, 2012 and currently serves as Chairman of our Board.

          On August 15, 2013, we repurchased 425,000 shares of each of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock from David N. Gill for an aggregate purchase price of $425,000. Mr. Gill served as our Chief Financial Officer until August 15, 2013.

Board Compensation

          Our directors who are employed by us, our subsidiaries or our Sponsors or any of their affiliates do not receive any compensation and will not receive compensation following this offering, except as limited to expense reimbursement. Our other directors will receive compensation for their service as members of our Board. See "Executive and Director Compensation—Director Compensation."

Employment Agreements

          We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs. See "Executive and Director Compensation—Employment Agreements."

Indemnification Agreements

          We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer, as applicable.

137


Table of Contents

Policies for Approval of Related Person Transactions

          In connection with this offering, we will adopt a written policy relating to the approval of related person transactions. Our audit committee will review and approve or ratify all relationships and related person transactions between us and (i) our directors, director nominees, executive officers or their immediate family members, (ii) any 5% record or beneficial owner of our common stock, or (iii) any immediate family member of any person specified in (i) and (ii) above. Our compliance director will be primarily responsible for the development and implementation of processes and controls to obtain information from our directors and executive officers with respect to related party transactions and for determining, based on the facts and circumstances, whether we or a related person have a direct or indirect material interest in the transaction.

          As set forth in the related person transaction policy, in the course of its review and approval or ratification of a related party transaction, the committee will consider:

          Any member of the audit committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction under review will not be permitted to participate in the discussions or approval or ratification of the transaction. However, such member of the audit committee will provide all material information concerning the transaction to the audit committee.

138


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

Security Ownership

          The following table shows information as of                  , 2014 regarding the beneficial ownership of our Class A and Class B common stock (1) immediately following the corporate reorganization as described in "Corporate Reorganization" and the refinancing of our senior secured credit facilities but prior to this offering and (2) as adjusted to give effect to this offering by:

          For further information regarding material transactions between us and our principal stockholders, see "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions."

          Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe based on the information provided to us that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our Class A and Class B common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on          shares of Class A common stock and         shares of Class B common stock, in each case outstanding as of         , 2014 and         shares of Class A common stock and         shares of Class B common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, or              shares of Class A common stock, assuming full exercise of the option to purchase additional shares. Shares of Class A common stock subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of that person and any group of which that person is a member, but are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership for any other person. Except as otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares

139


Table of Contents

of capital stock held by them. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each holder listed below is 3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600 Raleigh, North Carolina 27604-1547.

 
  Shares of common stock beneficially
owned before this offering
  Shares of common stock beneficially
owned after this offering (assuming no
exercise of the option to purchase
additional shares)
  Shares of common stock beneficially
owned after this offering assuming full
exercise of the option to purchase
additional shares
 
 
  Class A   Class B    
  Class A   Class B    
  Class A   Class B    
 
Name and address
of beneficial owner
 
Number
of
shares
 
Percentage
of
shares
 
Number
of
shares
 
Percentage
of
shares
 
Total
voting
percentage(1)
 
Number
of
shares
 
Percentage
of
shares
 
Number
of
shares
 
Percentage
of
shares
 
Total
voting
percentage(1)
 
Number
of
shares
 
Percentage
of
shares
 
Number
of
shares
 
Percentage
of
shares
 
Total
voting
percentage(1)
 

5% stockholders:

                                                                                           

Avista(2)

                                                                                           

OTPP(3)

                                                                                           

Named executive officers and directors:

                                                                                           

D. Jamie Macdonald

                                                                                           

Gregory S. Rush

                                                                                           

Alistair Macdonald

                                                                                           

James T. Ogle

                                                                                           

James A. Bannon

                                                                                           

Robert W. Breckon

                                                                                           

David F. Burgstahler(4)

                                                                                           

Steve Faraone

                                                                                           

Charles C. Harwood

                                                                                           

Terry Woodward

                                                                                           

All board of director members and named executive officers as a group (10 persons)

                                                                           
 
   
 
   
 
 

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding Class A common stock.

(1)
Represents percentage of total voting power reflecting (i) all shares of Class A common stock held by such holder and (ii) shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B common stock held by such holder.

(2)
Includes         shares held by Avista Capital Partners II, L.P.,         shares held by Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, L.P.,         shares held by Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, L.P.,         shares held by ACP INC Research Co-Invest, LLC and         shares held by INC Research Mezzanine Co-Invest, LLC, or collectively referred to as Avista. Avista Capital Partners II GP, LLC ultimately exercises voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Avista Capital Partners II, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, L.P., ACP INC Research Co-Invest, LLC and INC Research Mezzanine Co-Invest, LLC. Voting and disposition decisions at Avista Capital Partners II GP, LLC with respect to those shares are made by an investment committee, the members of which are Thompson Dean, Steven Webster, David Burgstahler, David Durkin, Brendan Scollans and Sriram Venkataraman. The address for each of these entities is 65 East 55th Street, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(3)
Refers to shares owned by 1829356 Ontario Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of OTPP. Each of Terry Woodward and Steve Faraone may be deemed to have the power to dispose of the shares held by OTPP because of a delegation of authority from the Board of Directors of OTPP, and each expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. As the beneficial owner of Class B common stock, OTPP may, at any time, elect to convert shares of Class B common stock into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, or convert shares of Class A common stock into an equal number of shares of Class B common stock. The table above does not reflect (i) shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of Class A common stock or (ii) shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock. The address of 1829356 Ontario Limited and OTPP is 5650 Yonge Street, Toronto, Ontario M2M 4H5.

(4)
Excludes shares held by Avista. Mr. Burgstahler is the President of the general partner of Avista Capital Partners GP, LLC and as a result may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by Avista. Mr. Burgstahler disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Avista, except to the extent of his pecuniary intent therein.

140


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

          The following discussion is a summary of the terms of our common stock, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and certain applicable provisions of Delaware law, as they will be in effect after giving effect to our corporate reorganization and a related             -for-one stock split prior to the consummation of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual terms and provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which are exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Authorized Capitalization

          Immediately following the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of (i)          shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, (ii)          shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and (iii)          shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Common Stock

          After giving effect to the corporate reorganization, our capital stock will consist of             shares of Class A common stock outstanding and             shares of Class B common stock outstanding. Holders of our common stock are entitled to the following rights.

Voting Rights

          Each share of our Class A common stock will entitle its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Each share of our Class B common stock will entitle its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders, except with respect to the election or removal of directors. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class. There is no cumulative voting, which means that a holder or group of holders of more than 50% of the shares of our common stock can elect all of our directors. For a description of the Stockholders Agreement, see "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Stockholders Agreement."

Dividend Rights

          The holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our Board from legally available sources, subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock, if any.

Conversion Rights

          The shares of Class A common stock will not be convertible except as provided below. The shares of Class B common stock will be convertible into Class A common stock, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the holder, on the basis of one share of Class A common stock for each share of Class B common stock, subject to adjustment for any stock splits, combinations or similar events. The shares of Class A common stock will be convertible into Class B common stock, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the holder so long as such holder then holds Class B common stock, on the basis of one share of Class B common stock for each share of Class A common stock, subject to adjustment for any stock splits, combinations or similar events.

141


Table of Contents

Liquidation Rights

          In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the assets available for distribution after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock, if any.

Other Rights

          Our stockholders will not have preemptive or other rights to subscribe for additional shares. All holders of our common stock will be entitled to share equally on a share-for-share basis in any assets available for distribution to common stockholders upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up. All outstanding shares are, and all shares offered by this prospectus will be, when sold, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

          After giving effect to the corporate reorganization, we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Upon the closing of this offering, our Board will be authorized, without further stockholder approval, to issue from time to time up to an aggregate of    shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, preferences, rights and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such series thereof, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of such series. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

          Certain of our existing stockholders have certain registration rights with respect to our common stock pursuant to a stockholders agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights."

Anti-takeover Provisions

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that delay, defer or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in control of us or change in our management. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our Board, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give our Board the power to discourage transactions that some stockholders may favor, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Accordingly, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Classified Board

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board will initially consist of eight directors, and that our Board will be divided into three classes, with one class being elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Each director will serve a three-year term, with termination staggered according to class. Class I will initially consist of two directors, Class II will initially consist of three directors, and Class II will initially consist of three directors. The size of our

142


Table of Contents

Board may thereafter be fixed from time to time solely by resolution of at least a majority of the directors then in office.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may only be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the remaining members of the Board or the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of common stock then entitled to vote on the election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our Board, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our Board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office, even if less than a quorum. Directors nominated by a Sponsor may be removed from office with or without cause by the affirmative vote of such Sponsor without a meeting.

          The classification of our Board could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals

          Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only upon the request of a majority of our Board or upon the request of the Chief Executive Officer or the chair of the Board. Our amended and restated bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control or management of our company.

          Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our Board or a committee of the Board. In order for any matter to be "properly brought" before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with the advance notice requirements of directors, which may be filled only by a vote of a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

No Stockholder Action by Written Consent

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock to act by written consent instead of a meeting, stockholder action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by written consent instead of a meeting, unless the Sponsors and their affiliates own at least 50% of our outstanding common stock or the action to be taken by written consent of stockholders and the taking of this action by written consent has been expressly approved in advance by the Board. Failure to satisfy any of the requirements for a stockholder meeting could delay, prevent or invalidate stockholder action.

Section 203 of the DGCL

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL which relate to business combinations with interested stockholders, do not apply to us. Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination transaction with an interested stockholder (a stockholder who

143


Table of Contents

owns more than 10% of our common stock) for a period of three years after the interested stockholder became such unless the transaction fits within an applicable exemption, such as board approval of the business combination or the transaction that resulted in such stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions would apply even if the business combination could be considered beneficial by some stockholders. Although we intend to opt out of the statute's provisions, we could elect to be subject to Section 203 in the future.

Amendment to Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation

          Any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our Board and (i) thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or (ii) if related to provisions regarding the classification of the Board, the removal of directors, director vacancies, forum selection for certain lawsuits or the amendment of certain provisions of our bylaws or certificate of incorporation, thereafter be approved by at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment. A vote of the majority of Class B common stock, voting separately, is require to change the voting rights of Class B common stock or to change their rights disproportionately to those of Class A common stock. For so long as the Sponsors beneficially own 10% or more of our issued and outstanding common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment to provisions regarding Section 203 of the DGCL or corporate opportunities must also receive the Sponsors' prior written consent. Our bylaws may be amended (x) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws, without further stockholder action or (y) by the affirmative vote of at least 50.1% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, without further action by our Board.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

          The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and our preferred stock will be available for future issuance without any further vote or action by our stockholders. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and our preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control over us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Exclusive Forum

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to certain exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters. However, it is possible that a court could rule that this provision is unenforceable or inapplicable.

Corporate Opportunities

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that neither a Sponsor nor a director nominated by a Sponsor will have any obligation to offer us an opportunity to participate in business opportunities presented to such Sponsor even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued (and therefore may be free to compete with us in the same business or similar businesses), and that, to the extent permitted by law, no Sponsor will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any duty by reason of any such activities.

144


Table of Contents

Listing

          We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock listed on the NASDAQ under the symbol "INCR."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

          The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

145


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

          The summaries of our material indebtedness set forth below are qualified in their entirety by the actual text of the applicable agreements, each of which has been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part and which may be obtained on publicly available websites at the addresses set forth under "Where You Can Find More Information."

Senior Secured Facilities

General

          On July 12, 2011, INC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into the 2011 Credit Agreement. The 2011 Credit Agreement was originally comprised of a $300.0 million term loan, a $75.0 million revolving facility and a letter of credit and swing line facilities. On February 8, 2013, pursuant to the terms of Amendment No. 1, the then outstanding balance of the term loan facility was increased to $300.0 million and the applicable margins under the revolving facility and term loan facility were reduced. On February 19, 2014, INC entered into Amendment No. 2. Pursuant to Amendment No. 2, INC reduced the applicable margins under the revolving facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans, to 2.25% for base rate loans and reduced the applicable margins under the term loan facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans and to 2.25% for base rate loans, in each case subject to further reductions based upon a pricing grid. Further, Amendment No. 2 reduced the LIBOR floor under the term loan facility from 1.25% to 1.0%. In addition, pursuant to Amendment No. 2, the financial maintenance covenant was amended to be applicable only to the revolving facility and so long as the sum of revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit (other than letters of credit that are cash collateralized), outstanding as of the last day of any four-fiscal quarter period, is greater than 25% of the revolving commitments. Under the 2011 Credit Agreement, the term loan and revolving facilities can be increased (and/or new term loans or revolving commitments can be added) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100.0 million, if certain conditions are met.

Interest Rates and Fees

          Borrowings under the senior secured facilities bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an adjusted LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.25% (with a LIBOR floor of 1.00% for the term loan) or alternate base rate plus an applicable margin of 2.25%, in each case, subject to step-downs in accordance with a pricing grid based on leverage and a qualified initial public offering.

Prepayments

          Our senior secured facilities require us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

146


Table of Contents

          The foregoing mandatory prepayments are applied to the scheduled installments of principal of the term loan facility in direct order of maturity. We may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under our senior secured facilities in whole or in part upon prior notice, to be applied as we may direct. Voluntary prepayments may be made without premium or penalty, other than (a) a prepayment premium of 1% applicable to any prepayment of term loans that is made in connection with a re-pricing transaction that occurs on or prior to the six month anniversary of the date of Amendment No. 2 and (b) certain fees incurred in connection with redeployment costs.

Guarantors

          All obligations under our senior secured facilities are guaranteed by INC Intermediate, and each of INC's direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, other than certain excluded subsidiaries, collectively, the guarantors.

Security

          All of INC's (and the guarantors') obligations are secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by a first-priority perfected security interest in substantially all of their assets, including, but not limited to (1) a perfected pledge of all the domestic capital stock owned by INC and the guarantors, and (2) perfected security interests in and mortgages on substantially all tangible and intangible personal property and material fee-owned property, subject to certain exclusions.

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

          Our senior secured facilities contain customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative and negative covenants, including, with respect to restrictive covenants, among other things, restrictions to:

          In addition, the revolving facility is subject to a "springing" financial covenant that requires INC to maintain a secured leverage ratio of 4.0 to 1.0 when the sum of revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit (other than letters of credit that are cash collateralized), outstanding as of the last day of any four-fiscal quarter period, is greater than 25% of the revolving commitments. For

147


Table of Contents

purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenant (when applicable), a cash equity contribution made to INC can be included in the calculation of EBITDA subject to certain conditions.

Events of Default

          Events of default under our senior secured facilities include, among others, non-payment of principal when due, nonpayment of interest or other amounts subject to a grace period, covenant defaults (subject to a grace period in the case of affirmative covenants), material inaccuracy of representations or warranties, bankruptcy and insolvency events, cross defaults to material indebtedness, material judgments, certain ERISA events, actual or asserted invalidity of any guarantee or security document or nonperfection of security interests and a change of control.

Refinancing

          In connection with this offering, we intend to refinance our senior secured credit facilities and incur additional term loans thereunder in an aggregate principal amount of $           . We intend to use the proceeds of these borrowings, along with the proceeds of this offering and, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, $         of cash on hand to redeem all of our outstanding Notes and pay any redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses.

Senior Notes

          On July 12, 2011, INC issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of its Notes due July 15, 2019. The Notes are unsecured and rank equally in right of payment with all of INC's existing and future senior debt. The Notes are guaranteed by INC Intermediate and certain of INC's direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries and the obligations of such guarantors under their guarantees are equal in right of payment to all of their existing and future senior debt. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 11.5% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on July 15 and January 15 of each year until July 15, 2019. The Notes are non-callable for the first four years.

          On and after July 15, 2015, we may redeem the Notes at the redemption prices below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 
  Percentage  

2015

    105.750 %

2016

    102.875  

2017 and thereafter

    100.000  

          Until July 15, 2014, in the event of a qualified equity issuance, INC may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 111.5% of the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

          In addition, at any time prior to July 15, 2015, INC may redeem all or a part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed as well as accrued and unpaid interest plus the greater of 1% of the principal amount of such Note and the excess of the present value of the redemption price (105.75%) plus all interest payments due on such note through July 15, 2015 (excluding accrued unpaid interest), discounted using the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points over the then outstanding principal balance of such note.

          INC is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, upon a change of control, as such term is defined in the indenture governing

148


Table of Contents

the Notes, INC must offer to repurchase all of the Notes at 101% of the aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.

          The indenture governing the Notes contains covenants limiting the ability of INC and its subsidiaries to (i) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock; (ii) create certain liens and enter into sale and lease-back transactions; (iii) pay dividends or make other distributions to stockholders; (iv) purchase or redeem capital stock or subordinated indebtedness; (v) sell assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; (vi) consolidate or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease substantially all of their assets to, another person; and (vii) engage in transactions with affiliates.

          We intend to use the proceeds of the new term loans and of this offering to redeem all of our outstanding Notes at the applicable redemption price.

149


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market or the perception that sales may occur, could materially adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Sale of Restricted Securities

          Upon consummation of this offering, we will have             shares of our Class A common stock outstanding (or              shares, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Of these shares, the             shares sold in this offering (or             shares, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be freely tradable without further restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by our affiliates may generally only be sold in compliance with Rule 144, which is described below. Of the remaining outstanding shares,             shares will be deemed "restricted securities" under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Arrangements and Registration Rights

          In connection with this offering, we, each of our directors, executive officers and certain stockholders, will enter into lock-up agreements described under "Underwriting" that restrict the sale of our securities for up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions or an extension in certain circumstances.

          In addition, following the expiration of the lock-up period, certain stockholders will have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require us to register the sale of their shares of our common stock under federal securities laws. See "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights." If these stockholders exercise this right, our other existing stockholders may require us to register their registrable securities.

          Following the lock-up periods described above, all of the shares of our Class A common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amended and restated Stockholders Agreement will continue to contain restrictions on the ability of the employee stockholders to transfer shares of our Class A common stock that they own, including provisions that only allow employee stockholders to transfer shares of our Class A common stock following our initial public offering in proportion with any transfers by the Sponsor, until such time as the Sponsors have sold at least 50% of the common stock they own immediately prior to our initial public offering.

Rule 144

          The shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares of our Class A common stock held by an "affiliate" of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits our Class A common stock that has been acquired by a person who is an affiliate of ours, or has been an affiliate of ours within the past three months, to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

150


Table of Contents

          Such sales are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, a six-month holding period requirement, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

          Rule 144 also provides that a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has for at least six months beneficially owned shares of our Class A common stock that are restricted securities, will be entitled to freely sell such shares of our Class A common stock subject only to the availability of current public information regarding us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned for at least one year shares of our Class A common stock that are restricted securities, will be entitled to freely sell such shares of our Class A common stock under Rule 144 without regard to the current public information requirements of Rule 144.

Rule 701

          Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Additional Registration Statements

          We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register             shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan upon the exercise of existing stock options and              shares of our Class A common stock to be issued or reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan. Such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement, including             shares of unrestricted Class A common stock and             shares of restricted Class A common stock to be issued under our 2010 Plan and our 2014 Plan, will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above.

151


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

          The following discussion summarizes the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock. This summary does not provide a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax and estate tax considerations relating thereto. The information provided below is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations as of the date hereof, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein. In addition, this summary does not address the Medicare tax on certain investment income or any state, local or foreign taxes or any U.S. federal tax laws other than U.S. federal income tax laws and estate tax laws. Persons considering the purchase, ownership, or disposition of our Class A common stock should consult their tax advisors concerning U.S. federal, state, local, foreign or other tax consequences in light of their particular situations.

          As used in this section, a "non-U.S. holder" is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

          If you are an individual, you may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our Class A common stock. If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding shares of our Class A common stock, you should consult your own tax advisor.

          This discussion assumes that a non-U.S. holder will hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). The summary generally does not address tax considerations that may be relevant to particular investors because of their specific circumstances, or because they are subject to special rules, including, without limitation if the investor is a "controlled foreign corporation," "passive foreign investment company," former citizen or long-term resident of the United States or partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If you fall within any of the foregoing categories, this description does not apply to you, and you should consult with your own tax advisor about the tax consequences of acquiring, owning, and disposing of our Class A common stock.

152


Table of Contents

           INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE CONSEQUENCES OF FOREIGN, STATE OR LOCAL LAWS AND TAX TREATIES.

Distributions on Class A Common Stock

          We do not expect to declare or pay any dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do pay dividends on shares of our Class A common stock, however, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, a non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in shares of our Class A common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock. See "—Dispositions of Class A Common Stock."

          Any dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder on our Class A common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate. The withholding tax might not apply, however, or might apply at a reduced rate, under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence. You should consult your tax advisors regarding your entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. Generally, in order for us or our paying agent to withhold tax at a lower treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must certify its entitlement to treaty benefits. A non-U.S. holder generally can meet this certification requirement by providing a properly completed Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any successor form), or appropriate substitute form to us or our paying agent. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder's behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. The holder's agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

          Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder, and if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence, are attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individual holders, a fixed base) maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States, are not subject to such withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition to the graduated tax described above, such effectively connected dividends received by corporate non-U.S. holders may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.

Dispositions of Class A Common Stock

          Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and other withholding requirements, gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on a sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, unless:

153


Table of Contents

          Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its "United States real property interests" equals 50% or more of the sum of the fair market value of (a) its worldwide real property interests and (b) its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. The tax relating to stock in a USRPHC does not apply to a non-U.S. holder whose holdings, actual and constructive, amount to 5% or less of our Class A common stock at all times during the applicable period, provided that our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. We believe we have not been and are not currently a USRPHC, and do not anticipate being a USRPHC in the future.

          If any gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock, (1) is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder and (2) if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence, is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individuals, a fixed base) maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, then the gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, it also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

          The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our Class A common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent's country of residence provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

          Any dividends on our Class A common stock that are paid to a non-U.S. holder must be reported annually to the IRS and to the non-U.S. holder. Copies of these information returns also may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of various treaties or agreements for the exchange of information. Unless the non-U.S. holder is an exempt recipient, dividends paid on our Class A common stock and the gross proceeds from a taxable disposition of our Class A common stock may be subject to additional information reporting and may also be subject to U.S. federal backup withholding (at a rate of 28%) if such non-U.S. holder fails to comply with applicable U.S. information reporting and certification requirements. Provision of any properly completed IRS Form W-8 appropriate to the non-U.S. holder's circumstances will satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax.

154


Table of Contents

          Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts so withheld under the backup withholding rules will be refunded by the IRS or credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Other Withholding Requirements

          In addition to the withholding taxes discussed above, if a non-U.S. holder is a certain type of foreign entity (including, in some instances, a foreign entity acting as an intermediary), withholding tax of 30% under sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as "FATCA") will be imposed on dividends on our Class A common stock and, after December 31, 2016, on the gross proceeds of dispositions of our Class A common stock, unless such holder has satisfied various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements generally relating to its U.S. owners and account holders or otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. These new requirements are different from, and in addition to, the beneficial owner certification requirements described above. If a non-U.S. holder is located in a jurisdiction that has an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA, such holder may be subject to different rules. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our Class A common stock.

           THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

155


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

          The company and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
  Number of
Shares
 

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

       

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

       

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

       

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

       

William Blair & Company L.L.C. 

       
       

Total

       
       
       

          The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

          The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional         shares from the company to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

          The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses, in an amount of up to $30,000, as set forth in the underwriting agreement. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase         additional shares.

Paid by the Company
 
No Exercise
 
Full Exercise
 

Per Share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $

 

          Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $       per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

          The company and its officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the company's common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

          Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company's historical performance, estimates of the business potential

156


Table of Contents

and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company's management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

          The company intends to list the Class A common stock on the NASDAQ under the symbol "INCR."

          In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A "covered short position" is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters' option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. "Naked" short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

          The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

          Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company's stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Class A common stock. As a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area

          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State") an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

157


Table of Contents

          For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

          Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

          The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

          This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in

158


Table of Contents

accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

          Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

          The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

          The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

          The company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $         .

          The company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

          The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

          In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

159


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

          Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, New York, New York, has passed upon the validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered under this prospectus. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

          The consolidated financial statements of INC Research Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

          We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby, you should refer to the registration statement and to the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. When we complete this offering, we will be required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of all or any portion of the registration statements and the filings may be obtained from such offices upon payment of prescribed fees. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 or (202) 551-8090. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

          You may obtain a copy of any of our filings, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at:

INC Research Holdings, Inc.
3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600
Raleigh, North Carolina 27604-1547
(919) 876-9300
Attn: Corporate Secretary

160


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
 
Page
 

Audited Financial Statements of INC Research Holdings, Inc .

       

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

    F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

    F-4  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

    F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 December 31, 2011

    F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

    F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-8  

Unaudited Financial Statements of INC Research Holdings, Inc .

   
 
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013

    F-52  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013

    F-53  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013

    F-54  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013

    F-55  

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-56  

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of INC Research Holdings, Inc.

          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of INC Research Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of INC Research Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina
July 17, 2014, except Note    , as to which the date is         , 2014

          The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon the completion of the reverse stock split described in Note    to the consolidated financial statements.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina
July 17, 2014

F-2


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Net service revenue

  $ 652,418   $ 579,145   $ 437,005  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    342,672     289,455     218,981  
               

Total revenue

    995,090     868,600     655,986  

Direct costs

   
432,261
   
389,056
   
279,840
 

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    342,672     289,455     218,981  

Selling, general, and administrative

    117,890     109,428     95,063  

Restructuring and other costs

    11,828     35,380     27,839  

Transaction expenses

   
508
   
   
10,322
 

Goodwill impairment

   
   
4,000
   
 

Depreciation

    19,175     19,915     15,700  

Amortization

    39,298     58,896     48,436  
               

Total operating expenses

    963,632     906,130     696,181  
               

Income (loss) from operations

    31,458     (37,530 )   (40,195 )

Other income (expense), net:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Interest income

    310     239     151  

Interest expense

    (60,799 )   (62,246 )   (65,633 )

Other (expense) income, net

    (1,649 )   4,679     11,519  
               

Total other expense, net

    (62,138 )   (57,328 )   (53,963 )
               

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (30,680 )   (94,858 )   (94,158 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (10,849 )   35,744     34,611  
               

Net loss

    (41,529 )   (59,114 )   (59,547 )

Class C common stock dividends

    (500 )   (500 )   (4,500 )
               

Net loss attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ (42,029 ) $ (59,614 ) $ (64,047 )
               
               

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to Class A common stockholders

 
$

(0.10

)

$

(0.14

)

$

(0.17

)

Basic and diluted weighted average Class A common shares outstanding

   
439,479
   
441,115
   
370,742
 

Basic and diluted unaudited pro forma net loss per common share (see Note 12)

 
$

             

Basic and diluted unaudited pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding (see Note 12)

   
             

   

See accompanying notes.

F-3


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(Amounts in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Net loss

  $ (41,529 ) $ (59,114 ) $ (59,547 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax expense of $44, $0, and $0, respectively

    70     (1,945 )   (15,090 )
               

Comprehensive loss

  $ (41,459 ) $ (61,059 ) $ (74,637 )
               
               

   

See accompanying notes.

F-4


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Amounts in thousands, except share data)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012  

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 96,972   $ 81,363  

Restricted cash

    569     1,051  

Accounts receivable:

             

Billed, net

    129,628     104,729  

Unbilled

    99,207     122,536  

Current portion of deferred income taxes

    14,378     8,988  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    35,428     35,688  
           

Total current assets

    376,182     354,355  

Property and equipment, net

   
40,947
   
42,196
 

Goodwill

    563,365     565,118  

Intangible assets, net

    231,051     270,688  

Deferred income taxes, less current portion

    3,780     4,751  

Other long-term assets

    17,786     20,546  
           

Total assets

  $ 1,233,111   $ 1,257,654  
           
           

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 9,594   $ 17,138  

Accrued liabilities

    94,221     87,472  

Deferred revenue

    207,188     199,747  

Current portion of long-term debt

    4,713     3,000  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

    2,292     2,915  
           

Total current liabilities

    318,008     310,272  

Long-term debt, less current portion

   
587,202
   
585,786
 

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

    272     2,485  

Deferred income taxes

    29,233     21,837  

Other long-term liabilities

    22,189     20,444  
           

Total liabilities

    956,904     940,824  

Commitments and contingencies

             

Stockholders' equity:

   
 
   
 
 

Common stock:

             

2,000,000,050 shares authorized, $0.01 par value, 888,408,801, and 887,798,801, shares issued, 877,066,801, and 878,928,801 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

    8,884     8,878  

Additional paid-in capital

    472,746     470,026  

Treasury stock, at cost

    (6,751 )   (5,361 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (9,841 )   (9,911 )

Accumulated deficit

    (188,831 )   (146,802 )
           

Total stockholders' equity

    276,207     316,830  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 1,233,111   $ 1,257,654  
           
           

   

See accompanying notes.

F-5


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

(Amounts in thousands)

 
  Common Stock    
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Treasury
Stock
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
 
 
  Shares   Amount  

Balance at December 25, 2010

    626,846   $ 6,268   $ 307,462   $   $ 7,124   $ (23,141 ) $ 297,713  

Issuance of common shares

    260,290     2,603     159,741                 162,344  

Treasury stock acquired

    (4,462 )           (2,606 )           (2,606 )

Stock-based compensation

            1,176                 1,176  

Dividends paid

                        (4,500 )   (4,500 )

Net loss

                        (59,547 )   (59,547 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax expense, $0

                    (15,090 )       (15,090 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2011

    882,674     8,871     468,379     (2,606 )   (7,966 )   (87,188 )   379,490  

Issuance of common shares

    600     6     369                 375  

Treasury stock acquired

    (4,408 )           (2,755 )           (2,755 )

Exercise of stock options

    63     1     30                 31  

Stock-based compensation

            1,248                 1,248  

Dividends paid

                        (500 )   (500 )

Net loss

    ` —                     (59,114 )   (59,114 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax expense, $0

                    (1,945 )       (1,945 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2012

    878,929     8,878     470,026     (5,361 )   (9,911 )   (146,802 )   316,830  

Treasury stock acquired

    (2,472 )           (1,390 )           (1,390 )

Exercise of stock options

    610     6     301                   307  

Stock-based compensation

            2,419                 2,419  

Dividends paid

                        (500 )   (500 )

Net loss

                        (41,529 )   (41,529 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax expense, $44

                    70         70  
                               

Balance at December 31, 2013

    877,067   $ 8,884   $ 472,746   $ (6,751 ) $ (9,841 ) $ (188,831 ) $ 276,207  
                               
                               

   

See accompanying notes.

F-6


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Amounts in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Operating activities

                   

Net loss

  $ (41,529 ) $ (59,114 ) $ (59,547 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    58,473     78,811     64,136  

Amortization of capitalized loan fees

    7,073     5,165     11,824  

Stock-based compensation

    2,419     1,248     1,176  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    77     777     1,090  

Deferred income taxes

    3,646     (45,195 )   (36,508 )

Foreign currency adjustments

    409     (2,474 )   (6,852 )

Gain on purchase of equity affiliate

        (2,735 )    

Impairment of goodwill

        4,000      

Loss on asset disposals

    477     3,404     113  

Other

            1,029  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Restricted cash

    477     1,530     (395 )

Accounts receivable and unbilled

    (2,537 )   37,537     (7,967 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (438 )   (2,105 )   (5,455 )

Deferred revenue

    7,036     8,363     9,950  

Other current assets and liabilities

    1,687     13,787     8,873  
               

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    37,270     42,999     (18,533 )

Investing activities

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

        (3,383 )   (364,907 )

Purchase of property and equipment

    (17,714 )   (9,591 )   (4,763 )
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (17,714 )   (12,974 )   (369,670 )

Financing activities

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

            591,442  

Payments of costs associated with issuance of long-term debt

            (23,338 )

Proceeds from the refinancing of long-term debt

    2,835          

Payments on long-term debt

    (3,520 )   (3,000 )   (307,173 )

Borrowing on the revolving line of credit

            28,000  

Repayments on the revolving line of credit

        (7,000 )   (21,000 )

Payments of contingent consideration related to business combinations

    (1,266 )   (2,663 )      

Principal payments toward capital lease obligations

    (3,307 )   (3,420 )   (1,117 )

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock

        375     162,345  

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

    307     31      

Dividends paid

    (500 )   (500 )   (4,500 )

Treasury stock repurchases

    (1,390 )   (2,755 )   (2,606 )
               

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (6,841 )   (18,932 )   422,053  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   
2,894
   
(690

)
 
(3,627

)
               

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    15,609     10,403     30,223  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

    81,363     70,960     40,737  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

  $ 96,972   $ 81,363   $ 70,960  
               
               

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

                   

Cash paid (refunded) for income taxes

  $ 2,896   $ 3,419   $ (9,780 )
               
               

Cash paid for interest

  $ 54,191   $ 57,035   $ 27,604  
               
               

Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activities

                   

Capital lease obligations for purchase of property and equipment

  $ 470   $ 713   $ 7,730  
               
               

   

See accompanying notes.

F-7


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principal Business

          The Company is a Contract Research Organization (CRO) providing a comprehensive range of clinical development services for the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries to its customers across various therapeutic areas. The international infrastructure of the Company's development business enables it to conduct Phase I to Phase IV clinical trials globally for pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies.

Organization

          On August 13, 2010, INC Research Holdings, Inc. (the Company, Parent or Holdings) was incorporated in the state of Delaware for the purpose of acquiring the outstanding equity of INC Research, Inc. through INC Research Intermediate, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of INC Research Holdings, Inc. The Company's investment in INC Research Intermediate, LLC (Intermediate) is represented by a 100% membership interest.

Principles of Consolidation

          The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP), and include the accounts and results of operations of the Company and its controlled subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated. The equity method of accounting is used for investments for which the company does not have control but exercises significant influence. The Company's 50% ownership in Beijing KendleWits Medical Consulting Co., Ltd. (KendleWits) was sold on December 6, 2011. On January 4, 2012, the Company acquired the 50% of GVK Biosciences Private Limited (GVK) shares that it did not own and GVK became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (discussed further in Note 3). There were no significant amounts on the consolidated balance sheets related to investments in unconsolidated companies as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Use of Estimates

          The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses during the period, as well as disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. The Company evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, valuation of goodwill and identifiable intangibles, tax related contingencies and valuation allowances, allowance for doubtful accounts, litigation contingencies, among others. These estimates are based on the information available to management at the time these estimates, judgments, and assumptions are made. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates.

F-8


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Reclassifications

          The Company reclassified $1.3 million and $2.6 million in payments related to the contingent consideration paid related to the Trident acquisition from cash flows used in investing activities to cash flow used in financing activities.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

          The Company accounts for its foreign subsidiaries, which operate in currencies other than U.S. dollars, by translating assets and liabilities using rates of exchange as of the end of the reporting period, income and expenses using the average rate of exchange for the period, and stockholders' equity using the historical exchange rates. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are recorded in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of stockholders' equity.

          Gains or losses on foreign currency transactions are included in other income (expense), net. Net realized foreign currency transaction (losses) gains included in other income (expense), net included in the results of operations were $(1.4) million, $(1.2) million, and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Other Comprehensive Loss

          The Company has elected to present comprehensive loss and its components as a separate statement. Other comprehensive loss refers to revenue, expenses, gains, and losses that under U.S. GAAP are recorded as an element of stockholders' equity but are excluded from net loss. The Company's other comprehensive loss consists of foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from the translation of foreign subsidiaries not using the U.S. dollar as their functional currency.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

          Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase and consist principally of bank deposits. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

Restricted Cash

          Restricted cash represents cash received from customers and term deposits held as security over bank guarantees. The portion of restricted cash received from customers is available for use only for specific project-related expenses, primarily investigator fees, upon authorization from the customer. Restricted cash is classified as a current or long-term asset based on the timing and nature of when and how the cash is expected to be used or when the restrictions are expected to lapse. The Company includes changes in restricted cash balances as part of operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

F-9


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Fair Value

          The Company records certain assets and liabilities at fair value (see Note 6). Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value is described below. This hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

          Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

          Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable through correlation with market data; and

          Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

Derivative Financial Instruments

          The Company uses derivative instruments to manage exposures to interest rates. Derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value at each balance sheet date utilizing pricing models for non-exchange-traded contracts. The Company does not designate its derivative instruments as accounting hedges as defined by the authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging. Accordingly, changes in the fair values of the Company's derivative instruments are recognized in current period earnings and the cash flow is included in operating activities. The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes (see Note 5).

Billed and Unbilled Accounts Receivable and Deferred Revenues

          Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value. Unbilled accounts receivable arise when services have been rendered for which revenue has been recognized but the customers have not been billed. In general, prerequisites for billings and payments are established by contractual provisions, including predetermined payment schedules, which may or may not correspond to the timing of the performance of services under the contract.

          In some cases, payments received are in excess of revenue recognized. Deferred revenue represents billings or receipts of payments from customers in advance of services being provided and the related revenue being earned or reimbursable expenses being incurred. As the contracted services are subsequently performed and the associated revenue is recognized, the deferred revenue balance is reduced by the amount of the revenue recognized during the period.

F-10


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Property and Equipment

          Property and equipment is primarily comprised of furniture, software, office and computer equipment. These assets are depreciated using the straight-line method. The Company uses the estimated useful lives of up to:

Buildings

  39 years

Furniture and equipment

  7 years

Computer equipment and software

  5 years

          Leased property and equipment, which includes certain capitalized software and equipment under capital leases and leasehold improvements, are amortized over the remaining life of the lease or the estimated life of the asset, whichever is less. Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included within depreciation expense. Repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred and expenditures for additions and improvements that extend the useful life of the asset are capitalized.

          The Company capitalizes costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use and amortizes these costs on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the product, not to exceed three years.

Goodwill, Intangible Assets, and Long-Lived Assets

          Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The Company performed its annual impairment test by estimating the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of the income approach (a discounted cash flow analysis) and the market approach (a guideline transaction method) for purposes of estimating the total enterprise value for the reporting unit. In 2012, the Company determined the fair value of one of its three reporting units, Phase I Services, did not exceed the carrying value and recognized a $4.0 million impairment of goodwill (see Note 2). There were no impairment charges in 2013 or in 2011.

          Intangible assets consist primarily of trademarks, backlog, customer relationships, and technologies. Finite-lived trademarks, backlog and technologies are being amortized on a straight-line basis. Customer relationships are being amortized at the greater of actual customer attrition or a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives. Certain trademarks have an indefinite life and are not amortized but instead are evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Finite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment upon the occurrence of certain triggering events. No events have been identified that indicate there was an impairment of the recoverability of intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

          Long-lived assets, including fixed assets and definite-lived intangibles, are regularly reviewed to determine if facts and circumstances indicate that the useful life is shorter than the Company originally estimated or that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances exist, the Company assesses the recoverability of identified assets by comparing

F-11


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets and occur in the period in which the impairment determination was made. No events have been identified that indicate there was an impairment of the recoverability of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Revenue Recognition

          The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (2) the service offering has been delivered to the customer; (3) the collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and (4) the arrangement consideration is fixed or determinable. The Company records revenues net of any tax assessments by governmental authorities, such as value added taxes, that are imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue generating transactions. In some cases, contracts provide for consideration that is contingent upon the occurrence of uncertain future events. The Company recognizes contingent revenue when the contingency has been resolved and all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met.

          The Company's arrangements are primarily service contracts and historically, a majority of the net service revenue has been earned under contracts which range in duration from a few months to several years. Most of the Company's contracts can be terminated by the customer with 30 days notice. In the event of termination, our contracts often provide for fees for winding down the project, which include both fees incurred and actual expenses and noncancellable expenditures and may include a fee to cover a percentage of the remaining professional fees on the project. The Company does not recognize revenue with respect to start-up activities including contract and scope negotiation, feasibility analysis and conflict of interest review associated with contracts. The costs for these activities are expensed as incurred.

          The majority of the Company's contracts are for clinical research services and, to a lesser extent, consulting services. These contracts represent a single unit of accounting. Clinical research service contracts generally take the form of fee-for-service, fixed-fee-per-unit and fixed price contracts, with the majority of the contracts being fixed-fee-per-unit. For fee-for-service contracts, fees are billed based on a contractual rate basis and the Company recognizes revenue on these arrangements as services are performed, primarily on a time and materials basis. For fixed-price contracts (including fixed-fee and fixed-price per unit arrangements), revenue is recognized as services are performed based upon a proportional performance basis, which is assessed using output measures that are specific to the service provided.

          Examples of output measures include, among others, study management months, number of sites activated, number of site initiation visits, and number of monitoring visits completed. Revenue is determined by dividing the actual units of work completed by the total units of work required under the contract and multiplying that ratio by the total contract value. The total contract value, or total contractual payments, represents the aggregate contracted price for each of the agreed upon services to be provided.

F-12


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

          Changes in the scope of work are common, especially under long-term contracts, and generally result in a renegotiation of future contract pricing terms and change in contract value. If the customer does not agree to contract modification, the Company could bear the risk of cost overruns. Renegotiated amounts are not included in net revenues until the contract modification is signed, the amount is earned and realization is assured.

          For the arrangements that include multiple elements, arrangement consideration is allocated to units of accounting based on the relative selling price. The best evidence of selling price of a unit of accounting is vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), which is the price the Company charges when the deliverable is sold separately. When VSOE is not available to determine selling price, management uses relevant third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price, if available. When neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists, management uses its best estimate of selling price considering all relevant information that is available without undue cost and effort. The Company considers the guidance related to the accounting for multiple element arrangements when determining whether more than one contract shall be combined and accounted for as a single arrangement.

Reimbursable Out-of-Pocket Expenses

          In connection with management of multi-site clinical trials, the Company is reimbursed by its customers for fees paid to principal investigators and for other out-of-pocket costs (such as travel expenses for the Company's clinical monitors). The Company includes these costs in direct costs, and the related reimbursements are reflected in revenues, as the Company is deemed to be the primary obligor in the applicable arrangements. The Company records costs for such activities based upon invoices that have been received from third parties in the periods presented.

Concentration of Credit Risk

          Financial assets that subject the Company to credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents and billed and unbilled accounts receivable. The Company's cash and cash equivalents consist principally of cash and are maintained at several financial institutions with reputable credit ratings. The Company believes these instruments bear minimal credit risk. There is no state insurance coverage on bank balances of $1.1 million at December 31, 2013, held in the Netherlands.

          Substantially all of the Company's net service revenue is earned by performing services under contracts with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. The concentration of credit risk is equal to the outstanding billed and unbilled accounts receivable, less deferred revenue related thereto. The Company does not require collateral or other securities to support customer receivables. The Company maintains a credit approval process and makes significant judgments in connection with assessing customers' ability to pay throughout the contractual obligation. Despite this assessment, from time to time, customers are unable to meet their payment obligations. The Company continuously monitors customers' credit worthiness and applies judgment in establishing a provision for estimated credit losses based on historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified.

F-13


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

          One customer accounted for approximately 15%, 12%, and 12% of net service revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, no customer accounted for more than 10% of billed and unbilled accounts receivable.

Stock-Based Compensation

          The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense for stock option awards provided to employees of the Company. The Company measures stock-based compensation expense at grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award and recognizes expense related to the service-based awards on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the vesting period. The compensation expense with respect to performance-based awards is recognized if the Company believes it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. The Company reassesses the probability of the achievement of the performance condition at each reporting period, and adjusts the compensation expense for subsequent changes in the estimate or actual outcome.

          The Company estimates the fair value of each option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The model requires the use of the following assumptions: an expected dividend yield; expected volatility; risk-free interest rate; and expected term. Stock-based compensation cost is recorded in direct costs and selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations based on the employees' respective function.

          The Company records deferred tax assets for awards that result in deductions on the Company's income tax returns, based on the amount of compensation cost recognized and the statutory tax rate in the jurisdiction in which it will receive a deduction. Differences between the deferred tax assets recognized for financial reporting purposes and the actual tax deduction reported on the income tax return are recorded in additional paid-in capital (if the tax deduction exceeds the deferred tax asset) or in the consolidated statements of operations (if the deferred tax asset exceeds the tax deduction and no additional paid-in capital exists from previous awards).

Income Taxes

          The Company and its United States (U.S.) subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Other subsidiaries of the Company file tax returns in their local jurisdictions.

          The Company estimates its tax liability based on current tax laws in the statutory jurisdictions in which it operates. Accordingly, the impact of changes in income tax laws on deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are recognized in net earnings in the period during which such changes are enacted. The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for tax benefit carryforwards using enacted tax rates in effect in the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

          Valuation allowances are provided to reduce the related deferred income tax assets to an amount which will, more likely than not, be realized. In estimating future taxable income, the Company has considered both positive and negative evidence, such as historical and forecasted

F-14


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

results of operations, and has considered the implementation of prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

          Judgment is required in determining what constitutes an uncertain tax position, as well as the assessment of the outcome of each tax position. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating tax positions and tax benefits. In addition, the calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in domestic and foreign jurisdictions. If the calculation of the liability related to uncertain tax positions proves to be more or less than the ultimate assessment, a tax expense or benefit to expense, respectively, would result.

Advertising Costs

          Advertising costs include costs incurred to promote the Company's business and are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs were $4.8 million, $3.3 million, and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Other Income (Expense), Net

          Other income (expense), net has historically consisted primarily of foreign currency transaction gains and losses and prior to 2012 included income from equity method investments in joint ventures. During 2012, as a result of purchasing the remaining 50% of GVK, the Company recognized a gain of $2.7 million on the investment, which was recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Restructuring and Other Costs

          Restructuring costs, which primarily include severance and facility closure costs, are recorded at estimated fair value. Key assumptions in determining the restructuring costs include the terms and payments that may be negotiated to terminate certain contractual obligations and the timing of employees leaving the Company. The Company accounts for restructuring costs in accordance with the authoritative guidance for compensation — nonretirement postemployment benefits. Under this guidance, the Company records these obligations when the obligations are estimable and probable.

          The Company accounts for one-time termination benefits, contract termination costs and other related exit costs in accordance with the authoritative guidance for exit or disposal cost obligations. This guidance requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred, as opposed to when management commits to an exit plan. Additionally, this guidance requires that (i) liabilities associated with exit and disposal activities be measured at fair value, (ii) one-time termination benefits be expensed at the date the entity notifies the employee, unless the employee must provide future service, in which case the benefits are expensed ratably over the future service period, (iii) liabilities related to an operating lease/contract be recorded at fair value and measured when the contract does not have any future economic benefit to the entity (i.e., the entity ceases to utilize the rights conveyed by the contract), and (iv) all

F-15


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

other costs related to an exit disposal activity be expensed as incurred. Restructuring liabilities are included in "Accrued liabilities" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Earnings Per Share

          The Company determines earning per share in accordance with the authoritative guidance for earnings per share. The Company calculates number of shares outstanding using the two-class method. Class B common shares have no rights to receive dividends and Class C shares have the right to receive a preferred dividend of $0.5 million per year. Both Class B and Class C common shares are excluded from the calculations of earnings per share as they do not participate in the earnings of the Company. The Company computes basic earnings per share attributable to Class A common shares based on the weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding during the period

          Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding for the applicable period. Diluted earnings per share are computed in the same manner as basic earnings per share except that the number of shares is increased to assume exercise of potentially dilutive stock options using the treasury stock method, unless the effect of such increase would be anti-dilutive. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options, the amount of compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized, and the amount of tax benefit that would be recognized in additional paid-in capital when the award becomes deductible are assumed to be used to repurchase shares.

Segment Information

          The Company discloses information concerning operating segments in accordance with the authoritative guidance for segment reporting, which requires segmentation based on our internal organization and reporting of revenues and operating income based upon internal accounting methods commonly referred to as the "management approach." Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM), or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company's CODM is our Chief Executive Officer. The Company has determined that it currently has three operating and reportable segments.

Subsequent Events

          The Company considers events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued to provide additional evidence relative to certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure. The Company evaluated all events and transactions through the date that these financial statements were issued.

F-16


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

          In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance that requires preparers to report, in one place, information about reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) and if applicable, the effect of the reclassifications on the respective line items in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income. The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

          In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance to clarify that nonpublic entities are not required to disclose the fair value hierarchy level for financial instruments that are not measured at fair value on the statement of financial position but for which fair value is disclosed. The guidance is effective immediately and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

          In March 2013, the FASB issued guidance specifying that a cumulative translation adjustment (CTA) should be recognized into earnings when an entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets within a consolidated foreign entity and the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity. For sales of an equity method investment that is a foreign entity, a pro rata portion of CTA attributable to the investment would be recognized in earnings when the investment is sold. When an entity sells either a part or all of its investment in a consolidated foreign entity, CTA would be recognized in earnings only if the sale results in the parent no longer having a controlling financial interest in the foreign entity. In addition, CTA should be recognized in earnings in a business combination achieved in stages. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company does not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

          In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward or Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. The ASU provides guidance regarding the presentation in the statement of financial position of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward or a tax credit carryforward exists. The ASU generally provides that an entity's unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of its unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in its financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. The ASU applies prospectively to all entities that have unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting date, and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company does not plan to early adopt this guidance. The Company does not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F-17


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

2. Financial Statement Details

Accounts Receivable Billed, net

          Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012  

Accounts receivable, billed

  $ 131,012   $ 106,477  

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

    (1,384 )   (1,748 )
           

Accounts receivable, billed, net

  $ 129,628   $ 104,729  
           
           

          The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Balance at the beginning of the period

  $ (1,748 ) $ (2,148 )   (2,858 )

Current year provision

    (77 )   (777 )   (1,090 )

Write-offs, net of recoveries

    441     1,177     1,800  
               

Balance at the end of the period

  $ (1,384 ) $ (1,748 )   (2,148 )
               
               

Property and Equipment, net

          Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012  

Software

  $ 38,469   $ 30,391  

Computer equipment

    26,798     23,777  

Leasehold improvements

    10,016     9,254  

Office furniture, fixtures, and equipment

    7,346     6,851  

Real property

    5,799     5,555  

Assets not yet placed in service

    4,720     2,658  
           

    93,148     78,486  

Less accumulated depreciation

    (52,201 )   (36,290 )
           

Property and equipment, net

  $ 40,947   $ 42,196  
           
           

          Depreciation expense was $19.2 million, $19.9 million, and $15.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

F-18


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

2. Financial Statement Details (Continued)

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

          Changes to goodwill consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  Total   Clinical
Development
Services
  Phase I
Services
  Global
Consulting
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 570,806   $ 543,019   $ 8,506   $ 19,281  

Acquisition of GVK

    6,319     6,319          

Kendle acquisition measurement period adjustment

    (8,063 )   (7,699 )   (364 )    

Impairment of goodwill

    (4,000 )       (4,000 )    

Impact of foreign currency translation

    56     56          
                   

Balance at December 31, 2012

    565,118     541,695     4,142     19,281  

Impact of foreign currency translation

    (1,753 )   (1,753 )        
                   

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 563,365   $ 539,942   $ 4,142   $ 19,281  
                   
                   

F-19


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

2. Financial Statement Details (Continued)

          In performing Step 1 of the annual impairment test for 2012, the Company determined that the carrying value of the Phase I Services reporting unit exceeded the fair value, requiring Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss which totaled $4.0 million. This charge had no impact on cash flows or compliance with debt covenants. Intangible assets, net consist of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 
 
Useful Life (Years)
  2013   2012  

Customer relationships

    8 – 12   $ 268,153   $ 268,555  

Acquired backlog

    1 – 3     76,078     76,391  

Trademarks — INC

    Indefinite     35,000     35,000  

Trademarks — other

    2.5     5,800     5,838  

Proprietary software

    1 – 3         1,210  

Noncompete agreements

    3     62     73  
                 

Total carrying amount

          385,093     387,067  
                 

Less accumulated amortization:

                   

Customer relationships

          (73,600 )   (49,384 )

Acquired backlog

          (74,728 )   (62,512 )

Trademarks — other

          (5,660 )   (3,388 )

Proprietary software

              (1,057 )

Noncompete agreements

          (54 )   (38 )
                 

Total accumulated amortization

          (154,042 )   (116,379 )
                 

Intangible assets, net

        $ 231,051   $ 270,688  
                 
                 

          Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $39.3 million, $58.9 million, and $48.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

          The identifiable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets for years ending December 31 is expected to be as follows (in thousands):

2014

  $ 25,807  

2015

    24,344  

2016

    24,315  

2017

    24,315  

2018

    23,784  

2019 and thereafter

    73,486  
       

Total

  $ 196,051  
       
       

          During 2012, $0.5 million in customer relationships and trademarks related to the Phase I Services reporting unit were written off net of accumulated amortization of $0.1 million as restructuring and other costs in the consolidated statements of operations. During 2013, gross intangible assets decreased $(0.8) million while in 2012, gross intangibles increased $0.1 million due to the impact of foreign currency translation.

F-20


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

2. Financial Statement Details (Continued)

Accrued Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities

          Accrued liabilities consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012  

Compensation, including bonuses, fringe benefits, and payroll taxes

  $ 42,043   $ 30,118  

Accrued interest

    19,851     20,553  

Accrued taxes

    4,641     5,720  

Accrued rebates to customers

    5,283     5,035  

Accrued professional fees and transition services

    6,835     7,462  

Accrued restructuring costs, current portion

    2,094     5,358  

Contingent consideration payable on acquisitions

        1,340  

Other liabilities

    13,474     11,886  
           

Total accrued liabilities

  $ 94,221   $ 87,472  
           
           

          Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012  

Uncertain tax positions

  $ 13,495   $ 11,208  

Accrued restructuring costs, less current portion

    3,928     4,731  

Other liabilities

    4,766     4,505  
           

Total other long-term liabilities

  $ 22,189   $ 20,444  
           
           

Other Income (Expense), Net

          Other income (expense), net consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012   2011  

Foreign currency gain (loss)

  $ (1,769 ) $ 1,261   $ 9,640  

Gain on remeasurement of equity interest in GVK

        2,735      

Gain on sale of Kendle Witts Joint Venture

            1,261  

Other, net

    120     683     618  
               

Total other income (expense), net

  $ (1,649 ) $ 4,679   $ 11,519  
               
               

3. Business Combinations

GVK Biosciences Private Limited

          From March 13, 2007 to January 4, 2012, the Company owned 50% of GVK, a joint venture. GVK is a full-service CRO based in India. The Company recorded the proportionate share of net income or loss incurred by the joint venture under the equity method of accounting. On January 4, 2012, the Company acquired the remaining 50% of shares for a cash consideration of $3.8 million and the results of operations are included in the consolidated financial statements from that date.

F-21


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

3. Business Combinations (Continued)

          A gain of $2.7 million was recognized as a result of the increase in the fair value of the equity interest held in GVK and was included in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair value was determined by utilizing an average EBITDA multiple from the Company's most recent acquisitions.

          The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

Fair value of consideration transferred

  $ 3,750  

Fair value of previously owned 50%

    3,545  
       

Total fair value

    7,295  

Assets acquired:

   
 
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    367  

Accounts receivable

    310  

Other current assets

    39  

Property and equipment

    758  

Other assets

    134  
       

Total assets acquired

    1,608  

Liabilities assumed:

   
 
 

Accounts payable

    412  

Accrued liabilities

    220  
       

Total liabilities assumed

    632  
       

Net identifiable assets acquired

    976  
       

Resulting goodwill

  $ 6,319  
       
       

          The goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to the assembled workforce of GVK and none of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

          At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the amount of goodwill resulting from the acquisition of GVK decreased $0.7 million and $0.1 million as a result of foreign currency translation, respectively.

          Net income of $0.1 million arising from GVK operations from January 4, 2012 through December 31, 2012, is included in other income (expense), net in the Company's consolidated statements of operations. Pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 2012 was not material and is not presented.

Trident Clinical Research Pty Ltd (Trident)

          On June 1, 2011, INC Research, LLC acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares and voting interest of Trident (Trident Acquisition) for cash consideration of $8.8 million (which is net of cash received of $1.9 million). The results of Trident's operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date. Trident was a full-service CRO that provided Phase I to Phase IV services in the Asia-Pacific region.

F-22


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

3. Business Combinations (Continued)

          The purchase agreement required the Company to pay up to $7.6 million of additional consideration to Trident's former shareholders, if a key employee, who was also a shareholder, remained an employee in good standing with the Company, as defined in the agreement, upon specified anniversary dates. Of the additional consideration, $3.7 million was due to this same key employee and was accrued and expensed as compensation ratably over the contingent employment period. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company recorded compensation expense of $0.3 million, $1.9 million, and $1.5 million, respectively, related to additional consideration for the key employee. Payments totaling $1.1 million and $2.4 million were paid to the key employee during 2013 and 2012, respectively. Foreign currency transaction gains totaled $0.1 million during 2013 and 2012.

          The remaining $3.9 million in contingent consideration payments due to the other former Trident shareholders was capitalized as a cost of the acquisition. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company paid $1.3 million and $2.7 million in contingent consideration related to Trident, respectively. There were no contingent consideration payments in 2011.

Kendle

          On July 12, 2011, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares and voting interest of Kendle for $15.25 per share for total cash consideration of $377.3 million (Kendle Acquisition). The results of Kendle's operations have been included in the consolidated statements of operations since that date. The acquisition of Kendle expanded the Company's global footprint, broadened its therapeutic expertise, provided additional scale to serve its customers and increased its top-tier position in Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials relative to other global CROs.

F-23


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

3. Business Combinations (Continued)

          The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

Fair value of consideration transferred

  $ 377,341  
       

Assets acquired:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

    21,235  

Restricted cash

    2,302  

Accounts receivable, and unbilled, net

    96,774  

Other current assets

    18,482  

Property and equipment

    31,912  

Other long-term assets

    4,839  

Identifiable intangible assets

    118,247  
       

Total assets acquired

    293,791  
       

Liabilities assumed:

       

Accounts payable

    17,065  

Accrued liabilities

    48,723  

Deferred revenue

    53,987  

Deferred tax liability, net

    3,764  

Capital lease obligations

    12  

Other long-term liabilities

    13,292  
       

Total liabilities assumed

    136,843  
       

Net identifiable assets acquired

    156,948  
       

Resulting goodwill

  $ 220,393  
       
       

          The goodwill recognized is attributable primarily to expected synergies and the assembled workforce of Kendle. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

          The Company incurred $9.9 million of acquisition-related costs for the Kendle Acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2011, which have been classified as transaction expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

          Net service revenues of $137.8 million and net loss of $8.8 million arising from Kendle operations for the period from July 12, 2011 through December 31, 2011, are included in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

4. Debt and Leases

2011 Credit Agreement

          On July 12, 2011, the Company entered into a $375.0 million credit agreement (2011 Credit Agreement) with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., ING Capital LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, as well as a syndicate of other banks, financial institutions and other entities (Lenders). The 2011 Credit Agreement was comprised of a $300.0 million term loan, a $75.0 million revolving line of credit and a letter of credit and swing line facilities. All obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement were guaranteed by Intermediate and certain of Intermediate's direct and indirect wholly-owned

F-24


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

domestic subsidiaries. The obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement were secured by substantially all of the assets of INC Research LLC and the guarantors.

          On February 8, 2013, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to the 2011 Credit Agreement (the Amendment). The Company increased the then outstanding balance of the term loan facility to $300.0 million and reduced the applicable margins under the revolving line of credit and term loan facilities. In addition, the Company modified certain covenants and related definitions, and agreed to a prepayment premium of 1.0% applicable to any prepayment of term loans that is made in connection with any re-pricing transaction that occurs on or prior to February 8, 2014.

          The 2011 Credit Agreement obligations rank equal in right of payment to the $300.0 million in Senior Notes. The Company is subject to various covenants defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement with which management believes they are in compliance. The term loan (2011 Term Loan) was provided at an original issue discount of $8.6 million which is included on the consolidated balance sheet as a reduction to the long-term debt, less current portion.

          Upon Amendment No. 1 to the 2011 Credit Agreement, the discount on the term loans was decreased by $1.0 million due to certain lenders leaving the Credit Agreement. The Company amortized $1.2 million, $1.4 million, and $0.5 million of the discount into interest expense using the effective interest method during 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, leaving a net discount balance of $4.6 million and $6.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

          As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $296.5 million and $295.5 million, respectively, was outstanding on the term loan (2011 Term Loan) with scheduled quarterly principal payments of 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal borrowed, or $0.8 million per quarter, through June 30, 2018, with the remaining outstanding principal due on July 12, 2018.

          The Company may be required to make additional payments on principal towards the 2011 Term Loan depending upon the generation of "Excess Cash Flow" as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement and such additional prepayments will be applied to the scheduled installments of principal in direct order of maturity. In April 2013, an additional principal payment of $2.0 million was made related to 2012 excess cash flow. The excess cash flow payment reduced future principal payments on the 2011 Term Loan in direct order of maturity, and as a result no further principal payments will be required until March 2014.

          The Company may voluntarily prepay the term loan without premium or penalty upon prior notice except during the period from February 8, 2013 through February 8, 2014. During this time a prepayment premium of 1.0% is applicable to any prepayment of term loans that is made in connection with a re-pricing transaction.

          The 2011 Term Loan provides Eurodollar and Base Rate term loans. The outstanding loan has been Eurodollar since inception. In advance of the last day of the then current type of loan, the Company may select a new type of loan so long as it does not extend beyond July 12, 2018. Eurodollar loans are one, two, three or six month loans (or with permission nine or twelve months) and interest is due on the last day of each three month period of the loans. Base Rate term loans have interest due the last day of each calendar quarter-end. In addition, both Eurodollar and Base Rate term loans have an interest due date concurrent with any repayment or prepayment. The base interest rate for Eurodollar term loans is equal to the greater of (a) 1.25% and (b) the rate

F-25


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1.00%):

LIBOR


1 — Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

          The base interest rate for Base Rate loans is equal to the highest of (a) the Wall Street Journal (WSJ) prime rate, (b) 1/2 of 1.00% per year above the Federal Funds Effective Rate, (c) the Eurodollar Rate for an interest period of one month plus 1.00%, and (d) 2.25%.

          In addition to the base interest rate, both the Eurodollar and Base Rate term loans have a margin tied to a Secured Leverage Ratio (SLR) which is defined as the ratio of (a) consolidated U.S. GAAP secured debt net of $30,000,000 of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents restricted in favor of the administrative agent, the collateral agent or any secured party to (b) Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement) for four consecutive quarters at the end of each period. Pricing grids are used to determine the margin based on the type of loan and the SLR.

          The margin is adjusted after the quarterly financial statements are delivered to the lenders. Below is the pricing grid for the term loans and revolving credit facility.

SLR
 
Eurodollar
 
Base Rate
 

> 2.00 to 1.00

    4.75 %   3.75 %

£ 2.00 to 1.00

    4.50     3.50  

          Interest is calculated based on a calendar day year and as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the combined interest rate on the term loan was 6.0% and 7.0%, respectively.

          The revolving commitment includes a five-year revolving credit facility of $75.0 million and includes a letter of credit and a swing line facility (2011 Revolver). The 2011 Revolver cannot exceed $75.0 million at any one time inclusive of letter of credit usage and swing line loans. The 2011 Revolver may be increased in an aggregate amount not to exceed, together with any increases to the 2011 Term Loan or additional term loans under the 2011 Credit Agreement, $100.0 million if certain conditions are met, as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement.

          Eurodollar and Base Rate loans are available under the 2011 Revolver and are not due until the termination date of July 12, 2016. However, since the intention of the Company is to repay these types of loans as soon as possible, any revolving loans are classified as current on the consolidated balance sheets.

          As of December 31, 2013, there were three outstanding letters of credit totaling $1.1 million, leaving $73.9 million available under the 2011 Revolver. There were no letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2012.

          The base interest rate for Eurodollar revolving loans is equal to the rate determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%):

LIBOR


1 — Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

F-26


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

          The base interest rate for Base Rate revolving loans will at all times be equal to the highest of (a) WSJ prime rate (b) 1/2 of 1.00% per year above the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (c) the Eurodollar Rate for an interest period of one month plus 1.00%. Swing line loans are only base rate loans and must be repaid within 10 days of the borrowing.

          Similar to the 2011 Term Loan, pricing grids are used to determine the margin for the 2011 Revolver based on the type of loan and the SLR at the adjustment date. Below is the pricing grid for the 2011 Revolver.

SLR
 
Eurodollar
 
Base Rate
 

> 2.00 to 1.00

    4.50 %   3.50 %

£ 2.00 to 1.00 but >1.50 to 1.00

    4.25     3.25  

£ 1.50 to 1.00

    4.00     3.00  

          The 2011 Revolver includes a commitment fee which begins at 0.50% of the average daily amount of the available revolving commitment assuming any swing line loans outstanding are $0. The fee is payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of the calendar quarters and July 12, 2016.

          On and after the first adjustment date the rate will be determined based on the pricing grid below.

SLR
 
Fee Rate
 

> 1.50 to 1.00

    0.500 %

£ 1.50 to 1.00

    0.375  

          Letters of credit (LOC) are available in an amount not to exceed $15.0 million. The amount of LOC obligations together with revolving and swing line loans may not exceed $75.0 million. Fees are charged on all outstanding LOC at an annual rate equal to the margin in effect on Eurodollar revolving loans. A fronting fee of 0.25% per year on the face amount of each LOC is payable as well. The fee is payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of the calendar quarter after the issuance date until the LOC expires.

2011 Senior Notes

          On July 12, 2011, the Company issued $300.0 million in Senior Notes due July 15, 2019 (2011 Notes). The 2011 Notes were issued pursuant to Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act and do not require registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The 2011 Notes are guaranteed by Intermediate and certain of Intermediate's direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. Interest is due at 11.5% per year semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year until July 15, 2019. Except as provided below, the 2011 Notes are non-callable for the first four years.

F-27


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

          On and after July 15, 2015, the Company may redeem the 2011 Notes at the redemption prices below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 
 
Percentage
 

2015

    105.750 %

2016

    102.875  

2017 and thereafter

    100.000  

          Until July 15, 2014, in the event of a qualified equity issuance, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of 2011 Notes at a redemption price equal to 111.5% of the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

          In addition, at any time prior to July 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the 2011 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed as well as accrued and unpaid interest plus the greater of 1% of the principal amount of such Note and the excess of the present value of the redemption price (105.75%) plus all interest payments due on such note through July 15, 2015 (excluding accrued unpaid interest), discounted using the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over the then outstanding principal balance of such note.

          The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the 2011 Notes. However, upon a change of control, as such term is defined in the indenture governing the 2011 Notes, the Company must offer to repurchase all of the 2011 Notes at 101% of the aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.

          As a result of the 2011 Credit Agreement and 2011 Notes, the Company incurred a total of $23.3 million in financing costs. These costs have been recorded in other assets and are being amortized to interest expense under the effective interest method over each of the terms of the 2011 Term Loan, 2011 Notes, and 2011 Revolver as applicable. The Company recorded interest expense associated with these deferred costs of $3.8 million, $3.9 million, and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

          The Company's maturities of obligations under the 2011 Term Loan and the 2011 Notes for the years following December 31, 2013, are as follows (in thousands):

2014

  $ 4,713  

2015

    1,287  

2016

    3,000  

2017

    3,000  

2018

    284,480  

2019 and thereafter

    300,000  

Original issue discount

    (4,565 )
       

Total long-term debt

    591,915  

Less current portion

    (4,713 )
       

Total

  $ 587,202  
       
       

F-28


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

Debt Covenants

          The 2011 Credit Agreement and the indenture governing the 2011 Notes contain usual and customary restrictive covenants that, among other things, place limitations on its ability to pay dividends or make other restricted payments; prepay, redeem or purchase debt; incur liens; make loans and investments; incur additional indebtedness; amend or otherwise alter debt and other material documents; make acquisitions and dispose of assets; transact with affiliates; and engage in businesses that are not related to the Company's existing business.

          In addition, the 2011 Credit Agreement contains a restrictive financial covenant which requires the Company to maintain a minimum Secured Leverage Ratio. This ratio is calculated as a relationship between the level of secured outstanding borrowings and Consolidated EBITDA. As further discussed in Note 17 Subsequent Events, in February 2014 the Company entered into Amendment No 2 to the 2011 Credit Agreement, which modified certain covenants and related definitions to amend the Secured Leverage Ratio financial covenant to only be applicable when the Company has more than 25% outstanding in borrowings or letters of credit under the revolving loan facility. The new covenant, when applicable, requires the Company to maintain a Secured Leverage Ratio of 4 to 1. The Company believes that it was in compliance with its debt covenants during the years ended December 2013, 2012, and 2011.

Leases

          The Company leases its office facilities under operating lease agreements that expire in various years through 2019 and records rent expense related to the leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Facilities rent expense was $20.7 million, $22.7 million, and $18.9 million, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

          The Company's corporate headquarters in Raleigh, North Carolina contains approximately 65,000 square feet of space and the Company has a lease agreement for the location through February of 2019 with total payments of approximately $9.7 million over the life of the lease. The Company can exit the lease in February 2017, with payment of a $480,000 termination fee. The Company amended the lease in August 2011 and August 2013, to add an additional 22,100 square feet of space with additional payments of approximately $4.9 million over the life of the lease.

F-29


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

          Lease payments are subject to increases as specified in the lease agreements. Future minimum lease payments, by year and in the aggregate, under capital leases and non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2013, are as follows (in thousands):

 
 
Operating
Leases
 
Capital
Leases
 

2014

  $ 22,247   $ 2,529  

2015

    19,250     270  

2016

    16,338     11  

2017

    13,355      

2018

    10,235      

2019 and thereafter

    3,464      
           

Total minimum payments

  $ 84,889     2,810  
             
             

Less amounts representing interest

          (246 )
             

Present value of capital lease obligations

          2,564  

Less current portion

          (2,292 )
             

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

        $ 272  
             
             

          No particular lease obligations rank senior in right of payment to any other. The gross value of assets under capital leases at December 31, 2013 and 2012, was approximately $9.2 million and $8.8 million, respectively. These assets mainly consist of software and computer equipment and are included in property and equipment. The accumulated depreciation associated with these assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, was approximately $6.2 million and $3.2 million, respectively. Depreciation of capital lease assets is included in depreciation and amortization expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

5. Derivatives

          In January 2011, the Company entered into two $62.5 million, 2.00%, three-month LIBOR interest rate cap agreements maturing January 31, 2013, to hedge the interest rate on the then existing 2010 Credit Agreement. The Company paid a premium of $0.2 million each to two banks to enter into these caps. The 2011 Credit Agreement required that the Company enter into and maintain for at least 30 months hedge agreements so that at least 50% of the term loans are subject to a fixed interest rate. In compliance with the 2011 Credit Agreement, in August 2011, the Company entered into a third $25.0 million, 1.50%, three-month LIBOR interest rate cap agreement with another bank maturing December 31, 2012, and a $150.0 million 1.50% three month LIBOR cap commencing on December 31, 2012, and maturing March 31, 2014. The Company paid a premium of $0.3 million for these caps, which is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company did not elect hedge accounting for these transactions.

F-30


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

6. Fair Value Measurements

          At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company's financial instruments included cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, account payable and debt. The fair value of our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective carrying amounts based on the liquidity and short-term nature of these instruments.

          The fair value of the Company's long-term debt is determined based on market prices for identical or similar financial instruments or model-derived valuations based on observable inputs and falls under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as defined in the authoritative guidance. The estimated fair value of the Company's long-term debt was $634.5 million and $607.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

          The Company does not have any recurring fair value measurements. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

          Certain assets, including goodwill and identifiable intangibles, are carried on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at cost and are not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis. These assets are tested for impairment annually and when a triggering event occurs. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, assets carried on the balance sheet and not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis totaling $794.4 million and $835.8 million, respectively.

          The fair value of these assets fall under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as defined in the authoritative guidance and the fair value is estimated as follows:

              Goodwill — At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had recorded goodwill of $563.4 million and $565.1 million, respectively. Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible net assets when an acquisition is accounted for using the purchase method. The Company performs quantitative goodwill impairment assessment on each reporting unit. The Company derives each reporting unit's fair value through a combination of the market approach (the guideline publicly traded company method) and the income approach (a discounted cash flow analysis). The Company then compares the carrying value of each reporting unit, inclusive of its assigned goodwill, to its fair value.

              If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, the Company performs the second step of the impairment test to determine the implied estimated fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. The Company determines the implied estimated fair value of goodwill by determining the present value of the estimated future cash flows for each reporting unit and comparing the reporting unit's risk profile and growth prospects to selected, reasonably similar publicly traded companies. During 2012, the Company recognized approximately $4.0 million of impairment related to goodwill (as discussed in Note 2).

              Finite-lived Intangible Assets — At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had recorded finite-lived intangible assets of $196.1 million and $235.7 million, respectively. If a

F-31


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

6. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

    triggering event occurs, the Company determines the estimated fair value of finite-lived intangible assets by determining the present value of the expected cash flows.

              Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets — At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had recorded indefinite-lived intangible assets of $35.0 million and $35.0 million, respectively. When evaluating indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, the Company performs a quantitative impairment analysis. The Company determines the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset (trademark) by determining the present value of the estimated royalty payments on an after-tax basis that it would be required to pay the owner for the right to use such trade name. If the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. No indication of impairment was identified during the Company's annual review.

7. Restructuring and Other Costs

2011 Realignment Plan

          During June 2011, the Company adopted the 2011 Realignment Plan to better align headcount and costs with the current geographic sources and mix of revenue. In connection with the 2011 Realignment Plan, the Company incurred $2.1 million in severance costs during the year ended December 31, 2011. This plan was completed as of September 30, 2011.

2011 Integration and Restructuring Plan

          In July 2011, after the closing of the Kendle Acquisition, the Company adopted a plan to restructure and integrate operations to reduce expenses and improve operating efficiencies principally through headcount reduction, elimination of redundant facilities and operating infrastructure. The plan was completed in 2013. Costs included in the restructuring plan were employee severance, office consolidation costs, and information technology, legal, consulting, and other administrative costs related to the integration of Kendle. For the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 the Company recorded total pre-tax charges of $2.1 million, $33.3 million, and $25.7 million, respectively.

2012 Realignment Plan

          In March 2012, the Company adopted a plan to better align headcount and costs with the current geographic sources and mix of revenue. The Company incurred $2.1 million in severance costs for the year ended December 31, 2012. All actions under this plan were completed by December 31, 2012.

2013 Realignment Plan

          In March 2013, the Company adopted a plan to better align headcount and costs with the current geographic sources and mix of revenue. The Company incurred $7.9 million in severance costs and $1.8 million of facility closure cost for the year ended December 31, 2013. Actions under this plan were substantially completed by December 31, 2013.

F-32


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Restructuring and Other Costs (Continued)

          The costs related to all plans are included in restructuring and other costs in the consolidated statements of operations. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 the Company made payments and provision adjustments for all plans as presented below (in thousands):

 
  Employee
Severance
Costs
  Facility
Closure
Charges
  Other
Charges
  Total  

Balance at December 25, 2010

  $   $   $   $  

Expenses incurred

    19,083         8,756     27,839  

Payments made

    (18,283 )       (8,272 )   (26,555 )
                   

Balance at December 31, 2011

    800         484     1,284  

Expenses incurred

    13,274     13,903     8,203     35,380  

Payments made

    (11,501 )   (7,238 )   (7,836 )   (26,575 )
                   

Balance at December 31, 2012

    2,573     6,665     851     10,089  

Expenses incurred

    7,892     1,829     2,107     11,828  

Payments made

    (10,465 )   (2,957 )   (2,473 )   (15,895 )
                   

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $   $ 5,537   $ 485   $ 6,022  
                   
                   

8. Stockholders' Equity

Common Stock

          On August 16, 2012, the Company's Board of Directors approved amendments to the Company's certificate of incorporation that would, among other things, reflect a 1,000 to 1 stock split for Class A and Class B common stock as well as an increase the number of authorized shares to an aggregate of 2,000,000,050 shares of common stock consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares Class A common stock, 1,000,000,000 shares Class B and 50 shares of Class C common stock. Accordingly, all references to share and per share information in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the stock split for all periods presented. The par value per share of the common stock has not changed as a result of the stock split and remained at $0.01.

          At December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, there were 888,408,801, 887,798,801, and 887,136,001 shares issued comprised of 444,204,400, 443,899,400, and 443,568,000 shares of Class A common stock, 444,204,400, 443,899,400, and 443,568,000 shares of Class B common stock, respectively. At December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, there was 1 issued share of Class C common stock.

          At December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, there were 877,066,801, 878,928,801, and 882,674,001 shares outstanding comprised of 438,533,400, 439,464,400, and 441,337,000 shares of Class A common stock, 438,533,400, 439,464,400, and 441,337,000 shares of Class B common stock, respectively. At December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, there was 1 issued share of Class C common stock.

F-33


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

Voting Rights of the Common Stock

          Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote on matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company. However, no share of Class A common stock is entitled to vote with respect to election of the directors of the Company.

          No share of Class B common stock is entitled to any vote on matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company. However each share of Class B common stock is entitled to one vote with respect to the election of the directors of the Company.

          No share of Class C common stock is entitled any vote on matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company unless such matter should adversely affect the rights and preferences of Class C common stock with respect to "Special Dividends" (discussed below) payable to the holders of Class C common stock. Should such a matter adversely affect the rights and preferences of Special Dividends payable to the holders of Class C common stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of Class C common stock is required.

Dividend Rights and Preferences of the Common Stock

          The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to dividends at such time and in such amounts as, if and when declared by the board of directors of the Company. However the holders of Class A common stock are not entitled to participate in any Special Dividends.

          The holders of Class B common stock are not entitled to dividends of any amount at any time.

          The holders of Class C common are entitled to receive a Special Dividend of up to $0.5 million annually paid ratably throughout the year. Special Dividends of $0.5 million were paid to the stockholder of the one share of Class C common stock issued and outstanding during each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. In addition, as a result of the Kendle Acquisition, as approved by the Board of Directors, an additional special dividend of $4.0 million was paid during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Liquidation Rights and Preferences of the Common Stock

          The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to participate on a pro rata basis in all distributions to the holders of Class A common stock upon the occurrence of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, subsequent to the payment preference available to the holders of Class B common stock.

          The holders of Class B common stock are entitled to receive $0.00002 per share of Class B common stock, subject to adjustment for any stock splits, combinations or similar events, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the affairs of the Company. Such payment is in preference to any payments made to the holders of Class A common stock.

          The holders of Class C common stock are not entitled to participate in any distributions to the holders of any class of capital stock of the Company in any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. However the holders of Class C common stock are entitled to any accrued and

F-34


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

unpaid Special Dividends prior to any amounts being paid in respect to any other class of capital stock of the Company.

9. Stock-Based Compensation

          On September 28, 2010, the Company established a new equity incentive plan called the INC Research Holdings, Inc., 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan). The purpose of the Plan is to attract, retain, and motivate officers, employees, and non-employee directors providing services to the Company and to promote the success of the Company's business by providing them with appropriate incentives and rewards either through a proprietary interest in the long-term success of the Company or compensation based on fulfilling their performance goals.

          On August 16, 2012, the Plan was amended and the amendment was effective as of the Plan's inception. The amendment arose from a 1,000 to 1 stock split and increased the number of common units, or options to grant, to 31,340,000. Each common unit includes one share of Class A common stock and one share of Class B common stock. The Company has given retroactive effect to prior period option and per option amounts in the consolidated financial statements for the effect of the stock split, such that prior periods are comparable to current period presentation.

          The Company has elected to use the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model to determine the weighted average fair value of options granted. The Company has determined the volatility for options granted based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of public companies that have issued stock options with substantially similar terms. The expected life of options granted by the Company has been determined based upon the "simplified" method as allowed by authoritative literature and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.

          The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected life of stock options. The Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying cash dividends on its shares of common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero. The estimated length of life of an option is based on the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company uses this estimate as the Company has not accumulated sufficient historical data to make a reasonable estimate of the expected life. Stock options awarded to employees under the Plan typically vest at a rate of 20% after each one year period following the anniversary of the award. Substantially all of the option awards under the Plan contain provisions to allocate half of the awards to vest on the employee's rendering service (time-based) and half to vest on the Company's achieving certain performance targets (performance-based). The performance targets are generally tied to achievement of certain levels of gross earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) as defined within the Plan. Partial achievement of the award begins at 90% of the EBITDA targets identified within the Plan.

          Using historical data among other factors, the Company has applied an estimated forfeiture rate of 5.0% - 8.0% in determining the expense recorded in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

F-35


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

9. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

          The assumptions utilized to determine the Black-Scholes-Merton values are indicated in the following table for the year ended December 31:

 
  2013   2012   2011

Expected dividend yield

     

Expected volatility

  36.0% – 42.8%   43.0%   42.5% – 50.0%

Risk-free interest rate

  0.9% – 2.3%   0.9% – 1.5%   1.2% – 2.7%

Expected life (in years)

  5.5 – 7.5   6.5   6.5

          As of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, there was approximately $12.7 million, $11.3 million, and $10.5 million of unrecognized compensation expense, excluding expected forfeitures and assuming full achievement of performance-based conditions, to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.9, 3.2, and 2.4 years, respectively. The options are exercisable for a period up to ten years after the date of grant and only after vesting of the underlying shares. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, 305,000 and 31,400 stock options were exercised for $307,500 and $31,400 with an intrinsic value and tax benefit both of $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. No stock options were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2011.

F-36


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

9. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

          A summary of the option activity under the Plan is as follows:

 
  Number of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
  Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(In Years)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    23,097,000     $1.00     $0.46     7.46  

Granted

    8,158,000     1.12     0.55        

Forfeited

    (5,593,600 )   1.00     0.46        
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

    25,661,400     1.04     0.49     8.96  

Granted

    5,349,000     1.25     0.54        

Exercised

    (31,400 )   1.00     0.46        

Forfeited

    (1,004,800 )   1.02     0.46        

Expired

    (313,400 )   1.00     0.46        
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    29,660,800     1.08     0.50     8.63  

Granted

    6,580,000     1.22     0.53        

Exercised

    (305,000 )   1.01     0.49        

Forfeited

    (10,860,800 )   1.01     0.48        

Expired

    (911,600 )   1.01     0.46        
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    24,163,400     1.15     0.53     8.46  
                         
                         

Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2013

    7,141,200     $1.09     $0.52     7.11  
                   
                   

Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2012

    4,177,600     $1.02     $0.48     7.84  
                   
                   

Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2011

    1,893,500     $1.00     $0.46     7.67  
                   
                   

F-37


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

9. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

 

Options
  Number of
Options
  Weighted-Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
per Option
 

Nonvested at December 31, 2010

    23,097,000   $ 0.46  

Vested during 2011

    1,893,500     0.46  

Nonvested at December 31, 2011

    23,767,900     0.49  

Vested during 2012

    2,628,900     0.54  

Nonvested at December 31, 2012

    25,483,200     0.50  

Vested during 2013

    4,180,200     0.54  

Nonvested at December 31, 2013

    17,022,200     0.53  

          All stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options is recorded as follows for the year ended December 31 (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012   2011  

Direct Costs

  $ 1,032   $ 570   $ 331  

Selling, general, and administrative

    1,387     678     845  
               

Total stock based compensation expense

  $ 2,419   $ 1,248   $ 1,176  
               
               

2013 Options Modification

          On August 5, 2013, the Board of Directors unanimously adopted a resolution to adjust the EBITDA targets for all options granted and still outstanding under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreements. The terms of all options with performance-based conditions were revised to set a new vesting schedule and include downward revision of EBITDA targets for years 2013 to 2017. This modification in terms of the awards resulted in Type III Improbable-to-Probable modification, where the expectation that the award will ultimately vest changes from improbable to probable. In total, stock option awards held by 37 current employees to purchase in aggregate 9,146,500 shares of common stock were modified.

          According to the authoritative guidance for stock-based compensation, under these circumstances a company should recognize additional compensation cost in the amount of the incremental fair value of the modified award. Because none of the options from the original unvested award were expected to vest, the compensation expense related to these options was zero prior to the modification, and no compensation expense was previously recognized with respect to the original performance-based awards. Therefore, the incremental fair value of the modified awards represents the total cumulative compensation cost that the company will recognize and is equal to the full fair value of the modified awards. Because of the 2013 modification of performance-based awards, the Company incurred approximately $1.1 million of incremental compensation expense in 2013.

F-38


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

10. Income Taxes

          The components of loss before provision for income taxes are as follows for the year ended December 31, (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012   2011  

Domestic

  $ (76,664 ) $ (114,667 ) $ (112,469 )

Foreign

    45,984     19,809     18,311  
               

Pretax loss

  $ (30,680 ) $ (94,858 ) $ (94,158 )
               
               

 

 
  2013   2012   2011  

Federal income taxes:

                   

Current

  $ 199   $ 145   $ (13 )

Deferred

    3,090     (36,127 )   (32,829 )

Foreign income taxes:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Current

    6,627     9,206     1,910  

Deferred

    1,604     (5,214 )   140  

State income taxes:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Current

    377     100      

Deferred

    (1,048 )   (3,854 )   (3,819 )
               

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 10,849   $ (35,744 ) $ (34,611 )
               
               

          The differences in the income tax benefit and income tax expense computed using the Federal statutory income tax rates for the year ended December 31 are as follows:

 
  2013   2012   2011  

U.S. income tax (benefit) at statutory rate

  $ (10,738 ) $ (33,210 ) $ (32,955 )

Impact of foreign deemed dividend

        7,067     8,921  

U.S. taxes recorded on previous foreign earnings

    13,909          

Increase in valuation allowance

    14,913     976     319  

Foreign branch earnings

    536     (1,011 )    

Tax credits

    (1,824 )   (2,072 )   (4,009 )

Income not subject to taxation

    (1,308 )   (3,136 )   (271 )

Deferred tax impact due to rate change

            (3,527 )

State and local taxes, net of federal benefit

    (2,363 )   (3,480 )   (2,839 )

Capitalized transaction costs

            1,222  

Impact of foreign rate differential

    (3,938 )   (709 )   (1,342 )

Increase in reserve for uncertain tax positions

    2,125     2,506     467  

Provision to tax return reconciliation adjustment

    (512 )   (4,539 )   (1,050 )

Goodwill impairment

        1,400      

Other, net

    49     464     453  
               

  $ 10,849   $ (35,744 ) $ (34,611 )
               
               

F-39


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

          Prior to December 2013, the Company had considered all of its undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested. Accordingly, no deferred taxes were recorded for the difference between the financial and tax basis investment in foreign subsidiaries. As of December 2013, management reevaluated this assertion in light of strategic plans for the use of excess cash generated from significant growth in its operations and cash flows. The Company concluded that the indefinite reversal exception under ASC 740-30-25-17 did not apply for 2013 undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries, due to potential plans to repatriate the earnings as part of an initiative to reduce our overall level of long-term debt. Accordingly, the Company recorded tax expense of $13.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Management continues to assert that all undistributed foreign earnings prior to December 31, 2012, remain permanently reinvested to support future growth in foreign markets and to maintain current operating needs of foreign locations. As a result of this change in assertion, the Company recorded a deferred tax liability of $7.7 million, which represents the amount of U.S. and withholding taxes due as a result of the repatriation and is included in the deferred income taxes in the long-term liabilities section of the consolidated Balance Sheet. The portion of undistributed earnings that remains permanently reinvested would create additional U.S. taxable income if these earnings were distributed to the U.S. in the form of dividends, or otherwise. Depending on the tax position in the year of repatriation, the Company may have to pay additional U.S. income taxes. Withholding taxes may also apply to the repatriated earnings.

          At December 31, 2013, approximately $93.9 million in foreign subsidiaries' undistributed earnings are considered indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. The earnings of these subsidiaries are not required as a source of funding for U.S. operations, and such earnings are not planned to be distributed to the U.S. in the foreseeable future. Determination of the amount of unrecognized income tax liability related to these permanently reinvested and undistributed foreign subsidiary earnings is currently not practicable.

          For the year ended December 31, 2013, the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets increased by $14.3 million. The valuation allowance increased primarily due to changes in management's judgment concerning the need for valuation allowances related to deferred tax assets for future deductible temporary differences and tax attribute carryovers in the U.S. Recent years' cumulative losses incurred in the U.S. provides significant objective negative evidence in the evaluation of whether the U.S. entity will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the tax benefits of the deferred tax assets. This negative evidence carries greater weight than the more subjective positive evidence of favorable future projected income in the assessment of whether realization of the tax benefits of the deferred tax assets is more likely than not. Based on the weight of presently objectively verifiable positive and negative evidence, it is management's judgment that realization of the tax benefits of the deferred tax assets is less than the "more likely than not" standard.

F-40


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

          The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating losses

  $ 102,671   $ 106,241  

Tax credits

    13,305     13,573  

Deferred revenue

    4,644     1,768  

Foreign exchange

    5,223     3,932  

Postretirement and other benefits

    6,748     2,870  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    490     2,042  

Deferred rent

    938     1,511  

Accrued liabilities

    7,656     2,002  

Other

    207     291  
           

Total deferred tax assets

    141,882     134,230  

Less: valuation allowance

    (62,450 )   (48,111 )
           

Net deferred tax assets

    79,432     86,119  

Deferred tax liability:

   
 
   
 
 

Undistributed foreign earnings

    (7,729 )    

Depreciation and amortization

    (83,446 )   (94,216 )
           

Total deferred tax liability

    (91,175 )   (94,216 )
           

Net deferred tax liability

  $ (11,743 ) $ (8,097 )
           
           

          As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had U.S. Federal net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of approximately $191.4 million and $191.5 million, respectively. Based on current estimates, approximately $5.3 million of U.S. Federal NOL carryforwards are subject to limitation under Internal Revenue Code (IRC) §382 and will expire unused. In addition, as a result of the Kendle Acquisition, approximately $76.6 million in NOL carryforwards are subject to an annual §382 base limitation of $7.7 million. The limitation is not expected to impact the realization of the deferred tax assets associated with these NOLs. The U.S. Federal NOL carryforwards begin to expire in 2018. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company has state NOL carryforwards of approximately $239.2 million and $215.0 million, respectively, a portion of which will expire annually.

          The Company also has foreign NOL carryforwards of $113.2 million and $100.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. A valuation allowance has been established for jurisdictions where the future benefit is uncertain. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the valuation allowance totaled $111.9 million and $100.5 million, respectively.

          The Company recognizes a tax benefit from any uncertain tax positions only if they are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. The amount of the accrual for which an exposure exists is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that the Company believes is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement of the position. Components of the reserve are classified as

F-41


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

either a current or long-term liability in the consolidated balance sheet based on when the Company expects each of the items to be settled.

          The Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $23.7 million and $22.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. If the current gross unrecognized tax benefits were recognized, the result would be an increase in the Company's income tax expense of $13.5 million and $11.2 million, respectively. These amounts are net of accrued interest and penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $1.9 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

          The Company's policy is to provide for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefit within the income tax expense line item in the consolidated statements of operation. The amount of interest and penalties recorded as an addition to income tax expense was $1.1 million, $0.2 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

          The Company believes it is reasonably possible that a decrease of up to $1.1 million in unrecognized income tax benefits for foreign items may be necessary within the next 12 months due to lapse of statutes of limitations or uncertain tax positions being effectively settled. For the remaining uncertain income tax positions, it is difficult at this time to estimate the timing of resolution. The following table shows the reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest (in thousands):

Gross tax liability at December 25, 2010

  $ 816  

Statute closures

    (452 )

Additions for tax positions of current year

    786  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

    21,165  
       

Gross tax liability at December 31, 2011

    22,315  

Statute closures

    (78 )

Additions for tax positions of current year

    2,564  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

    1,073  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

    (3,356 )
       

Gross tax liability at December 31, 2012

    22,518  

Statute closures

    (78 )

Additions for tax positions of prior years

    1,250  
       

Gross tax liability at December 31, 2013

  $ 23,690  
       
       

          Due to the geographic breadth of the Company's operations, numerous tax audits may be ongoing throughout the world at any point in time. Income tax liabilities are recorded based on estimates of additional income taxes which will be due upon the conclusion of these audits. Estimates of these income tax liabilities are made based upon prior experience and are updated in light of changes in facts and circumstances. However, due to the uncertain and complex application of tax regulations, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of audits may result in liabilities which could be materially different from these estimates. In such an event, the Company will record additional income tax expense or benefit in the period in which such resolution occurs.

F-42


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

          The Company remains subject to audit by the IRS back to 1999 due to NOL carryforwards. The Company is subject to audit by various state taxing jurisdictions generally for the years 2007 to 2009, and in some cases longer due to NOL carryforwards. The Company's tax filings are open to investigation from 2008 forward in the United Kingdom, which is the jurisdiction of the Company's largest foreign operation.

11. Employee Benefit Plan

          The Company provides a 401(k) defined contribution plan that covers substantially all employees in the United States that meet minimum age requirements (INC Plan). Kendle provided a similar plan that was in existence through December 31, 2011 (Kendle Plan). The Kendle Plan was terminated December 31, 2011, and the assets were transferred to the INC Plan.

          For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company matched 50% of the employees' contribution up to 6% of the employees' wages for the INC plan. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company matched 50% of the employees' contribution up to 6% of the employees' wages for the Kendle Plan. Total contributions for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 to the Plans were $3.6 million, $2.5 million, and $2.5 million, respectively. The cost is recorded in direct costs and selling, general and administrative line items in the consolidated statements of operations.

12. Earnings Per Share

          The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted loss per share computations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 (in thousands, except per share data):

 
 
Net Loss
(Numerator)
 
Number of
Shares
(Denominator)
 
Per Share
Amount
 

For the year ended December 31, 2013

                   

Basic net loss per share

  $ (42,029 )   439,479   $ (0.10 )

Effect of dilutive securities

             
               

Diluted net loss per share

  $ (42,029 )   439,479   $ (0.10 )
               
               

For the year ended December 31, 2012

                   

Basic net loss per share

  $ (59,614 )   441,115   $ (0.14 )

Effect of dilutive securities

             
               

Diluted net loss per share

  $ (59,614 )   441,115   $ (0.14 )
               
               

For the year ended December 31, 2011

                   

Basic net loss per share

  $ (64,047 )   370,742   $ (0.17 )

Effect of dilutive securities

             
               

Diluted net loss per share

  $ (64,047 )   370,742   $ (0.17 )
               
               

F-43


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

12. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

          The computation of diluted loss per share excludes unexercised stock options that are anti-dilutive. The following common stock equivalents were excluded from the earnings per share computation, as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive:

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  (Thousands)
 

Weighted average number of stock options calculated using the treasury stock method that were excluded due to the exercise price exceeding the average market price of our common stock during the period

    11,137     7,060     12,440  

Weighted average number of stock options calculated using the treasury stock method that were excluded due to the reporting of a net loss for the period

   
202
   
280
   
97
 
               

Total common stock equivalents excluded from diluted net loss per share computation

    11,339     7,340     12,537  
               

          There were no transactions subsequent to December 31, 2013 that materially change the number of shares in the basic or diluted loss per share computations.

Unaudited Pro Forma Earnings Per Share

          Unaudited pro forma net loss per Class A common share has been adjusted to give effect to (i) the number of shares whose proceeds are deemed to be necessary to pay the dividend amount that is in excess of 2013 earnings, (ii) the number of shares issued in the offering used to repay the 2011 Notes, (iii) a decrease in interest expense to reflect the repayment of the 2011 Notes as if they had been repaid at the beginning of the period and (iv) an increase to interest expense as if the additional borrowings under the 2011 Credit Facility used to repay the 2011 Notes had occurred as of the beginning of the period.

F-44


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

12. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

          The following presents the computation of unaudited pro forma net loss attributable to Class A common stock and unaudited pro forma loss per Class A common share for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands except per share amounts):

 
   
 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Class A stockholders

  $ (42,029 )

Pro forma adjustment for interest expense, net of tax(a)

       
       

Pro forma net income

  $  
       
       

Common shares used in computing basic and diluted income per Class A common share

   
439,479
 

Total pro forma common share adjustment(b)

       
       

Basic and diluted pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding

     
       

Basic and diluted pro forma earnings per share

  $  
       
       

(a)
These adjustments reflect the elimination of the historical interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs, as well as the incurrence of interest expense related to the new term loans, after reflecting the pro forma effect of the refinancing as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31, 2013  
 
  Interest
Expense
  Amortization
of Debt Issue
Costs
  Tax Effect   Total  

Senior notes

                    $  

Term loans

                       
                   

  $   $   $   $  
                   
                   

      The pro forma adjustments are not tax affected as the impact amounts would have been offset by the release of deferred tax asset valuation allowances.


      (b)
      Adjustments for common shares as follows:

Dividends paid in excess of earnings in the past twelve months

  $          

Offering price per common share

             
             

Common shares assumed issued to pay dividends in excess of earnings

           
             

Indebtedness to be repaid with proceeds from this offering

  $          

Offering price per common share

             
             

Common shares assumed issued to repay Notes

           
             

Total common shares assume to be issued

           
             
             

13. Segment Information

          The Company is managed through three reportable segments: Clinical Development Services, Phase I Services, and Global Consulting. Clinical Development Services offers a variety of select and stand-alone clinical development services as well as full-service global studies, along with ancillary services such as clinical monitoring, investigator recruitment, patient recruitment, data management and study reports to assist customers with their drug development process. Phase I Services focuses on clinical development services for Phase I trials that include scientific exploratory medicine, first-in-human studies through proof-of-concept stages and support for

F-45


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

13. Segment Information (Continued)

Phase I studies in established compounds. Global Consulting provides consulting services regarding clinical trial regulatory affairs, regulatory consulting services, quality assurance audits and pharmacovigilance consulting, non-clinical consulting and medical writing consulting.

          The Company's CODM reviews segment performance and allocates resources based upon segment revenue and segment contribution margin. The Company's CODM does not review inter-segment revenue when evaluating segment performance and allocating resources to each segment. Thus, inter-segment revenue is not included in the segment revenues presented in the table below. As such, total segment revenue in the table below is equal to the Company's consolidated net service revenue. All direct costs are allocated to the Company's segments, and as such, segment total direct costs are equal to the Company's consolidated direct costs and consolidated gross

F-46


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

13. Segment Information (Continued)

margin. Revenue, direct costs, and contribution margin for each of our segments are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Revenue:

                   

Clinical Development Services

  $ 620,880   $ 552,826   $ 426,062  

Phase I Services

    23,307     21,599     10,108  

Global Consulting

    8,231     4,720     835  
               

Segment revenue

    652,418     579,145     437,005  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses not allocated to segments

    342,672     289,455     218,981  
               

Total revenue

  $ 995,090   $ 868,600   $ 655,986  
               
               

Direct costs:

                   

Clinical Development Services

  $ 412,106   $ 370,070   $ 269,096  

Phase I Services

    14,039     15,010     9,489  

Global Consulting

    6,116     3,976     1,255  
               

Segment direct costs

    432,261     389,056     279,840  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses not allocated to segments

    342,672     289,455     218,981  
               

Direct costs and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

  $ 774,933   $ 678,511   $ 498,821  
               
               

Segment contribution margin:

                   

Clinical Development Services

  $ 208,774   $ 182,756   $ 156,966  

Phase I Services

    9,268     6,589     619  

Global Consulting

    2,115     744     (420 )
               

Segment contribution margin

    220,157     190,089     157,165  

Less expenses not allocated to segments:

                   

Selling general and administrative

    117,890     109,428     95,063  

Restructuring and other costs

    11,828     35,380     27,839  

Transaction expenses

    508         10,322  

Goodwill impairment

        4,000      

Depreciation and amortization

    58,473     78,811     64,136  
               

Consolidated income (loss) from operations

  $ 31,458   $ (37,530 ) $ (40,195 )
               
               

14. Operations by Geographic Location

          The Company conducts operations in North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, Asia-Pacific and Latin America through wholly-owned subsidiaries and representative sales offices. The Company attributes net service revenues to geographical locations based upon the location of the customer (i.e., the location of where the Company invoices the end customer). The following

F-47


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

14. Operations by Geographic Location (Continued)

table summarizes total revenue by geographic area (amounts in thousands and all intercompany transactions have been eliminated):

 
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 

Net service revenues:

                   

North America(1)

  $ 477,303   $ 425,364   $ 287,011  

Europe, Middle East and Africa(2)

    160,156     138,858     133,313  

Asia-Pacific

    14,567     14,260     16,403  

Latin America

    392     663     278  
               

Total net service revenue

    652,418     579,145     437,005  

Reimbursable-out-of-pocket expenses

    342,672     289,455     218,981  
               

Total revenue

  $ 995,090   $ 868,600   $ 655,986  
               
               

(1)
North America net service revenues include revenue attributable to the U.S. of $468.6 million, $418.2 million, and $286.7 million, or 72%, 72%, and 66% of net service revenues, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. No other countries in this region represented more than 10% of net service revenue for any period.

(2)
Europe, Middle East and Africa net service revenues include revenue attributable to Germany of $49.6 million, or 11% of net service revenues in 2011. No other countries in this region represented more than 10% of net service revenue for any period.

          The following table summarizes long-lived assets by geographic area (amounts in thousands and all intercompany transactions have been eliminated):

 
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Total property and equipment, net:

             

North America

  $ 27,413   $ 28,622  

Europe, Middle East and Africa

    10,054     9,684  

Asia-Pacific

    1,098     1,408  

Latin America

    2,382     2,482  
           

Total property and equipment, net

  $ 40,947   $ 42,196  
           
           

15. Related-Party Transactions

          The Company has an agreement with a significant stockholder for the stockholder to perform certain consulting services. The Company recognized $0.6 million, $0.6 million, and $4.6 million of consulting service expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

F-48


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

15. Related-Party Transactions (Continued)

For the year ended December 31, 2011, this amount includes $4.0 million in transaction expenses. There were no transaction expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

          The Company recorded net service revenue of $0.4 million and $0.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, from a customer who has a significant stockholder who is also a significant stockholder of the Company.

16. Commitments and Contingencies

          The Company records accruals for claims, suits, investigations and proceedings when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company reviews claims, suits, investigations and proceedings at least quarterly and records or adjusts accruals related to such matters to reflect the impact and status of any settlements, rulings, advice of counsel or other information pertinent to a particular matter.

          Legal costs associated with contingencies are charged to expense as incurred. The Company is party to legal proceedings incidental to its business. While the outcome of these matters could differ from management's expectations, the Company does not believe the resolution of these matters has a reasonable possibility of having a material adverse effect to the Company's financial statements.

          In the normal course of business, the Company periodically becomes involved in various claims and lawsuits that are incidental to our business. While the outcome of these matters could differ from management's expectations, the Company does not believe the resolution of these matters will have a material effect upon the Company's financial statements.

          The Company currently maintains insurance for risks associated with the operation of its business, provision of professional services and ownership of property. These policies provide coverage for a variety of potential losses, including loss or damage to property, bodily injury, general commercial liability, professional errors and omissions, and medical malpractice. The Company's per employee retentions and deductibles associated with these insurance policies are $0.25 million per claim, $1.0 million aggregate.

          The Company is self-insured for certain losses relating to health insurance claims for the majority of its employees located within the United States. The Company purchases stop-loss coverage from third party insurance carriers to limit individual or aggregate loss exposure with respect to the Company's health insurance claims. The stop-loss coverage is on a "claims made" basis for expenses in excess of $0.2 million per member per year.

          Accrued insurance liabilities and related expenses are based on estimates of claims incurred but not reported. Incurred but not reported claims are generally determined by taking into account historical claims payments and known trends such as claim frequency and severity. The Company makes estimated judgments and assumptions with respect to these calculations, including but not limited to, estimated healthcare cost trends, estimated lag time to report any paid claims, average cost per claim and other factors. The Company believes the estimates of future liability are reasonable based on its methodology; however, changes in claims activity (volume and amount per claim) could materially affect the estimate for these liabilities. The Company continually monitors

F-49


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

16. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

claim activity and incidents and makes necessary adjustments based on these evaluations. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has self-insurance reserves accrued of $4.5 million.

17. Subsequent Events

Amendment of 2011 Credit Agreement

          On February 19, 2014, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 (Amendment No. 2) to the 2011 Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Amendment No. 2, the Company reduced the applicable margins under the revolving loan facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans, to 2.25% for base rate loans and reduced the applicable margins under the term loan facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans and to 2.25% for base rate loans, in each case subject to further reductions based upon a pricing grid. Further, Amendment No. 2 reduced the LIBOR floor from 1.25% to 1.0%. In addition, Amendment No. 2 modified certain covenants and related definitions to amend the Secured Leverage Ratio financial covenant to a "springing covenant" that is only applicable when the Company has more than 25% outstanding in borrowings or letters of credit under the revolving loan facility. The new springing covenant, when applicable, requires the Company to maintain a Secured Leverage Ratio of 4 to 1, as defined in Amendment No. 2.

          It also added a permitted receivables facility and provided for a prepayment premium of 1% applicable to any prepayment of term loans that is made in connection with a re-pricing transaction that occurs on or prior to the six month anniversary of the date of Amendment No. 2.

Acquisition of MEK Consulting

          On March 5, 2014, the Company acquired stock and assets of MEK Consulting Egypt Ltd., MEK Consulting Danismanlik Ltd. Sti., MEK Consulting Hellas EPE, and MEK Consulting SARL, a full-service CRO with operations in Egypt, Greece, Jordan, Lebanon, and Turkey. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition totaled $6.0 million, which consisted of (i) $3.0 million cash, of which $0.5 million will be placed in escrow for a one year period following the closing date for the satisfaction of potential indemnification claims, (ii) $1.0 million contingent consideration, payable, if earned, during one year period following the closing date, and (iii) $2.0 million retention payments to certain key employees that will be accounted for as compensation expense and expensed as earned during the three year period following the closing date.

F-50


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

18. Quarterly Results of Operations — Unaudited

          The following is a summary of the Company's consolidated quarterly results of operations for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
 

Net service revenue

  $ 141,607   $ 141,981   $ 143,443   $ 152,114  

Loss from operations(1)(2)

    (18,358 )   (8,260 )   (9,293 )   (1,619 )

Net loss

    (19,667 )   (13,792 )   (11,736 )   (13,919 )

Class C common stock dividends

    125     125     125     125  

Net loss attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ (19,792 ) $ (13,917 ) $ (11,861 ) $ (14,044 )

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ (0.04 ) $ (0.03 ) $ (0.03 ) $ (0.03 )

 

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  December 31,
2013
 

Net service revenue

  $ 149,743   $ 159,202   $ 169,108   $ 174,365  

Income from operations(1)

    370     4,786     15,021     11,281  

Net loss

    (16,746 )   (10,634 )   (1,170 )   (12,979 )

Class C common stock dividends

    125     125     125     125  

Net loss attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ (16,871 ) $ (10,759 ) $ (1,295 ) $ (13,104 )

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ (0.04 ) $ (0.02 ) $   $ (0.03 )

(1)
Transaction expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2013 were $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively. There were no transaction expenses for year ended December 31, 2012, as well as the three months ended June 30, 2013 and September 30, 2013. Transaction expenses include legal fees associated with debt refinancing and expenses for acquisition-related activities. Restructuring charges for the three months ended March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012 and December 2012 were $12.9 million, $6.8 million, $9.5 million and $6.1 million, respectively. Restructuring charges for the three months ended March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013, September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013 were $2.4 million, $4.8 million, $3.1 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

(2)
Goodwill impairment charges were $4.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 for the Phase I Services reporting unit.

F-51


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2014   2013  

Net service revenue

  $ 388,240   $ 308,945  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    164,280     173,432  
           

Total revenue

    552,520     482,377  
           

Direct costs

    251,545     211,265  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    164,280     173,432  

Selling, general and administrative

    66,147     56,156  

Restructuring and other costs

    3,175     7,145  

Transaction expenses

    2,042     354  

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

    17,245      

Depreciation

    11,894     9,204  

Amortization

    13,740     19,665  
           

Total operating expenses

    530,068     477,221  
           

Income from operations

    22,452     5,156  
           

Other income (expense), net:

             

Interest income

    200     105  

Interest expense

    (28,924 )   (29,694 )

Other, net

    1,041     (1,065 )
           

Total other expense, net

    (27,683 )   (30,654 )
           

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (5,231 )   (25,498 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    18,986     (1,882 )
           

Net income (loss)

    13,755     (27,380 )

Class C common stock dividends

    (250 )   (250 )
           

Net income (loss) attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ 13,505   $ (27,630 )
           
           

Income (loss) per share attributable to Class A common stockholders:

             

Basic

  $ 0.03   $ (0.06 )

Diluted

  $ 0.03   $ (0.06 )

Weighted average Class A common shares outstanding:

             

Basic

    438,534     439,597  

Diluted

    439,959     439,597  

Basic and diluted unaudited pro forma net income per common share (see Note 8)

   
 
   
 
 

Basic and diluted unaudited pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding (Note 8)

   
 
   
 
 

   

See accompanying notes.

F-52


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2014   2013  

Net income (loss)

  $ 13,755   $ (27,380 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax (expense) benefit of $1,325 and $0, respectively

    (2,102 )   (283 )
           

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 11,653   $ (27,663 )
           
           

   

See accompanying notes.

F-53


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands)

 
  June 30,
2014
(unaudited)
  December 31,
2013
 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 155,549   $ 96,972  

Restricted cash

    581     569  

Accounts receivable:

             

Billed, net

    154,913     129,628  

Unbilled

    108,503     99,207  

Current portion of deferred income taxes

    14,688     14,378  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    37,496     35,428  
           

Total current assets

    471,730     376,182  

Property and equipment, net

    41,963     40,947  

Goodwill

    556,980     563,365  

Intangible assets, net

    209,783     231,051  

Deferred income taxes

    25,229     3,780  

Other long-term assets

    14,836     17,786  
           

Total assets

  $ 1,320,521   $ 1,233,111  
           
           

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 17,222   $ 9,594  

Accrued liabilities

    105,057     94,221  

Deferred revenue

    268,845     207,188  

Current portion of long-term debt

        4,713  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

    1,367     2,292  
           

Total current liabilities

    392,491     318,008  

Long-term debt, less current portion

    587,481     587,202  

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

    150     272  

Deferred income taxes

    27,893     29,233  

Other long-term liabilities

    23,479     22,189  
           

Total liabilities

    1,031,494     956,904  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

Stockholder's equity:

             

Common stock (2,000,000,050 shares authorized, $0.01 par value, 888,428,801 shares issued, 877,066,801 shares outstanding at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

    8,884     8,884  

Additional paid-in-capital

    474,182     472,746  

Treasury stock, at cost

    (6,770 )   (6,751 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (11,943 )   (9,841 )

Accumulated deficit

  $ (175,326 ) $ (188,831 )
           

Total stockholders' equity

    289,027     276,207  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

    1,320,521     1,233,111  
           
           

   

See accompanying notes.

F-54


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2014   2013  

Operating activities

             

Net income (loss):

  $ 13,755   $ (27,380 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

             

Depreciation

    11,894     9,204  

Amortization

    13,740     19,665  

Amortization of capitalized loan fees

    3,844     2,700  

Stock-based compensation

    1,424     719  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    1,536     556  

Deferred income taxes

    (22,442 )   (621 )

Foreign currency adjustments

    (4,941 )   2,400  

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

    17,245      

Loss on asset disposals

    231     (7 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Restricted cash

    (6 )   (587 )

Billed and unbilled accounts receivable

    (34,145 )   (17,627 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    16,970     2,109  

Deferred revenue

    61,657     7,715  

Other current assets and liabilities

    (366 )   (2,322 )
           

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    80,396     (3,476 )

Investing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

    (2,302 )    

Purchase of property and equipment

    (12,939 )   (7,241 )
           

Net cash used in investing activities

    (15,241 )   (7,241 )

Financing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

        2,835  

Payments on long-term debt

    (5,453 )   (3,520 )

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

    (1,613 )   (1,437 )

Dividends paid

    (250 )   (250 )

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

    12     307  

Treasury stock repurchases

    (19 )   (12 )
           

Net cash used in financing activities

    (7,323 )   (2,077 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   
745
   
242
 
           

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    58,577     (12,552 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

    96,972     81,363  
           

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

  $ 155,549   $ 68,811  
           
           

   

See accompanying notes.

F-55


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

June 30, 2014

1. Basis of Presentation and Changes in Significant Accounting Policies

Principal Business

          The Company is a Contract Research Organization (CRO) providing a comprehensive range of clinical development services for the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries to its customers across various therapeutic areas. The international infrastructure of the Company's development business enables it to conduct Phase I to Phase IV clinical trials globally for pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies.

Organization

          On August 13, 2010, INC Research Holdings, Inc. (the Company, Parent or Holdings) was incorporated in the state of Delaware for the purposes of acquiring the outstanding equity of INC Research, INC. through INC Research Intermediate, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of INC Research Holdings Inc. The Company's investment in INC Research Intermediate, LLC (Intermediate) is represented by a 100% membership interest.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

          The significant accounting policies followed by the Company for interim financial reporting are consistent with the accounting policies followed for annual financial reporting. The Company prepared these unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) for interim financial information. These unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements, in management's opinion, include all adjustments of a normal recurring nature necessary for a fair presentation. The accompanying consolidated condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2013. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period. The amounts in the December 31, 2013 consolidated condensed balance sheet are derived from the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Use of Estimates

          The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses during the period, as well as disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. The Company evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, valuation of goodwill and identifiable intangibles, "tax related" contingencies and valuation allowances, allowance for doubtful accounts and litigation contingencies, among others. These estimates are based on the information available to management at the time these estimates, judgments, and assumptions are made. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates.

F-56


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

1. Basis of Presentation and Changes in Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

          In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . ASU 2014-09 will eliminate transaction- and industry-specific revenue recognition guidance under current U.S. GAAP and replace it with a principle based approach for determining revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 will require that companies recognize revenue based on the value of transferred goods or services as they occur in the contract. The ASU also will require additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is not permitted. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

2. Financial Statement Details

Accounts receivable billed, net

          Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  June 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Accounts receivable, billed

  $ 157,850   $ 131,012  

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

    (2,937 )   (1,384 )
           

Accounts receivable billed, net

  $ 154,913   $ 129,628  
           
           

Goodwill and intangible assets

          During the second quarter of 2014, the Company determined that Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units were not performing according to management's expectations. The reporting units have declining revenues and minimal profitability and are not expected to recover in the near term, resulting in a triggering event requiring an evaluation of goodwill and intangible assets for impairment. As a result of this evaluation, we recorded a $9.2 million impairment of goodwill and an $8.0 million impairment of intangible assets associated with our Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units.

F-57


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

2. Financial Statement Details (Continued)

          The changes in carrying amount of goodwill for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Total   Clinical
Development
Services
  Phase I
Services
  Global
Consulting
 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 563,365   $ 539,942   $ 4,142   $ 19,281  

Acquisition of MEK Consulting

    2,327     2,327          

Impairment of goodwill

    (9,243 )       (1,219 )   (8,024 )

Impact of foreign currency translation

    531     531          
                   

Balance at June 30, 2014

  $ 556,980   $ 542,800   $ 2,923   $ 11,257  
                   
                   

          Intangible assets, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  June 30, 2014   December 31, 2013  
 
  Gross   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net   Gross   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Intangible assets with finite lives:

                                     

Customer relationships

  $ 260,292   $ (85,785 ) $ 174,507   $ 268,153   $ (73,600 ) $ 194,553  

Acquired backlog

    2,346     (2,124 )   222     76,078     (74,728 )   1,350  

Trademarks — other

    235     (181 )   54     5,800     (5,660 )   140  

Noncompete agreements

    66     (66 )       62     (54 )   8  
                           

Total intangible assets with finite lives

    262,939     (88,156 )   174,783     350,093     (154,042 )   196,051  

Trademarks — INC — indefinite-lived

    35,000           35,000     35,000           35,000  
                           

Total intangible assets

  $ 297,939   $ (88,156 ) $ 209,783   $ 385,093   $ (154,042 ) $ 231,051  
                           
                           

          The finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. As a result of the impairment of the intangible assets in the second quarter of 2014, the Company reduced the

F-58


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

2. Financial Statement Details (Continued)

estimated useful lives of certain intangible assets. As of June 30, 2014, the estimated useful lives of the Company's intangible assets was as follows:

 
  Useful Life (Years)

Customer relationships

  6 – 10

Acquired backlog

  1 – 3

Trademarks — INC

  Indefinite

Trademarks — other

  2.5

Noncompete agreements

  3

          The estimated future amortization expense of finite-lived intangible assets is expected to be as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending:
   
 

December 31, 2014 (remaining six months)

  $ 18,998  

December 31, 2015

    37,953  

December 31, 2016

    37,925  

December 31, 2017

    28,542  

December 31, 2018

    19,159  

Thereafter

    32,206  
       

Total future estimated amortization

  $ 174,783  
       
       

Accrued liabilities

          Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  June 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Compensation, including bonuses, fringe benefits, and payroll taxes

  $ 45,436   $ 42,043  

Accrued interest

    17,710     19,851  

Accrued taxes

    12,450     4,641  

Accrued rebates to customers

    4,791     5,283  

Accrued professional fees

    6,648     6,835  

Accrued restructuring costs, current portion

    2,930     2,094  

Acquisition related contingent consideration

    1,000      

Other liabilities

    14,092     13,474  
           

Total accrued liabilities

  $ 105,057   $ 94,221  
           
           

F-59


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

2. Financial Statement Details (Continued)

Other long-term liabilities

          Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  June 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Uncertain tax positions

  $ 13,042   $ 13,495  

Accrued restructuring costs, less current portion

    3,373     3,928  

Other liabilities

    7,064     4,766  
           

Total other long-term liabilities

  $ 23,479   $ 22,189  
           
           

Other income (expense), net

          Other income (expense), net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
 
  2014   2013  

Foreign currency gain (loss)

  $ 849   $ (1,284 )

Other, net

    192     219  
           

Total other income (expense), net

  $ 1,041   $ (1,065 )
           
           

3. Business Combinations

MEK Consulting

          On March 5, 2014, the Company acquired stock and assets of MEK Consulting, consisting of MEK Consulting Egypt Ltd., MEK Consulting Danismanlik Ltd. Sti., MEK Consulting Hellas EPE, and MEK Consulting SARL (MEK Consulting), collectively referred to as MEK. MEK is a full service CRO with operations in Egypt, Greece, Jordan, Lebanon, and Turkey. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition totaled $6.0 million, which consisted of (i) $3.0 million cash, of which $0.5 million was placed in escrow for the one year period following the closing date for the satisfaction of potential indemnification claims, (ii) $1.0 million contingent consideration, payable, if earned, during the one year period following the closing date, and (iii) $2.0 million retention payments to certain key employees that will be accounted for as compensation expense and expensed as earned during the three year period following the closing date.

F-60


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

3. Business Combinations (Continued)

          The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

 
  March 5, 2014  

Cash

  $ 3,000  

Contingent consideration

    1,000  
       

Total fair value

    4,000  

Assets acquired:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

    283  

Accounts receivable

    1,308  

Other current assets

    10  

Property and equipment

    56  

Intangible assets, net

    369  

Other assets

    4  
       

Total assets acquired

    2,030  

Liabilities assumed:

       

Accounts payable

    137  

Accrued liabilities

    250  
       

Total liabilities assumed

    387  
       

Net identifiable assets acquired

    1,643  
       

Impact of foreign currency translation

    30  
       

Resulting goodwill

  $ 2,327  
       
       

          The purchase price allocation is preliminary, subject to final review of acquired asset valuations, and is expected to be finalized by December 31, 2014.

          For the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company recorded $0.4 million of deferred consideration for successful retention of operational staff and certain key employees. The remaining $1.6 million of contingent consideration will be accrued and expensed ratably over the contingent employment periods. This contingent consideration is included as compensation expense within "Direct costs" line item in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

          The goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to the assembled workforce of MEK Consulting and is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

4. Debt and Leases

2011 Credit Agreement

          On July 12, 2011, the Company entered into a $375.0 million credit agreement (2011 Credit Agreement) with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., ING Capital LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, as well as a syndicate of other banks, financial institutions and other entities (Lenders). The 2011 Credit Agreement was comprised of a $300.0 million term loan, a $75.0 million revolving line of

F-61


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

credit and letter of credit and swing line facilities. All obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement were guaranteed by the assets of the Company and certain of the Company's direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries.

          On February 8, 2013, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to the 2011 Credit Agreement. The Company increased the then outstanding balance of the term loan facility to $300.0 million and reduced the applicable margins under the revolving line of credit and term loan facilities. In addition, the Company modified certain covenants and related definitions, and agreed to a prepayment premium of 1.0% applicable to any prepayment of term loans that is made in connection with a re-pricing transaction that occurred on or prior to February 8, 2014.

          On February 19, 2014, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the 2011 Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Amendment No. 2, the Company reduced the applicable margins under the revolving loan facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans, to 2.25% for base rate loans and reduced the applicable margins under the term loan facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans and to 2.25% for base rate loans, in each case subject to further reductions based upon a pricing grid.

          Further, Amendment No. 2 reduced the LIBOR floor from 1.25% to 1.0%. In addition, Amendment No. 2 modified certain covenants and related definitions to amend the Secured Leverage Ratio financial covenant to a "springing covenant" that is only applicable when the Company has more than 25% outstanding in borrowings or letters of credit under the revolving loan facility. The new springing covenant, when applicable, requires the Company to maintain a Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in Amendment No. 2) of 4 to 1. The Amendment also added the ability to enter into a permitted receivables facility and provided for a prepayment premium of 1% (the Amendment No. 2 Soft Call) applicable to any prepayment of term loans that is made in connection with a re-pricing transaction that occurs on or prior to the six month anniversary date of Amendment No. 2.

          The term loan (2011 Term Loan) was issued at an original issue discount of $8.6 million which is included on the consolidated balance sheet as a reduction to the long-term debt, net of accumulated amortization. Upon the effectiveness of Amendment No. 1 to the 2011 Credit agreement, the discount on the term loans was decreased by $1.0 million due to certain lenders leaving the syndication. As a result of Amendment No. 2 to the 2011 Credit agreement, the discount on the term loans was decreased by $0.5 million due to certain lenders leaving the syndication. The Company amortized $1.0 million and $0.8 million of the discount into interest expense using the effective interest method for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

          As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $291.0 million and $296.5 million, respectively, was outstanding on the term loan with scheduled quarterly principal payments of 0.25% of the principal borrowed, or $0.7 million per quarter, through June 30, 2018, with the remaining outstanding principal due on July 12, 2018.

          The Company may be required to make mandatory payments on principal towards the 2011 Term Loan depending upon the generation of "Excess Cash Flow" as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement and such additional prepayments will be applied successively to the scheduled installments of principal in direct order of maturity. In March 2014 and in April 2013, mandatory principal payments of $4.7 million and $2.0 million, respectively, were made due to the generation

F-62


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

of Excess Cash flow for 2013 and 2012. The Excess Cash Flow payments reduced future principal payments on the 2011 Term Loan in direct order of maturity, and as a result no further principal payments will be required until December 2015.

          The Company may voluntarily prepay the term loan without premium or penalty upon prior notice except upon exercise of the Amendment No. 2 Soft Call.

          The 2011 Term Loan provides for Eurodollar and Base Rate term loans. The outstanding loan has been Eurodollar since inception. In advance of the last business day of the then current type of loan, the Company may select a new type of loan so long as the maturity does not extend beyond July 12, 2018. Eurodollar loans are one, two, three or six month loans (or with permission nine or twelve months) and interest is due on the last business day of each three month period of the loans. Base Rate term loans have interest due the last business day of each calendar quarter-end. In addition, both Eurodollar and Base Rate term loans have an interest due date concurrent with any repayment or prepayment. The base interest rate for Eurodollar term loans is equal to the greater of (a) 1.00% and (b) the rate determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1.00%):

LIBOR  
1 — Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

          The base interest rate for Base Rate loans is equal to the highest of (a) the Wall Street Journal (WSJ) prime rate, (b) 1/2 of 1.00% per year above the Federal Funds Effective Rate, (c) the Eurodollar Rate for an interest period of one month plus 1.00%, and (d) 2.00%.

          In addition to the base interest rate, both the Eurodollar and Base Rate term loans have a margin tied to a Secured Leverage Ratio (SLR) which is defined as the ratio of (a) consolidated U.S. GAAP secured debt net of $30,000,000 of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents restricted in favor of the administrative agent, the collateral agent or any secured party to (b) Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement as amended from time to time) for four consecutive quarters at the end of each period. Pricing grids are used to determine the margin based on the type of loan and the SLR.

          The margin is adjusted after the quarterly financial statements are delivered to the lenders. Below is the pricing grid for the term loans and revolving credit facility.

SLR
  Eurodollar   Base Rate  

> 1.75 to 1.00

    3.25 %   2.25 %

£ 1.75 to 1.00

    3.00 %   2.00 %

£ 1.75 to 1.00 and qualified public offering resulting in gross proceeds of at least $100,000,000 consummated

    2.75 %   1.75 %

F-63


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

          Interest is calculated based on a calendar day year and as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the combined interest rate on the term loan was 4.25% and 6.0%, respectively.

          The revolving commitment includes a five-year revolving credit facility of $75.0 million and includes a letter of credit and a swing line facility (2011 Revolver). The 2011 Revolver cannot exceed $75.0 million at any one time inclusive of letter of credit usage and swing line loans. The 2011 Revolver may be increased in an aggregate amount not to exceed, together with any increases to the 2011 Term Loan or additional term loans under the 2011 Credit Agreement, $100.0 million if certain conditions are met, as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement.

          Eurodollar and Base Rate loans are available under the 2011 Revolver and are not due until the termination date of July 12, 2016. However, since the intention of the Company is to repay these types of loans as soon as possible, any revolving loans are classified as current on the consolidated balance sheets.

          As of June 30, 2014, there were three outstanding letters of credit totaling $0.9 million, leaving $74.1 million available under the 2011 Revolver.

          The 2011 Revolver includes a commitment fee which begins at 0.50% of the average daily amount of the available revolving commitment assuming any swing line loans outstanding are $0. The fee is payable quarterly in arrears on the last business day of the calendar quarters and July 12, 2016.

          On and after the first adjustment date the rate will be determined based on the pricing grid below.

SLR
  Fee Rate  

> 1.50 to 1.00

    0.500 %

£ 1.50 to 1.00

    0.375 %

          Letters of credit (LOC) are available in an amount not to exceed $15.0 million. The amount of LOC obligations together with revolving and swing line loans may not exceed $75.0 million. Fees are charged on all outstanding LOC at an annual rate equal to the margin in effect on Eurodollar revolving loans. A fronting fee of 0.25% per year on the face amount of each LOC is payable as well. The fee is payable quarterly in arrears on the last business day of the calendar quarter after the issuance date until the LOC expires.

2011 Senior Notes

          On July 12, 2011, the Company issued $300.0 million in Senior Notes due July 15, 2019 (2011 Notes). The 2011 Notes were issued pursuant to Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act and do not require registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The 2011 Notes are guaranteed by the Company and certain of the Company's direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries. Interest is due at 11.5% per year and is paid semi-annually in arrears on July 15 and January 15 of each year until July 15, 2019. The 2011 Notes are non-callable for the first four years.

F-64


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

          On and after July 15, 2015, the Company may redeem the 2011 Notes at the redemption prices below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 
  Percentage  

2015

    105.750 %

2016

    102.875 %

2017 and thereafter

    100.000 %

          Until July 15, 2014, in the event of a qualified equity issuance, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of 2011 Notes at a redemption price equal to 111.5% of the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

          In addition, at any time prior to July 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the 2011 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed as well as accrued and unpaid interest plus the greater of 1% of the principal amount of such Note and the excess of the present value of the redemption price (105.75%) plus all interest payments due on such note through July 15, 2015 (excluding accrued unpaid interest), discounted using the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over the then outstanding principal balance of such note.

          The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the 2011 Notes. However, upon a change of control, as such term is defined in the indenture governing the 2011 Notes, the Company must offer to repurchase all of the 2011 Notes at 101% of the aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.

          As a result of the 2011 Credit Agreement and 2011 Notes, the Company incurred a total of $23.3 million in financing costs. These costs have been recorded in other assets and are being amortized to interest expense under the effective interest method over each of the lives of the 2011 Term Loan, 2011 Notes, and 2011 Revolver as applicable. The Company recorded interest expense associated with these deferred costs of $3.3 million and $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

F-65


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

          The Company's maturities of obligations under the 2011 Term Loan and the 2011 Notes for the years following June 30, 2014, are as follows (in thousands):

Years ending:
   
 

December 31, 2014 (remaining six months)

  $  

December 31, 2015

    476  

December 31, 2016

    2,965  

December 31, 2017

    2,965  

December 31, 2018

    284,620  

December 31, 2019 and thereafter

    300,000  

Original issue discount

    (3,545 )
       

Total long-term debt

    587,481  

Less current portion

     
       

Total

  $ 587,481  
       
       

Debt Covenants

          The 2011 Credit Agreement and the indenture governing the 2011 Notes contain usual and customary negative covenants that, among other things, place limitations on its ability to pay dividends or make other restricted payments; prepay, redeem or purchase debt; incur liens; make loans and investments; incur additional indebtedness; amend or otherwise alter debt and other material documents; make acquisitions and dispose of assets; transact with affiliates; and engage in businesses that are not related to the Company's existing business.

          In addition, the 2011 Credit Agreement contained a negative financial covenant which requires the Company to maintain a minimum Secured Leverage Ratio. This ratio is calculated as a relationship between the level of secured outstanding borrowings and adjusted EBITDA. In February 2014 the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the 2011 Credit Agreement, which modified certain covenants and related definitions to amend the Secured Leverage Ratio financial covenant to apply only when the Company has more than 25% outstanding in borrowings or letters of credit under the revolving loan facility. The new covenant, when applicable, requires the Company to maintain a Secured Leverage Ratio of 4 to 1. The Company believes that it was in compliance with its debt covenants for all periods through June 30, 2014.

5. Fair Value Measurements

          At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company's financial instruments included cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. The fair value of the cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective carrying amounts based on the liquidity and short-term nature of these instruments.

          The fair value of the long-term debt is determined based on market prices for identical or similar financial instruments or model-derived valuations based on observable inputs and falls under

F-66


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

5. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as defined in the authoritative guidance. The estimated fair value of the long-term debt was $630.5 million and $634.5 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

          The Company does not have any recurring fair value measurements. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 during the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

          Certain assets, including goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, are carried on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at cost and are not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis. These assets are tested for impairment annually and when a triggering event occurs. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, assets carried on the balance sheet and not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis total $766.8 million and $794.4 million, respectively.

          The fair value of these assets fall under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as defined in the authoritative guidance and the fair value is estimated as follows:

              Goodwill — At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had recorded goodwill of $557.0 million and $563.4 million, respectively. Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible net assets when an acquisition is accounted for using the purchase method. The Company performs quantitative goodwill impairment assessment on each reporting unit. The Company derives each reporting unit's fair value through a combination of the market approach (the guideline publicly traded company method) and the income approach (a discounted cash flow analysis). The Company then compares the carrying value of each reporting unit, inclusive of its assigned goodwill, to its fair value.

              If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, the Company performs the second step of the impairment test to determine the implied estimated fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. The Company determines the implied estimated fair value of goodwill by determining the present value of the estimated future cash flows for each reporting unit and comparing the reporting unit's risk profile and growth prospects to selected, reasonably similar publicly traded companies. During the second quarter of 2014, the Company recognized a $9.2 million impairment of goodwill (as discussed in Note 2 — Financial Statement Details).

              Finite-lived Intangible Assets — At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had recorded finite-lived intangible assets of $174.8 million and $196.1 million, respectively. If a triggering event occurs, the Company determines the estimated fair value of finite-lived intangible assets by determining the present value of the expected cash flows. During the second quarter of 2014, the Company recognized an $8.0 million impairment of its finite-lived intangible assets (as discussed in Note 2 — Financial Statement Details).

              Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets — At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had recorded indefinite-lived intangible assets of $35.0 million. When evaluating indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, the Company performs a quantitative

F-67


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

5. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

    impairment analysis. The Company determines the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset (trademark) by determining the present value of the estimated royalty payments on an after-tax basis that it would be required to pay the owner for the right to use such trade name. If the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. No indication of impairment was identified during the Company's annual review.

6. Restructuring and Other Costs

          In the second quarter of 2014, the Company initiated restructuring activities related to closure of its Glasgow facility and partial closure of its Cincinnati facility. The Company incurred $2.4 million of severance costs and facility closure expenses related to these activities, which are reflected in the amounts presented in the table below. The Company expects to incur additional costs, primarily consisting of facility closure expenses, of $3.0 million to $4.0 million with respect to these activities in 2014.

          The costs related to all restructuring plans are included in restructuring and other costs in the consolidated statements of operations. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company made payments and provision adjustments for all plans as presented below (in thousands):

 
  Employee
Severance
Costs
  Facility
Closure
Charges
  Other
Charges
  Total  

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $   $ 5,537   $ 485   $ 6,022  

Expenses incurred

    2,506     608     61     3,175  

Payments made

    (1,585 )   (824 )   (485 )   (2,894 )
                   

Balance at June 30, 2014

  $ 921   $ 5,321   $ 61   $ 6,303  
                   
                   

7. Stockholders' Equity

Common Stock

          On August 16, 2012, the Company's Board of Directors approved amendments to the Company's certificate of incorporation that would, among other things, reflect a 1000 to 1 stock split for Class A and Class B common stock as well as an increase the number of authorized shares to an aggregate of 2,000,000,050 shares of common stock consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares Class A common stock, 1,000,000,000 shares Class B and 50 shares of Class C common stock. Accordingly, all references to share and per share information in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the stock split for all periods presented. The par value per share of the common stock has not changed as a result of the stock split and remained at $0.01.

F-68


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

7. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

Voting Rights of the Common Stock

          Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote on matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company. However, no share of Class A common stock is entitled to vote with respect to election of the directors of the Company.

          No share of Class B common stock is entitled to any vote on matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company. However each share of Class B common stock is entitled to one vote with respect to the election of the directors of the Company.

          No share of Class C common stock is entitled any vote on matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company unless such matter should adversely affect the rights and preferences of Class C common stock with respect to "Special Dividends" (discussed below) payable the holders of Class C common stock. Should such a matter adversely affect the rights and preferences of Special Dividends payable to the holders of Class C common stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of Class C common stock is required.

Dividend Rights and Preferences of the Common Stock

          The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to dividends at such time and in such amounts as, if and when declared by the board of directors of the Company. However the holders of Class A common stock are not entitled to participate in any Special Dividends.

          The holders of Class B common stock are not entitled to dividends of any amount at any time.

          The holders of Class C common stock are entitled to receive a Special Dividend of up to $0.5 million annually paid ratably throughout the year, as well as dividends related to certain transactions. Special Dividends of $0.3 million were paid to the stockholder of the one share of Class C common stock issued and outstanding for each of the six months ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013.

Liquidation Rights and Preferences of the Common Stock

          The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to participate on a pro rata basis in all distributions to the holders of Class A common stock upon the occurrence of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, subsequent to the payment preference available to the holders of Class B common stock.

          The holders of Class B common stock are entitled to receive $0.00002 per share of Class B common stock, subject to adjustment for any stock splits, combinations or similar events, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the affairs of the Company. Such payment is in preference to any payments made to the holders of Class A common stock.

          The holders of Class C common stock are not entitled to participate in any distributions to the holders of any class of capital stock of the Company in any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. However, the holders of Class C common stock are entitled to any accrued and unpaid Special Dividends prior to any amounts being paid in respect to any other class of capital stock of the Company.

F-69


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

8. Earnings Per Share

          The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share computations for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013:

 
  Net Income (Loss)
(Numerator)
  Number of Shares
(Denominator)
  Per-Share
Amount
 

For the six months ended June 30, 2014

                   

Basic net income per share

  $ 13,505     438,534   $ 0.03  

Effect of dilutive securities

        1,425        
               

Diluted net income per share

  $ 13,505     439,959   $ 0.03  
               
               

For the six months ended June 30, 2013

                   

Basic net loss per share

  $ (27,630 )   439,597   $ (0.06 )

Effect of dilutive securities

               
               

Diluted net loss per share

  $ (27,630 )   439,597   $ (0.06 )
               
               

          The computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share excludes unexercised stock options that are anti-dilutive. The following common stock equivalents were excluded from the earnings (loss) per share computation, as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive:

 
  For the six months
ended
 
 
  June 30,
2014
  June 30,
2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Weighted average number of stock options calculated using the treasury stock method that were excluded due to the exercise price exceeding the average market price of our common stock during the period

    7,678     11,310  

Weighted average number of stock options calculated using the treasury stock method that were excluded due to the reporting of a net loss for the period

   
   
166
 
           

Total common stock equivalents excluded from diluted net loss per share computation

    7,678     11,476  
           
           

          There were no transactions subsequent to June 30, 2014 that materially change the numbers of shares in the basic or diluted earnings (loss) per share computation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Earnings Per Share

          Unaudited pro forma net income per Class A common share has been adjusted to give effect to (i) the number of shares whose proceeds are deemed to be necessary to pay the dividend

F-70


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

8. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

amount that is in excess of earnings, (ii) the number of shares issued in the offering used to repay the 2011 Notes, (iii) a decrease in interest expense to reflect the repayment of the 2011 Notes as if they had been repaid at the beginning of the period and (iv) an increase to interest expense as if the additional borrowings under the 2011 Credit Facility used to repay the 2011 Notes had occurred as of the beginning of the period.

          The following presents the computation of unaudited pro forma net income attributable to Class A common stock and unaudited pro forma earnings per Class A common share for the six months ended June 30, 2014 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

Net income attributable to Class A stockholders

  $ 13,505  

Pro forma adjustment for interest expense, net of tax(a)

     
       

Pro forma net income

  $ 13,505  
       
       

Common shares used in computing earnings per Class A common share:

       

Basic

    438,534  

Diluted

    439,959  

Total pro forma common share adjustments(b):

   
 
 

Basic

     

Diluted

     

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding:

   
 
 

Basic

    438,534  

Diluted

    439,959  

Pro forma earnings per share:

   
 
 

Basic

  $ 0.03  

Diluted

  $ 0.03  

(a)
These adjustments reflect the elimination of the historical interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs, as well as the incurrence of interest expense related to the new term loans, after reflecting the pro forma effect of the refinancing as follows:

 
  Six months ended June 30, 2014  
 
  Interest
Expense
  Amortization
of Debt Issue
Costs
  Tax Effect   Total  

Senior Notes

                    $  

Term Loans

                       
                   

  $   $   $   $  
                   
                   

F-71


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

8. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

The pro forma adjustments are not tax affected as the impact amounts would have been offset by the release of deferred tax asset valuation allowances.


    (b)
    Adjustments for common shares are as follows:

Dividends paid in excess of earnings in the past twelve months

                        

Offering price per common share

                        
       

Common shares assumed to pay dividends in excess of earnings

                        
       

Indebtedness to be repaid with proceeds from this offering

                        

Offering price per common share

                        
       

Common shares assumed issued to repay Notes

                        
       

Total common shares assumed to be issued

                        
       
       

9. Stock-Based Compensation

          On June 26, 2014, the Company amended the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) to increase the maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the awards under the Plan from 31,340,000 to 35,840,000 shares.

          The following table summarizes option activity as of and for the period ending June 30, 2014:

 
  Number of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(In Years)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    24,163,400   $ 1.15           8.46  

Granted

    8,972,000   $ 1.82   $ 0.64        

Exercised

    (10,000 ) $ 1.19   $ 0.42        

Forfeited

    (370,000 ) $ 1.24   $ 0.52        

Expired

    (100,000 ) $ 1.25   $ 0.52        
                         

Outstanding at June 30, 2014

    32,655,400   $ 1.34           8.44  
                         
                         

Vested and exercisable at June 30, 2014

    7,605,300   $ 1.10           6.59  
                         
                         

10. Income Taxes

          The Company is required to estimate its full-year income and the related tax expense in each jurisdiction in which it operates. Changes in the geographic mix or estimated level of pre-tax income can impact its effective tax rate. This process involves estimating current tax liabilities in each jurisdiction in which the Company operates, including the impact of additional tax resulting from income tax examinations and making judgments regarding the recoverability of deferred tax assets. The Company has excluded from its effective tax rate projection any current year losses in jurisdictions where its deferred tax assets are not realizable on a more-likely-than-not basis.

F-72


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

          The Company and its United States (U.S.) subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Other subsidiaries of the Company file tax returns in their local jurisdictions. The Company provides for income taxes on all transactions that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Specifically, the Company estimates its tax liability based on current tax laws in the statutory jurisdictions in which it operates. Accordingly, the impact of changes in income tax laws on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in net earnings in the period during which such changes are enacted.

          Valuation allowances are provided to reduce the related deferred income tax assets to an amount which will, more likely than not, be realized. Due to a history of operating losses, resulting in a cumulative loss position, management concluded that a full valuation allowance was needed to offset certain foreign and domestic deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities. At June 30, 2014, management concluded that it was more likely than not that a majority of the foreign deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable income. This conclusion was based, in part, on our achieving sustained profitability in 2014 in these jurisdictions and projections of positive future earnings. Therefore, the Company released a significant portion of the valuation allowances related to foreign deferred tax assets in the second quarter of 2014 and will continue to reassess the ability to realize the deferred tax benefits on a quarterly basis. If it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the deferred tax benefits, then all or a portion of the valuation allowance may need to be re-established, which would result in a charge to tax expense. The release of these valuation allowances resulted in an income tax benefit of $24.4 million, which was recorded as a discrete item during the quarter ending June 30, 2014. The Company continues to provide a valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets related to its domestic operations.

          As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the balance of the reserve for unrecognized tax benefits was $23.0 million and $23.7 million, respectively, all of which would impact the Company's effective tax rate if recognized. The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if the Company believes it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. Judgment is required in determining what constitutes an individual tax position, as well as the assessment of the outcome of each tax position. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating tax positions and tax benefits. In addition, the calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in domestic and foreign jurisdictions. If events occur and the payment of these amounts ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of liabilities would result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when it is determined the liabilities are no longer necessary. If the calculation of liability related to uncertain tax positions proves to be more or less than the ultimate assessment, a tax expense or benefit to expense, respectively, would result. The Company does not foresee any reasonably possible change in the unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months but acknowledges circumstances can change due to unexpected developments in the law.

          The Company's policy has been to provide income taxes on earnings of foreign subsidiaries only to the extent those earnings are expected to be repatriated. The Company intends to repatriate current and future earnings of its foreign subsidiaries to meet certain cash requirements in the U.S. As result, the Company has provided taxes on these earnings. The Company continues to assert

F-73


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

that all undistributed foreign earnings prior to December 31, 2012 remain permanently reinvested to support future growth in foreign markets and to maintain current operating needs of foreign locations.

11. Segment Information

          The Company is managed through three reportable segments: Clinical Development Services, Phase I Services, and Global Consulting. Clinical Development Services offers a variety of select and stand-alone clinical trial services as well as full-service, global studies, and also provides ancillary services including clinical monitoring, investigator recruitment, patient recruitment, data management, and study report to assist customers with their drug development process. Phase I Services focuses on clinical development services for Phase I trials that include scientific exploratory medicine, first-in-human studies through proof-of-concept stages, and support for Phase I studies in established compounds. Global Consulting provides consulting services regarding clinical trial regulatory affairs, regulatory consulting services, quality assurance audits and pharmacovigilance, non-clinical consulting and medical writing.

          The Company's Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) reviews segment performance and allocates resources based upon segment revenue and segment contribution margin. The Company's CODM does not review inter-segment revenue when evaluating segment performance and allocating resources to each segment. Thus, inter-segment revenue is not included in the segment revenues presented in the table below. As such, total segment revenue in the table below is equal to the Company's consolidated net service revenue. All direct costs are allocated to the Company's segments, and as such, segment total direct costs are equal to the Company's consolidated direct costs and consolidated segment contribution margin.

F-74


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

11. Segment Information (Continued)

          Revenue, direct costs, and contribution margin for each of the Company's segments are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Six Months Ended  
 
  June 30,
2014
  June 30,
2013
 

Revenue:

             

Clinical Development Services

  $ 379,426   $ 293,612  

Phase I Services

    4,594     10,796  

Global Consulting

    4,220     4,537  
           

Segment revenue

    388,240     308,945  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses not allocated to segments

    164,280     173,432  
           

Total revenue

  $ 552,520   $ 482,377  
           
           

Direct costs:

             

Clinical Development Services

  $ 243,459   $ 201,930  

Phase I Services

    3,882     6,412  

Global Consulting

    4,204     2,923  
           

Segment direct costs

    251,545     211,265  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses not allocated to segments

    164,280     173,432  
           

Direct costs and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

  $ 415,825   $ 384,697  
           
           

Segment contribution margin:

             

Clinical Development Services

  $ 135,967   $ 91,682  

Phase I Services

    712     4,384  

Global Consulting

    16     1,614  
           

Segment contribution margin

  $ 136,695   $ 97,680  

Less expenses not allocated to segments:

             

Selling, general and administrative

    66,147     56,156  

Restructuring and other costs

    3,175     7,145  

Transaction expenses

    2,042     354  

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

    17,245      

Depreciation

    11,894     9,204  

Amortization

    13,740     19,665  
           

Consolidated income from operations

  $ 22,452   $ 5,156  
           
           

12. Operations by Geographic Location

          The Company conducts operations in North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, Asia-Pacific, and Latin America through wholly-owned subsidiaries and representative sales offices. The Company attributes net service revenues to geographical locations based upon the location of the customer (i.e., the location to which the Company invoices the end customer).

F-75


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

12. Operations by Geographic Location (Continued)

          The following table summarizes total revenue by geographic area (amounts in thousands and all intercompany transactions have been eliminated):

 
  Six Months Ended  
 
  June 30,
2014
  June 30,
2013
 

Net service revenue:

             

North America(1)

  $ 273,302   $ 227,206  

Europe, Middle East and Africa

    102,428     75,548  

Asia-Pacific

    12,481     5,825  

Latin America

    29     366  
           

Total net service revenue

    388,240     308,945  

Reimbursable-out-of-pocket expenses

    164,280     173,432  
           

Total revenue

  $ 552,520   $ 482,377  
           
           

(1)
For the six months ended June 30, 2014, North America net service revenue includes revenue attributable to the U.S. of $272.7 million, or 70.2% of net service revenues. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, North America net service revenue include revenue attributable to the U.S. of $221.1 million, or 71.6% of net service revenues.

          Various subsidiaries of Otsuka Holdings Co., Ltd. accounted for 14% and 15% of total net service revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Various subsidiaries of Astellas Pharma, Inc. accounted for 12% of net service revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

          At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, no customer accounted for more than 10% of billed and unbilled accounts receivable.

          The following table summarizes long-lived assets by geographic area (amounts in thousands):

 
  June 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Total property and equipment, net:

             

North America

  $ 26,735   $ 27,413  

Europe

    10,919     10,054  

Asia-Pacific

    1,036     1,098  

Latin America

    3,273     2,382  
           

Total property and equipment, net

  $ 41,963   $ 40,947  
           
           

F-76


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

13. Related-Party Transactions

          The Company has an agreement with a significant stockholder for the stockholder to perform certain consulting services. The Company recognized $0.3 million of consulting service expense in each of the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

          The Company recorded net service revenue of $0.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013, from a customer who has a significant stockholder who is also a significant stockholder of the Company. There was no revenue recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

14. Commitments and Contingencies

          The Company records accruals for claims, suits, investigations and proceedings when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company reviews claims, suits, investigations and proceedings at least quarterly and records or adjusts accruals related to such matters to reflect the impact and status of any settlements, rulings, advice of counsel or other information pertinent to a particular matter. Legal costs associated with contingencies are charged to expense as incurred. The Company is party to legal proceedings incidental to its business. While the outcome of these matters could differ from management's expectations, the Company does not believe the resolution of these matters has a reasonable possibility of having a material adverse effect to the Company's financial statements.

          In the normal course of business, the Company periodically becomes involved in various claims and lawsuits that are incidental to our business. While the outcome of these matters could differ from management's expectations, the Company does not believe the resolution of these matters will have a material effect upon the Company's financial statements.

          The Company currently maintains insurance for risks associated with the operation of its business, provision of professional services and ownership of property. These policies provide coverage for a variety of potential losses, including loss or damage to property, bodily injury, general commercial liability, professional errors and omissions, and medical malpractice. The Company's per employee retentions and deductibles associated with these insurance policies are $0.25 million per claim, $1.0 million in aggregate.

          The Company is self-insured for certain losses relating to health insurance claims for the majority of its employees located within the United States. The Company purchases stop-loss coverage from third party insurance carriers to limit individual or aggregate loss exposure with respect to the Company's health insurance claims. The stop-loss coverage is on a "claims made" basis for expenses in excess of $0.2 million per member per year.

          Accrued insurance liabilities and related expenses are based on estimates of claims incurred but not reported. Incurred but not reported claims are generally determined by taking into account historical claims payments and known trends such as claim frequency and severity. The Company makes estimated judgments and assumptions with respect to these calculations, including but not limited to, estimated healthcare cost trends, estimated lag time to report any paid claims, average cost per claim and other factors. The Company believes the estimates of future liability are reasonable based on its methodology; however, changes in claims activity (volume and amount per claim) could materially affect the estimate for these liabilities. The Company continually monitors

F-77


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

June 30, 2014

14. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

claim activity and incidents and makes necessary adjustments based on these evaluations. As of June 30, 2014, the Company has self-insurance reserves accrued of $2.9 million.

15. Subsequent Events

          In August 2014, the Company completed the restructuring of its Cincinnati office to reflect the reduced utilization of office space. The following table reflects the revised future minimum operating lease payments, by year and in aggregate, under non-cancellable operating leases as of June 30, 2014, excluding rental payments accrued in restructuring costs related to all facilities restructured through August 2014 (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending:
  Operating
Leases
 

December 31, 2014 (remaining six months)

  $ 11,188  

December 31, 2015

    18,754  

December 31, 2016

    16,036  

December 31, 2017

    12,557  

December 31, 2018

    9,221  

Thereafter

    3,231  
       

Total future minimum lease payments

  $ 70,986  
       
       

F-78


Table of Contents


                  Shares

INC Research Holdings, Inc.

Class A Common Stock



LOGO



Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Credit Suisse
Baird
Wells Fargo Securities
William Blair



           Through and including                           , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

   


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

          The expenses, other than underwriting commissions, expected to be incurred by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered under this Registration Statement are estimated to be as follows:

SEC Registration Fee

  $ 17,430  

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Filing Fee

    23,000  

Exchange Listing Fee

    25,000  

Printing and Engraving

              *

Legal Fees and Expenses

              *

Accounting Fees and Expenses

              *

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

              *

Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees

              *

Miscellaneous

              *
       

Total

  $           *
       

*
To be completed by amendment.

ITEM 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

          The Registrant is governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL. Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person was or is an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such officer, director, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the corporation's best interest and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that such person's conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or contemplated action or suit by or in the right of such corporation, under the same conditions, except that such indemnification is limited to expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person, and except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if such person is adjudged to be liable to such corporation. Where an officer or director of a corporation is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation must indemnify that person against the expenses (including attorneys' fees) which such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

          The Registrant's amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize the indemnification of its officers and directors, consistent with Section 145 of the DGCL. Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director's fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to

II-1


Table of Contents

the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends of unlawful stock purchase or redemptions or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. As permitted by the DGCL, we will include in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation a provision to eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our officers and directors under certain circumstances, including those circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary, and we are required to advance expenses to our officers and directors as incurred in connection with proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified.

          The Registrant intends to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, will require the Registrant to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts actually and reasonably incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of the Registrant, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer.

          The Registrant maintains directors' and officers' liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers.

          The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification to the Registrant's directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

ITEM 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

          The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us in the last three years:

          On February 2, 2012, the Registrant issued and sold 200,000 shares of each of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock (taken together, a "Common Unit") to an executive for $1.25 per Common Unit pursuant to the 2010 Plan.

          On February 2, 2012, the Registrant issued and sold 100,000 shares of each of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock to an executive for $1.25 per Common Unit pursuant to the 2010 Plan.

          On December 1, 2012, the Registrant issued and sold 31,400 shares of each of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock to an executive upon executive's exercise of an option with an exercise price of $1.00 per Common Unit granted to executive pursuant to a Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement.

          On February 28, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold 13,000 shares of each of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock to an executive upon executive's exercise of an option with an exercise price of $1.00 per Common Unit granted to executive pursuant to a Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement.

          On April 11, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold 282,000 shares of each of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock to an executive upon executive's exercise of an option with an exercise price of $1.00 per Common Unit granted to executive pursuant to a Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement.

II-2


Table of Contents

          On December 16, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold 10,000 shares of each of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock to an executive upon executive's exercise of an option with an exercise price of $1.25 per Common Unit granted to executive pursuant to a Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement.

          On June 12, 2014, the Registrant issued and sold 10,000 shares of each of Class A common stock and Class B common stock to an executive upon executive's exercise of an option with an exercise price of $1.19 per Common Unit granted to executive pursuant to a Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement.

          All sales after February 2, 2012 reflect a 1 for 1,000 stock split of our Common Units that occurred in August 2012.

          The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant.

          None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering.

ITEM 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)
Exhibits

Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Exhibits
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of INC Research Holdings, Inc., to be in effect at the closing of this offering.

 

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of INC Research Holdings, Inc., to be in effect at the closing of this offering.

 

4.1

*

Specimen Certificate for Class A Common Stock.

 

4.2

*

Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, by and among INC Research Holdings, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein.

 

4.3

 

Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee.

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP.

 

10.1.1

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as the Borrower, INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender.

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Exhibits
  10.1.2   Amendment No. 1, dated February 8, 2013, to Credit Agreement, dated July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as the Borrower, INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender.

 

10.1.3

 

Amendment No. 2, dated February 19, 2014, to Credit Agreement, dated July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as the Borrower, INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender.

 

10.2

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated July 12, 2011, made by INC Research, LLC, INC Research Intermediate, LLC and the other signatories thereto, in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent.

 

10.3.1

 

Triangle Acquisition Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.3.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.3.3

 

Amendment No. 2 to INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.4

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.5

*

INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.6

*

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.7

 

2013 Management Incentive Plan.

 

10.8

 

Form of Management Incentive Plan.

 

10.9.1

 

Lease, dated May 6, 2010, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.9.2

 

Lease Amendment No. 1, dated August 26, 2010, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.9.3

 

Lease Amendment No. 2, dated August 23, 2011, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.9.4

 

Lease Amendment No. 3, dated January 4, 2013, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.10

 

Executive Employment Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2014, by and between INC Research, LLC and D. Jamie Macdonald.

 

10.11

 

Executive Employment Agreement, effective as of August 5, 2013, by and between INC Research, LLC and Gregory S. Rush.

 

10.12

 

Executive Service Agreement, dated July 31, 2014, by and between INC Research Holding Limited and Alistair Macdonald.

 

10.13

 

Executive Employment Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2014, by and between INC Research, LLC and Christopher L. Gaenzle.

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Exhibits
  10.14 * Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.15

*

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Non-U.S. Participant under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

21.1

 

List of Significant Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

23.2

*

Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

*
To be filed by amendment.

II-5


Table of Contents

(b)
Financial statement schedules

          None.

ITEM 17.    Undertakings

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this registration statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Raleigh, State of North Carolina, on October 6, 2014.

    INC Research Holdings, Inc.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ CHRISTOPHER L. GAENZLE

        Name:   Christopher L. Gaenzle
        Title:   Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned constitutes and appoints each of D. Jamie Macdonald, Gregory S. Rush and Christopher L. Gaenzle, each acting alone, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (including all pre-effective and post-effective amendments and registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that any such attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ D. JAMIE MACDONALD

D. Jamie Macdonald
  Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   October 6, 2014

/s/ GREGORY S. RUSH

Gregory S. Rush

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

October 6, 2014

/s/ JAMES T. OGLE

James T. Ogle

 

Chairman and Director

 

October 6, 2014

/s/ JAMES A. BANNON

James A. Bannon

 

Director

 

October 6, 2014

Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ ROBERT W. BRECKON

Robert W. Breckon
  Director   October 6, 2014

/s/ DAVID F. BURGSTAHLER

David F. Burgstahler

 

Director

 

October 6, 2014

/s/ STEVE FARAONE

Steve Faraone

 

Director

 

October 6, 2014

/s/ CHARLES C. HARWOOD, JR.

Charles C. Harwood, Jr.

 

Director

 

October 6, 2014

/s/ TERRY WOODWARD

Terry Woodward

 

Director

 

October 6, 2014

Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Exhibits
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of INC Research Holdings, Inc., to be in effect at the closing of this offering.

 

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of INC Research Holdings, Inc., to be in effect at the closing of this offering.

 

4.1

*

Specimen Certificate for Class A Common Stock.

 

4.2

*

Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, by and among INC Research Holdings, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein.

 

4.3

 

Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee.

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP.

 

10.1.1

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as the Borrower, INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender.

 

10.1.2

 

Amendment No. 1, dated February 8, 2013, to Credit Agreement, dated July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as the Borrower, INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender.

 

10.1.3

 

Amendment No. 2, dated February 19, 2014, to Credit Agreement, dated July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as the Borrower, INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender.

 

10.2

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated July 12, 2011, made by INC Research, LLC, INC Research Intermediate, LLC and the other signatories thereto, in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent.

 

10.3.1

 

Triangle Acquisition Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.3.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.3.3

 

Amendment No. 2 to INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.4

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.5

*

INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.6

*

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.7

 

2013 Management Incentive Plan.

 

10.8

 

Form of Management Incentive Plan.

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Exhibits
  10.9.1   Lease, dated May 6, 2010, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.9.2

 

Lease Amendment No. 1, dated August 26, 2010, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.9.3

 

Lease Amendment No. 2, dated August 23, 2011, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.9.4

 

Lease Amendment No. 3, dated January 4, 2013, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.10

 

Executive Employment Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2014, by and between INC Research, LLC and D. Jamie Macdonald.

 

10.11

 

Executive Employment Agreement, effective as of August 5, 2013, by and between INC Research, LLC and Gregory S. Rush.

 

10.12

 

Executive Service Agreement, dated July 31, 2014, by and between INC Research Holding Limited and Alistair Macdonald.

 

10.13

 

Executive Employment Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2014, by and between INC Research, LLC and Christopher L. Gaenzle.

 

10.14

*

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.15

*

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Non-U.S. Participant under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

21.1

 

List of Significant Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

23.2

*

Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

*
To be filed by amendment.



Exhibit 3.1

 

FORM OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.

 

(Under Sections 242 and 245 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law)

 

INC Research Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

FIRST.  The Corporation filed its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 13, 2010 under the name Triangle Acquisition Holdings, Inc., and the Corporation amended its Certificate of Incorporation on August 16, 2010; further amended and restated that amended and restated Certificate of Incorporation on September 27, 2010; further amended its Certificate of Incorporation on August 16, 2012; and further amended and restated its Certificate of Incorporation on         , 2014 (as amended to date, the “ Previous Certificate of Incorporation ”).

 

SECOND.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Previous Certificate of Incorporation, and the stockholders of the Corporation have duly approved the amendment and restatement.

 

THIRD.  Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Certificate ”) restates, integrates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to read in its entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

1.1                                Name.   The name of the Corporation is:

 

INC Research Holdings, Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

 

2.1                                Address.   The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19808.  The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 



 

ARTICLE III

 

3.1                                Purpose.   The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation shall have all of the powers conferred on corporations by the DGCL and other applicable law.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

4.1                                Authorized Shares .  The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is          (         )shares, of which (i)              (                    ) shares shall be designated shares of class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class A Common Stock ”) and (ii)             (         )shares shall be designated shares of class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”), and (iii)             (              ) shares shall be designated shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the rights and preferences of the Common Stock shall at all times be subject to the rights and preferences of the Preferred Stock as may be set forth in one or more certificates of designations filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware from time to time in accordance with the DGCL and this Certificate.  The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) from time to time by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock voting separately as a class or series shall be required therefor.

 

4.2                                Common Stock.   The following is a statement of the designations, preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and special or relative rights granted to or imposed upon the shares of each class of Common Stock.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be identical and shall entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges.

 

(a)                                  Conversion .

 

(i)                                      Shares of Class A Common Stock shall be convertible at any time into an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock at the option of a holder of Class A Common Stock any time that, and only if, such holder is also already a record owner of one or more shares of Class B Common Stock.  Shares of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible at any time into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof.

 

(ii)                                   Each such conversion of shares shall be effected by the surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares to be converted at the principal office of the Corporation or the Corporation’s stock transfer agent at any time during normal business hours, together with a written notice by the holder of such shares stating the number of shares that any such holder desires to so convert.  Any such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as of the close of business on the date on which such certificate or certificates have been

 

2



 

surrendered and such notice has been received by the Corporation, and at such time the rights of any such holder with respect to the converted class of Common Stock shall cease and the person or persons in whose name or names the certificate or certificates for new shares of Common Stock are to be issued upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of such new shares of Common Stock represented thereby.

 

(iii)                                Promptly after such surrender and the receipt by the Corporation of the written notice from such holder, the Corporation shall issue and deliver (or cause to be issued and delivered) in accordance with the surrendering holder’s instructions, the certificate or certificates for the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion and a certificate representing any shares of Common Stock that were represented by the certificate or certificates delivered to the Corporation in connection with such conversion but that were not converted.  The issuance of certificates for the Common Stock upon conversion shall be made without charge to the holder or holders of such shares; provided , that the holder shall pay (or reimburse the Corporation for) any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Corporation or the holder in connection with such conversion.

 

(b)                                  Voting Rights.   The holders of Class A Common Stock shall have the general right to vote for all purposes, including for the election or removal of directors of the Corporation, as provided by law.  The holders of Class B Common Stock shall have the general right to vote for all purposes provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in this Certificate the shares of Class B Common Stock shall not carry any right to vote for the election or removal of directors of the Corporation and, accordingly, the holders of Class B Common Stock shall not, by virtue of their status as such, have the right to vote for the election or removal of directors of the Corporation.  Each holder of Class A Common Stock and each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held; provided that the Board of Directors may issue or grant shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock that are subject to vesting or forfeiture and that restrict or eliminate voting rights with respect to such shares until any such vesting criteria is satisfied or such forfeiture provisions lapse.  The affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Class B Common Stock, voting separately as a class, shall be required to make any amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation that change the voting rights of the Class B Common Stock or that adversely affect the rights and preferences of the Class B Common Stock in a manner disproportionate to the Class A Common Stock.  Except as required by the DGCL or as set forth in this Certificate, (i) holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters submitted for a vote or the consent of Class A Common stock, whether pursuant to law or otherwise; (ii) holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters submitted for a vote or the consent of Class B Common stock, whether pursuant to law or otherwise; and (iii) the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock shall vote together as a single class, and not separately as multiple classes, at any annual meeting or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation or in connection with any action taken by written consent.  Except as otherwise required by the DGCL or applicable law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other

 

3



 

such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

 

(c)                                   Dividends; Distributions and Redemptions.    Subject to the prior rights of all classes or series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends or other distributions, or except as otherwise provided in this Certificate, with respect to each class of shares of Common Stock, the holders of shares of such class of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, property, or stock as may be declared on the Common Stock by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in all such dividends and other distributions, provided , that if dividends are declared that are payable in shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, such dividends shall be declared payable at the same rate on each such class of Common Stock, with dividends payable in shares of Class A Common Stock payable to holders of Class A Common Stock, and dividends payable in shares of Class B Common Stock payable to holders of Class B Common Stock.  Subject to the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence, but notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, no dividends may be declared on any shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock and Class A Common Stock, respectively (including without limitation, with respect to the amount, form and time of payment of such dividend).

 

(d)                                  Liquidation, etc.   Subject to the prior rights of creditors of the Corporation and the holders of all classes or series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and subject to the other sentences in this clause (d), in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining assets of the Corporation.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Corporation may not effect any stock split, combination or similar event with respect to any share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock unless the Corporation effects the same stock split, combination or similar event with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock and Class A Common Stock, respectively.

 

(f)                                    No holder of shares of Common Stock shall have cumulative voting rights.

 

(g)                                   No holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to preemptive or subscription rights pursuant to this Certificate.

 

4.3                                Preferred Stock .  The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, to the fullest extent as may now or hereafter be permitted by the DGCL, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to provide for the issuance of a share or shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series or classes and to fix for each such series or class (i) the number of shares constituting such series or class and the designation of such series or class, (ii) the voting powers (if any), whether full or limited, of the shares of such series or class, (iii) the powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each such series or class, and (iv) the qualifications, limitations, and restrictions thereof, and to cause to be

 

4



 

filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate of designation with respect thereto.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the fullest extent as may now or hereafter be permitted by the DGCL, the authority of the Board of Directors with respect to the Preferred Stock and any series or class thereof shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

 

(a)                                  the number of shares constituting any series or class and the distinctive designation of that series or class;

 

(b)                                  the dividend rate or rates on the shares of any series or class, the terms and conditions upon which and the periods in respect of which dividends shall be payable, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of that series or class;

 

(c)                                   whether any series or class shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by applicable law, and, if so, the number of votes per share and the terms and conditions of such voting rights;

 

(d)                                  whether any series or class shall have conversion privileges and, if so, the terms and conditions of conversion, including provision for adjustment of the conversion rate upon such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;

 

(e)                                   whether the shares of any series or class shall be redeemable and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates;

 

(f)                                    whether any series or class shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of that series or class, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;

 

(g)                                   the rights of the shares of any series or class in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series or class; and

 

(h)                                  any other powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations, and restrictions of any series or class.

 

The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of the shares of each series or class of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series or classes at any time outstanding.  Unless otherwise provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series or class of Preferred Stock, shares of Preferred Stock, regardless of series or class, which shall be issued and thereafter acquired by the Corporation through purchase, redemption, exchange, conversion or otherwise shall return to the status of authorized but unissued Preferred Stock, without designation as to series or class of Preferred Stock, and the Corporation shall have the right to reissue such shares.

 

5



 

4.4                                Power to Sell and Purchase Shares .  Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to issue and sell all or any part of any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized to such persons, and for such consideration and for such corporate purposes, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not greater consideration could be received upon the issue or sale of the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law.  Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to purchase any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized from such persons, and for such consideration and for such corporate purposes, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not less consideration could be paid upon the purchase of the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law.

 

ARTICLE V

 

5.1                                Powers of the Board.   The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.  In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by applicable law or by this Certificate (including any certificate of designations relating to any series or class of Preferred Stock) or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the Board of Directors is hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, except as otherwise specifically required by law or as otherwise provided in this Certificate (including any certificate of designations relating to any series or class of Preferred Stock).

 

5.2                                Number of Directors.   Upon the effectiveness of this Certificate (the “ Effective Time ”), the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be eight (8).  Thereafter, the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be such number as may be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution of at least a majority of the Board then in office.

 

5.3                                Classification.   Subject to the terms of any one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock, and effective upon the Effective Time, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III.  Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes as of the Effective Time.  The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Time; the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Time; and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Time.  At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.  If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes in such a manner as the Board of Directors shall determine so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

6



 

5.4                                Removal of Directors.   Subject to the terms of any one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock, any service agreement a director might have with the Corporation and the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, effective as of                , 2014, by and among the Corporation, the Sponsors and the additional signatories thereto (the “ Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement ”), subject to the , any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.  For purposes of this Section 5.4, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any director, (i) the willful failure by such director to perform, or the gross negligence of such director in performing, the duties of a director, (ii) the engaging by such director in willful or serious misconduct that is injurious to the Corporation or (iii) the conviction of such director of, or the entering by such director of a plea of nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony.

 

5.5                                Term.   A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement or removal from office.  A director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.

 

5.6                                Vacancies.   Subject to the terms of any one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock and the terms of the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason and any newly created directorships resulting by reason of any increase in the number of directors shall be filled only by the Board of Directors (and not by the stockholders), acting by a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and any directors so appointed shall hold office until the next election of the class of directors to which such directors have been appointed and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

 

5.7                                Director Elections by Holders of Preferred Stock.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately by series or class, to elect one or more directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, filling of vacancies, removal of directors and other features of such one or more directorships shall be governed by the terms of such one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law.

 

5.8                                Officers.   Except as otherwise expressly delegated by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power and authority to appoint and remove officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

6.1                                Elections of Directors.   Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

6.2                                Advance Notice.   Advance notice of nominations for the election of directors or proposals of other business to be considered by stockholders, made other than by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or any authorized officer of the Corporation to

 

7



 

whom the Board of Directors or such committee shall have delegated such authority, shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Bylaws may require that such advance notice include such information as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate or useful.

 

6.3                                No Stockholder Action by Consent.   Subject to the terms of any one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock, from and after the time that Avista Capital Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, L.P., a Bermuda exempted limited partnership, Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, L.P., a Bermuda exempted limited partnership, ACP INC Research Co-Invest, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (collectively, the “ Avista Funds ”), INC Research Mezzanine Co-Invest, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Mezz Co-Invest ”), 1829356 Ontario Limited, a corporation formed under the laws of the Province of Ontario (“ CapitalCo ”; and CapitalCo, the Avista Funds and Mezz Co-Invest, collectively, the “ Sponsors ”) and their respective Sponsor affiliates collectively, beneficially own (as shall be determined in accordance with Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) less than 50.1% of the then outstanding shares of the Common Stock, then any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any written consent in lieu of a meeting by such stockholders, unless the directors then in office unanimously recommend that such action be permitted to be taken by written consent of stockholders.  In the event that an action is permitted to be taken by written consent of stockholders in accordance with this Section 6.3 and a signed written consent(s) (and any related revocation(s)) is (are) delivered to the Corporation in the manner provided by applicable law, the Corporation may engage independent inspectors of elections for the purpose of performing promptly a ministerial review of the validity of the consents and revocations.  In the event the Corporation engages such inspectors, then for the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review no action by written consent in lieu of a meeting of stockholders shall be effective until such inspectors have completed their review, determined that the requisite number of valid and unrevoked consents delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law have been obtained to take the action specified in the consents, and certified such determination for entry in the records of the Corporation kept for the purpose of recording the proceedings of meetings of stockholders, and such action by written consent will take effect as of the date and time of the certification of the written consents and will not relate back to the date the written consents to take action were delivered to the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 6.3, Section 6.5, Section 7.2(c) and Article X below, “affiliates” shall mean, with respect to a given person, any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified; provided , however , that for the purposes of this definition (i) the Corporation, its subsidiaries and any entities (including corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies or other persons) in which the Corporation or its subsidiaries hold, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest shall not be deemed to be “affiliates” of one another and (ii) “Sponsor affiliates” shall include (x) in the case of the Avista Funds, investment fund that is a parallel fund (but not a successor fund) or alternative investment vehicle of the Avista Funds with the same general partner as the Avista Funds or a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Avista Funds or such parallel fund or alternate investment vehicle and (y) in the case of CapitalCo, a direct or indirect, wholly owned Subsidiary of OTPP; provided , however , that no “portfolio company” (as such term is

 

8



 

customarily used among institutional investors) of any Sponsor or any entity controlled by any portfolio company of any Sponsor shall constitute a Sponsor affiliate.  For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) as applied to any person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

 

6.4                                Postponement, Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings.   Any meeting of stockholders may be postponed by action of the Board of Directors at any time in advance of such meeting.  The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meetings and management of the affairs of the Corporation as they may deem proper and the power to adjourn any meeting of stockholders without a vote of the stockholders, which powers may be delegated by the Board of Directors to the Chairperson of such meeting in either such rules and regulations or pursuant to the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

6.5                                Special Meetings of Stockholders.   Subject to the terms of any one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation, for any purpose or purposes, may be called at any time, but only by or at the direction of a majority of the directors then in office, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, except as otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Bylaws.  The ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied from and after the time that the Sponsors and their respective Sponsor affiliates collectively beneficially own (as shall be determined in accordance with Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) less than 50.1% of the then outstanding shares of the Common Stock

 

ARTICLE VII

 

7.1                                Limited Liability of Directors.   To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall have any personal liability to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the DGCL is amended hereafter to permit the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.  Any alteration, amendment, addition to or repeal of this Section 7.1, or adoption of any provision of this Certificate (including any certificate of designations relating to any series or class of Preferred Stock) inconsistent with this Section 7.1, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such alteration, amendment, addition to, repeal or adoption with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such alteration, amendment, addition to, repeal or adoption.

 

7.2                                Mandatory Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.    The Corporation shall indemnify and provide advancement to any Indemnitee (as defined below) to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time.  In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification and advancement obligations, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

9



 

(a)                                  Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation .  Any Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification and advancement provided in this Section 7.2 if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status (as defined below), Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as defined below) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation (with the approval of the Corporation’s Board of Directors).  Pursuant to this Section 7.2(a), any Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as defined below), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)                                  Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation .  Any Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification and advancement provided in this Section 7.2, if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation.  Pursuant to this Section 7.2(b), any Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

(c)                                   Sponsor Directors .  The Corporation hereby acknowledges that the directors that are partners or employees of any Sponsors or of any of their respective affiliates (“ Sponsor Directors ”) have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Sponsors and certain affiliates that, directly or indirectly, (i) are controlled by, (ii) control or (iii) are under common control with, a Sponsor (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”).  The Corporation hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort ( i.e. , its obligations to each Sponsor Director are primary and any obligation of any Fund Indemnitor to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by any Sponsor Director is secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by a Sponsor Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this paragraph and the bylaws of the Corporation from time to time (or any other agreement between the Corporation and such Sponsor Director), without regard to any rights such Sponsor Director may have against any Fund Indemnitor, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all

 

10


 

claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof.  The Corporation further agrees that no advancement or payment by any Fund Indemnitor on behalf of any Sponsor Director with respect to any claim for which such Sponsor Director has sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the foregoing and such Fund Indemnitor shall have a right of contribution and/or to be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Sponsor Director against the Corporation.  The Corporation and the Sponsor Directors agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this paragraph.

 

(d)                                  Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VII, to the extent that any Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.  If such Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this Section 7.3 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

7.3                                Employees and Agents .  The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation.

 

7.4                                Advancement of Expenses .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VII, the Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding, and regardless of such Indemnitee’s ability to repay any such amounts in the event of an ultimate determination that Indemnitee is not entitled thereto.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.  Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 7.5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

 

7.5                                Non-Exclusivity .  The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under applicable law, this Certificate, the Bylaws of the Corporation, any agreement, vote of stockholders, resolution of directors or otherwise.

 

7.6                                Insurance .  The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director, officer,

 

11



 

employee or agent of the Corporation against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability.

 

7.7                                Exception to Rights of Indemnification and Advancement .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Article VII, the Corporation shall not be obligated by this Article VII to make any indemnity or advancement in connection with any claim made against an Indemnitee:

 

(a)                                  subject to Section 7.2(c) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

 

(b)                                  for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by such Indemnitee of securities of the Corporation within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;

 

(c)                                   for reimbursement to the Corporation of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Corporation in each case as required under the Exchange Act; or

 

(d)                                  in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such Indemnitee against the Corporation or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Corporation has joined in or prior to its initiation the Board of Directors authorized such Proceeding (or any part of such Proceeding), (ii) the Corporation provides the indemnification or advancement, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under applicable law, or (iii) the Proceeding is one to enforce such Indemnitee’s rights under this Article VII or Article VI of the Bylaws or any other indemnification advancement or exculpation rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law or any agreement.

 

7.8                                Definitions .  For purposes of this Article VII:

 

(a)                                  Corporate Status ” describes the status of an individual who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Corporation or of any other Enterprise that such individual is or was serving at the request of the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  Enterprise ” shall mean the Corporation and any other corporation, constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which the Corporation (or any of their wholly owned subsidiaries) is a party, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent.

 

12



 

(c)                                   Expenses ” shall include all direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses of any type or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, fees of private investigators and professional advisors, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, fax transmission charges, secretarial services, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Article VII, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements, obligations or expenses in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settlement or appeal of, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable compensation for time spent by the Indemnitee for which he or she is not otherwise compensated by the Corporation or any third party.  Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the principal, premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(d)                                  Indemnitee ” means any current or former director or officer of the Corporation; and

 

(e)                                   Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Corporation or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, by reason of any action (or failure to act) taken by him or of any action (or failure to act) on his part while acting as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Article VII.  If the Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, this shall be considered a Proceeding under this Article VII.

 

7.9                                Indemnification by a Court .  Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 7.8 of this Article VII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any Indemnitee may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 7.2 of this Article VII.  The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b) of this Article VII, as the case may be.  The absence of any determination thereunder shall not be a defense to such

 

13



 

application or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard of conduct.  Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.10 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application.  If successful, in whole or in part, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid the Expenses of prosecuting such application.

 

7.10                         Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

7.11                         Amendment of Article VII.   No alteration, amendment, addition to or repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate (including any certificate of designations relating to any series or class of Preferred Stock) inconsistent with this Article VII or Article VI of the Bylaws, shall adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director or officer (or, as authorized by the Board pursuant to Section 7.4, of an employee or agent) of the Corporation existing at the time of such alteration, amendment, addition to, repeal or adoption with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such alteration, amendment, addition to, repeal or adoption.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

8.1                                Delaware.   Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

9.1                                Amendments to Bylaws.   In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered to make, alter, amend, add to or repeal any and all Bylaws of the Corporation by a majority of the directors then in office.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Certificate (including any certificate of designations relating to any series or class of Preferred Stock), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 50% of the voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to make, alter, amend, add to or repeal any or all Bylaws of the Corporation or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.

 

ARTICLE X

 

10.1                         Section 203 of the DGCL.   The Corporation shall not be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL (“ Section 203 ”), and the restrictions contained in Section 203 shall not apply to the Corporation, until the moment in time immediately following the time at which both of the following conditions exist (if ever): (A) Section 203 by its terms would, but for the provisions of this Article X, apply to the Corporation; and (B) there occurs a transaction following the

 

14



 

consummation of which the Sponsors and their Sponsor affiliates own (as defined in Section 203) collectively less than 10% of the voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding shares of voting stock (as defined in Section 203) of the Corporation, and the Corporation shall thereafter be governed by Section 203 if and for so long as Section 203 by its terms shall apply to the Corporation.

 

10.2                         Corporate Opportunities.   To the fullest extent permitted by Section 122(17) of the DGCL and except as may be otherwise expressly agreed in writing by the Corporation and each Sponsor, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities, which are from time to time presented to any Sponsor or any of its managers, officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries), even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or its subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and no such person or entity shall be liable to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person or entity pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or entity or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or its subsidiaries unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer of the Corporation, such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation.  Neither the alteration, amendment, addition to or repeal of this Article X, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate (including any certificate of designations relating to any series or class of Preferred Stock) inconsistent with this Article X, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article X in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article X, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, addition, repeal or adoption.

 

10.3                         Amendments to Article X .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate or the Bylaws of the Corporation, for as long as the Sponsors and their respective Sponsor affiliates collectively beneficially own shares of stock of the Corporation representing at least 10% of the Corporation’s then outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, this Article X shall not be amended, altered or revised, including by merger or otherwise, without each Sponsor’s prior written consent.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

11.1                         Forum.   Unless the Corporation consents in writing in advance to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (B) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by, or any wrongdoing by, any director, officer or employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (C) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Certificate (including as it may be amended from time to time), or the Bylaws, (D) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, or (E) any action asserting a claim

 

15



 

governed by the internal affairs doctrine.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XI.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

12.1                         Amendment.   The Corporation reserves the right, at any time and from time to time, to alter, amend, add to or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate (including any certificate of designations relating to any series or class of Preferred Stock) in any manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights, preferences, privileges and powers of any nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate (including any certificate of designations relating to any series or class of Preferred Stock), and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend, add to or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, Sections 5.3, 5.4 and 5.6 of Article V, Article XI hereof or this proviso of this Article XII.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

13.1                         Severability.   If any provision (or any part thereof) of this Certificate shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank .]

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be executed on its behalf this      th day of       2014.

 

 

 

INC Research Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Christopher L. Gaenzle

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

[AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS INC.]

 




Exhibit 3.2

 

FORM OF

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

Effective       , 2014

 

ARTICLE I

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.01.                           Annual Meetings .  The annual meeting of the stockholders of INC Research Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as properly may come before such meeting shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, or, within the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, by means of remote communication, and at such date and at such time as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and set forth in the notice or waiver of notice of the meeting.

 

Section 1.02.                           Special Meetings .  Subject to the terms of any one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation, for any purpose or purposes, may be called at any time, but only by or at the direction of a majority of the directors then in office, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.  In addition, for as long as, and only if, Avista Capital Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, L.P., a Bermuda exempted limited partnership, Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, L.P., a Bermuda exempted limited partnership, ACP INC Research Co-Invest, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (collectively, the “ Avista Funds ”), INC Research Mezzanine Co-Invest, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Mezz Co-Invest ”), 1829356 Ontario Limited, a corporation formed under the laws of the Province of Ontario (“ CapitalCo ”; and CapitalCo, the Avista Funds and Mezz Co-Invest, collectively, the “ Sponsors ”) and their respective Sponsor affiliates collectively, beneficially own (as shall be determined in accordance with Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) at least 50.1% of the then outstanding shares of the common stock of the Corporation, the Sponsors may

 



 

call a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation.  Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied.  Any such special meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, or, within the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, by means of remote communication, as shall be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

 

Section 1.03.                           No Stockholder Action by Consent .  Subject to the terms of any one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock, from and after the time that the Sponsors and their respective Sponsor affiliates collectively beneficially own (as determined in accordance with Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) less than 50.1% of the then outstanding shares of the common stock of the Corporation, then any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any written consent in lieu of a meeting by such stockholders, unless the directors then in office unanimously recommend that such action be permitted to be taken by written consent of stockholders.  In the event that an action is permitted to be taken by written consent of stockholders in accordance with this Section 1.03 and a signed written consent(s) (and any related revocation(s)) is (are) delivered to the Corporation in the manner provided by applicable law, the Corporation may engage independent inspectors of elections for the purpose of performing promptly a ministerial review of the validity of the consents and revocations.  In the event the Corporation engages such inspectors, then for the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review no action by written consent in lieu of a meeting of stockholders shall be effective until such inspectors have completed their review, determined that the requisite number of valid and unrevoked consents delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law have been obtained to take the action specified in the consents, and certified such determination for entry in the records of the Corporation kept for the purpose of recording the proceedings of meetings of stockholders, and such action by written consent will take effect as of the date and time of the certification of the written consents and will not relate back to the date the written consents to take action were delivered to the Corporation.  For purposes of this Article I, “affiliates” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.12(d)(iii) below; provided , however , that for the purposes of this definition (i) the Corporation, its subsidiaries and any entities (including corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies or other persons) in which the Corporation or its subsidiaries hold, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest shall not be deemed to be “affiliates” of one another and (ii) “Sponsor affiliates” shall include (x) in the case of the Avista Funds, investment fund that is a parallel fund (but not a successor fund) or alternative investment vehicle of the Avista Funds with the same general partner as the Avista Funds or a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Avista Funds or such parallel fund or alternate investment vehicle and (y) in the case of CapitalCo, a direct or indirect, wholly owned Subsidiary of OTPP; provided , however , that no “portfolio company” (as such term is customarily used among institutional investors) of any Sponsor or any entity controlled by any portfolio company of any Sponsor shall

 

2



 

constitute a Sponsor affiliate.  For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) as applied to any person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

 

Section 1.04.                           Notice of Meetings; Waiver .

 

(a)                                  The Secretary of the Corporation or any Assistant Secretary shall cause written notice of the place, if any, date and hour of each meeting of the stockholders, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is called, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, to be given personally by mail or by electronic transmission, or as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.  If such notice is mailed, it shall be deemed to have been given personally to a stockholder when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the record of stockholders of the Corporation, or, if a stockholder shall have filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request that notices to such stockholder be mailed to some other address, then directed to such stockholder at such other address.  Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law.

 

(b)                                  A written waiver of any notice of any annual or special meeting signed by the person entitled thereto, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in a written waiver of notice.  Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

(c)                                   For notice given by electronic transmission to a stockholder to be effective, such stockholder must consent to the Corporation’s giving notice by that particular form of electronic transmission.  A stockholder may revoke consent to receive notice by electronic transmission by written notice to the Corporation.  A stockholder’s consent to notice by electronic transmission is automatically revoked if the Corporation is unable to deliver two consecutive electronic transmission notices and such inability becomes known to the Secretary of the Corporation, any Assistant Secretary, the transfer agent or other person responsible for giving notice.

 

(d)                                  Notices are deemed given (i) if by facsimile, when faxed to a number where the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when mailed electronically to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has

 

3



 

consented to receive such notice; (iii) if by posting on an electronic network (such as a website or chatroom) together with a separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later to occur of (A) such posting or (B) the giving of the separate notice of such posting; or (iv) if by any other form of electronic communication, when directed to the stockholder in the manner consented to by the stockholder.

 

(e)                                   If a stockholder meeting is to be held by means of remote communication and stockholders will take action at such meeting, the notice of such meeting must: (i) specify the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present and vote at such meeting; and (ii) provide the information required to access the stockholder list.  A waiver of notice may be given by electronic transmission.

 

Section 1.05.                           Quorum .  Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of record of a majority in voting power of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting; it being understood that to the extent the Board of Directors issues or grants any shares that are subject to vesting or forfeiture and restrict or eliminate voting rights with respect to such shares until such vesting criteria is satisfied or such forfeiture provisions lapse, any such unvested shares shall not be considered to have the power to vote at a meeting of stockholders.  Where a separate vote by one or more classes or series is required, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of record of a majority in voting power of the shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.  Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided , however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation to vote stock, including, but not limited to, its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

 

Section 1.06.                           Voting .

 

(a)                                  If, pursuant to Section 5.05 of these Bylaws, a record date has been fixed, every holder of record of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall, subject to the terms of any one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock, be entitled to one (1) vote for each share outstanding in his or her name on the books of the Corporation at the close of business on such record date.  If no record date has been fixed, then every holder of record of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall, subject to the terms of any one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock, be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of stock standing in his or her name on the books of the Corporation at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

4



 

(b)                                  Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at a meeting and voting for nominees in the election of directors, and, in all other matters, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at a meeting and voting on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders.

 

Section 1.07.                           Voting by Ballot .  No vote of the stockholders on an election of directors need be taken by written ballot or by electronic transmission unless otherwise required by law.  Any vote not required to be taken by ballot or by electronic transmission may be conducted in any manner approved by the Board of Directors prior to the meeting at which such vote is taken.

 

Section 1.08.                           Postponement and Adjournment .  Any meeting of stockholders may be postponed by action of the Board of Directors at any time in advance of such meeting.  If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the stockholders, the Chairperson of such meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting without a vote of the stockholders.  Notice of any adjourned meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation need not be given if the place, if any, date and hour thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, provided , however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed pursuant to Section 5.05 of these Bylaws, a notice of the adjourned meeting, conforming to the requirements of Section 1.04 of these Bylaws, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.  At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted on the original date of the meeting.

 

Section 1.09.                           Proxies .  Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders may authorize another person or persons to vote at any such meeting and express such vote on behalf of him or her by proxy.  A stockholder may authorize a valid proxy by executing a written instrument signed by such stockholder, or by causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature, or by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission to the person designated as the holder of the proxy, a proxy solicitation firm or a like authorized agent.  No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after the expiration of three (3) years from the date of such proxy, unless such proxy provides for a longer period.  A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest.  A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing with the Secretary of the Corporation either an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date.  Proxies by telegram, cablegram, facsimile or other electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, facsimile or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

 

5



 

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of a writing or transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

 

Section 1.10.                           Organization; Procedure .  At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairperson of such meeting shall be the Chairperson of the Board or, if no Chairperson of the Board has been elected or in the event of his or her absence or disability, a Chairperson chosen by the Board of Directors.  The Secretary of the Corporation, or in the event of his or her absence or disability, an Assistant Secretary, if any, or if there be no Assistant Secretary, in the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, an appointee of the Chairperson of the meeting, shall act as Secretary of the meeting.  The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of stockholders may be determined by the Chairperson of such meeting.

 

Section 1.11.                           Business at Annual and Special Meetings .  No business may be transacted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders other than business that is:

 

(a)                                  specified in a notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof,

 

(b)                                  otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or any authorized officer of the Corporation to whom the Board of Directors or such committee shall have delegated such authority, or

 

(c)                                   otherwise brought before the meeting by a “Noticing Stockholder” who complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 1.12 of these Bylaws.

 

A “ Noticing Stockholder ” must be either a “Record Holder” or a “Nominee Holder.”  A “ Record Holder ” is a stockholder that holds of record stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting on the business (including any election of a director) to be appropriately conducted at the meeting.  A “ Nominee Holder ” is a stockholder that holds such stock through a nominee or “street name” holder of record and can demonstrate to the Corporation such indirect ownership of such stock and such Nominee Holder’s entitlement to vote such stock on such business.  Clause (c) of this Section 1.11 shall be the exclusive means for a Noticing Stockholder to make director nominations or submit other business before a meeting of stockholders (other than proposals brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, which proposals are not governed by these Bylaws).  Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at a stockholders’ meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 1.11 and Section 1.12 of these Bylaws.

 

6



 

Section 1.12.                           Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .  In order for a Noticing Stockholder to properly bring any item of business before a meeting of stockholders, the Noticing Stockholder must give timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation in compliance with the requirements of this Section 1.12.  This Section 1.12 shall constitute an “advance notice provision” for annual meetings for purposes of Rule 14a-4(c)(1) under the Exchange Act.

 

(a)                                  To be timely, a Noticing Stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation:

 

(i)                                      in the case of an annual meeting of stockholders, not earlier than the close of business on the one-hundred twentieth (120th) day and not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one-hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the date of such annual meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is less than one hundred (100) days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation;

 

(ii)                                   in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not earlier than the close of business on the one-hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the date on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.  In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual or special meeting, or the announcement thereof, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above; and

 

(iii)                                notwithstanding anything in Sections 1.12(a)(i) & (ii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there has been no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or indicating the increase in the size of the Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a Noticing Stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Sections 1.12(a)(i) & (ii), a Noticing Stockholder’s notice required by this bylaw shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business

 

7



 

on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  To be in proper form, whether in regard to a nominee for election to the Board of Directors or other business, a Noticing Stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must:

 

(i)                                      set forth, as to the Noticing Stockholder and, if the Noticing Stockholder holds for the benefit of another, the beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, the following information together with a representation as to the accuracy of the information:

 

(A)                                the name and address of the Noticing Stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and, if the Noticing Stockholder holds for the benefit of another, the name and address of such beneficial owner (collectively “ Holder ”);

 

(B)                                the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and/or of record, and the date such ownership was acquired;

 

(C)                                any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not the instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “ Derivative Instrument ”) that is directly or indirectly owned beneficially by the Holder or any Stockholder Associated Person of the Noticing Stockholder and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation;

 

(D)                                any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which the Holder has a right to vote or has granted a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation;

 

(E)                                 any short interest in any security of the Corporation (for purposes of these Bylaws a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if the Holder or any Stockholder Associated Person of the Noticing Stockholder directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security);

 

8



 

(F)                                  any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by the Holder that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation;

 

(G)                                any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership or limited liability company or similar entity in which the Holder or any Stockholder Associated Person of the Noticing Stockholder is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner, is the manager, managing member or directly or indirectly beneficially owns an interest in the manager or managing member of a limited liability company or similar entity;

 

(H)                               any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that the Holder or any Stockholder Associated Person of the Noticing Stockholder is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any;

 

(I)                                    any arrangements, rights, or other interests described in Sections 1.12(b)(i)(C)-(H) held by members of such Holder’s immediate family sharing the same household;

 

(J)                                    a representation that the Noticing Stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person(s) named or propose the business specified in the notice and whether or not such stockholder intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding shares required to approve the nomination(s) or the business proposed and/or otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of the nomination(s) or the business proposed;

 

(K)                               a certification regarding whether or not such stockholder and Stockholder Associated Persons have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with such stockholder’s and/or Stockholder Associated Persons’ acquisition of shares or other securities of the Corporation and/or such stockholder’s and/or Stockholder Associated Persons’ acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation;

 

(L)                                 any other information relating to the Holder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; and

 

(M)                             any other information as reasonably requested by the Corporation.

 

9



 

Such information shall be provided as of the date of the notice and shall be supplemented by the Holder not later than ten (10) days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date.

 

(ii)                                   If the notice relates to any business other than a nomination of a director or directors that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, the notice must set forth:

 

(A)                                a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material direct or indirect interest of the Holder or any Stockholder Associated Persons in such business; and

 

(B)                                a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings, direct and indirect, between the Holder, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by the Holder.

 

(iii)                                set forth, as to each person, if any, whom the Holder proposes to nominate for election or reelection to the Board of Directors:

 

(A)                                all information relating to the nominee (including, without limitation, the nominee’s name, age, business and residence address and principal occupation or employment and the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially or of record by the nominee) that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected);

 

(B)                                a description of any agreements, arrangements and understandings between or among such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, on the one hand, and any other persons (including any Stockholder Associated Person), on the other hand, in connection with the nomination of such person for election as a director; and

 

(C)                                a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements, and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among the Holder and respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to

 

10


 

be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K if the Holder making the nomination or on whose behalf the nomination is made, if any, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of Item 404 and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant.

 

(iv)                               with respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board of Directors, the Noticing Stockholder shall include a completed and signed questionnaire, representation, and agreement required by Section 1.13 of these Bylaws.  The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of the proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of the nominee.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1.12 to the contrary, the requirements of this Section 1.12 shall not apply to the exercise by a Sponsor of its rights to designate persons for nomination for election to the Board of Directors pursuant to the stockholders agreement to which it is a party with the Corporation.

 

(d)                                  For purposes of these Bylaws:

 

(i)                                      public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;

 

(ii)                                   Stockholder Associated Person ” means, with respect to any stockholder, (A) any person acting in concert with such stockholder, (B) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder (other than a stockholder that is a depositary) and (C) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any stockholder, or any Stockholder Associated Person identified in clauses (A) or (B) above; and

 

(iii)                                Affiliate ” and “ Associate ” are defined by reference to Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.  An “affiliate” is any “person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.” A “Sponsor affiliate” includes (x) in the case of the Avista Funds, investment fund that is a parallel fund (but not a successor fund) or alternative investment vehicle of the Avista Funds with the same general partner as the Avista Funds or a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Avista Funds or such parallel fund or alternate investment vehicle and (y) in the case of CapitalCo, a direct or indirect, wholly owned Subsidiary of OTPP; provided, however, that no “portfolio company” (as such term is customarily used among institutional investors) of any Sponsor or any

 

11



 

entity controlled by any portfolio company of any Sponsor shall constitute a Sponsor affiliate.   “ Control ” is defined as the “possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.”  The term “ associate ” of a person means:  (i) any corporation or organization (other than the registrant or a majority-owned subsidiary of the registrant) of which such person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten (10) percent or more of any class of equity securities, (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such person or who is a director or officer of the registrant or any of its parents or subsidiaries.

 

(e)                                   Only those persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws shall be eligible to serve as directors.  Only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws, provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 1.12, nothing in this Section 1.12(e) shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of such business.  If any information submitted pursuant to this Section 1.12 by any stockholder proposing a nominee(s) for election as a director at a meeting of stockholders is inaccurate in any material respect, such information shall be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with Section 1.12.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, the Chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in compliance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if he or she should determine that any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such nomination or business not properly brought before the meeting shall be disregarded or not be transacted.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of these Bylaws, a Noticing Stockholder also shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these Bylaws; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to Section 1.11 or Section 1.12 of these Bylaws.

 

(g)                                   Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to (i) affect any rights of (A) stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (B) the holders of any series or class of Preferred Stock, if any, if so provided under any applicable certificate of designation for such Preferred Stock, or (ii) affect any rights of any holders of common stock

 

12



 

pursuant to a stockholders’ agreement with the Corporation existing on the date on which these Bylaws were adopted or impose any requirements, restrictions or limitations under Sections 1.11, 1.12 or 1.13 of these Bylaws unless expressly imposed by any such stockholders’ agreement.

 

Section 1.13.                           Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement .  To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation by a Holder, a person must complete and deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 1.12 of these Bylaws) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire providing the information requested about the background and qualifications of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made and a written representation and agreement (the questionnaire, representation, and agreement to be in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person:

 

(a)                                  is not and will not become a party to:

 

(i)                                      any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how the person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, or

 

(ii)                                   any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with the person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with the person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law,

 

(b)                                  is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, and

 

(c)                                   in the person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

 

Section 1.14.                           Inspectors of Elections .  Preceding any meeting of the stockholders, the Board of Directors shall appoint one (1) or more persons to act as “inspectors” of elections, and may designate one (1) or more alternate inspectors.  In the event no inspector or alternate is able to act, the Chairperson of such meeting shall appoint one (1) or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of an inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to

 

13



 

execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.  The inspector shall:

 

(a)                                  ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each;

 

(b)                                  determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots;

 

(c)                                   specify the information relied upon to determine the validity of electronic transmissions in accordance with Section 1.09 of these Bylaws;

 

(d)                                  count all votes and ballots;

 

(e)                                   determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors;

 

(f)                                    certify his or her determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and his or her count of all votes and ballots;

 

(g)                                   appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist in the performance of the duties of inspector; and

 

(h)                                  when determining the shares represented and the validity of proxies and ballots, be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any information provided in accordance with Section 1.09 of these Bylaws, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation.  The inspector may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers or their nominees or a similar person which represent more votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the stockholder holds of record.  If the inspector considers other reliable information as outlined in this section, the inspector, at the time of his or her certification pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section, shall specify the precise information considered, the person or persons from whom the information was obtained, when this information was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained, and the basis for the inspector’s belief that such information is accurate and reliable.

 

Section 1.15.                           Opening and Closing of Polls .  The date and time for the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter to be voted upon at a stockholder meeting shall be announced at the meeting.  The inspector shall be prohibited from accepting any ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations thereof or changes thereto after the closing of the polls, unless the Delaware Court of Chancery upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise.

 

Section 1.16.                           List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .  The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and

 

14



 

make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting either (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation.  In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

Section 1.17.                           Stock Ledger .  The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 1.16 of this Article I or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders.

 

ARTICLE II

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 2.01.                           General Powers .  Except as may otherwise be provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.  In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws of the Corporation, the Board of Directors is hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, except as otherwise specifically required by law or as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 2.02.                           Number, Election and Qualification .  Subject to the terms of any one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock, the total number of directors constituting the Board shall be such number as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of at least a majority of the Board then in office.  At any meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected, directors shall be elected by the plurality vote of the votes cast by the holders of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon.  Election of directors need not be by written ballot.  Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.03.                           The Chairperson of the Board .  The Board of Directors may elect a Chairperson of the Board from among the members of the Board.  If elected, the Board of Directors shall designate the Chairperson of the Board as either a non-executive Chairperson of the Board of or an executive Chairperson of the Board.  The Chairperson

 

15



 

of the Board shall not be deemed an officer of the Corporation, unless the Board of Directors shall determine otherwise.  Subject to the control vested in the Board of Directors by statutes, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the Chairperson of the Board shall, if present, preside over all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall have such other duties and powers as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.  References in these Bylaws to the “Chairperson of the Board” shall mean the non-executive Chairperson of the Board or executive Chairperson of the Board, as designated by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.04.                           Annual and Regular Meetings .  The annual meeting of the Board of Directors for the purpose of electing officers and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting shall be held after the annual meeting of the stockholders and may be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the Board may from time to time determine, and if so determined notice thereof need not be given.  Notice of such annual meeting of the Board of Directors need not be given.  The Board of Directors from time to time may by resolution provide for the holding of regular meetings and fix the place (which may be within or without the State of Delaware) and the date and hour of such meetings.  Notice of regular meetings need not be given, provided , however, that if the Board of Directors shall fix or change the time or place of any regular meeting, notice of such action shall be mailed promptly, or sent by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, telegraph, facsimile, electronic mail or other electronic means, to each director who shall not have been present at the meeting at which such action was taken, addressed to him or her at his or her usual place of business, or shall be delivered to him or her personally.  Notice of such action need not be given to any director who attends the first regular meeting after such action is taken without protesting the lack of notice to him or her, prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, or to any director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after such meeting.

 

Section 2.05.                           Special Meetings; Notice .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or by the Board of Directors pursuant to the following sentence, at such place (within or without the State of Delaware), date and hour as may be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors also may be held whenever called pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office.  Notice shall be duly given to each director (a) in person or by telephone at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, (b) by sending written notice by reputable overnight courier, telecopy, facsimile or other means of electronic transmission, or delivering written notice by hand, to such director’s last known business, home or means of electronic transmission address at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) by sending written notice by first-class mail to such director’s last known business or to such other address as any director may request by notice to the Secretary at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance

 

16



 

of the meeting.  Notice of any special meeting need not be given to any director who attends such meeting without protesting the lack of notice to him or her, prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, or to any director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after such meeting, and any business may be transacted thereat.

 

Section 2.06.                           Quorum; Voting .  At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the presence of at least a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the vote of at least a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.07.                           Adjournment .  A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting of the Board of Directors to another time or place.  No notice need be given of any adjourned meeting unless the time and place of the adjourned meeting are not announced at the time of adjournment, in which case notice conforming to the requirements of Section 2.05 of these Bylaws shall be given to each Director.

 

Section 2.08.                           Action Without a Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing, writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 2.09.                           Regulations; Manner of Acting .  To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings of the Board of Directors and for the management of the property, affairs and business of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate.  The directors shall act only as a Board of Directors and the individual directors shall have no power in their individual capacities unless expressly authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.10.                           Action by Telephonic Communications .  Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 2.11.                           Resignations .  Any director may resign at any time by submitting an electronic transmission or by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such Director, to the Chairpersonon of the Board or the Secretary.  Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.

 

17



 

Section 2.12.                           Removal of Directors .  Subject to the terms of any one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.  For purposes of this Article II, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any director, (i) the willful failure by such director to perform, or the gross negligence of such director in performing, the duties of a director, (ii) the engaging by such director in willful or serious misconduct that is injurious to the Corporation or (iii) the conviction of such director of, or the entering by such director of a plea of nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony.

 

Section 2.13.                           Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .  Subject to the terms of any one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock and the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, effective as of       , 2014, by and among the Corporation, the Sponsors and the additional signatories thereto, any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason and any newly created directorships resulting by reason of any increase in the number of directors shall be filled only by the Board of Directors (and not by the stockholders), acting by a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and any directors so appointed shall hold office until the next election of the class of directors to which such directors have been appointed and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 2.14.                           Compensation .  The amount, if any, which each director shall be entitled to receive as compensation for such director’s services, shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or as an agreement between the Corporation and any Director.  The directors may be reimbursed their out-of-pocket expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors in accordance with the Corporation’s policies in effect from time to time and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary for service as director, payable in cash or securities.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation and reimbursement for service as committee members.

 

Section 2.15.                           Reliance on Accounts and Reports, Etc .  A director, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the performance of such director’s or member’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees designated by the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to the matters the director or the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who the director or member reasonably believes or determines has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

18



 

Section 2.16.                           Director Elections by Holders of Preferred Stock .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately by series or class, to elect one or more directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, filling of vacancies, removal of directors and other features of such one or more directorships shall be governed by the terms of such one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law.

 

ARTICLE III

 

COMMITTEES

 

Section 3.01.                           Committees .  The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, may designate from among its members one (1) or more committees of the Board of Directors, each committee to consist of such number of directors as from time to time may be fixed by the Board of Directors.  Any such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  Each such committee shall have the powers and duties delegated to it by the Board of Directors, subject to the limitations set forth in applicable Delaware law.  The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairperson of any committee, who shall preside at meetings of any such committee.  The Board of Directors may elect one (1) or more of its members as alternate members of any such committee who may take the place of any absent member or members at any meeting of such committee, upon request of the Chairperson of the Board or the Chairperson of such committee.

 

Section 3.02.                           Powers .  Each committee shall have and may exercise such powers of the Board of Directors as may be provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors or provided in charters or other organization documents of such committee approved by the Board of Directors.  No committee shall have the power or authority: to approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be submitted by the Board of Directors to the stockholders for approval; or to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.03.                           Proceedings .  Except as otherwise provided herein or required by law, each committee may fix its own rules of procedure and may meet at such place (within or without the State of Delaware), at such time and upon such notice, if any, as it shall determine from time to time.  Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings and shall report such proceedings to the Board of Directors at the meeting of the Board next following any such proceedings.

 

Section 3.04.                           Quorum and Manner of Acting .  Except as may be otherwise provided in the resolution creating such committee or in the rules of such committee, at all meetings of any committee, the presence of members (or alternate members) constituting a majority of the total authorized membership of such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except that, in the case of one-

 

19



 

member committees, the presence of one member shall constitute a quorum and in the case of two-member committees, the presence of two members shall constitute a quorum.  The act of the majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of any committee may be taken without a meeting, if all members of such committee shall consent to such action in writing or by electronic transmission and such writing, writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.  The members of any committee shall act only as a committee, and the individual members of such committee shall have no power in their individual capacities unless expressly authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.05.                           Action by Telephonic Communications .  Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, members of any committee may participate in a meeting of such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 3.06.                           Absent or Disqualified Members .  In the absence or disqualification of a member of any committee, if no alternate member is present to act in his or her stead, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Section 3.07.                           Resignations .  Any member (and any alternate member) of any committee may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such member, to the Board of Directors or the Chairperson of the Board.  Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.

 

Section 3.08.                           Removal .  Any member (and any alternate member) of any committee may be removed at any time, either for or without cause, by resolution adopted by a majority of the total authorized number of directors.

 

Section 3.09.                           Vacancies .  If any vacancy shall occur in any committee, by reason of disqualification, death, resignation, removal or otherwise, the remaining members (and any alternate members) shall continue to act, and any such vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

20


 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 4.01.                           Chief Executive Officer .  The Board of Directors shall select a Chief Executive Officer to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  The Chief Executive Officer shall (a) supervise the implementation of policies adopted or approved by the Board of Directors, (b) exercise a general supervision and superintendence over all the business and affairs of the Corporation, and (c) possess such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by these Bylaws, as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors and as may be incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.  The Chief Executive Officer shall have general authority to execute bonds, deeds and contracts in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these Bylaws, the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 4.02.                           Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation .          The Board of Directors shall appoint a Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  The Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation shall (a) have the custody of the corporate funds and securities, except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, (b) keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation, (c) deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors, (d) disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and (e) render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, whenever they may require it, an account of all his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.03.                           Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.  In addition, the Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation, to deposit funds of the Corporation in depositories selected in accordance with these Bylaws, to disburse such funds as authorized by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board statements of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.04.                           Secretary of the Corporation .  The Board of Directors shall appoint a Secretary of the Corporation to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  The Secretary of the Corporation shall (a) keep minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, (b) authenticate records of the Corporation, (c) give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special

 

21



 

meetings of the Board of Directors, and (d) in general, have such powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by these Bylaws, as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer and as may be incident to the office of Secretary of the Corporation.  If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then the Board of Directors may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given.  The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary.  The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature.  The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

Section 4.05.                           Other Officers Elected by Board Of Directors .  At any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may elect a President (who may or may not be the Chief Executive Officer), Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries or such other officers of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  Other officers elected by the Board of Directors shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to such officers by or pursuant to authorization of the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 4.06.                           Removal and Resignation; Vacancies .  Any officer may be removed for or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors.  Any officer may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such officer, to the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary.  Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise, shall be filled by or pursuant to authorization of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.07.                           Authority and Duties of Officers .  The officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be specified in these Bylaws or pursuant to authorization of the Board of Directors, except that in any event each officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be required by law.

 

Section 4.08.                           Salaries of Officers .  The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

22



 

ARTICLE V

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 5.01.                           Certificates of Stock .  The Board of Directors may authorize that some or all of the shares of any or all of the Corporation’s classes or series of stock be evidenced by a certificate or certificates of stock.  The Board of Directors may also authorize the issue of some or all of the shares of any or all of the Corporation’s classes or series of stock without certificates.  The rights and obligations of stockholders with the same class and/or series of stock shall be identical whether or not their shares are represented by certificates.

 

(a)                                  Shares with Certificates .  If the Board of Directors chooses to issue shares of stock evidenced by a certificate or certificates, each individual certificate shall include the following on its face: (i) the Corporation’s name, (ii) the fact that the Corporation is organized under the laws of Delaware, (iii) the name of the person to whom the certificate is issued, (iv) the number of shares represented thereby, (v) the class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, which the certificate represents, and (vi) such other information as applicable law may require or as may be lawful.  If the Corporation is authorized to issue different classes of shares or different series within a class, the designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations determined for each series (and the authority of the Board of Directors to determine variations for future series) shall be summarized on the front or back of each certificate.  Alternatively, each certificate shall state on its front or back that the Corporation will furnish the stockholder this information in writing, without charge, upon request.  Each certificate of stock issued by the Corporation shall be signed (either manually or in facsimile) by any two officers of the Corporation.  If the person who signed a certificate no longer holds office when the certificate is issued, the certificate is nonetheless valid.

 

(b)                                  Shares without Certificates .  If the Board of Directors chooses to issue shares of stock without certificates, the Corporation, if required by the Exchange Act, shall, within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of shares without certificates, send the stockholder a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to the laws of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

 

Section 5.02.                           Signatures; Facsimile .  All signatures on the certificate referred to in Section 5.01 of these Bylaws may be in facsimile, engraved or printed form, to the extent permitted by law.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile, engraved or printed signature has been placed upon a certificate, shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.03.                           Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates .  The Board of Directors may direct that a new certificate be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon delivery to the

 

23



 

Corporation of an affidavit of the owner or owners of such certificate, setting forth such allegation.  The Corporation may require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.

 

Section 5.04.                           Transfer of Stock .  Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.  Within a reasonable time after the transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to the laws of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may prescribe such additional rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate relating to the issue, transfer and registration of shares of the Corporation.

 

Section 5.05.                           Record Date .  In order to determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor fewer than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided , however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights of the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 5.06.                           Registered Stockholders .  Prior to due surrender of a certificate for registration of transfer of any certificated shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to receive dividends and other distributions, to vote, to receive notice and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of the shares represented by such certificate, and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any

 

24



 

other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice of such claim or interests.  Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer or uncertificated shares are requested to be transferred, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.

 

Section 5.07.                           Transfer Agent and Registrar .  The Board of Directors may appoint one (1) or more transfer agents and one (1) or more registrars, and may require all certificates representing shares to bear the signature of any such transfer agents or registrars.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 6.01.                           Mandatory Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .  The Corporation shall indemnify and provide advancement to any Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time.  In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification and advancement obligations, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

(a)                                  Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation .  Any Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification and advancement provided in this Section 6.01(a) if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status (as defined below), Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation.  Pursuant to this Section 6.01(a), any Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)                                  Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation .  Any Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification and advancement provided in this Section 6.01(b) if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation.  Pursuant to this Section 6.01(b), any Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good

 

25



 

faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided , however , if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

(c)                                   Sponsor Directors .  The Corporation hereby acknowledges that the directors that are partners or employees of the Sponsors (“ Sponsor Directors ”) have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by a Sponsor and certain affiliates that, directly or indirectly, (i) are controlled by, (ii) control or (iii) are under common control with, a Sponsor (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”).  The Corporation hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort ( i.e. , its obligations to the Sponsor Directors are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by the Sponsor Directors are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by the Sponsor Directors and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this paragraph and the bylaws of the Corporation from time to time (or any other agreement between the Corporation and the Sponsor Directors), without regard to any rights the Sponsor Directors may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof.  The Corporation further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of the Sponsor Directors with respect to any claim for which the Sponsor Directors have sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or to be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Sponsor Directors against the Corporation.  The Corporation and the Sponsor Directors agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this paragraph.

 

Section 6.02.                           Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VI, to the extent that any Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.  If such Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this

 

26


 

Section 6.02 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

Section 6.03.                           Employees and Agents .  The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation.

 

Section 6.04.                           Advancement of Expenses .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VI, the Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding, and regardless of such Indemnitee’s ability to repay any such amounts in the event of an ultimate determination that Indemnitee is not entitled thereto.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.  Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 6.04 shall be unsecured and interest free.

 

Section 6.05.                           Non-Exclusivity .       The rights to indemnification and to receive the advance of expenses conferred in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other rights which any person may have or hereafter acquire under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, any agreement, vote of stockholders, resolution of directors or otherwise.

 

Section 6.06.                           Insurance .                                        The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability.

 

Section 6.07.                           Exception to Rights of Indemnification and Advancement .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Article VI, the Corporation shall not be obligated by this Article VI to make any indemnity or advancement in connection with any claim made against an Indemnitee:

 

(a)                                  subject to Section 6.01(c), for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

 

27



 

(b)                                  for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by such Indemnitee of securities of the Corporation within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;

 

(c)                                   for reimbursement to the Corporation of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Corporation in each case as required under the Exchange Act; or

 

(d)                                  in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such Indemnitee against the Corporation or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Corporation has joined in or prior to its initiation the Board of Directors authorized such Proceeding (or any part of such Proceeding), (ii) the Corporation provides the indemnification or advancement, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under applicable law, or (iii) the Proceeding is one to enforce such Indemnitee’s rights under this Article VI, Article VII of the Certificate of Incorporation of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law or any agreement.

 

Section 6.08.                           Definitions .  For purposes of this Article VI:

 

(a)                                  Corporate Status ” describes the status of an individual who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Corporation or of any other Enterprise that such individual is or was serving at the request of the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  Enterprise ” shall mean the Corporation and any other corporation, constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which the Corporation (or any of their wholly owned subsidiaries) is a party, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent.

 

(c)                                   Expenses ” shall include all direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses of any type or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, fees of private investigators and professional advisors, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, fax transmission charges, secretarial services, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Article VI, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements, obligations or expenses in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settlement or appeal of, or

 

28



 

otherwise participating in, a Proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable compensation for time spent by the Indemnitee for which he or she is not otherwise compensated by the Corporation or any third party.  Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the principal, premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(d)                                  Indemnitee ” means any current or former director or officer of the Corporation; and

 

(e)                                   Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Corporation or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, by reason of any action (or failure to act) taken by him or of any action (or failure to act) on his part while acting as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Article VI.  If the Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, this shall be considered a Proceeding under this Article VI.

 

Section 6.09.                           Indemnification by a Court .  Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 6.07 of this Article VI, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any Indemnitee may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 6.01 of this Article VI.  The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b) of this Article VI, as the case may be.  The absence of any determination thereunder shall not be a defense to such application or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard of conduct.  Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.09 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application.  If successful, in whole or in part, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid the Expenses of prosecuting such application.

 

29



 

Section 6.10.                           Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VI shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.01.                           Dividends .  Subject to any applicable provisions of law and the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and any such dividend may be paid in cash, property or shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.  A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the director reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation, as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities and/or net profits of the Corporation, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of surplus or other funds from which dividends might properly be declared and paid.

 

Section 7.02.                           Execution of Instruments .  The Board of Directors may authorize, or provide for the authorization of, officers, employees or agents to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation.  Any such authorization must be in writing or by electronic transmission and may be general or limited to specific contracts or instruments.

 

Section 7.03.                           Voting as Stockholder .  Unless otherwise determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, if any, the Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and to act, vote (or execute proxies to vote) and exercise in person or by proxy all other rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock.  Such officers acting on behalf of the Corporation shall have full power and authority to execute any instrument expressing consent to or dissent from any action of any such corporation without a meeting.  The Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time confer such power and authority upon any other person or persons.

 

Section 7.04.                           Corporate Seal .  The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

 

30



 

Section 7.05.                           Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.06.                           Notices .  If mailed, notice to a stockholder shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given in writing or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

Section 7.07.                           Form of Records .  Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be kept on or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time.  The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 7.08.                           Time Periods .  In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Section 7.09.                           Severability.   If any provision (or any part thereof) of these Bylaws shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of these Bylaws (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of these Bylaws containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of these Bylaws (including, without limitation, each such containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

31



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, (i) the Board of Directors may make, alter, amend, add to or repeal any and all of these Bylaws by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors then in office, or (ii) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 50.1% of the voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to make, alter, amend, add to or repeal any or all Bylaws of the Corporation or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

CONSTRUCTION

 

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these Bylaws as in effect from time to time and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as in effect from time to time, the provisions of such Certificate of Incorporation shall be controlling.

 

32




Exhibit 4.3

 

 

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of July 12, 2011

 

Among

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC, as Issuer

 

the Guarantors named herein,
as Guarantors,

 

and

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee

 


11.5% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019

 

 

 



 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

 

Indenture Section

310 (a)(1)

 

7.10

(a)(2)

 

7.10

(a)(3)

 

N.A.

(a)(4)

 

N.A.

(a)(5)

 

7.10

(b)

 

7.10

(c)

 

N.A.

311 (a)

 

7.11

(b)

 

7.11

(c)

 

N.A.

312 (a)

 

2.05

(b)

 

12.03

(c)

 

12.03

313 (a)

 

7.06

(b)(1)

 

N.A.

(b)(2)

 

7.06; 7.07

(c)

 

7.06; 12.02

(d)

 

7.06

314 (a)

 

4.03; 4.04; 12.02; 12.05

(b)

 

N.A.

(c)(1)

 

12.04

(c)(2)

 

12.04

(c)(3)

 

N.A.

(d)

 

N.A.

(e)

 

12.05

(f)

 

N.A.

315 (a)

 

7.01

(b)

 

7.05; 12.02

(c)

 

7.01

(d)

 

7.01

(e)

 

6.14

316 (a)(last sentence)

 

2.09

(a)(1)(A)

 

6.05

(a)(1)(B)

 

6.04

(a)(2)

 

N.A.

(b)

 

6.07

(c)

 

2.12; 9.04

317 (a)(1)

 

6.08

(a)(2)

 

6.12

(b)

 

2.04

318 (a)

 

12.01

(b)

 

N.A.

(c)

 

12.01

 


N.A. means not applicable.

*  This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01

Definitions

1

Section 1.02

Other Definitions

31

Section 1.03

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

32

Section 1.04

Rules of Construction

32

Section 1.05

Acts of Holders

33

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01

Form and Dating; Terms

34

Section 2.02

Execution and Authentication

35

Section 2.03

Registrar and Paying Agent

36

Section 2.04

Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust

36

Section 2.05

Holder Lists

36

Section 2.06

Transfer and Exchange

37

Section 2.07

Replacement Notes

47

Section 2.08

Outstanding Notes

47

Section 2.09

Treasury Notes

47

Section 2.10

Temporary Notes

48

Section 2.11

Cancellation

48

Section 2.12

Defaulted Interest

48

Section 2.13

CUSIP or ISIN Numbers

48

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

REDEMPTION

 

Section 3.01

Notices To Trustee

49

Section 3.02

Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased

49

Section 3.03

Notice of Redemption

49

Section 3.04

Effect of Notice of Redemption

50

Section 3.05

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

50

Section 3.06

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

51

Section 3.07

Optional Redemption

51

Section 3.08

Mandatory Redemption

52

Section 3.09

Offers To Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

52

 

i



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01

Payment of Notes

54

Section 4.02

Maintenance of Office or Agency

54

Section 4.03

Reports and Other Information

54

Section 4.04

Compliance Certificate

56

Section 4.05

Taxes

56

Section 4.06

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

56

Section 4.07

Limitation on Restricted Payments

57

Section 4.08

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

63

Section 4.09

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

65

Section 4.10

Asset Sales

70

Section 4.11

Transactions with Affiliates

72

Section 4.12

Liens

75

Section 4.13

Existence

75

Section 4.14

Offer To Repurchase Upon Change of Control

75

Section 4.15

Subsidiary Guarantors

77

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

 

 

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

78

Section 5.02

Successor Corporation Substituted

80

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01

Events of Default

80

Section 6.02

Acceleration

82

Section 6.03

Other Remedies

83

Section 6.04

Waiver of Past Defaults

83

Section 6.05

Control by Majority

83

Section 6.06

Limitation on Suits

83

Section 6.07

Rights of Holders of Notes To Receive Payment

84

Section 6.08

Collection Suit by Trustee

84

Section 6.09

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

84

Section 6.10

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

84

Section 6.11

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

85

Section 6.12

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

85

Section 6.13

Priorities

85

Section 6.14

Undertaking for Costs

86

 

ii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01

Duties of Trustee

86

Section 7.02

Rights of Trustee

87

Section 7.03

Individual Rights of Trustee

88

Section 7.04

Trustee’s Disclaimer

88

Section 7.05

Notice of Defaults

88

Section 7.06

Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

88

Section 7.07

Compensation and Indemnity

89

Section 7.08

Replacement of Trustee

90

Section 7.09

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

91

Section 7.10

Eligibility; Disqualification

91

Section 7.11

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer

91

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

 

 

Section 8.01

Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

91

Section 8.02

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

91

Section 8.03

Covenant Defeasance

92

Section 8.04

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

92

Section 8.05

Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

93

Section 8.06

Repayment to Issuer

94

Section 8.07

Reinstatement

94

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

 

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

95

Section 9.02

With Consent of Holders of Notes

96

Section 9.03

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

97

Section 9.04

Revocation and Effect of Consents

97

Section 9.05

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

98

Section 9.06

Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.

98

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

 

 

GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01

Guarantee

98

Section 10.02

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

100

Section 10.03

Execution and Delivery

100

Section 10.04

Subrogation

100

 

iii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 10.05

Benefits Acknowledged

100

Section 10.06

Release of Guarantees

101

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01

Satisfaction and Discharge

101

Section 11.02

Application of Trust Money

102

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01

Trust Indenture Act Controls

102

Section 12.02

Notices

102

Section 12.03

Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

104

Section 12.04

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

104

Section 12.05

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

104

Section 12.06

Rules by Trustee and Agents

105

Section 12.07

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders, etc.

105

Section 12.08

Governing Law

105

Section 12.09

Waiver of Jury Trial

105

Section 12.10

Force Majeure

105

Section 12.11

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

105

Section 12.12

Successors

105

Section 12.13

Severability

106

Section 12.14

Counterpart Originals

106

Section 12.15

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

106

Section 12.16

U.S.A. Patriot Act

106

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

Form of Note

 

Exhibit B

Form of Certificate of Transfer

 

Exhibit C

Form of Certificate of Exchange

 

Exhibit D

Form of Supplemental Indenture To Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

 

 

iv



 

INDENTURE, dated as of July 12, 2011 among INC Research, LLC., a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Issuer ”), the entities named in the signature page hereto as Guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee.

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of  11.5% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “ Initial Notes ” together with any Additional Notes, the “ Notes ”).  The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

 

WHEREAS, each Guarantor has duly authorized its Guarantee of the Notes and to provide therefor each Guarantor has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01                                        Definitions .

 

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold or to be sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

 

(1)           Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness assumed or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

(2)           Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Acquisition ” means (i) the acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer of either Capital Stock of a Person such that such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or all or substantially all of the properties and assets of a Person or (ii) any other acquisition of Capital Stock or property or assets other than in the ordinary course of business.

 

Additional Notes ” means any additional Notes issued after the Issue Date having identical terms and conditions to the Initial Notes, except for issue date, issue price, first interest payment date (so long as not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.09 hereof).

 



 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. No Person (other than the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer) in whom a Receivables Subsidiary makes an Investment in connection with a financing of accounts receivable will be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries solely by reason of such Investment.

 

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

(1)           1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

(2)           the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at July 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “Optional Redemption”), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through July 15, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the then-outstanding principal amount of such Note.

 

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer, redemption, tender or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

Asset Sale ” means:

 

(1)           the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”); or

 

(2)           the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof);

 

in each case, other than:

 

(a)           any disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)           the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(c)           the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof;

 

2



 

(d)           any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $5 million;

 

(e)           any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(f)            to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

(g)           the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)           foreclosures, condemnations or any similar actions on assets;

 

(i)            any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted by this Indenture;

 

(j)            licenses or sub-licenses of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(k)           the creation of any Lien permitted under this Indenture;

 

(l)            any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(m)          the surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release or surrender of a contract, tort or other litigation claim in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)           a disposition of accounts receivable and related assets by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

 

(o)           the dispositions of Investments or receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in connection with bankruptcy proceedings;

 

(p)           the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

 

(q)           any disposition of Specified Assets.

 

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

 

3



 

Capital Stock ” means:

 

(1)           in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)           in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(3)           in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(4)           any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP; provided that any obligations of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries either existing on the Issue Date or created prior to any recharacterization described below (i) that were not included on the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer as capital lease obligations and (ii) that are subsequently recharacterized as capital lease obligations due to a change in accounting treatment or otherwise, shall for all purposes under this Indenture (including, without limitation, the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and EBITDA) not be treated as capital lease obligations, Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness).

 

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

(1)           United States dollars;

 

(2)           (a)  euro, or any national currency of any participating member of the EMU; or

 

(b)           in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

(3)           securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(4)           marketable direct EEA Government Obligations with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(5)           certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million;

 

(6)           repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3), (4) and (5) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (5) above;

 

4


 

(7)           commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

(8)           marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively, and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

(9)           readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(10)         investment funds investing 90% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (9) above; and

 

(11)         in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary organized or having its principal place of business outside of the United States, Investments of comparable tenor and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (3) through (10) customarily utilized in countries in which such Restricted Subsidiary operates.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Cash Equivalents” shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)           any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause (1) such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, and the Permitted Holders beneficially own (as so defined), in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, a lesser percentage of the Voting Stock of the Issuer than such other person or group and do not have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise, directly or indirectly, to elect or designate for election a majority of the board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of the Issuer; or

 

(2)           after the consummation of an initial public offering, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of the Issuer (together with any new individuals whose election by such board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body or whose nomination for election was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors or Equivalent Managing Body then still in office were members of such board or body at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the persons then in office on such board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of the Issuer; or

 

5



 

(3)           (a) all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are sold or otherwise transferred to any Person other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders or (b) the Issuer consolidates or merges with or into another Person or any Person consolidates or merges with or into the Issuer, in either case under this clause (3), in one transaction or a series of related transactions in which immediately after the consummation thereof Persons beneficially owning (as defined above in clause (1)), directly or indirectly, Voting Stock representing in the aggregate a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer immediately prior to such consummation do not beneficially own (as defined above in clause (1)), directly or indirectly, Voting Stock representing a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or the surviving or transferee Person; or

 

(4)           the adoption by the stockholders of the Issuer of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer.

 

Class C Agreement ” means the Class C Agreement among an Affiliate of Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, INC Research Holdings, Inc., INC Research Intermediate LLC and the Issuer as in effect on the Issue Date and giving effect to amendments thereto that, taken as a whole, are not materially adverse to the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

 

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, and any successor thereto.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of goodwill and other intangibles, deferred financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

(1)           consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding, (w) penalties and interest related to taxes (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; plus

 

(2)           consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

 

(3)           interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

 

6



 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

 

(1)           any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or costs, charges and expenses (including relating to the Transactions), including, without limitation, any severance costs, integration costs, relocation costs, and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, shall be excluded,

 

(2)           the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,

 

(3)           any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(4)           any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions (including sales or other dispositions under a Qualified Receivables Financing) other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

 

(5)           the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period by such Person,

 

(6)           solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the Section 4.07(a) the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

(7)           effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(8)           (i) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and non-cash charges associated with

 

7



 

the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions or other acquisitions and (ii) the amount of any contingent payments related to the Trident Acquisition that are treated as compensation expense in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;

 

(9)           any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles and other assets arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

 

(10)         any net gain or loss in such period (i) due solely to fluctuations in currency values or (ii) resulting from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded,

 

(11)         any increase in amortization or depreciation or other non-cash charges resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition that is consummated after the Issue Date, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(12)         any after-tax effect of income (loss) from early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

 

(13)         any net gain or loss in such period from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements shall be excluded,

 

(14)         any fees, charges, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or accruals and reserves that are established within 12 months of the Issue Date that are required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded, and

 

(15)         any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Credit Facilities and any Qualified Receivables Financing and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, the Credit Facilities and any Qualified Receivables Financing shall be excluded.

 

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance or other disposition of assets permitted under the Indenture.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only (other than clause (3)(e) of Section 4.07(a) hereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(e) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 

8



 

Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by any Lien, as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur to (2) Issuer’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

Consolidated Total Indebtedness ” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments.

 

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

(1)           to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

 

(2)           to advance or supply funds

 

(a)           for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

 

(b)           to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

 

(3)           to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

Corporate Trust Office ” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 246 Goose Lane, Suite 105, Guilford, CT 06437, Attention:  Corporate Trust Services - Administrator for INC Research, LLC., or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer).

 

Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Secured Credit Facility, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder

 

9



 

or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

 

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

 

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any parent company thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable parent company thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a).

 

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

Domestic Restricted Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary incorporated or otherwise organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

10



 

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

(1)           increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a)           Permitted Tax Distributions and any other provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(b)           Fixed Charges of such Person for such period plus amounts excluded from the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense pursuant to clauses 1(x) and 1(y) thereof to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(c)           Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(d)           the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus

 

(e)           any other non-cash charges, including any write offs, write downs or impairment charges, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

 

(f)            any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus

 

(g)           (i) the amount of transaction, management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses and indemnification payments paid (or any accruals related to such fees or related expenses) during such period to the Sponsors, not to exceed the amounts permitted by Section 4.07 (b)(14); (ii) the amount of any directors’ fees or reimbursements, in each case, not to exceed the amounts permitted by Section 4.07 (b)(12) and to the extent permitted under Section 4.11 and (iii) the amount of distributions and dividends paid in such period pursuant to the Class C Agreement not to exceed the amounts permitted by 4.07(b)(14); plus

 

(h)           cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing EBITDA or Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash

 

11



 

gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to clause (2) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

 

(i)            any net loss included in the consolidated financial statements due to the application of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160 “Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (“FAS 160”); plus

 

(j)            rent expense as determined in accordance with GAAP not actually paid in cash during such period (net of rent expense paid in cash during such period over and above rent expense as determined in accordance with GAAP); plus

 

(k)           the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(l)            the amount of  “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, which, for the avoidance of doubt, will include up to $29.9 million of cost savings expected to be realized in connection with the Transactions; provided that (v) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (w) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are commenced within 12 months of the date hereof in connection with such actions, (x) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (l) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing “EBITDA” for such period, (y) such adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the second paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”) and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies added pursuant to this clause (l) shall not, except with respect to the $29.9 million of cost savings expected to be realized in connection with the Transactions, exceed the greater of 10% of combined EBITDA for such four quarter period (calculated on a pro forma basis) and the amount of such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies that would be compliant with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.; and

 

(2)           decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period.

 

all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

 

12



 

EEA Government Obligation ” means any direct non-callable obligation of any European Union member for the payment of which obligation the full faith and credit of the respective nation is pledged; provided that such nation has a credit rating at least equal to that of the highest rated member nation of the European Economic Area.

 

EMU ” means the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

 

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

 

(1)           public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

 

(2)           issuances to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Issuer; and

 

(3)           any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

 

Equivalent Managing Body ” means (i) with respect to a manager managed limited liability company, the board of managers, (ii) with respect to a member managed limited liability company, the board of directors of its most direct corporate parent company, which, for the avoidance of doubt, for the Issuer on the Issue Date is Holdings and (iii) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner to the extent such general partner is a corporation, or the Equivalent Managing Body of the general partner if such general partner is not a corporation.

 

euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

 

Euroclear ” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, and any successor thereto.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from:

 

(a)           contributions to its common equity capital; and

 

(b)           the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a)(3).

 

Expense Reimbursement Agreement ” means the Expense Reimbursement Agreement among Avista Capital Holdings, L.P., an affiliate of Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, INC Research Holdings, Inc., INC Research Intermediate LLC and the Issuer, as in effect on the Issue Date and giving

 

13



 

effect to amendments thereto that, taken as a whole, are not materially adverse to the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

 

fair market value ” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Issuer in good faith; provided that if the fair market value is equal to or exceeds $25.0 million, such determination shall be made in good faith by the board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of the Issuer.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period.  In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility or other incurrence of Indebtedness for working capital purposes pursuant to working capital facilities unless, in each case, such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated Fixed Charges and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the reference period.  If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer and may include, without duplication, cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies resulting from such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation (including the Transactions) or other transaction, in each case calculated in the manner described in, and not to exceed the amount set forth in clause (1) of, the definition of “EBITDA” herein.  For the avoidance of doubt, the actual adjustments described in Adjusted EBITDA elsewhere in the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to comply with the standards set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.  If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness).  Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial

 

14


 

or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition.  Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

 

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)           Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

 

(2)           all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person during such period; and

 

(3)           all cash dividends or other distributions paid or accrued (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person during such period.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b) or 2.06(d) hereof.

 

Government Securities ” means securities that are:

 

(1)           direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

(2)           obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America.

 

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

 

Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture.

 

15



 

Guarantor ” means, each Person that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

(1)           any interest rate protection agreements including, without limitation, interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

 

(2)           any foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates;

 

(3)           any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar arrangement or agreement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in the prices of commodities; and

 

(4)           indemnity agreements and arrangements entered into in connection with the agreements and arrangements described in clauses (1), (2) and (3).

 

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

Holdings ” means INC Research Holdings, Inc.

 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

 

(1)           any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(a)           in respect of borrowed money;

 

(b)           evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

(c)           representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case, accrued in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by 90 days or more or are being contested in good faith and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or

 

(d)           representing any Hedging Obligations;

 

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

(2)           to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in

 

16



 

clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(3)           to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; provided that if such Indebtedness has not been so assumed the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at the date of determination and (B) the amount of the Indebtedness so secured;

 

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.

 

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with Article 9 hereof.

 

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Initial Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

Initial Purchasers ” means Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, ING Financial Markets LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Natixis Securities North America Inc.

 

interest ” means, with respect to the Notes, interest on the Notes (regardless of whether so stated).

 

Interest Payment Date ” means July 15 and January 15 of each year to stated maturity.

 

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.  For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof:

 

(1)           “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

17



 

(a)           the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

 

(b)           the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

(2)           any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.

 

Issue Date ” means July 12, 2011.

 

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture, until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor, in accordance with Section 5.01.

 

Issuer Order ” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

Management Agreement ” means the Management Services Agreement among Avista Capital Holdings, L.P., INC Research Holdings, Inc., INC Research Intermediate LLC and the Issuer as in effect on the Issue Date and giving effect to amendments thereto that, taken as a whole, are not materially adverse to the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

 

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Secured Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of Section 4.10(b) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition

 

18



 

thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations (fixed or contingent) associated with such transaction.

 

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

Obligations ” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnification obligations in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the Holders.

 

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum, dated July 7, 2011, relating to the sale of the Notes.

 

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller or the Secretary of the Issuer.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

 

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor, Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor unless, with respect to any item of Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding or any other agreement governing the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to any other item of Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Pari Passu Indebtedness” shall not include:

 

(i)           Indebtedness of the Issuer owed to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or Indebtedness of any such Restricted Subsidiary owed to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(ii)            Indebtedness incurred in violation of this Indenture.

 

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

 

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Replacement Assets or a combination of Replacement Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer

 

19



 

or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.

 

Permitted Holders ” means (i) each of the Sponsors, (ii) members of management of the Issuer (or its direct or indirect parent or Subsidiary) on the Issue Date who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies), (iii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, the Sponsors and such members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, and (iv) any Person that, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) other than any of the Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) above holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof.

 

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

(1)           any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)           any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(3)           any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)           such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(b)           such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,

 

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided , that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

(4)           any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

(5)           any Investment existing on the Issue Date and any extension, modification or renewal of any Investments existing on the Issue Date, but only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof (other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities, in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue Date);

 

(6)           any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in compromise of, or in respect of, obligations of, claims against or dispute with, any Person (other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Affiliate), including, but not limited to:

 

(a)           in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy,

 

20



 

workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

 

(b)           as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(7)           Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

 

(8)           Investments made with the net cash proceeds of, or the payment for which consists of, Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided , however , in each case, that such cash proceeds or such Equity Interests, as the case may be, will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

 

(9)           guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;

 

(10)         any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted under this Indenture and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (4) and (13) of Section 4.11(b) hereof);

 

(11)         any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; provided , however that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of a purchase money note, contribution of additional receivables or an Equity Interest;

 

(12)         additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) 2.00% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(13)         loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, officers, directors and employees in an amount not to exceed $3.0 million at any time outstanding;

 

(14)         loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(15)         advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(16)         lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

 

(17)         Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

21



 

(18)         Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business.

 

(19)         open market repurchases of the Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness, provided that any Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness so repurchased are promptly retired;

 

(20)         Investments in minority equity interests in customers received by such customers as part of fee arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business or otherwise consistent with industry practice; and

 

(21)         Investments in joint ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate.

 

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)           pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)           Liens, imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review and for which adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3)           Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, and for which adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(4)           Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, surety, stay, appeal, indemnity, bid, performance and similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(5)           survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

22



 

(6)          Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4) or (17) Section 4.09 (b) hereof; provided that such Liens incurred pursuant to (i) clause (4) extend only to the property or equipment purchased, leased, constructed, installed, repaired or improved (except for accessions to such assets); provided that individual financings of property or equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of property or equipment provided by such lender and (ii) clause (17) extends only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries;

 

(7)           Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens in favor of secured parties under the Senior Secured Credit Facility);

 

(8)           Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(9)           Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(10)         Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;

 

(11)         Liens securing Hedging Obligations;

 

(12)         Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(13)         leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

(14)         Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15)         Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(16)         Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s clients;

 

(17)         Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) and

 

23



 

any Lien permitted by Section 4.12(a)(2)(C); provided , however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or in the case of Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) only, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

(18)         deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

(19)         other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

(20)         Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 6.01(5) hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(21)         Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation and exportation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(22)         Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code (or any comparable or successor provision) on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(23)         Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

(24)         Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(25)         Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(26)         Liens on accounts receivable and related assets contemplated by a Qualified Receivables Financing;

 

24


 

(27)         Liens on property or assets securing Indebtedness used to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes in their entirety; provided that the incurrence of such Indebtedness and such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge were not prohibited by this Indenture;

 

(28)         Non-recourse Liens on the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure Obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(29)         Liens on Equity Interests deemed to exist in connection with any options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to Investments in Persons that are not Subsidiaries under this Indenture; and

 

(30)         Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted under this clause (30), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 2.35 to 1.0 provided that, for purposes of calculating the Consolidated secured Debt Ratio, the maximum amount of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities then permitted under Section 4.09(b)(1) shall be deemed to be drawn.

 

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness. For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) Permitted Liens need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens described above, but are permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Liens described above, the Issuer may in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such item of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition and the Issuer may divide and classify a Lien in more than one of the types of Permitted Liens in the above clauses.

 

Permitted Tax Distributions ” means any payments, dividends or distributions by the Issuer to any direct or indirect parent in order to pay consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated federal, state or local taxes not payable directly by the Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries which payments by the Issuer are not in excess of the tax liabilities that would have been payable by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (were the Issuer the common parent of a consolidated group consisting of the Issuer and the Issuer’s Subsidiaries).

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

 

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined in good faith by the Issuer.

 

25



 

Qualified Receivables Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells, conveys or otherwise transfers to (i) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and (ii) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted.

 

Rating Agencies ” mean Moody’s and S&P; provided that if S&P, Moody’s or any Successor Rating Agency (as defined below) shall cease to be in the business of providing rating services for debt securities generally, the Issuer shall be entitled to replace any such Rating Agency or Successor Rating Agency, as the case may be, which has ceased to be in the business of providing rating services for debt securities generally with a security rating agency which is in the business of providing rating services for debt securities generally and which is nationally recognized in the United States (such rating agency, a “Successor Rating Agency”).

 

Receivables Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Issuer (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer makes an Investment and to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of the Issuer (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

 

(a)           no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

 

(b)           with which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer, and

 

(c)           to which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

 

Any such designation by the board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

26



 

Record Date ” for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means January 1 or July 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold or to be sold in reliance on Rule 903.

 

Replacement Assets ” means (a) substantially all the assets of a business operating or engaged in a Similar Business, (b) Capital Stock in any Person operating or engaged in a Similar Business that results in the Issuer or another of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such Person such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary or (c) any other property or assets, in the case of each of clauses (a) through (c), used or useful in a Similar Business.

 

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, trust officer, assistant trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property

 

27



 

has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Senior Secured Credit Facility ” means the Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement to be entered into as of the Issue Date, by and among, the Issuer, as borrower, the lenders party thereto, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09).

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

 

Specified Assets ” means the Issuer’s interest in that certain Joint Venture and Shareholders Agreement dated as of March 13, 2007 between the Issuer and GVK Biosciences Private Limited and that certain Amended and Restated Cooperative Joint Venture Contract dated as of July 5, 2000 between Acer/Excel Inc. and Beijing Wits Science & Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Sponsors ” means any of Avista Capital Partners II, LP, Avista Capital Partners II GP, LLC and Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board and each of their respective Affiliates other than any portfolio company thereof.

 

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee of a Guarantor,

 

(1)           any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

 

28



 

(2)           any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes or the Guarantee of a Guarantor.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)           any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and

 

(2)           any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

 

(x)           more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

 

(y)           such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and computed in accordance with GAAP.  Total Assets shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate Total Assets.

 

Transactions ” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the Notes and the entry into and borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facility and repayment of existing indebtedness, to be consummated in connection with the foregoing on the Issue Date.

 

Transaction Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of May 4, 2011, by and among INC Research LLC, Triangle Two Acquisition Corp and Kendle International, Inc.

 

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to July 15, 2015; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to July 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

Trident Acquisition ” means the acquisition of Trident Clinical Research Pty Ltd by the Issuer on June 1, 2011.

 

Trust Indenture Act means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

 

29



 

Trustee ” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

 

Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

 

(1)           any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and

 

(2)           any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer(other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

 

(1)           any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;

 

(2)           such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and

 

(3)           each of:

 

(a)           the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

 

(b)           its Subsidiaries

 

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a) hereof.

 

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

30



 

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote, directly or indirectly, in the election of the board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of such Person and, in the case of Holdings, the Class A common stock of Holdings issued as of the Issue Date or any other Capital Stock of Holdings having equivalent rights.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)           the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

(2)           the sum of all such payments.

 

Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Section 1.02                                        Other Definitions .

 

Term

 

Defined in
Section

 

“Affiliate Transaction”

 

4.11

 

“Asset Sale Offer”

 

4.10

 

“Authentication Order”

 

2.02

 

“Change of Control Offer”

 

4.14

 

“Change of Control Payment”

 

4.14

 

“Change of Control Payment Date”

 

4.14

 

“Covenant Defeasance”

 

8.03

 

“DTC”

 

2.03

 

“Event of Default”

 

6.01

 

“Excess Proceeds”

 

4.10

 

“incur”

 

4.09

 

“Initial Lien”

 

4.12

 

“Legal Defeasance”

 

8.02

 

“Note Register”

 

2.03

 

“Offer Amount”

 

3.09

 

“Offer Period”

 

3.09

 

“Paying Agent”

 

2.03

 

“Purchase Date”

 

3.09

 

“Redemption Date”

 

3.07

 

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

 

4.09

 

“Registrar”

 

2.03

 

 

31



 

Term

 

Defined in
Section

 

“Restricted Payments”

 

4.07

 

“Reversion Date”

 

4.16

 

“Successor Company”

 

5.01

 

“Successor Person”

 

5.01

 

“Suspended Covenants”

 

4.16

 

“Suspension Date”

 

4.16

 

“Suspension Period”

 

4.16

 

“Treasury Capital Stock”

 

4.07

 

“Tax Group”

 

4.07

 

 

Section 1.03                                        Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

 

Whenever this Indenture expressly refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 

The following Trust Indenture Act term used in this Indenture has the following meanings:

 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

Section 1.04                                        Rules of Construction .

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)           a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)           an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(c)           words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(d)           “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

 

(e)           references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

 

(f)            unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

 

(g)           the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision;

 

32



 

(h)           words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders; and

 

(i)            the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation.”

 

Section 1.05                                        Acts of Holders .

 

(a)           Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing.  Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

 

(b)           The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof.  Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same.  The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

(c)           The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

 

(d)           Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

 

(e)           The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders.  Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date, if there is to be a record date, shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent and not later than the date such solicitation is completed.

 

(f)            Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.  Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

 

33



 

(g)           Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and any Person that is the Holder of a Global Note, including DTC, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

 

ARTICLE II

 

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01                                        Form and Dating; Terms .

 

(a)           General .  The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A .  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall be in minimum amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

 

(b)           Global Notes .  Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “ Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note ” attached thereto).  Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “ Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note ” attached thereto).  Each Global Note shall represent such aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “ Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note ” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and transfers of interests therein.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

(c)           Participants shall have no rights under this Indenture or any Global Note with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and the Depositary shall be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants, the Applicable Procedures or the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

 

(d)           Terms .  The aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $300,000,000, and the aggregate amount of Additional Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited (so long as not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including Section 4.09 hereof).  With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall set forth in (1) a Board Resolution and (2) (i) an Officer’s Certificate or (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information:

 

34


 

(A)           the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(B)           the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest shall accrue; and

 

(C)           whether such Additional Notes shall be either Restricted Definitive Notes or Restricted Global Notes.

 

In authenticating and delivering Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate required by Section 12.04, an Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization, execution, delivery, validity and enforceability of such Additional Notes.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof.  The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.

 

(e)            Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable .  The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

Section 2.02                                        Execution and Authentication .

 

One Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, as the case may be, by the manual signature of the Trustee.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

 

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order directing authentication (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes specified in such Authentication Order. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued hereunder.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes.  Unless otherwise provided in such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes

 

35



 

whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent shall have the same rights as the Trustee to deal with Holders, the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

Section 2.03                                        Registrar and Paying Agent .

 

The Issuer shall maintain at an office or agency designated pursuant to Section 4.02 a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and the transfer or exchange of Notes (the “ Note Register ”).  The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.  The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder but upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided , however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee and the passage of any waiting or notice periods required by DTC procedures or (ii) written notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.  The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

 

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

 

Section 2.04                                        Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust .

 

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it relating to the Notes to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money.  If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any Event of Default under Sections 6.01(6) or (7), the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.05                                        Holder Lists .

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

 

36



 

Section 2.06                                        Transfer and Exchange .

 

(a)            Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes .  Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor of the Depositary or a nominee or such successor.  A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days; (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes, or (iii) the Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Global Note be exchanged by the Issuer for Definite Notes prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period.  Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures).  Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof.  Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

 

(b)            Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes .  The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.  None of the Issuer, the Trustee, Paying Agent, nor any agent of the Issuer shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownerships interests in a Global Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.  Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.  Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

 

(i)             Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note .  Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend and any Applicable Procedures; provided however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser).  Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  Except as may be required by any Applicable Procedures, no written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

 

(ii)            All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes .  In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section

 

37



 

2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) if permitted under Section 2.06(a), a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903.  Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

 

(iii)           Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note .  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)           if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

 

(B)           if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

(iv)           Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note .  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

(2)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Registrar or the Issuer so requests or the Applicable Procedures so requires, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to

 

38



 

the Issuer and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B) above.

 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(c)            Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

 

(i)             Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes .  If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in paragraph (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)           if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

(B)           if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)           if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(D)           if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or

 

(E)            if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in

 

39



 

exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(ii)            Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Global Note to Definitive Notes .  Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

 

(iii)           Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .  A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

(2)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Registrar or the Issuer so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so requires, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iv)           Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .  If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

40



 

(d)            Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

 

(i)             Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes .  If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)           if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

(B)           if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)           if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(D)           if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or

 

(E)            if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

 

(ii)            Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes .  A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)            if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

 

(2)            if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Registrar or the Issuer so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so requires, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that

 

41



 

the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

(iii)           Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes .  A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.  Upon receipt of a written request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

(e)            Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes .  Upon written request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.  Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing.  In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

 

(i)             Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes .  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)           if the transfer will be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(B)           if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

(C)           if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 

(ii)            Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

42



 

(1)            if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

(2)            if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Registrar or the Issuer so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so requires, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iii)           Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .  A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.  Upon receipt of a written request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

(f)             Legends .  The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

 

(i)             Private Placement Legend .

 

(A)           Except as permitted by subparagraphs (B), (C) and (D) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ‘‘SECURITIES ACT’’), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER:

 

(1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT AN ‘‘AFFILIATE’’ (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF INC RESEARCH, LLC AND (A) IT IS A ‘‘QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER’’ (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A ‘‘Q1B’’), OR (B) IT HAS ACQUIRED THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT;

 

(2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN EXCEPT (A) TO INC RESEARCH, LLC, THE ISSUER, OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE

 

43



 

ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (C) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE) OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION; AND

 

(3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS ‘‘OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS’’ AND ‘‘UNITED STATES’’ HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING.”

 

(B)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(ii)            Global Note Legend .  Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(g) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER.  UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY

 

44


 

SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

IN THE CASE OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE: “BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A PERSON WHO TAKES DELIVERY IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, ONLY IF THE TRANSFEROR FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S OR RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE).”

 

(g)            Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes .  At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and, if the Registrar and the Trustee are not the same entity, notice to the Trustee of such exchange or transfer an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the aggregate principal amount of such other Global Note shall be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to this Section 2.06(g) and if the Registrar and the Trustee are not the same entity, notice to the Trustee of such exchange or transfer an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

(h)            General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

 

(i)             To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s written request.

 

(ii)            No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer or the

 

45



 

Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

 

(iii)           Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(iv)           All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(v)            The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the sending of a notice of redemption of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day such notice was sent, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

(vi)           Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(vii)          Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

 

(viii)         At the option of the Holder, subject to Section 2.06(a), Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.  Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes to which the Holder making the exchange is entitled in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

 

(ix)           All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or electronically (in PDF format).

 

(x)            The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

46



 

Neither the Trustee nor any Trustee agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

 

Section 2.07                                        Replacement Notes .

 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to their satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met.  An indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and the Paying Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  At the Issuer’s request, such Holder shall reimburse the Issuer for its expenses in replacing a Note.

 

Every replacement Note issued in accordance with this Section 2.07 is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Section 2.08                                        Outstanding Notes .

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09                                        Treasury Notes .

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.  Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the pledged Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.

 

47



 

Section 2.10                                        Temporary Notes .

 

Until certificates representing Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer consider appropriate for temporary Notes.  Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Definitive Notes under this Indenture.

 

Section 2.11                                       Cancellation .

 

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act).  The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.  Certification of the cancellation of all cancelled Notes shall upon the written request of the Issuer be delivered to the Issuer.

 

Section 2.12                                        Defaulted Interest .

 

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a special record date, which may be after the existing record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest.  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such special record date and in any event at least 20 days before such special record date.  At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall send or cause to be sent, via electronic transmission or by first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

Section 2.13                                        CUSIP or ISIN Numbers .

 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers in notices, including notices of redemption, exchange or offers to purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as

 

48



 

contained in any notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any related redemption, exchange or offers to purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers.  Additional Notes issued under this Indenture may have the same or differing CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers as those given to the Initial Notes.

 

ARTICLE III

 

REDEMPTION

 

Section 3.01                                        Notices To Trustee .

 

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

 

Section 3.02                                        Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased .

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed (and such listing is known to the Trustee); (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable (or, in the case of Global Notes, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption based on DTC’s method that most nearly approximates, a pro rata selection); or (c) by lot or such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of DTC.

 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased.  Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000; no Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

 

Section 3.03                                        Notice of Redemption .

 

Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall send or cause to be sent by electronic delivery or first-class mail notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, with a copy to the Trustee, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 hereof.  Except as provided for in Section 3.07(c), notices of redemption may not be conditional.

 

The notice shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP and ISIN numbers) to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a)            the Redemption Date;

 

49



 

(b)            the redemption price;

 

(c)            if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

(d)            the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(e)            that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(f)             that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

 

(g)            the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(h)            that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 15 days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

Section 3.04                                        Effect of Notice of Redemption .

 

Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price, subject to one or more conditions precedent to the extent permitted under this Indenture.  The notice, if sent in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.  In any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.  Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

Section 3.05                                        Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .

 

Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date.  The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for

 

50



 

redemption or purchase.  Redemption amounts shall only be paid upon presentation and surrender of any such Notes to be redeemed.  If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date.  If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations in connection with any redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

Section 3.06                                        Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part .

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.  It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

 

Section 3.07                                        Optional Redemption .

 

(a)            On and after July 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon prior notice as provided in Section 3.03, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any to, but not including, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2015

 

105.750

%

2016

 

102.875

%

2017 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(b)            At any time prior to July 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon prior notice as provided in Section 3.03, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any to, but not including, the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 

(c)            Until July 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 111.5% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture and the original principal amount of any Additional Notes issued

 

51



 

under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided   further that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.

 

Section 3.08                                        Mandatory Redemption .

 

The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.  However, the Issuer may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

 

Section 3.09                                        Offers To Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds .

 

(a)            In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below.

 

(b)            The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”).  No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer.  Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

(c)            If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date..

 

(d)            Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send or cause to be sent, by first-class mail or electronic delivery, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.  The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and, if required, holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness.  The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

 

(i)             that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

 

(ii)            the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

 

(iii)           that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

 

(iv)           that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

 

(v)            that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in a minimum amount of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

52



 

(vi)           that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer such Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

 

(vii)          that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

(viii)         that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Issuer or agent of such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in a minimum amount of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and

 

(ix)           that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

 

(e)            On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.

 

(f)             The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary except the Officer’s Certificate required under Section 3.09(e), no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided that each such new Note shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof.  If required by applicable law, the Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

53



 

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01                                       Payment of Notes .

 

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.  Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.  Such Paying Agent shall, upon written request by the Issuer, return to the Issuer promptly, and in any event no later than five Business Days following such request, any money that exceeds such amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest paid on the Notes. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding date that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

 

Section 4.02                                        Maintenance of Office or Agency .

 

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office.

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Section 4.03                                        Reports and Other Information .

 

(a)            So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee:

 

(1)            within 90 days (120 days for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011) after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, (a) audited year-end consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (including a balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows, but excluding any consolidating financial information required by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act) prepared in accordance with GAAP and (b) a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations section as described in Item 303 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (“ MD&A ”);

 

54


 

(2)            within 45 days (or 60 days for any such quarter ending prior to December 31, 2012 after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, (a) unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (including a balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows and also including, for the second fiscal quarter of 2011, financial statements of Kendle and its subsidiaries) prepared in accordance with GAAP and subject to normal year-end adjustments and (b) an MD&A; and

 

(3)            within 5 Business Days after the occurrence of any of the following events, including a description in reasonable detail of such event: (i) any change in the executive officers or directors of the Issuer, (ii) any incurrence of any material on-balance sheet or material off-balance sheet long-term debt obligation or capital lease obligation (each as defined in Item 303 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act) of or relating to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) the acceleration of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iv) any issuance or sale by the Issuer of Equity Interests of the Issuer (excluding any issuance or sale pursuant to any stock option plan in the ordinary course of business), (v) the entry into of any agreement by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries relating to a transaction that has resulted or may result in a Change of Control, (vi) any resignation or termination of the independent accountants of the Issuer or any engagement of any new independent accountants of the Issuer, (vii) any determination by the Issuer or the receipt of advice or notice by the Issuer from its independent accounts, in either case, relating to non-reliance on previously issued financial statements, a related audit opinion or a completed interim review, (viii) the completion by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the acquisition or disposition of a significant amount of assets, otherwise than in the ordinary course of business and (ix) the entry into, amendment of or termination of a material definitive agreement (including, without limitation, the Indenture), in each case to the extent such information would be required from an SEC registrant in a Form 8-K.

 

(b)            So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will also:

 

(1)            issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service prior to posting on the website of the annual and quarterly reports required by Sections 4.03(a)(1) and (2), as contemplated by Section 4.03(b)(4), announcing the date on which such reports will be posted and directing note holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts to the website to obtain copies of such reports;

 

(2)            hold a conference call to discuss its results of operations and allow participants to ask questions at the end of each call within 90 days from the end of each fiscal year (or 120 days for the 2011 and 2012 fiscal years) and within 45 days from the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or 60 days for each such quarter ending in the 2011 and 2012 fiscal years);

 

(3)            issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with clause (2) of this Section 4.03(b), announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing note holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts to contact the appropriate person at the Issuer to obtain such information; and

 

(4)            maintain a website (which may be password protected) to which all of the reports and press releases required by this Section 4.03 are posted.

 

If any Subsidiary of the Issuer is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by this Section 4.03 will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the

 

55



 

face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in the “MD&A” section in the Offering Memorandum, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer.

 

For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors that certify that they are qualified institutional buyers, upon their request, the information described in this Section 4.03 as well as all information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, so long as INC Research Intermediate, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, is a Guarantor of the Notes, the reports and other information required to be provided as described hereunder may, at the Issuer’s option, be provided by INC Research Intermediate or such other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer rather than the Issuer.

 

Section 4.04                                        Compliance Certificate .

 

(a)            The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has, during such fiscal year, kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in Default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge).

 

(b)            The Issuer shall within 10 Business Days after the Issuer becomes aware that any Default has occurred and is continuing deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event.

 

Section 4.05                                       Taxes .

 

The Issuer shall pay or discharge, and shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, material lawful assessments, and material governmental levies except such as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions or where the failure to effect such payment or discharge would not reasonably be expected to be adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 4.06                                        Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .

 

The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution

 

56



 

of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07                                        Limitation on Restricted Payments .

 

(a)            The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(I)             declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

 

(A)           dividends, payments or distributions by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or

 

(B)           dividends, payments or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend, payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend, payment or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

(II)           purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

 

(III)         make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value or give any irrevocable notice of redemption with respect thereto, in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

 

(A)           Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or

 

(B)           the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

(C)           the giving of an irrevocable notice of redemption with respect to the transactions described in clauses (2) and (3) of Section 4.07(b); or

 

(IV)          make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

(1)            no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

(2)            immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof; and

 

57



 

(3)            such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (6), (8), (9), (10) and (11) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 

(a)            50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning with the fiscal quarter of the Issuer commencing June 26, 2011 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

 

(b)            100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause 12(a) of Section 4.09(b) from the issue or sale of:

 

(i)             (A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

 

(x)            Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; and

 

(y)            Designated Preferred Stock; and

 

(B)           to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof); or

 

(ii)            debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer or its direct or indirect parent companies;

 

provided however , that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

 

58



 

(c)            100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Issue Date (other than (i) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(12), (ii) by a Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) from any Excluded Contribution); plus

 

(d)            100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

 

(i)            the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or

 

(ii)             the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus

 

(e)            in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment.

 

(b)            The foregoing provisions shall not prohibit:

 

(1)            the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of the irrevocable redemption notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(2)            the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or of a direct or indirect parent company (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or of a direct or indirect parent company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition shall be excluded from clauses (b) and (c) of the preceding paragraph;

 

(3)            the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as:

 

59



 

(a)            the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium paid (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition and the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

 

(b)            such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

 

(c)            such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the earlier of (x) the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired and (y) 60 days after the maturity date of the Notes; and

 

(d)            such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired;

 

(4)            a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct and indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (or any spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs or legatees of the foregoing) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or arrangement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $5 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $10 million in any calendar year); provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

(a)            the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct and indirect parent companies to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct and indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof ; plus

 

(b)            the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

 

(c)            the amount of any Restricted Payments made in any prior calendar year pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

 

provided that the cancellation of indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect

 

60



 

parent company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provisions of the Indenture;

 

(5)            [Reserved];

 

(6)            (a)            the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer after the Issue Date; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred stock; or

 

(b)            the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions to a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after the Issue Date; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

 

(c)            the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions on Treasury Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to 4.07(b)(2);

 

provided ,   however , in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 4.07(b)(6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

 

(7)            repurchases of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parents deemed to occur upon exercise or vesting of stock options, warrants or similar rights if such Equity Interests represent all or a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or are surrendered in connection with satisfying any federal or state income tax obligation incurred in connection with such exercise or vesting;

 

(8)            the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent representing fractional shares of such Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parents in connection with a stock dividend, split or combination or any merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other combination involving the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent;

 

(9)            the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition, in each case for nominal value per right, of any rights granted to all holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent pursuant to any stockholders’ rights plan adopted for the purpose of protecting stockholders from unfair takeover tactics, provided that any such redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of such rights shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitations described under this Section 4.07;

 

(10)          payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law in connection with a merger, consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s property or assets that complies with this Indenture, provided that as a result of such merger, consolidation

 

61



 

or transfer of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s property or assets, the Issuer shall have made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer and all Notes tendered by Holders in connection therewith shall have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

 

(11)          the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock) following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

 

(12)          the declaration and payment of dividends by the Issuer to, or the making of loans to, its direct or indirect parent company, in amounts required for the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies to pay:

 

(a)            franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

 

(b)            Permitted Tax Distributions;

 

(c)            customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to directors, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of such directors in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)            general corporate overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (including indemnification claims made by directors or officers of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(e)            reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any debt or equity offering (whether or not successful) by such direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer; and

 

(f)             taxes with respect to income of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer derived from funding made available to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries by such direct or indirect parent company;

 

(13)          Restricted Payments in the amount of Excluded Contributions;

 

(14)          (a) the payment of annual fees to any Sponsor or any of its Affiliates pursuant to the Management Agreement in an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed $500,000, (b) dividends or distributions pursuant to the Class C Agreement in an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed $500,000; (c) (i) payments of indemnification and third-party expense reimbursements under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement and Management Agreement and (ii) other payments under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement or other fees under the Management Agreement and the Class C Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15 million, provided that payments pursuant to this clause (ii) in any calendar year do not exceed $5 million, in

 

62



 

each case as such agreements are in effect on the Issue Date or as such agreements may be amended accordance with Section 4.11;

 

(15)          other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (15) not to exceed $17.5 million;

 

(16)          the repurchase, redemption retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any Preferred Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness required in accordance with provisions applicable thereto similar to those described under Sections 4.10 and 4.14; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; and

 

(17)          any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates, in each case as described in the Offering Memorandum and to the extent permitted under Section 4.11,

 

provided however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clause (15) and (16) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

 

(c)            As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries.  The Issuer shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”  For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.”  Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment and/or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time pursuant to this Section 4.07(c) and/or the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture.

 

(d)            In the event that a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Restricted Payments described in the above clauses (including, without limitation Section 4.07(a)) or Permitted Investment described in the definition thereof, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify, such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07 and such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment shall be treated as having been made pursuant to only one of such clauses of this Section 4.07 or of the definition of “Permitted Investment.”

 

Section 4.08                                        Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .

 

(a)            The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)            (A)  pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

 

63



 

(B)  pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)            make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

(3)            sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(b)            the foregoing shall not apply (in each case) to such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)            contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Secured Credit Facility and the related documentation;

 

(2)            this Indenture and the Notes;

 

(3)            purchase money obligations and capital lease obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of this Section 4.08(a) on the property so acquired;

 

(4)            applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

(5)            any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

 

(6)            contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;

 

(7)            Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness or place any restriction on the Issuer’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ use of the assets securing such Secured Indebtedness;

 

(8)            restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(9)            other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof that impose restrictions solely on Foreign Subsidiaries party thereto;

 

(10)          customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;

 

(11)          customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

64


 

(12)          contractual requirements of a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, provided that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Subsidiary or the receivables that are subject to the Qualified Receivables Financing;

 

(13)          protective Liens filed in connection with a sale and leaseback transaction permitted under this Indenture;

 

(14)          any other agreement governing Indebtedness entered into after the Issue Date that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not materially more restrictive with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary than those in effect on the Issue Date pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date; and

 

(15)          any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 4.08(a) imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (14) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, not materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

 

Section 4.09                                        Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

 

(a)            The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided that the amount of Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock that may be incurred or issued, as applicable, pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $15 million at any one time outstanding.

 

(b)            The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:

 

(1)            the incurrence of Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $475 million outstanding at any one time, less (i) the amount of Indebtedness then outstanding under

 

65



 

clause (19) and (ii) any permanent payments (with respect to revolving borrowings and letters of credit, only to the extent revolving commitments are correspondingly reduced) actually made by the borrower thereunder following the Issue Date in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale;

 

(2)            the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee) other than any Additional Notes;

 

(3)            Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.09(b));

 

(4)            Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase, lease, construction, installation, repair or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (other than software) that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount, not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (x) $15 million and (y) 1.5% of Total Assets;

 

(5)            Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that, upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing;

 

(6)            Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that (a) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)(a)) and (b) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

(7)            Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such other Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7);

 

66



 

(8)            Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such other Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);

 

(9)            shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such other Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);

 

(10)          Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

 

(11)          obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)          (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than Excluded Contributions or proceeds of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or amounts applied to make a Restricted Payment in accordance with clause (2) of Section 4.07(a) as determined in accordance with clauses 3(b) and 3(c) of Section 4.07(b)  to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.07(b) or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) (together with amounts applied under clause (13) to refinance Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock initially incurred in reliance on this clause (12)(a)) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $20 million;

 

(13)          the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund, replace or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clauses (2) and (3) above and this clause (13) and clause (14) below of this Section 4.09(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund, replace or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness,

 

67



 

Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

(A)           has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced,

 

(B)           to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

 

(C)           shall not include:

 

(i)             Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer;

 

(ii)            Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer, that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor; or

 

(iii)           Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(14)          Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired (whether by asset acquisition or otherwise) by the Issuer or any Guarantor or merged into the Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, such acquisition or merger and, provided further that, after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition or merger, either

 

(a)            the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of this Section 4.09, or

 

(b)            the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

 

(15)          Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;

 

68



 

(16)          (a)  any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; or

 

(b)            any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof;

 

(17)          Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (17) the greater of (x) $25 million and (y) 8% of the Total Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer;

 

(18)          Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)          Indebtedness incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

 

(20)          cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, employee credit card programs and similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts;

 

(21)          Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary cash management activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(22)          Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit.

 

(c)            For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:

 

(1)            in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (22) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, shall classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date shall at all times be deemed to be outstanding in reliance on Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof; and

 

(2)            at the time of incurrence, the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 4.09(a) and 4.09(b) hereof.

 

(d)            Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the

 

69



 

amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.  Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that are otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness, provided that the incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.09.

 

(e)            For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus the amount of any reasonable premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness.

 

(f)             The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee substantially to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

 

(g)            For purposes of this Indenture, (1) unsecured Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

 

Section 4.10                                        Asset Sales .

 

(a)            The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale, unless:

 

(1)            the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(2)            except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of (a) cash or Cash Equivalents (b) Replacement Assets or (c) any combination of the consideration specified in clauses (a) and (b); provided that the amount of:

 

(A)           any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence

 

70



 

or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or a third party on behalf of such transferee) and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

 

(B)           any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale,

 

(C)           any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received since the date of this Indenture pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $25 million and (y) 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and

 

(D)           any securities publicly-traded on a national securities exchange;

 

shall be deemed to be cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

 

(b)            Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

 

(1)            to permanently reduce:

 

(A)           Secured Indebtedness under one or more Credit Facilities or any other Secured Indebtedness to the extent such Lien is permitted by this Indenture; or

 

(B)           Obligations under Pari Passu Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that the Issuer shall equally and ratably (based on the aggregate principal amounts (or accreted value, as applicable )) reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 3.07 hereof, through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth under Section 4.10(c) hereof) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

 

(2)            to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business or that replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale.

 

71



 

(c)            Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) shall be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds ;” provided , however , that if during such 365-day period the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (2) of Section 4.10(b) after such 365th day, such 365 day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (but such extension will in no event be for a period longer than 180 days or, if earlier, the date of termination of the agreement). When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders, and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum amount of $2,000 and in an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value, as applicable), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture.  The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $15 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

 

To the extent that the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in this Indenture and they will no longer constitute Excess Proceeds.  If the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Issuer or agent for such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall select the Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Notes in global form, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption based on DTC’s method that most nearly approximates a pro rata selection or by such other method that the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate) based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered.  Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

(d)            Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

(e)            The Issuer shall comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer.  To the extent that the applicable provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

Section 4.11                                        Transactions with Affiliates .

 

(a)            The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer

 

72



 

(each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5.0 million unless:

 

(1)            such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

 

(2)            the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $15 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a); and

 

(3)            the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25 million, a copy of a written opinion to the board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of the Issuer from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that such Affiliate Transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or is not less favorable to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arms length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate;

 

(b)            The foregoing provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof will not apply to the following:

 

(1)            transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)            Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and the Investments constituting “Permitted Investments”;

 

(3)            the payment of transaction, management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses and indemnification payments to the Sponsors and their Affiliates pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Class C Agreement and the Expense Reimbursement Agreement, in each case not to exceed permitted payment set forth in Section 4.07(b)(14) and as in effect on the Issue Date and the termination fees pursuant to the Management Agreement, Class C Agreement or Expense Reimbursement Agreement, or any amendments thereto (so long as any such amendment is not materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the Issuer to the Holders, when taken as a whole);

 

(4)            the payment of reasonable and customary fees, compensation, benefits and incentive arrangements paid or provided to, and indemnities provided on behalf of officers, directors, employees or consultants of Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(5)            any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment or replacement agreement thereto (so long as any such amendment is not materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

 

73



 

(6)            the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment or replacement agreement to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (5) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole;

 

(7)            any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing permitted hereunder;

 

(8)            any non-recourse pledge of Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to support the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(9)            the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, in each case as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum;

 

(10)          transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

(11)          the sale or issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer;

 

(12)          payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuer in good faith;

 

(13)          transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 4.11(a)(1) hereof; provided , however that with regard to an issue of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, such Affiliate holds no more than 15% of such issue (25% in the case of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities);

 

(14)          transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as such transaction is with all holders of such class (and there are such non-Affiliate holders) and such Affiliates are treated no more favorably than all other holders of such class generally;

 

(15)          transactions in the ordinary course of business with (i) Unrestricted Subsidiaries or (ii) joint ventures in which the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer holds or acquires an ownership interest (whether by way of Capital Stock or otherwise) so long as the terms of any such transactions are, in each case, at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time by an unaffiliated party; and

 

74


 

(16)                           transactions between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any person that is an Affiliate of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary solely because a director of such Person is also a director of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person.

 

Section 4.12                                        Liens .

 

(a)                                  The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (an “ Initial Lien ”) (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

 

(1)                                  in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

 

(2)                                  in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to (A) Liens securing the Notes and the related Guarantees and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness (including any letter of credit facility relating thereto) incurred under the Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof.

 

(b)                                  Any Lien created for the benefit of the holders of Notes pursuant to Section 4.12(a) hereof shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon discharge of the Initial Lien.

 

Section 4.13                                        Existence .

 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its limited liability company existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of such Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the material rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Issuer in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and provided further that the Issuer shall be permitted to convert to a corporation.

 

Section 4.14                                        Offer To Repurchase Upon Change of Control .

 

(a)                                  If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.  Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail or electronically, with

 

75



 

a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register, with the following information:

 

(1)                                  that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

 

(2)                                  the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

 

(3)                                  that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)                                  that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(5)                                  that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(6)                                  that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(7)                                  that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.  The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(8)                                  if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and

 

(9)                                  the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.

 

The notice, if sent in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.  If (a) the notice is sent in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect.  The Issuer shall comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer.  To the extent that the applicable provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section

 

76



 

4.14, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

(b)                                  On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,

 

(1)                                  accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

 

(2)                                  deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

 

(3)                                  deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

 

(c)                                   The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

 

(d)                                  Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.

 

Section 4.15                                        Subsidiary Guarantors .

 

(a)                                  If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries organizes, acquires, transfers assets to or otherwise invests in any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary, Disregarded Domestic Subsidiary, Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, Immaterial Subsidiary or Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that is prohibited by law or by the terms of any debt acquired pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(14) from issuing such Guarantee), then such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary shall:

 

(1)                                  within ten Business Days execute, and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture on the terms set forth in this Indenture; and

 

(2)                                  deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary and constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Thereafter, such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of this Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Opinion of Counsel shall not be required in connection with the addition of any Guarantor under this Indenture on the Issue Date upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a Supplemental Indenture to this Indenture.

 

77



 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, from and after the Issue Date, the Issuer will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, by way of pledge, intercompany note or otherwise, to assume, guarantee or in any other manner become liable with respect to any Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Issuer or any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, unless, in any such case, such Restricted Subsidiary executes and delivers a supplemental indenture (and the related Opinion of Counsel) to the Indenture providing a Guarantee of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that no Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to Guarantee the Notes if and to the extent it is prohibited by law from Guaranteeing the Notes.  The obligations of each Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary will be limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law.

 

For purposes of this Section 4.15, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Foreign Subsidiary ”:  any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Issuer (i) that is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (ii) that solely owns equity in one or more Foreign Subsidiaries.

 

Disregarded Domestic Person ”:  any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer that is treated as a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes if it directly (or indirectly through one or more Disregarded Domestic Persons) owns the equity of one or more direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiaries.

 

Immaterial Subsidiary ”:  each Subsidiary of the Issuer now existing or hereafter acquired or formed and each successor thereto, (a) which accounts for not more than (i) 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues (after intercompany eliminations) of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries or (ii) 1.75% of the consolidated assets (after intercompany eliminations) of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, in each case, as of the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter as reflected on the financial statements for such quarter after giving pro forma effect to the acquisition; and (b) if the Subsidiaries that constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries pursuant to clause (a) above account for, in the aggregate, more than 5% of such consolidated gross revenues and more than 3.5% of the consolidated assets, each as described in clause (a) above, then the term “Immaterial Subsidiary” shall not include each such Subsidiary necessary to account for at least 95% of the consolidated gross revenues and 96.5% of the consolidated assets, each as described in clause (a) above.

 

ARTICLE V

 

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01                                        Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

 

(a)                                  The Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)                                  the Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

 

78



 

(2)                                  the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(3)                                  immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

 

(4)                                  immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Successor Company  and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(5)                                  each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(c)(1)(B) hereof shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

 

(6)                                  the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.

 

(b)                                  The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for the Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable.  Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,

 

(1)                                  any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Guarantor,

 

(2)                                  the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in a State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby, and

 

(3)                                  Kendle International, Inc. may merge with a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer solely for the purpose of converting to a limited liability company.

 

(c)                                   Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture governing the release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Guarantor, no Guarantor shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)                                  (A)  such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust or similar entity organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

 

79



 

(B)                                the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(C)                                immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

(D)                                the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; notwithstanding the foregoing, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel shall not be required in connection with the addition of any Guarantor under this Indenture on the Issue Date upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a Supplemental Indenture to this Indenture; or

 

(2)                                  the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof.

 

(d)                                  In the case of clause (c)(1) above, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer.

 

Section 5.02                                        Successor Corporation Substituted .

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01                                        Events of Default .

 

An “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events:

 

(1)                                  default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

(2)                                  default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes;

 

(3)                                  failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above)

 

80



 

contained in this Indenture or the Notes for 60 days after receipt of written notice given to the Issuer by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes;

 

(4)                                  default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

 

(a)                                  such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

 

(b)                                  the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $30 million or more at any one time outstanding;

 

(5)                                  failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $30 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

 

(6)                                  the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (as of the date of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer delivered pursuant to Section 4.03), pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i)                                      commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(ii)                                   consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iii)                                consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

 

(iv)                               makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

 

(v)                                  generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

 

(7)                                  a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

81



 

(i)                                      is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (as of the date of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer delivered pursuant to Section 4.03), in a proceeding in which the Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(ii)                                   appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (as of the date of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer delivered pursuant to Section 4.03), or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (as of the date of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer); or

 

(iii)                                orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (as of the date of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer delivered pursuant to Section 4.03);

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

 

(8)                                  the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Guarantors that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of such Guarantor, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture and such default continues for 10 Business Days.

 

Section 6.02                                        Acceleration .

 

If any Event of Default (other than a type specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 hereof, in either case, with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee (by written notice to the Issuer) or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes (by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee) may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately.  The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Issuer, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice.

 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of

 

82



 

Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

 

Section 6.03                                        Other Remedies .

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04                                        Waiver of Past Defaults .

 

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer) or a continuing Default in respect of a covenant or provision of this Indenture which may not be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders; provided , subject to Section 6.02 hereof, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration.  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05                                        Control by Majority .

 

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes.  The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

Section 6.06                                        Limitation on Suits .

 

Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)                                  such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)                                  Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

83



 

(3)                                  Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)                                  the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(5)                                  Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

 

Section 6.07                                        Rights of Holders of Notes To Receive Payment .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08                                        Collection Suit by Trustee .

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest then due and owing on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09                                        Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

 

Section 6.10                                        Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

84


 

Section 6.11                                        Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

Section 6.12                                        Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.13                                        Priorities .

 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

(i)                                      to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

(ii)                                   to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

 

(iii)                                to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct including a Guarantor, if applicable.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.

 

85



 

Section 6.14                                        Undertaking for Costs .

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Issuer, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01                                        Duties of Trustee .

 

(a)                                  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

 

(b)                                  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i)                                      the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii)                                   in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein.

 

(c)                                   The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)                                      this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

 

(ii)                                   the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(iii)                                the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

 

(d)                                  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

 

86



 

(e)                                   The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holder of the Notes unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f)                                    The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 7.02                                        Rights of Trustee .

 

(a)                                  The Trustee may conclusively rely upon and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(b)                                  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)                                   The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

 

(d)                                  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(e)                                   Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

 

(f)                                    None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

 

(g)                                   The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(h)                                  In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

87



 

(i)                                      The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(j)                                     The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

 

(k)                                  The Trustee may request that the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

 

(l)                                      The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

 

Section 7.03                                        Individual Rights of Trustee .

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign.  The Paying Agent or Registrar do the same with like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04                                        Trustee’s Disclaimer .

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05                                        Notice of Defaults .

 

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall send to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within the later of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after a Responsible Officer of the Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such Default.  Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office.

 

Section 7.06                                        Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .

 

Within 60 days after each June 15, beginning with June 15, 2012, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in

 

88



 

Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d).  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.

 

Section 7.07                                        Compensation and Indemnity .

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time.  The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses and taxes (other than taxes based upon the income of the Trustee)) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against any Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, any Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder).  The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder except to the extent actually prejudiced thereby.  The Issuer shall defend the claim, and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense of such claim.  The Trustee may have separate counsel if the Trustee shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to the Issuer and in the reasonable judgment of such counsel it is advisable for the Trustee to engage separate counsel, and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of any one such separate counsel  (as well as such fees and expenses of one firm of local counsel in each jurisdiction in which the primary counsel is not admitted to practice and where local counsel is necessary or advisable).  The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, damage, claim, liability or expense incurred as determined in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction, by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct or negligence.

 

The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal, premium (if any) and interest on particular Notes.  Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

89



 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

 

Section 7.08                                        Replacement of Trustee .

 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.  The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal.  The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

 

(a)                                  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(b)                                  the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(c)                                   a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(d)                                  the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may, at the expense of the Issuer, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders.  The retiring Trustee shall, at the expense of the Issuer, promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.  The predecessor Trustee shall have no liability for any action or inaction by any successor Trustee.

 

90



 

Section 7.09                                        Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.10                                        Eligibility; Disqualification .

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

 

Section 7.11                                        Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .

 

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01                                        Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

 

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02                                        Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same) and cure all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(a)                                  the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

 

91



 

(b)                                  the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

(c)                                   the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(d)                                  this Section 8.02.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03                                        Covenant Defeasance .

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14 and 4.15 hereof and the operation of Section 5.01 with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3), 6.01(4), 6.01(5), 6.01(6) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(7) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries) and 6.01(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 8.04                                        Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .

 

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

 

(1)                                  the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking firm, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

92



 

(2)                                  in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

 

(a)                                  the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

(b)                                  since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)                                  in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)                                  no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

(5)                                  such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

(6)                                  the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

 

(7)                                  the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05                                        Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor

 

93



 

acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the written request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking firm, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04 hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 8.06                                        Repayment to Issuer .

 

The Trustee shall promptly, upon the written request of the Issuer, and in any event no later than five Business Days after such request, pay to the Issuer after request therefore, any excess money held with respect to the Notes at such time in excess of amounts required to pay any of the Issuer’s Obligations then owing with respect to the Notes.

 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for one year after such principal and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its written request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

Section 8.07                                        Reinstatement .

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

94


 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01                                        Without Consent of Holders of Notes .

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:

 

(1)                                  to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)                                  to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(3)                                  to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;

 

(4)                                  to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

 

(5)                                  to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not materially adversely affect the rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

 

(6)                                  to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(7)                                  to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

(8)                                  to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

 

(9)                                  to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;

 

(10)                           to add a Guarantor or release any Guarantor from its Guarantee if such release is in accordance with the terms under this Indenture;

 

(11)                           to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, Guarantee or Notes, as provided in an Officer’s Certificate;

 

(12)                           to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture; or

 

(13)                           to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided , however , that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities

 

95



 

Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes;

 

Upon the written request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of the Issuer’s board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02 and 9.06, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 9.02                                        With Consent of Holders of Notes .

 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes).  Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

 

Upon the written request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of the Issuer’s board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02 and 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

 

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment.  It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall send to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Issuer to send such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

 

Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

(1)                                  reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

96



 

(2)                                  reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to Section 3.09, Section 4.10 and Section 4.14);

 

(3)                                  reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(4)                                  waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration;

 

(5)                                  make any Note payable in currency other than that stated therein;

 

(6)                                  make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

 

(7)                                  make any change to this paragraph of Section 9.02;

 

(8)                                  impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

(9)                                  make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

 

(10)                           except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 9.03                                        Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

Section 9.04                                        Revocation and Effect of Consents .

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver.  If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.  No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.

 

97



 

Section 9.05                                        Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.06                                        Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc .

 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until its board of directors approves it.  In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel shall not be required in connection with the addition of any Guarantor under this Indenture on the Issue Date upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a Supplemental Indenture to this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE X

 

GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01                                 Guarantee .

 

Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:  (a) the principal of, interest and premium, if any, on the Notes, subject to any applicable grace period, shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, to the extent lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment by the Issuer when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions

 

98



 

hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (other than payment in full of all of the Obligations of the Issuer hereunder and under the Notes).  Each Guarantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture or by release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and agents’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

Each Guarantor agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee.  The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

 

Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured obligation of such Guarantor and shall rank equally in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.

 

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

 

99



 

Section 10.02                                 Limitation on Guarantor Liability .

 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law.  Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Section 10.03                                 Execution and Delivery .

 

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an authorized officer.

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

If an officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 

If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

 

Section 10.04                                 Subrogation.

 

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

Section 10.05                                 Benefits Acknowledged .

 

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

100



 

Section 10.06                                 Release of Guarantees .

 

A Guarantee by any Guarantor other than INC Research Intermediate shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 

(1)                                  (A)  any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor, provided that such sale, exchange or transfer of Capital Stock or assets is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

 

(B)                                the release or discharge of the Guarantee by such Guarantor of the Senior Secured Credit Facility or the release or discharge of the Indebtedness that pursuant to Section 4.15 resulted in the creation of such Guarantee;

 

(C)                                the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

 

(D)                                the Issuer exercising their Legal Defeasance option in accordance with Section 8.02 hereof or the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

 

(2)                                  the Issuer delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

The Guarantee of INC Research Intermediate or any other direct or indirect parent company may be released at any time.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01                                 Satisfaction and Discharge .

 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

 

(1)                                  all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(2)                                  (A)  all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer and the Issuer or any Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the

 

101



 

Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

(B)                                the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

 

(C)                                the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

 

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

 

Section 11.02                                 Application of Trust Money .

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01                                 Trust Indenture Act Controls .

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 

Section 12.02                                 Notices .

 

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), electronic delivery (in PDF format), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 

102



 

If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:

 

c/o INC Research, LLC
3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600
Raleigh, NC 27604-1547

Attention:  General Counsel
Fax:  919-334-3666

 

with a copies to:

 

Weil, Gotshal & Manges
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10153
Attention:  Corey Chivers
Fax:  212-310-8007

 

If to the Trustee:

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association

246 Goose Lane, Suite 105
Guilford, CT  06437

Attention:  Corporate Trust Services -
Administrator for INC Research, LLC

Fax:  203-453-1183

 

The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given:  as of the date so delivered if delivered electronically, in PDF format; at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

 

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be sent electronically, mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.  Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

If a notice or communication is mailed or otherwise delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, such notice or communication shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon facsimile or electronically sent (in PDF format) transmission of written instructions and/or directions pursuant to this Indenture given by the Issuer,

 

103



 

provided , however that: (i) if requested, such Issuer, subsequent to such facsimile transmission of written instructions and/or directions, shall provide the originally executed instructions and/or directions to the Trustee in a timely manner and (ii) such originally executed instructions and/or directions shall be signed by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer.

 

If the Issuer sends a notice or communication to Holders, it shall send a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 12.03                                 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

 

Section 12.04                                 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(a)                                  An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

(b)                                  An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

Section 12.05                                 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include, as required by Section 314(e):

 

(a)                                  a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(b)                                  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c)                                   a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(d)                                  a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

With respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate, certificates of public officials or reports or opinions of experts.

 

104


 

Section 12.06                                 Rules by Trustee and Agents .

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 12.07                                 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders, etc. .

 

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, member or limited partner of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

Section 12.08                                 Governing Law .

 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

Section 12.09                                 Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 12.10                                 Force Majeure .

 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

 

Section 12.11                                 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 12.12                                 Successors .

 

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.  All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06 hereof.

 

105



 

Section 12.13                                 Severability .

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.14                                 Counterpart Originals .

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.  The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

Section 12.15                                 Table of Contents, Headings, etc .

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 12.16                                 U.S.A. Patriot Act .

 

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee.  The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

106



 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC,

 

as Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Ogle

 

Name: James Ogle

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC,

 

as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Ogle

 

Name: James Ogle

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

TRIANGLE TWO ACQUISITION CORP.,

 

as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Ogle

 

Name: James Ogle

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page Indenture

 



 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph P. O’Donnell

 

 

Name:

Joseph P. O’Donnell

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Signature Page Indenture

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

[Face of Note]

 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

A-1



 

CUSIP  [                     ]

ISIN  [                     ](1)

 

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE
representing up to
$[        ]

11.5% Senior Notes due 2019

 

No.    

[$                            ]

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC

 

promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                                                  United States Dollars] on July 15, 2019.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  July 15 and January 15

Record Dates:  July 1 and January 1

 


(1)                                  Rule 144A Note CUSIP:  44981U AA2

Rule 144A Note ISIN:  US44981UAA25

Regulation S Note CUSIP:  U45208AA0

Regulation S Note ISIN:  USU45208AA06

 

A-2



 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

Dated: July 12, 2011

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

A-3


 

[Back of Note]

 

11.5% Senior Notes due 2019

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.                                       INTEREST.  INC Research, LLC, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 11.5% per annum from July 12, 2011 until maturity.  The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on July 15 and January 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be January 15, 2012. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; and shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

2.                                       METHOD OF PAYMENT.  The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the July 1 or January 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  Payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent at least five Business Days in advance of the applicable Interest Payment Date.  Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

3.                                       PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.  Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders.  The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

4.                                       INDENTURE.  The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2011, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Indenture ”), between INC Research, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee.  This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 11.5% Senior Notes due 2019.  The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”).  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

A-4



 

5.                                       OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

 

(a)                                  Except as described below under clauses 5(c) and 5(d) hereof, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option before July 15, 2015.

 

(b)                                  On and after July 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice sent by first-class mail or by electronic delivery to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but not including, the applicable date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2015

 

105.750

%

2016

 

102.875

%

2017 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(c)                                   At any time prior to July 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice sent by first-class mail or by electronic delivery to each Holder of Notes  to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date

 

(d)                                  Until July 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 111.5% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to, but not including, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture and the original principal amount of any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.

 

(e)                                    Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

 

6.                                       MANDATORY REDEMPTION.  The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

7.                                       NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.  Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be sent by first-class mail or electronic delivery at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article VIII or Article XI of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.  Notes in denominations larger than

 

A-5



 

$2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.  On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. Redemption amounts shall only be paid upon presentation and surrender of any such Notes to be redeemed. Payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations in connection with any redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

8.                                       OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.

 

(a)                                  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”).  The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture.

 

(b)                                  The Issuer is, subject to certain conditions and exceptions, obligated to make an offer to purchase Notes and certain other pari passu Indebtedness at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but not including, the date of repurchase, with certain Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales in accordance with the Indenture.

 

9.                                       DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in a minimum amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before the sending of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or any Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer.

 

10.                                PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.  The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

11.                                AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.  The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

 

12.                                DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.  The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture.  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency relating to the Issuer, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice.  Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in

 

A-6



 

payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder.  The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within ten Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

 

13.                                AUTHENTICATION.  This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

 

14.                                GOVERNING LAW.  THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

15.                                CUSIP NUMBERS.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

 

c/o INC Research, LLC
3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600
Raleigh, NC 27604-1547
Attention:  General Counsel
Fax:  919-334-3666

 

A-7



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                     to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 


* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-8



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

o Section 4.10         o Section 4.14

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                    

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 


* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-9



 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

 

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                    .  The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange

 

Amount of
decrease
in Principal
Amount

 

Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note

 

Principal Amount
of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase

 

Signature of
authorized
signatory
of Trustee or 
Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-10


 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

INC Research, LLC
3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600
Raleigh, NC 27604-1547
Attention: General Counsel
Fax: 919-334-3666
Attention:  General Counsel

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association,

246 Goose Lane, Suite 105
Guilford, CT  06437

Fax:  203-453-1183

Attention:  Corporate Trust Services -
Administrator for INC Research, LLC

 

Re:  11.5% Senior Notes due 2019

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2011, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Indenture ”), between INC Research, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

(the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                       in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                                (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto.  In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1.                                       o CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

2.                                       o CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) 

 

B-1



 

the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser).  Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

3.                                       o CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S.  The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

 

(a)                                  o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act;

 

or

 

(b)                                  o such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof;

 

or

 

(c)                                   o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

 

4.                                       o CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

 

(a)                                  o CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-2



 

(b)                                  o CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(c)                                   o CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-3



 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

B-4



 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.                                       The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

(a)                                  o a beneficial interest in the:

 

(i)                                  o 144A Global Note (CUSIP [                     ]), or

 

(ii)                                    o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [                      ]), or

 

(b)                                  o a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2.                                       After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)                                  o a beneficial interest in the:

 

(i)                                  o 144A Global Note (CUSIP [                      ]), or

 

(ii)                                    o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP[                      ]), or

 

(b)                                  o a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

(c)                                   o an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-5


 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

INC Research, LLC
3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600
Raleigh, NC 27604-1547
Attention: General Counsel
Fax: 919-334-3666
Attention:  General Counsel

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association,

246 Goose Lane, Suite 105
Guilford, CT  06437

Fax:  203-453-1183

Attention:  Corporate Trust Services -
Administrator for INC Research, LLC

 

Re:  11.5% Senior Notes due 2019

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2011, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Indenture ”), between INC Research, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

                        (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”).  In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1)            EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

 

a)            o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1



 

b)            o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

c)             o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE.  In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

d)            o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.  In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

2)            EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

 

a)            o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

b)            o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE.  In connection with the Exchange

 

C-2



 

of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  [   ] 144A Global Note  [   ] Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated                                             .

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

C-3



 

EXHIBIT D

 

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

 

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of                     , among INC Research, LLC a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Issuer ”), [           ], a subsidiary of the Issuer and a [   ] [corporation] (the “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”), the other Guarantors party hereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the other Guarantors party thereto has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of July 12, 2011, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 11.5% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Subsidiary Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsidiary Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture without the consent of any Holder.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

(1)           Capitalized Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

(2)           Agreement to Guarantee .  The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

 

(a)           The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.

 

(b)           The Subsidiary Guarantor agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Guarantors, to fully and unconditionally Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Obligations in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture on a senior basis.

 

(3)           No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .  No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, agent, member or limited partner of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  Such waiver may

 

D-1



 

not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

(5)           Execution and Delivery .  The Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

(6)           Governing Law .  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

(7)           Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.  The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

(8)           Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

(9)           The Trustee .  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

(10)         Benefits Acknowledged .  The Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.  The Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

(11)         Successors .  All agreements of the Subsidiary Guarantor in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture (including without limitation Section 10.06 of the Indenture).  All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

(12)         Amendments .  No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Supplemental Indenture, not any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all of the parties hereto.

 

D-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

D-3




Exhibit 10.1.1

 

Execution Version

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

among

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC,
as Borrower,

 

INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC,

 

The Several Lenders
from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as Administrative Agent,

 

ING CAPITAL LLC and
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as Co-Syndication Agents,

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as Collateral Agent,

 

and

 

NATIXIS,

as Documentation Agent

 

Dated as of July 12, 2011

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
ING CAPITAL LLC and
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS(1)
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 

 

 


(1)               RBC Capital Markets is a marketing name for the investment banking activities of Royal Bank of Canada.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

SECTION 1.   DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

1.1

Defined Terms

1

1.2

Other Definitional Provisions

40

1.3

Pro Forma Adjustments

41

 

 

 

SECTION 2.   AMOUNT AND TERMS OF TERM COMMITMENTS

 

 

 

2.1

Term Commitments

42

2.2

Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing

42

2.3

Repayment of Term Loans

43

2.4

Incremental Term Loans

43

2.5

Fees

45

2.6

Extension of Maturity Date in Respect of Term Facility

45

 

 

 

SECTION 3.   AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING COMMITMENTS

 

 

 

3.1

Revolving Commitments

46

3.2

Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing

47

3.3

Swingline Commitment

47

3.4

Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans

48

3.5

Fees

49

3.6

Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments

49

3.7

L/C Commitment

50

3.8

Procedure for Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension of Letters of Credit; Certain Conditions

50

3.9

Fees and Other Charges

51

3.10

L/C Participations

51

3.11

Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower

52

3.12

Obligations Absolute

52

3.13

Letter of Credit Payments

52

3.14

Applications

53

3.15

Defaulting Lenders

53

3.16

Incremental Revolving Commitments

55

3.17

Extension of Maturity Date in Respect of Revolving Facility

57

 

 

 

SECTION 4.   GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

 

 

 

4.1

Optional Prepayments

59

4.2

Mandatory Prepayments

66

4.3

Conversion and Continuation Options

66

4.4

Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches

67

4.5

Interest Rates and Payment Dates

67

4.6

Computation of Interest and Fees

68

4.7

Inability to Determine Interest Rate

68

4.8

Pro Rata Treatment; Application of Payments; Payments

69

4.9

Requirements of Law

70

4.10

Taxes

71

4.11

Indemnity

74

 

i



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

4.12

Change of Lending Office

74

4.13

Replacement of Lenders

75

4.14

Evidence of Debt

75

4.15

Illegality

76

 

 

 

SECTION 5.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

 

5.1

Financial Condition

76

5.2

No Change

77

5.3

Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law

77

5.4

Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations

77

5.5

No Legal Bar

77

5.6

Litigation and Adverse Proceedings

78

5.7

No Default

78

5.8

Ownership of Property; Liens

78

5.9

Intellectual Property

78

5.10

Taxes

78

5.11

Federal Reserve Regulations

79

5.12

Labor Matters

79

5.13

ERISA

79

5.14

Investment Company Act; Other Regulations

79

5.15

Capital Stock and Ownership Interests of Subsidiaries

80

5.16

Use of Proceeds

80

5.17

Environmental Matters

80

5.18

Accuracy of Information, etc .

81

5.19

Security Documents

81

5.20

Solvency

81

5.21

Senior Indebtedness

82

5.22

Regulatory Compliance

82

5.23

Anti-Terrorism Laws

82

5.24

Patriot Act

83

 

 

 

SECTION 6.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

 

 

 

6.1

Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit

83

6.2

Conditions to Each Extension of Credit After the Closing Date

86

 

 

 

SECTION 7.   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

7.1

Financial Statements

87

7.2

Certificates; Other Information

88

7.3

Payment of Taxes

89

7.4

Maintenance of Existence; Compliance

89

7.5

Maintenance of Property; Insurance

89

7.6

Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions

90

7.7

Notices

90

7.8

Environmental Laws

91

7.9

Interest Rate Protection

91

7.10

Post-Closing; Additional Collateral, etc .

91

7.11

Further Assurances

93

7.12

Rated Credit Facility; Corporate Ratings

93

7.13

Use of Proceeds

93

7.14

Designation of Subsidiaries

93

 

ii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

SECTION 8.   NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

8.1

Financial Condition Covenant

94

8.2

Indebtedness

95

8.3

Liens

97

8.4

Fundamental Changes

99

8.5

Disposition of Property

100

8.6

Restricted Payments

101

8.7

Investments

104

8.8

Optional Payments and Modifications of Certain Debt Instruments

105

8.9

Transactions with Affiliates

106

8.10

Sales and Leasebacks

107

8.11

Hedge Agreements

107

8.12

Changes in Fiscal Periods

107

8.13

Negative Pledge Clauses

107

8.14

Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions

108

8.15

Lines of Business

109

8.16

Holding Company

110

 

 

 

SECTION 9.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

 

 

 

9.1

Events of Default

110

9.2

Borrower’s Right to Cure

113

 

 

 

SECTION 10.   THE AGENTS

 

 

 

 

10.1

Appointment

113

10.2

Delegation of Duties

113

10.3

Exculpatory Provisions

114

10.4

Reliance by Agents

114

10.5

Notice of Default

114

10.6

Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders

114

10.7

Indemnification

115

10.8

Agent in Its Individual Capacity

115

10.9

Successor Administrative Agent; Resignation of Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender

115

10.10

Agents Generally

116

10.11

Lender Action

116

10.12

Withholding Tax

116

 

 

 

SECTION 11.   MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

11.1

Amendments and Waivers

117

11.2

Notices

119

11.3

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

121

11.4

Survival of Representations and Warranties

121

11.5

Payment of Expenses

121

11.6

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments

122

11.7

Sharing of Payments; Set-off

127

11.8

Counterparts

128

11.9

Severability

128

11.10

Integration

128

11.11

GOVERNING LAW

128

11.12

Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers

128

 

iii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

11.13

Acknowledgments

129

11.14

Releases of Guarantees and Liens

129

11.15

Confidentiality

130

11.16

WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL

130

11.17

Patriot Act Notice

131

 

iv



 

ANNEX :

 

 

 

A

Pricing Grid

 

 

SCHEDULES :

 

 

1.1

Commitments

5.4

Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices

5.15

Subsidiaries

5.19(a)

UCC Filing Jurisdictions

5.19(b)

Real Property

8.2

Existing Indebtedness

8.3

Existing Liens

8.5

Dispositions

8.7

Existing Investments

8.9

Transactions with Affiliates

8.14

Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions

 

 

EXHIBITS:

 

 

A

Form of Assignment and Assumption

B

Form of Compliance Certificate

B-1

Form of Borrowing Notice

C

Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

D

[Reserved]

E-1

Form of Term Note

E-2

Form of Revolving Note

E-3

Form of Swingline Note

F

Form of Closing Certificate

G-1

Form of Legal Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

G-2

Form of Legal Opinion of Squires, Sanders & Dempsey (US) LLP

G-3

Form of Legal Opinion of General Counsel of the Borrower

H

Form of Solvency Certificate

I

Form of Letter of Credit Application

J

Discount Range Prepayment Notice

K

Discount Range Prepayment Offer

L

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice

M

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

N

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice

O

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice

P

Specified Discount Range Prepayment Response

Q-1

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

Q-2

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

Q-3

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

Q-4

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

 

v


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of July 12, 2011, among INC RESEARCH, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement as Lenders, GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, and together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent ” and the “ Collateral Agent ,” respectively) and Swingline Lender, ING CAPITAL LLC and ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as co-syndication agents (in such capacity, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), NATIXIS, as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Issuing Lender.

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders make available (a) the Term Commitments and the Term Loans on the Closing Date to finance a portion of the Transactions and to pay related fees and expenses and (b) the Revolving Commitments on and following the Closing Date for the purposes set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to make available the Term Commitments and the Revolving Commitments for such purposes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS

 

1.1          Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.

 

Acceptable Discount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(B).

 

Acceptable Prepayment Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(C).

 

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice ”:  a notice in the form of Exhibit N attached hereto.

 

Acceptance Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(B).

 

Acquired Person ”:  as defined in Section 8.2(i).

 

Acquisition ”:  the acquisition of the Target by way of Triangle Two Acquisition Corp. merging with and into the Target, with the Target surviving the Acquisition pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.

 

Acquisition Agreement ”:  the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 4, 2011, among the Borrower, Triangle Two Acquisition Corp. and the Target.

 

Acquisition Documentation ”:  collectively, the Acquisition Agreement and all schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto.

 

Additional Revolving Commitment Lender ”:  as defined in Section 3.17(d).

 

Additional Term Commitment Lender ”:  as defined in Section 2.6(d).

 



 

Adjustment Date ”:  as defined in the Pricing Grid.

 

Administrative Agent ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Administrative Agent Parties ”:  as defined in Section 11.2(c).

 

Affected Lender ”:  as defined in Section 4.13.

 

Affiliate ”:  as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Affiliated Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that is an Affiliate of the Borrower (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) at such time.

 

Agent Related Parties ”:  the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors or representatives.

 

Agents ”:  the collective reference to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Co-Syndication Agents and the Joint Lead Arrangers, which term shall include, for purposes of Sections 10 and 11.5 only, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender.

 

Aggregate Exposure ”:  with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans, (b) the amount of such Lender’s Term Commitment then in effect and (c) the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding, giving effect to any assignments.

 

Aggregate Exposure Percentage ”:  with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure at such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

 

Agreement ”:  this Credit Agreement.

 

Applicable Discount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(B).

 

Applicable Margin ”:  for each Type of Loan, the rate per annum set forth under the relevant column heading below:

 

 

 

 

Eurodollar Loans

 

Base Rate Loans

 

 

 

Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans

 

5.75

%

4.75

%

 

 

Term Loans

 

5.75

%

4.75

%

 

 

; provided that, on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring after the completion of one full fiscal quarter of the Borrower after the Closing Date, the Applicable Margin with respect to Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Term Loans will be determined pursuant to the Pricing Grid.

 

Applicable Period ”:  as defined in the Pricing Grid.

 

2



 

Application ”:  an application, substantially in the form of Exhibit I or such other form as the Issuing Lender may reasonably specify as the form for use by its similarly situated customers from time to time, requesting the Issuing Lender to open a Letter of Credit.

 

Approved Fund ”:  with respect to any Lender, any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, or similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and is administered or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender, or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages such Lender.

 

Asset Sale ”:  any Disposition of Property or series of related Dispositions of Property, including, without limitation, any issuance of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to a Person other than to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower (excluding in any case any such Disposition permitted by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (n), (o), (p), (q), (s), (t) and (u) of Section 8.5) that yields gross proceeds to any Group Member (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash proceeds) in excess of $1,000,000.

 

Assignee ”:  as defined in Section 11.6(b).

 

Assignment and Assumption ”:  an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee and accepted by the Administrative Agent, and, if applicable, consented to by the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

 

Assignment Effective Date ”:  as defined in Section 11.6(d).

 

Auction Agent ”:  (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor engaged by the Borrower (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Loan Prepayment pursuant to Section 4.1(b); provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent); provided , further , that neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates may act as the Auction Agent.

 

Available Amount ”:  at any time, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication:

 

(a)           the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds of any issuances of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Specified Equity Contributions) received since the Closing Date to the extent Not Otherwise Applied; plus

 

(b)           the Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount as of such date to the extent Not Otherwise Applied; less

 

(c)           any usage of such Available Amount pursuant to Sections 8.6(e)(ii), 8.7(i) (including the definition of Permitted Acquisition), 8.7(n)(ii) and 8.8(a)(i).

 

Available Amount Condition ”:  after giving effect to any usage of the Available Amount, on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the period of four (4) fiscal quarters most recently completed for which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 is less than or equal to 5.75:1.00.

 

3



 

Available Revolving Commitment ”:  as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then in effect over (b) such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding; provided that, in calculating any Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit for the purpose of determining such Lender’s Available Revolving Commitment pursuant to Section 3.5(a), the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding shall be deemed to be zero.

 

Avista ”:  collectively, Avista Capital Partners II, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, L.P. and any Affiliates of any of the foregoing.

 

Base Rate ”:  a fluctuating interest rate per annum in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the highest of (a) the rate of interest publicly announced by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City, (b) 1/2 of 1% per annum above the Federal Funds Effective Rate, (c) the Eurodollar Rate (determined pursuant to clause (b) of the definition thereof) for an Interest Period of one month plus 1.00%, as adjusted to conform to changes as of the opening of business on the date of any such change of such Eurodollar Rate and (d) with respect to the Term Loans only, 2.25%.

 

Base Rate Loans ”:  Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Base Rate.

 

Benefited Lender ”:  as defined in Section 11.7(a).

 

Board ”:  the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

 

Borrower ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment ”:  the offer by the Borrower to make a voluntary prepayment of Loans at a specified discount to par pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(ii).

 

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers ”:  the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Loans at a specified range of discounts to par pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iii).

 

Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers ”:  the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iv).

 

Borrowing Date ”:  any Business Day specified by the Borrower as a date on which the Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

 

Business Day ”:  a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close; provided that with respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.

 

Capital Expenditures ”:  for any period, with respect to any Person, the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) that should be capitalized under GAAP on a consolidated balance sheet

 

4



 

of such Person and its Subsidiaries but excluding (a) expenditures financed with any Reinvestment Deferred Amount, (b) expenditures made in cash to fund the purchase price for assets acquired in Permitted Acquisitions or incurred by the Person acquired in the Permitted Acquisition prior to (but not in anticipation of) the closing of such Permitted Acquisition and (c) expenditures made with cash proceeds from any issuances of Capital Stock of any Group Member or contributions of capital made to the Borrower (other than Specified Equity Contributions).

 

Capital Lease Obligations ”:  as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will any obligation in respect of a lease that would have been categorized as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date be considered a Capital Lease Obligation for any purpose under this Agreement (and no agreement relating to any such operating lease shall be considered a capital lease for any purpose under this Agreement).

 

Capital Stock ”:  any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing; provided that Capital Stock shall not include any debt securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing Capital Stock.

 

Cash Collateralize ”:  (a) in respect of an obligation, provide and pledge cash collateral in Dollars, pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (b) in respect of L/C Obligations under Letters of Credit, either the deposit of cash collateral in an amount equal to 100% of such outstanding L/C Obligations or the delivery of a “backstop” Letter of Credit reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Lender (and “Cash Collateralization” has a corresponding meaning).

 

Cash Equivalents ”:

 

(i)            Dollars,

 

(ii)           (a) euro, or any national currency of any participating member of the EMU, or (b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business,

 

(iii)          securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of twelve (12) months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(iv)          marketable direct EEA Government Obligations with maturities of twelve (12) months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(v)           certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000;

 

5



 

(vi)          repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (v) above,

 

(vii)         commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within twenty-four (24) months after the date of creation thereof,

 

(viii)        marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively, and in each case maturing within twenty-four (24) months after the date of creation thereof,

 

(ix)          readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) with maturities of twenty-four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(x)           investment funds investing 90% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (ix) above, and

 

(xi)          in the case of any Subsidiary organized or having its principal place of business outside of the United States, investments of comparable tenor and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (iii) through (x) customarily utilized in countries in which such Subsidiary operates.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (i) and (ii) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

Cash Management Agreement ”:  any agreement for the provision of Cash Management Services.

 

Cash Management Services ”:  (a) cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements and (b) commercial credit card and merchant card services.

 

Cash Pool Obligation ” shall mean the offshore cash management programs in Euros, Dollars, British Pound Sterling and Swiss Francs (and such other currencies as may from time to time be approved by the Administrative Agent) established by the Cash Pool Participants in which cash funds of the Cash Pool Participants will be concentrated with a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party.

 

Cash Pool Participants ” shall mean certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties identified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in writing from time to time.

 

Change of Control ”:  an event or series of events by which:

 

(a)           prior to the first Qualified Public Offering to occur after the Closing Date, the Permitted Holders collectively, directly or indirectly, cease to beneficially own (within the meaning

 

6



 

of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings;

 

(b)           at any time on or after the first Qualified Public Offering to occur after the Closing Date, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person or its Subsidiaries and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than a Permitted Holder becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock of Holdings representing more than the greater of (i) 35% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings and (ii) the percentage of the then outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings owned, directly or indirectly, by the Permitted Holders (collectively);

 

(c)           at any time on or after the first Qualified Public Offering to occur after the Closing Date, during any period of twenty-four (24) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of Holdings cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or Equivalent Managing Body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or Equivalent Managing Body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or Equivalent Managing Body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or Equivalent Managing Body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or Equivalent Managing Body;

 

(d)           Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interest in the Capital Stock of the Borrower; or

 

(e)           a “change of control” or similar provision as set forth in any indenture or other instrument evidencing any Material Indebtedness of a Group Member has occurred obligating any Group Member to repurchase, redeem or repay all or any part of the Indebtedness provided for therein; provided , that for purposes of this clause (e) only, the definition of “Material Indebtedness” shall be Indebtedness, the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate $40,000,000.

 

Class C Agreement ”:  that certain letter agreement, dated as of September 27, 2010, entered into by and among OTPPB, the Borrower, Holdings and Parent.

 

Closing Date ”:  the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.1 shall have been satisfied (or waived in accordance with the terms hereof) and the initial funding occurs, which date is July 12, 2011.

 

Closing Date Material Adverse Effect ”:  with respect to the Target, any fact, circumstance, event, change, effect or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate, has, or would be reasonably expected to have, a material adverse effect on the financial condition, properties, businesses or results of operations of the Target and its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) taken as a whole; provided that the following (alone or in combination) shall not be deemed to have a “Closing Date Material Adverse Effect:”  any change or event caused by or resulting from (A) changes in prevailing economic, political or market conditions, (B) changes in generally accepted accounting principles or requirements or interpretations thereof, (C) changes in applicable Laws (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) or interpretations thereof by any Governmental Authority (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) relating to the industries or markets in which the Target or any of its Subsidiaries (as defined

 

7



 

in the Acquisition Agreement) is operated, (D) the execution, delivery and performance of the Acquisition Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby or the announcement thereof or any action taken pursuant to and in accordance with the Acquisition Agreement, (E) any outbreak of major hostilities, act of terrorism, act of God or other force majeure event occurring after the date of the Acquisition Agreement, (F) changes in the Target’s stock price or trading volume (unless due to a change or event that would separately constitute a “Closing Date Material Adverse Effect” with respect to the Target), or (G) any reclassification, in accordance with GAAP or requirements or interpretations thereof, of the Target’s obligations with respect to the Securities (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) from long-term indebtedness to current indebtedness on the Target’s balance sheet, except, in the case of clauses (A), (B), (C) or (E), to the extent such changes or developments have a disproportionate effect on the Target and its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) as compared to other participants in their industry.

 

Co-Syndication Agents ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Code ”:  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Collateral ”:  all Property of the Loan Parties (other than Excluded Assets), now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

 

Collateral Agent ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Commitment ”:  any Term Commitment or Revolving Commitment of any Lender.

 

Commitment Fee Rate ”:  0.50% per annum; provided that, on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring after the completion of one full fiscal quarter of the Borrower after the Closing Date, the Commitment Fee Rate will be determined pursuant to the Pricing Grid.

 

Commonly Controlled Entity ”:  an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes the Borrower and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

Communications ”:  as defined in Section 11.2(b).

 

Compliance Certificate ”:  a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

 

Confidential Information Memorandum ”:  the Confidential Information Memorandum dated June 2011, and furnished to the Lenders in connection with the syndication of the Facilities.

 

Consolidated Current Assets ”:  at any date, all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents (other than Grant Cash) and deferred tax assets) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries at such date.

 

Consolidated Current Liabilities ”:  at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries at such date, but excluding (a) the current portion of any Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, (b) without duplication of clause (a) above, all Indebtedness consisting of Loans or Senior Notes to the extent otherwise included therein, (c) the current portion of interest and (d) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes.

 

8



 

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ”:  with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of goodwill and other intangibles, deferred financing fees of such Person and its Subsidiaries, for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ”:  with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

(i)            increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a)           Permitted Tax Distributions and any other provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, with-out limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(b)           Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period plus amounts excluded from the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense pursuant to clauses (i)(x) and (i)(y) thereof to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income and, to the extent not included therein, agency fees paid to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; plus

 

(c)           Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(d)           the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Closing Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus

 

(e)           any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs, write-downs or impairment charges, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

 

(f)            any costs or expense incurred by Holdings or a Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; plus

 

(g)           (1) the amount of transaction, management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses and indemnification payments paid (or any accruals related to such fees or related expenses) during such period to the Sponsors, not to exceed the amounts permitted under Section 8.6(k), (2) the amount of directors’ fees or reimbursements, in each case not to exceed the amount permitted under 8.6(g) and to the extent permitted by Section 8.9 and (3) the amount of distributions and dividends paid in such period pursuant to the Class C Agreement not to exceed the amount permitted by Section 8.6(k); plus

 

9



 

(h)           cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (ii) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

 

(i)            any net loss included in the consolidated financial statements due to the application of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160 “Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (“ FAS 160 ”); plus

 

(j)            rent expense as determined in accordance with GAAP not actually paid in cash during such period (net of rent expense paid in cash during such period over and above rent expense as determined in accordance with GAAP); plus

 

(k)           the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets in connection with a receivables financing permitted hereunder deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(l)            the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, which, for the avoidance of doubt, will include up to $29,924,000 of cost savings expected to be realized in connection with the Transactions; provided that (1) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (2) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are commenced within twelve (12) months of the date thereof in connection with such actions, (3) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (l) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing Consolidated EBITDA for such period, (4) such adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Section 1.3) and (5) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies added pursuant to this clause (l) shall not, except with respect to the $29,924,000 of cost savings expected to be realized in connection with the Transactions, exceed the greater of 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for such four quarter period (calculated on a pro forma basis) and the amount of such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies that would be compliant with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act; and

 

(ii)           decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period,

 

all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

 

10


 

The Borrower and the Lenders agree that Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the periods ending on June 30, 2010, September 30, 2010, December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, shall be deemed to be $25,080,000, $16,934,000, $22,416,000 and $16,248,000, respectively (subject to pro forma adjustments after the Closing Date calculated in accordance with clause (l) above and Section 1.3; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any pro forma adjustments relating to the Transactions shall be limited to $29,924,000 as set forth above in clause (l)).

 

Consolidated Funded Debt ”:  at any date, the aggregate amount of indebtedness that is (or would be) reflected on the balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ”:  with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

(i)             consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding, (w) penalties and interest related to taxes, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; plus

 

(ii)            consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

 

(iii)           interest income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ”:  at any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt (excluding Convertible Notes for payment of which cash is deposited into an escrow arrangement on or about the Closing Date reasonably satisfactory to MSSF pending maturity thereof) as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on such date (or, if such date is not the last day of any fiscal quarter, the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements are required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.1), in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Funded Debt and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in Section 1.3.

 

Consolidated Net Income ”:  with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

 

(i)             any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or costs, charges and expenses (including relating to the Transactions), including, without limitation, any severance costs, integration costs, relocation

 

11



 

costs, and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, shall be excluded,

 

(ii)            the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,

 

(iii)           any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(iv)           any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions (including sales or other dispositions under a receivables financing permitted hereunder) other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, shall be excluded,

 

(v)            the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to Holdings or a Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period by such Person,

 

(vi)           effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and its Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(vii)          (a) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and non-cash charges associated with the roll-over, acceleration or payout of Capital Stock by management of the Borrower, Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof in connection with the Transactions or other acquisitions and (b) the amount of any contingent payments related to the Trident Acquisition that are treated as compensation expense in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;

 

(viii)         any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles and other assets arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

 

(ix)           any net gain or loss in such period (a) due solely to fluctuations in currency values or (b) resulting from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded,

 

(x)            any increase in amortization or depreciation or other non-cash charges resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition that is consummated after the Closing Date, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(xi)           any after-tax effect of income (loss) from early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

 

12



 

(xii)          any net gain or loss in such period from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements shall be excluded,

 

(xiii)         any fees, charges, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or accruals and reserves that are established within one year from the Closing Date that are required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded, and

 

(xiv)         any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any equity offering, Investments permitted hereunder, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted hereunder (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (a) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Senior Notes and the Facilities and any receivables financing permitted hereunder and (b) any amendment or other modification of the Senior Note Documents, the Loan Documents and any receivables financing permitted hereunder shall be excluded.

 

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance or other Disposition permitted hereunder.

 

Consolidated Working Capital ”:  at any date, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets on such date over Consolidated Current Liabilities on such date.

 

Contractual Obligation ”:  as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

Convertible Notes ”:  the Target’s 3.375% Convertible Senior Notes due July 15, 2012.

 

Corporate Family Rating ”:  an opinion issued by Moody’s of a corporate family’s ability to honor all of its financial obligations that is assigned to a corporate family as if it had a single class of debt and a single consolidated legal entity structure.

 

Corporate Rating ”:  an opinion issued by S&P of an obligor’s overall financial capacity (its creditworthiness) to pay its financial obligations.

 

Debt Fund Affiliate ”:  any Affiliate of the Borrower that is a bona fide diversified debt fund that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course and with respect to which any Sponsor does not, directly or indirectly, possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of such entity.

 

Default ”:  any of the events specified in Section 9.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

 

Defaulting Lender ”:  at any time, any Lender that (a) has failed for five (5) or more Business Days to comply with its obligations under this Agreement to make a Loan, make a payment to the Issuing Lender in respect of any Letter of Credit and/or make a payment to the Swingline Lender in

 

13



 

respect of a Swingline Loan (each a “ funding obligation ”), (b) has notified the Administrative Agent (which request shall have only been made after all applicable conditions precedent have been satisfied) or the Borrower, or has stated publicly, that it will not comply with any such funding obligation hereunder, (c) has, for five (5) or more Business Days, failed to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent, in response to a written request of the Administrative Agent, that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder, (d) is subject to a continuing Lender Insolvency Event ( provided that neither the reallocation of funding obligations provided for in Section 3.15(b) as a result of a Lender’s being a Defaulting Lender nor the performance by Non-Defaulting Lenders of such reallocated funding obligations will by themselves cause the relevant Defaulting Lender to become a Non-Defaulting Lender), or (e) is subject to a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding or to the appointment of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or other receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee or similar official with respect to such Lender’s business or properties; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of (i) the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof, or (ii) in the case of a solvent Lender, the precautionary appointment of an administrator, guardian, custodian or other similar official by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof under or based on the law of the country where such Lender is subject to home jurisdiction supervision if applicable law requires that such appointment not be publicly disclosed, in any such case where such action does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender; provided that (i) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may declare (A) by joint notice to the Lenders that a Defaulting Lender is no longer a “Defaulting Lender” or (B) that a Lender is not a Defaulting Lender if in the case of both clauses (A) and (B) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower each determines, in its reasonable discretion, that (x) the circumstances that resulted in such Lender becoming a “Defaulting Lender” no longer apply or (y) it is satisfied that such Lender will continue to perform its funding obligations hereunder and (ii) a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of voting stock or any other equity interest in such Lender or a parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof unless such ownership or acquisition results in or provides such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of the courts within the United States from the enforcement of judgments, writs of attachment on its assets or permits such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Lender.  The Administrative Agent will promptly send to all parties hereto a notice when it becomes aware that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(ii)(B).

 

Discount Range ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A).

 

Discount Range Prepayment Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A).

 

Discount Range Prepayment Notice ”:  a written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iii) substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

 

Discount Range Prepayment Offer ”:  the irrevocable written offer by a Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit K, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Auction Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

 

Discount Range Prepayment Response Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A).

 

14



 

Discount Range Proration ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(C).

 

Discounted Loan Prepayment ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(i).

 

Discounted Prepayment Determination Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(C).

 

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date ”:  in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offer or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offer, five (5) Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date or the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, as applicable, in accordance with Section 4.1(b)(ii), Section 4.1(b)(iii) or Section 4.1(b)(iv), respectively, unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Auction Agent.

 

Disposition ”:  with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof.  The terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Disqualified Capital Stock ”:  any Capital Stock that is not Qualified Capital Stock.

 

Disqualified Institutions ”: Persons (or affiliates of such Persons) that are Competitors of the Borrower, the Target or their respective Subsidiaries, or such other Persons, in each case, identified in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers on or prior to the Closing Date; provided that (a) upon reasonable notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall be permitted to supplement in writing the list of Persons that are Disqualified Institutions to the extent such supplemented Person is a Competitor or an Affiliate of a Competitor and (b) an Affiliate of a Competitor shall not include any Person that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business. “ Competitor ” shall mean any Person directly competing with the Borrower, the Target or their respective Subsidiaries who is engaged in the contract research organization business, as certified to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower at the time of designation as a Disqualified Lender.

 

Disregarded Domestic Person ”:  any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is treated as a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes if it directly (or indirectly through one or more Disregarded Domestic Persons) owns the equity of one or more direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiaries.

 

Documentation Agent ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ”:  dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ”:  any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Borrower) that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Earn-Out Obligations ”:  those certain obligations of Holdings or any Subsidiary arising in connection with any acquisition of assets or businesses permitted under Section 8.7 to the seller of such assets or businesses and the payment of which is dependent on the future earnings or performance of such assets or businesses and contained in the agreement relating to such acquisition, but only to the extent of the reserve, if any, required under GAAP to be established in respect thereof by Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

 

ECF Percentage ”:  75%; provided that, with respect to each fiscal year of the Borrower commencing with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2012, the ECF Percentage shall be reduced to

 

15



 

(a) 50% if the Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than 2.50 to 1.0 but greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.0, (b) 25% if the Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than 2.00 to 1.0 but greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.0 and (c) 0% if the Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than 1.50 to 1.0.

 

EEA Government Obligation ” means any direct non-callable obligation of any European Union member for the payment of which obligation the full faith and credit of the respective nation is pledged; provided that such nation has a credit rating at least equal to that of the highest rated member nation of the European Economic Area.

 

Eligible Assignee ”:  any Assignee permitted by and consented to in accordance with Section 11.6(b); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include (a) except to the extent expressly permitted by Section 4.1(b) or 11.6, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, (b) any Defaulting Lender or subsidiary of a Defaulting Lender and (c) any natural person.

 

EMU ” means the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

 

Environment ”:  ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, land surface and subsurface strata, and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

 

Environmental Laws ”:  any and all applicable foreign, federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law)  relating to pollution or protection of the Environment, including those relating to use, generation, storage, treatment, transport, Release or threat of Release of  Materials of Environmental Concern, or to protection of human health or safety (to the extent relating to the presence in the Environment or the Release or threat of Release of Materials of Environmental Concern), as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.

 

Equity Contribution ”:  a cash common equity (or equivalent) contribution by the Sponsors directly or indirectly to Holdings, which cash shall be contributed to the Borrower as common equity (or equivalent), in an aggregate amount, together with any rollover equity of certain existing equityholders of Holdings and the Target, equal to at least 30.0% of the pro forma total consolidated capitalization of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to the Transactions.

 

Equivalent Managing Body ”:  (i) with respect to a manager managed limited liability company, the board of managers, (ii) with respect to a member managed limited liability company, the board of directors of its most direct corporate parent company, which, for the avoidance of doubt, for the Borrower on the Closing Date is Parent and (iii) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner to the extent such general partner is a corporation, or the Equivalent Managing Body of the general partner if such general partner is not a corporation.

 

ERISA ”:  the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements ”:  for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto) dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency

 

16



 

Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Eurodollar Base Rate ”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum offered for deposits of Dollars for the applicable Interest Period that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 A.M., London, England time, two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period or (b) if no such offered rate exists, such rate will be the rate of interest per annum as determined by the Administrative Agent (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) at which deposits of Dollars in immediately available funds are offered at 11:00 A.M., London, England time, two (2) Business Days prior to the first day in the applicable Interest Period by major financial institutions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in the London interbank market for such interest period and for an amount equal or comparable to the principal amount of the Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans on such date of determination.

 

Eurodollar Floor ”:  as defined in the definition of Eurodollar Rate.

 

Eurodollar Loans ”:  Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.

 

Eurodollar Rate ”:  with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) with respect to the Term Loans only, 1.25% (the “Eurodollar Floor”) and (b) the rate determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%):

 

 

Eurodollar Base Rate

 

 

1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

 

 

Eurodollar Tranche ”:  the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans under a particular Facility the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

 

Event of Default ”:  any of the events specified in Section 9.1; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

 

Excess Cash Flow ”:  for any fiscal year of the Borrower, the excess, if any, of:

 

(a)            the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)             Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year;

 

(ii)            the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash credits excluded by virtue of clauses (i) - (xiv) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income;

 

(iii)           decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such fiscal year; and

 

(iv)           the aggregate net amount of non-cash loss on the Disposition of Property by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business), to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income minus

 

17



 

(b)            the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)             the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges excluded by virtue of clauses (i) through (xiv) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income;

 

(ii)            the aggregate amount actually paid by Holdings and its Subsidiaries in cash during such fiscal year on account of Capital Expenditures and permitted Investments (including Permitted Acquisitions);

 

(iii)           (1) the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness (including the Term Loans) and (2) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder) prepaid during such fiscal year, excluding the Loans;

 

(iv)           increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such fiscal year;

 

(v)            the aggregate net amount of non-cash gain on the Disposition of Property by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business);

 

(vi)           customary fees, expenses or charges paid in cash related to any permitted Investments (including Permitted Acquisitions), the issuance, payment, amendment, exchange, refinancing or early extinguishment of Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.2 hereof and the issuance of Capital Stock and Dispositions permitted under Section 8.5 hereof;

 

(vii)          any premium paid in cash during such period in connection with the prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other satisfaction prior to scheduled maturity of Indebtedness permitted to be prepaid, redeemed, purchased, defeased or satisfied hereunder;

 

(viii)         cash expenditures made in respect of Hedge Agreements to the extent not deducted in the computation of Consolidated Net Income and upfront premium payments in connection with Hedge Agreements to the extent not deducted in the computation of Consolidated Net Income;

 

(ix)           to the extent included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, all non-cash income or gain, including, without limitation, any income or gain due to the application of FASB ASC 815-10 regarding hedging activity, FASB ASC 350 regarding impairment of good will, and FASB ASC 480-10 regarding accounting for financial instruments with debt and equity characteristics;

 

(x)            an amount equal to the income of Foreign Subsidiaries included in the calculation of Excess Cash Flow where (x) such income cannot legally be distributed to the Borrower or (y) the cost of repatriating such income to the Borrower (as estimated in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower) would exceed 20% of the amount of such income (calculated after giving effect to any tax credits or other tax attributes available to the Borrower); provided that such amount shall in no event exceed an amount equal to 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal year; provided , further , once

 

18



 

such income can be repatriated other than as described under (x) and (y) above, such income will be included as, and applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to, Excess Cash Flow for the fiscal year in which such income has been repatriated;

 

(xi)           taxes of Borrower and its Subsidiaries that (i) were paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Payment Period (unless deducted in a previous Excess Cash Flow Payment Period in accordance with the following clause (ii)) or (ii) will be paid within six (6) months after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Payment Period and for which reserves have been established;

 

(xii)          the amount of any management, monitoring, consulting, advisory and transaction fees paid to Avista and the amount of any indemnities and expenses paid or reimbursed to Avista pursuant to Section 8.9(h);

 

(xiii)         the amount of any Restricted Payments made to OTPPB pursuant to Section 8.6(k) and the amount of any indemnities and expenses paid or reimbursed to OTPPB pursuant to Section 8.9(h);

 

(xiv)         cash indemnity payments made in such fiscal year pursuant to indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, Disposition or any other Investment permitted hereunder (or in any similar agreement related to any other acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date);

 

(xv)          if not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, the amounts paid during such fiscal year pursuant to Section 8.6(g); and

 

(xvi)         an amount equal to the income and withholding taxes estimated (in good faith after giving effect to the overall tax position of Borrower and its Subsidiaries) by a Responsible Officer of Borrower to be payable by Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to the income of Foreign Subsidiaries included in the calculation of Excess Cash Flow to be repatriated to Borrower (it being understood that an amount equal to such estimated taxes may not subsequently be deducted with respect to the Excess Cash Flow Payment Period in which such taxes are actually paid);

 

provided that the amounts referenced in clauses (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (b) shall only be included in this paragraph (b) and have the effect of reducing Excess Cash Flow to the extent such amounts were funded with Internally Generated Cash.

 

Excess Cash Flow Application Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.2(c).

 

Excess Cash Flow Payment Period ”:  the immediately preceding fiscal year of the Borrower; provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, the first Excess Cash Flow Payment Period shall be the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2012.

 

Exchange Act ”:  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Excluded Assets ”:  (a) assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (b) assets of Foreign Subsidiaries, (c) interests in partnerships, joint ventures and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries which cannot be pledged without the consent pursuant to the terms of the governing documents of such partnership or joint venture of one or more third parties, subject to Uniform Commercial Code override provisions, (d) any

 

19



 

assets a security interest in which would result in material adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing, (e) any property and assets the pledge of which would require governmental consent, approval, license or authorization, subject to Uniform Commercial Code override provisions, and (f) any “intent-to-use” trademark applications prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto, to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application under applicable federal law.

 

Excluded Indebtedness ”:  all Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.2.

 

Excluded Taxes ”:  with respect to the Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by its net income or net profits (however denominated), franchise Taxes imposed on it in lieu of net income Taxes and branch profits (or similar) Taxes imposed on it, in each case, by any jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) (i) as a result of the recipient being organized or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office in such jurisdiction, or (ii) as a result of any other present or former connection between such recipient and such jurisdiction (other than a connection arising primarily as a result of the Loan Documents or any transaction contemplated by the Loan Documents), (b) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 4.13), any U.S. federal withholding Tax that (i) is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender under any laws in effect at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 4.10(a); or (ii) is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 4.10(e), (c) any United States federal withholding Tax that is imposed pursuant to FATCA, (d) any U.S. federal backup withholding taxes imposed under Section 3406 of the Code on amounts payable to a Lender under the laws in effect at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or acquires a participation in all or a portion of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and (e) any interest, additions to tax or penalties in respect of the foregoing.

 

Existing Joint Ventures ”:  the interests in that certain Joint Venture and Shareholders Agreement dated as of March 13, 2007 between the Borrower and GVK Biosciences Private Limited and that certain Amended and Restated Cooperative Joint Venture Contract dated as of July 5, 2000 between Acer/Excel Inc. and Beijing Wits Science & Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Existing INC Credit Agreement ”: that certain existing credit agreement entered into as of September 28, 2010 among the Borrower, Holdings, General Electric Capital Corporation as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.

 

Existing Revolving Facility Maturity Date ”:  as defined in Section 3.17(a).

 

Existing Term Facility Maturity Date ”:  as defined in Section 2.6(a).

 

Expense Reimbursement Agreement ”:  that certain Expense Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2010, among the Borrower, Holdings, Parent, Avista and OTPPB.

 

Extending Revolving Lender ”:  as defined in Section 3.17(e).

 

Extending Term Lender ”:  as defined in Section 2.6(e).

 

20



 

Facility ”:  each of (a) the Term Facility (including, if applicable, any Incremental Term Facility) and (b) the Revolving Facility (including, if applicable, any increases to the Revolving Facility as a result of any Incremental Revolving Commitments).

 

FATCA ”:  current Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and any current or future Treasury regulations or other official administrative guidance (including any Revenue Ruling, Revenue Procedure, Notice or similar guidance issued by the IRS) promulgated thereunder.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ”:  for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate quoted to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

Fee Letter ”:  that certain Fee Letter, dated as of May 4, 2011, between the Borrower and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

 

FEMA ”:  the Federal Emergency Management Agency, a component of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security that administers the National Flood Insurance Program.

 

Flood Insurance Laws ”:  collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

 

Foreign Lender ”:  any Lender that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ”:  any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower (i) that is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (ii) that solely owns equity in one or more Foreign Subsidiaries.

 

Funding Office ”:  the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 11.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

GAAP ”:  generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time subject to Section 1.2(e).

 

Governmental Authority ”:  any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank) and any securities exchange.

 

21


 

Governmental Authorization ”:  all laws, rules, regulations, authorizations, consents, decrees, permits, licenses, waivers, privileges, approvals from and filings with all Governmental Authorities necessary in connection with any Group Member’s business.

 

Grant Cash ”:  all cash received from customers of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries intended to pay third-party investigator site fees on behalf of such customer as studies progress.

 

Group Members ”:  the collective reference to Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”:  the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be executed and delivered by Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

 

Guarantee Obligation ”:  as to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “ primary obligations ”) of any other third Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term “Guarantee Obligation” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

 

Guarantors ”:  collectively, Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

Hedge Agreements ”:  any agreement with respect to any cap, swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Hedge Agreement.

 

Hedge Obligations ”:  obligations under Hedge Agreements.

 

Holdings ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Identified Participating Lenders ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(C).

 

22



 

Identified Qualifying Lenders ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(C).

 

Immaterial Subsidiary ”:  each Subsidiary of the Borrower now existing or hereafter acquired or formed and each successor thereto, (a) which accounts for not more than (i) 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues (after intercompany eliminations) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries or (ii) 1.75% of the consolidated assets (after intercompany eliminations) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, in each case, as of the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter as reflected on the financial statements for such quarter after giving pro forma effect to the Acquisition; and (b) if the Subsidiaries that constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries pursuant to clause (a) above account for, in the aggregate, more than 5% of such consolidated gross revenues and more than 3.5% of the consolidated assets, each as described in clause (a) above, then the term “Immaterial Subsidiary” shall not include each such Subsidiary necessary to account for at least 95% of the consolidated gross revenues and 96.5% of the consolidated assets, each as described in clause (a) above.

 

Increase Revolving Joinder ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(c).

 

Increase Term Joinder ”:  as defined in Section 2.4(c).

 

Incremental Lender ”:  any Person that makes a Loan pursuant to Section 2.4 or 3.16, or has a commitment to make a Loan pursuant to Section 2.4 or 3.16.

 

Incremental Revolving Commitment ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(a).

 

Incremental Revolving Facility ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(a).

 

Incremental Revolving Loans ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(c).

 

Incremental Term Facility ”:  as defined in Section 2.4(a).

 

Incremental Term Loans ”:  as defined in Section 2.4(c).

 

Incremental Term Loan Commitment ”:  as defined in Section 2.4(a).

 

Indebtedness ”:  of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding (i) current trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business and (ii) any Earn-Out Obligations until they become a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) the liquidation value of all Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, and (j) for the purposes of Sections 8.2 and 9.1(e) only, all obligations of such Person in respect of Hedge Agreements.  The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including

 

23



 

any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor.  For purposes of clause (j) above (including as such clause applies to Section 9.1(e)), the principal amount of Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements shall equal the amount that would be payable (giving effect to netting) at such time if such Hedge Agreement were terminated.

 

Indemnified Liabilities ”:  as defined in Section 11.5(a).

 

Indemnified Taxes ”:  all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

 

Indemnitee ”:  as defined in Section 11.5(a).

 

Insolvency ”:  with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

 

Insolvent ”:  pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

 

Intellectual Property ”:  collectively, all United States and foreign (a) patents, patent applications, certificates of inventions, industrial designs, together with any and all inventions described and claimed therein, and reissues, divisions, continuations, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof and amendments thereto; (b) trademarks, service marks, certification marks, trade names, slogans, logos, trade dress, Internet Domain Names, and other source identifiers, whether statutory or common law, whether registered or unregistered, and whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, together with any and all registrations and applications for any of the foregoing, goodwill connected with the use thereof and symbolized thereby, and extensions and renewals thereof and amendments thereto; (c) copyrights (whether statutory or common law, and whether published or unpublished), copyrightable subject matter, and all mask works (as such term is defined in 17 U.S.C. Section 901, et seq .), together with any and all registrations and applications therefor, and renewals and extensions thereof and amendments thereto; (d) rights in computer programs (whether in source code, object code, or other form), algorithms, databases, compilations and data, technology supporting the foregoing, and all documentation, including user manuals and training materials, related to any of the foregoing (“ Software ”); (e) trade secrets and proprietary or confidential information, data and databases, know-how and proprietary processes, designs, inventions, and any other similar intangible rights, to the extent not covered by the foregoing, whether statutory or common law, whether registered or unregistered; and (f) rights, priorities, and privileges corresponding to any of the foregoing or other similar intangible assets throughout the world.

 

Intellectual Property Security Agreements ”:  an intellectual property security agreement or such other agreement, as applicable, pursuant to which each Loan Party which owns any Intellectual Property which is the subject of a registration or application grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in such Intellectual Property, substantially in the form attached to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Interest Payment Date ”:  (a) as to any Base Rate Loan (other than any Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three (3) months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three (3) months, each day that is three (3) months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period, (d) as to any Loan (other than any Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan and any Swingline Loan), the date of any repayment or prepayment

 

24



 

made in respect thereof and (e) as to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be paid.

 

Interest Period ”:  as to any Eurodollar Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or if consented to by all Lenders under the relevant Facility, nine or twelve months) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or if consented to by all Lenders under the relevant Facility, nine or twelve months) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date that is three (3) Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

 

(i)                                     if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(ii)                                       the Borrower may not select an Interest Period under a particular Facility that would extend beyond the Revolving Termination Date or beyond the Term Loan Maturity Date, as the case may be; and

 

(iii)                                    any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month.

 

Internally Generated Cash ”:  any cash generated by Holdings or any Subsidiary, excluding Net Cash Proceeds and any cash constituting proceeds from an incurrence of Long-Term Indebtedness, an issuance of Capital Stock or a capital contribution, in each case, except to the extent such proceeds are included as income in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period.

 

Internet Domain Names ”:  all Internet domain names and associated URL addresses.

 

Investments ”:  as defined in Section 8.7.

 

IRS ”:  the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

Issuing Lender ”:  General Electric Capital Corporation, in its capacity as issuer of any standby Letter of Credit and/or such other Lender or Affiliate of a Lender as the Borrower may select, and Administrative Agent approves, as the Issuing Lender hereunder pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Joint Lead Arrangers ”:  Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., ING Capital LLC and RBC Capital Markets in their capacities as lead arrangers under this Agreement.

 

Junior Financing ”:  any Junior Indebtedness or any other Indebtedness of Holdings or any Subsidiary that is, or that is required to be, subordinated in payment or lien priority to the Obligations.

 

Junior Financing Documentation ”:  any documentation governing any Junior Financing.

 

25



 

Junior Indebtedness ”:  Indebtedness of any Person so long as (a) such Indebtedness shall not require any amortization prior to the date that is on or after the date that is ninety-one (91) days following the Term Loan Maturity Date; (b) the maturity of such Indebtedness shall occur on or after the date that is ninety-one (91) days following the Term Loan Maturity Date; (c) the mandatory prepayment provisions, affirmative and negative covenants and financial covenants shall be no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the provisions set forth in the Loan Documents, as determined in good faith and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, certified in writing to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower; (d) such Indebtedness is unsecured; (e) if such Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness, the other terms and conditions thereof shall be satisfied; (f) such Indebtedness may be guaranteed by another Loan Party so long as (i) such Loan Party shall have also provided a guarantee of the Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (ii) if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such guarantee shall be subordinated to the guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness; and (g) if such Indebtedness is incurred by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, subject to Section 8.7(g), such Indebtedness may be guaranteed by another Group Member.

 

L/C Commitment ”:  $15,000,000.

 

L/C Exposure ”:  as to any Lender, its pro rata portion of the L/C Obligations.

 

L/C Fee Payment Date ”:  the last day of each March, June, September and December and the last day of the Revolving Availability Period.

 

L/C Obligations ”:  at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Letters of Credit that have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.11.

 

L/C Participants ”:  the collective reference to all the Revolving Lenders other than the Issuing Lender.

 

Lender Insolvency Event ”:  (a) a Lender or its Parent Company is adjudicated by a Governmental Authority to be insolvent, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (b) such Lender or its Parent Company is the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator, intervenor or sequestrator or the like has been appointed for such Lender or its Parent Company, or such Lender or its Parent Company has indicated its consent to or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.

 

Lenders ”:  each Revolving Lender, Term Lender and Incremental Lender; provided that unless the context otherwise requires, each reference herein to the Lenders shall be deemed to include any Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender.

 

Letters of Credit ”:  as defined in Section 3.7(a).

 

Lien ”:  any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

26



 

LLC Conversion ” shall mean the conversion of the Target into a limited liability company.

 

Loan ”:  any loans and advances made by the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement or any Increase Term Joinder or Increase Revolving Joinder, including Swingline Loans.

 

Loan Documents ”:  this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Notes and the Fee Letter.

 

Loan Party ”:  each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

Long-Term Indebtedness ”:  any Indebtedness for borrowed money that, in accordance with GAAP, constitutes (or, when incurred, constituted) a long-term liability (other than any revolving credit facility).

 

Majority Facility Lenders ”:  the holders of more than 50% of (a) with respect to the Term Facility, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the outstanding Term Loans and (b) with respect to the Revolving Facility, the Total Revolving Commitments (or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated pursuant to the terms hereof, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding).

 

Management Services Agreement ”:  that certain Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2010, by and among Parent, Holdings, the Borrower and Avista Capital Holdings, LP.

 

Margin Stock ”:  as defined in Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof.

 

Material Adverse Effect ”:  (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the business, operations or financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Loan Parties taken as a whole to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document; (c) a material and adverse affect on the rights of or remedies available to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document; or (d) a material adverse effect on the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent (for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties) on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens.

 

Material Indebtedness ”:  of any Person at any date, Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate $10,000,000.

 

Materials of Environmental Concern ”:  any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products, or any chemicals, substances, materials, wastes, pollutants or contaminants in any form regulated under any Environmental Law, including asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, radiation, and infectious, biological or medical waste or animal carcasses.

 

Maximum Rate ”:  as defined in Section 4.5(e).

 

Moody’s ”:  Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Mortgaged Properties ”:  the real properties as to which the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties shall be granted a Lien pursuant to the Mortgages pursuant to Section 7.10.

 

27



 

Mortgages ”:  any mortgages and deeds of trust or any other documents creating and evidencing a Lien on the Mortgaged Properties made by any Loan Party in favor of, or for the benefit of, the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

MSSF ”:  Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

 

Multiemployer Plan ”:  a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

Net Cash Proceeds ”:

 

(a)                                  in connection with any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or held in escrow or purchase price adjustment receivable or by the Disposition of any non-cash consideration received in connection therewith or otherwise, but only as and when received and net of costs, amounts and taxes set forth below), net of:

 

(i)                                     attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees and other professional and transactional fees actually incurred in connection therewith;

 

(ii)                                  amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document);

 

(iii)                               other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith;

 

(iv)                              taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable (including Permitted Tax Distributions) as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements); and

 

(v)                                 amounts provided as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in an Asset Sale (including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale); provided that such amounts shall be considered Net Cash Proceeds upon release of such reserve;

 

(b)                                  in connection with any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, any capital contribution or any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds received from such issuance, contribution or incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.

 

Net Income ”:  with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Non-Consenting Lenders ”:  as defined in Section 11.1.

 

28



 

Non-Defaulting Lender ”:  at any time, a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender.

 

Non-Extending Revolving Lender ”:  as defined in Section 3.17(b).

 

Non-Extending Term Lender ”:  as defined in Section 2.6(b).

 

Notes ”:  the collective reference to any promissory note evidencing Loans.

 

Not Otherwise Applied ”:  with reference to any amount of proceeds of any transaction or event or any amount of Excess Cash Flow, that such amount (a) was not required to be applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 4.2(c) and/or (b) was not previously applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction under the Loan Documents where such permissibility was (or may have been) contingent on receipt of such amount or utilization of such amount for a specified purpose.

 

Obligations ”:  the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities of the Loan Parties to any Agent or to any Lender (or, in the case of Specified Hedge Agreements or Specified Cash Management Agreements, any Qualified Counterparty) or any Affiliate of any Agent or any Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Letters of Credit, any Specified Hedge Agreement, Specified Cash Management Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to any Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant hereto) or otherwise.

 

Offered Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A).

 

Offered Discount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A).

 

Organizational Documents ”:  as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation, Certificate of Formation, By Laws, Limited Liability Company Agreement, Partnership Agreement or other similar organizational or governing documents of such Person.

 

Other Taxes ”:  any and all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

OTPPB ”:  Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board and any of its Affiliates.

 

Parent ”:  INC Research Holdings, Inc.

 

Parent Company ”:  with respect to a Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Board Regulation Y), if any, of such Lender, and/or any Person owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares of such Lender.

 

Participant ”:  as defined in Section 11.6(e).

 

29



 

Participating Lender ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(B).

 

Patriot Act ”:  the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

 

PBGC ”:  the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor thereto).

 

Permitted Acquisition ”:  any acquisition, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Capital Stock of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person; provided that

 

(a)                                  immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

 

(b)                                  all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable laws and in conformity with all applicable Governmental Authorizations;

 

(c)                                   in the case of the acquisition of Capital Stock, all of the Capital Stock (except for any such Capital Stock in the nature of directors’ qualifying shares required pursuant to applicable law) acquired or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly formed Subsidiary of Holdings in connection with such acquisition shall be owned 100% by Holdings or a Subsidiary thereof or Holdings or a Subsidiary thereof shall have offered to purchase 100% of such Capital Stock, and the Borrower shall have taken, or caused to be taken, as of the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, each of the actions set forth in Sections 7.10 and 7.11, as applicable;

 

(d)                                  Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with (i) the financial covenant set forth in Section 8.1 and (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, in each case, calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition as if such acquisition had occurred on the first day of the most recent period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been delivered does not exceed 5.75 to 1.00;

 

(e)                                   the aggregate amount of Investments consisting of such Permitted Acquisitions by Loan Parties in assets that are not (or do not become) owned by a Loan Party or in Capital Stock of Persons that do not become Loan Parties shall not exceed (x) $20,000,000 plus (y) the Available Amount;

 

(f)                                    Holdings shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to such proposed acquisition, a Compliance Certificate certifying compliance with Section 8.1 and the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as required under clause (d) above and compliance with clause (e) above and (g) below, together with reasonably detailed back-up for determining such compliance, and, if the total consideration paid in connection with such Permitted Acquisition (including any Earn-Out Obligations and any Indebtedness of any Acquired Person that is assumed by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries following such acquisition) exceeds $10,000,000, unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise agree, Borrower shall have provided the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with (A) historical financial statements for the last three fiscal years (or, if less, the number of years since formation) of the person or business to be acquired (audited if available without undue cost or delay) and unaudited financial statements thereof for the most recent interim period which are available, (B) copies of all material documentation pertaining to such transaction, and

 

30



 

(C) all such other information and data relating to such transaction or the person or business to be acquired as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; and

 

(g)                                   any Person or assets or division as acquired in accordance herewith shall be in substantially the same business or lines of business in which the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries are engaged, or are permitted to be engaged as provided in Section 8.15, as of the time of such acquisition.

 

Permitted Holders ”:  (a) Avista, OTPPB, any Affiliate of any of the foregoing (excluding any portfolio companies but it being understood that Holdings and any direct or indirect parent thereof that is not itself an operating company do not constitute portfolio companies), and (b) the equity co-investors identified to MSSF and the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the date hereof, in each case in this clause (b) solely with respect to (and not to exceed) the amount of Capital Stock of Holdings indirectly held by each such Person and its Affiliates on the Closing Date.

 

Permitted Refinancing ”:  as to any Indebtedness, the incurrence of other Indebtedness to refinance, extend, renew, defease, restructure, replace or refund (collectively, “ refinance ”) such existing Indebtedness; provided that, in the case of such other Indebtedness, the following conditions are satisfied:  (a) the weighted average life to maturity of such refinancing Indebtedness shall be greater than or equal to the weighted average life to maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced; (b) the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness shall be less than or equal to the principal amount (including any accreted or capitalized amount) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus any required premiums, accrued and unpaid interest and other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by any amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder; (c) the respective obligor or obligors shall be the same on the refinancing Indebtedness as on the Indebtedness being refinanced; (d) the security, if any, for the refinancing Indebtedness shall be substantially the same as that for the Indebtedness being refinanced (except to the extent that less security is granted to holders of refinancing Indebtedness); and (e) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated to the Obligations, the refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations on terms that are at least as favorable, taken as a whole, as the Indebtedness being refinanced (as determined in good faith and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, certified in writing to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower) and the holders of such refinancing Indebtedness have entered into any subordination or intercreditor agreements reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent evidencing such subordination.

 

Permitted Tax Distribution ”:  any payments, dividends or distributions by the Borrower to Holdings and by Holdings to its direct parent in order to pay consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated federal, state or local taxes not payable directly by Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries which payments by Holdings or the Borrower are not in excess of the tax liabilities that would have been payable by Holdings, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (were Holdings the common parent of a consolidated group consisting of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries).

 

Person ”:  an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

 

Plan ”:  at a particular time, any employee benefit plan that is covered by ERISA and in respect of which the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

31



 

Platform ”:  as defined in Section 11.2(b).

 

Pledged Company ”:  any Subsidiary of the Borrower the Capital Stock of which is pledged to the Collateral Agent pursuant to any Security Document.

 

Pledged Equity Interests ”:  as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Pricing Grid ”:  the pricing grid attached hereto as Annex A.

 

Pro Forma Financial Statements ”:  as defined in Section 5.1(a).

 

Projections ”:  as defined in Section 7.2(c).

 

Properties ”:  as defined in Section 5.17(a).

 

Property ”:  any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Capital Stock.

 

Qualified Capital Stock ”:  any Capital Stock (other than warrants, rights or options referenced in the definition thereof) that either (a) does not have a maturity and is not mandatorily redeemable, or (b) by its terms (or by the terms of any employee stock option, incentive stock or other equity-based plan or arrangement under which it is issued or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (x) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable (excluding any mandatory redemption resulting from an asset sale or change in control so long as no payments in respect thereof are due or owing, or otherwise required to be made, until all Obligations have been paid in full in cash), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital, in each case, at any time on or after the ninety-first (91st) day following the Term Loan Maturity Date, or (y) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Capital Stock referred to in clause (x) above, in each case, at any time on or after the ninety-first (91st) day following the Term Loan Maturity Date.

 

Qualified Counterparty ”:  with respect to any Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement, any counterparty thereto that is, or that at the time such Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement was entered into, was, a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Agent or an Affiliate of an Agent (or, in the case of any such any Hedge Agreement entered into prior to the Closing Date, any counterparty that was a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Agent or an Affiliate of an Agent on the Closing Date); provided that, in the event a counterparty to a Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement at the time such Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement was entered into (or, in the case of any Hedge Agreement entered into prior to the Closing Date, on the Closing Date) was a Qualified Counterparty, such counterparty shall constitute a Qualified Counterparty hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.

 

Qualified Public Offering ”:  the initial underwritten public offering of common Capital Stock of the Borrower or Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), in each case, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

Qualifying Lender ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(C).

 

32


 

Quarterly Payment Date ”:  March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year.

 

Recovery Event ”:  any settlement of or payment in excess of $1,000,000 in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Group Member.

 

Refinanced Term Loans ”:  as defined in Section 11.1.

 

Refinancing ”: the refinancing or defeasance of all Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower and Target and their Subsidiaries other than the Facilities, the Senior Notes, Indebtedness contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, any Convertible Notes that are not tendered and accepted for purchase under an offer to purchase and related consent solicitation made by the Target and other Indebtedness permitted to remain outstanding on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1.

 

Refunded Swingline Loans ”:  as defined in Section 3.4(b).

 

Refunding Date ”:  as defined in Section 3.4(c).

 

Register ”:  as defined in Section 11.6(d).

 

Regulation T ”:  Regulation T of the Board as in effect from time to time.

 

Regulation U ”:  Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

 

Regulation X ”:  Regulation X of the Board as in effect from time to time.

 

Reimbursement Obligation ”:  the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.11 for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit.

 

Reinvestment Deferred Amount ”:  with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by any Group Member in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 4.2(b) as a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment Notice.

 

Reinvestment Event ”:  any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in respect of which the Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice.

 

Reinvestment Notice ”:  a written notice executed by a Responsible Officer stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that the Borrower (directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary) intends and expects to use all or a specified portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale or Recovery Event to acquire or repair assets useful in its business.

 

Reinvestment Prepayment Amount ”:  with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire or repair assets useful in the Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ businesses.

 

Reinvestment Prepayment Date ”:  with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) the date occurring twelve (12) months after such Reinvestment Event, or, if within such twelve (12) month period the Borrower or a Subsidiary has entered into an agreement in definitive form to apply any such Net Cash Proceeds to a Reinvestment Event, then such period shall be extended, solely for purposes of applying such Net Cash Proceeds pursuant to such agreement, for a period of six (6) months and (b) the

 

33



 

date on which the Borrower shall have determined not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire or repair assets useful in the Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ businesses with all or any portion of the relevant Reinvestment Deferred Amount.

 

Related Party Register ”:  as defined in Section 11.6(d).

 

Release ”:  any release, spill, emission, discharge, deposit, disposal, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, emptying, injection, or leaching into the Environment, or into or from any building or facility.

 

Reorganization ”:  with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

 

Replacement Term Loans ”:  as defined in Section 11.1.

 

Repricing Transaction ” means the prepayment or refinancing of all or a portion of the Term Loans with the incurrence by any Loan Party of any debt financing and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement or commitment fees in connection therewith) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Term Loans then in effect, including without limitation, as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Term Loans.

 

Reportable Event ”:  any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty (30) day notice period is waived pursuant to PBGC Reg. § 4043.

 

Required Lenders ”:  at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the sum of (a) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding and (b) the Total Revolving Commitments then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.

 

Requirement of Law ”:  as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or binding determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Responsible Officer ”:  the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of Holdings or the Borrower (unless otherwise specified), but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of the Borrower.

 

Restricted Payments ”:  as defined in Section 8.6.

 

Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount ”:  at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for each Excess Cash Flow Payment Period ending after the Closing Date and prior to such date.

 

Retained Percentage ”:  with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Payment Period, (a) 100% minus (b) the ECF Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Payment Period.

 

34



 

Revolving Availability Period ”:  the period from the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date.

 

Revolving Commitment ”:  as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Revolving Loans and participate in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal and/or face amount not to exceed the amount set forth on Schedule 1.1 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.  The amount of the Total Revolving Commitments on the Closing Date is $75,000,000.

 

Revolving Commitment Increase Effective Date ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(a).

 

Revolving Credit Exposure ”:  at any time, Total Revolving Extensions of Credit, minus L/C Obligations that have been Cash Collateralized.

 

Revolving Extensions of Credit ”:  as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding, (b) such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the L/C Obligations then outstanding and (c) such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding.

 

Revolving Facility ”:  the Total Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.

 

Revolving Lender ”:  each Lender that has a Revolving Commitment or that holds Revolving Loans.

 

Revolving Loans ”:  as defined in Section 3.1(a), together with any Incremental Revolving Loans.

 

Revolving Notice Date ”:  as defined in Section 3.17(b).

 

Revolving Percentage ”:  as to any Revolving Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then constitutes of the Total Revolving Commitments (or, at any time after the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans then outstanding).

 

Revolving Termination Date ”:  the date that is five (5) years after the Closing Date.

 

S&P ”:  Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

 

SEC ”:  the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

 

Secured Leverage Ratio ”:  at any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt (excluding Convertible Notes for payment of which cash is deposited into an escrow arrangement on or about the Closing Date reasonably satisfactory to MSSF pending maturity thereof) secured by a Lien on all or any portion of the Collateral or any other assets of any of the Loan Parties as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on such date (or, if such date is not the last day of any fiscal quarter, the most recently completed

 

35



 

fiscal quarter for which financial statements are required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.1), in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Funded Debt and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in Section 1.3.

 

Secured Parties ”:  the collective reference to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Qualified Counterparties, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, and each of their successors and permitted assigns.

 

Securities Act ”:  the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Security Documents ”:  the collective reference to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages (if any), the Intellectual Property Security Agreements and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent granting a Lien on any Property of any Person to secure the Obligations of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, Specified Hedge Agreement or Specified Cash Management Agreement.

 

Senior Note Documents ” shall mean the Senior Notes and the Senior Notes Indenture.

 

Senior Notes ” shall mean the Senior Notes to be issued by the Borrower on the Closing Date in connection with the Transactions, issued pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture.

 

Senior Notes Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture to be entered into under which the Senior Notes will be issued, among the Borrower and certain of the Subsidiaries party thereto and the trustee named therein from time to time.

 

Single Employer Plan ”:  any Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but that is not a Multiemployer Plan.

 

Software ”:  as defined in the definition of Intellectual Property.

 

Solicited Discount Proration ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(C).

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A).

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice ”:  a written notice of the Borrower of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iv) substantially in the form of Exhibit L.

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer ”:  the irrevocable written offer by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit M, submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A).

 

Solvent ”:  as to any Person at any time, that (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person; (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on the sum of its debts and other liabilities, including contingent liabilities; (c) such Person has not, does not intend to, and does not believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (d) such Person does not have unreasonably

 

36



 

small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which it is engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date.

 

Special Flood Hazard Area ”:  an area that FEMA’s current flood maps indicate has at least one percent (1%) chance of a flood equal to or exceeding the base flood elevation (a 100-year flood) in any given year.

 

Specified Cash Management Agreement ”:  any Cash Management Agreement entered into by (a) any Loan Party and (b) any Qualified Counterparty, as counterparty; provided , that any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of holders of obligations under Specified Cash Management Agreements.  No Specified Cash Management Agreement shall create in favor of any Qualified Counterparty thereof that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Guarantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Specified Discount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(ii)(A).

 

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(ii)(A).

 

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice ”:  a written notice of the Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(ii) substantially in the form of Exhibit O.

 

Specified Discount Prepayment Response ”:  the irrevocable written response by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit P, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

 

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(ii)(A).

 

Specified Discount Proration ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(ii)(C).

 

Specified Equity Contribution ”:  any cash contribution to the equity of Holdings and/or any purchase or investment in Capital Stock of Holdings in each case other than Disqualified Capital Stock, as evidenced by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

Specified Hedge Agreement ”:  any Hedge Agreement entered into by (a) any Loan Party and (b) any Qualified Counterparty, as counterparty; provided that any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of holders of obligations under Specified Hedge Agreements.  No Specified Hedge Agreement shall create in favor of any Qualified Counterparty thereof that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Guarantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided , however , nothing herein shall limit the rights of any such Qualified Counterparty set forth in such Specified Hedge Agreement.

 

Sponsors ”:  Avista and OTPPB.

 

Stock Certificates ”:  Collateral consisting of certificates representing Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower for which a security interest can be perfected by delivering such certificates.

 

Submitted Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A).

 

37



 

Submitted Discount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A).

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ”: any Junior Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor the payment of principal and interest of which and other obligations of the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor in respect thereof are subordinated to the prior payment in full of the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

Subsidiary ”:  as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned by such Person.  Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed not to be a Subsidiary of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (except for purposes of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary contained herein) for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Subsidiary Guarantor ”:  each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, other than (i) any Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (ii) Immaterial Subsidiaries, (iii) any subsidiary to the extent that the burden or cost (including any potential tax liability) of obtaining a guarantee outweighs the benefit afforded thereby as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, (iv) any Disregarded Domestic Persons and (v) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Subsidiary Redesignation ”:  as defined in Section 7.13

 

Survey ”:  a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six months prior to such date of delivery any exterior construction on the site of such Mortgaged Property or any easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property has been granted or become effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Mortgaged Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than 20 days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property; provided that the Borrower shall have a reasonable amount of time to deliver such redated survey,  (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Title Company, (iv) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey and (v) sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy (or commitment) relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue customary endorsements or (b) otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

 

Swingline Commitment ”:  the obligation of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 3.3 in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $15,000,000.

 

Swingline Exposure ”:  as to any Lender, its pro rata portion of the Swingline Loans.

 

38



 

Swingline Lender ”:  General Electric Capital Corporation, in its capacity as the lender of Swingline Loans.

 

Swingline Loans ”:  as defined in Section 3.3(a).

 

Swingline Participation Amount ”:  as defined in Section 3.4(c).

 

Syndication Date ”:  the date on which the Joint Lead Arrangers complete a Successful Syndication (as defined in the Fee Letter) of the Facilities.

 

Target ”:  Kendle International Inc., an Ohio corporation.

 

Taxes ”:  all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, deductions or withholdings or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, and any interest, penalties or additions to tax imposed with respect thereto.

 

Term Commitment ”:  as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a Term Loan to the Borrower hereunder in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth on Schedule 1.1 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, including, without limitation, Section 4.2(d).  The original aggregate amount of the Term Commitments is $300,000,000.

 

Term Facility ”:  the Term Commitments and the Term Loans made thereunder.

 

Term Lender ”:  each Lender that has a Term Commitment or that holds a Term Loan.

 

Term Loan ”:  as defined in Section 2.1, together with any Incremental Term Loans, if applicable.

 

Term Loan Increase Effective Date ”:  as defined in Section 2.4(a).

 

Term Loan Maturity Date ”:  the date that is seven (7) years after the Closing Date.

 

Term Notice Date ”:  as defined in Section 2.6(b).

 

Term Percentage ”:  as to any Term Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Term Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Term Commitments (or, at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding).

 

Title Company ”:  any title insurance company as shall be retained by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

 

Total Revolving Commitments ”:  at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

 

Total Revolving Extensions of Credit ”:  at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit of the Revolving Lenders outstanding at such time.

 

Total Term Commitments ”:  at any time, the aggregate amount of the Term Commitments then in effect.

 

39



 

Transactions ”:  collectively, (a) the consummation of the Acquisition and the Equity Contribution, (b) the issuance of the Senior Notes and entering into the Senior Notes Indenture, (c) the Refinancing, (d) the borrowing of the Loans on the Closing Date and (e) the other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

 

Transferee ”:  any Assignee or Participant.

 

Trident Acquisition ”:  means the acquisition of Trident Clinical Research Pty Ltd. and its subsidiaries by the Borrower on June 1, 2011.

 

Type ”:  as to any Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

 

Unasserted Contingent Obligations ”:  as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

UCC Filing Collateral ”:  Collateral consisting solely of assets for which a security interest can be perfected by filing a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement.

 

United States ”:  the United States of America.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ”:  (A) any Subsidiary of the Borrower designated by the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (B) any subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Voluntary Prepayment ”:  a prepayment of the Loans (including the Term Loans but excluding prepayments of Revolving Loans to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in Revolving Commitments hereunder) with Internally Generated Cash.

 

Voting Stock ”:  of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote, directly or indirectly, in the election of the board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of such Person and, in the case of Parent, the Class A common stock of Parent issued as of the Closing Date or any other Capital Stock of Parent having equivalent rights.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ”:  as to any Person, any other Person all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares required by law) is owned by such Person directly and/or through other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

 

1.2                                Other Definitional Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

 

(b)                                  As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Group Member not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, other accounting standards, if applicable, (ii) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” (iii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets

 

40



 

and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, (v) references to agreements or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (subject to any applicable restrictions hereunder), (vi) any reference to any law or regulation herein shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and (vii) any references herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns.

 

(c)                                   The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

(d)                                  The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

(e)                                   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP in effect as of the date hereof; provided that, if either the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that such Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Required Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend such provision to preserve the original intent in light of the change in GAAP; provided that such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

 

(f)                                    When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, with respect to any payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Loans, if such extension would cause any such payment to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

1.3                                Pro Forma Adjustments .

 

In the event that Holdings or any Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility or other incurrence of Indebtedness for working capital purposes pursuant to working capital facilities unless, in each case, such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio or the Secured Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio or the Secured Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio or the Secured Leverage Ratio, as the case may be, shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

 

41



 

For purposes of making computations herein, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries during the reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated Indebtedness and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the reference period.  If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

 

For purposes of this Section 1.3, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Holdings or the Borrower and may include, without duplication, cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies resulting from such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation (including the Transactions) or other transaction, in each case calculated in the manner described in, and not to exceed the amount set forth in clause (1) of, the definition of Consolidated EBITDA.  For the avoidance of doubt, the actual adjustments described in “Adjusted EBITDA” in the Confidential Information Memorandum, or as otherwise delivered to the Administrative Agent on June 19, 2011, shall be deemed to comply with the standards set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the applicable calculation date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedge Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness).  Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the second paragraph of this Section 1.3.  Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrower may designate.

 

SECTION 2.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF TERM COMMITMENTS

 

2.1                                Term Commitments .  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Term Lender severally agrees to make a term loan (a “ Term Loan ”) to the Borrower on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed the amount of the Term Commitment of such Lender.  The Term Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 4.3.

 

2.2                                Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing .  The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00

 

42



 

p.m., New York City time, on the anticipated Closing Date) requesting that the applicable Term Lenders make the Term Loans on the Closing Date and specifying the amount to be borrowed.  Prior to the earlier of (a) the Syndication Date and (b) the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date, any Term Loan that is a Eurodollar Loan shall have an Interest Period of one (1) month.  Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Term Lender thereof.  Not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Closing Date, each applicable Term Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Term Loan or Term Loans to be made by such Lender.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Term Loan or Term Loans available to the Borrower on such Borrowing Date by wire transfer in immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.

 

2.3                                Repayment of Term Loans .  On each Quarterly Payment Date, beginning with the Quarterly Payment Date ending on September 30, 2011, the Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders the principal amount of Term Loans then outstanding in an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amounts of all Term Loans theretofore borrowed by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1 (which amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include repayments pursuant to this Section 2.3) in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 4.8).  The remaining unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans and all other Obligations under or in respect of the Term Loans shall be due and payable in full, if not earlier in accordance with this Agreement, on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

 

2.4                                Incremental Term Loans .

 

(a)                                  Borrower Request .  The Borrower may at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to increase the Term Facility and/or request the establishment of one or more new term loan facilities (each, an “ Incremental Term Facility ”) with term loan commitments (each, an “ Incremental Term Loan Commitment ”) in an amount not in excess of $100,000,000 in the aggregate, when combined with the aggregate amount of Incremental Revolving Commitments under Section 3.16, and in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum amount of $10,000,000 (or such lesser amount equal to the remaining Incremental Term Loan Commitments).  Each such notice shall specify (i) the date (each, a “ Term Loan Increase Effective Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that the Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than three (3) Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the identity of each Person (which, if not a Lender, an Approved Fund or an Affiliate of a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)) to whom the Borrower proposes any portion of such Incremental Term Loan Commitment be allocated and the amounts of such allocations.

 

(b)                                  Conditions .  The Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall become effective, as of such Term Loan Increase Effective Date; provided that:

 

(i)                              each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 shall be satisfied;

 

(ii)                           no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the borrowings to be made on the Term Loan Increase Effective Date;

 

(iii)                        after giving pro forma effect to the borrowings to be made on the Term Loan Increase Effective Date as of the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b), the Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.75 to 1.00; provided that, for purposes of this clause (iii) only, the Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated

 

43



 

net of up to $30,000,000 of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries restricted in favor of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party but excluding proceeds of such Incremental Term Facility;

 

(iv)                       the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any customary legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction; and

 

(v)                          no Lender will be required to participate in any Incremental Term Facility without its consent.

 

(c)                                   Terms of Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments .  The terms and provisions of the Incremental Term Loans made pursuant to the Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be as follows:

 

(i)                              terms and provisions of Loans made pursuant to Incremental Term Loan Commitments (the “ Incremental Term Loans ”) shall be on terms consistent with the existing Term Loans (except as otherwise set forth herein) and, to the extent not consistent with such existing Term Loans, on terms agreed upon between the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (except as otherwise set forth herein) (it being understood that Incremental Term Loans may be part of the existing tranche of Term Loans or may comprise one or more new tranches of Term Loans);

 

(ii)                           the weighted average life to maturity of all new Incremental Term Loans shall be no shorter than the then remaining weighted average life to maturity of the existing Term Loans;

 

(iii)                        the maturity date of Incremental Term Loans shall not be earlier than the Term Loan Maturity Date; and

 

(iv)                       the all-in-yield applicable to any Incremental Term Loan that is pari passu in right of payment and with respect to security with the existing Term Loans will be determined by the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loan and such all-in yield (including in the form of interest rate margins, original issue discount (based on a four (4) year average life to maturity or, if less, the remaining life to maturity), upfront fees, minimum Eurodollar Rate or minimum Base Rate, but excluding arrangement, commitment, structuring and underwriting fees and any amendment fees paid or payable to the Joint Lead Arrangers (or their affiliates) or the Lenders in their respective capacities as such in connection with any of the existing Facilities or to one or more arrangers (or their affiliates) in their capacities as such applicable to the Term Facility) will not be more than 0.50% higher than the corresponding all-in yield (determined on the same basis) applicable to the existing Term Facility, unless the interest rate margin with respect to the existing Term Facility is increased by an amount equal to the difference between the all-in yield with respect to the Incremental Term Facility and the corresponding all-in yield on the existing Term Facility, minus 0.50%;

 

The Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by a joinder agreement (the “ Increase Term Joinder ”) executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender making such Incremental Term Loan Commitment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of them (in the case of the Administrative Agent, to the extent required herein).  The Increase Term Joinder may,

 

44


 

without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.4.  In addition, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all references in the Loan Documents to Term Loans shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include references to Incremental Term Loans that are Term Loans made pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Making of Incremental Term Loans .  On any Term Loan Increase Effective Date on which Incremental Term Loan Commitments are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, each Lender of such Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall make an Incremental Term Loan to the Borrower in an amount equal to its Incremental Term Loan Commitment.

 

(e)                                   Ranking .  The Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments established pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall constitute Loans and Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from (x) security interests created by the Security Documents and the guarantees of the Guarantors, except that the security interests securing the Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments may rank junior to the security interests securing the Term Facilities as set forth in the Increase Term Joinder and pursuant to intercreditor agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (y) prepayments of the Term Facility unless the Borrower and the Lenders in respect of the Incremental Term Facility elect lesser payments, except that the right of payment under the Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments may rank junior to the right of payment under the Term Facilities as set forth in the Increase Term Joinder.  The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to ensure and/or demonstrate that the Lien and security interests granted by the Security Documents continue to be perfected under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such class of Incremental Term Loans or any such Incremental Term Loan Commitments.

 

2.5                                Fees .  The Borrower agrees to pay closing fees to each Term Lender on the Closing Date as fee compensation for such Lender’s Term Commitment in an amount equal to 2.50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans made by such Term Lender on the Closing Date, payable to such Term Lender on the Closing Date; provided that, at the option of the Joint Lead Arrangers, such closing fees shall be structured as original issue discount.

 

2.6                                Extension of Maturity Date in Respect of Term Facility .

 

(a)                                  Requests for Extension .  The Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Lenders) not later than 30 days prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date then in effect hereunder in respect of the Term Facility (the “ Existing Term Facility Maturity Date ”), request that each Term Lender extend such Lender’s Term Loan Maturity Date in respect of the Term Facility; provided that (i) the interest rate margins, interest rate “floors,” fees and maturity applicable to any Term Loan shall be determined by the Borrower and the Extending Term Lenders and (ii) any such extension shall be on the terms and pursuant to documentation to be determined by the Borrower and the Extending Term Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Term Lender Elections to Extend .  Each Term Lender, acting in its sole and individual discretion, shall, by notice to the Administrative Agent given within 10 Business Days of delivery of the notice referred to in clause (a) (or such other period as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall mutually agree) (the “ Term Notice Date ”), advise the Administrative Agent whether or not such Term Lender agrees to such extension (and each Term Lender that determines not to so extend its Term Loan Maturity Date (a “ Non-Extending Term Lender ”) shall notify the Administrative Agent of such fact promptly after such determination (but in any event no later than the Term Notice Date) and any Term

 

45



 

Lender that does not so advise the Administrative Agent on or before the Term Notice Date shall be deemed to be a Non-Extending Term Lender.  The election of any Term Lender to agree to such extension shall not obligate any other Term Lender to so agree.

 

(c)                                   Notification by Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of each Term Lender’s determination under this Section promptly following the Term Notice Date.

 

(d)                                  Additional Commitment Lenders .  The Borrower shall have the right to replace each Non-Extending Term Lender with, and add as “Term Lenders” under this Agreement in place thereof, one or more Eligible Assignees (each, an “ Additional Term Commitment Lender ”) as provided in Section 11.6; provided that each of such Additional Term Commitment Lenders shall enter into an Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Additional Term Commitment Lender shall undertake a Term Commitment (and, if any such Additional Term Commitment Lender is already a Term Lender, its Term Commitment shall be in addition to any other Term Commitment of such Lender hereunder on such date).

 

(e)                                   Extension Requirement .  If (and only if) any Term Lender has agreed so to extend their Term Loan Maturity Date (each, an “ Extending Term Lender ”), the Term Loan Maturity Date in respect of the Term Facility of each Extending Term Lender and of each Additional Term Commitment Lender shall be extended subject to the terms of any such notice of extension and each Additional Commitment Term Lender shall thereupon become a “Term Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Conditions to Effectiveness of Extensions As a condition precedent to such extension, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of the Borrower dated as of the effective date of such extension signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by the Borrower approving or consenting to such extension and (ii) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such extension, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the effective date of such extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.6, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.1 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to subsection (c), of Section 6.01, and (B) no Default exists. In addition, on the Term Loan Maturity Date of each Non-Extending Term Lender, the Borrower shall repay any non-extended Term Loans of such Non-Extending Term Lender outstanding on such date.

 

(g)                                   Conflicting Provisions .  This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 11.1 or 11.7 to the contrary, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to enter into any amendments to this Agreement necessary or desirable to reflect the extensions pursuant to this Section 2.6.

 

SECTION 3.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING COMMITMENTS

 

3.1                                Revolving Commitments .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Revolving Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (“ Revolving Loans ”) to the Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which, when added to such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the sum of (i) the L/C Obligations then outstanding and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Swingline Loans then outstanding, does not exceed the amount

 

46



 

of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment.  During the Revolving Availability Period the Borrower may use the Revolving Commitments by borrowing, prepaying and reborrowing the Revolving Loans in whole or in part, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.  The Revolving Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 3.2 and 4.3.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans on the Revolving Termination Date.

 

3.2                                Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing .  The Borrower may borrow under the Revolving Commitments during the Revolving Availability Period on any Business Day; provided that the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent (a) prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the anticipated Closing Date for any Revolving Loans requested to be made on the Closing Date and (b) for any Revolving Loans requested to be made after the Closing Date, prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time, (i) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or (ii) one (1) Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Base Rate Loans) ( provided that any such notice of a borrowing of Base Rate Loans to finance payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.5 may be given not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed borrowing), specifying (x) the amount and Type of Revolving Loans to be borrowed, (y) the requested Borrowing Date and (z) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the respective lengths of the initial Interest Period therefor; provided that prior to the earlier of (a) the Syndication Date and (b) the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date, any Revolving Loan that is a Eurodollar Loan shall have an Interest Period of one (1) month.  Each borrowing under the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount equal to (x) in the case of Base Rate Loans, $250,000 or a multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Commitments are less than $250,000 or $100,000, as the case may be, such lesser amounts) and (y) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Commitments are less than $500,000 or $100,000, as the case may be, such lesser amounts); provided that (x) the Swingline Lender may request, on behalf of the Borrower, borrowings under the Revolving Commitments that are Base Rate Loans in other amounts pursuant to Section 3.4 and (y) borrowings of Base Rate Loans pursuant to Section 3.11 shall not be subject to the foregoing minimum amounts.  Upon receipt of any such notice from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender thereof.  Each Revolving Lender will make the amount of its pro rata share of each borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower at the Funding Office prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Revolving Loan available to the Borrower on such Borrowing Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.

 

3.3                                Swingline Commitment .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender agrees to make a portion of the credit otherwise available to the Borrower under the Revolving Commitments from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period by making swing line loans (“ Swingline Loans ”) to the Borrower; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect (notwithstanding that the Swingline Loans outstanding at any time, when aggregated with the Swingline Lender’s other outstanding Revolving Loans hereunder, may exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect) and (ii) the Borrower shall not request,

 

47



 

and the Swingline Lender shall not make, any Swingline Loan if, after giving effect to the making of such Swingline Loan, the aggregate amount of the Available Revolving Commitments would be less than zero.  During the Revolving Availability Period, the Borrower may use the Swingline Commitment by borrowing, repaying and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.  Swingline Loans shall be Base Rate Loans only.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Swingline Loans within 10 days of the borrowing and in any event on the Revolving Termination Date.

 

3.4                                Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans .

 

(a)                                  Whenever the Borrower desires that the Swingline Lender make Swingline Loans it shall give the Swingline Lender irrevocable telephonic notice confirmed promptly in writing (which telephonic notice must be received by the Swingline Lender not later than 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the proposed Borrowing Date), specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed and (ii) the requested Borrowing Date (which shall be a Business Day during the Revolving Availability Period).  Each borrowing under the Swingline Commitment shall be in an amount equal to $250,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Not later than 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date specified in a notice in respect of Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of the Swingline Loan to be made by the Swingline Lender.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Swingline Loan available to the Borrower on such Borrowing Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.

 

(b)                                  The Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion may, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs the Swingline Lender to act on its behalf), on one (1) Business Day’s notice given by the Swingline Lender no later than 2:00 P.M., New York City time, request each Revolving Lender to make, and each Revolving Lender hereby agrees to make, irrespective of the satisfaction of conditions to such Loan specified in Section 6.2, a Revolving Loan, in an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loans (the “ Refunded Swingline Loans ”) outstanding on the date of such notice, to repay the Swingline Lender.  Each Revolving Lender shall make the amount of such Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office in immediately available funds, not later than 10:00 A.M., New York City time, one (1) Business Day after the date of such notice.  The proceeds of such Revolving Loans shall be immediately made available by the Administrative Agent to the Swingline Lender for application by the Swingline Lender to the repayment of the Refunded Swingline Loans.

 

(c)                                   If prior to the time a Revolving Loan would have otherwise been made pursuant to Section 3.4(b), one of the events described in Section 9.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower or if for any other reason, as determined by the Swingline Lender in its sole discretion, Revolving Loans may not be made as contemplated by Section 3.4(b), each Revolving Lender shall, on the date such Revolving Loan was to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 3.4(b) (the “ Refunding Date ”), purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in the then outstanding Swingline Loans by paying to the Swingline Lender an amount (the “ Swingline Participation Amount ”) equal to (i) such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Percentage times (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding that were to have been repaid with such Revolving Loans.

 

(d)                                  Whenever, at any time after the Swingline Lender has received from any Revolving Lender such Lender’s Swingline Participation Amount, the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of the Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Lender its Swingline Participation

 

48



 

Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s participating interest was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Lender’s pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swingline Loans then due); provided , however , that in the event that such payment received by the Swingline Lender is required to be returned, such Revolving Lender will return to the Swingline Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it by the Swingline Lender.

 

(e)                                   Each Revolving Lender’s obligation to make the Loans referred to in Section 3.4(b) and to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section 3.4(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Revolving Lender or the Borrower may have against the Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 6; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower; (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Revolving Lender; or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

 

3.5                                Fees .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee for the period from and including the Closing Date to the last day of the Revolving Availability Period, computed at the Commitment Fee Rate on the average daily amount of the Available Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Revolving Termination Date, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the date hereof.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower agrees to pay closing fees to each Revolving Lender on the Closing Date as fee compensation for such Lender’s Revolving Commitment in an amount equal to 1.50% of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment, payable to such Revolving Lender on the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees in the amounts and on the dates previously agreed to in writing by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

3.6                                Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments .  The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Revolving Commitments; provided that no such termination or reduction of Revolving Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit would exceed the Total Revolving Commitments; provided , further , that such notice may be contingent on the occurrence of a refinancing or the consummation of a sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets and may be revoked or the termination date deferred if the refinancing or sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets does not occur.  Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $500,000, or a multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, the amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect), and shall reduce permanently the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

 

49



 

3.7                                L/C Commitment .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the other Revolving Lenders set forth in Section 3.10(a), agrees to issue documentary or standby letters of credit (“ Letters of Credit ”) for the account of the Borrower on any Business Day during the Revolving Availability Period in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Issuing Lender; provided that the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment or (ii) the aggregate amount of the Available Revolving Commitments would be less than zero.  Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars, (ii) have a face amount of at least $100,000 (unless otherwise agreed by the Issuing Lender) and (iii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Termination Date; provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (or a longer period if agreed to by the Issuing Lender but in no event shall any renewal period extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above), unless the Issuing Lender elects, in its sole discretion, not to extend for any such additional period; provided , further , that any Letter of Credit that expires after the Revolving Termination Date shall be Cash Collateralized.  Each Letter of Credit shall be governed by laws of the State of New York (unless the laws of another jurisdiction is agreed to by the respective Issuing Lender) and governed under The International Standby Practices (ISP98).

 

(b)                                  The Issuing Lender shall not at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder if such issuance would conflict with, or cause the Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law.

 

3.8                                Procedure for Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension of Letters of Credit; Certain Conditions .  The Borrower may from time to time request that the Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit.  To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Lender) to the Issuing Lender an Application requesting the issuance of the Letter of Credit and specifying the requested date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day) and, as applicable, specifying the date of amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with Section 3.7(a)(iii)), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit.  Such Application shall be accompanied by documentary and other evidence of the proposed beneficiary’s identity as may reasonably be requested by the Issuing Lender to enable the Issuing Lender to verify the beneficiary’s identity or to comply with any applicable laws or regulations, including, without limitation, Section 326 of the Patriot Act.  The Issuing Lender will issue, amend, renew or extend the requested Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower in the Issuing Lender’s then current standard form with such revisions as shall be requested by the Borrower and approved by the Issuing Lender, which shall have been approved by the Borrower, within (x) in the case of an issuance, five (5) Business Days of the date of the receipt of the Application and all related information and (y) in the case of an amendment, renewal or extension, three (3) Business Days of the date of the receipt of the Application and all related information.  The Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) promptly following the issuance thereof.  The Issuing Lender shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders, notice of the issuance (or, amendment, extension or renewal, as applicable) of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).

 

50



 

3.9                                Fees and Other Charges .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower will pay a fee on all outstanding Letters of Credit at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to Eurodollar Loans under the Revolving Facility on the face amount of such Letter of Credit, shared ratably among the Revolving Lenders and payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date after the issuance date of such Letter of Credit.  In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Lender for its own account a fronting fee of 0.25% per annum on the face amount of each Letter of Credit, payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date after the issuance date of such Letter of Credit.

 

(b)                                  In addition to the foregoing fees, the Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Issuing Lender in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit.

 

3.10                         L/C Participations .

 

(a)                                  The Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Participant, and, to induce the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, each L/C Participant irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such L/C Participant’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Percentage in the Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit issued hereunder and the amount of each draft paid by the Issuing Lender thereunder.  Each L/C Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with the Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand of the Issuing Lender an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed. The Administrative Agent shall promptly forward such amounts to the Issuing Lender.

 

(b)                                  If any amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.10(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit is paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender within three (3) Business Days after the date such payment is due, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Issuing Lender, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360.  If any such amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant pursuant to Section 3.10(a) is not made available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender by such L/C Participant within three (3) Business Days after the date such payment is due, the Issuing Lender shall be entitled to recover from such L/C Participant, on demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Facility.  A certificate of the Issuing Lender submitted to any L/C Participant with respect to any amounts owing under this Section shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

 

(c)                                   Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Lender has made payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any L/C Participant its pro rata share of such payment in accordance with Section 3.10(a), the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral

 

51



 

applied thereto by the Issuing Lender), or any payment of interest on account thereof, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, will distribute to such L/C Participant its pro rata share thereof; provided , however , that in the event that any such payment received by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, shall be required to be returned by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, such L/C Participant shall return to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender the portion thereof previously distributed by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, to it.

 

3.11                         Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower .  The Issuing Lender shall notify the Borrower of the date and amount paid by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit.  The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Issuing Lender for the amount of (a) such draft so paid and (b) any fees, charges or other costs or expenses (other than taxes or similar amounts) incurred by the Issuing Lender in connection with such payment on the next Business Day following the date on which the Borrower receives such notice.  Each such payment shall be made to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices referred to herein in Dollars and in immediately available funds.  Interest shall be payable on any such amounts from the date on which the relevant draft is paid until payment in full at the rate set forth in (i) until the Business Day next succeeding the date of the relevant notice, Section 4.5(b) and (ii) thereafter, Section 4.5(c).  Each drawing under any Letter of Credit shall (unless an event of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 9.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower, in which case the procedures specified in Section 3.10 for funding by L/C Participants shall apply) constitute a request by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent for a borrowing pursuant to Section 3.2 of Base Rate Loans (or, at the option of the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender in their sole discretion, a borrowing pursuant to Section 3.4 of Swingline Loans) in the amount of such drawing.  The Borrowing Date with respect to such borrowing shall be the first date on which a borrowing of Revolving Loans (or, if applicable, Swingline Loans) could be made, pursuant to Section 3.2 (or, if applicable, Section 3.4), if the Administrative Agent had received a notice of such borrowing at the time the Administrative Agent receives notice from the Issuing Lender of such drawing under such Letter of Credit.

 

3.12                         Obligations Absolute .  The Borrower’s obligations under Section 3.11 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person.  The Borrower also agrees with the Issuing Lender that the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligations under Section 3.11 shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee.  The Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors, omissions, interruptions or delays found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender.  The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall be binding on the Borrower and shall not result in any liability of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower.

 

3.13                         Letter of Credit Payments .  If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower of the date of payment and amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect thereof.  The responsibility of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to

 

52



 

any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit.

 

3.14                         Applications .  To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3, the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.

 

3.15                         Defaulting Lenders .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Lender will not be required to issue any Letter of Credit or to amend any outstanding Letter of Credit to increase the face amount thereof, alter the drawing terms thereunder or extend the expiry date thereof, and the Swingline Lender will not be required to make any Swingline Loan, unless any exposure that would result therefrom is eliminated or fully covered by the Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Lenders, replacement Lenders or by Cash Collateralization or a combination thereof reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender.

 

(b)                                  If a Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, the following provisions shall apply with respect to any outstanding L/C Exposure, any outstanding Swingline Exposure and any outstanding Revolving Percentage of such Defaulting Lender:

 

(i)                                      the L/C Exposure, the Swingline Exposure and the Revolving Percentage of such Defaulting Lender will, subject to the limitation in the proviso below, automatically be reallocated (effective on the day such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender) among the Non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Commitments; provided that (w) the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 are satisfied at such time (and, unless the Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at the time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), (x) such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Default or Event of Default exists, (y) the sum of each Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit may not in any event exceed the Revolving Commitment of such Non-Defaulting Lender as in effect at the time of such reallocation and (z) neither such reallocation nor any payment by a Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant thereto will constitute a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender or cause such Defaulting Lender to be a Non-Defaulting Lender; provided , further , that, for purposes of clause (x) in the first proviso above, such reallocation shall be given effect immediately upon the cure or waiver of such Default or Event of Default and subject to clauses (y) and (z) above; and

 

(ii)                                   any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 9 or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.7(b) shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows:

 

first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder;

 

53



 

second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender hereunder;

 

third , to Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s fronting exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender;

 

fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent;

 

fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s future fronting exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement;

 

sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

seventh , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and

 

eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction;

 

provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or payment under any Letter of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 were satisfied and waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and any payment under any Letter of Credit owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or payment under any Letter of Credit owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility without giving effect to Section 3.15(b)(i).  Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 3.15(b)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

(c)                                   Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, all fees pursuant to Sections 3.5(a) and 3.9 shall cease to accrue with respect to such Defaulting Lender (without prejudice to the rights of the Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders in respect of such fees); provided that (i) to the extent that a portion of the L/C Exposure or the Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender is reallocated to the Non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to clause (c) above, such fees that would have accrued for the benefit of such Defaulting Lender will instead accrue for

 

54


 

the benefit of and be payable to such Non-Defaulting Lenders, pro rata in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments, and (ii) to the extent any portion of such L/C Exposure or Swingline Exposure cannot be so reallocated, such fees will instead accrue for the benefit of and be payable to the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender as their interests appear (and the pro rata payment provisions of Section 4.8 will automatically be deemed adjusted to reflect the provisions of this Section) until and to the extent that such L/C Exposure or Swingline Exposure is reallocated, Cash Collateralized and/or such Defaulting Lender is replaced.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower may terminate the unused amount of the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly notify the Lenders thereof), and in such event the provisions of (b)(ii) above will apply to all amounts thereafter paid by the Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity or other amounts); provided that such termination will not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

 

(e)                                   If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender agree in writing in their discretion that a Lender that is a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any amounts then held in the segregated account referred to in clause (b)(ii) above), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase such portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders and/or make such other adjustments as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Extensions of Credit, L/C Exposure and Swingline Exposure of the Lenders to be on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender and will be a Non-Defaulting Lender (and such L/C Exposure and Swingline Exposure of each Lender will automatically be adjusted on a prospective basis to reflect the foregoing); provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

3.16                         Incremental Revolving Commitments .

 

(a)                                  Borrower Request .  The Borrower may at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request an increase to the existing Revolving Commitment and/or add one or more new revolving facilities (each, an “ Incremental Revolving Facility ”) with revolving commitments (each, an “ Incremental Revolving Commitment ”) in an amount (x) not in excess of $100,000,000 in the aggregate when combined with the aggregate amount of all Incremental Term Loan Commitments under Section 2.4 plus (y) in the case of an Incremental Revolving Facility that serves to effectively extend the maturity of the Revolving Facility, an amount equal to the reductions in the Revolving Facility to be replaced with the Incremental Revolving Facility, and in minimum increments of $500,000 and a minimum amount of $5,000,000 (or such lesser amount equal to the remaining Incremental Revolving Commitments) (and provided that there shall be not more than three tranches of Incremental Revolving Commitments at any time).  Each such notice shall specify (i) the date (each, a “ Revolving Commitment Increase Effective Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that the Incremental Revolving Commitment shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than three (3) Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the identity

 

55



 

of each Person (which, if not a Lender, an Approved Fund or an Affiliate of a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Lender (each such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)) to whom the Borrower proposes any portion of such Incremental Revolving Commitment be allocated and the amounts of such allocations; provided that any existing Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the Incremental Revolving Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide such Incremental Revolving Commitment.

 

(b)                                  Conditions .  The Incremental Revolving Commitment shall become effective as of such Revolving Commitment Increase Effective Date; provided that:

 

(i)                              each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 shall be satisfied;

 

(ii)                           no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the borrowings to be made on the Revolving Commitment Increase Effective Date;

 

(iii)                        after giving pro forma effect to the extensions of commitments to be made on the Revolving Commitment Increase Effective Date (and assuming the Borrower borrowed Revolving Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to the full amount of the Incremental Revolving Commitment) as of the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b), the Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.75 to 1.00; provided that, for purposes of this clause (iii) only, the Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated net of up to $30,000,000 of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries restricted in favor of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party but excluding proceeds of such Incremental Revolving Facility;

 

(iv)                       the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any customary legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction; and

 

(v)                          no Existing Lender will be required to participate in any Incremental Revolving Facility without its consent.

 

(c)                                   Terms of Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments .  The terms and provisions of the Incremental Revolving Commitments and the Loans made pursuant to the Incremental Revolving Commitments shall be as follows:

 

(i)                              terms and provisions of Loans made pursuant to Incremental Revolving Commitments (the “ Incremental Revolving Loans ”) shall be on terms consistent with the existing Revolving Loans (other than (A) with respect to margin, pricing, maturity or fees or (B) as otherwise set forth herein) and, to the extent not consistent with such existing Revolving Loans, on terms agreed upon between the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Revolving Loans and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (except as otherwise set forth herein) (it being understood that Incremental Revolving Loans may be part of the existing tranche of Revolving Loans or may comprise one or more new tranches of Revolving Loans);

 

(ii)                           any Incremental Revolving Facilities will mature no earlier than, and will require no scheduled amortization or differing mandatory commitment reduction prior to, the Revolving Termination Date;

 

56



 

(iii)                        the all-in yield applicable to any Incremental Revolving Loan that is pari passu in right of payment and with respect to security will be determined by the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Revolving Loan and such all-in yield (including in the form of interest rate margins, original issue discount (based on a four (4) year average life to maturity or, if less, the remaining life to maturity), upfront fees, minimum Eurodollar Rate or minimum Base Rate, but excluding arrangement, commitment, structuring and underwriting fees and any amendment fees paid or payable to the Joint Lead Arrangers (or their Affiliates) or the Lenders in their respective capacities as such in connection with any of the existing Facilities or to one or more arrangers (or their affiliates) in their capacities as such applicable to the Revolving Facility) will not be more than 0.50% higher than the corresponding all-in yield (determined on the same basis) applicable to the existing Revolving Facility, unless the interest rate margin with respect to the existing Revolving Facility, is increased by an amount equal to the difference between the all-in yield with respect to the Incremental Revolving Facility and the corresponding all-in yield on the existing Revolving Facility, minus 0.50%.

 

The Incremental Revolving Commitments shall be effected by a joinder agreement (the “ Increase Revolving Joinder ”) executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender making such Incremental Revolving Commitment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of them (in the case of the Administrative Agent, to the extent required herein).  The Increase Revolving Joinder may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 3.16.  In addition, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all references in the Loan Documents to Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include references to Incremental Revolving Commitments and Incremental Revolving Loans that are made pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Ranking .  The Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments established pursuant to this Section 3.16 shall constitute Loans and Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from (x) security interests created by the Security Documents and the guarantees of the Guarantors, except that the security interests securing the Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments may rank junior to the security interests securing the Revolving Facilities as set forth in the Increase Revolving Joinder and (y) prepayments of the Revolving Facility unless the Borrower and the Lenders in respect of the Incremental Revolving Facility elect lesser payments, except that the right of payment under the Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments may rank junior to the right of payment under the Revolving Facility as set forth in the Increase Revolving Joinder.  The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to ensure and/or demonstrate that the Lien and security interests granted by the Security Documents continue to be perfected under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such class of Incremental Revolving Loans or any such Incremental Revolving Commitments.

 

3.17                         Extension of Maturity Date in Respect of Revolving Facility .

 

(a)                                  Requests for Extension .  The Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Lenders) not later than 30 days prior to the Revolving Termination Date then in effect hereunder in respect of the Revolving Facility (the “ Existing Revolving Facility Maturity Date ”), request that each Revolving Lender extend such Lender’s Revolving Termination Date in respect of the Revolving Facility; provided that (i) the interest rate margins, interest rate “floors,” fees and

 

57



 

maturity applicable to any Revolving Loan shall be determined by the Borrower and the Extending Revolving Lenders and (b) any such extension shall be on the terms and pursuant to documentation to be determined by the Borrower and the Extending Revolving Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Revolving Lender Elections to Extend .  Each Revolving Lender, acting in its sole and individual discretion, shall, by notice to the Administrative Agent given within 10 Business Days of delivery of the notice referred to in clause (a) (or such other period as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall mutually agree) (the “ Revolving Notice Date ”), advise the Administrative Agent whether or not such Revolving Lender agrees to such extension (and each Revolving Lender that determines not to so extend its Revolving Termination Date (a “ Non-Extending Revolving Lender ”) shall notify the Administrative Agent of such fact promptly after such determination (but in any event no later than the Revolving Notice Date) and any Revolving Lender that does not so advise the Administrative Agent on or before the Revolving Notice Date shall be deemed to be a Non-Extending Revolving Lender.  The election of any Revolving Lender to agree to such extension shall not obligate any other Revolving Lender to so agree.

 

(c)                                   Notification by Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of each Revolving Lender’s determination under this Section promptly following the Revolving Notice Date.

 

(d)                                  Additional Commitment Lenders .  The Borrower shall have the right to replace each Non-Extending Revolving Lender with, and add as “Revolving Lenders” under this Agreement in place thereof, one or more Eligible Assignees (each, an “ Additional Revolving Commitment Lender ”) as provided in Section 11.6; provided that each of such Additional Revolving Commitment Lenders shall enter into an Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Additional Revolving Commitment Lender shall undertake a Revolving Commitment (and, if any such Additional Revolving Commitment Lender is already a Revolving Lender, its Revolving Commitment shall be in addition to any other Revolving Commitment of such Lender hereunder on such date).

 

(e)                                   Extension Requirement .  If (and only if) any Revolving Lender has agreed so to extend their Revolving Termination Date (each, an “ Extending Revolving Lender ”), the Revolving Termination Date in respect of the Revolving Facility of each Extending Revolving Lender and of each Additional Revolving Commitment Lender shall be extended subject to the terms of any such notice of extension and each Additional Commitment Revolving Lender shall thereupon become a “Revolving Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Conditions to Effectiveness of Extensions As a condition precedent to such extension, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of the Borrower dated as of the effective date of such extension signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by the Borrower approving or consenting to such extension and (ii) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such extension, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the effective date of such extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 3.17, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.1 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to subsection (c), of Section 6.01, and (B) no Default exists. In addition, on the Revolving Termination Date of each Non-Extending Revolving Lender, the Borrower shall repay any non-extended Revolving Loans of such Non-Extending Revolving Lender outstanding on such date.

 

58



 

(g)                                   Conflicting Provisions .  This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 11.1 or 11.7 to the contrary, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to enter into any amendments to this Agreement necessary or desirable to reflect the extensions pursuant to this Section 3.17.

 

SECTION 4.  GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO LOANS
AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

4.1                                Optional Prepayments .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (except as set forth in Section 4.1(d) below), upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, three (3) Business Days prior thereto, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, and no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, one (1) Business Day prior thereto, in the case of Base Rate Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans and if such payment is to be applied to prepay the Term Loans, the manner in which such prepayment is to be applied thereto; provided , that if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.11; provided , further , that such notice may be contingent on the occurrence of a refinancing or the consummation of a sale, transfer, lease or other Disposition of assets and may be revoked or the termination date deferred if the refinancing or sale, transfer, lease or other Disposition of assets does not occur.  Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.  If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans and Swingline Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid.  Partial prepayments of Eurodollar Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000 or integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Partial prepayments of Base Rate Loans (other than Swingline Loans) shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $250,000 or integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Partial prepayments of Swingline Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or integral multiples of $50,000 in excess thereof.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may also prepay the outstanding Loans (which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be automatically and permanently canceled immediately upon acquisition by the Borrower) (or Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Borrower) may purchase such outstanding Loans) on the following basis; provided that (i) Holdings, the Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall represent and warrant as of the date of any assignment to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries that it does not have any material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, their Subsidiaries and their respective securities for purposes of United States securities laws that has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time, (ii) Holdings shall be in compliance with Section 8.1 on a pro forma basis, (iii) the Revolving Facility shall not be utilized to fund the assignment, and (iv) any offer to purchase or take by assignment any Loans by Holdings, the Borrower or their Subsidiaries shall have been made pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.1(b):

 

(i)                              Any Group Member shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Loans at a discount to par pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offer or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted

 

59



 

Prepayment Offer (any such prepayment, the “ Discounted Loan Prepayment ”), in each case made in accordance with this Section 4.1(b); provided that no Group Member shall initiate any action under this Section 4.1(b) in order to make a Discounted Loan Prepayment unless (I) at least ten (10) Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by a Group Member on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date; or (II) at least three (3) Business Days shall have passed since the date the Group Member was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of any Group Member’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

 

(ii)                           (A)                                Subject to the proviso to subsection (i) above, any Group Member may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Loan Prepayment by providing the Auction Agent with five (5) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the Group Member, to (x) each Lender and/or (y) each Lender with respect to any Class of Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate principal amount offered to be prepaid (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Amount ”) with respect to each applicable tranche, the tranche or tranches of Loans subject to such offer and the specific percentage discount to par (the “ Specified Discount ”) of such Loans to be prepaid (it being understood that different Specified Discounts and/or Specified Discount Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Loans and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date.  The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date ”).

 

(B)                                Each Lender receiving such offer shall notify the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its applicable then outstanding Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Lender, a “ Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender ”), the amount and the tranches of such Lender’s Loans to be prepaid at such offered discount.  Each acceptance of a Discounted Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable.  Any Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Auction Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept the applicable Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

 

(C)                                If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the relevant Group Member will make a prepayment of outstanding Loans pursuant to this paragraph (C) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective outstanding amount and tranches of Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to subsection (B) above; provided that, if the

 

60



 

aggregate principal amount of Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Group Member and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “ Specified Discount Proration ”).  The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three (3) Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the relevant Group Member of the respective Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the principal amount, tranche and Type of Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date.  Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Group Member and such Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.  The payment amount specified in such notice to the Group Member shall be due and payable by such Group Member on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (vi) below (subject to subsection (c) below).

 

(iii)                        (A)Subject to the proviso to subsection (i) above, any Group Member may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with five (5) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of such Group Member, to (x) each Lender and/or (y) each Lender with respect to any Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate principal amount of the relevant Loans (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Amount ”), the tranche or tranches of Loans subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “ Discount Range ”) of the principal amount of such Loans with respect to each relevant tranche of Loans willing to be prepaid by such Group Member (it being understood that different Discount Ranges and/or Discount Range Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Loans and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by the relevant Group Member shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date.  The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Response Date ”).  Each Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “ Submitted Discount ”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Loans of the applicable tranche or tranches and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender’s Loans (the “ Submitted Amount ”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount.  Any Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Discount

 

61



 

Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Loan Prepayment of any of its Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

 

(B)                                The Auction Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers which were received on or before the applicable Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and shall determine (in consultation with such Group Member and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this subsection (iii).  The relevant Group Member agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by the Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range being referred to as the “ Applicable Discount ”) which yields a Discounted Loan Prepayment in an aggregate principal amount equal to the lower of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts.  Each Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following subsection (C)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Lender, a “ Participating Lender ”).

 

(C)                                If there is at least one Participating Lender, the relevant Group Member will prepay the respective outstanding Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discount Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the relevant Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “ Identified Participating Lenders ”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Group Member and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “ Discount Range Proration ”).  The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within five (5) Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the relevant Group Member of the respective Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount and tranches of Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Participating Lender of the aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration.  Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the relevant Group Member and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.  The payment amount specified in such notice to the Group Member shall be due and payable by such Group Member on the

 

62



 

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (vi) below (subject to subsection (c) below).

 

(iv)                       (A)  Subject to the proviso to subsection (i) above, any Group Member may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with five (5) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of such Group Member, to (x) each Lender and/or (y) each Lender with respect to any Class of Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate amount of the Loans (the “ Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount ”) and the tranche or tranches of Loans such Group Member is willing to prepay at a discount (it being understood that different Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Loans and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by such Group Member shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date.  The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders (the “ Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date ”).  Each Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “ Offered Discount ”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Loan and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Loans (the “ Offered Amount ”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount.  Any Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Loans at any discount.

 

(B)                                The Auction Agent shall promptly provide the relevant Group Member with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received on or before the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date.  Such Group Member shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select the largest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that is acceptable to the Group Member (the “ Acceptable Discount ”), if any.  If the Group Member elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by such Group Member from the Auction Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this subsection (B) (the “ Acceptance Date ”), the Group Member shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Auction Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount.  If the Auction Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Group Member by the Acceptance Date, such Group Member shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

 

(C)                                Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three (3) Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment

 

63



 

Notice (the “ Discounted Prepayment Determination Date ”), the Auction Agent will determine (in consultation with such Group Member and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Loans (the “ Acceptable Prepayment Amount ”) to be prepaid by the relevant Group Member at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 4.1(b)(iv).  If the Group Member elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Group Member agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount.  Each Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer with an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required pro rata reduction pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “ Qualifying Lender ”).  The Group Member will prepay outstanding Loans pursuant to this subsection (iv) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “ Identified Qualifying Lenders ”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Group Member and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “ Solicited Discount Proration ”).  On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Auction Agent shall promptly notify (I) the relevant Group Member of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Loans and the tranches to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration.  Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the relevant Group Member and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.  The payment amount specified in such notice to such Group Member shall be due and payable by such Group Member on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (vi) below (subject to subsection (c) below).

 

(v)                          In connection with any Discounted Loan Prepayment, the relevant Group Member and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Loan Prepayment, the payment of reasonable customary fees and expenses from such Group Member in connection therewith.

 

(vi)                       If any Loan is prepaid in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (iv) above, the relevant Group Member shall prepay such Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.  The relevant Group Member shall make such prepayment to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders,

 

64



 

or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the relevant tranche of Loans on a pro rata basis across such installments.  The Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.  The aggregate principal amount of the tranches and installments of the relevant Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate principal amount of the tranches of Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Loan Prepayment.

 

(vii)                    To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 4.1(b), established by the Auction Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by the relevant Group Member.

 

(viii)                 Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 4.1(b), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon Auction Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.

 

(ix)                       The relevant Group Member and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 4.1(b) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Auction Agent and expressly consent to any such delegation of duties by the Auction Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate.  The exculpatory provisions pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Auction Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 4.1(b) as well as activities of the Auction Agent.

 

(c)                                   The relevant Group Member shall have the right, by written notice to the Auction Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Loan Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date (and if such offer is revoked pursuant to the preceding clauses, any failure by such Group Member to make any prepayment to a Lender, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 9.1).

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, in the event that, on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the Borrower (x) makes any prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.1(a) or 4.2(a) in connection with any Repricing Transaction, or (y) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each applicable Term Lender, (I) in the case of clause (x), a prepayment premium of 1% of the principal amount of the Term Loans being prepaid and (II) in the case of clause (y), a payment equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Term Loans outstanding immediately prior to such amendment.

 

65


 

4.2          Mandatory Prepayments .

 

(a)           If any Indebtedness shall be incurred or issued by any Group Member after the Closing Date (other than Excluded Indebtedness), an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied on the date of such incurrence or issuance toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section 4.2(d).

 

(b)           (1)  If on any date any Group Member shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event then, unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied on such date toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section 4.2(d); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event shall be applied toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section 4.2(d).

 

(2)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that (and for so long as) any of or all of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event by a Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 4.2(b)(1) (each such Asset Sale and Recovery Event, a “ Specified Asset Sale ”) are prohibited or delayed by applicable local Requirements of Law from being repatriated to the jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower, the calculation of Net Cash Proceeds shall be reduced by the amount so prohibited or delayed; provided , that once such repatriation of any such affected Net Cash Proceeds is permitted under the applicable local Requirements of Law, the Group Members shall be treated as having received Net Cash Proceeds equal to the amount of such reduction.

 

(c)           The Borrower shall, on each Excess Cash Flow Application Date, apply the ECF Percentage of the excess, if any, of (i) Excess Cash Flow for the related Excess Cash Flow Payment Period minus (ii) Voluntary Prepayments made during such Excess Cash Flow Payment Period or, at the option of the Borrower, on or prior such Excess Cash Flow Application Date, toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section 4.2(d).  Each such prepayment shall be made on a date (an “ Excess Cash Flow Application Date ”) no later than ten (10) days after the date on which the financial statements referred to in Section 7.1(a) for the fiscal year of the Borrower with respect to which such prepayment is made are required to be delivered to the Lenders.

 

(d)           Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments made pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.8 and first , to Base Rate Loans and, second , to Eurodollar Loans.  Each prepayment of the Term Loans under this Section 4.2 shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid.

 

(e)           The Total Term Commitment (and the Term Commitments of each Lender) shall terminate in its entirety at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Closing Date.

 

(f)            For the avoidance of doubt, if any prepayment under Section 4.2(a) is a Repricing Transaction, the repayment shall be subject to Section 4.1(d).

 

4.3          Conversion and Continuation Options .

 

(a)           The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to Base Rate Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date; provided that

 

66



 

any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may be made only on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto.  The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor); provided that no Base Rate Loan under a particular Facility may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of such Facility have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversions.  Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

 

(b)           Any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 1.1, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans; provided that no Eurodollar Loan under a particular Facility may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of such Facility have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuations; and provided , further , that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this paragraph or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Loans shall be automatically converted to Base Rate Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period.  Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

 

4.4          Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions and continuations of Eurodollar Loans hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Eurodollar Tranche shall be equal to $500,000 or integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, the then outstanding amount of the Eurodollar Loans (or, in the case of a conversion, Base Rate Loans) to be borrowed, converted or continued) and (b) no more than ten (10) Eurodollar Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.

 

4.5          Interest Rates and Payment Dates .

 

(a)           Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin.

 

(b)           Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

 

(c)           If an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) shall have occurred and be continuing, such overdue amounts shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of the Loans, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section  plus 2.00%, (ii) in the case of Reimbursement Obligations, the non-default rate applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Facility plus 2.00% and (iii) in the case of any such other amounts that do not relate to a particular Facility, the non-default rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Facility plus 2.00%, in each case from the date of such Event of Default until such Event of Default is no longer continuing.

 

67



 

(d)           Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable from time to time on demand.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “ Maximum Rate ”).  If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower.  In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (i) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (ii) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

4.6          Computation of Interest and Fees .

 

(a)           Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to Base Rate Loans the rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of clauses (a) or (b) of the definition of Base Rate, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.  The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate.  Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the Base Rate or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective.  The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

 

(b)           Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error.  The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, promptly deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 4.6(a).

 

4.7          Inability to Determine Interest Rate .  If prior to the first day of any Interest Period:

 

(a)           the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or

 

(b)           the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of the relevant Facility that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as reasonably determined and conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period,

 

the Administrative Agent shall give written notice thereof to the Borrower and the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter but at least two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.  If such notice is given (x) any Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as Base Rate Loans, (y) any Loans under the relevant

 

68



 

Facility that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as Base Rate Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be converted, on the last day of the then current Interest Period, to Base Rate Loans.  Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent (which notice the Administrative Agent agrees to withdraw promptly upon a determination that the condition or situation which gave rise to such notice no longer exists), no further Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert Loans under the relevant Facility to Eurodollar Loans.

 

4.8          Pro Rata Treatment; Application of Payments; Payments .

 

(a)           Each borrowing by the Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the Borrower on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments of the Lenders shall be made pro rata according to the respective Term Percentages or Revolving Percentages, as the case may be, of the relevant Lenders.

 

(b)           Each payment (including each prepayment) on account of principal of and interest on the Term Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the Term Lenders.  The amount of each principal prepayment of the Term Loans made pursuant to Section 4.1(a) shall be applied to reduce the then remaining installments of the Term Loans as specified by the Borrower in the applicable notice of prepayment.  The amount of each principal prepayment of the Term Loans made pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be applied to reduce the then remaining installments of the Term Loans in direct order of maturity.

 

(c)           Each payment on account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Revolving Lenders.

 

(d)           All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the Funding Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds.  The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received.  If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.  In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

 

(e)           Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be required to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative

 

69



 

Agent.  A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  If such Lender’s share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three (3) Business Days of such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans under the relevant Facility, on demand, from the Borrower.

 

(f)            Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower prior to the date of any payment due to be made by the Borrower hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower is making such payment, and the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be required to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Lenders their respective pro rata shares of a corresponding amount.  If such payment is not made to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower within three (3) Business Days after such due date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover, on demand, from each Lender to which any amount which was made available pursuant to the preceding sentence, such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower.

 

(g)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the provisions of this Section 4.8 (i) shall be subject to the express provisions of this Agreement which require or permit differing payments to be made to Non-Defaulting Lenders as opposed to Defaulting Lenders and (ii) shall not restrict any transactions permitted by Section 4.1(b) or 11.6, or any “amend and extend” transactions.

 

4.9          Requirements of Law .

 

(a)           If the adoption of, taking effect of or any change, in each case after the date the applicable Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or the applicable Participant acquires a participation in all or a portion of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, in any Requirement of Law or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof or compliance by any Lender or Issuing Lender with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof (and, for purposes of this Agreement, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives in connection therewith are deemed to have gone into effect and adopted subsequent to the date hereof):

 

(i)   shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender or Issuing Lender that is not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate hereunder; or

 

(ii)  shall impose on such Lender or Issuing Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Lender of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then, in any such case, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender or Issuing Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable.

 

70



 

If any Lender or Issuing Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.

 

(b)           If any Lender or Issuing Lender shall have reasonably determined that the adoption of, taking effect of or any change in any Requirement of Law, in each case after the date the applicable Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or the applicable Participant acquires a participation in all or a portion of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or Issuing Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender or Issuing Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof (and, for purposes of this Agreement, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives in connection therewith are deemed to have gone into effect and adopted subsequent to the date hereof) shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or Issuing Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time, after submission by such Lender or Issuing Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender or Issuing Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Lender or such corporation for such reduction.

 

(c)           A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by any Lender or Issuing Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section for any amounts incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that, if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such 180 day period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect.  The obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.  The Borrower shall pay the Lender or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any certificate referred to above within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)           For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.9 shall not apply in the case of Taxes, which shall instead be governed exclusively by Section 4.10.

 

4.10        Taxes .

 

(a)           Payments Free of Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes .  Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall (except to the extent required by law) be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, provided that if any Loan Party or any other applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable law to deduct or withhold any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from any sum paid or payable by any Loan Party under any of the Loan Documents, then (i) the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions or withholdings have been made (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.10) the

 

71



 

applicable Agent or Lender, as the case may be, receives on the due date a net amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the applicable Loan Party shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the applicable Loan Party shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(b)           Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower .  Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(c)           Indemnification by the Borrower .  The Loan Parties shall, jointly and severally, indemnify each Agent or Lender, within ten (10) business days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 4.10) imposed on or payable by such Agent or Lender, as the case may be, with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and reasonable expenses arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate setting forth the amount of such payment or liability delivered by a Lender (with a copy to the relevant Agent), or by an Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)           Evidence of Payments .  As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(e)           Status of Lenders .  Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, whenever reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable laws and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, (A) to determine whether or not payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) to determine, if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction and (C) to establish such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender pursuant to any Loan Document or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in an applicable jurisdiction.  If any form, certification or other documentation provided by a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(e) (including any of the specific documentation described below) expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing and shall promptly update or otherwise correct the affected documentation or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing that such Lender is not legally eligible to do so.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

 

(A)  any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent duly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable laws or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (in such number of signed originals as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to U.S. federal backup withholding or information reporting requirements; and

 

72



 

(B)  each Foreign Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of signed originals as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), duly completed and executed copies of whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(i)  IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor thereto) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

 

(ii)  IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor thereto) claiming that specified payments (as applicable) under this Agreement or any other Loan Documents (as applicable) constitute income that is effectively connected with such Foreign Lender’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States,

 

(iii)  in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Sections 881(c) or 871(h) of the Code (the “ Portfolio Interest Exemption ”), (x) a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit Q-1, Q-2, Q-3 or Q-4, as applicable (a “ Tax Status Certificate ”) and (y) IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor thereto),

 

(iv)  where such Lender is a partnership (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or otherwise not a beneficial owner ( e.g ., where such Lender has sold a participation), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto) and all required supporting documentation (including, where one or more of the underlying beneficial owner(s) is claiming the benefits of the Portfolio Interest Exemption, a Tax Status Certificate of such beneficial owner(s) ( provided that, if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and not a participating Lender, the Tax Status Certificate from the beneficial owner(s) may be provided by the Foreign Lender on behalf of the beneficial owner(s)), or

 

(v)  any other form prescribed by applicable laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Laws to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10(e), no Lender shall be required to deliver any documentation pursuant to this Section 4.10(e) that it is not legally eligible to provide.

 

(f)            FATCA .  Without limiting the generality of Section 4.10(e), each Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable law and at such times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to avoid the imposition of withholding obligations under FATCA with respect to such Lender.

 

(g)           If any Agent or Lender determines, in its good faith discretion, that it has received a refund (whether received in cash or applied as an offset against other Taxes due) of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Loan Party or with respect to which

 

73



 

any Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall promptly pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by any Loan Party under this Section 4.10 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Agent or Lender (including any Taxes), as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of such Agent or Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Agent or Lender in the event such Agent or Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  Such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s written reasonable request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority.  This subsection shall not be construed to require any Agent or Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

 

(h)           The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

(i)            For purposes of this Section 4.10, the term “Lender” shall include the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender.

 

4.11        Indemnity .  The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold each Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) the making of a prepayment of, or a conversion from, Eurodollar Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto or (d) any other default by the Borrower in the repayment of such Eurodollar Loans when and as required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  Such indemnification may include an amount (other than with respect to clause (d)) equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin and the Eurodollar Floor included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market.  A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to the Borrower by any Lender shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

4.12        Change of Lending Office .  Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (b) or (c) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or

 

74


 

regulatory disadvantage or any unreimbursed costs or expenses; and provided , further , that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (b) or (c).  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation.

 

4.13        Replacement of Lenders .  The Borrower shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (b) or (c) (such Lender, an “ Affected Lender ”), (b) is a Non-Consenting Lender or (c) is a Defaulting Lender, with a replacement financial institution or other entity; provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) in the case of an Affected Lender, prior to any such replacement, such Lender shall have taken no action under Section 4.12 so as to eliminate the continued need for payment of amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (b) or (c), (iii) the replacement financial institution or entity shall purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement, (iv) the Borrower shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 4.11 if any Eurodollar Loan owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, (v) the replacement financial institution or entity shall be an Eligible Assignee, (vi) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6 ( provided that, except in the case of clause (c) hereof, the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein), (vii) until such time as such replacement shall be consummated, the Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (b) or (c), as the case may be, (viii) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender, and (ix) in the case of a Non-Consenting Lender, the replacement financial institution or entity shall consent at the time of such assignment to each matter in respect of which the replaced Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender.

 

4.14        Evidence of Debt .

 

(a)           Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

(b)           The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Borrower (or, in the case of an assignment not required to be recorded in the Register in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6(d), the assigning Lender, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower), shall maintain the Register (or, in the case of an assignment not required to be recorded in the Register in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6(d), a Related Party Register), in each case pursuant to Section 11.6(d), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder and any Note evidencing such Loan, the Type of such Loan and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of an assignment not required to be recorded in the Register in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6(d), the assigning Lender) hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

(c)           The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 4.14(a) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded (absent manifest error); provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any

 

75



 

such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(d)           The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note of the Borrower evidencing any Term Loans, Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans, as the case may be, of such Lender, substantially in the forms of Exhibit E-1, E-2 or E-3, respectively, with appropriate insertions as to date and principal amount.

 

4.15        Illegality .  Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, (a) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurodollar Loans, continue Eurodollar Loans as such and convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall forthwith be canceled and (b) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law.  If any such conversion of a Eurodollar Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.11.

 

SECTION 5.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

To induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and issue, amend, extend, renew or participate in the Letters of Credit, each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to each Agent and each Lender that:

 

5.1          Financial Condition .

 

(a)           The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”) as of and for the twelve month periods ended on March 31, 2011, copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Lender, have been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (i) the consummation of the Acquisition, (ii) the Loans to be made under this Agreement on the Closing Date, (iii) the Equity Contribution, (iv) the Refinancing and (v) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing.  The Pro Forma Financial Statements have been prepared in good faith based on the assumptions set forth therein, which the Borrower believed to be reasonable assumptions at the time such Pro Forma Financial Statements were prepared, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at and for each of the dates and periods set forth above, assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date.

 

(b)           (i) The audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the Target and its Subsidiaries as of and for each of the fiscal years ended (or, in the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, ended on or around) December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, accompanied by a report from Ernst & Young LLP and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the Target and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ended (or, in the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, ended on or around) March 31, 2011, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the Target and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as at such

 

76



 

dates, and the consolidated results of their respective operations and cash flows for such period then ended (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (ii) above).  All such financial statements delivered pursuant to clauses (b)(i) and (b)(ii) above, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared substantially in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved.

 

5.2          No Change .  Since January 1, 2011, there has been no development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.3          Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law .  Except as permitted under Section 8.4, each Group Member (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the organizational power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign entity and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with the terms of its Organizational Documents and (e) is in compliance with the terms of all Requirements of Law and all Governmental Authorizations, except to the extent that any failure under clause (a) (with respect to any Group Member other than the Borrower) or clauses (b), (c) and (e) to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.4          Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations .  Each Loan Party has the organizational power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder.  Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational and other action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, except (a) consents, authorizations, filings and notices described in Schedule 5.4, (b) consents, authorizations, filings and notices which have been, or will be, obtained or made and are in full force and effect on or before the Closing Date, (c) any such consent, authorizations, filings and notices the absence of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) the filings referred to in Section 5.19.  Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto.  This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

 

5.5          No Legal Bar .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate (a) the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party, (b) any Requirement of Law, Governmental Authorization or any Contractual Obligation of any Group Member and (c) will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any Group Member’s respective properties or revenues pursuant to its Organizational Documents, any Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents and Liens permitted by Section 8.3), except for any violation set forth in clause (b) or (c) which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

77



 

5.6          Litigation and Adverse Proceedings .  No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, threatened in writing by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents, which would in any respect impair the enforceability of the Loan Documents, taken as a whole or (b) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.7          No Default .  No Group Member is in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

5.8          Ownership of Property; Liens .

 

(a)           Each Group Member has title in fee simple (or local law equivalent) to all of its owned real property, a valid leasehold interest in all its leased real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, license to, or right to use, all its other tangible Property material to its business, in all material respects, and no such Property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 8.3.  The tangible Property of the Group Members, taken as a whole, (i) is in good operating order, condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and (ii) constitutes all the Property which is required for the business and operations of the Group Members as presently conducted.

 

(b)           Schedules 6(a) and 6(b) to the Perfection Certificate dated the Closing Date contain a true and complete list of each interest in real property (i) owned by any Group Member as of the date hereof and (ii) leased, subleased or otherwise occupied or utilized by any Group Member, as lessee, sublessee, franchisee or licensee, as of the date hereof.

 

(c)           No Mortgage encumbers improved real property that is located in Special Flood Hazard Area unless flood insurance under the applicable Flood Insurance Laws has been obtained in connection with Section 7.5.

 

5.9          Intellectual Property .  Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of any Loan Party:  (a) the conduct of, and the use of Intellectual Property in, the business of the Group Members as currently conducted (including the products and services of the Group Members) does not infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property rights of any other Person; (b) in the last two (2) years, there has been no such claim, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened in writing against any Group Member; (c) to the knowledge of any Loan Party, there is no valid basis for a claim of infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of Intellectual Property rights against any Group Member; (d) to the knowledge of any Loan Party, no Person is infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating any Intellectual Property of any Group Member, and there has been no such claim asserted or threatened in writing against any third party by any Group Member or to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any other Person; and (e) each Group Member has at all times complied with all applicable laws, as well as its own rules, policies, and procedures, relating to privacy, data protection, and the collection and use of personal information collected, used, or held for use by such Group Member.

 

5.10        Taxes .  Each Loan Party has filed or caused to be filed all federal, state and other tax returns that are required to be filed by it and each Loan Party has paid all federal, state and other taxes and any assessments made in writing against it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than (a) any which are not yet due or the amount or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have

 

78



 

been provided on the books of the relevant Loan Party or (b) any which the failure to so file or pay could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect).

 

5.11        Federal Reserve Regulations .  No Group Member is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.  No part of the proceeds of any extension of credit under this Agreement will be used for any purpose that violates or would be inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board.

 

5.12        Labor Matters .  Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of each Group Member have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any Group Member on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant Group Member.

 

5.13        ERISA .  Neither a Reportable Event nor a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Single Employer Plan, and each Single Employer Plan and Multiemployer Plan is in compliance in all respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code except where such Reportable Event, failure, or non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No withdrawal by the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity from a Single Employer Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur.  No Lien against the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan or a Multiemployer Plan has arisen during the past five years, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No non-exempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Plan, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan and neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity reasonably would become subject to any liability under ERISA if the Borrower or any such Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, except, in each case, for any liability that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  No failure to make a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No such Multiemployer Plan is in Reorganization or Insolvent or in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA), except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.14        Investment Company Act; Other Regulations .  No Loan Party is an “investment company,” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  No Loan Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than Regulation X of the Board, as amended) that limits its ability to incur Indebtedness.

 

79



 

5.15        Capital Stock and Ownership Interests of Subsidiaries .  As of the Closing Date (a) Schedule 5.15 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of formation or incorporation of each Group Member and, as to each such Group Member (other than the Borrower), states the beneficial and record owners thereof and the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by any Loan Party, and (b) there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees, independent contractors or directors and directors’ qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of any Group Member (other than the Borrower), except as created by the Loan Documents or as permitted hereby.  Except as listed on Schedule 5.15, as of the Closing Date, no Group Member owns any interests in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangements with any Person.

 

5.16        Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used to finance a portion of the Transactions, including the payment of fees and expenses related thereto.  The proceeds of the Revolving Loans shall be used on the Closing Date to refinance revolver borrowings under the Existing INC Credit Agreement outstanding on the Closing Date in an amount not exceeding $10,000,000 and the funding of any upfront fees and/or original issue discount.  After the Closing Date, the proceeds of the Revolving Loans shall be used, together with the proceeds of the Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit, to finance working capital and for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

5.17        Environmental Matters .  Except as, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(a)           the facilities and properties owned or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, leased or operated by any Group Member (the “ Properties ”) do not contain any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute a violation of, or could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law;

 

(b)           no Group Member has received any written claim, demand, notice of violation, or of actual or potential liability with respect  to any Environmental Laws relating to any Group Member;

 

(c)           Materials of Environmental Concern have not been transported, sent for treatment or disposed of from the Properties by any Group Member or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, by any other person in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that could reasonably be expected to give rise to result in any Group Member incurring liability under, any Environmental Law, nor have any Materials of Environmental Concern been released, generated, treated, or stored by any Group Member or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, by any other person at, on, under or from any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could reasonably be expected to give rise to result in any Group Member incurring liability under, any applicable Environmental Law;

 

(d)           no judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, will be named as a party, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or relating to  any Group Member;

 

(e)           each Group Member, the Properties and all operations at the Properties are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws; and

 

80



 

(f)            no Group Member has assumed by contract any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws, nor is any Group Member paying for or conducting , in whole or in part,  any  response or other corrective action to address any Materials of Environmental Concern at any location pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

5.18        Accuracy of Information, etc .   No written statement contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document, certificate or statement furnished by any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including the Confidential Information Memorandum) (other than information of a general economic or industry-specific nature), when taken as a whole, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading in the light of the circumstances under which such statements were made after giving effect to any supplements thereto; provided , however , that (i) with respect to the projections and other pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above, the Borrower represents only that the same were prepared in good faith and are based upon assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact, is by its nature inherently uncertain and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount and (ii) no representation is made with respect to information of a general economic or industry nature.

 

5.19        Security Documents .  The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each other Security Document is, or upon execution or filing, as applicable, will be, effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a valid security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof (to the extent a security interest can be created therein under the Uniform Commercial Code).  In the case of the Pledged Equity Interests described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when stock or interest certificates representing such Pledged Equity Interests (along with properly completed stock or interest powers endorsing the Pledged Equity Interest and executed by the owner of such shares or interests) are delivered to the Collateral Agent, and in the case of the other Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Security Document, when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 5.19 in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 5.19 and upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of the Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent required by the Security Documents), the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except Liens permitted by Section 8.3) subject in the case of the Intellectual Property that is the subject of any application or registration, to the recordation of appropriate evidence of the Collateral Agent’s Lien in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and/or United States Copyright Office, as appropriate, and the taking of actions and making of filings necessary under the applicable Requirements of Law to obtain the equivalent of perfection.

 

5.20        Solvency .  Holdings and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis), after giving effect to the Transactions and the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith and therewith, will be and will continue to be Solvent.

 

81



 

5.21        Senior Indebtedness .  The Obligations constitute “senior debt,” “senior indebtedness,” “designated senior debt,” “guarantor senior debt” or “senior secured financing” (or any comparable term) of each Loan Party with respect to any Junior Financing.

 

5.22        Regulatory Compliance .

 

(a)           Neither the Borrower nor any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Company is an individual or entity (for purposes of only this Section 5.21, “ Person ”) currently the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council , the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor is the Company located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions. The Company represents and covenants that it will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the transaction, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

(b)           Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer, agent or employee of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ FCPA ”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA.

 

5.23        Anti-Terrorism Laws .

 

(a)           No Loan Party, or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries, is in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law or engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

(b)           None of the Loan Parties, nor, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, any Subsidiaries of any Loan Party or their respective agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Loans, Letters of Credit or other transactions hereunder, is any of the following (each, a “ Blocked Person ”):

 

(i)   a Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224;

 

(ii)  a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224;

 

(iii) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

82



 

(iv)       a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224;

 

(v)        a Person that is named as a “specially designated national” on the most current list published by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Asset Control at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; or

 

(vi)       a Person who is affiliated or associated with a person listed above.

 

(c)           No Loan Party, or to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any of its agents acting in any capacity in connection with the Loans, Letters of Credit or other transactions hereunder (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person or (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224.

 

5.24        Patriot Act .  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (b) the Patriot Act and (c) other federal or state laws relating to “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations.

 

SECTION 6.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

6.1          Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit .  The agreement of each Lender to make the initial extension of credit requested to be made by it is subject to the satisfaction or waiver, prior to or substantially concurrently with the making of such extension of credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)           Loan Documents .  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by each Agent, Holdings, the Borrower and each Person that is a Lender as of the Closing Date, (ii) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each other Security Document (except for Mortgages and other deliverables as set forth in Section 7.10) required to be delivered on the Closing Date, executed and delivered by the Borrower and each other Loan Party that is a party thereto, (iii) a perfection certificate in customary form and substance and (iv) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender that has requested a Note at least two Business Days in advance of the Closing Date.

 

(b)           Transactions .  The following transactions shall have been or shall substantially concurrently be consummated:

 

(i)   The Acquisition shall be consummated (x) substantially concurrently with the initial funding of the Facilities and (y) in accordance with the Acquisition Documentation and no provision thereof shall have been amended or waived, and no consent shall be given, in each case, in any respect that is materially adverse to the interests of the Joint Lead Arrangers or the Lenders without the prior written consent of MSSF (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), it being understood that the consent of the Joint Lead Arrangers is not required for any reduction in the acquisition consideration payable under the Acquisition Agreement, which reduction shall be allocated (1) 70% to reduction of the Term Loans and (2) 30% to reduction of the Equity Contribution.  The Administrative Agent shall have received

 

83



 

copies of each of the Acquisition Documentation, including any amendments, supplements or modifications with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

(ii)  (x) The Borrower shall have received or shall substantially concurrently receive the Equity Contribution and (y) the Borrower shall have received or shall substantially concurrently receive $250,000,000 in aggregate gross cash proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes (or such lesser amount determined by the Borrower to be necessary to consummate the Transactions); and

 

(iii) On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall have any indebtedness for borrowed money other than the Facilities, the Senior Notes, indebtedness contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, any Convertible Notes that are not tendered and accepted for purchase under an offer to purchase and related consent solicitation made by the Target, and other indebtedness permitted by Section 8.2 and reflected in the Pro Forma Financial Statements.

 

(c)           Pro Forma Financial Statements; Financial Statements .  The Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received, (i) the financial statements described in Section 5.1(a), (ii) the financial statements described in Section 5.1(b)(i), (iii) the financial statements described in Section 5.1(b)(ii), and (iv) forecasts of the consolidated financial performance of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, (x) on an annual basis, through December 31, 2018 and (y) on a quarterly basis, through December 31, 2012.

 

(d)           Lien Searches .  The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a recent lien search in the jurisdiction where each Loan Party is organized.

 

(e)           Fees .  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have complied with all of their obligations under, and the terms of, the Fee Letter.  The Joint Lead Arrangers and the Agents shall have received all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses required to be paid and all accrued all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses required to be paid, including without limitation, the reasonable and invoiced fees and disbursements of one primary counsel (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction, if required).

 

(f)            Closing Certificate .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit F, with appropriate insertions and attachments including the certificate of incorporation or certificate of formation, as applicable, of each Loan Party certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party.

 

(g)           Legal Opinions .  The Administrative Agent shall have received the legal opinions of (i) Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, counsel to Holdings and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1, (ii) Squires, Sanders & Dempsey (US) LLP, Ohio counsel to Holdings and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2 and (iii) General Counsel of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-3.  Such legal opinions shall be addressed to the Agents and the Lenders and shall cover such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require that are customary for transactions of this kind.

 

(h)           Pledged Equity Interests; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes .  The Collateral Agent shall have received (i) the certificates representing the shares of Capital Stock pledged pursuant to

 

84


 

the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, if applicable, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof and (ii) each promissory note (if any) pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement endorsed (without recourse) in blank (or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank) by the pledgor thereof.

 

(i)            Filings, Registrations and Recordings .  Each Uniform Commercial Code financing statement required by the Security Documents to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 8.3), shall be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

 

(j)            Patriot Act, Etc .  The Administrative Agent shall have received, with respect to such documents and other information requested in writing at least 5 business days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act.

 

(k)           Solvency Certificate .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, in the form of Exhibit H, from a senior financial officer of Holdings or the Borrower certifying that Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby are solvent.

 

(l)            Insurance .  The Administrative Agent shall have received insurance certificates satisfying the requirements of Section 5.3 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

(m)          Closing Date Material Adverse Effect .  Except as set forth on Section 3.1(q) of the Company Disclosure Schedule (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) (it being understood that the information disclosed in one subsection of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be included in each other subsection of the Company Disclosure Schedule with respect to which the relevance of such information thereto would be reasonably apparent) or as disclosed in the Company SEC Documents (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) filed by the Target with, or furnished by the Target to, the Securities and Exchange Commission since March, 16, 2009 and at least two Business Days (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) prior to May 4, 2011, and publicly available as of May 4, 2011 (excluding any cautionary, predictive or forward-looking statements set forth in any section of such Company SEC Documents, including any statements in any section captioned “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”), and subject to the limitation set forth in subsection (x) of Section 3.1 of the Acquisition Agreement, since January 1, 2011 there shall not have been any change, circumstance or event which, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Closing Date Material Adverse Effect on the Target, regardless of whether such change, event, occurrence, state of fact or development arose out of facts or circumstances known by any of the parties to the Acquisition Agreement.  Since May 4, 2011, there shall not have been an effect, change, event or occurrence that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Closing Date Material Adverse Effect on the Target.

 

(n)           Representations and Warranties .  Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to 5.3(a) and (b) (only as it relates to the entering into and performance of the Loan Documents), 5.4 (only as it relates to the authorization, execution and delivery and the enforceability of the Loan Documents), 5.5 (only as it relates to no violation of

 

85



 

the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party or any Requirement of Law), 5.11, 5.14, 5.16, 5.19, 5.20, 5.21 and 5.24 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent made as of a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such specific date).

 

(o)           Acquisition Agreement Representations and Warranties .  Each of the representations and warranties made by the Target in the Acquisition Agreement that are material to the interests of the Lenders shall be true and correct as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent made as of a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such specific date), but only to the extent the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has the right to terminate its obligations under the Acquisition Agreement as a result of a breach or inaccuracy of any such representation or warranty in the Acquisition Agreement.

 

(p)           Notices .  The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent the notice of borrowing for such extension of credit in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this Section 6.1, to the extent any Collateral is not provided (or any related required actions under this Section 6.1 are not taken) on the Closing Date after the Loan Parties’ use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so, the delivery of such Collateral (and the taking of the related required actions) shall not constitute a condition precedent to the extensions of credit under this Agreement on the Closing Date but shall instead be required to be delivered (or taken) after the Closing Date in accordance with the requirements of Section 7.10, except that (A) with respect to the perfection of security interests in UCC Filing Collateral, Holdings and the Borrower shall be obligated to deliver or cause to be delivered necessary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements to the Collateral Agent in proper form for filing and to irrevocably authorize and to cause the applicable Loan Parties to irrevocably authorize, the Collateral Agent to file necessary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and (B) with respect to perfection of security interests in Stock Certificates of the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries, Holdings and the Borrower shall be obligated to deliver to the Collateral Agent such Stock Certificates together with undated stock powers in blank.

 

6.2          Conditions to Each Extension of Credit After the Closing Date .  The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit (other than the amendment, modification, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit which does not increase the face amount of such Letter of Credit) requested to be made by it on any date after the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)           Representations and Warranties .  Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent made as of a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such specific date).

 

(b)           No Default .  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

 

(c)           Notices .  The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender, the notice of borrowing or Application, as the case may be, for such extension of credit in accordance with this Agreement.

 

86



 

Each borrowing by and issuance of a Letter of Credit (other than the amendment, modification, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit which does not increase the face amount of such Letter of Credit) on behalf of the Borrower hereunder after the Closing Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section 6.2 have been satisfied.

 

SECTION 7.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding, or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations, Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized and any amount owing under Specified Hedge Agreements and Specified Cash Management Agreements), Holdings shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

 

7.1          Financial Statements .  Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

 

(a)           as soon as available, but in any event within (x) one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2011 and (y) ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings, beginning with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2012, (i) a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income or operations, members’ equity and cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings for such fiscal year, as compared to amounts for the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts;

 

(b)           as soon as available, but in any event within (x) sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of Holdings, for any such quarter ending prior to December 31, 2012 and (y) forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of Holdings, for any such quarter ending after December 31, 2012, (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income or operations, and cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operation, and cash flows of Holdings in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes) and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, as compared to the comparable periods in the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts; and

 

(c)           at such time as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower, after the financial statements of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries are required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b), the Borrower shall participate in a conference call during normal business hours to discuss results of operations of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries with the Lenders.

 

87



 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b) or Section 7.2(d) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at www.incresearch.com (or such other website specified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent from time to time); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that, (x) to the extent the Administrative Agent so requests, the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (y) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by facsimile or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents.  The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to herein, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) Holdings’ financial statements are consolidated with its direct or indirect parent’ financial statements or (ii) any direct or indirect parent of Holdings is subject to periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and Holdings is not, then the requirement to deliver consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the related narrative discussion and analysis and opinion of an independent certified public accountant, as applicable, may be satisfied by delivering consolidated financial statements of such direct or indirect parent of Holdings accompanied by a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, consolidating adjustments, if any, attributable solely to such direct or indirect parent and any of its subsidiaries that are not Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and the related narrative discussion and analysis and opinion of an independent certified public accountant, as applicable, of such direct or indirect parent; provided that any such opinion of an independent certified public accountant shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 7.1(a)(i) above and shall relate solely to Holdings, its Subsidiaries, and such direct or indirect parent (as applicable) but, in the case of such indirect parent, only if such indirect parent has no direct or indirect Subsidiaries other than (i) the direct parent of Holdings, Holdings and its Subsidiaries and (ii) any intermediate parent that itself has no direct or indirect Subsidiaries other than the direct parent of Holdings, Holdings and its Subsidiaries and one or more other intermediate parents that meet the requirements of this clause (ii).

 

7.2          Certificates; Other Information .  Furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (as applicable):

 

(a)           concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b), (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing except as specified in such certificate, (ii) to the extent not previously disclosed and delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, a listing of any Intellectual Property which is the subject of a United States federal registration or federal application (including Intellectual Property included in the Collateral which was theretofore unregistered and becomes the subject of a United States federal registration or federal application) acquired by any Loan Party since the date of the most recent list delivered pursuant to this clause (ii) (or, in the case of the first such list so delivered, since the Closing Date), and, at the request of the Administrative Agent, promptly deliver to the Collateral Agent an Intellectual Property Security Agreement suitable for recordation in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, or such other instrument in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and undertake the filing of any instruments

 

88



 

or statements as shall be reasonably necessary to create, record, preserve, protect or perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Intellectual Property and (iii) a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations necessary for determining compliance by each Group Member with the provisions of this Agreement referred to therein as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the Borrower, as the case may be and, if applicable, for determining the Applicable Margins and Commitment Fee Rate;

 

(b)           as soon as available, and in any event no later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year shown on a quarterly basis (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Holdings stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions at the time prepared;

 

(c)           promptly after the same are filed, copies of all annual, regular or periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Loan Parties may file or be required to file with the SEC and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto; and

 

(d)           promptly, such additional financial and other information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request, including, without limitation, other information with respect to the Patriot Act.

 

7.3          Payment of Taxes .  Pay all Taxes, assessments, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority before they become delinquent, except (a) where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member or (b) where the failure to pay could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.4          Maintenance of Existence; Compliance .

 

(a)           (i)  Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence except as permitted hereunder and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, including, without limitation, all necessary Governmental Authorizations, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 8.4 and except, in the case of clause (i) above solely with respect to Holdings or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(b)           comply with all Organizational Documents and Requirements of Law (including, without limitation, and as applicable, ERISA and the Code) except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.5          Maintenance of Property; Insurance .  (a) Except as permitted by Section 8.5, keep all material Property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, subject to casualty, condemnation, ordinary wear and tear and obsolescence, and (b) maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies on all its Property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in

 

89



 

the same or a similar business.  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon its reasonable request, information in reasonable detail as to the insurance so maintained.  If any improvement located on any Mortgaged Property is at any time located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a Special Flood Hazard Area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto), then the Borrower shall, or shall cause each Loan Party to (i) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

7.6          Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions .  Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (b) permit representatives of the Administrative Agent who may be accompanied by any Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties (which inspection shall not include any invasive sampling of the Environment) and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with the officers of the Group Members and with their independent certified public accountants ( provided that the Borrower or its Subsidiaries may, at their option, have one or more employees or representatives present at any discussion with such accountants); provided that, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, only one (1) such visit in any calendar year shall be permitted and such visit shall be at the Borrower’s expense.

 

7.7          Notices .  Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent of:

 

(a)           the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

(b)           any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of any Group Member that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between any Group Member and any Governmental Authority, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)           the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit, litigation or proceeding, whether at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority (i) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) which relates to any Loan Document;

 

(d)           the following events, as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days after a Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtains actual knowledge thereof, except to the extent as such events could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Single Employer Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to any Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan, the creation of any Lien against the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan; and

 

90



 

(e)           any development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action, if any, the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

7.8          Environmental Laws .

 

(a)           Comply with, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply with and maintain, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws, except, in each case, to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)           Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws to address Materials of Environmental Concern, and promptly comply with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws, except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.9          Interest Rate Protection .  Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree), enter into, and thereafter maintain for a period of not less than thirty (30) months after the Closing Date, Hedge Agreements to the extent necessary to provide that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans is subject to either a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection.

 

7.10        Post-Closing; Additional Collateral, etc .

 

(a)           With respect to any property acquired after the Closing Date by any Group Member (other than (x) any property described in paragraph (b), (c), (d) or (e) below, (y) property acquired by any Group Member that is not a Loan Party and (z) property that is not required to become subject to Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents) as to which the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected Lien, promptly (but in any event within 60 days following such acquisition or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree) (i) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such amendments to the applicable Security Document or such other documents as the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property, and (ii) take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in such property, subject only to Liens permitted by Section 8.3, including, the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the applicable Security Document or by law and, in the case of Intellectual Property subject to a United States federal registration or federal application, the delivery for filing of an Intellectual Property Security Agreement suitable for recordation in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, or such other instrument in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, or as may be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent.

 

(b)           With respect to any fee interest in any real property having a value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $2,000,000 owned or acquired after the Closing Date by any Group Member (other than (x) any such real property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 8.3(g) and

 

91



 

(y) real property acquired by a Group Member that is not a Loan Party), promptly (but in any event within 90 days or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree) (i) execute and deliver a first priority Mortgage subject to Liens permitted under Section 8.3 hereof, in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such real property, (ii) provide the Secured Parties with a policy of title insurance (or marked up title insurance commitment having the effect of a policy of title insurance) covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real property (or such other amount as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent; provided that in jurisdictions that impose mortgage recording taxes, the Security Documents shall not secure indebtedness in an amount exceeding 105% of the fair market value of the Mortgaged Property, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Loan Parties and reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent), as well as a Survey or any existing survey in lieu thereof, each of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (iii) deliver to the Collateral Agent legal opinions relating to, among other things, the enforceability, due authorization, execution and delivery of the applicable Mortgage, which opinions shall be in customary form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and (iv) deliver to the Administrative Agent a “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Standard Flood Hazard Determination (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto), and if such Mortgaged Property is located in a special flood hazard area, evidence of flood insurance confirming that such insurance has been obtained and any and all other documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

(c)           With respect to any new Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary, Disregarded Domestic Person, Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary) created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Group Member (except that, for the purposes of this paragraph (c), the term Subsidiary shall include any existing Subsidiary that ceases to be a Foreign Subsidiary, Disregarded Domestic Person, Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary), promptly (but in any event within 60 days or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree) (i) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such Security Documents as the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by any Loan Party, (ii) deliver to the Collateral Agent the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, (iii) cause such new Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the applicable Security Documents, (B) to take such actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Liens permitted by Section 8.3 hereof) in all or substantially all, or any portion of the property of such new Subsidiary that is required to become subject to a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to the Loan Documents as the Collateral Agent shall determine, in its reasonable discretion, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Collateral Agent and (C) deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate of such Subsidiary, substantially in the form of Exhibit F, with appropriate insertions and attachments, and (iv) if reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in customary form and substance; provided that such opinions will only be given as to Subsidiaries other than Immaterial Subsidiaries.

 

(d)           With respect to any new “first-tier” Foreign Subsidiary created or acquired after the Closing Date (other than any Foreign Subsidiary excluded pursuant to Section 7.10(f)) by any Loan Party, promptly (but in any event within 60 days or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree) (A) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such Security Documents as the Collateral Agent deems reasonably

 

92



 

necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by any such Loan Party ( provided that in no event shall more than 65% of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock of any such new Subsidiary be required to be so pledged) and (B) deliver to the Collateral Agent the certificates representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, as the case may be, and take such other action as may be reasonably necessary or, in the opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein.

 

(e)           Within 60 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree), the Collateral Agent shall have received executed Intellectual Property Security Agreements.

 

(f)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.10, (x) paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 7.10 shall not apply to (i) any property, new Subsidiary or Capital Stock of a “first-tier” Foreign Subsidiary created or acquired after the Closing Date, as applicable, as to which the Administrative Agent and the Borrower have reasonably determined that (A) the collateral value thereof is insufficient to justify the cost, burden or consequences (including adverse tax consequences) of obtaining a perfected security interest therein, (B) under the law of such Foreign Subsidiary’s jurisdiction of formation, it is unlikely that the Collateral Agent would have the ability to enforce such security interest if granted or (C) such security interest would violate any applicable law; (ii) any property which is otherwise excluded or excepted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any corresponding section of any Security Document; or (iii) any Excluded Assets; and (y) no foreign law security or pledge agreements will be required.

 

7.11        Further Assurances .  From time to time execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional instruments, certificates or documents, and take all such actions, as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of implementing or effectuating the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or of more fully perfecting or renewing the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral (or with respect to any additions thereto or replacements or proceeds thereof or with respect to any other property or assets hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party which may be deemed to be part of the Collateral) pursuant hereto or thereto.  Upon the reasonable exercise by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents which requires any consent, approval, recording qualification or authorization of any Governmental Authority, the Borrower will execute and deliver, or will cause the execution and delivery of, all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or such Secured Party may be reasonably required to obtain from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for such governmental consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization.

 

7.12        Rated Credit Facility; Corporate Ratings .  Use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) cause the Facilities to be continuously rated by S&P and Moody’s and (b) cause the Borrower to continuously receive a public Corporate Family Rating and Corporate Rating (it being acknowledged and agreed, in each case, that no minimum ratings shall be required).

 

7.13        Use of Proceeds .  The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loans, together with the proceeds of the Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit, solely as set forth in Section 5.16.

 

7.14        Designation of Subsidiaries .  The Borrower shall be permitted to designate an existing or subsequently acquired or organized Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, so long as (a) no Default has occurred and is continuing

 

93



 

or would result therefrom, (b) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a pro forma basis with Section 8.1, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to Administrative Agent by the Borrower pursuant to Section 7.1, (c) such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be capitalized (to the extent capitalized by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) through Investments as permitted by, and in compliance with, Section 8.7, (d) without duplication of clause (c), any assets owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the initial designation thereof shall be treated as Investments pursuant to Section 8.7, and (e) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, certifying compliance with the requirements of preceding clauses (a) through (d), and containing the calculations and information required by the preceding clause (b).  The Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement (each, a “ Subsidiary Redesignation ”); provided that (i) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such Subsidiary Redesignation, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a pro forma basis with Section 8.1, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to Administrative Agent by the Borrower pursuant to Section 7.1, (iii) the representations and warranties set forth in Article 5 and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects immediately after giving effect to such Subsidiary Redesignation, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and (iv) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, certifying compliance with the requirements of preceding clauses (i) through (iii), and containing the calculations and information required by the preceding clause (ii); provided , further , that no Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been designated as a Subsidiary pursuant to a Subsidiary Redesignation may again be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 8.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Holdings and the Borrower hereby agree that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations, Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized and any amount owing under Specified Hedge Agreements or any Specified Cash Management Agreements), Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

 

8.1          Financial Condition Covenant .  Permit the Secured Leverage Ratio as at the last day of any period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending with any fiscal quarter set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter ending on the following dates:

 

Fiscal Quarter

 

Secured
Leverage Ratio

 

 

 

September 30, 2011

 

4.25 to 1.00

December 31, 2011

 

4.25 to 1.00

March 31, 2012

 

4.00 to 1.00

June 30, 2012

 

3.85 to 1.00

September 30, 2012

 

3.85 to 1.00

December 31, 2012

 

3.75 to 1.00

March 31, 2013

 

3.50 to 1.00

June 30, 2013

 

3.50 to 1.00

September 30, 2013

 

3.25 to 1.00

December 31, 2013

 

3.25 to 1.00

March 31, 2014

 

3.25 to 1.00

 

94



 

Fiscal Quarter

 

Secured
Leverage Ratio

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

3.00 to 1.00

September 30, 2014

 

3.00 to 1.00

December 31, 2014

 

2.75 to 1.00

March 31, 2015

 

2.75 to 1.00

June 30, 2015

 

2.75 to 1.00

September 30, 2015

 

2.75 to 1.00

December 31, 2015

 

2.50 to 1.00

March 31, 2016

 

2.50 to 1.00

June 30, 2016

 

2.50 to 1.00

September 30, 2016

 

2.50 to 1.00

December 31, 2016

 

2.50 to 1.00

March 31, 2017

 

2.50 to 1.00

June 30, 2017

 

2.50 to 1.00

September 30, 2017

 

2.50 to 1.00

December 31, 2017

 

2.50 to 1.00

March 31, 2018

 

2.50 to 1.00

June 30, 2018

 

2.50 to 1.00

 

8.2          Indebtedness .  Create, issue, incur, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(a)           Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document;

 

(b)           unsecured Indebtedness of (i) any Loan Party owed to any other Loan Party; (ii) any Loan Party owed to any Group Member; (iii) any Group Member that is not a Loan Party owed to any other Group Member that is not a Loan Party; and (iv) subject to Section 8.7(g), any Group Member that is not a Loan Party owed to a Loan Party; provided that (x) in the case of clauses (i) and (iv), any such Indebtedness is evidenced by, and subject to the provisions of, an intercompany note, which shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (y) in the case of any such Indebtedness of a Loan Party owed to a Group Member that is not a Loan Party, such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(c)           Guarantee Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by (i) any Group Member that is a Loan Party of obligations of any other Loan Party and, subject to Section 8.7(g), of any Group Member that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Group Member that is not a Loan Party of obligations of any Loan Party or any other Group Member;

 

(d)           Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 8.2 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

 

(e)           Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary secured by Liens permitted by Section 8.3(g), and any Permitted Refinancing thereof, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(f)            Hedge Agreements permitted under Section 8.11;

 

95


 

(g)           Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of performance, bid, surety, indemnity, appeal bonds, completion guarantees and other obligations of like nature and guarantees and/or obligations as an account party in respect of the face amount of letters of credit in respect thereof, in each case securing obligations not constituting Indebtedness for borrowed money (including worker’s compensation claims, environmental remediation and other environmental matters and obligations in connection with insurance or similar requirements) provided in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)           Indebtedness arising from the endorsement of instruments in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)            Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person became a Subsidiary of any Loan Party (such Person, an “ Acquired Person ”), together with all Indebtedness assumed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any acquisition permitted under Section 8.7, but only to the extent that (i) such Indebtedness was not created or incurred in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of such Loan Party or such acquisition, (ii) any Liens securing such Indebtedness attach only to the assets of the Acquired Person and (iii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, after giving pro forma effect to the acquisition, does not exceed 5.75 to 1.00;

 

(j)            Junior Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiary Guarantors; provided that the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, after giving pro forma effect thereto does not exceed 5.75 to 1.00;

 

(k)           Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten (10) Business Days of incurrence;

 

(l)            Indebtedness of Holdings or any Subsidiary that may be deemed to exist in connection with agreements providing for indemnification, purchase price adjustments, Earn-Out Obligations and similar obligations in connection with investments, acquisitions or sales of assets and/or businesses;

 

(m)          Indebtedness under the Senior Notes and Senior Notes Documents in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

 

(n)           Indebtedness arising from judgments or decrees not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.1(h);

 

(o)           Guarantee Obligations incurred by any Loan Party in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Section 8.2;

 

(p)           other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiary Guarantors in an aggregate principal amount (for the Borrower and all Subsidiary Guarantors) not in excess of $15,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(q)           Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties not in excess of $20,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

96



 

(r)            Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to future, present or former employees, officers, directors or consultants of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(s)            Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of any Group Member (or any spouses, successors, administrators, heirs or legatees of any of the foregoing) to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock permitted by Section 8.6(d);

 

(t)            Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

 

(u)           any Indebtedness of any Group Member that is not a Loan Party owing to another Group Member that is not a Loan Party under any Cash Pool Obligation; and

 

(v)           Indebtedness in respect of overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, payment facilities, cash management obligations and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.

 

8.3          Liens .  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:

 

(a)           Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies (i) that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days, (ii) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings that stay the enforcement of such claim; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in conformity with GAAP, (iii) that arise from government allowed payment plans providing for payment of Taxes over a period of time not to exceed one year that stay the enforcement of such Lien and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, or (iv) that are immaterial amounts;

 

(b)           Liens imposed by law, including, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than sixty (60) days (or, if more than sixty (60) days overdue, no action has been taken to enforce such Lien) or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture and sale of the property or assets subject to any such Lien;

 

(c)           pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, or letters of credit or guarantees issued in respect thereof, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA with respect to a Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan;

 

(d)           pledges or deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business or letters of credit or guarantees issued in respect thereof;

 

(e)           easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, restrictions, covenants, licenses, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business, and minor title deficiencies, in each case that do not in any case individually or in the

 

97



 

aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(f)            Liens in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 8.3 and any renewals or extensions of any of the foregoing; provided that no such Lien is spread to cover any additional property after the Closing Date (other than improvements thereon) and the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted by Section 8.2(d);

 

(g)           Liens securing Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 8.2(e) to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets; provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased other than as permitted by Section 8.2(e);

 

(h)           Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents or any other Loan Document;

 

(i)            Liens approved by Collateral Agent appearing on the policies of title insurance being issued in connection with any Mortgages;

 

(j)            any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased;

 

(k)           licenses, leases or subleases granted to third parties or Group Members in the ordinary course of business which, individually or in the aggregate, do not (i) materially impair the use (for its intended purposes) or the value of the property subject thereto or (ii) materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(l)            Liens securing judgments not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.1(h) or securing appeal or other surety bonds related to such judgments;

 

(m)          the filing of UCC financing statements solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases and consignment arrangements;

 

(n)           Liens existing on property acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary at the time such property is so acquired (whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed) and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of such acquisition, (ii) such Lien does not extend to any other property of any Group Member not subject to such Lien at the time of acquisition (other than improvements thereon) and (iii) the Indebtedness secured by such Liens is permitted by Section 8.2(i);

 

(o)           (i) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by any Group Member, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that, unless such Liens are nonconsensual and arise by operation of law, in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Indebtedness, and (ii) Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection;

 

98



 

(p)           Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law and in the ordinary course of business to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

(q)           statutory and common law landlords’ liens under leases to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party;

 

(r)            Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties securing indebtedness of such Subsidiaries to the extent the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 8.2;

 

(s)            Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations secured thereby do not exceed $15,000,000 at any one time;

 

(t)            Liens arising by virtue of deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability for premiums to insurance carriers or Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.2(v);

 

(u)           Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business;

 

(v)           licenses of Intellectual Property granted by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business of the Group Members;

 

(w)          Liens (i) on deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in any Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment permitted by this Agreement to be applied against the purchase price for such Permitted Acquisition or Investment, (ii) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a permitted Disposition and (iii) earnest money deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents made by any Group Member in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder; and

 

(x)           Liens on cash on deposit in an escrow arrangement reasonably satisfactory to MSSF for the Convertible Notes pending maturity thereof.

 

8.4          Fundamental Changes .  Merge into, amalgamate or consolidate with any Person, or permit any other Person to merge into, amalgamate or consolidate with it, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of, all or substantially all of its property or business, except that:

 

(a)           any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged, consolidated or be amalgamated (i) with or into the Borrower ( provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation), (ii) with or into any other Subsidiary of the Borrower ( provided that if only one party to such transaction is a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation) or (iii) subject to Section 8.7(g), with or into any other Group Member;

 

(b)           any Subsidiary of the Borrower may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or, subject to Section 8.7(g) (to the extent applicable), any other Group Member;

 

99



 

(c)           any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may (i) merge, consolidate  or otherwise combine (including via contribution or sale) with or into any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or (ii) dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (including any Disposition that is in the nature of a voluntary liquidation) to (x) another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or (y) to a Loan Party;

 

(d)           any Subsidiary may enter into any merger, consolidation or similar transaction with another Person to effect a transaction permitted under Section 8.7;

 

(e)           transactions permitted under Section 8.5 shall be permitted; and

 

(f)            any Subsidiary of the Borrower may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time; provided that such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as applicable, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof from being converted into, or reorganized or reconstituted as a limited liability company, limited partnership or corporation; provided that (i) the Administrative Agent shall have been provided at least 10 days’ prior written notice of such change (or such other period acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) and (ii) the relevant Group Member shall take all such actions and execute all such documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in connection therewith.

 

8.5          Disposition of Property .  Dispose of any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, issue or sell any shares of the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to any Person, except:

 

(a)           Dispositions of obsolete, damaged, uneconomic or worn out machinery, parts, property or equipment, or property or equipment no longer used or useful, in the conduct of its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired;

 

(b)           the sale of inventory and owned or leased vehicles, each in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)           Dispositions permitted by Sections 8.4(a), (b), (c), (d) and (f);

 

(d)           the sale or issuance of any Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or, if such Subsidiary is not a Loan Party, to any other Group Member;

 

(e)           any Subsidiary of the Borrower may Dispose of any assets to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or, subject to Section 8.7(g) (to the extent applicable), any other Group Member, and any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor may Dispose of any assets, or issue or sell Capital Stock, to any other Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

(f)            Dispositions of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business in transactions not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement;

 

(g)           licenses granted by the Loan Parties with respect to Intellectual Property, or leases or subleases, granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business which, individually or in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

100



 

(h)           the Disposition of other property having a fair market value not to exceed $20,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower; provided that at least 75% of the consideration received in connection therewith consists of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(i)            the issuance or sale of shares of any Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to qualify directors if required by applicable law;

 

(j)            Dispositions or exchanges of equipment or real property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

 

(k)           Dispositions of leases entered into in the ordinary course of business, to the extent that they do not materially interfere with the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(l)            the abandonment or other Disposition of Intellectual Property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain and material in the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(m)          the Disposition of Property which constitutes a Recovery Event;

 

(n)           Dispositions consisting of the sale, transfer, assignment or other Disposition of accounts receivable in connection with the collection, compromise or settlement thereof in the ordinary course of business and not as part of a financing transaction;

 

(o)           Investments in compliance with Section 8.7;

 

(p)           dispositions of non-core assets acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $3,000,000 per calendar year;

 

(q)           the disposition of property which constitutes, or which is subject to, a Recovery Event;

 

(r)            Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

(s)            sale or issuances of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings to future, present or former employees, officers, directors or consultants in respect of compensation of services;

 

(t)            the unwinding of any Hedge Agreements; and

 

(u)                                  Dispositions listed on Schedule 8.5.

 

8.6          Restricted Payments .  Declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely in common stock or other common equity interests of the Person making such dividend) on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Group Member, in each case, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof,

 

101



 

either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of Holdings or any Subsidiary (collectively, “ Restricted Payments ”), except that:

 

(a)           any Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person that owns a direct equity interest in such Subsidiary in proportion to such Person’s ownership interest in such Subsidiary;

 

(b)           each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower and to Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary, to the Borrower and any Subsidiary and to each other owner of Capital Stock or other equity interests of such Subsidiary on a pro rata basis based on their relative ownership interests);

 

(c)           so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, Holdings may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of its common stock or other common equity interests or warrants or options to acquire any such shares, in each case, to the extent consideration therefor consists of the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of Qualified Capital Stock (other than any Specified Equity Contribution);

 

(d)           (i) Holdings may make a Restricted Payment to (or to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to) pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) held by any future, present or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of any Group Member (or any spouses, successors, administrators, heirs or legatees of any of the foregoing) upon the death, disability or termination of employment or services of such individual, and (ii) any Group Member may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any Capital Stock from the present or former employees, officers, directors and consultants of any Group Member (or any spouses, successors, administrators, heirs or legatees of any of the foregoing) pursuant to the terms of any employee stock option, incentive stock or other equity-based plan or arrangement; provided that the aggregate amount of payments under this clause (d) shall not exceed in any fiscal year $5,000,000 (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried over to succeeding fiscal years subject to a maximum of $10,000,000 in any fiscal year) plus, in each case, (x) any proceeds received by any Group Member after the date hereof in connection with the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock (other than any Specified Equity Contribution) that are used for the purposes described in this clause (d)  plus (y) the net cash proceeds of any “key-man” life insurance policies of any Group Member that have not been used to make any repurchases, redemptions or payments under this clause (d);

 

(e)           so long as (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (y) after giving pro forma effect to the payment of such Restricted Payment, the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 8.1 as of the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) and (b) and (z) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate evidencing compliance with clauses (x) and (y), Holdings and the Borrower may make Restricted Payments (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000 plus (ii) if the Available Amount Condition has been met, the Available Amount;

 

(f)            Holdings may make Permitted Tax Distributions;

 

(g)           (i) to the extent actually used by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to pay such taxes, costs and expenses, the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to or on behalf of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in an amount sufficient to pay franchise

 

102



 

taxes and other fees required to maintain the legal existence of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), (ii) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to or on behalf of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in an amount sufficient to pay out-of-pocket legal, accounting and filing costs and other expenses in the nature of overhead in the ordinary course of business of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 in any fiscal year and (iii) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to or on behalf of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to enable Holdings to pay fees, salaries, bonuses, expenses and indemnities owing to directors, officers and employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries;

 

(h)           the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) the proceeds of which are used to make cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options, or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock in an amount not to exceed $200,000 in any fiscal year;

 

(i)            Holdings may make Restricted Payments constituting non-cash repurchases of Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants (or equivalent) if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

 

(j)            to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, any Group Member may enter into transactions expressly permitted by Sections 8.4, 8.5 and 8.7;

 

(k)           (a) the payment of annual fees to any Sponsor or any of its Affiliates pursuant to the Management Agreement in an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed $500,000, (b) dividends or distributions pursuant to the Class C Agreement in an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed $500,000; (c) (i) payments of indemnification and third-party expense reimbursements under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement and Management Agreement and (ii) other payments under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement or other fees under the Management Agreement and the Class C Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000; provided that, payments pursuant to this clause (ii) in any calendar year do not exceed $5,000,000, in each case as such agreements are in effect on the Closing Date or as such agreements may be amended in accordance with Section 8.9;

 

(l)            the Borrower may make Restricted Payments on its common stock (or Restricted Payments to Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof to fund Restricted Payments on such entity’s common stock), following the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering after the Closing Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower in or from any Qualified Public Offering;

 

(m)          the Group Members may make Restricted Payments on the Closing Date to fund the Transactions as described in the Confidential Information Memorandum, including immediately after the LLC Conversion, the Target may redeem the one Class B unit held by Avista for a redemption price not to exceed $100; and

 

(n)           the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings to fund Restricted Payments to be made by Holdings pursuant to clause (c), (d), (e), (f) or (k) of this Section 8.6.

 

103



 

8.7          Investments .  Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guaranty or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business line or unit of, or a division of, or make any other investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, “ Investments ”), except:

 

(a)           extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)           Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(c)           Guarantee Obligations permitted by Section 8.2;

 

(d)           loans and advances to present or prospective officers, directors and employees of any Group Member in the ordinary course of business (including for travel, entertainment, relocation and similar expenses) in an aggregate amount for all Group Members not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(e)           the Acquisition and the Transactions related thereto;

 

(f)            intercompany Investments by (i) any Group Member in any Loan Party; provided that all such intercompany Investments to the extent such Investment is a loan or advance owed to a Loan Party are evidenced by an intercompany note and (ii) any Group Member that is not a Loan Party to any other Group Member that is not a Loan Party;

 

(g)           intercompany Investments by any Loan Party in any Subsidiary, that, after giving effect to such Investment, is not a Subsidiary Guarantor (including, without limitation, Guarantee Obligations with respect to obligations of any such Subsidiary, loans made to any such Subsidiary, Investments resulting from mergers with or sales of assets to any such Subsidiary and Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries) and Investments by any Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in an amount (valued at cost) not to exceed $20,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(h)           Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit or lease, utility and other similar deposits and deposits with suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)            Permitted Acquisitions, including Investments by any Loan Party in any Foreign Subsidiary the proceeds of which are promptly used by such Foreign Subsidiary (directly or indirectly through another Foreign Subsidiary) to consummate a Permitted Acquisition of Persons organized under the laws of, and/or assets located in, a jurisdiction other than the United States or any State thereof (and pay fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith);

 

(j)            Investments consisting of Hedge Agreements permitted by Section 8.11;

 

(k)           Investments existing as of the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 8.7 and any extension or renewal thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment is not increased at the time of such extension or renewal;

 

(l)            Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors or other Persons to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss or in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers and in settlement

 

104



 

of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, suppliers or customers arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)          Investments received as consideration in connection with Dispositions permitted under Section 8.5 and Investments as consideration for services provided by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

 

(n)           so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, in addition to Investments otherwise expressly permitted by this Section, Investments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount (valued at cost, if applicable) not to exceed (i) $15,000,000 at any time outstanding plus (ii) if the Available Amount Condition has been met, the Available Amount.

 

(o)           Investments by a Group Member that is not a Loan Party in the form of Cash Pool Obligations;

 

(p)           loans and advances to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in accordance with Section 8.6;

 

(q)           promissory notes or other obligations of directors, officers, employees or consultants of a Group Member in connection with such directors’, officers’, employees’ or consultants’ purchase of Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), so long as no cash or Cash Equivalent is advanced by any Group Member in connection with such Investment;

 

(r)            purchases and other acquisitions of inventory, materials, equipment and intangible property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(s)            Leases, licenses and sublicenses of real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(t)            mergers and consolidations in compliance with Section 8.4 (other than Section 8.4(d));

 

(u)           purchase of joint venture interests in the Existing Joint Ventures from the Group Members’ partners in such Existing Joint Ventures pursuant to the terms of the Existing Joint Ventures as in effect on the Closing Date; and

 

(v)           Investments in joint ventures not to exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding.

 

8.8          Optional Payments and Modifications of Certain Debt Instruments .

 

(a)           (i) Make or offer to make any optional or voluntary payment, prepayment, repurchase or redemption of or otherwise optionally or voluntarily defease or segregate funds with respect to any Junior Financing except for (A) Permitted Refinancings and (B) payments in the aggregate pursuant to this clause (i)(B) not to exceed the Available Amount during the term of this Agreement; provided that in the case of this clause (i)(B) (w) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (x) after giving pro forma effect to any such payment, the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 8.1 as of the date of the most recent financial

 

105


 

statements delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) and (b), (y) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate evidencing compliance with clauses (w) and (x) and (z) the Available Amount Condition has been met; (ii) amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Junior Financing (other than any amendment that is not materially adverse to the Lenders, it being agreed that any amendment, modification, waiver or other change that, in the case of any Junior Indebtedness, would extend the maturity or reduce the amount of any payment of principal thereof or reduce the rate or extend any date for payment of interest thereon is not materially adverse to the Lenders); or (iii) amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Qualified Capital Stock that would cause such Qualified Capital Stock to become Disqualified Capital Stock.

 

(b)                                  Amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Organizational Document of any Loan Party or any Pledged Company if such amendment, modification, waiver or change could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.9                                Transactions with Affiliates .  Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by Holdings or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, except :

 

(a)                                  transactions between Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

 

(b)                                  loans or advances to directors, officers and employees permitted under Section 8.7(d) and transactions permitted by Sections 8.2(r), 8.2(s) and 8.7(q);

 

(c)                                   the payment of reasonable and customary fees, compensation, benefits and incentive arrangements paid or provide to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower, Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(d)                                  (i) any issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by Holdings’ board of managers (or similar governing body) or the senior management thereof and (ii) any repurchases of any issuances, awards or grants issued pursuant to clause (i), in each case, to the extent permitted by Section 8.6;

 

(e)                                   employment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business between Holdings or any Subsidiary and any employee thereof;

 

(f)                                    any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 8.6;

 

(g)                                   the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions as set forth in the Confidential Information Memorandum;

 

(h)                                  the payment of transaction, management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees, related expenses and indemnification payments to the Sponsors and their Affiliates pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Class C Agreement and the Expense Reimbursement Agreement, in each case not to exceed permitted payments set forth in Section 8.6(k) and as in effect on

 

106



 

the Closing Date and the termination fees pursuant to the Management Agreement, Class C Agreement or Expense Reimbursement Agreement, or any amendments thereto (so long as any such amendment is not materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the Borrower to the Lenders, when taken as a whole);

 

(i)                                      Intellectual Property licenses to Group Members in existence on the Closing Date;

 

(j)                                     sales of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings to Affiliates of the Borrower not otherwise prohibited by the Loan Documents and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith;

 

(k)                                  any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by any Loan Party is Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings;

 

(l)                                      transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods and services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise not prohibited by the Loan Documents;

 

(m)                              transactions in the ordinary course of business with (i) Unrestricted Subsidiaries or (ii) joint ventures in which Holdings or a Subsidiary thereof holds or acquires an ownership interest (whether by way of Capital Stock or otherwise) so long as the terms of any such transactions are no less favorable to Holdings or Subsidiary participating in such joint ventures than they are to other joint venture partners; and

 

(n)                                  the transactions listed on Schedule 8.9 hereto.

 

8.10                         Sales and Leasebacks .  Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any Person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred unless (i) the sale of such property is permitted by Section 8.5 and (ii) any Liens arising in connection with its use of such property are permitted by Section 8.3.

 

8.11                         Hedge Agreements .  Enter into any Hedge Agreement, except (a) Hedge Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes, (b) Hedge Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of Holdings or any Subsidiary and (c) any Hedge Agreements required to be entered into pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

8.12                         Changes in Fiscal Periods .  Permit any change in the fiscal year of the Borrower; provided that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

 

8.13                         Negative Pledge Clauses .  Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits, limits or imposes any condition upon the ability of any Group Member to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or revenues, whether now owned or

 

107



 

hereafter acquired other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby), (c) the Senior Notes Documents and any Permitted Refinancing thereof, (d) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (e) customary provisions in leases, licenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, (f) any other agreement that does not restrict in any manner (directly or indirectly) Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents or any Collateral securing the Obligations and does not require the direct or indirect granting of any Lien securing any Indebtedness or other obligation by virtue of the granting of Liens on or pledge of Property of any Loan Party to secure the Obligations and (g) any prohibition or limitation that (i) exists pursuant to applicable Requirements of Law, (ii) consists of customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to any transaction permitted under Section 8.4 or the sale of any property permitted under Section 8.5, (iii) restricts subletting or assignment of leasehold interests contained in any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Group Member, (iv) exists in any agreement in effect at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (v) exists in any instrument governing Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the Properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the Properties or assets of the Person so acquired or (vi) is imposed by any amendments or refinancings that are otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents or the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clause (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g)(iv) or (g)(v); provided that such amendments and refinancings are no more materially restrictive with respect to such prohibitions and limitations than those in effect prior to such amendment or refinancing (as determined in good faith and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, certified in writing to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower).

 

8.14                         Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions .  Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) make loans or advances to, or other Investments in, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower or (c) transfer any of its assets to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(i)                              any restrictions existing under (x) the Loan Documents and (y) the Senior Note Documents and any Permitted Refinancing thereof,

 

(ii)                           any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary,

 

(iii)                        any restrictions set forth in the agreement governing any Junior Indebtedness so long as the restrictions set forth therein are not materially more restrictive than the corresponding provisions in the Loan Documents,

 

(iv)                       any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby),

 

108



 

(v)                          restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof identified on Schedule 8.14 (but not to any amendment or modification expanding the scope or duration of any such restriction or condition),

 

(vi)                       restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to Liens permitted by this Agreement but solely to the extent that such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets subject to such permitted Lien,

 

(vii)                    customary provisions in leases, licenses and other contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business restricting the assignment thereof,

 

(viii)                 customary restrictions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted hereunder and applicable solely to such joint venture,

 

(ix)                       any agreement of a Foreign Subsidiary governing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred or permitted to exist under Section 8.2,

 

(x)                          any agreement or arrangement already binding on a Subsidiary when it is acquired so long as such agreement or arrangement was not created in anticipation of such acquisition;

 

(xi)                       Requirements of Law;

 

(xii)                    customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to any transaction permitted under Section 8.4 or the sale of any property permitted under Section 8.5 pending the consummation of such transaction or sale;

 

(xiii)                 any agreement in effect at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such agreement was not entered into in connection with or in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower;

 

(xiv)                any instrument governing Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the Properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the Properties or assets of the Person so acquired; or

 

(xv)                   any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments or refinancings that are otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents or the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clause (vi), (x), (xiii) or (xiv) of this Section; provided that such amendments or refinancings are no more materially restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those in effect prior to such amendment or refinancing (as determined in good faith and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, certified in writing to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower).

 

8.15                         Lines of Business .  Enter into any business, either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which Holdings and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement (after giving effect to the Transactions) or that are reasonably related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto.

 

109



 

8.16                         Holding Company .  In the case of Holdings, engage in any business or activity other than (a) the ownership of all outstanding Capital Stock in the Borrower, (b) maintaining its corporate existence, (c) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative activities as a member of the consolidated group of companies, that includes the Loan Parties, (d) the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the Senior Note Documents to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations thereunder, (e) the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Holdings pursuant to Section 8.2, (f) the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition so long as any assets acquired in connection with such Permitted Acquisition are owned by the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower immediately following such Permitted Acquisition, (g) Restricted Payments permitted to be made or received by Holdings under Section 8.6, (h) the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering or any other issuance of its Capital Stock, (i) any transaction that Holdings is expressly permitted or contemplated to enter into or consummate under this Section 8, and (j) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (a) through (i) of this Section.

 

SECTION 9.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

9.1                                Events of Default .  If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

 

(a)                                  the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, fee or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within five (5) days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

 

(b)                                  any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

 

(c)                                   any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 7.4(a) (with respect to the Borrower only), Section 7.7(a) or Section 8 of this Agreement; or

 

(d)                                  any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after any such days after notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent; or

 

(e)                                   any Group Member (i) defaults in making any payment of any principal of any Material Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation or Hedge Agreement that constitutes Material Indebtedness, but excluding the Loans) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) defaults in making any payment of any interest on any such Material Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) defaults in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Material Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Material Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Material Indebtedness to become due

 

110



 

prior to its stated maturity or to become subject to a mandatory offer to purchase by the obligor thereunder or (in the case of any such Material Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable; or

 

(f)                                    (i) any Group Member (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any Group Member (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of sixty (60) days; or (iii) there shall be commenced any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of the assets of the Group Members, taken as a whole, that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days after any such days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Group Member (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

 

(g)                                   (i)  any failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, shall occur with respect to any Single Employer Plan or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan shall arise on the assets of the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (ii) a Reportable Event shall occur, or proceedings shall commence under Section 4042 of ERISA to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, with respect to a Single Employer Plan, (iii) any Single Employer Plan shall be terminated under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, (iv)  any withdrawal by the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity from a Single Employer Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) shall occur or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA shall occur, (v) any Group Member or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or is reasonably likely to, incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan, (vi)  any failure to make a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan shall occur, (vii) the occurrence of any event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Single Employer Plan, or (viii) any Group Member shall engage in any nonexempt “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (viii) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(h)                                  one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Group Member and the same shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal for a period of 30 consecutive days and any such judgments or decrees either (i) is for the payment of money, individually or in the aggregate (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the

 

111



 

relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage), of $10,000,000 or more or (ii) is for injunctive relief and could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or

 

(i)                                      any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party shall so assert, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby (except to the extent the loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing Collateral or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements); or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party shall so assert in writing; or

 

(j)                                     the guarantee contained in Section 2 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party shall so assert in writing; or

 

(k)                                  a Change of Control occurs; or

 

(l)                                      (i) any of the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents for any reason shall cease to be “senior debt,” “senior indebtedness,” “designated senior debt,” “guarantor senior debt” or “senior secured financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Junior Financing Documentation, (ii) the subordination provisions set forth in any Junior Financing Documentation shall, in whole or in part, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, bonding and enforceable against the holders of any Junior Financing, if applicable, or (iii) any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, shall assert any of the foregoing in writing;

 

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in paragraph (f) above with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken:  (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower declare the Revolving Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Revolving Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.  With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit.  Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in accordance with the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.  After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall have been paid in

 

112



 

full, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto).  Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

 

9.2                                Borrower’s Right to Cure .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 9.1, in the event of any Event of Default or potential Event of Default under the covenant set forth in Sections 8.1 with respect to any fiscal quarter, at any time during such fiscal quarter and until the expiration of the tenth (10th) Business Day after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to the applicable fiscal quarter hereunder, if Holdings receives a Specified Equity Contribution, Holdings may apply the amount of the net cash proceeds thereof to increase Consolidated EBITDA with respect to such applicable quarter; provided that (i) such net cash proceeds (x) are actually received by Holdings as cash equity other than Disqualified Capital Stock (including through capital contribution of such net cash proceeds to Holdings) no later than ten (10) Business Days after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to such fiscal quarter hereunder and (y) are Not Otherwise Applied; (ii) in each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (iii) no more than four Specified Equity Contributions shall be made in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement; (iv) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no more than the amount required to cause Holdings to be in pro forma compliance with Section 8.1 for any applicable period; (v) all Specified Equity Contributions shall be disregarded for purposes of determining any baskets with respect to the covenants contained in this Agreement, the calculation of the Available Amount and the application of the Pricing Grid; and (vi) there shall be no pro forma reduction in Indebtedness with the proceeds of any Specified Equity Contribution for determining compliance with Section 8.1.

 

SECTION 10.  THE AGENTS

 

10.1                         Appointment .

 

(a)                                  Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) hereby irrevocably designates and appoints each Agent as the agent of such Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) irrevocably authorizes such Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or other Secured Party, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Agent.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Secured Parties hereby irrevocable designates and appoints General Electric Capital Corporation as collateral agent of such Secured Party under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Secured Party irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf as are necessary or advisable with respect to the Collateral under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The Collateral Agent hereby accepts such appointment.

 

10.2                         Delegation of Duties .  Each Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.  No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

 

113



 

10.3                         Exculpatory Provisions .  Neither any Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders or any other Secured Party for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agents under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement or for any failure of any Loan Party a party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  The Agents shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party.

 

10.4                         Reliance by Agents .  Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall deem and treat the Lender specified in the Register with respect to any amount owing hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent.  Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or the Majority Facility Lenders) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  The Agents shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or the Majority Facility Lenders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans and all other Secured Parties.

 

10.5                         Notice of Default .  No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless such Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.”  In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders.  The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or any other instructing group of Lenders specified by this Agreement); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Secured Parties.

 

10.6                         Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders .  Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) expressly acknowledges that neither the Agents nor any of their respective

 

114



 

officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender or any other Secured Party.  Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) represents to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any other Secured Party, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement, any Specified Hedge Agreement or any Specified Cash Management Agreement.  Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any other Secured Party, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,  any Specified Hedge Agreement or any Specified Cash Management Agreement, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates.  Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender or any other Secured Party with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

 

10.7                         Indemnification .  To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 11.5 to be paid by it to any Agent Related Party (or any sub-agent thereof), each Lender severally agrees to pay to such Agent Related Party (or any such sub-agent thereof) such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that (a) the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against any Agent Related Party (or any such sub-agent thereof) and (b) no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense that is found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

10.8                         Agent in Its Individual Capacity .  Each Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party as though such Agent were not an Agent.  With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or participated in by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender,” “Lenders,” “Secured Party” and “Secured Parties” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

 

10.9                         Successor Administrative Agent; Resignation of Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender .  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may resign as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, respectively, upon ten (10) Business Days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower.  If the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall

 

115



 

(unless an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or Section 9.1(f) with respect to the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing) be subject to approval by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, and the term “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent,” as applicable, shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans.  If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, by the date that is ten (10) Business Days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Required Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.  After any retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, resignation as Administrative Agent or retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation as Collateral Agent, as applicable, the provisions of this Section 10 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

10.10                  Agents Generally .  The Joint Lead Arrangers and the Joint Bookrunners shall not have any duties or responsibilities hereunder in its capacity as such.

 

10.11                  Lender Action .  Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents, the Specified Hedge Agreements or the Specified Cash Management Agreements (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceeds, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any Lender from filing proofs of claim during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any bankruptcy or other debtor relief law.

 

10.12                  Withholding Tax .  To the extent required by any applicable law, an Agent shall withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equal to any applicable withholding Tax.  If the IRS or any Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Agent did not properly withhold Tax from any amount paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent (to the extent that the Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrower to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties, additions to Tax or interest thereon, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Government Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Agent.  The agreements in this Section 10.12 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement

 

116



 

of the Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Loans and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under this Agreement.

 

SECTION 11.  MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1                         Amendments and Waivers .  Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1.  The Required Lenders and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (a) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall:

 

(i)                              forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or forgive or reduce any interest or fee payable hereunder (except (x) in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates, which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Required Lenders and (y) that any amendment or modification of the financial covenants or defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (i)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided that neither any amendment, modification or waiver of a mandatory prepayment required hereunder, nor any amendment of Section 4.2 or any related definitions including Asset Sale, Excess Cash Flow, or Recovery Event, shall constitute a reduction of the amount of, or an extension of the scheduled date of, any principal installment of any Loan or Note or other amendment, modification or supplement to which this clause (i) is applicable;

 

(ii)                           eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 11.1 without the written consent of such Lender;

 

(iii)                        reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release Holdings or all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders;

 

(iv)                       reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Facility Lenders with respect to any Facility without the written consent of all Lenders under such Facility;

 

(v)                          amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10 or any other provision in any manner which increases the obligations or diminishes the rights of any Agent without the written consent of each Agent adversely affected thereby;

 

117


 

(vi)                       amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3.3, 3.4 or 3.15 without the written consent of the Swingline Lender;

 

(vii)                    amend, modify or waive any provision of Sections 3.7 to 3.15 without the written consent of the Issuing Lender; and

 

(viii)                 release all or substantially all of the Guarantors or the Collateral, except as otherwise may be provided in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Agents shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with a replacement term loan tranche hereunder (“ Replacement Term Loans ”); provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans plus accrued interest, fees and expenses related thereto, (b) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the weighted average life to maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of the applicable Term Loans) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

 

If, in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination requiring the consent of all (or all affected) Lenders (including all Lenders under a single Facility), the consent of the Required Lenders (or Majority Facility Lenders, as the case may be) is obtained, but the consent of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained being referred to as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), then, so long as the Administrative Agent is not a Non-Consenting Lender, the Administrative Agent or a Person reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent shall have the right but not the obligation to purchase at par from such Non-Consenting Lenders, and such Non-Consenting Lenders agree that they shall, upon the Administrative Agent’s request, sell and assign to the Administrative Agent or such Person, all of the Term Loans and Revolving Commitments of such Non-Consenting Lenders for an amount equal to the principal balance of all such Term Loans and any outstanding Revolving Loans held by such Non-Consenting Lenders and all accrued interest and fees with respect thereto through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated pursuant to an executed Assignment and Assumption.  In addition to the foregoing, the Borrower may replace any Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to Section 4.13.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended (or amended and restated), modified or supplemented with the written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, so long as such amendment, modification or supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Lender or the Issuing Lender, (b) to add one or more additional credit facilities with respect to Incremental Term Loans

 

118



 

to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans, as applicable, and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (c) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and Majority Facility Lenders; provided that the conditions set forth in Section 2.4 are satisfied.

 

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Lender will not be entitled to vote in respect of amendments and waivers hereunder and the Commitment and the outstanding Loans or other extensions of credit of such Lender hereunder will not be taken into account in determining whether the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders, as required, have approved any such amendment or waiver (and the definitions of “Required Lenders” and “Majority Facility Lenders” will automatically be deemed modified accordingly for the duration of such period); provided that, subject to the limitations set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 11.1, any such amendment or waiver that would increase or extend the term of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, extend the date fixed for the payment of principal or interest owing to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, reduce the principal amount of any obligation owing to such Defaulting Lender, reduce the amount of or the rate or amount of interest on any amount owing to such Defaulting Lender or of any fee payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, or alter the terms of this proviso, will require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

 

11.2                         Notices .

 

(a)                                  All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be either (i) in writing (including telecopy or e-mail communication) and mailed, telecopied or delivered or (ii) as and to the extent set forth in Section 11.2(b) and in the proviso to this Section 11.2(a), in an electronic medium and as delivered as set forth in Section 11.2(b) if to the Borrower, at its address at 3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600, Raleigh, North Carolina 27604, Attention:  Chief Financial Officer, E-mail Address: dgill@incresearch.com, Fax No.:  919.334.3651, and a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Avista Capital Partners, LP, at its address at 65 East 55th Street, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attention:  Sriram Venkataraman, E-mail Address:  venkataraman@avistacap.com, Fax No.:  (212) 593-6939, Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, at its address at 5650 Yonge Street, Toronto, ON M2M 4H5, Attention:  Terry Woodward, E-mail Address:  terry_woodward@otpp.com, Fax No.:  416 730-5082, Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, at its address at 767 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10153, Attention:  Andrew J. Yoon, E-mail Address:  andrew.yoon@weil.com, Fax No.:  (212) 310-8007, and Torys LLP, at its address at 237 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention:  Jonathan B. Wiener, E-mail Address:  jwiener@torys.com, Fax No.:  (212) 682-0200; if to the Collateral Agent, at its address at 2 Bethesda Metro Center, Suite 600, Bethesda, MD 20817, Attention: INC Research Account Manager, Fax No: (866) 231-6698; or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties; if to the Administrative Agent, at its address at 2 Bethesda Metro Center, Suite 600, Bethesda, MD 20817, Attention: INC Research Account Manager, Fax No: (866) 231-6698; or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties provided , however , that materials and information described in Section 11.2(b) shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions thereof or as otherwise specified to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent.  All such notices and other communications shall, when mailed, be effective four days after having been mailed by regular mail, one Business Day after having been mailed by overnight courier, and when telecopied or E-mailed, be effective when properly transmitted, except that notices and communications to any Agent pursuant to Sections 2, 3, 4, 6 and 10 shall not be effective until received by such Agent. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes or

 

119



 

of any Exhibit hereto to be executed and delivered hereunder shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower hereby agrees that it will provide to the Administrative Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (i) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, borrowing or other extension of credit (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (ii) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) provides notice of any default or event of default under this Agreement or (iv) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any borrowing or other extension of credit hereunder (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “ Communications ”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to an electronic address specified by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower. In addition, the Borrower agrees to continue to provide the Communications to the Agents in the manner specified in the Loan Documents but only to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)                                   THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS, OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF SUCH PERSON IS FOUND IN A FINAL, NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED FROM SUCH PERSON’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.  NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ADVISORS OR REPRESENTATIVES (COLLECTIVELY, “ ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PARTIES ”) HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO THE BORROWER, ANY LENDER PARTY OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF THE BORROWER’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET.

 

The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Loan Documents.  Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Loan Documents.  Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (ii) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.  Nothing

 

120



 

herein shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document in any other manner specified in such Loan Document.

 

11.3                         No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

11.4                         Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding and so long as the Commitments of any Lender have not been terminated.

 

11.5                         Payment of Expenses .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower agrees (i) to pay or reimburse each Agent and the Joint Bookrunners for all of their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with the syndication of the Facilities and incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, any security arrangements in connection therewith and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable invoiced fees and disbursements of counsel to such parties ( provided that, unless there is a conflict of interest, such fees and disbursements shall not include fees and disbursements for more than one primary counsel and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction) and filing and recording fees and expenses, with statements with respect to the foregoing to be submitted to the Borrower prior to the Closing Date (in the case of amounts to be paid on the Closing Date) and from time to time thereafter as such parties shall deem appropriate, (ii) to pay or reimburse each Lender and Agent for all its reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, or during any workout or restructuring, including the reasonable and invoiced fees and disbursements of counsel to such parties ( provided that such fees and disbursements shall not include fees and disbursements for more than one primary counsel and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction), (iii) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and each Agent harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees, if any, that may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (iv) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and Agent and the Joint Bookrunners and their respective affiliates (including, without limitation, controlling persons) and each member, partner, director, officer, employee, advisor, agent, affiliate, successor, partner, member, representative and assign of each of the forgoing (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents (regardless of whether any Loan Party is or is not a party to any such actions or suits) and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans, and the

 

121



 

reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one legal counsel to such Indemnitees taken as a whole (and, if applicable, one local counsel to such persons taken as a whole in each appropriate jurisdiction and, in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction to all affected Indemnitees taken as a whole) in connection with claims, actions or proceedings by any Indemnitee against any Loan Party under any Loan Document (all the foregoing in this clause (iv), collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided , that the Borrower shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or material breach of any Loan Documents by, such Indemnitee or its controlled affiliates, officers or employees acting on behalf of such Indemnitee or any of its controlled affiliates in connection with the Transactions.  Statements payable by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 11.5 shall be submitted to the Chief Financial Officer, at the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 11.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent.  The agreements in this Section 11.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

(b)                                  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither the Borrower nor any Indemnitee shall assert, and each of the Borrower and each Indemnitee does hereby waive, any claim against any party hereto, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that the foregoing shall not limit the indemnification obligations of the Borrower under clause (a) above.  No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent such damages are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or material breach of any Loan Documents by, such Indemnitee or its controlled affiliates, officers or employees acting on behalf of such Indemnitee or any of its controlled affiliates in connection with the Transactions.

 

(c)                                   The Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnitee from all liability arising out of such proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability, or a failure to act by or on behalf of such Indemnitee.

 

11.6                         Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .

 

(a)                                  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any affiliate of the Issuing Lender that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except (x) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section, (y) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (e) of this Section, (z) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of paragraph (g) of this Section or

 

122



 

(xx) to an Affiliated Lender in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (h) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors as assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (e) of this Section 11.6 and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Affiliates of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (each, an “ Assignee ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)                              except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $1,000,000 (in the case of the Term Loan Facility) and $5,000,000 (in the case of the Revolving Facility), in each case unless otherwise agreed by the each the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing;

 

(ii)                           each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate tranches of Loans (if any) on a non- pro rata basis;

 

(iii)                        no consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i) of this Section and, in addition, the consent of:

 

(A)                                the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment, (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, or (z) such assignment is made prior to the earlier of (1) the Syndication Date and (2) the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date; provided that in each case the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received written notice thereof;

 

(B)                                except in the case of clause (A)(z) above, the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of (x) the Term Facility if such assignment is to an Assignee that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or (y) the Revolving Facility if such assignment is to an Assignee that is not a Lender with a Revolving Commitment, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and

 

123



 

(C)                                (1) in the case of any assignment to a new Revolving Lender or that increases the obligation of the Assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding), the Issuing Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and (2) in the case of any assignment of a Revolving Commitment, the Swingline Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no consent of the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender shall be required for an assignment to an Assignee that is a Revolving Lender or an Affiliate or Approved Fund of a Revolving Lender;

 

(iv)                       except in the case of assignments pursuant to paragraph (c) below, the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (it being understood that payment of only one processing fee shall be required in connection with simultaneous assignments to two or more Approved Funds), and the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire;

 

(v)                          no assignment shall be permitted to be made to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, except pursuant to Section 4.1(b),

 

(vi)                       no assignment shall be permitted to be made to a natural person;

 

(vii)                    no assignment shall be permitted to be made to a Disqualified Institution; and

 

(viii)                 assignments to Affiliates of the Borrower shall be subject to subsection (h) below.

 

Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) below, subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (d) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.9, 4.10, 4.11 and 11.5; provided , with respect to such Section 4.10, that such Lender continues to comply with the requirements of Sections 4.10 and 4.10(e).  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section, except any purported assignment or transfer to a Disqualified Institution shall be void ab initio.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11.6 to the contrary, a Lender may assign any or all of its rights hereunder to an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund of such Lender without (a) providing any notice (including, without limitation, any administrative questionnaire) to the Administrative Agent or any other Person or (b) delivering an executed Assignment and Assumption to the Administrative Agent; provided that (A) such assigning Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, (B) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such assigning Lender in connection with such assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement until an Assignment and Assumption and an administrative questionnaire have been delivered

 

124



 

to the Administrative Agent, (C) the failure of such assigning Lender to deliver an Assignment and Assumption or administrative questionnaire to the Administrative Agent or any other Person shall not affect the legality, validity or binding effect of such assignment and (D) an Assignment and Assumption between an assigning Lender and its Affiliate or Approved Fund shall be effective as of the date specified in such Assignment and Assumption.

 

(d)                                  The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in the United States a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of and interest owing with respect to the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  Subject to the penultimate sentence of this paragraph (d), the entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  In the case of an assignment to an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund pursuant to paragraph (c), as to which an Assignment and Assumption and an administrative questionnaire are not delivered to the Administrative Agent, the assigning Lender shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register (a “ Related Party Register ”) comparable to the Register on behalf of the Borrower.  The Register or Related Party Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and any Lender (with respect to the Commitments of, and principal amount of and interest owing with respect to the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to such Lender only) at the Administrative Agent’s office at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.  Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) above, upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register.  Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) above, no assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless and until it has been recorded in the Register (or, in the case of an assignment pursuant to paragraph (c) above, the applicable Related Party Register) as provided in this paragraph (d).  The date of such recordation of a transfer shall be referred to herein as the “ Assignment Effective Date .”

 

(e)                                   Any Lender may, at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and (D) no participation shall be permitted to be made to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, nor any officer or director of any such Person or a natural person or Disqualified Institution.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the proviso to the second sentence of Section 11.1.  Subject to paragraph (f) of this

 

125



 

Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.9, 4.10 and 4.11 to the same extent as if it were a Lender (subject to the requirements and obligations of those sections including the documentary requirements in Section 4.10(e)) and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.7(b) as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant shall be subject to Section 11.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower and solely for tax purposes, maintain a register complying with the requirements of Sections 163(f), 871(h) and 881(c)(2) of the Code on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”).  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

(f)                                    A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 4.9 or 4.10 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant had no such participation been transferred to such Participant.

 

(g)                                   Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, any central bank or any other Person, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest or to any such sale or securitization; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(h)                                  Any Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Affiliated Lender subject to the following limitations:

 

(i)                              Affiliated Lenders will not receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and will not be permitted to attend or participate in meetings attended solely by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, other than the right to receive notices of Borrowings, notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II;

 

(ii)                           Each Affiliated Lender shall make a representation that, as of the date of any such assignment pursuant to this Section 11.6, it is not in possession of material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries or their respective securities for purposes of the United States securities laws that has not been disclosed to the assigning Lender prior to such date, other than because such assigning Lender does not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries or their respective securities;

 

(iii)                        Affiliated Lenders may not purchase Revolving Loans by assignment pursuant to this Section 11.6; and

 

126


 

(iv)       the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans purchased by assignment pursuant to this Section 11.6  and held at any one time by Affiliated Lenders may not exceed 25% of the original principal amount of all Term Loans on the Effective Date plus the original principal amount of all term loans made pursuant to a Term Commitment Increase.

 

(i)            Each Affiliated Lender that is not a Debt Fund Affiliate, in connection with any (i) consent (or decision not to consent) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document, (ii) other action on any matter related to any Loan Document or (iii) direction to the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, agrees that, except with respect to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action described in clause (i) of the first proviso of Section 11.1 or that adversely affects such Affiliated Lender in any respect as compared to other Lenders, shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in such proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Affiliated Lenders.  The Borrower and each Affiliated Lender hereby agrees that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against the Borrower, the Borrower, with respect to any plan of reorganization that does not adversely affect any Affiliated Lender in any material respect as compared to other Lenders, shall seek (and each Affiliated Lender shall consent) to designate the vote of any Affiliated Lender and the vote of any Affiliated Lender with respect to any such plan of reorganization of the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower shall not be counted.  Each Affiliated Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this clause (i).

 

11.7        Sharing of Payments; Set-off .

 

(a)           Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender or to the Lenders under a particular Facility, if any Lender (a “ Benefited Lender ”) shall, at any time after the Loans and other amounts payable hereunder shall become due and payable pursuant to Section 9, receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 9.1(f), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.  Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against each Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a director creditor of each Loan Party in the amount of such participation to the extent provided in clause (b) of this Section 11.7.

 

(b)           In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, subject to Section 10.11, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence

 

127



 

of any Event of Default which is continuing, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to set off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower, as the case may be.  Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the provisions of this Section 11.7 shall be subject to the express provisions of this Agreement which require or permit differing payments to be made to Non-Defaulting Lenders as opposed to Defaulting Lenders.

 

11.8        Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic mail (in “.pdf” or similar format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

11.9        Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

11.10      Integration .  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of Holdings, the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any Agent or any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

 

11.11      GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

11.12      Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers .  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)           submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)           consents that any such action or proceeding shall be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or

 

128



 

proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c)           agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the address set forth in Section 11.2 or on the signature pages hereof, as the case may be, or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto; and

 

(d)           agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction.

 

11.13      Acknowledgments The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)           it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)           each Agent, each Lender and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “Lenders”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Loan Parties, their stockholders and/or their affiliates.  Each Loan Party agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender, on the one hand, and such Loan Party, its stockholders or its affiliates, on the other.  The Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other, and (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (x) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Loan Party, its stockholders or its affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise any Loan Party, its stockholders or its Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to any Loan Party except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (y) each Lender is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of any Loan Party, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person.  Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that it has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto.  Each Loan Party agrees that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to such Loan Party, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto; and

 

(c)           no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

11.14      Releases of Guarantees and Liens .

 

(a)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Secured Party (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Secured Party except as expressly required by Section 11.1) to take any action requested by the Borrower having the effect of releasing any Collateral or guarantee obligations (i) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction

 

129



 

not prohibited by any Loan Document (including, without limitation, the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder) or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 11.1; provided that no such release shall occur if (x) such Subsidiary Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of any Junior Financing or (y) such Collateral continues to secure any Junior Financing or (ii) under the circumstances described in paragraph (b) below.

 

(b)           At such time as (i) the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and the other Obligations (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations) shall have been paid in full or Cash Collateralized and (ii) the Commitments have been terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding (or shall have been Cash Collateralized or backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuing Bank), the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Security Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Loan Party under the Security Documents shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.  At such time, the Collateral Agent shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary, at the cost of the Borrower, to effect each release described in this Section 11.14 in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Security Documents.

 

11.15      Confidentiality .  Each Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential all non-public information provided to it by any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement that is designated by such Loan Party as confidential in accordance with its customary procedures; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Agent or any Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to any Agent, any other Lender, any Affiliate of a Lender or any Approved Fund (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) subject to an agreement to comply with confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive as the provisions of this Section, to any actual or prospective Transferee or any direct or indirect counterparty to any Hedge Agreement (or any professional advisor to such counterparty), (c) to its employees, directors, members, partners, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors or those of any of its affiliates (it being understood that the Person to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (d) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority, (e) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, (f) if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding, (g) that has been publicly disclosed (other than as a result of a disclosure in violation of this Section 11.15), (h) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender, or (i) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document; provided that, unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender shall notify the Borrower of any request by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of such Lender by such Governmental Authority) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information.

 

11.16      WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).

 

130



 

EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

11.17      Patriot Act Notice .  Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.

 

131



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC, as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James T. Ogle

 

 

Name: James T. Ogle

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC,

 

as Holdings

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James T. Ogle

 

 

Name: James T. Ogle

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as Administrative Agent and Swingline Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Name: Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Title: Its Duly Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as Issuing Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Name: Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Title: Its Duly Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Name: Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Title: Its Duly Authorized Signatory

 

132



 

 

NATIXIS,

 

as Documentation Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tefta Ghilaga

 

 

Name: Tefta Ghilaga

 

 

Title: Director Natixis

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frank H. Madden, Jr.

 

 

Name: Frank H. Madden, Jr.

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

133



 

 

REVOLVING LENDERS

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christy Silvester

 

 

Name: Christy Silvester

 

 

Title: Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

ING CAPITAL LLC,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Keith D. Alexander

 

 

Name: Keith D. Alexander

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sharon Liss

 

 

Name: Sharon M. Liss

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

NATIXIS,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tefta Ghilaga

 

 

Name: Tefta Ghilaga

 

 

Title: Director Natixis

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frank H. Madden, Jr.

 

 

Name: Frank H. Madden, Jr.

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

134



 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Name: Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Title: Its Duly Authorized Signatory

 

135



 

 

TERM LENDERS

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

as a Term Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christy Silvester

 

 

Name: Christy Silvester

 

 

Title: Executive Director

 

136


 

Annex A

 

PRICING GRID FOR LOANS

 

REVOLVING LOANS AND SWINGLINE LOANS

 

Pricing Level

 

Applicable Margin for
Eurodollar Loans

 

Applicable Margin for
Base Rate Loans

 

I

 

5.75

%

4.75

%

II

 

5.50

%

4.50

%

III

 

5.25

%

4.25

%

 

TERM LOANS

 

Pricing Level

 

Applicable Margin for
Eurodollar Loans

 

Applicable Margin for
Base Rate Loans

 

IV

 

5.75

%

4.75

%

V

 

5.50

%

4.50

%

 

COMMITMENT FEE RATE

 

 

Pricing Level

 

Commitment Fee Rate

 

 

 

VI

 

0.500

%

 

 

VII

 

0.375

%

 

 

So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Applicable Margin for Loans and the Commitment Fee Rate shall be adjusted, on and after the first Adjustment Date (as defined below) occurring after the completion of the first full fiscal quarter of the Borrower after the Closing Date, based on changes in the Secured Leverage Ratio, with such adjustments to become effective on the date (the “ Adjustment Date ”) that is three Business Days after the date on which the relevant financial statements are delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.1 and to remain in effect until the next adjustment to be effected pursuant to this paragraph.  If any financial statements referred to above are not delivered within the time periods specified in Section 7.1, then, until the date that is three Business Days after the date on which such financial statements are delivered, the highest rate set forth in each column of the Pricing Grid shall apply.  On each Adjustment Date, the Applicable Margin for Loans and the Commitment Fee Rate shall be adjusted to be equal to the Applicable Margins opposite the Pricing Level determined to exist on such Adjustment Date from the financial statements relating to such Adjustment Date.

 

As used herein, the following rules shall govern the determination of Pricing Levels on each Adjustment Date:

 

Pricing Level I ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is greater than 2.00 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans.

 

Annex A-1



 

Pricing Level II ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 but greater than 1.50 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans.

 

Pricing Level III ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is less than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans.

 

Pricing Level IV ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is greater than 2.00 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Term Loans.

 

Pricing Level V ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Term Loans.

 

Pricing Level VI ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is greater than 1.50 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Commitment Fee Rate.

 

Pricing Level VII ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is less than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Commitment Fee Rate.

 

Annex A-2



 

Schedule 1.1

 

COMMITMENTS

 

Revolving Credit Lenders

 

Revolving Credit Commitment

 

Percent

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

$

37,500,000

 

50.0000

%

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.

 

$

13,687,500

 

18.2500

%

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

 

$

11,343,750

 

15.1250

%

ING CAPITAL LLC

 

$

6,843,750

 

9.1250

%

NATIXIS

 

$

5,625,000

 

7.5000

%

Total:

 

$

75,000,000

 

100.0000

%

 

Term Lenders

 

Term Commitment

 

Percent

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.

 

$

300,000,000

 

100.0000

%

Total:

 

$

300,000,000

 

100.0000

%

 



 

Schedule 5.4

 

CONSENTS, AUTHORIZATIONS, FILINGS AND NOTICES

 

None.

 


 

Schedule 5.15

 

SUBSIDIARIES

 

(a) Subsidiaries

 

Entity Name

 

Owner

 

Jurisdiction

 

Ownership
Percentage

 

INC Research, LLC

 

INC Research Intermediate, LLC

 

Delaware

 

100

%

INC Research Investment LLC

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Delaware

 

100

%

Inc Research Argentina S.A.

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Argentina

 

95

%

INC Research Canada, Inc.

 

 

5

%

INC Research do Brasil Pesquisas Clinicas Ltda

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Brazil

 

99.9998

%

 

INC Research Canada, Inc.

 

 

0.0002

%

INC Research Canada, Inc.

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Canada

 

100

%

INC Research Chile Limitada

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Chile

 

99

%

 

INC Research Canada, Inc.

 

 

1

%

INC (Beijing) Medical Technology Co., Ltd.

 

INC Research, LLC

 

China

 

100

%

INC Research, S.A. de C.V.

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Mexico

 

99.9995

%

 

INC Research Canada, Inc.

 

 

0.00005

%

INC Research Peru S.A.C.

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Peru

 

99.9994

%

 

INC Research Canada, Inc.

 

 

0.00006

%

INC Research Pte. Ltd

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Singapore

 

100

%

INC Research NV

 

INC Research France S.A.S.

 

Belgium

 

99.9969

%

 

INC Research Holding Limited

 

 

0.0031

%

INC Research South Korea

 

INC Research, LLC

 

South Korea

 

100

%

INC Research France S.A.S.

 

INC Research Holding Limited

 

France

 

100

%

 



 

Entity Name

 

Owner

 

Jurisdiction

 

Ownership
Percentage

 

INC Research Germany GmbH

 

INC Research Holding Limited

 

Germany

 

100

%

INC Research Italia, S.r.L.

 

INC Research France S.A.S.

 

Italy

 

100

%

INC Research Netherlands B.V.

 

INC Research Holding Limited

 

Netherlands

 

100

%

INC Research Poland Spólka z ograniczona odpowiedzialnoscia

 

INC Research France S.A.S.

 

Poland

 

100

%

INC Research Romania SRL

 

INC Research Holding Limited

 

Romania

 

100

%

INC Research Spain, S.A., Sociedad Unipersonal

 

INC Research France S.A.S.

 

Spain

 

100

%

INC Research UK Limited

 

INC Research Holding Limited

 

UK

 

100

%

INC Research Holding Limited

 

INC Research Europe Holdings Limited

 

UK

 

100

%

INC Research Europe Holdings Limited

 

INC Research Investment LLC

 

UK

 

100

%

INC Research Ukraine LLC

 

INC Research Holding Limited

 

Ukraine

 

100

%

Triangle Two Acquisition Corp.

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Ohio

 

99.933

%

 

Avista Capital Partners II, L.P.

 

 

0.067

%

INC Research Australia Holdings Pty Ltd

 

INC Research Holding Limited

 

Australia

 

100

%

Trident Clinical Research Pty Ltd

 

INC Research Australia Holdings Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

100

%

Trident Clinical Research New Zealand Limited

 

Trident Clinical Research Pty Ltd

 

New Zealand

 

100

%

Trident Clinical Research India Private Limited

 

Trident Clinical Research Pty Ltd

 

India

 

99.99

%

 

Trident Clinical Research New Zealand Limited

 

 

0.01

%

AAC Consulting Group, Inc.

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Maryland

 

100

%

ACER/EXCEL INC.

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

New Jersey

 

100

%

Kendle Americas Holding Inc.

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Ohio

 

100

%

Kendle Americas Investment Inc.

 

Kendle Americas Holding Inc.

 

Ohio

 

100

%

Kendle Americas Management Inc.

 

Kendle Americas Holding Inc.

 

Ohio

 

100

%

Kendle Argentina S.R.L.

 

Kendle Americas Investment Inc.

 

Argentina

 

5

%

 

Kendle Americas Management Inc.

 

 

95

%

Kendle Branches Limited

 

Kendle International Holdings Limited

 

UK

 

100

%

Kendle Brasil Servicios de Pesquisas Clinicas Ltda.

 

Kendle Americas Investment Inc.

 

Brazil

 

5

%

 

Kendle Americas Management Inc.

 

 

95

%

 

6



 

Entity Name

 

Owner

 

Jurisdiction

 

Ownership
Percentage

 

Kendle Canada Inc.

 

Kendle NC LLC

 

Canada

 

100

%

Kendle Chile Limitada

 

Kendle Americas Investment Inc.

 

Chile

 

5

%

 

Kendle Americas Management Inc.

 

 

95

%

Kendle Clinical Development Services Limited

 

Kendle NC LLC

 

England and Wales

 

100

%

Kendle Clinical Development Services, S.L.

 

Kendle Clinical Development Services Limited

 

Spain

 

2.1

%

 

Kendle Branches Limited

 

 

97.9

%

Kendle Colombia Ltda.

 

Kendle Americas Investment Inc.

 

Colombia

 

5

%

 

Kendle Americas Management Inc.

 

 

95

%

Kendle CRO Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.

 

Kendle Pte, Ltd.

 

Malaysia

 

100

%

Kendle CRO Philippines, Inc.

 

Kendle Pte, Ltd.

 

Phillipines

 

100

%

Kendle CRO (Thailand) Co., Ltd.

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Thailand

 

99.99933

%

 

Anthony Forcellini

 

 

0.0033

%

 

Keith Cheesman

 

 

0.0034

%

Kendle CTA Limited

 

Kendle Branches Limited

 

UK

 

100

%

Kendle Data & Technologies (India) Private Ltd

 

Kendle Pte, Ltd.

 

India

 

100

%

Kendle Delaware LLC

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Delaware

 

100

%

Kendle GmbH

 

Kendle Clinical Development Services Limited

 

Germany

 

100

%

Kendle India Private Limited

 

AAC Consulting Group, Inc.

 

India

 

10

%

 

Kendle NC LLC

 

 

90

%

Kendle International B.V.

 

Kendle International Holdings Limited

 

Netherlands

 

100

%

Kendle International CPU LLC

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Ohio

 

100

%

Kendle International Holdings Limited

 

Kendle Clinical Development Services Limited

 

UK

 

100

%

Kendle International Holdings Pty Limited

 

Kendle International Holdings Limited

 

Australia

 

100

%

Kendle International Inc.(2)

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Ohio

 

99.933

%

 

Avista Capital Partners II, L.P.

 

 

0.067

%

Kendle International Israel Ltd.

 

Kendle NC LLC

 

Israel

 

0.03

%

 


(2)  After giving effect to the Acquisition.

 

7



 

Entity Name

 

Owner

 

Jurisdiction

 

Ownership
Percentage

 

 

 

Kendle Clinical Development Services Limited

 

 

 

99.97

%

Kendle International Limited

 

Kendle International Holdings Limited

 

UK

 

100

%

Kendle International Ltda.

 

Kendle Delaware LLC

 

Brazil

 

10

%

 

Kendle NC LLC

 

 

90

%

Kendle International s.r.o.

 

Kendle NC LLC

 

Czech Republic

 

100

%

Kendle International SARL

 

Kendle International Holdings Limited

 

France

 

100

%

Kendle International Sp. Z o.o.

 

Kendle Clinical Development Services Limited

 

Poland

 

0.2

%

 

Kendle Branches Limited

 

 

99.8

%

Kendle International SRL

 

Kendle Clinical Development Services Limited

 

Italy

 

11

%

 

Kendle International BV

 

 

89

%

Kendle International, S.A. de C.V.

 

Kendle Branches Limited

 

Mexico

 

2

%

 

Kendle International Holdings Limited

 

 

98

%

Kendle NC LLC

 

Kendle Delaware LLC

 

North Carolina

 

100

%

Kendle Nova Scotia ULC

 

Kendle International Holdings Limited

 

Canada

 

100

%

Kendle Peru S.R.L.

 

ACC Consulting Group, Inc.

 

Peru

 

1

%

 

Kendle NC LLC

 

 

99

%

Kendle Pte, Ltd.

 

Kendle Delaware LLC

 

Singapore

 

100

%

Kendle Pty Limited

 

Kendle International Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

100

%

Kendle R&D Pty Limited

 

Kendle Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

100

%

Kendle R&D Unit Trust

 

Kendle Unit Trust

 

Australia

 

100

%

Kendle Servicios, S.A. de C.V.

 

Kendle Branches Limited

 

Mexico

 

2

%

 

Kendle International Holdings Limited

 

 

98

%

Kendle South Africa (Proprietary) Limited

 

Kendle NC LLC

 

South Africa

 

100

%

Kendle Sweden AB

 

Kendle NC LLC

 

Sweden

 

100

%

Kendle Toronto Inc.

 

Kendle Nova Scotia ULC

 

Canada

 

100

%

Kendle U.K. Limited

 

Kendle International Holdings Limited

 

UK

 

100

%

Kendle Unit Trust

 

Kendle International Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

100

%

U-Gene Clinical Research B.V.

 

Kendle International BV

 

Netherlands

 

100

%

U-Gene Research Biotechnology B.V.

 

Kendle International BV

 

Netherlands

 

100

%

 

8



 

(b) Joint Ventures

 

Entity Name

 

Owner

 

Jurisdiction

 

Ownership
Percentage

 

Beijing KendleWits Medical Consulting Co Ltd

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

China

 

50

%

INC GVKBIO Private Limited

 

INC Research, LLC

 

India

 

50

%

 

9


 

Schedule 5.19

 

UCC FILING JURISDICTIONS

 

(a) UCC Filing Jurisdictions:

 

ENTITY NAME

 

JURISDICTION OF
ORGANIZATION

 

FILING OFFICE

INC Research Intermediate, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Secretary of State

INC Research, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Secretary of State

AAC CONSULTING GROUP, INC.

 

Maryland

 

State Department of Assessments and Taxation

ACER/EXCEL INC.

 

New Jersey

 

Department of Treasury

KENDLE INTERNATIONAL INC.

 

Ohio

 

Secretary of State

Kendle International CPU LLC

 

Ohio

 

Secretary of State

Kendle Americas Holding Inc.

 

Ohio

 

Secretary of State

Kendle Americas Investment Inc.

 

Ohio

 

Secretary of State

Kendle Americas Management Inc.

 

Ohio

 

Secretary of State

Triangle Two Acquisition Corp.

 

Ohio

 

Secretary of State

 

(b) Real Property Filings: None.

 



 

Schedule 8.2

 

EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

 

1. Indebtedness related to the following:

 

Loan Party

 

Lender

 

Type of Debt

 

21-May-11
Balance

 

INC Research, LLC

 

IBM

 

Equipment Leases-computers

 

$

487,516

 

 

 

Hewlett Packard

 

Equipment Leases — IT equipment

 

$

121,599

 

 

 

Hewlett Packard

 

Equipment Leases — IT equipment

 

$

29,510

 

 

 

Cisco

 

Equipment Leases

 

$

480,521

 

 

 

Cisco

 

Equipment Leases

 

$

113,041

 

 

 

Cisco

 

Equipment leases

 

$

176,391

 

 

 

IBM

 

Equipment Leases assumed from MDS

 

$

39,752

 

 

 

Wachovia

 

Equipment Leases

 

$

50,426

 

 

 

IBM

 

Equipment leases — Canada

 

$

3,205

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Canon

 

Equipment lease (KCH copiers)

 

$

11,059

 

 

 

Canon

 

Equipment lease (KRK copiers)

 

$

6,204

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

$

1,519,224

 

 

2. Intercompany loan by INC Research, LLC to INC Research Holding Limited in the aggregate principal amount of $10,615,445.

 

3. Convertible Notes that are subject to an escrow arrangement reasonably satisfactory to MSSF pending maturity thereof.

 



 

Schedule 8.3

 

EXISTING LIENS

 

Liens related to the Indebtedness listed on item 1 of Schedule 8.2 and the following Liens:

 

Debtor

 

Jurisdiction

 

Type of
filing found

 

Secured
Party

 

Collateral

 

Original
File Date

 

Original
File
Number

 

Amdt.
File Date

 

Amdt.
File
Number

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Delaware

 

UCC-3 Continuation

 

Cisco Systems Capital Corporation

 

Equipment

 

5/16/2006

 

61747526

 

4/26/2011

 

11553851

 

INC Research, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

UCC-1

 

WTAF, LLC

 

Equipment

 

9/22/2008

 

83206529

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Delaware

 

UCC-3 Amendment

 

Cisco Systems Capital Corporation

 

Equipment

 

8/15/2009

 

92626346

 

2/14/2011

2/22/2011

 

10543614

10657307

 

INC Research, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

UCC-1

 

IBM Credit LLC

 

Equipment

 

4/28/2010

 

01484090

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

INC Research, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

UCC-1

 

IBM Credit LLC

 

Equipment

 

5/18/2010

 

01743313

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

INC Research, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

UCC-1

 

IBM Credit LLC

 

Equipment

 

6/15/2010

 

02079493

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

INC Research, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

UCC-1

 

IBM Credit LLC

 

Equipment

 

6/30/2010

 

02291999

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 



 

Debtor

 

Jurisdiction

 

Type of
filing found

 

Secured
Party

 

Collateral

 

Original
File Date

 

Original
File
Number

 

Amdt.
File Date

 

Amdt.
File
Number

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Delaware

 

UCC-3 Amendment

 

Cisco Systems Capital Corporation

 

Equipment

 

07/18/2010

 

02489676

 

02/14/2011

02/22/2011

 

10543655

10657281

 

INC Research, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

UCC-1

 

IBM Credit LLC

 

Equipment

 

10/25/2010

 

03735846

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

INC Research, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

UCC-1

 

IBM Credit LLC

 

 

 

11/19/2010

 

04064584

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Delaware

 

UCC-3 Amendment

 

Cisco Systems Capital Corporation

 

Equipment

 

12/08/2010

 

04309807

 

02/22/2011

 

10655426

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Delaware

 

UCC-3 Amendment

 

Cisco Systems Capital Corporation

 

Equipment

 

12/08/2010

 

04310052

 

02/22/2010

 

10655434

 

INC Research, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

UCC-1

 

IBM Credit LLC

 

Equipment

 

12/22/2010

 

04564195

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Delaware

 

UCC-1

 

IKON Financial Services

 

Equipment

 

02/24/2011

 

10678295

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

INC Research, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

UCC-1

 

IBM Credit LLC

 

Equipment

 

03/29/2011

 

11156895

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Delaware

 

UCC-1

 

IBM Credit LLC

 

Equipment

 

04/21/2011

 

11511222

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

13



 

Debtor

 

Jurisdiction

 

Type of
filing found

 

Secured
Party

 

Collateral

 

Original
File Date

 

Original
File
Number

 

Amdt.
File Date

 

Amdt.
File
Number

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Delaware

 

UCC-1

 

IBM Credit LLC

 

Equipment

 

05/02/2011

 

11643033

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

INC Research, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

UCC-1

 

IBM Credit LLC

 

Equipment

 

06/03/2011

 

12139452

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Ohio

 

UCC-1

 

Cannon Financial Services

 

Equipment

 

10/23/2006

 

OH00107966 105

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Ohio

 

UCC-1

 

General Electric Capital Corp.

 

Equipment

 

11/05/2007

 

OH00120854 226

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Ohio

 

UCC-1

 

General Electric Capital Corp.

 

Equipment

 

06/18/2008

 

OH00127567 204

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Ohio

 

UCC-1

 

Presidio Technology Capital, LLC

 

Equipment

 

12/11/2008

 

OH00131542 955

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Ohio

 

UCC-1

 

Key Equipment Finance Inc.

 

Equipment

 

02/02/2009

 

OH00132525 536

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Ohio

 

UCC-1

 

General Electric Capital Corp.

 

Equipment

 

02/23/2009

 

OH00132931 547

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

14


 

Schedule 8.5

 

DISPOSITIONS

 

1.               Disposition of the interest in INC GVKBIO Private Limited

 

2.               Disposition of the interest in Beijing KendleWits Medical Consulting Co. Ltd.

 



 

Schedule 8.7

 

EXISTING INVESTMENTS

 

1.               Investments listed on Schedule 5.15

 

2.               Investment by INC Research, LLC in INC GVKBIO Private Limited

 

3.               Investment by KENDLE INTERNATIONAL INC. in Beijing KendleWits Medical Consulting Co. Ltd.

 

4.               Intercompany loan by INC Research, LLC to INC Research Holding Limited in the aggregate principal amount of $10,615,445.

 



 

Schedule 8.9

 

AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS

 

None.

 



 

Schedule 8.14

 

CLAUSES RESTRICTING SUBSIDIARY DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Convertible Notes that are subject to an escrow arrangement reasonably satisfactory to MSSF pending maturity thereof.

 



 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

 

[              , 20[     ]]

 

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among INC Research, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), INC Research Intermediate, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, and together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent ” and the “ Collateral Agent ,” respectively) and swingline lender, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as Lenders, ING Capital LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, as co-syndication agents, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as issuing lender.  Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

1.             The Assignor identified on Schedule l hereto (the “ Assignor ”) and the Assignee identified on Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Assignee ”) agree as follows:

 

2.             The Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee without recourse to the Assignor, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor without recourse to the Assignor, as of the Assignment Effective Date (as defined below), the interest described in Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Assigned Interest ”) in and to the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement with respect to the Facilities contained in the Credit Agreement as are set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, in the principal amount for the Facilities as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.

 

3.             The Assignor (a) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or with respect to the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto, other than that (i) the Assignor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assignor has full organizational power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iii) the interest being assigned by the Assignor hereunder is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim; (b) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its respective Subsidiaries or any other obligor or the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its respective Subsidiaries or any other obligor of any of their respective obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; and (c) attaches any Notes held by it evidencing the Facilities and (i) requests that the Administrative Agent, upon request by the Assignee, exchange the attached Notes, if any, for a new Note or Notes payable to the Assignee and (ii) if the Assignor has retained any interest in the Facilities, requests that the Administrative Agent exchange the attached Notes, if any, for a new Note or Notes payable to the Assignor, in each case in amounts which reflect the assignment being made hereby (and after giving effect to any other assignments which have become effective on the Assignment Effective Date).

 

4.             The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and has full organizational power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; (b) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 thereof and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and

 

Ex. A-1



 

Assumption; (c) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Assignor, the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; (d) appoints and authorizes the Agents to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto as are delegated to the Agents by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are incidental thereto; (e) agrees that it will be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and will perform in accordance with its terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender including, if it is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States, its obligations pursuant to Section 4.10(e)(A) and (B) of the Credit Agreement; (f) confirms that it satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 11.6(b) of the Credit Agreement; (g) represents and warrants that it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type; and (h) if it is a Non-U.S. Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to Sections 4.10(e)(A) and 11.6(f) of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by such Assignee.

 

5.             The effective date of this Assignment and Assumption shall be the Effective Date of Assignment and Assumption or the Trade Date described in Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Assignment Effective Date ”).  Following the execution of this Assignment and Assumption, it will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for acceptance by it and recording by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement, effective as of the Assignment Effective Date (which shall not, unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent, be earlier than five (5) Business Days after the date of such acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent).

 

6.             Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Assignment Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Assignment Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Assignment Effective Date.

 

7.             From and after the Assignment Effective Date, (a) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and under the other Loan Documents and shall be bound by the provisions thereof and (b) the Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Assumption, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement, (and, to the extent this Assignment and Assumption covers all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement, the Assignor shall cease to be a party to the Credit Agreement but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.9, 4.10, 4.11 and the indemnity provisions of Section 11.5 of the Credit Agreement; provided, to the extent applicable, that the Assignor continues to comply with the requirements of Sections 4.10(e)(A) and (B) of the Credit Agreement).

 

This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment and Assumption to be executed as of the date first above written by their respective duly authorized officers on Schedule 1 hereto.

 

Ex. A-2



 

Schedule 1 to
Assignment and Assumption

 

Name of Assignor:

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

[Effective Date of Assignment and Assumption] [Trade Date](1):

 

 

 

Facility Assigned

 

Aggregate Amount
of Commitment/Loans
for all Lenders

 

[Term/Revolving]

 

 

 

[Commitment/Loan]

 

 

 

 

 

$

[                ]

 

 

Principal
Amount Assigned

 

Commitment/Loans
Percentage Assigned(2)

 

 

         .        

%

 

[Name of Assignee]

 

[Name of Assignor]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 


(1)               To be completed if Assignor and Assignee intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.

 

(2)              Calculate the Commitment/Loans Percentage that is assigned to at least 15 decimal places and show as a percentage of the aggregate Commitments/Loans of all Lenders.

 

Ex. A-3



 

Accepted:

 

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consented To:(3)

 

 

 

 

[INC RESEARCH, LLC,

 

as Borrower]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION],

 

as Administrative Agent]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION ,

 

as Issuing Lender]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as Swingline Lender]

 

 


(3)               See Section 11.6 of the Credit Agreement to determine whether the consent of the Borrower, Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender and/or Administrative Agent is required.

 

Ex. A-4



 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Ex. A-5


 

Exhibit B

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

[            , 2011]

 

This Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to the Credit Agreement(1), dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among INC Research, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), INC Research Intermediate, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, and together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent ” and the “ Collateral Agent ,” respectively) and swingline lender, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as Lenders, ING Capital LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, as co-syndication agents, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as issuing lender.  Unless otherwise defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.  The undersigned hereby certifies in its capacity as [                     ] of the Borrower, and not individually, as follows:

 

1.             I am the duly elected, qualified and acting [                    ] of the Borrower.

 

2.             I have reviewed and am familiar with the contents of this Compliance Certificate.

 

3.             I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and have made or caused to be made under my supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and condition of the Group Members during the accounting period covered by the financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1[(a)/(b)] for the fiscal [quarter/year] ended [                 ], attached hereto as Attachment 1 (the “ Financial Statements ”).  Such review did not disclose, and I have no knowledge of the existence, as of the date of this Compliance Certificate, of any Default or Event of Default [, except as set forth below].

 

4.             Attached hereto as Attachment 2 are the computations showing compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 8.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

5.             To the extent not previously disclosed and delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, attached hereto as Attachment 3 is a listing of any Intellectual Property which is the subject of a United States federal registration or federal application (including Intellectual Property included in the Collateral which was theretofore unregistered and becomes the subject of a United States federal registration or federal application) acquired by any Loan Party since the date of the most recent list delivered [pursuant to this Section (5)/since the Closing Date].

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 


(1)               Certificate required under Section 7.2(a) of the Credit Agreement.

 

Ex. B-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, the undersigned, have executed this Certificate on behalf of the Borrower as of the date first written above.

 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Ex. B-2



 

Attachment 1 to
Compliance Certificate

 

[FINANCIAL STATEMENTS]

 

Ex. B-3



 

Attachment 2 to
Compliance Certificate

 

The information described herein pertains to the period from                   , 20     to                                 , 20    .

 

[TO BE ADDED]

 

Ex. B-4



 

Attachment 3 to
Compliance Certificate

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

[TO BE ADDED]

 

Ex. B-5



 

Exhibit B-1

 

FORM OF BORROWING NOTICE

 

             ,          

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION

                                      as Administrative Agent under the

                                      Credit Agreement referred to below

 

Attention:

 

Re:          INC Research, LLC (the “Borrower”)

 

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, collateral agent and swingline lender, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as Lenders, ING Capital LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, as co-syndication agents, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as issuing lender.  Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

The Borrower hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Credit Agreement of its request of a borrowing (the “ Proposed Borrowing ”) under the Credit Agreement and, in that connection, sets forth the following information:

 

The date of the Proposed Borrowing is                     ,          (the “ Funding Date ”).

 

The aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans is $            , of which $             consists of Base Rate Loans and $             consists of Eurodollar Loans having an initial Interest Period of              months.

 

The undersigned hereby certifies as to the following:

 

(i)            [each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to Sections 5.3(a) and (b) (only as it relates to the entering into and performance of the Loan Documents), 5.4 (only as it relates to the authorization, execution and delivery and the enforceability of the Loan Documents), 5.5 (only as it relates to no violation of the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party or any Requirement of Law), 5.11, 5.14, 5.16, 5.19, 5.20, 5.21 and 5.24 of the Credit Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent made as of a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such specific date)](1) [each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents will be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Funding Date as if made on and as of the Funding Date (except to the extent made as of a specific

 


(1)  For borrowings on the Closing Date.

 

Ex. B-1-1



 

date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such specific date)](2); and

 

(ii)             [no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing on the Funding Date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested on the Funding Date.](3)

 

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 


(2)  For borrowings after the Closing Date.

 

(3)  For borrowings after the Closing Date.

 

Ex. B-1-2



 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Ex. B-1-3


 

Exhibit C

 

FORM OF GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

 

[provided under separate cover]

 



 

Exhibit D

 

[Reserved]

 



 

Exhibit E-1

 

FORM OF TERM NOTE

 

THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO BELOW.  TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SUCH CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

$                

 

New York, New York

 

 

                , 20      

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, INC Research, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to [                    ] (the “ Lender ”) or its registered assigns at the Funding Office specified in the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds, the principal amount of [                    ] DOLLARS ([$              ]) or, if less, the unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan of the Lender to the Borrower.  The principal amount shall be paid in the amounts and on the dates specified in Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement.  The Borrower further agrees to pay interest in like money at such Funding Office on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates and on the dates specified in Section 4.5 of the Credit Agreement.

 

The holder of this Note is authorized to endorse on the schedules annexed hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof the date, Type and amount of the Term Loan and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal with respect thereto, each conversion of all or a portion thereof to another Type, each continuation of all or a portion thereof as the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the length of each Interest Period with respect thereto.  Each such endorsement shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information absent manifest error.  The failure to make any such endorsement or any error in any such endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower in respect of the Term Loan.

 

This Note (a) is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as Lenders, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, collateral agent and swingline lender, ING Capital LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, as co-syndication agents, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as issuing lender, (b) is subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and (c) is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment in whole or in part as provided in the Credit Agreement.  This Note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Loan Documents.  Reference is hereby made to the Loan Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and the guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interests and each guarantee were granted and the rights of the holder of this Note in respect thereof.

 

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any one or more of the Events of Default, all principal and all accrued interest then remaining unpaid on this Note may become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Note, whether maker, principal, surety, guarantor, endorser or otherwise, hereby waive presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

Ex. E-1-1



 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 11.6 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Ex. E-1-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Note to be executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the date set forth above.

 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC,

 

as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Ex. E-1-3



 

Schedule A
to Term Note

 

LOANS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF BASE RATE LOANS

 

Date

 

Amount of
Base Rate
Loans

 

Amount
Converted to
Base Rate
Loans

 

Amount of
Principal of
Base Rate
Loans
Repaid

 

Amount of
Base Rate
Loans
Converted to
Eurodollar
Loans

 

Unpaid
Principal
Balance of
Base Rate
Loans

 

Notation
Made By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ex. E-1-4



 

Schedule B
to Term Note

 

LOANS, CONTINUATIONS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF
EURODOLLAR LOANS

 

Date

 

Amount of
Eurodollar
Loans

 

Amount
Converted to
Eurodollar
Loans

 

Interest
Period and
Eurodollar
Rate with
Respect
Thereto

 

Amount of
Principal of
Eurodollar
Loans
Repaid

 

Amount of
Eurodollar
Loans
Converted to
Base Rate
Loans

 

Unpaid
Principal
Balance of
Eurodollar
Loans

 

Notation
Made By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ex. E-1-5



 

Exhibit E-2 to
Credit Agreement

 

FORM OF REVOLVING NOTE

 

THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO BELOW.  TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SUCH CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

$               

 

New York, New York

 

 

              , 20       

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, INC Research, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to [                    ] (the “ Lender ”) or its registered assigns at the Funding Office specified in the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds, on the Revolving Termination Date the principal amount of (a) [                    ] DOLLARS [($                  )], or, if less, (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans of the Lender outstanding under the Credit Agreement.  The Borrower further agrees to pay interest in like money at such Funding Office on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates and on the dates specified in Section 4.5 of the Credit Agreement.

 

The holder of this Note is authorized to endorse on the schedules annexed hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof the date, Type and amount of each Revolving Loan made pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereof, each continuation thereof, each conversion of all or a portion thereof to another Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the length of each Interest Period with respect thereto.  Each such endorsement shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information absent manifest error.  The failure to make any such endorsement or any error in any such endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower in respect of any Revolving Loan.

 

This Note (a) is one of the Notes evidencing the Revolving Loans under the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as Lenders, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, collateral agent and swingline lender, ING Capital LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, as co-syndication agents, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as issuing lender, (b) is subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and (c) is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment in whole or in part as provided in the Credit Agreement.  This Note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Loan Documents.  Reference is hereby made to the Loan Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and the guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interests and each guarantee were granted and the rights of the holder of this Note in respect thereof.

 

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any one or more of the Events of Default, all principal and all accrued interest then remaining unpaid on this Note may become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Note, whether maker, principal, surety, guarantor, endorser or otherwise, hereby waive presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

 

Ex. E-2-1



 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 11.6 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Ex. E-2-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Note to be executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the date set forth above.

 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC,

 

as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Ex. E-2-3



 

Schedule A
to Revolving Note

 

LOANS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF BASE RATE LOANS

 

Date

 

Amount of
Base Rate
Loans

 

Amount
Converted to
 Base Rate
Loans

 

Amount of
Principal of
Base Rate
Loans
Repaid

 

Amount of
Base Rate
Loans
Converted to
Eurodollar
Loans

 

Unpaid
Principal
Balance of
Base Rate
Loans

 

Notation
Made By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ex. E-2-4



 

Schedule B
to Revolving Note

 

LOANS, CONTINUATIONS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF
EURODOLLAR LOANS

 

Date

 

Amount of
Eurodollar
Loans

 

Amount
Converted to
Eurodollar
Loans

 

Interest
Period and
Eurodollar
Rate with
Respect
Thereto

 


Amount of
Principal of
Eurodollar
Loans
Repaid

 

Amount of
Eurodollar
Loans
Converted to
Base Rate
Loans

 


Unpaid
Principal
Balance of
Eurodollar
Loans

 



Notation
Made By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ex. E-2-5


 

Exhibit E-3

 

FORM OF SWINGLINE NOTE

 

THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO BELOW.  TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SUCH CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

$            

 

New York, New York

 

 

           , 20     

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, INC Research, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to General Electric Capital Corporation (the “ Swingline Lender ”) or its registered assigns at the Funding Office specified in the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds, on the Revolving Termination Date the principal amount of (a) [                    ] DOLLARS [($          )], or, if less, (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Swingline Loans made by the Swingline Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Credit Agreement.  The Borrower further agrees to pay interest in like money at such Funding Office on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates and on the dates specified in Section 4.5 of such Credit Agreement.

 

The holder of this Note is authorized to endorse on the schedules annexed hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof the date and amount of each Swingline Loan made pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereof.  Each such endorsement shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information absent manifest error.  The failure to make any such endorsement or any error in any such endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower in respect of any Swingline Loan.

 

This Note (a) is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as Lenders, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, collateral agent and swingline lender, ING Capital LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, as co-syndication agents, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as issuing lender, (b) is subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and (c) is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment in whole or in part as provided in the Credit Agreement.  This Note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Loan Documents.  Reference is hereby made to the Loan Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and the guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interests and each guarantee were granted and the rights of the holder of this Note in respect thereof.

 

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any one or more of the Events of Default, all principal and all accrued interest then remaining unpaid on this Note may become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Note, whether maker, principal, surety, guarantor, endorser or otherwise, hereby waive presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

Ex. E-3-1



 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 11.6 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Ex. E-3-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Note to be executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the date set forth above.

 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC,

 

as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Ex. E-3-3



 

Exhibit F

 

CLOSING CERTIFICATE

 

July      , 2011

 

This Closing Certificate (the “ Certificate ”) is hereby delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(f)  of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among INC Research, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), INC Research Intermediate, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the several financial institutions party thereto as lenders (the “ Lenders ”) and the Lenders.

 

The undersigned, [               ] , being the duly elected, qualified and acting [                   ] of [                 ] , hereby certifies on behalf of each Loan Party, in his or her capacity as an officer of each Loan Part y , and not individually, and without assuming any personal liability as follows:

 

1.             Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and complete copy of the certificate of formation or certificate of incorporation, as applicable, of each Loan Party (each, a “ Charter Document ”), together with all amendments thereto, as certified by the Secretary of State or Department of Treasury, as applicable, of each such Loan Party ’s jurisdiction of organization.  Such Charter Document has not been amended, repealed, modified or restated since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the attached certificate, and such Charter Document is in full force and effect on the date hereof and no action for any amendment to such Charter Document or for the dissolution of such Loan Party has been taken since such date.

 

2.             Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true and complete copy of the by-laws , operating agreement, code of regulations or limited liability company agreement, as applicable, of each Loan Party (each, a “ Governing Agreement ”) as in effect at all times since the adoption thereof to and including the date hereof.  Such Governing Agreement s ha ve not been amended, repealed, modified or restated (other than as attached hereto) and such Governing Agreement s are in full force and effect on the date hereof.

 

3.             Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a true and complete copy of the unanimous written consent duly executed by the board of directors or sole member , as applicable, of each Loan Party (each, a “ Consent ”) authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of each Loan Document to be executed and delivered by such Loan Party.  Such C onsent s ha ve not in any way been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded and are in full force and effect on the date hereof.

 

4.             Attached hereto as Exhibit D is a list of persons who are now, and were, as of the execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, duly elected and qualified officers of such Loan Party holding the offices indicated next to their respective names, and the signatures appearing opposite their respective names are the true and genuine signatures of such officers, and each of such officers is duly authorized to execute and deliver, on behalf of such Loan Party, the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party and any certificate or other document to be delivered by such Loan Party pursuant to such Loan Documents.

 

[ T he R emainder of T his P age   is I ntentionally L eft B lank]

 

Ex. F-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned ha s executed and delivered , in the name and on behalf of each Loan Part y , this Certificate to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

I, the undersigned, [                     ], being the duly elected, qualified and acting [                          ] of [                ], solely in my capacity as an officer of each Loan Party and not individually, and without assuming any personal liability, do hereby certify that [                  ] is the duly elected, qualified and acting [                   ] of [                   ] and the signature set forth above is his or her true and genuine signature.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned ha s hereunto set his hand as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Ex. F-2



 

Exhibit A
Charter Documents

 

See attached.

 

Ex. F-3



 

Exhibit B
Governing Agreements

 

See attached.

 

Ex. F-4



 

Exhibit C
Consents

 

See attached.

 

Ex. F-5



 

Exhibit D
Incumbency

 

INC Research, LLC

 

NAME

 

TITLE

 

SIGNATURE

 

 

 

 

 

Karen M. Wall

 

General Counsel and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Gill

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC Research Intermediate, LLC

 

NAME

 

TITLE

 

SIGNATURE

 

 

 

 

 

Karen M. Wall

 

Vice President and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Gill

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ex. F-6



 

KENDLE INTERNATIONAL INC.
ACER/EXCEL INC.
AAC CONSULTING GROUP, INC.
KENDLE INTERNATIONAL CPU LLC
KENDLE AMERICAS HOLDING INC.
KENDLE AMERICAS INVESTMENT INC. AND
KENDLE AMERICAS MANAGEMENT INC.

 

NAME

 

TITLE

 

SIGNATURE

 

 

 

 

 

Karen M. Wall

 

[Secretary]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Gill

 

[Chief Financial Officer]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ex. F-7


 

Exhibit H

 

FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

 

July [  ], 2011

 

The undersigned, [                      ], the Chief Financial Officer of INC Research Intermediate, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”) and the Chief Financial Officer of INC Research, LLC (the “ Borrower ”), is familiar with the properties, businesses, assets and liabilities of Holdings and its subsidiaries and is duly authorized to execute this certificate (this “ Solvency Certificate ”) on behalf of Holdings.

 

This Solvency Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(k) of the Credit Agreement dated as of July 12, 2011 (the “ Credit Agreement ” (terms defined therein unless otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined) among Holdings, the Borrower, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, and together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent ” and the “ Collateral Agent ,” respectively) and swingline lender, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as Lenders, ING Capital LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, as co-syndication agents, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as issuing lender.

 

As used herein, “Company” means Holdings and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

1.                                       The undersigned certifies, on behalf of Holdings and the Borrower and not in his individual capacity, that he has made such investigation and inquiries as to the financial condition of Holdings and its subsidiaries as the undersigned deems necessary and prudent for the purposes of providing this Solvency Certificate.  The undersigned acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of this Solvency Certificate in connection with the making of Loans under the Credit Agreement.

 

2.                                       The undersigned certifies, on behalf of Holdings and the Borrower and not in his individual capacity, that (a) the financial information, projections and assumptions which underlie and form the basis for the representations made in this Solvency Certificate were made in good faith and were based on assumptions reasonably believed by Holdings and the Borrower to be fair in light of the circumstances existing at the time made; and (b) for purposes of providing this Solvency Certificate, the amount of contingent liabilities has been computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing as of the date hereof, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

BASED ON THE FOREGOING, the undersigned certifies, on behalf of Holdings and the Borrower and not in his individual capacity, that, on the date hereof, after giving effect to the Transactions (and the Loans made or to be made and other obligations incurred or to be incurred on the Closing Date):

 

(i)                                      the fair value of the property of the Company is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of the Company;

 

(ii)                                   the present fair salable value of the assets of the Company is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of the Company on the sum of its debts and other liabilities, including contingent liabilities;

 

(iii)                                the Company has not, does not intend to, and does not believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond the Company’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and

 

Ex. H-1



 

(iv)                               the Company does not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which it is engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date.

 

Ex. H-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solvency Certificate as of the first date written above, solely in his capacity as the Chief Financial Officer of Holdings and the Borrower and not in his individual capacity.

 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

Ex. H-3



 

Exhibit I

 

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION

 

Application and Agreement for Irrevocable Letter of Credit
TO:  General Electric Capital Corporation (“Bank”)

 

NOTE:  To properly complete this document the “ TAB ” key must be used to navigate to and from all form fields.

 

Please type applications to ensure legibility and accuracy.  Handwritten applications will not be accepted.

We reserve the right to return applications for clarification.

 

Date:  mm/dd/yyyy

 

The undersigned Applicant hereby requests Bank to issue an Irrevocable Letter of Credit (the “ Credit ”) substantially as set forth below.

 

Applicant (Full Name & Address):

 

Advising Bank (Designate name & address only if
desired):

INC Research , LLC
[                           ]
[                           ]

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary (Full Name & Address):

 

Amount in Figures: (All Credits must be in US $)

 

 

 

 

 

Amount in Words:

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Issuance:
mm/dd/yyyy

 

 

 

 

 

Expiration Date:
mm/dd/yyyy

 

o                                    Expiry date to be automatically extendable “ evergreen ” every 364 days or one year , with a              days notification for non-extension (i.e.:  60 days), with a final expiry date of mm/dd/yyyy

 

Credit to be available for payment against Beneficiary’s draft(s) at sight drawn on Bank or its correspondent at Bank’s option accompanied by the following documents:

 

o                                 A statement, issued on the letterhead of the Beneficiary, purportedly signed by an authorized individual, stating that (please state below wording to appear on the statement):

 

o                                 Issue substantially in form of attached specimen.

 

Ex. I-1



 

APPLICANT WARRANTS THAT NO TRANSACTION INVOLVED IN THIS APPLICATION,
IF ANY, IS IN VIOLATION OF U.S. TREASURY FOREIGN ASSETS CONTROL
REGULATIONS OR ANY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

Each Applicant signing below affirms that it has fully read and agrees to this Application and to Applicant’s letter of credit reimbursement agreement attached which is referred to as the “ Continuing Letter of Credit Agreement .”  In consideration of the Bank’s issuance of the Credit, the Applicant agrees to be bound by the Agreement set forth in this and in the attached Continuing Letter of Credit Agreement on the following pages delivered to the Bank.  Documents may be forwarded to the Bank by the Beneficiary, or the negotiating bank, in one mail.  Bank may forward documents to Applicant if specified above, in one mail.  Applicant understands and agrees that this Credit will be subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits of the International Chamber of Commerce, Publication 600 or any subsequent version currently in effect and in use by Bank (“ UCP ”) or to the International Standby Practices of the International Chamber of Commerce, Publication 590 or any subsequent version currently in effect and in use by Bank (“ ISP98 ”), at Bank’s discretion.

 

Name of Applicant:
INC Research , LLC

 

 

Address:
[                                            ]

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Contact:

 

Email Address:

 

 

 

Authorized Signature (Title):

 

Authorized Signature (Title):

 

 

 

 

 

Phone Number:
(   )    -

 

BANK USE ONLY

 

Approved (Authorized Signature):

 

x

 

Date:

 

Approved (Print name and title):                                                                                                                  City:                                                                                                      Phone #:                                                                 Employee Email
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                (   )    -

 

We have interpreted this Letter of Credit as a   o   Financial obligation or a   o   Performance obligation.

 

Other (please explain):

 

For any questions regarding this transaction, please contact:  o   Approver   o   Applicant Directly   o   Other

 

Specify:

 

Ex. I-2



 

Attachment A — Required Prior to Submitting Application

 

USA Patriot Act Notice:

 

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions and subsidiaries to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or entity that may have funds transferred to them.  Beneficiary must provide General Electric Capital Corporation information requested, such as name, address, tax identification number, and other corporate information, including business organizational documents, such as Articles of Incorporation, or other identifying documents.

 

The following must be completed in full and contain the required documentation for each Beneficiary prior to submitting the Letter of Credit application.

 

DATA REQUIREMENTS

 

BENEFICIARY

Exact Beneficiary Legal Name

 

 

Legal Business Address

 

 

Gov’t ID # / ID Type

 

 

Country of Organization

 

 

Legal Form

 

 

Gaming Entity? (Yes / No)

 

 

Politically Exposed Person (Yes/No)

 

 

 

BENEFICIARY’S REQUIRED DOCUMENTS - 1 & 3 or 2 & 3

 

1.  Beneficiary’s Formation Documents e.g.  Partnership Agreement, or Trust Agreement

 

Or

 

2.  Beneficiary’s Disclosure Document:  e.g.  Annual Report, Offering Memorandum, & Articles of Association, Articles of Incorporation

 

&

 

3.  Beneficiary’s List of Principals/Directors/Trustees:  e.g.  List of Principles/Directors/Trustees (depending on entity) on letterhead

 

Ex. I-3


 

Exhibit  J

 

[FORM OF] DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT NOTICE

 

Date:                , 20  

 

To:  [                          ], as Auction Agent

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This Discount Range Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among INC Research, LLC (the “ Borrower ”), INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

Pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A) of the Credit Agreement, the Group Member hereby requests that [each Lender] [each Lender of the [ · , 20 · ](1) tranche[s] of the [ · ](2) Class of Loans] submit a Discount Range Prepayment Offer.  Any Discounted Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

 

1.             This Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Group Member to [each Lender] [each Lender of the [ · , 20 · ](3) tranche[s] of the [ · ](4) Class of Loans].

 

2.             The maximum aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is [$[ · ] of Loans] [$[ · ] of the [ · , 20 · ](5) tranche[(s)] of the [ · ](6) Class of Loans] (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Amount ”).(7)

 

3.             The Group Member is willing to make Discount Loan Prepayments at a percentage discount to par value greater than or equal to [[ · ]% but less than or equal to [ · ]% in respect of the Loans] [[ · ]%

 


(1)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(2)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(3)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(4)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(5)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(6)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(7)               Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

 

J-1



 

but less than or equal to [ · ]% in respect of the [ · , 20 · ](8) tranche[(s)] of the [ · ](9) Class of Loans] (the “ Discount Range ”).

 

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Auction Agent a Discount Range Prepayment Offer by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the date that is the third Business Day following the date of delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A) of the Credit Agreement.

 

The Group Member hereby represents and warrants to the Auction Agent and [the Lenders][each Lender of the [ · , 20 · ](10) tranche[s] of the [ · ](11) Class of Loans] as follows:

 

1.            Holdings, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries do not have any material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, their Subsidiaries and their respective securities for purposes of United States securities laws that has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates).

 

2.            Holdings will be in compliance with Section 8.1 on a pro forma basis.

 

3.            the Revolving Facility will not be utilized to fund this Discount Loan Prepayment.

 

4.            this offer is being been made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

5.            [At least ten (10) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by a Group Member on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three (3) Business Days have passed since the date the Group Member was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of any Group Member’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.](12)

 

The Group Member acknowledges that the Auction Agent and the relevant Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with any Discount Range Prepayment Offer made in response to this Discount Range Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

 

The Group Member requests that the Auction Agent promptly notify each Lender party to the Credit Agreement of this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

 


(8)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(9)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(10)        List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(11)        List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(12)        Insert applicable representation.

 

J-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

[NAME OF APPLICABLE GROUP MEMBER]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Enclosure:  Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer

 

J-3



 

Exhibit K

 

[FORM OF] DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT OFFER

 

Date:              , 20  

 

To:  [                  ], as Auction Agent

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among INC Research, LLC (the “ Borrower ”), INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and (b) that certain Discount Range Prepayment Notice, dated,                 , 20     from the applicable Group Member (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Notice ”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Discount Range Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, in the Credit Agreement.

 

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A) of the Credit Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

 

1.             This Discount Range Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on [the Loans] [the [ · , 20 · ](1) tranche[s] of the [ · ](2) Class of Loans] held by the undersigned.

 

2.             The maximum aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “ Submitted Amount ”):

 

[Loans - $[ · ]]

 

[[ · , 20 · ](3) tranche[s] of the [ · ](4) Class of Loans - $[ · ]]

 

3.             The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Loan Prepayment may be made is [[ · ]% in respect of the Loans] [[s]% in respect of the [ · , 20 · ](5) tranche[(s)] of the [ · ](6) Class of Loans] (the “ Submitted Discount ”).

 


(1)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(2)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(3)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(4)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(5)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(6)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

Ex. K-1



 

The undersigned Lender hereby expressly and irrevocably consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Loans] [[ · , 20 · ](7) tranche[s] of the [ · ](8) Class of Loans] indicated above pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Applicable Discount and in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the Submitted Amount, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Discount Range Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 


Footnote continued from previous page.

 

(7)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(8)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

Ex. K-2



 

Exhibit L

 

[FORM OF] SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT NOTICE

 

Date:                , 20  

 

To:  [                    ], as Auction Agent

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.1 (b)(iv)(A) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among INC Research, LLC (the “ Borrower ”), INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

Pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A) of the Credit Agreement, the Group Member hereby requests that [each Lender] [each Lender of the [ · , 20 · ](1) tranche[s] of the [ · ](2) Class of Loans] submit a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer.  Any Discounted Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

 

1.             This Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Group Member to [each Lender] [each Lender of the [ · , 20 · ](3) tranche[s] of the [ · ](4) Class of Loans].

 

2.             The maximum aggregate amount of the Discounted Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is (the “ Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount ”):(5)

 

[Loans - $[ · ]]

 

[[ · , 20 · ](6) tranche[s] of the [ · ](7) Class of Loans - $[ · ]]

 


(1)              List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(2)              List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(3)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(4)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(5)               Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

 

(6)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(7)              List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

Ex. L-1



 

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Auction Agent a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York time on the date that is the third Business Day following delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A) of the Credit Agreement.

 

The Group Member requests that the Auction Agent promptly notify each Lender party to the Credit Agreement of this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

[NAME OF APPLICABLE GROUP MEMBER]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Enclosure:  Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

 

Ex. L-2



 

Exhibit M

 

[FORM OF] SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT OFFER

 

Date:                  , 20  

 

To:  [                      ], as Auction Agent

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among INC Research, LLC (the “ Borrower ”), INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and (b) that certain Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice, dated                       , 20    , from the applicable Group Member (the “ Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice ”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, in the Credit Agreement.

 

To accept the offer set forth herein, you must submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice by or before no later than 5:00 p.m. New York time on the third Business Day following your receipt of this notice.

 

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A) of the Credit Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

 

1.             This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Loans] [[ · , 20 · ](1) tranche[s] of the [ · ](2) Class of Loans] held by the undersigned.

 

2.             The maximum aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “ Offered Amount ”):

 

[Loans - $[ · ]]

 

[[ · , 20 · ](3) tranche[s] of the [ · ](4) Class of Loans - $[ · ]]

 

3.             The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Loan Prepayment may be made is [[ · ]% in respect of the Loans] [[ · ]% in respect of the [ · , 20 · ](5) tranche[(s)] of the [ · ](6) Class of Loans] (the “ Offered Discount ”).

 


(1)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(2)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(3)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(4)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

 

Ex. M-1



 

The undersigned Lender hereby expressly and irrevocably consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Loans] [[ · , 20 · ](7) tranche[s] of the [ · ](8) Class of Loans] pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Applicable Discount and in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the Offered Amount, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Solicited Discount Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

 


Footnote continued from previous page.

 

(5)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(6)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(7)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

Ex. M-2


 

Exhibit N

 

[FORM OF] ACCEPTANCE AND PREPAYMENT NOTICE

 

Date:                  , 20  

 

To:  [                  ], as Auction Agent

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This Acceptance and Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to (a) Section 4.1(b)(iv)(B) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among INC Research, LLC (the “ Borrower ”), INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and (b) that certain Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice, dated, 20    , from the applicable Group Member (the “ Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice ”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

Pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iv)(B) of the Credit Agreement, the Group Member hereby irrevocably notifies you that it accepts offers delivered in response to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice having an Offered Discount equal to or greater than [[ · ]% in respect of the Loans] [[ · ]% in respect of the [ · , 20 · ](1) tranche[(s)] of the [ · ](2) Class of Loans] (the “ Acceptable Discount ”) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount.

 

The Group Member expressly agrees that this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice shall be irrevocable and is subject to the provisions of Section 4.1(b)(iv)(B) of the Credit Agreement.

 

The Group Member hereby represents and warrants to the Auction Agent and [the Lenders][each Lender of the [ · , 20 · ](3) tranche[s] of the [ · ](4) Class of Loans] as follows:

 

1.             Holdings, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries do not have any material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, their Subsidiaries and their respective securities for purposes of United States securities laws that has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates).

 

2.             Holdings will be in compliance with Section 8.1 on a pro forma basis.

 


(1)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(2)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(3)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(4)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

Ex. N-1



 

3.             the Revolving Facility will not be utilized to fund this Discounted Loan Prepayment.

 

4.             this offer is being been made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

5.             [At least ten (10) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by a Group Member on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.]  [At least three (3) Business Days have passed since the date the Group Member was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of any Group Member’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.](5)

 

6.             The Group Member acknowledges that the Auction Agent and the relevant Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer.

 

The Group Member requests that the Auction Agent promptly notify each Lender party to the Credit Agreement of this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

[NAME OF APPLICABLE GROUP MEMBER]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 


(5)           Insert applicable representation.

 

Ex. N-2



 

Exhibit O

 

[FORM OF] SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT NOTICE

 

Date:                , 20  

 

To:  [                    ], as Auction Agent

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This Specified Discount Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(ii)(A) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among INC Research, LLC (the “ Borrower ”), INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

Pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(ii)(A) of the Credit Agreement, the Group Member hereby offers to make a Discounted Loan Prepayment [to each Lender] [to each Lender of the [ · , 20 · ](1) tranche[s] of the [ · ](2) Class of Loans] on the following terms:

 

1.             This Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment is available only [to each Lender] [to each Lender of the [ · , 20 · ](3) tranche[s] of the [ · ](4) Class of Loans].

 

2.             The aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed [$[ · ] of Loans] [$[ · ] of the [ · , 20 · ](5) tranche [(s)] of the [ · ](6) Class of Loans] (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Amount ”).(7)

 

3.             The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Loan Prepayment will be made is [[ · ]% in respect of the Loans] [[ · ]% in respect of the [ · , 20 · ](8) tranche[(s)] of the [ · ](9) Class of Loans] (the “ Specified Discount ”).

 


(1)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(2)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(3)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(4)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(5)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(6)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(7)               Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

 

Ex. O-1



 

To accept this offer, you are required to submit to the Auction Agent a Specified Discount Prepayment Response by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the date that is the third Business Day following the date of delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(ii)(A) of the Credit Agreement.

 

The Group Member hereby represents and warrants to the Auction Agent and [the Lenders][each Lender of the [ · , 20 · ](10) tranche[s] of the [ · ](11) Class of Loans] as follows:

 

1.             Holdings, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries do not have any material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, their Subsidiaries and their respective securities for purposes of United States securities laws that has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates).

 

2.             Holdings will be in compliance with Section 8.1 on a pro forma basis.

 

3.             the Revolving Facility will not be utilized to fund this Discounted Loan Prepayment.

 

4.             this offer is being been made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

5.             [At least ten (10) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by a Group Member on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three (3) Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of any Group Member’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.](12)

 

The Group Member acknowledges that the Auction Agent and the relevant Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with their decision whether or not to accept the offer set forth in this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

 

The Group Member requests that the Auction Agent promptly notify each Lender party to the Credit Agreement of this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

 


Footnote continued from previous page.

 

(8)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(9)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(10)        List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(11)        List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(12)        Insert applicable representation.

 

Ex. O-2



 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

[NAME OF APPLICABLE GROUP MEMBER]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Enclosure:  Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

 

Ex. O-3



 

Exhibit P

 

[FORM OF] SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT RESPONSE

 

Date:                      , 20  

 

To:  [                    ], as Auction Agent

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among INC Research, LLC (the “ Borrower ”), INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and (b) that certain Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, dated                     , 20    , from the applicable Loan Party (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Notice ”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Specified Discount Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, in the Credit Agreement.

 

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(ii)(A) of the Credit Agreement, that it is willing to accept a prepayment of the following [Loans] [[ · , 20 · ](1) tranche[s] of the [ · ](2) Class of Loans - $[ · ]] held by such Lender at the Specified Discount in an aggregate outstanding amount as follows:

 

[Loans - $[ · ]]

 

[[ · , 20 · ](3) tranche[s] of the [ · ](4) Class of Loans - $[ · ]]

 

The undersigned Lender hereby expressly and irrevocably consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Loans][[ · , 20 · ](5) tranche[s] the [ · ](6) Class of Loans] pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(ii)(A) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the [applicable] Specified Discount in the aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the amount set forth above, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Specified Discount Proration, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

 


(1)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(2)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(3)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(4)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

(5)               List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

(6)               List applicable Class(es) of Loans.

 

Ex. P-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Response as of the date first above written.

 

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Ex. P-2



 

Exhibit Q-1

 

[FORM OF] NON-BANK CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships or
Pass-Thru Entities For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among INC Research, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.                                           (the “ Foreign Lender ”) is providing this certificate pursuant to Section 4.10(e) of the Credit Agreement.

 

The Foreign Lender hereby represents and warrants that:

 

1.             The Foreign Lender is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loans (as well as any notes evidencing such loans) in respect of which it is providing this certificate.

 

2              The Foreign Lender is not a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).  In this regard, the Foreign Lender further represents and warrants that:

 

(a)                                     the Foreign Lender is not subject to regulatory or other legal requirements as a bank in any jurisdiction; and

 

(b)                                     the Foreign Lender has not been treated as a bank for purposes of any tax, securities law or other filing or submission made to any Governmental Authority, any application made to a rating agency or qualification for any exemption from tax, securities law or other legal requirements.

 

3.             The Foreign Lender is not a 10-percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code.

 

4.             The Foreign Lender is not a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code related to the Borrower within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this certificate on the          day of                       , 20    .

 

 

 

[NAME OF FOREIGN LENDER]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Ex. Q-1-1



 

Exhibit Q-2

 

[FORM OF] NON-BANK CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships or
Pass-Thru Entities For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among INC Research, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.                                           (the “ Foreign Lender ”) is providing this certificate pursuant to Section 4.10(e) of the Credit Agreement.

 

The Foreign Lender hereby represents and warrants that:

 

1.             The Foreign Lender is the sole record owner of the Loans (as well as any notes evidencing such Loans) in respect of which it is providing this certificate.

 

2.             The Foreign Lender’s partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of the Loans (as well as any notes evidencing such Loans).

 

3.             Neither the Foreign Lender nor any of its partners/members is a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).  In this regard, the Foreign Lender further represents and warrants that:

 

(a)                                     neither the Foreign Lender nor any of its partners/members is subject to regulatory or other legal requirements as a bank in any jurisdiction; and

 

(b)                                     neither the Foreign Lender nor any of its partners/members has been treated as a bank for purposes of any tax, securities law or other filing or submission made to any Governmental Authority, any application made to a rating agency or qualification for any exemption from tax, securities law or other legal requirements.

 

4.             None of the Foreign Lender’s partners/members is a 10-percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code.

 

5.             None of the Foreign Lender’s partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code related to the Borrower within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this certificate on the          day of                             , 20    .

 

 

 

[NAME OF FOREIGN LENDER]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Ex. Q-2-1



 

Exhibit Q-3

 

[FORM OF] NON-BANK CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships or
Pass-Thru Entities For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among INC Research, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.                                           (the “ Foreign Lender ”) is providing this certificate pursuant to Section 4.10(e) of the Credit Agreement.

 

The Foreign Participant hereby represents and warrants that:

 

1.             The Foreign Participant is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate.

 

2.             The Foreign Participant is not a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).  In this regard, the Foreign Participant further represents and warrants that:

 

(a)                                     the Foreign Participant is not subject to regulatory or other legal requirements as a bank in any jurisdiction; and

 

(b)                                     the Foreign Participant has not been treated as a bank for purposes of any tax, securities law or other filing or submission made to any Governmental Authority, any application made to a rating agency or qualification for any exemption from tax, securities law or other legal requirements.

 

3.             The Foreign Participant is not a 10-percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code.

 

4.             The Foreign Participant is not a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code related to the Borrower within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this certificate on the          day of                         , 20    .

 

 

 

[NAME OF FOREIGN PARTICIPANT]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Ex. Q-3-1



 

Exhibit Q-4

 

[FORM OF] NON-BANK CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships or
Pass-Thru Entities For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among INC Research, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.                                           (the “ Foreign Lender ”) is providing this certificate pursuant to Section 4.10(e) of the Credit Agreement.

 

The Foreign Participant hereby represents and warrants that:

 

1.             The Foreign Participant is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate.

 

2.             The Foreign Participant’s partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of the participation.

 

3.             Neither the Foreign Participant nor any of its partners/members is a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).  In this regard, the Foreign Participant further represents and warrants that:

 

(a)                                     neither the Foreign Participant nor any of its partners/members is subject to regulatory or other legal requirements as a bank in any jurisdiction; and

 

(b)                                     neither the Foreign Participant nor any of its partners/members has been treated as a bank for purposes of any tax, securities law or other filing or submission made to any Governmental Authority, any application made to a rating agency or qualification for any exemption from tax, securities law or other legal requirements.

 

4.             None of the Foreign Participant’s partners/members is a 10-percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code.

 

5.             None of the Foreign Participant’s partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code related to the Borrower within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this certificate on the          day of                       , 20    .

 

 

 

[NAME OF FOREIGN PARTICIPANT]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Ex. Q-4-1




Exhibit 10.1.2

 

AMENDMENT No. 1 , dated as of February 8, 2013 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 12, 2011, among INC RESEARCH, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement (the “ Lenders ”), GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and as the Swingline Lender and the other parties thereto (as amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”); capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower desires to amend the Credit Agreement on the terms set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement provides that the relevant Loan Parties and the Required Lenders may amend the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents for certain purposes including to permit additional extensions of credit to be included in the Credit Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, (i) each Amendment No. 1 Consenting Lender (as defined in Exhibit A ) has agreed, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to have up to all or a portion of its outstanding Original Term Loans (as defined in Exhibit A) , if any, converted into a like principal amount of a Term B Loan (as defined in Exhibit A ) effective as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (as defined below) and (ii) if not all outstanding Original Term Loans are converted as described in clause (i), the Additional Term B Lender (as defined in Exhibit A ) has agreed to make a Term B Loan in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of Original Term Loans not converted into Term B Loans on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the proceeds of which shall be applied to repay in full such non-converted Original Term Loans;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

Section 1.              Amendment .  The Credit Agreement is, effective as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (as defined below), hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text ) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text ) as set forth in the pages of the Credit Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

Section 2.              Representations and Warranties, No Default .  In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Amendment and to amend the Credit Agreement in the manner provided herein, each of Holdings and the Borrower represents and warrants to each Lender that:

 

a)              After giving effect to this Amendment, each of the representations and warranties in the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof, except

 



 

2

 

to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; and

 

b)              At the time of and immediately after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

Section 3.              Effectiveness .  This Amendment shall become effective on the date (such date, if any, the “ Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ”) that the following conditions have been satisfied:

 

(i)            Consents .  The Administrative Agent shall have received executed signature pages hereto from the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender, each Revolving Lender and each of the Required Lenders;

 

(ii)           Additional Joinder Agreement .  The Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Additional Term B Lender (as defined in Exhibit A) shall have entered into the Additional Term B Joinder Agreement (as defined in Exhibit A );

 

(iii)          Fees .  The Borrower shall have paid, (a) to the Administrative Agent, in immediately available funds, for the account of each consenting Revolving Lender that has delivered its signature page hereto to the Administrative Agent, a consent fee in an amount equal to 0.25% of the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Commitments held by such consenting Revolving Lender outstanding as of the date hereof, (b) to the Amendment No. 1 Agents (as defined in Exhibit A ) in immediately available funds, all fees owing to the Amendment No. 1 Agents as separately agreed to in writing by the Borrower and the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger and (c) to the extent invoiced, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Amendment No. 1 Agents and the Administrative Agent in connection with this Amendment and the transaction contemplated hereby (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP and Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel to the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers and the Administrative Agent, respectively);

 

(iv)          Legal Opinions .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable legal opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, covering such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(v)           Officer’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an authorized officer of the Borrower dated the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date certifying that (a) after giving effect to this Amendment, each of the representations and warranties in the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly

 



 

3

 

relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (b) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

 

(vi)          Closing Certificates .  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing (where relevant) of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority and (ii) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party dated the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Amendment and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing the Amendment on behalf of such Loan Party and countersigned by another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of a duly authorized officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

 

Section 4.              Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telecopier or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

Section 5.              Applicable Law THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 6.              Headings .  Section and Subsection headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

 

Section 7.              Effect of Amendment .  Except as expressly set forth herein, (i) this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any other

 



 

4

 

Agent, in each case under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (ii) shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other provision of either such agreement or any other Loan Document.  Each and every term, condition, obligation, covenant and agreement contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document is hereby ratified and re-affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect.  Each Loan Party reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents (as amended hereby) to which it is party and the validity of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents.  This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for purposes of the Credit Agreement and from and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, all references to the Credit Agreement in any Loan Document and all references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.  Each of the Loan Parties hereby consents to this Amendment and confirms that all obligations of such Loan Party under the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

 

Section 8.              Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)           submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Amendment and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)           consents that any such action or proceeding shall be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c)           agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the address set forth in Section 11.2 or on the signature pages hereof, as the case may be, or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto; and

 

(d)           agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction.

 

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC, as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Gill

 

 

Name: David Gill

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC,

 

as Holdings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Gill

 

 

Name: David Gill

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KENDLE AMERICAS INVESTMENT INC., as

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Gill

 

 

Name: David Gill

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KENDLE AMERICAS MANAGEMENT INC., as

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Gill

 

 

Name: David Gill

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH CPU LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James T. Ogle

 

 

Name: James T. Ogle

 

 

Title: Manager

 

[Signature Page to Amendment]

 



 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Name: Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Title: Duly Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Amendment]

 



 

 

REVOLVING LENDERS

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alice Lee

 

 

Name: Alice Lee

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ING CAPITAL LLC,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas K. McCaughey

 

 

Name: Thomas K. McCaughey

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dean Sas

 

 

Name: Dean Sas

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NATIXIS,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tefta Ghilaga

 

 

Name: Tefta Ghilaga

 

 

Title: Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kelvin Cheng

 

 

Name: Kelvin Cheng

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Name: Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Title: Duly Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Baptist Health South Florida, Inc.

 

By: Seix Investment Advisors LLC, as Advisor

 

 

 

 

Blue Cross of Idaho Health Service, Inc.

 

By: Seix Investment Advisors LLC, as Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

RidgeWorth Funds - Seix Floating Rate High Income Fund

 

By: Seix Investment Advisors LLC, as Subadviser

 

 

 

 

RidgeWorth Funds - Total Return Bond Fund

 

By: Seix Investment Advisors LLC, as Subadviser

 

 

 

 

Rochdale Fixed Income Opportunities Portfolio

 

By: Seix Investment Advisors LLC, as Subadviser

 

 

 

 

as Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George Goudelias

 

 

Name:

George Goudelias

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

BABSON CLO LTD. 2005-I

 

BABSON CLO LTD. 2005-III

 

BABSON CLO LTD. 2006-II

 

BABSON CLO LTD. 2007-I

 

BABSON MID-MARKET CLO LTD. 2007-II

 

SAPPHIRE VALLEY CDO I, LTD.

 

By: Babson Capital Management LLC as Collateral

 

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arthur J. McMahon

 

 

Name:

Arthur J. McMahon

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIAMOND LAKE CLO, LTD.

 

By: Babson Capital Management LLC as Collateral

 

Servicer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arthur J. McMahon

 

 

Name: Arthur J. McMahon

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

LANDMARK IX CDO LTD,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By: Landmark Funds LLC, as Manager

 

 

By: Sound Harbour Partners, LLC, as

 

 

Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas E. Bancroft

 

 

Name:

Thomas E. Bancroft

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

LANDMARK VII CDO LTD,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By:  Landmark Funds LLC, as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas E. Bancroft

 

 

Name:

Thomas E. Bancroft

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

LANDMARK VIII CLO LTD,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By:  Landmark Funds LLC, as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas E. Bancroft

 

 

Name:

Thomas E. Bancroft

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

APOLLO CREDIT FUNDING I LTD.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By: Apollo Fund Management LLC,

 

 

As its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

CORNERSTONE CLO LTD.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By: Apollo Debt Advisors LLC,

 

 

as its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

IBM Personal Pension Plan Trust,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By: Apollo Fund Management LLC,

 

 

its Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

RAMPART CLO 2006-1 LTD.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By: Apollo Debt Advisors LLC,

 

 

as its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Rampart CLO 2007 Ltd.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By: Apollo Debt Advisors LLC

 

 

as its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Stone Tower CLO V Ltd.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By: Apollo Debt Advisors LLC,

 

 

as its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

STONE TOWER CLO VI LTD.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By: Apollo Debt Advisors LLC,

 

 

As its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

STONE TOWER CLO VII LTD.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By: Apollo Debt Advisors LLC,

 

 

as its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

ATLAS SENIOR LOAN FUND, LTD.

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Hwang

 

 

Name: John Hwang

 

 

Title:] Vice President

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Swiss Capital Pro Loan III PLC ,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director, Bank Debt

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Birch Capital Fund SPC Limited-Bond Segregated Portfolio,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Park

 

 

Name:

Peter Park

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

BATTALION CLO 2007 – I, LTD.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By: BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC As

 

 

Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Park

 

 

Name:

Peter Park

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Battalion CLO II LTD.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By: BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC As

 

 

Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Park

 

 

Name:

Peter Park

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

BATTALION CLO III LTD.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Park

 

 

Name:

Peter Park

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Big River Group Fund SPC Limited,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By: BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC As

 

 

Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Park

 

 

Name:

Peter Park

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Brigade Credit Fund II, LTD.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By: BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC As

 

 

Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Park

 

 

Name:

Peter Park

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

JP Morgan Chase Retirement Plan/Brigade,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By: BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC As

 

 

Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Park

 

 

Name:

Peter Park

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

JPMC Retirement Plan Brigade Bank Loan,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By:  BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC As Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Park

 

 

Name:

Peter Park

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Los Angeles County Employees Retirement Association/Brigade,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By: BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC As Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Park

 

 

Name:

Peter Park

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

OCA Brigade Credit Fund II LLC,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By: BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC As

 

 

Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Park

 

 

Name:

Peter Park

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

SEI Institutional Investment Trust-High Yield Bond Fund,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By: BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC As Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Park

 

 

Name:

Peter Park

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

SEI Institutional Managed Trust-High Yield Bond Fund,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By: BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMEN, LLC As

 

 

Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Park

 

 

Name:

Peter Park

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Associate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

BELL ATLANTIC MASTER TRUST

 

By:

Crescent Capital Group LP, its sub-adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Hwang

 

 

Name: John Hwang

 

 

Title:] Vice President

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Crescent Capital High Income Fund L.P.

 

Business Name: Crescent Capital LP High Income Fund

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Hwang

 

 

 

Name: John Hwang

 

 

 

Title:] Vice President

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Crescent Capital High Income Fund B, L.P.

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Hwang

 

 

 

Name: John Hwang

 

 

 

Title:] Vice President

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Crescent Senior Secured Floating Rate Loan Fund, LLC

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Hwang

 

 

 

Name: John Hwang

 

 

 

Title:] Vice President

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

FARAKER INVESTMENT PTE LTD.

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its sub-adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Hwang

 

 

 

Name: John Hwang

 

 

 

Title:] Vice President

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Health Net of California Inc. ,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

 

Title:

Director, Bank Debt

 


 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

ILLINOIS STATE BOARD OF INVESTMENT

 

By:

Crescent Capital Group LP, its sub-adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Hwang

 

 

 

Name: John Hwang

 

 

 

Title:] Vice President

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

PALMETTO INVESTORS MASTER FUND, LLC.

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its sub-adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Hwang

 

 

 

Name: John Hwang

 

 

 

Title:] Vice President

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Trust Company of the West,

 

As trustee of TCW Capital Trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John A. Fekete

 

 

Name:  John A. Fekete

 

 

Title:  Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan R. Insull

 

 

Name:  Jonathan R. Insull

 

 

Title:]  Managing Director

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

TCW SENIOR SECURED LOAN FUND , LP

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its sub-adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Hwang

 

 

 

Name: John Hwang

 

 

 

Title:] Vice President

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

WEST BEND MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its sub-adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Hwang

 

 

 

Name: John Hwang

 

 

 

Title:] Vice President

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

GoldenTree Loan Opportunities III, Ltd. ,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director, Bank Debt

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

GoldenTree Loan Opportunities IV, Ltd. ,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director, Bank Debt

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

GoldenTree Loan Opportunities V, Ltd. ,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director, Bank Debt

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

GoldenTree Loan Opportunities VI, Ltd. ,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director, Bank Debt

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

RS FLOATING RATE FUND

 

 

 

By: Guardian Investor Services, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Booth

 

 

Name:

Kevin Booth

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

ING Capital LLC,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas K. McCaughey

 

 

Name:  Thomas K. McCaughey

 

 

Title:  Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:]

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Liberty Island Funding 2011-I, Ltd.

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kelvin Cheng

 

 

Name:  Kelvin Cheng

 

 

Title:  Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alvin Massy

 

 

Name:  Alvin Massy

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Manulife Floating Rate Income Fund,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Angela Winandy

 

 

Name:  Angela Winandy

 

 

 

 

 

Title:  Director, US Performance and Client Reporting

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Savarese

 

 

Name: Adam Savarese

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:]

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

The University of Chicago,

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director, Bank Debt

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Post Advisory Group, LLC, not in its individual capacity but solely as authorized agent for and on behalf of: Fairfax County Employees’ Retirement System,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William O. Matthews

 

 

Name: William O. Matthews

 

 

Title: Managing Director – Portfolio Manager

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Post Advisory Group, LLC, not in its individual capacity but solely as authorized agent for and on behalf of: National Railroad Retirement Investment Trust,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William O. Matthews

 

 

Name: William O. Matthews

 

 

Title: Managing Director – Portfolio Manager

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Post Advisory Group, LLC, not in its individual capacity but solely as authorized agent for and on behalf of: Post Traditional High Yield Fund, L.P,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William O. Matthews

 

 

Name: William O. Matthews

 

 

Title: Managing Director – Portfolio Manager

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Post Advisory Group, LLC, not in its individual capacity but solely as authorized agent for and on behalf of: Public Employees Retirement System of Ohio,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William O. Matthews

 

 

Name: William O. Matthews

 

 

Title: Managing Director – Portfolio Manager

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Post Advisory Group, LLC, not in its individual capacity but solely as authorized agent for and on behalf of: Steamship Trade Assn of Baltimore- Int’l Longshoreman’s Assn (AFL-CIO) Pension Fund,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William O. Matthews

 

 

Name: William O. Matthews

 

 

Title: Managing Director – Portfolio Manager

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Post Advisory Group, LLC, not in its individual capacity but solely as authorized agent for and on behalf of: Stichting Blue Sky Active High Yield Fixed Income USA Fund,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William O. Matthews

 

 

Name: William O. Matthews

 

 

Title: Managing Director – Portfolio Manager

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Post Advisory Group, LLC, not in its individual capacity but solely as authorized agent for and on behalf of: Teamsters Local 639- Employers Pension Trust Fund,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William O. Matthews

 

 

Name: William O. Matthews

 

 

Title: Managing Director – Portfolio Manager

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Post Advisory Group, LLC, not in its individual capacity but solely as authorized agent for and on behalf of: The Timken Company Collective Investment Trust for Retirement Trusts,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William O. Matthews

 

 

Name: William O. Matthews

 

 

Title: Managing Director – Portfolio Manager

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Post Advisory Group, LLC, not in its individual capacity but solely as authorized agent for and on behalf of: W.M. Keck Foundation,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William O. Matthews

 

 

Name: William O. Matthews

 

 

Title: Managing Director – Portfolio Manager

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

DRACO DOLLAR FUNDING LIMITED,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sinisa Krnic

 

 

Name:  Sinisa Krnic

 

 

Title: Director

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

VELA DOLLAR FUNDING LIMITED,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sinisa Krnic

 

 

Name:  Sinisa Krnic

 

 

Title: Director

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Russell Investment Company Russell Multi-Strategy Alternative Fund,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Park

 

 

Name:  Peter Park

 

 

 

 

 

Title:  Associate

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

ULTRA MASTER LTD,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By:  Solus Alternative Asset Management LP

Its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher Pucillo

 

 

Name:

Christopher Pucillo

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

VIRGINIA RETIREMENT SYSTEM,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

By:  Solus Alternative Asset Management LP

Its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher Pucillo

 

 

Name:

Christopher Pucillo

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

[Term Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Term Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Original Term Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) into a Term B Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

 

 

SC Pro Loan II Limited ,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

Title:

Director, Bank Debt

 


 

Execution Version Exhibit A

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

among

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC,
as Borrower,

 

INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC,

 

The Several Lenders
from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as Administrative Agent,

 

ING CAPITAL LLC and
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as Co-Syndication Agents,

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as Collateral Agent,

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,

as Lead Arranger and Lead Bookrunner for Amendment No. 1,


GE CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.,

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. and
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners for Amendment No. 1,

 

J.P. MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Syndication Agent for Amendment No. 1,

 

and

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS,

ING CAPITAL LLC and
NATIXIS,

as Co- Documentation Agent Agents for Amendment No. 1

 

Dated as of July 12, 2011 2011,

 

and as Amended by Amendment No. 1 on February 8, 2013

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
ING CAPITAL LLC and



 

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS (1)
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners ,

 

ING CAPITAL LLC and
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as Co-Syndication Agents

 

and

 

NATIXIS,

as Documentation Agent

 


(1)                   RBC Capital Markets is a marketing name for the investment banking activities of Royal Bank of Canada.

 

2



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

SECTION 1.

DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

 

1.1

Defined Terms

1

1.2

Other Definitional Provisions

40 42

1.3

Pro Forma Adjustments

41 43

 

 

 

SECTION 2.

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF TERM COMMITMENTS

 

 

 

 

2.1

Term Commitments

42 44

2.2

Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing

43 44

2.3

Repayment of Term Loans

43 45

2.4

Incremental Term Loans

43 45

2.5

Fees

45 47

2.6

Extension of Maturity Date in Respect of Term Facility

45 48

 

 

 

SECTION 3.

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING COMMITMENTS

 

 

 

 

3.1

Revolving Commitments

46 49

3.2

Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing

47 49

3.3

Swingline Commitment

47 50

3.4

Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans

48 50

3.5

Fees

49 51

3.6

Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments

49 52

3.7

L/C Commitment

50 52

3.8

Procedure for Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension of Letters of Credit; Certain Conditions

50 52

3.9

Fees and Other Charges

51 53

3.10

L/C Participations

51 53

3.11

Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower

52 54

3.12

Obligations Absolute

52 55

3.13

Letter of Credit Payments

52 55

3.14

Applications

53 55

3.15

Defaulting Lenders

53 55

3.16

Incremental Revolving Commitments

55 58

3.17

Extension of Maturity Date in Respect of Revolving Facility

57 60

 

 

 

SECTION 4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

 

 

 

4.1

Optional Prepayments

59 61

4.2

Mandatory Prepayments

66 68

4.3

Conversion and Continuation Options

66 69

4.4

Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches

67 69

4.5

Interest Rates and Payment Dates

67 70

4.6

Computation of Interest and Fees

68 70

4.7

Inability to Determine Interest Rate

68 71

4.8

Pro Rata Treatment; Application of Payments; Payments

69 71

4.9

Requirements of Law

70 72

4.10

Taxes

70 74

4.11

Indemnity

74 76

 

i



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

4.12

Change of Lending Office

74 77

4.13

Replacement of Lenders

75 77

4.14

Evidence of Debt

75 77

4.15

Illegality

76 78

 

 

 

SECTION 5.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

 

5.1

Financial Condition

76 78

5.2

No Change

77 79

5.3

Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law

77 79

5.4

Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations

77 79

5.5

No Legal Bar

77 80

5.6

Litigation and Adverse Proceedings

78 80

5.7

No Default

78 80

5.8

Ownership of Property; Liens

78 80

5.9

Intellectual Property

78 81

5.10

Taxes

78 81

5.11

Federal Reserve Regulations

79 81

5.12

Labor Matters

79 81

5.13

ERISA

79 81

5.14

Investment Company Act; Other Regulations

79 82

5.15

Capital Stock and Ownership Interests of Subsidiaries

80 82

5.16

Use of Proceeds

80 82

5.17

Environmental Matters

80 82

5.18

Accuracy of Information, etc.

81 83

5.19

Security Documents

81 83

5.20

Solvency

81 84

5.21

Senior Indebtedness

82 84

5.22

Regulatory Compliance

82 84

5.23

Anti-Terrorism Laws

82 85

5.24

Patriot Act

83 85

 

 

 

SECTION 6.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

 

 

 

6.1

Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit

83 85

6.2

Conditions to Each Extension of Credit After the Closing Date

86 88

 

 

 

SECTION 7.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

7.1

Financial Statements

87 89

7.2

Certificates; Other Information

88 90

7.3

Payment of Taxes

89 91

7.4

Maintenance of Existence; Compliance

89 91

7.5

Maintenance of Property; Insurance

89 92

7.6

Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions

90 92

7.7

Notices

90 92

7.8

Environmental Laws

91 93

7.9

Interest Rate Protection

91 93

7.10

Post-Closing; Additional Collateral, etc.

91 93

7.11

Further Assurances

93 95

7.12

Rated Credit Facility; Corporate Ratings

93 95

7.13

Use of Proceeds

93 96

7.14

Designation of Subsidiaries

93 96

 

ii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

SECTION 8.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

8.1

Financial Condition Covenant

94 96

8.2

Indebtedness

95 97

8.3

Liens

97 99

8.4

Fundamental Changes

99 101

8.5

Disposition of Property

100 102

8.6

Restricted Payments

101 103

8.7

Investments

104 105

8.8

Optional Payments and Modifications of Certain Debt Instruments

105 107

8.9

Transactions with Affiliates

106 108

8.10

Sales and Leasebacks

107 109

8.11

Hedge Agreements

107 109

8.12

Changes in Fiscal Periods

107 109

8.13

Negative Pledge Clauses

107 109

8.14

Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions

108 110

8.15

Lines of Business

109 111

8.16

Holding Company

110 111

 

 

 

SECTION 9.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

 

 

 

9.1

Events of Default

110 112

9.2

Borrower’s Right to Cure

113 114

 

 

 

SECTION 10.

THE AGENTS

 

 

 

 

10.1

Appointment

113 115

10.2

Delegation of Duties

113 115

10.3

Exculpatory Provisions

114 115

10.4

Reliance by Agents

114 116

10.5

Notice of Default

114 116

10.6

Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders

114 116

10.7

Indemnification

115 117

10.8

Agent in Its Individual Capacity

115 117

10.9

Successor Administrative Agent; Resignation of Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender

115 117

10.10

Agents Generally

116 118

10.11

Lender Action

116 118

10.12

Withholding Tax

116 118

 

 

 

SECTION 11.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

11.1

Amendments and Waivers

117 118

11.2

Notices

119 121

11.3

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

121 122

11.4

Survival of Representations and Warranties

121 122

11.5

Payment of Expenses

121 123

11.6

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments

122 124

11.7

Sharing of Payments; Set-off

127 129

11.8

Counterparts

128 129

11.9

Severability

128 130

11.10

Integration

128 130

11.11

GOVERNING LAW

128 130

11.12

Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers

128 130

11.13

Acknowledgments

129 130

 

iii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

11.14

Releases of Guarantees and Liens

129 131

11.15

Confidentiality

130 131

11.16

WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL

130 132

11.17

Patriot Act Notice

131 132

 

iv



 

ANNEX :

 

A

Pricing Grid

 

 

SCHEDULES :

 

1.1

Commitments

5.4

Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices

5.15

Subsidiaries

5.19(a)

UCC Filing Jurisdictions

5.19(b)

Real Property

8.2

Existing Indebtedness

8.3

Existing Liens

8.5

Dispositions

8.7

Existing Investments

8.9

Transactions with Affiliates

8.14

Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions

 

 

EXHIBITS:

 

A

Form of Assignment and Assumption

B

Form of Compliance Certificate

B-1

Form of Borrowing Notice

C

Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

D

[Reserved]

E-1

Form of Term Note

E-2

Form of Revolving Note

E-3

Form of Swingline Note

F

Form of Closing Certificate

G-1

Form of Legal Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

G-2

Form of Legal Opinion of Squires, Sanders & Dempsey (US) LLP

G-3

Form of Legal Opinion of General Counsel of the Borrower

H

Form of Solvency Certificate

I

Form of Letter of Credit Application

J

Discount Range Prepayment Notice

K

Discount Range Prepayment Offer

L

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice

M

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

N

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice

O

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice

P

Specified Discount Range Prepayment Response

Q-1

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

Q-2

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

Q-3

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

Q-4

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

 

v


 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of July 12, 2011, 2011 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 on February 8, 2013), among INC RESEARCH, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement as Lenders, GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, and together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent ” and the “ Collateral Agent ,” respectively) and Swingline Lender, ING CAPITAL LLC and ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as co-syndication agents (in such capacity, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), NATIXIS, as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Issuing Lender.

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders make available (a) the Term Commitments and the Original Term Loans on the Closing Date to finance a portion of the Transactions and to pay related fees and expenses and (b) the Revolving Commitments on and following the Closing Date for the purposes set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to make available the Term Commitments and the Revolving Commitments for such purposes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS

 

1.1                                Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.

 

Acceptable Discount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(B).

 

Acceptable Prepayment Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(C).

 

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice ”:  a notice in the form of Exhibit N attached hereto.

 

Acceptance Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(B).

 

Acquired Person ”:  as defined in Section 8.2(i).

 

Acquisition ”:  the acquisition of the Target by way of Triangle Two Acquisition Corp. merging with and into the Target, with the Target surviving the Acquisition pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.

 

Acquisition Agreement ”:  the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 4, 2011, among the Borrower, Triangle Two Acquisition Corp. and the Target.

 

Acquisition Documentation ”:  collectively, the Acquisition Agreement and all schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto.

 

Additional Revolving Commitment Lender ”:  as defined in Section 3.17(d).

 



 

“Additional Term B Commitment” means, with respect to the Additional Term B Lender, its commitment to make a Term B Loan on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date in an amount equal to $300,000,000 minus the aggregate principal amount of the Converted Original Term Loans of all Lenders.

 

“Additional Term B Joinder Agreement” means the joinder agreement, dated the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent and the Additional Term B Lender.

 

“Additional Term B Lender” means the Person identified as such in the Additional Term B Joinder Agreement.

 

Additional Term Commitment Lender ”:  as defined in Section 2.6(d).

 

Adjustment Date ”:  as defined in the Pricing Grid.

 

Administrative Agent ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Administrative Agent Parties ”:  as defined in Section 11.2(c).

 

Affected Lender ”:  as defined in Section 4.13.

 

Affiliate ”:  as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Affiliated Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that is an Affiliate of the Borrower (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) at such time.

 

Agent Related Parties ”:  the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender , the Amendment No. 1 Agents and any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors or representatives.

 

Agents ”:  the collective reference to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Co-Syndication Agents and , the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Amendment No. 1 Agents , which term shall include, for purposes of Sections 10 and 11.5 only, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender.

 

Aggregate Exposure ”:  with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans, (b) the amount of such Lender’s Term Commitment then in effect and (c) the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding, giving effect to any assignments.

 

Aggregate Exposure Percentage ”:  with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure at such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

 

Agreement ”:  this Credit Agreement.

 

2



 

“Amendment No. 1” means Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2013, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender and the Lenders party thereto.

 

“Amendment No. 1 Agents” means collectively, the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger, the Amendment No. 1 Joint Lead Arrangers, the Amendment No. 1 Syndication Agent and the Amendment No. 1 Co-Documentation Agents.

 

“Amendment No. 1 Consenting Lender” means each Lender that provided the Administrative Agent with a counterpart to Amendment No. 1 executed by such Lender.

 

“Amendment No. 1 Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Amendment No. 1.

 

“Amendment No. 1 Co-Documentation Agents” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., RBC Capital Markets, ING Capital LLC and Natixis, in their capacities as co-documentation agents for Amendment No. 1.

 

“Amendment No. 1 Joint Lead Arrangers” means GE Capital Markets, Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners for Amendment No. 1.

 

“Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in its capacity as lead arranger and bookrunner for Amendment No. 1.

 

“Amendment No. 1 Syndication Agent” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in its capacity as syndication agent for Amendment No. 1.

 

Applicable Discount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(B).

 

Applicable Margin ”:  for each Type of Loan, the rate per annum set forth under the relevant column heading below:

 

 

 

Eurodollar Loans

 

Base Rate Loans

 

Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans

 

5.75 4.50

%

4.75 3.50

%

Term Loans

 

5.75 4.75

%

4.75 3.75

%

 

; provided that, on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring after the completion of one full fiscal quarter of the Borrower after the Closing Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Applicable Margin with respect to Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Term Loans will be determined pursuant to the Pricing Grid.

 

Applicable Period ”:  as defined in the Pricing Grid.

 

Application ”:  an application, substantially in the form of Exhibit I or such other form as the Issuing Lender may reasonably specify as the form for use by its similarly situated customers from time to time, requesting the Issuing Lender to open a Letter of Credit.

 

Approved Fund ”:  with respect to any Lender, any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, or similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and is administered or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an

 

3



 

Affiliate of such Lender, or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages such Lender.

 

Asset Sale ”:  any Disposition of Property or series of related Dispositions of Property, including, without limitation, any issuance of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to a Person other than to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower (excluding in any case any such Disposition permitted by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (n), (o), (p), (q), (s), (t) and (u) of Section 8.5) that yields gross proceeds to any Group Member (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash proceeds) in excess of $1,000,000.

 

Assignee ”:  as defined in Section 11.6(b).

 

Assignment and Assumption ”:  an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee and accepted by the Administrative Agent, and, if applicable, consented to by the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

 

Assignment Effective Date ”:  as defined in Section 11.6(d).

 

Auction Agent ”:  (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor engaged by the Borrower (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Loan Prepayment pursuant to Section 4.1(b); provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent); provided , further , that neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates may act as the Auction Agent.

 

Available Amount ”:  at any time, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication:

 

(a)                                  the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds of any issuances of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Specified Equity Contributions) received since the Closing Date to the extent Not Otherwise Applied; plus

 

(b)                                  the Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount as of such date to the extent Not Otherwise Applied; less

 

(c)                                   any usage of such Available Amount pursuant to Sections 8.6(e)(ii), 8.7(i) (including the definition of Permitted Acquisition), 8.7(n)(ii) and 8.8(a)(i).

 

Available Amount Condition ”:  after giving effect to any usage of the Available Amount, on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the period of four (4) fiscal quarters most recently completed for which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 is less than or equal to 5.75:1.00.

 

Available Revolving Commitment ”:  as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then in effect over (b) such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding; provided that, in calculating any Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit for the purpose of determining such Lender’s Available Revolving Commitment pursuant to Section 3.5(a), the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding shall be deemed to be zero.

 

4



 

Avista ”:  collectively, Avista Capital Partners II, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, L.P. and any Affiliates of any of the foregoing.

 

Base Rate ”:  a fluctuating interest rate per annum in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the highest of (a) the rate of interest publicly announced by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the United States or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the Federal Reserve Board (as reasonably determined by  the Administrative Agent) , (b) 1/2 of 1% per annum above the Federal Funds Effective Rate, (c) the Eurodollar Rate (determined pursuant to clause (b) of the definition thereof) for an Interest Period of one month plus 1.00%, as adjusted to conform to changes as of the opening of business on the date of any such change of such Eurodollar Rate and (d) with respect to the Term B Loans only, 2.25%.

 

Base Rate Loans ”:  Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Base Rate.

 

Benefited Lender ”:  as defined in Section 11.7(a).

 

Board ”:  the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

 

Borrower ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment ”:  the offer by the Borrower to make a voluntary prepayment of Loans at a specified discount to par pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(ii).

 

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers ”:  the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Loans at a specified range of discounts to par pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iii).

 

Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers ”:  the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iv).

 

Borrowing Date ”:  any Business Day specified by the Borrower as a date on which the Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

 

Business Day ”:  a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close; provided that with respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.

 

Capital Expenditures ”:  for any period, with respect to any Person, the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) that should be capitalized under GAAP on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries but excluding (a) expenditures financed with any Reinvestment Deferred Amount, (b) expenditures made in cash to fund the purchase price for assets acquired in Permitted

 

5



 

Acquisitions or incurred by the Person acquired in the Permitted Acquisition prior to (but not in anticipation of) the closing of such Permitted Acquisition and (c) expenditures made with cash proceeds from any issuances of Capital Stock of any Group Member or contributions of capital made to the Borrower (other than Specified Equity Contributions).

 

Capital Lease Obligations ”:  as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will any obligation in respect of a lease that would have been categorized as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date be considered a Capital Lease Obligation for any purpose under this Agreement (and no agreement relating to any such operating lease shall be considered a capital lease for any purpose under this Agreement).

 

Capital Stock ”:  any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing; provided that Capital Stock shall not include any debt securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing Capital Stock.

 

Cash Collateralize ”:  (a) in respect of an obligation, provide and pledge cash collateral in Dollars, pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (b) in respect of L/C Obligations under Letters of Credit, either the deposit of cash collateral in the relevant L/C Currency in an amount equal to 100% of such outstanding L/C Obligations or the delivery of a “backstop” Letter of Credit reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Lender (and “Cash Collateralization” has a corresponding meaning).

 

Cash Equivalents ”:

 

(i)                                      Dollars,

 

(ii)                                   (a) euro, or any national currency of any participating member of the EMU, or (b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business,

 

(iii)                                securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of twelve (12) months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(iv)                               marketable direct EEA Government Obligations with maturities of twelve (12) months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(v)                                  certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000;

 

6



 

(vi)                               repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (v) above,

 

(vii)                            commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within twenty-four (24) months after the date of creation thereof,

 

(viii)                         marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively, and in each case maturing within twenty-four (24) months after the date of creation thereof,

 

(ix)                               readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) with maturities of twenty-four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(x)                                  investment funds investing 90% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (ix) above, and

 

(xi)                               in the case of any Subsidiary organized or having its principal place of business outside of the United States, investments of comparable tenor and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (iii) through (x) customarily utilized in countries in which such Subsidiary operates.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (i) and (ii) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

Cash Management Agreement ”:  any agreement for the provision of Cash Management Services.

 

Cash Management Services ”:  (a) cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements and (b) commercial credit card and merchant card services.

 

Cash Pool Obligation ” shall mean the offshore cash management programs in Euros, Dollars, British Pound Sterling and Swiss Francs (and such other currencies as may from time to time be approved by the Administrative Agent) established by the Cash Pool Participants in which cash funds of the Cash Pool Participants will be concentrated with a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party.

 

Cash Pool Participants ” shall mean certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties identified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in writing from time to time.

 

Change of Control ”:  an event or series of events by which:

 

(a)                                  prior to the first Qualified Public Offering to occur after the Closing Date, the Permitted Holders collectively, directly or indirectly, cease to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings;

 

7



 

(b)                                  at any time on or after the first Qualified Public Offering to occur after the Closing Date, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person or its Subsidiaries and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than a Permitted Holder becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock of Holdings representing more than the greater of (i) 35% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings and (ii) the percentage of the then outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings owned, directly or indirectly, by the Permitted Holders (collectively);

 

(c)                                   at any time on or after the first Qualified Public Offering to occur after the Closing Date, during any period of twenty-four (24) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of Holdings cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or Equivalent Managing Body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or Equivalent Managing Body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or Equivalent Managing Body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or Equivalent Managing Body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or Equivalent Managing Body;

 

(d)                                  Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interest in the Capital Stock of the Borrower; or

 

(e)                                   a “change of control” or similar provision as set forth in any indenture or other instrument evidencing any Material Indebtedness of a Group Member has occurred obligating any Group Member to repurchase, redeem or repay all or any part of the Indebtedness provided for therein; provided , that for purposes of this clause (e) only, the definition of “Material Indebtedness” shall be Indebtedness, the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate $40,000,000.

 

Class C Agreement ”:  that certain letter agreement, dated as of September 27, 2010, entered into by and among OTPPB, the Borrower, Holdings and Parent.

 

Closing Date ”:  the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.1 shall have been satisfied (or waived in accordance with the terms hereof) and the initial funding occurs, which date is July 12, 2011.

 

Closing Date Material Adverse Effect ”:  with respect to the Target, any fact, circumstance, event, change, effect or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate, has, or would be reasonably expected to have, a material adverse effect on the financial condition, properties, businesses or results of operations of the Target and its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) taken as a whole; provided that the following (alone or in combination) shall not be deemed to have a “Closing Date Material Adverse Effect:”  any change or event caused by or resulting from (A) changes in prevailing economic, political or market conditions, (B) changes in generally accepted accounting principles or requirements or interpretations thereof, (C) changes in applicable Laws (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) or interpretations thereof by any Governmental Authority (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) relating to the industries or markets in which the Target or any of its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) is operated, (D) the execution, delivery and performance of the Acquisition Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby or the announcement thereof or

 

8



 

any action taken pursuant to and in accordance with the Acquisition Agreement, (E) any outbreak of major hostilities, act of terrorism, act of God or other force majeure event occurring after the date of the Acquisition Agreement, (F) changes in the Target’s stock price or trading volume (unless due to a change or event that would separately constitute a “Closing Date Material Adverse Effect” with respect to the Target), or (G) any reclassification, in accordance with GAAP or requirements or interpretations thereof, of the Target’s obligations with respect to the Securities (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) from long-term indebtedness to current indebtedness on the Target’s balance sheet, except, in the case of clauses (A), (B), (C) or (E), to the extent such changes or developments have a disproportionate effect on the Target and its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) as compared to other participants in their industry.

 

Co-Syndication Agents ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Code ”:  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Collateral ”:  all Property of the Loan Parties (other than Excluded Assets), now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

 

Collateral Agent ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Commitment ”:  any Term Commitment, Additional Term B Commitment or Revolving Commitment of any Lender.

 

Commitment Fee Rate ”:  0.50% per annum; provided that, on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring after the completion of one full fiscal quarter of the Borrower after the Closing Date, the Commitment Fee Rate will be determined pursuant to the Pricing Grid.

 

Commonly Controlled Entity ”:  an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes the Borrower and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

Communications ”:  as defined in Section 11.2(b).

 

Compliance Certificate ”:  a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

 

Confidential Information Memorandum ”:  the Confidential Information Memorandum dated June 2011, and furnished to the Lenders in connection with the syndication of the Facilities.

 

Consolidated Current Assets ”:  at any date, all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents (other than Grant Cash) and deferred tax assets) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries at such date.

 

Consolidated Current Liabilities ”:  at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries at such date, but excluding (a) the current portion of any Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, (b) without duplication of clause (a) above, all Indebtedness consisting of Loans or Senior Notes to the extent otherwise included therein, (c) the current portion of interest and (d) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes.

 

9



 

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ”:  with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of goodwill and other intangibles, deferred financing fees of such Person and its Subsidiaries, for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ”:  with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

(i)                                     increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a)                                  Permitted Tax Distributions and any other provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, with-out limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(b)                                  Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period plus amounts excluded from the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense pursuant to clauses (i)(x) and (i)(y) thereof to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income and, to the extent not included therein, agency fees paid to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; plus

 

(c)                                   Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(d)                                  the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Closing Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus

 

(e)                                   any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs, write-downs or impairment charges, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

 

(f)                                    any costs or expense incurred by Holdings or a Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; plus

 

(g)                                   (1) the amount of transaction, management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses and indemnification payments paid (or any accruals related to such fees or related expenses) during such period to the Sponsors, not to exceed the amounts permitted under Section 8.6(k), (2) the amount of directors’ fees or reimbursements, in each case not to exceed the amount permitted under 8.6(g) and to the extent permitted by Section 8.9 and (3) the amount of distributions and dividends paid in such period pursuant to the Class C Agreement not to exceed the amount permitted by Section 8.6(k); plus

 

10


 

 

(h)                                  cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (ii) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

 

(i)                                      any net loss included in the consolidated financial statements due to the application of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160 “Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (“ FAS 160 ”); plus

 

(j)                                     rent expense as determined in accordance with GAAP not actually paid in cash during such period (net of rent expense paid in cash during such period over and above rent expense as determined in accordance with GAAP); plus

 

(k)                                  the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets in connection with a receivables financing permitted hereunder deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(l)                                      the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, which, for the avoidance of doubt, will include up to $29,924,000 of cost savings expected to be realized in connection with the Transactions; provided that (1) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (2) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are commenced within twelve (12) months of the date thereof in connection with such actions, (3) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (l) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing Consolidated EBITDA for such period, (4) such adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Section 1.3) and (5) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies added pursuant to this clause (l) shall not, except with respect to the $29,924,000 of cost savings expected to be realized in connection with the Transactions, exceed the greater of 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for such four quarter period (calculated on a pro forma basis) and the amount of such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies that would be compliant with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act; and

 

(ii)                                   decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period,

 

all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

 

11



 

The Borrower and the Lenders agree that Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the periods ending on June 30, 2010, September 30, 2010, December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, shall be deemed to be $25,080,000, $16,934,000, $22,416,000 and $16,248,000, respectively (subject to pro forma adjustments after the Closing Date calculated in accordance with clause (l) above and Section 1.3; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any pro forma adjustments relating to the Transactions shall be limited to $29,924,000 as set forth above in clause (l)).

 

Consolidated Funded Debt ”:  at any date, the aggregate amount of indebtedness that is (or would be) reflected on the balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ”:  with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

(i)                                      consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding, (w) penalties and interest related to taxes, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; plus

 

(ii)                                   consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

 

(iii)                                interest income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ”:  at any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt (excluding Convertible Notes for payment of which cash is deposited into an escrow arrangement on or about the Closing Date reasonably satisfactory to MSSF pending maturity thereof) as of such date , net of up to $30,000,000 of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries restricted in favor of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on such date (or, if such date is not the last day of any fiscal quarter, the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements are required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.1), in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Funded Debt and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in Section 1.3.

 

Consolidated Net Income ”:  with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

 

12



 

(i)                                      any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or costs, charges and expenses (including relating to the Transactions), including, without limitation, any severance costs, integration costs, relocation costs, and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, shall be excluded,

 

(ii)                                   the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,

 

(iii)                                any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(iv)                               any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions (including sales or other dispositions under a receivables financing permitted hereunder) other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, shall be excluded,

 

(v)                                  the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to Holdings or a Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period by such Person,

 

(vi)                               effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and its Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(vii)                            (a) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and non-cash charges associated with the roll-over, acceleration or payout of Capital Stock by management of the Borrower, Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof in connection with the Transactions or other acquisitions and shall be excluded, (b) the amount of any contingent payments related to the Trident Acquisition that are treated as compensation expense in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded ; and (c) the amount of any contingent payments related to any acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder that are treated as compensation expense in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded; provided that such amounts excluded under clause (c) shall not exceed $5,000,000 in any four quarter period,

 

(viii)                         any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles and other assets arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

 

(ix)                               any net gain or loss in such period (a) due solely to fluctuations in currency values or (b) resulting from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded,

 

13



 

(x)                                  any increase in amortization or depreciation or other non-cash charges resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition that is consummated after the Closing Date, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(xi)                               any after-tax effect of income (loss) from early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

 

(xii)                            any net gain or loss in such period from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements shall be excluded,

 

(xiii)                         any fees, charges, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or accruals and reserves that are established within one year from the Closing Date that are required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded, and

 

(xiv)                        any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any equity offering, Investments permitted hereunder, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted hereunder (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (a) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Senior Notes and the Facilities and any receivables financing permitted hereunder and (b) any amendment or other modification of the Senior Note Documents, the Loan Documents and any receivables financing permitted hereunder shall be excluded.

 

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance or other Disposition permitted hereunder.

 

Consolidated Working Capital ”:  at any date, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets on such date over Consolidated Current Liabilities on such date.

 

Contractual Obligation ”:  as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

“Converted Original Term Loan” means each Original Term Loan held by an Amendment No. 1 Consenting Lender on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (or, if less, the amount notified to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) immediately prior to the effectiveness of Amendment No. 1 that such Lender has elected to convert to a Term B Loan in accordance with Amendment No. 1.

 

Convertible Notes ”:  the Target’s 3.375% Convertible Senior Notes due July 15, 2012.

 

Corporate Family Rating ”:  an opinion issued by Moody’s of a corporate family’s ability to honor all of its financial obligations that is assigned to a corporate family as if it had a single class of debt and a single consolidated legal entity structure.

 

Corporate Rating ”:  an opinion issued by S&P of an obligor’s overall financial capacity (its creditworthiness) to pay its financial obligations.

 

14



 

Debt Fund Affiliate ”:  any Affiliate of the Borrower that is a bona fide diversified debt fund that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course and with respect to which any Sponsor does not, directly or indirectly, possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of such entity.

 

Default ”:  any of the events specified in Section 9.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

 

Defaulting Lender ”:  at any time, any Lender that (a) has failed for five (5) or more Business Days to comply with its obligations under this Agreement to make a Loan, make a payment to the Issuing Lender in respect of any Letter of Credit and/or make a payment to the Swingline Lender in respect of a Swingline Loan (each a “ funding obligation ”), (b) has notified the Administrative Agent (which request shall have only been made after all applicable conditions precedent have been satisfied) or the Borrower, or has stated publicly, that it will not comply with any such funding obligation hereunder, (c) has, for five (5) or more Business Days, failed to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent, in response to a written request of the Administrative Agent, that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder, (d) is subject to a continuing Lender Insolvency Event ( provided that neither the reallocation of funding obligations provided for in Section 3.15(b) as a result of a Lender’s being a Defaulting Lender nor the performance by Non-Defaulting Lenders of such reallocated funding obligations will by themselves cause the relevant Defaulting Lender to become a Non-Defaulting Lender), or (e) is subject to a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding or to the appointment of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or other receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee or similar official with respect to such Lender’s business or properties; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of (i) the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof, or (ii) in the case of a solvent Lender, the precautionary appointment of an administrator, guardian, custodian or other similar official by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof under or based on the law of the country where such Lender is subject to home jurisdiction supervision if applicable law requires that such appointment not be publicly disclosed, in any such case where such action does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender; provided that (i) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may declare (A) by joint notice to the Lenders that a Defaulting Lender is no longer a “Defaulting Lender” or (B) that a Lender is not a Defaulting Lender if in the case of both clauses (A) and (B) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower each determines, in its reasonable discretion, that (x) the circumstances that resulted in such Lender becoming a “Defaulting Lender” no longer apply or (y) it is satisfied that such Lender will continue to perform its funding obligations hereunder and (ii) a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of voting stock or any other equity interest in such Lender or a parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof unless such ownership or acquisition results in or provides such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of the courts within the United States from the enforcement of judgments, writs of attachment on its assets or permits such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Lender.  The Administrative Agent will promptly send to all parties hereto a notice when it becomes aware that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(ii)(B).

 

Discount Range ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A).

 

15



 

Discount Range Prepayment Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A).

 

Discount Range Prepayment Notice ”:  a written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iii) substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

 

Discount Range Prepayment Offer ”:  the irrevocable written offer by a Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit K, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Auction Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

 

Discount Range Prepayment Response Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A).

 

Discount Range Proration ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(C).

 

Discounted Loan Prepayment ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(i).

 

Discounted Prepayment Determination Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(C).

 

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date ”:  in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offer or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offer, five (5) Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date or the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, as applicable, in accordance with Section 4.1(b)(ii), Section 4.1(b)(iii) or Section 4.1(b)(iv), respectively, unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Auction Agent.

 

Disposition ”:  with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof.  The terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Disqualified Capital Stock ”:  any Capital Stock that is not Qualified Capital Stock.

 

Disqualified Institutions ”: Persons (or affiliates of such Persons) that are Competitors of the Borrower, the Target or their respective Subsidiaries, or such other Persons, in each case, identified in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers on or prior to the Closing Date; provided that (a) upon reasonable notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall be permitted to supplement in writing the list of Persons that are Disqualified Institutions to the extent such supplemented Person is a Competitor or an Affiliate of a Competitor and (b) an Affiliate of a Competitor shall not include any Person that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business. “ Competitor ” shall mean any Person directly competing with the Borrower, the Target or their respective Subsidiaries who is engaged in the contract research organization business, as certified to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower at the time of designation as a Disqualified Lender Institution .

 

Disregarded Domestic Person ”:  any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is treated as a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes if it directly (or indirectly through one or more Disregarded Domestic Persons) owns the equity of one or more direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiaries.

 

Documentation Agent ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Dollar Amount” means, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount of Dollars, and with respect to any amount denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the amount of

 

16



 

Dollars, as of any date of determination, into which such amount of other currency can be converted in accordance with prevailing exchange rates, as determined by reference to the Wall Street Journal published on the Business Day closest in time to the relevant date of determination or for the relevant period of determination (or if such reference is not available, by such other method reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent).

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ”:  dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ”:  any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Borrower) that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Earn-Out Obligations ”:  those certain obligations of Holdings or any Subsidiary arising in connection with any acquisition of assets or businesses permitted under Section 8.7 to the seller of such assets or businesses and the payment of which is dependent on the future earnings or performance of such assets or businesses and contained in the agreement relating to such acquisition, but only to the extent of the reserve, if any, required under GAAP to be established in respect thereof by Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

 

ECF Percentage ”:  75%; provided that, with respect to each fiscal year of the Borrower commencing with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2012, the ECF Percentage shall be reduced to (a) 50% if the Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than 2.50 to 1.0 but greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.0, (b) 25% if the Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than 2.00 to 1.0 but greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.0 and (c) 0% if the Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than 1.50 to 1.0.

 

EEA Government Obligation ” means any direct non-callable obligation of any European Union member for the payment of which obligation the full faith and credit of the respective nation is pledged; provided that such nation has a credit rating at least equal to that of the highest rated member nation of the European Economic Area.

 

Eligible Assignee ”:  any Assignee permitted by and consented to in accordance with Section 11.6(b); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include (a) except to the extent expressly permitted by Section 4.1(b) or 11.6, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, (b) any Defaulting Lender or subsidiary of a Defaulting Lender and (c) any natural person.

 

EMU ” means the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

 

Environment ”:  ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, land surface and subsurface strata, and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

 

Environmental Laws ”:  any and all applicable foreign, federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law)  relating to pollution or protection of the Environment, including those relating to use, generation, storage, treatment, transport, Release or threat of Release of  Materials of Environmental Concern, or to protection of human health or safety (to the extent relating to the presence in the Environment or the Release or threat of Release of Materials of Environmental Concern), as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.

 

Equity Contribution ”:  a cash common equity (or equivalent) contribution by the Sponsors directly or indirectly to Holdings, which cash shall be contributed to the Borrower as common equity (or equivalent), in an aggregate amount, together with any rollover equity of certain existing

 

17



 

equityholders of Holdings and the Target, equal to at least 30.0% of the pro forma total consolidated capitalization of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to the Transactions.

 

Equivalent Managing Body ”:  (i) with respect to a manager managed limited liability company, the board of managers, (ii) with respect to a member managed limited liability company, the board of directors of its most direct corporate parent company, which, for the avoidance of doubt, for the Borrower on the Closing Date is Parent and (iii) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner to the extent such general partner is a corporation, or the Equivalent Managing Body of the general partner if such general partner is not a corporation.

 

ERISA ”:  the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

“Euro” or “EUR” means the single currency of participating member states of the Economic and Monetary Union.

 

Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements ”:  for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto) dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Eurodollar Base Rate ”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum offered for deposits of Dollars for the applicable Interest Period that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 A.M., London, England time, two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period or (b) if no such offered rate exists, such rate will be the rate of interest per annum as determined by the Administrative Agent (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) at which deposits of Dollars in immediately available funds are offered at 11:00 A.M., London, England time, two (2) Business Days prior to the first day in the applicable Interest Period by major financial institutions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in the London interbank market for such interest period and for an amount equal or comparable to the principal amount of the Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans on such date of determination.

 

Eurodollar Floor ”:  as defined in the definition of Eurodollar Rate.

 

Eurodollar Loans ”:  Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.

 

Eurodollar Rate ”:  with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) with respect to the Term B Loans only, 1.25% (the “Eurodollar Floor”) and (b) the rate determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%):

 

                     Eurodollar Base Rate                     

1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

 

Eurodollar Tranche ”:  the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans under a particular Facility the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

 

18



 

Event of Default ”:  any of the events specified in Section 9.1; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

 

Excess Cash Flow ”:  for any fiscal year of the Borrower, the excess, if any, of:

 

(a)                                  the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)                                      Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year;

 

(ii)                                   the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash credits excluded by virtue of clauses (i) - (xiv) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income;

 

(iii)                                decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such fiscal year; and

 

(iv)                               the aggregate net amount of non-cash loss on the Disposition of Property by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business), to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income minus

 

(b)                                  the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)                                      the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges excluded by virtue of clauses (i) through (xiv) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income;

 

(ii)                                   the aggregate amount actually paid by Holdings and its Subsidiaries in cash during such fiscal year on account of Capital Expenditures and permitted Investments (including Permitted Acquisitions);

 

(iii)                                (1) the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness (including the Term Loans) and (2) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder) prepaid during such fiscal year, excluding the Loans;

 

(iv)                               increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such fiscal year;

 

(v)                                  the aggregate net amount of non-cash gain on the Disposition of Property by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business);

 

(vi)                               customary fees, expenses or charges paid in cash related to any permitted Investments (including Permitted Acquisitions), the issuance, payment, amendment, exchange, refinancing or early extinguishment of Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.2 hereof and the issuance of Capital Stock and Dispositions permitted under Section 8.5 hereof;

 

(vii)                            any premium paid in cash during such period in connection with the prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other satisfaction prior to scheduled

 

19



 

maturity of Indebtedness permitted to be prepaid, redeemed, purchased, defeased or satisfied hereunder;

 

(viii)                         cash expenditures made in respect of Hedge Agreements to the extent not deducted in the computation of Consolidated Net Income and upfront premium payments in connection with Hedge Agreements to the extent not deducted in the computation of Consolidated Net Income;

 

(ix)                               to the extent included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, all non-cash income or gain, including, without limitation, any income or gain due to the application of FASB ASC 815-10 regarding hedging activity, FASB ASC 350 regarding impairment of good will, and FASB ASC 480-10 regarding accounting for financial instruments with debt and equity characteristics;

 

(x)                                  an amount equal to the income of Foreign Subsidiaries included in the calculation of Excess Cash Flow where (x) such income cannot legally be distributed to the Borrower or (y) the cost of repatriating such income to the Borrower (as estimated in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower) would exceed 20% of the amount of such income (calculated after giving effect to any tax credits or other tax attributes available to the Borrower); provided that such amount shall in no event exceed an amount equal to 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal year; provided , further , once such income can be repatriated other than as described under (x) and (y) above, such income will be included as, and applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to, Excess Cash Flow for the fiscal year in which such income has been repatriated;

 

(xi)                               taxes of Borrower and its Subsidiaries that (i) were paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Payment Period (unless deducted in a previous Excess Cash Flow Payment Period in accordance with the following clause (ii)) or (ii) will be paid within six (6) months after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Payment Period and for which reserves have been established;

 

(xii)                            the amount of any management, monitoring, consulting, advisory and transaction fees paid to Avista and the amount of any indemnities and expenses paid or reimbursed to Avista pursuant to Section 8.9(h);

 

(xiii)                         the amount of any Restricted Payments made to OTPPB pursuant to Section 8.6(k) and the amount of any indemnities and expenses paid or reimbursed to OTPPB pursuant to Section 8.9(h);

 

(xiv)                        cash indemnity payments made in such fiscal year pursuant to indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, Disposition or any other Investment permitted hereunder (or in any similar agreement related to any other acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date);

 

(xv)                           if not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, the amounts paid during such fiscal year pursuant to Section 8.6(g); and

 

(xvi)                        an amount equal to the income and withholding taxes estimated (in good faith after giving effect to the overall tax position of Borrower and its Subsidiaries) by a Responsible Officer of Borrower to be payable by Borrower and its Subsidiaries with

 

20



 

respect to the income of Foreign Subsidiaries included in the calculation of Excess Cash Flow to be repatriated to Borrower (it being understood that an amount equal to such estimated taxes may not subsequently be deducted with respect to the Excess Cash Flow Payment Period in which such taxes are actually paid);

 

provided that the amounts referenced in clauses (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (b) shall only be included in this paragraph (b) and have the effect of reducing Excess Cash Flow to the extent such amounts were funded with Internally Generated Cash.

 

Excess Cash Flow Application Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.2(c).

 

Excess Cash Flow Payment Period ”:  the immediately preceding fiscal year of the Borrower; provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, the first Excess Cash Flow Payment Period shall be the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2012.

 

Exchange Act ”:  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Excluded Assets ”:  (a) assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (b) assets of Foreign Subsidiaries, (c) interests in partnerships, joint ventures and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries which cannot be pledged without the consent pursuant to the terms of the governing documents of such partnership or joint venture of one or more third parties, subject to Uniform Commercial Code override provisions, (d) any assets a security interest in which would result in material adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing, (e) any property and assets the pledge of which would require governmental consent, approval, license or authorization, subject to Uniform Commercial Code override provisions, and (f) any “intent-to-use” trademark applications prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto, to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application under applicable federal law.

 

Excluded Indebtedness ”:  all Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.2.

 

Excluded Taxes ”:  with respect to the Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by its net income or net profits (however denominated), franchise Taxes imposed on it in lieu of net income Taxes and branch profits (or similar) Taxes imposed on it, in each case, by any jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) (i) as a result of the recipient being organized or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office in such jurisdiction, or (ii) as a result of any other present or former connection between such recipient and such jurisdiction (other than a connection arising primarily as a result of the Loan Documents or any transaction contemplated by the Loan Documents), (b) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 4.13), any U.S. federal withholding Tax that (i) is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender under any laws in effect at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 4.10(a); or (ii) is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 4.10(e), (c) any United States federal withholding Tax that is imposed pursuant to FATCA, (d) any U.S. federal backup withholding taxes imposed under Section 3406 of the Code on amounts payable to a Lender under the laws in effect at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or acquires a participation in all or a portion of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and (e) any interest, additions to tax or penalties in respect of the foregoing.

 

21


 

Existing Joint Ventures ”:  the interests in that certain Joint Venture and Shareholders Agreement dated as of March 13, 2007 between the Borrower and GVK Biosciences Private Limited and that certain Amended and Restated Cooperative Joint Venture Contract dated as of July 5, 2000 between Acer/Excel Inc. and Beijing Wits Science & Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Existing INC Credit Agreement ”: that certain existing credit agreement entered into as of September 28, 2010 among the Borrower, Holdings, General Electric Capital Corporation as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.

 

Existing Revolving Facility Maturity Date ”:  as defined in Section 3.17(a).

 

Existing Term Facility Maturity Date ”:  as defined in Section 2.6(a).

 

Expense Reimbursement Agreement ”:  that certain Expense Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2010, among the Borrower, Holdings, Parent, Avista and OTPPB.

 

Extending Revolving Lender ”:  as defined in Section 3.17(e).

 

Extending Term Lender ”:  as defined in Section 2.6(e).

 

Facility ”:  each of (a) the Term Facility (including, if applicable, any Incremental Term Facility) and (b) the Revolving Facility (including, if applicable, any increases to the Revolving Facility as a result of any Incremental Revolving Commitments).

 

FATCA ”:  current Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and any current or future Treasury regulations or other official administrative guidance (including any Revenue Ruling, Revenue Procedure, Notice or similar guidance issued by the IRS) promulgated thereunder.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ”:  for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate quoted to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

Fee Letter ”:  (i) that certain Fee Letter, dated as of May 4, 2011, between the Borrower and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and (ii) that certain Fee Letter, dated as of July 12, 2011, between the Borrower and General Electric Capital Corporation.

 

FEMA ”:  the Federal Emergency Management Agency, a component of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security that administers the National Flood Insurance Program.

 

Flood Insurance Laws ”:  collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

 

22



 

Foreign Lender ”:  any Lender that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ”:  any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower (i) that is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (ii) that solely owns equity in one or more Foreign Subsidiaries.

 

Funding Office ”:  the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 11.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

GAAP ”:  generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time subject to Section 1.2(e).

 

Governmental Authority ”:  any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank) and any securities exchange.

 

Governmental Authorization ”:  all laws, rules, regulations, authorizations, consents, decrees, permits, licenses, waivers, privileges, approvals from and filings with all Governmental Authorities necessary in connection with any Group Member’s business.

 

Grant Cash ”:  all cash received from customers of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries intended to pay third-party investigator site fees on behalf of such customer as studies progress.

 

Group Members ”:  the collective reference to Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”:  the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be executed and delivered by Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

 

Guarantee Obligation ”:  as to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “ primary obligations ”) of any other third Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term “Guarantee Obligation” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless

 

23



 

such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

 

Guarantors ”:  collectively, Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

Hedge Agreements ”:  any agreement with respect to any cap, swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Hedge Agreement.

 

Hedge Hedging Obligations ”:  obligations under Hedge Agreements.

 

Holdings ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Identified Participating Lenders ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(C).

 

Identified Qualifying Lenders ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(C).

 

Immaterial Subsidiary ”:  each Subsidiary of the Borrower now existing or hereafter acquired or formed and each successor thereto, (a) which accounts for not more than (i) 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues (after intercompany eliminations) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries or (ii) 1.75% of the consolidated assets (after intercompany eliminations) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, in each case, as of the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter as reflected on the financial statements for such quarter after giving pro forma effect to the Acquisition; and (b) if the Subsidiaries that constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries pursuant to clause (a) above account for, in the aggregate, more than 5% of such consolidated gross revenues and more than 3.5% of the consolidated assets, each as described in clause (a) above, then the term “Immaterial Subsidiary” shall not include each such Subsidiary necessary to account for at least 95% of the consolidated gross revenues and 96.5% of the consolidated assets, each as described in clause (a) above.

 

Increase Revolving Joinder ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(c).

 

Increase Term Joinder ”:  as defined in Section 2.4(c).

 

Incremental Lender ”:  any Person that makes a Loan pursuant to Section 2.4 or 3.16, or has a commitment to make a Loan pursuant to Section 2.4 or 3.16.

 

Incremental Revolving Commitment ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(a).

 

Incremental Revolving Facility ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(a).

 

Incremental Revolving Loans ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(c).

 

Incremental Term Facility ”:  as defined in Section 2.4(a).

 

Incremental Term Loans ”:  as defined in Section 2.4(c).

 

24



 

Incremental Term Loan Commitment ”:  as defined in Section 2.4(a).

 

Indebtedness ”:  of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding (i) current trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business and (ii) any Earn-Out Obligations until they become a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) the liquidation value of all Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, and (j) for the purposes of Sections 8.2 and 9.1(e) only, all obligations of such Person in respect of Hedge Agreements.  The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor.  For purposes of clause (j) above (including as such clause applies to Section 9.1(e)), the principal amount of Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements shall equal the amount that would be payable (giving effect to netting) at such time if such Hedge Agreement were terminated.

 

Indemnified Liabilities ”:  as defined in Section 11.5(a).

 

Indemnified Taxes ”:  all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

 

Indemnitee ”:  as defined in Section 11.5(a).

 

Insolvency ”:  with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

 

Insolvent ”:  pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

 

Intellectual Property ”:  collectively, all United States and foreign (a) patents, patent applications, certificates of inventions, industrial designs, together with any and all inventions described and claimed therein, and reissues, divisions, continuations, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof and amendments thereto; (b) trademarks, service marks, certification marks, trade names, slogans, logos, trade dress, Internet Domain Names, and other source identifiers, whether statutory or common law, whether registered or unregistered, and whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, together with any and all registrations and applications for any of the foregoing, goodwill connected with the use thereof and symbolized thereby, and extensions and renewals thereof and amendments thereto; (c) copyrights (whether statutory or common law, and whether published or unpublished), copyrightable subject matter, and all mask works (as such term is defined in 17 U.S.C. Section 901, et seq .), together with any and all registrations and applications therefor, and renewals and extensions thereof and amendments thereto; (d) rights in computer programs (whether in source code, object code, or other form), algorithms, databases, compilations and data, technology supporting the

 

25



 

foregoing, and all documentation, including user manuals and training materials, related to any of the foregoing (“ Software ”); (e) trade secrets and proprietary or confidential information, data and databases, know-how and proprietary processes, designs, inventions, and any other similar intangible rights, to the extent not covered by the foregoing, whether statutory or common law, whether registered or unregistered; and (f) rights, priorities, and privileges corresponding to any of the foregoing or other similar intangible assets throughout the world.

 

Intellectual Property Security Agreements ”:  an intellectual property security agreement or such other agreement, as applicable, pursuant to which each Loan Party which owns any Intellectual Property which is the subject of a registration or application grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in such Intellectual Property, substantially in the form attached to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Interest Payment Date ”:  (a) as to any Base Rate Loan (other than any Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three (3) months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three (3) months, each day that is three (3) months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period, (d) as to any Loan (other than any Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan and any Swingline Loan), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof and (e) as to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be paid . ; provided that the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date shall constitute an Interest Payment Date for the Original Term Loans (including the Converted Original Term Loans).

 

Interest Period ”:  as to any Eurodollar Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or if consented to by all Lenders under the relevant Facility, nine or twelve months) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or if consented to by all Lenders under the relevant Facility, nine or twelve months) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date that is three (3) Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

 

(i)                                      if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(ii)                                   the Borrower may not select an Interest Period under a particular Facility that would extend beyond the Revolving Termination Date or beyond the Term Loan Maturity Date, as the case may be; and

 

(iii)                                any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month.

 

Internally Generated Cash ”:  any cash generated by Holdings or any Subsidiary, excluding Net Cash Proceeds and any cash constituting proceeds from an incurrence of Long-Term

 

26



 

Indebtedness, an issuance of Capital Stock or a capital contribution, in each case, except to the extent such proceeds are included as income in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period.

 

Internet Domain Names ”:  all Internet domain names and associated URL addresses.

 

Investments ”:  as defined in Section 8.7.

 

IRS ”:  the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

Issuing Lender ”:  General Electric Capital Corporation, in its capacity as issuer of any standby Letter of Credit and/or such other Lender or Affiliate of a Lender as the Borrower may select, and Administrative Agent approves, as the Issuing Lender hereunder pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Joint Lead Arrangers ”:  Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., ING Capital LLC and RBC Capital Markets in their capacities as lead arrangers under this Agreement.

 

Junior Financing ”:  any Junior Indebtedness or any other Indebtedness of Holdings or any Subsidiary that is, or that is required to be, subordinated in payment or lien priority to the Obligations.

 

Junior Financing Documentation ”:  any documentation governing any Junior Financing.

 

Junior Indebtedness ”:  Indebtedness of any Person so long as (a) such Indebtedness shall not require any amortization prior to the date that is on or after the date that is ninety-one (91) days following the Term Loan Maturity Date; (b) the maturity of such Indebtedness shall occur on or after the date that is ninety-one (91) days following the Term Loan Maturity Date; (c) the mandatory prepayment provisions, affirmative and negative covenants and financial covenants shall be no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the provisions set forth in the Loan Documents, as determined in good faith and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, certified in writing to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower; (d) such Indebtedness is unsecured; (e) if such Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness, the other terms and conditions thereof shall be satisfied; (f) such Indebtedness may be guaranteed by another Loan Party so long as (i) such Loan Party shall have also provided a guarantee of the Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (ii) if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such guarantee shall be subordinated to the guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness; and (g) if such Indebtedness is incurred by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, subject to Section 8.7(g), such Indebtedness may be guaranteed by another Group Member.

 

L/C Commitment ”:  $ 15,000,000. 15,000,000 notwithstanding anything contained herein or otherwise, no more than the Dollar Amount of $7,500,000 of Letters of Credit may be denominated in any currency other than Dollars (and the L/C Commitment for Letters of Credit issued or to be issued in a currency other than Dollars shall be the Dollar Amount of $7,500,000).

 

“L/C Currency” means with respect to Letters of Credit, Dollars, Euros or Pound Sterling.

 

L/C Exposure ”:  as to any Lender, its pro rata portion of the L/C Obligations.

 

L/C Fee Payment Date ”:  the last day of each March, June, September and December and the last day of the Revolving Availability Period.

 

L/C Obligations ”:  at any time, an amount equal to the sum of the Dollar Amount of (a) the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the

 

27



 

aggregate amount of drawings under Letters of Credit that have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.11. 3.11 (it being agreed that solely for the purposes of determining whether a Revolving Loan, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit may be made or issued hereunder, whether Revolving Loans or Letters of Credit must be repaid or Cash Collateralized (or remain Cash Collateralized) hereunder pursuant to Section 3.1(a) or Section 3.7(a) and whether Revolving Commitments may be terminated pursuant to Section 3.6, the L/C Obligations relating to each Letter of Credit which is in a currency other than Dollars shall be deemed to be 105% of the Dollar Amount of the amount otherwise determined pursuant to this definition).

 

L/C Participants ”:  the collective reference to all the Revolving Lenders other than the Issuing Lender.

 

Lender Insolvency Event ”:  (a) a Lender or its Parent Company is adjudicated by a Governmental Authority to be insolvent, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (b) such Lender or its Parent Company is the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator, intervenor or sequestrator or the like has been appointed for such Lender or its Parent Company, or such Lender or its Parent Company has indicated its consent to or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.

 

Lenders ”:  each Revolving Lender, Term B Lender and Incremental Lender; provided that unless the context otherwise requires, each reference herein to the Lenders shall be deemed to include any Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender.

 

Letters of Credit ”:  as defined in Section 3.7(a).

 

Lien ”:  any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

LLC Conversion ” shall mean the conversion of the Target into a limited liability company.

 

Loan ”:  any loans and advances made by the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement or any Increase Term Joinder or Increase Revolving Joinder, including Swingline Loans.

 

Loan Documents ”:  this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Notes and the Fee Letter.

 

Loan Party ”:  each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

Long-Term Indebtedness ”:  any Indebtedness for borrowed money that, in accordance with GAAP, constitutes (or, when incurred, constituted) a long-term liability (other than any revolving credit facility).

 

Majority Facility Lenders ”:  the holders of more than 50% of (a) with respect to the Term Facility, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the outstanding Term Loans and (b) with respect to the Revolving Facility, the Total Revolving Commitments (or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated pursuant to the terms hereof, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding).

 

28



 

Management Services Agreement ”:  that certain Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2010, by and among Parent, Holdings, the Borrower and Avista Capital Holdings, LP.

 

Margin Stock ”:  as defined in Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof.

 

Material Adverse Effect ”:  (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the business, operations or financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Loan Parties taken as a whole to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document; (c) a material and adverse affect effect on the rights of or remedies available to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document; or (d) a material adverse effect on the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent (for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties) on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens.

 

Material Indebtedness ”:  of any Person at any date, Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate $10,000,000.

 

Materials of Environmental Concern ”:  any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products, or any chemicals, substances, materials, wastes, pollutants or contaminants in any form  regulated  under any Environmental Law, including asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, radiation, and infectious, biological or medical waste or animal carcasses.

 

Maximum Rate ”:  as defined in Section 4.5(e).

 

Moody’s ”:  Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Mortgaged Properties ”:  the real properties as to which the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties shall be granted a Lien pursuant to the Mortgages pursuant to Section 7.10.

 

Mortgages ”:  any mortgages and deeds of trust or any other documents creating and evidencing a Lien on the Mortgaged Properties made by any Loan Party in favor of, or for the benefit of, the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

MSSF ”:  Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

 

Multiemployer Plan ”:  a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

Net Cash Proceeds ”:

 

(a)                                  in connection with any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or held in escrow or purchase price adjustment receivable or by the Disposition of any non-cash consideration received in connection therewith or otherwise, but only as and when received and net of costs, amounts and taxes set forth below), net of:

 

29



 

(i)                                      attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees and other professional and transactional fees actually incurred in connection therewith;

 

(ii)                                   amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document);

 

(iii)                                other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith;

 

(iv)                               taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable (including Permitted Tax Distributions) as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements); and

 

(v)                                  amounts provided as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in an Asset Sale (including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale); provided that such amounts shall be considered Net Cash Proceeds upon release of such reserve;

 

(b)                                  in connection with any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, any capital contribution or any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds received from such issuance, contribution or incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.

 

Net Income ”:  with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Non-Consenting Lenders ”:  as defined in Section 11.1.

 

Non-Defaulting Lender ”:  at any time, a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender.

 

Non-Extending Revolving Lender ”:  as defined in Section 3.17(b).

 

Non-Extending Term Lender ”:  as defined in Section 2.6(b).

 

Notes ”:  the collective reference to any promissory note evidencing Loans.

 

Not Otherwise Applied ”:  with reference to any amount of proceeds of any transaction or event or any amount of Excess Cash Flow, that such amount (a) was not required to be applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 4.2(c) and/or (b) was not previously applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction under the Loan Documents where such permissibility was (or may have been) contingent on receipt of such amount or utilization of such amount for a specified purpose.

 

Obligations ”:  the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities of the Loan Parties to any Agent or to any Lender (or, in the

 

30



 

case of Specified Hedge Agreements or Specified Cash Management Agreements, any Qualified Counterparty) or any Affiliate of any Agent or any Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Letters of Credit, any Specified Hedge Agreement, Specified Cash Management Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to any Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant hereto) or otherwise.

 

Offered Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A).

 

Offered Discount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A).

 

Organizational Documents ”:  as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation, Certificate of Formation, By Laws, Limited Liability Company Agreement, Partnership Agreement or other similar organizational or governing documents of such Person.

 

“Original Term Loans”: means all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement immediately prior to the effectiveness of Amendment No. 1.

 

Other Taxes ”:  any and all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

OTPPB ”:  Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board and any of its Affiliates.

 

Parent ”:  INC Research Holdings, Inc.

 

Parent Company ”:  with respect to a Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Board Regulation Y), if any, of such Lender, and/or any Person owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares of such Lender.

 

Participant ”:  as defined in Section 11.6(e).

 

Participating Lender ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(B).

 

Patriot Act ”:  the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

 

PBGC ”:  the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor thereto).

 

Permitted Acquisition ”:  any acquisition, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Capital Stock of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person; provided that

 

(a)                                  immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

 

31


 

(b)                                  all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable laws and in conformity with all applicable Governmental Authorizations;

 

(c)                                   in the case of the acquisition of Capital Stock, all of the Capital Stock (except for any such Capital Stock in the nature of directors’ qualifying shares required pursuant to applicable law) acquired or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly formed Subsidiary of Holdings in connection with such acquisition shall be owned 100% by Holdings or a Subsidiary thereof or Holdings or a Subsidiary thereof shall have offered to purchase 100% of such Capital Stock, and the Borrower shall have taken, or caused to be taken, as of the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, each of the actions set forth in Sections 7.10 and 7.11, as applicable;

 

(d)                                  Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with (i) the financial covenant set forth in Section 8.1 and (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, in each case, calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition as if such acquisition had occurred on the first day of the most recent period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been delivered does not exceed 5.75 to 1.00;

 

(e)                                   the aggregate amount of Investments consisting of such Permitted Acquisitions by Loan Parties in assets that are not (or do not become) owned by a Loan Party or in Capital Stock of Persons that do not become Loan Parties shall not exceed (x) $20,000,000 plus (y) the Available Amount;

 

(f)                                    Holdings shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to such proposed acquisition, a Compliance Certificate certifying compliance with Section 8.1 and the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as required under clause (d) above and compliance with clause (e) above and (g) below, together with reasonably detailed back-up for determining such compliance, and, if the total consideration paid in connection with such Permitted Acquisition (including any Earn-Out Obligations and any Indebtedness of any Acquired Person that is assumed by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries following such acquisition) exceeds $10,000,000, unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise agree, Borrower shall have provided the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with (A) historical financial statements for the last three fiscal years (or, if less, the number of years since formation) of the person or business to be acquired (audited if available without undue cost or delay) and unaudited financial statements thereof for the most recent interim period which are available, (B) copies of all material documentation pertaining to such transaction, and (C) all such other information and data relating to such transaction or the person or business to be acquired as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; and

 

(g)                                   any Person or assets or division as acquired in accordance herewith shall be in substantially the same business or lines of business in which the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries are engaged, or are permitted to be engaged as provided in Section 8.15, as of the time of such acquisition.

 

Permitted Holders ”:  (a) Avista, OTPPB, any Affiliate of any of the foregoing (excluding any portfolio companies but it being understood that Holdings and any direct or indirect parent thereof that is not itself an operating company do not constitute portfolio companies), and (b) the equity co-investors identified to MSSF and the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the date hereof, in each case in this clause (b) solely with respect to (and not to exceed) the amount of Capital Stock of Holdings indirectly held by each such Person and its Affiliates on the Closing Date.

 

32



 

Permitted Refinancing ”:  as to any Indebtedness, the incurrence of other Indebtedness to refinance, extend, renew, defease, restructure, replace or refund (collectively, “ refinance ”) such existing Indebtedness; provided that, in the case of such other Indebtedness, the following conditions are satisfied:  (a) the weighted average life to maturity of such refinancing Indebtedness shall be greater than or equal to the weighted average life to maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced; (b) the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness shall be less than or equal to the principal amount (including any accreted or capitalized amount) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus any required premiums, accrued and unpaid interest and other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by any amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder; (c) the respective obligor or obligors shall be the same on the refinancing Indebtedness as on the Indebtedness being refinanced; (d) the security, if any, for the refinancing Indebtedness shall be substantially the same as that for the Indebtedness being refinanced (except to the extent that less security is granted to holders of refinancing Indebtedness); and (e) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated to the Obligations, the refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations on terms that are at least as favorable, taken as a whole, as the Indebtedness being refinanced (as determined in good faith and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, certified in writing to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower) and the holders of such refinancing Indebtedness have entered into any subordination or intercreditor agreements reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent evidencing such subordination.

 

Permitted Tax Distribution ”:  any payments, dividends or distributions by the Borrower to Holdings and by Holdings to its direct parent in order to pay consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated federal, state or local taxes not payable directly by Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries which payments by Holdings or the Borrower are not in excess of the tax liabilities that would have been payable by Holdings, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (were Holdings the common parent of a consolidated group consisting of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries).

 

Person ”:  an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

 

Plan ”:  at a particular time, any employee benefit plan that is covered by ERISA and in respect of which the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Platform ”:  as defined in Section 11.2(b).

 

Pledged Company ”:  any Subsidiary of the Borrower the Capital Stock of which is pledged to the Collateral Agent pursuant to any Security Document.

 

Pledged Equity Interests ”:  as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

“Pound Sterling”: means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

 

Pricing Grid ”:  the pricing grid attached hereto as Annex A.

 

Pro Forma Financial Statements ”:  as defined in Section 5.1(a).

 

Projections ”:  as defined in Section 7.2(c).

 

33



 

Properties ”:  as defined in Section 5.17(a).

 

Property ”:  any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Capital Stock.

 

Qualified Capital Stock ”:  any Capital Stock (other than warrants, rights or options referenced in the definition thereof) that either (a) does not have a maturity and is not mandatorily redeemable, or (b) by its terms (or by the terms of any employee stock option, incentive stock or other equity-based plan or arrangement under which it is issued or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (x) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable (excluding any mandatory redemption resulting from an asset sale or change in control so long as no payments in respect thereof are due or owing, or otherwise required to be made, until all Obligations have been paid in full in cash), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital, in each case, at any time on or after the ninety-first (91st) day following the Term Loan Maturity Date, or (y) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Capital Stock referred to in clause (x) above, in each case, at any time on or after the ninety-first (91st) day following the Term Loan Maturity Date.

 

Qualified Counterparty ”:  with respect to any Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement, any counterparty thereto that is, or that at the time such Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement was entered into, was, a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Agent or an Affiliate of an Agent (or, in the case of any such any Hedge Agreement entered into prior to the Closing Date, any counterparty that was a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Agent or an Affiliate of an Agent on the Closing Date); provided that, in the event a counterparty to a Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement at the time such Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement was entered into (or, in the case of any Hedge Agreement entered into prior to the Closing Date, on the Closing Date) was a Qualified Counterparty, such counterparty shall constitute a Qualified Counterparty hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.

 

Qualified Public Offering ”:  the initial underwritten public offering of common Capital Stock of the Borrower or Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), in each case, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

Qualifying Lender ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(C).

 

Quarterly Payment Date ”:  March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year.

 

Recovery Event ”:  any settlement of or payment in excess of $1,000,000 in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Group Member.

 

Refinanced Term Loans ”:  as defined in Section 11.1.

 

Refinancing ”: the refinancing or defeasance of all Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower and Target and their Subsidiaries other than the Facilities, the Senior Notes, Indebtedness contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, any Convertible Notes that are not tendered and accepted for purchase under an offer to purchase and related consent solicitation made by the Target and other Indebtedness permitted to remain outstanding on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1.

 

34



 

Refunded Swingline Loans ”:  as defined in Section 3.4(b).

 

Refunding Date ”:  as defined in Section 3.4(c).

 

Register ”:  as defined in Section 11.6(d).

 

Regulation T ”:  Regulation T of the Board as in effect from time to time.

 

Regulation U ”:  Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

 

Regulation X ”:  Regulation X of the Board as in effect from time to time.

 

Reimbursement Obligation ”:  the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.11 for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit.

 

Reinvestment Deferred Amount ”:  with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by any Group Member in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 4.2(b) as a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment Notice.

 

Reinvestment Event ”:  any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in respect of which the Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice.

 

Reinvestment Notice ”:  a written notice executed by a Responsible Officer stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that the Borrower (directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary) intends and expects to use all or a specified portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale or Recovery Event to acquire or repair assets useful in its business.

 

Reinvestment Prepayment Amount ”:  with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire or repair assets useful in the Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ businesses.

 

Reinvestment Prepayment Date ”:  with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) the date occurring twelve (12) months after such Reinvestment Event, or, if within such twelve (12) month period the Borrower or a Subsidiary has entered into an agreement in definitive form to apply any such Net Cash Proceeds to a Reinvestment Event, then such period shall be extended, solely for purposes of applying such Net Cash Proceeds pursuant to such agreement, for a period of six (6) months and (b) the date on which the Borrower shall have determined not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire or repair assets useful in the Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ businesses with all or any portion of the relevant Reinvestment Deferred Amount.

 

Related Party Register ”:  as defined in Section 11.6(d).

 

Release ”:  any release, spill, emission, discharge, deposit, disposal, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, emptying, injection, or leaching into the Environment, or into or from any building or facility.

 

Reorganization ”:  with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

 

Replacement Term Loans ”:  as defined in Section 11.1.

 

35



 

Repricing Transaction ” means the prepayment or refinancing of all or a portion of the Term B Loans with the incurrence by any Loan Party of any debt financing and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement or commitment fees in connection therewith) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Term B Loans then in effect, including without limitation, as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Term B Loans.

 

Reportable Event ”:  any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty (30) day notice period is waived pursuant to PBGC Reg. § 4043.

 

Required Lenders ”:  at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the sum of (a) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding and (b) the Total Revolving Commitments then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.

 

Requirement of Law ”:  as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or binding determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Responsible Officer ”:  the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of Holdings or the Borrower (unless otherwise specified), but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of the Borrower.

 

Restricted Payments ”:  as defined in Section 8.6.

 

Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount ”:  at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for each Excess Cash Flow Payment Period ending after the Closing Date and prior to such date.

 

Retained Percentage ”:  with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Payment Period, (a) 100% minus (b) the ECF Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Payment Period.

 

Revolving Availability Period ”:  the period from the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date.

 

Revolving Commitment ”:  as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Revolving Loans and participate in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal and/or face amount not to exceed the amount set forth on Schedule 1.1 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.  The amount of the Total Revolving Commitments on the Closing Date is $75,000,000.

 

Revolving Commitment Increase Effective Date ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(a).

 

Revolving Credit Exposure ”:  at any time, Total Revolving Extensions of Credit, minus L/C Obligations that have been Cash Collateralized.

 

36



 

Revolving Extensions of Credit ”:  as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding, (b) such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the L/C Obligations then outstanding and (c) such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding.

 

Revolving Facility ”:  the Total Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.

 

Revolving Lender ”:  each Lender that has a Revolving Commitment or that holds Revolving Loans.

 

Revolving Loans ”:  as defined in Section 3.1(a), together with any Incremental Revolving Loans.

 

Revolving Notice Date ”:  as defined in Section 3.17(b).

 

Revolving Percentage ”:  as to any Revolving Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then constitutes of the Total Revolving Commitments (or, at any time after the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans then outstanding).

 

Revolving Termination Date ”:  the date that is five (5) years after the Closing Date.

 

S&P ”:  Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

 

SEC ”:  the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

 

Secured Leverage Ratio ”:  at any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt (excluding Convertible Notes for payment of which cash is deposited into an escrow arrangement on or about the Closing Date reasonably satisfactory to MSSF pending maturity thereof) secured by a Lien on all or any portion of the Collateral or any other assets of any of the Loan Parties as of such date , net of up to $30,000,000 of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries restricted in favor of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on such date (or, if such date is not the last day of any fiscal quarter, the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements are required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.1), in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Funded Debt and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in Section 1.3.

 

Secured Parties ”:  the collective reference to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Qualified Counterparties, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, and each of their successors and permitted assigns.

 

Securities Act ”:  the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Security Documents ”:  the collective reference to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages (if any), the Intellectual Property Security Agreements and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent granting a Lien on any

 

37



 

Property of any Person to secure the Obligations of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, Specified Hedge Agreement or Specified Cash Management Agreement.

 

Senior Note Documents ” shall mean the Senior Notes and the Senior Notes Indenture.

 

Senior Notes ” shall mean the Senior Notes to be issued by the Borrower on the Closing Date in connection with the Transactions, issued pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture.

 

Senior Notes Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture to be entered into under which the Senior Notes will be issued, among the Borrower and certain of the Subsidiaries party thereto and the trustee named therein from time to time.

 

Single Employer Plan ”:  any Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but that is not a Multiemployer Plan.

 

Software ”:  as defined in the definition of Intellectual Property.

 

Solicited Discount Proration ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(C).

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A).

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice ”:  a written notice of the Borrower of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iv) substantially in the form of Exhibit L.

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer ”:  the irrevocable written offer by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit M, submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A).

 

Solvent ”:  as to any Person at any time, that (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person; (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on the sum of its debts and other liabilities, including contingent liabilities; (c) such Person has not, does not intend to, and does not believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (d) such Person does not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which it is engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date.

 

Special Flood Hazard Area ”:  an area that FEMA’s current flood maps indicate has at least one percent (1%) chance of a flood equal to or exceeding the base flood elevation (a 100-year flood) in any given year.

 

Specified Cash Management Agreement ”:  any Cash Management Agreement entered into by (a) any Loan Party and (b) any Qualified Counterparty, as counterparty; provided , that any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of holders of obligations under Specified Cash Management Agreements.  No Specified Cash Management Agreement shall create in favor of any Qualified Counterparty thereof that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Guarantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

38



 

Specified Discount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(ii)(A).

 

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(ii)(A).

 

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice ”:  a written notice of the Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(ii) substantially in the form of Exhibit O.

 

Specified Discount Prepayment Response ”:  the irrevocable written response by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit P, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

 

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(ii)(A).

 

Specified Discount Proration ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(ii)(C).

 

Specified Equity Contribution ”:  any cash contribution to the equity of Holdings and/or any purchase or investment in Capital Stock of Holdings in each case other than Disqualified Capital Stock, as evidenced by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

Specified Hedge Agreement ”:  any Hedge Agreement entered into by (a) any Loan Party and (b) any Qualified Counterparty, as counterparty; provided that any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of holders of obligations under Specified Hedge Agreements.  No Specified Hedge Agreement shall create in favor of any Qualified Counterparty thereof that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Guarantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided , however , nothing herein shall limit the rights of any such Qualified Counterparty set forth in such Specified Hedge Agreement.

 

Sponsors ”:  Avista and OTPPB.

 

Stock Certificates ”:  Collateral consisting of certificates representing Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower for which a security interest can be perfected by delivering such certificates.

 

Submitted Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A).

 

Submitted Discount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A).

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ”: any Junior Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor the payment of principal and interest of which and other obligations of the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor in respect thereof are subordinated to the prior payment in full of the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

Subsidiary ”:  as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned by such Person.  Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed not to be a Subsidiary of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (except for purposes of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary contained herein) for purposes of this Agreement.

 

39



 

Subsidiary Guarantor ”:  each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, other than (i) any Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (ii) Immaterial Subsidiaries, (iii) any subsidiary to the extent that the burden or cost (including any potential tax liability) of obtaining a guarantee outweighs the benefit afforded thereby as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, (iv) any Disregarded Domestic Persons and (v) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Subsidiary Redesignation ”:  as defined in Section 7.13

 

Survey ”:  a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six months prior to such date of delivery any exterior construction on the site of such Mortgaged Property or any easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property has been granted or become effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Mortgaged Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than 20 days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property; provided that the Borrower shall have a reasonable amount of time to deliver such redated survey,  (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Title Company, (iv) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey and (v) sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy (or commitment) relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue customary endorsements or (b) otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

 

Swingline Commitment ”:  the obligation of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 3.3 in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $15,000,000.

 

Swingline Exposure ”:  as to any Lender, its pro rata portion of the Swingline Loans.

 

Swingline Lender ”:  General Electric Capital Corporation, in its capacity as the lender of Swingline Loans.

 

Swingline Loans ”:  as defined in Section 3.3(a).

 

Swingline Participation Amount ”:  as defined in Section 3.4(c).

 

Syndication Date ”:  the date on which the Joint Lead Arrangers complete a Successful Syndication (as defined in the Fee Letter) of the Facilities.

 

Target ”:  Kendle International Inc., an Ohio corporation.

 

Taxes ”:  all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, deductions or withholdings or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, and any interest, penalties or additions to tax imposed with respect thereto.

 

40



 

“Term B Lender”:  each Lender that has an Additional Term B Commitment or that holds a Term B Loan.

 

“Term B Loan”:  collectively, (i) the term loans into which the Converted Original Term Loans were converted on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and (ii) the term loans made by the Additional Term B Lender pursuant to Section 2.1(i).

 

Term Commitment ”:  as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a an Original Term Loan to the Borrower hereunder in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth on Schedule 1.1 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, including, without limitation, Section 4.2(d).  The original aggregate amount of the Term Commitments is $300,000,000.

 

Term Facility ”:  the Term Commitments , the Additional Term B Commitment and the Term Loans made thereunder.

 

Term Lender ”:  each Lender that has a Term Commitment or that holds a Term Loan.

 

Term Loan ”:  as defined in Section 2.1, the Original Term Loans, the Term B Loans together with any Incremental Term Loans, if applicable.

 

Term Loan Increase Effective Date ”:  as defined in Section 2.4(a).

 

Term Loan Maturity Date ”:  the date that is seven (7) years after the Closing Date.

 

Term Notice Date ”:  as defined in Section 2.6(b).

 

Term Percentage ”:  as to any Term Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Term Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Term Commitments (or, at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding).

 

Title Company ”:  any title insurance company as shall be retained by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

 

Total Revolving Commitments ”:  at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

 

Total Revolving Extensions of Credit ”:  at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit of the Revolving Lenders outstanding at such time.

 

Total Term Commitments ”:  at any time, the aggregate amount of the Term Commitments then in effect.

 

Transactions ”:  collectively, (a) the consummation of the Acquisition and the Equity Contribution, (b) the issuance of the Senior Notes and entering into the Senior Notes Indenture, (c) the Refinancing, (d) the borrowing of the Loans on the Closing Date and (e) the other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

 

Transferee ”:  any Assignee or Participant.

 

41



 

Trident Acquisition ”:  means the acquisition of Trident Clinical Research Pty Ltd. and its subsidiaries by the Borrower on June 1, 2011.

 

Type ”:  as to any Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

 

Unasserted Contingent Obligations ”:  as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

UCC Filing Collateral ”:  Collateral consisting solely of assets for which a security interest can be perfected by filing a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement.

 

United States ”:  the United States of America.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ”:  (A) any Subsidiary of the Borrower designated by the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (B) any subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Voluntary Prepayment ”:  a prepayment of the Loans (including the Term Loans but excluding prepayments of Revolving Loans to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in Revolving Commitments hereunder) with Internally Generated Cash.

 

Voting Stock ”:  of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote, directly or indirectly, in the election of the board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of such Person and, in the case of Parent, the Class A common stock of Parent issued as of the Closing Date or any other Capital Stock of Parent having equivalent rights.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ”:  as to any Person, any other Person all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares required by law) is owned by such Person directly and/or through other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

 

1.2                                Other Definitional Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

 

(b)                                  As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Group Member not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, other accounting standards, if applicable, (ii) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” (iii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, (v) references to agreements or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (subject to any applicable restrictions hereunder), (vi) any reference to any law or regulation herein shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and (vii) any references herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns.

 

42


 

(c)                                   The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

(d)                                  The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

(e)                                   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP in effect as of the date hereof; provided that, if either the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that such Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Required Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend such provision to preserve the original intent in light of the change in GAAP; provided that such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

 

(f)                                    When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, with respect to any payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Loans, if such extension would cause any such payment to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

1.3                                Pro Forma Adjustments .

 

In the event that Holdings or any Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility or other incurrence of Indebtedness for working capital purposes pursuant to working capital facilities unless, in each case, such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio or the Secured Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio or the Secured Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio or the Secured Leverage Ratio, as the case may be, shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

 

For purposes of making computations herein, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries during the reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated Indebtedness and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the reference period.  If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries since

 

43



 

the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

 

For purposes of this Section 1.3, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Holdings or the Borrower and may include, without duplication, cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies resulting from such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation (including the Transactions) or other transaction, in each case calculated in the manner described in, and not to exceed the amount set forth in clause (1) of, the definition of Consolidated EBITDA.  For the avoidance of doubt, the actual adjustments described in “Adjusted EBITDA” in the Confidential Information Memorandum, or as otherwise delivered to the Administrative Agent on June 19, 2011, shall be deemed to comply with the standards set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the applicable calculation date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedge Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness).  Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the second paragraph of this Section 1.3.  Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrower may designate.

 

SECTION 2.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF TERM COMMITMENTS

 

2.1                                Term Commitments .  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof , each (i)  the Additional Term B Lender severally agrees to make a term loan (a “ Term B Loan ”) to the Borrower in Dollars on the Closing Amendment No. 1 Effective Date in an amount not to exceed the amount of the Additional Term B Commitment of such Lender and (ii) each Converted Original Term Loan of each Amendment No. 1 Consenting Lender shall be converted into a Term B Loan of such Lender effective as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Lender’s Converted Original Term Loan immediately prior to such conversion; provided that the Term B Loans shall initially consist of Eurodollar Loans with an Interest Period ending April 22 , 2013 and the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period shall be deemed to be 1.25% .  The Term Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 4.3.

 

2.2                                Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the anticipated Closing Date) requesting that the applicable Term Lenders make the Term Loans on the Closing Date and specifying the amount to be borrowed.  Prior to the earlier of (a) the Syndication Date and (b) the

 

44



 

date that is 60 days after the Closing Date, any Term Loan that is a Eurodollar Loan shall have an Interest Period of one (1) month.  Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Term Lender thereof.  Not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Closing Date, each applicable Term Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Term Loan or Term Loans to be made by such Lender.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Term Loan or Term Loans available to the Borrower on such Borrowing Date by wire transfer in immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.

 

(b)                                  Not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date the Additional Term B Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Term B Loan to be made by such Additional Term B Lender pursuant to its Additional Term B Commitment.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Term B Loan available to the Borrower on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date by wire transfer in immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.

 

2.3                                Repayment of Term Loans .

 

(a)                                  On each Quarterly Payment Date, beginning with the Quarterly Payment Date ending on September 30, 2011, March 31, 2013, the Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders the principal amount of Term B Loans then outstanding in an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amounts of all Term B Loans theretofore borrowed (including by way of conversion) by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1 (which amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include repayments pursuant to this Section 2.3) in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 4.8).  The remaining unpaid principal amount of the Term B Loans and all other Obligations under or in respect of the Term B Loans shall be due and payable in full, if not earlier in accordance with this Agreement, on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders with Original Term Loans that are not Converted Original Term Loans, all Original Term Loans that are not Converted Original Term Loans on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

2.4                                Incremental Term Loans .

 

(a)                                  Borrower Request .  The Borrower may at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to increase the Term Facility and/or request the establishment of one or more new term loan facilities (each, an “ Incremental Term Facility ”) with term loan commitments (each, an “ Incremental Term Loan Commitment ”) in an amount not in excess of $100,000,000 in the aggregate, when combined with the aggregate amount of Incremental Revolving Commitments under Section 3.16, and in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum amount of $10,000,000 (or such lesser amount equal to the remaining Incremental Term Loan Commitments).  Each such notice shall specify (i) the date (each, a “ Term Loan Increase Effective Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that the Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than three (3) Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the identity of each Person (which, if not a Lender, an Approved Fund or an Affiliate of a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)) to whom the Borrower proposes any portion of such Incremental Term Loan Commitment be allocated and the amounts of such allocations.

 

45



 

(b)                                  Conditions .  The Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall become effective, as of such Term Loan Increase Effective Date; provided that:

 

(i)                              each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 shall be satisfied;

 

(ii)                           no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the borrowings to be made on the Term Loan Increase Effective Date;

 

(iii)                        after giving pro forma effect to the borrowings to be made on the Term Loan Increase Effective Date as of the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b), the Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.75 to 1.00; provided that, for purposes of this clause (iii) only, the Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated net of up to $30,000,000 of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries restricted in favor of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party but excluding proceeds of such Incremental Term Facility shall be excluded when calculating the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents to be netted out of clause (a) of the definition of Secured Leverage Ratio ;

 

(iv)                       the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any customary legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction; and

 

(v)                          no Lender will be required to participate in any Incremental Term Facility without its consent.

 

(c)                                   Terms of Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments .  The terms and provisions of the Incremental Term Loans made pursuant to the Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be as follows:

 

(i)                              terms and provisions of Loans made pursuant to Incremental Term Loan Commitments (the “ Incremental Term Loans ”) shall be on terms consistent with the existing Term Loans (except as otherwise set forth herein) and, to the extent not consistent with such existing Term Loans, on terms agreed upon between the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (except as otherwise set forth herein) (it being understood that Incremental Term Loans may be part of the existing tranche of Term Loans or may comprise one or more new tranches of Term Loans);

 

(ii)                           the weighted average life to maturity of all new Incremental Term Loans shall be no shorter than the then remaining weighted average life to maturity of the existing Term Loans;

 

(iii)                        the maturity date of Incremental Term Loans shall not be earlier than the Term Loan Maturity Date; and

 

(iv)                       the all-in-yield applicable to any Incremental Term Loan that is pari passu in right of payment and with respect to security with the existing Term Loans will be determined by the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loan and such all-in yield (including in the form of interest rate margins, original issue discount (based on a four (4) year average life to maturity or, if less, the remaining life to maturity), upfront fees,

 

46



 

minimum Eurodollar Rate or minimum Base Rate, but excluding arrangement, commitment, structuring and underwriting fees and any amendment fees paid or payable to the Joint Lead Arrangers (or their affiliates) or the Lenders in their respective capacities as such in connection with any of the existing Facilities or to one or more arrangers (or their affiliates) in their capacities as such applicable to the Term Facility) will not be more than 0.50% higher than the corresponding all-in yield (determined on the same basis) applicable to the existing Term Facility, unless the interest rate margin with respect to the existing Term Facility is increased by an amount equal to the difference between the all-in yield with respect to the Incremental Term Facility and the corresponding all-in yield on the existing Term Facility, minus 0.50%;

 

The Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by a joinder agreement (the “ Increase Term Joinder ”) executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender making such Incremental Term Loan Commitment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of them (in the case of the Administrative Agent, to the extent required herein).  The Increase Term Joinder may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.4.  In addition, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all references in the Loan Documents to Term Loans shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include references to Incremental Term Loans that are Term Loans made pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Making of Incremental Term Loans .  On any Term Loan Increase Effective Date on which Incremental Term Loan Commitments are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, each Lender of such Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall make an Incremental Term Loan to the Borrower in an amount equal to its Incremental Term Loan Commitment.

 

(e)                                   Ranking .  The Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments established pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall constitute Loans and Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from (x) security interests created by the Security Documents and the guarantees of the Guarantors, except that the security interests securing the Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments may rank junior to the security interests securing the Term Facilities as set forth in the Increase Term Joinder and pursuant to intercreditor agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (y) prepayments of the Term Facility unless the Borrower and the Lenders in respect of the Incremental Term Facility elect lesser payments, except that the right of payment under the Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments may rank junior to the right of payment under the Term Facilities as set forth in the Increase Term Joinder.  The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to ensure and/or demonstrate that the Lien and security interests granted by the Security Documents continue to be perfected under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such class of Incremental Term Loans or any such Incremental Term Loan Commitments.

 

2.5                                Fees .  The Borrower agrees to pay closing fees to each Term Lender on the Closing Date as fee compensation for such Lender’s Term Commitment in an amount equal to 2.50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans made by such Term Lender on the Closing Date, payable to such Term Lender on the Closing Date; provided that, at the option of the Joint Lead Arrangers, such closing fees shall be structured as original issue discount.

 

47



 

2.6                                Extension of Maturity Date in Respect of Term Facility .

 

(a)                                  Requests for Extension .  The Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Lenders) not later than 30 days prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date then in effect hereunder in respect of the Term Facility (the “ Existing Term Facility Maturity Date ”), request that each Term Lender extend such Lender’s Term Loan Maturity Date in respect of the Term Facility; provided that (i) the interest rate margins, interest rate “floors,” fees and maturity applicable to any Term Loan shall be determined by the Borrower and the Extending Term Lenders and (ii) any such extension shall be on the terms and pursuant to documentation to be determined by the Borrower and the Extending Term Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Term Lender Elections to Extend .  Each Term Lender, acting in its sole and individual discretion, shall, by notice to the Administrative Agent given within 10 Business Days of delivery of the notice referred to in clause (a) (or such other period as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall mutually agree) (the “ Term Notice Date ”), advise the Administrative Agent whether or not such Term Lender agrees to such extension (and each Term Lender that determines not to so extend its Term Loan Maturity Date (a “ Non-Extending Term Lender ”) shall notify the Administrative Agent of such fact promptly after such determination (but in any event no later than the Term Notice Date) and any Term Lender that does not so advise the Administrative Agent on or before the Term Notice Date shall be deemed to be a Non-Extending Term Lender.  The election of any Term Lender to agree to such extension shall not obligate any other Term Lender to so agree.

 

(c)                                   Notification by Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of each Term Lender’s determination under this Section promptly following the Term Notice Date.

 

(d)                                  Additional Commitment Lenders .  The Borrower shall have the right to replace each Non-Extending Term Lender with, and add as “Term Lenders” under this Agreement in place thereof, one or more Eligible Assignees (each, an “ Additional Term Commitment Lender ”) as provided in Section 11.6; provided that each of such Additional Term Commitment Lenders shall enter into an Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Additional Term Commitment Lender shall undertake a Term Commitment (and, if any such Additional Term Commitment Lender is already a Term Lender, its Term Commitment shall be in addition to any other Term Commitment of such Lender hereunder on such date).

 

(e)                                   Extension Requirement .  If (and only if) any Term Lender has agreed so to extend their Term Loan Maturity Date (each, an “ Extending Term Lender ”), the Term Loan Maturity Date in respect of the Term Facility of each Extending Term Lender and of each Additional Term Commitment Lender shall be extended subject to the terms of any such notice of extension and each Additional Commitment Term Lender shall thereupon become a “Term Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Conditions to Effectiveness of Extensions .  As a condition precedent to such extension, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of the Borrower dated as of the effective date of such extension signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by the Borrower approving or consenting to such extension and (ii) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such extension, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the effective date of such extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.6, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.1 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to subsection (c), of Section 6.01, and (B) no Default exists. In addition, on the Term Loan Maturity Date of each Non-Extending Term Lender, the Borrower shall repay any non-extended Term Loans of such Non-Extending Term Lender outstanding on such date.

 

48



 

(g)                                   Conflicting Provisions .  This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 11.1 or 11.7 to the contrary, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to enter into any amendments to this Agreement necessary or desirable to reflect the extensions pursuant to this Section 2.6.

 

SECTION 3.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING COMMITMENTS

 

3.1                                Revolving Commitments .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Revolving Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (“ Revolving Loans ”) to the Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which, when added to such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the sum of (i) the L/C Obligations then outstanding and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Swingline Loans then outstanding, does not exceed the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment.  During the Revolving Availability Period the Borrower may use the Revolving Commitments by borrowing, prepaying and reborrowing the Revolving Loans in whole or in part, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.  The Revolving Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 3.2 and 4.3.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans on the Revolving Termination Date .  In addition, if at any time the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans, plus (ii) the principal amount of Swingline Loans plus (iii) the aggregate Dollar Amount of L/C Obligations exceeds the aggregate Revolving Commitment, the Borrower shall, promptly, but in any event within two Business Days, repay Revolving Loans in an amount equal to such excess .

 

3.2                                Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing .  The Borrower may borrow under the Revolving Commitments during the Revolving Availability Period on any Business Day; provided that the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent (a) prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the anticipated Closing Date for any Revolving Loans requested to be made on the Closing Date and (b) for any Revolving Loans requested to be made after the Closing Date, prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time, (i) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or (ii) one (1) Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Base Rate Loans) ( provided that any such notice of a borrowing of Base Rate Loans to finance payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.5 may be given not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed borrowing), specifying (x) the amount and Type of Revolving Loans to be borrowed, (y) the requested Borrowing Date and (z) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the respective lengths of the initial Interest Period therefor; provided that prior to the earlier of (a) the Syndication Date and (b) the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date, any Revolving Loan that is a Eurodollar Loan shall have an Interest Period of one (1) month.  Each borrowing under the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount equal to (x) in the case of Base Rate Loans, $250,000 or a multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Commitments are less than $250,000 or $100,000, as the case may be, such lesser amounts) and (y) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Commitments are less than $500,000 or $100,000, as the case may be, such lesser amounts); provided that (x) the Swingline Lender may request, on behalf of the Borrower, borrowings under the Revolving Commitments that are Base Rate Loans in other amounts pursuant to Section 3.4 and (y) borrowings of Base Rate Loans pursuant to Section 3.11 shall not be subject to the foregoing minimum amounts.  Upon receipt of any such notice from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each

 

49



 

Revolving Lender thereof.  Each Revolving Lender will make the amount of its pro rata share of each borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower at the Funding Office prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Revolving Loan available to the Borrower on such Borrowing Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.

 

3.3                                Swingline Commitment .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender agrees to make a portion of the credit otherwise available to the Borrower under the Revolving Commitments from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period by making swing line loans (“ Swingline Loans ”) to the Borrower; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect (notwithstanding that the Swingline Loans outstanding at any time, when aggregated with the Swingline Lender’s other outstanding Revolving Loans hereunder, may exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect) and (ii) the Borrower shall not request, and the Swingline Lender shall not make, any Swingline Loan if, after giving effect to the making of such Swingline Loan, the aggregate amount of the Available Revolving Commitments would be less than zero.  During the Revolving Availability Period, the Borrower may use the Swingline Commitment by borrowing, repaying and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.  Swingline Loans shall be Base Rate Loans only.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Swingline Loans within 10 days of the borrowing and in any event on the Revolving Termination Date.

 

3.4                                Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans .

 

(a)                                  Whenever the Borrower desires that the Swingline Lender make Swingline Loans it shall give the Swingline Lender irrevocable telephonic notice confirmed promptly in writing (which telephonic notice must be received by the Swingline Lender not later than 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the proposed Borrowing Date), specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed and (ii) the requested Borrowing Date (which shall be a Business Day during the Revolving Availability Period).  Each borrowing under the Swingline Commitment shall be in an amount equal to $250,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Not later than 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date specified in a notice in respect of Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of the Swingline Loan to be made by the Swingline Lender.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Swingline Loan available to the Borrower on such Borrowing Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.

 

(b)                                  The Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion may, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs the Swingline Lender to act on its behalf), on one (1) Business Day’s notice given by the Swingline Lender no later than 2:00 P.M., New York City time, request each Revolving Lender to make, and each Revolving Lender hereby agrees to make, irrespective of the satisfaction of conditions to such Loan specified in Section 6.2, a Revolving Loan, in an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loans (the “ Refunded Swingline Loans ”) outstanding on the date of such notice, to repay the Swingline Lender.  Each Revolving Lender shall make the amount of such Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office in immediately available funds, not later than 10:00 A.M., New York City time, one (1) Business Day after the date of such notice.  The proceeds of such Revolving Loans

 

50



 

shall be immediately made available by the Administrative Agent to the Swingline Lender for application by the Swingline Lender to the repayment of the Refunded Swingline Loans.

 

(c)                                   If prior to the time a Revolving Loan would have otherwise been made pursuant to Section 3.4(b), one of the events described in Section 9.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower or if for any other reason, as determined by the Swingline Lender in its sole discretion, Revolving Loans may not be made as contemplated by Section 3.4(b), each Revolving Lender shall, on the date such Revolving Loan was to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 3.4(b) (the “ Refunding Date ”), purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in the then outstanding Swingline Loans by paying to the Swingline Lender an amount (the “ Swingline Participation Amount ”) equal to (i) such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Percentage times (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding that were to have been repaid with such Revolving Loans.

 

(d)                                  Whenever, at any time after the Swingline Lender has received from any Revolving Lender such Lender’s Swingline Participation Amount, the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of the Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Lender its Swingline Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s participating interest was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Lender’s pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swingline Loans then due); provided , however , that in the event that such payment received by the Swingline Lender is required to be returned, such Revolving Lender will return to the Swingline Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it by the Swingline Lender.

 

(e)                                   Each Revolving Lender’s obligation to make the Loans referred to in Section 3.4(b) and to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section 3.4(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Revolving Lender or the Borrower may have against the Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 6; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower; (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Revolving Lender; or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

 

3.5                                Fees .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee for the period from and including the Closing Date to the last day of the Revolving Availability Period, computed at the Commitment Fee Rate on the average daily amount of the Available Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Revolving Termination Date, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the date hereof.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower agrees to pay closing fees to each Revolving Lender on the Closing Date as fee compensation for such Lender’s Revolving Commitment in an amount equal to 1.50% of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment, payable to such Revolving Lender on the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees in the amounts and on the dates previously agreed to in writing by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

51



 

3.6                                Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments .  The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Revolving Commitments; provided that no such termination or reduction of Revolving Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit would exceed the Total Revolving Commitments; provided , further , that such notice may be contingent on the occurrence of a refinancing or the consummation of a sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets and may be revoked or the termination date deferred if the refinancing or sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets does not occur.  Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $500,000, or a multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, the amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect), and shall reduce permanently the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

 

3.7                                L/C Commitment .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the other Revolving Lenders set forth in Section 3.10(a), agrees to issue documentary or standby letters of credit (“ Letters of Credit ”) for the account of the Borrower on any Business Day during the Revolving Availability Period in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Issuing Lender; provided that the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue or cause to be issued any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment or (ii) the aggregate amount of the Available Revolving Commitments would be less than zero.  Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars an L/C currency , (ii) have a face amount of at least the Dollar Amount of $100,000 (unless otherwise agreed by the Issuing Lender) and (iii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Termination Date; provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (or a longer period if agreed to by the Issuing Lender but in no event shall any renewal period extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above), unless the Issuing Lender elects, in its sole discretion, not to extend for any such additional period; provided , further , that (i)  any Letter of Credit that expires after the Revolving Termination Date shall be Cash Collateralized and (ii) to the extent that the L/C Obligations exceed the L/C Commitment for more than three consecutive Business Days, the Borrower shall promptly, but in any event within two Business Days, Cash Collateralize such excess (it being agreed that the Issuing Lender shall promptly upon written request return such Cash Collateral to the Borrower if the L/C Obligations are less than or equal to the L/C Commitment for ten consecutive Business Days) .  Each Letter of Credit shall be governed by laws of the State of New York (unless the laws of another jurisdiction is agreed to by the respective Issuing Lender) and governed under The International Standby Practices (ISP98).

 

(b)                                  The Issuing Lender shall not at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder if such issuance would conflict with, or cause the Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law.

 

3.8                                Procedure for Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension of Letters of Credit; Certain Conditions .  The Borrower may from time to time request that the Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit.  To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Lender) to the Issuing Lender an Application requesting the issuance of the Letter of Credit and specifying the requested date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day) and, as applicable, specifying the date of amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit

 

52



 

is to expire (which shall comply with Section 3.7(a)(iii)), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the L/C Currency for such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit.  Such Application shall be accompanied by documentary and other evidence of the proposed beneficiary’s identity as may reasonably be requested by the Issuing Lender to enable the Issuing Lender to verify the beneficiary’s identity or to comply with any applicable laws or regulations, including, without limitation, Section 326 of the Patriot Act.  The Issuing Lender will issue, amend, renew or extend (or cause to be issued, amended, reissued or extended) the requested Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower in the Issuing Lender’s then current standard form with such revisions as shall be requested by the Borrower and approved by the Issuing Lender, which shall have been approved by the Borrower, within (x) in the case of an issuance, five (5) Business Days of the date of the receipt of the Application and all related information and (y) in the case of an amendment, renewal or extension, three (3) Business Days of the date of the receipt of the Application and all related information.  The Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) promptly following the issuance thereof.  The Issuing Lender shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders, notice of the issuance (or, amendment, extension or renewal, as applicable) of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).

 

3.9                                Fees and Other Charges .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower will pay a fee on all outstanding Letters of Credit at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to Eurodollar Loans under the Revolving Facility on the face amount of such Letter of Credit, shared ratably among the Revolving Lenders and payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date after the issuance date of such Letter of Credit.  In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Lender for its own account a fronting fee of 0.25% per annum on the face amount of each Letter of Credit, payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date after the issuance date of such Letter of Credit.

 

(b)                                  In addition to the foregoing fees, the Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Issuing Lender in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit.

 

3.10                         L/C Participations .

 

(a)                                  The Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Participant, and, to induce the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, each L/C Participant irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such L/C Participant’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Percentage in the Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit issued hereunder and the amount of each draft paid by the Issuing Lender thereunder.  Each L/C Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with the Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand of the Issuing Lender an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed (it being agreed that with respect to a Letter of Credit in a currency other than Dollars, each L/C Participant shall pay the Administrative Agent the Dollar Amount of the applicable amount) . The Administrative Agent shall promptly forward such amounts to the Issuing Lender.

 

53


 

(b)                                  If any amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.10(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit is paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender within three (3) Business Days after the date such payment is due, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Issuing Lender, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360.  If any such amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant pursuant to Section 3.10(a) is not made available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender by such L/C Participant within three (3) Business Days after the date such payment is due, the Issuing Lender shall be entitled to recover from such L/C Participant, on demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Facility.  A certificate of the Issuing Lender submitted to any L/C Participant with respect to any amounts owing under this Section shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

 

(c)                                   Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Lender has made payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any L/C Participant its pro rata share of such payment in accordance with Section 3.10(a), the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by the Issuing Lender), or any payment of interest on account thereof, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, will distribute to such L/C Participant its pro rata share thereof; provided , however , that in the event that any such payment received by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, shall be required to be returned by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, such L/C Participant shall return to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender the portion thereof previously distributed by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, to it.

 

3.11                         Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower .  The Issuing Lender shall notify the Borrower of the date and amount paid by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit.  The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Issuing Lender for the amount of (a) such draft so paid and (b) any fees, charges or other costs or expenses (other than taxes or similar amounts) incurred by the Issuing Lender in connection with such payment on the next Business Day following the date on which the Borrower receives such notice.  Each such payment shall be made to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices referred to herein in Dollars and in immediately available funds (it being agreed that with respect to any Letter of Credit in a currency other than Dollars, such payment shall be made in the Dollar Amount of the applicable amount) .  Interest shall be payable on any such amounts from the date on which the relevant draft is paid until payment in full at the rate set forth in (i) until the Business Day next succeeding the date of the relevant notice, Section 4.5(b) and (ii) thereafter, Section 4.5(c).  Each drawing under any Letter of Credit shall (unless an event of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 9.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower, in which case the procedures specified in Section 3.10 for funding by L/C Participants shall apply) constitute a request by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent for a borrowing pursuant to Section 3.2 of Base Rate Loans (or, at the option of the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender in their sole discretion, a borrowing pursuant to Section 3.4 of Swingline Loans) in the amount of such drawing.  The Borrowing Date with respect to such borrowing shall be the first date on which a borrowing of Revolving Loans (or, if applicable, Swingline Loans) could be made, pursuant to Section 3.2 (or, if applicable, Section 3.4), if the Administrative Agent had received a notice of such borrowing at the time the Administrative Agent receives notice from the Issuing Lender of such drawing under such Letter of Credit.

 

54



 

3.12                         Obligations Absolute .  The Borrower’s obligations under Section 3.11 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person.  The Borrower also agrees with the Issuing Lender that the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligations under Section 3.11 shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee.  The Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors, omissions, interruptions or delays found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender.  The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall be binding on the Borrower and shall not result in any liability of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower.

 

3.13                         Letter of Credit Payments .  If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower of the date of payment and amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect thereof.  The responsibility of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit.

 

3.14                         Applications .  To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3, the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.

 

3.15                         Defaulting Lenders .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Lender will not be required to issue any Letter of Credit or to amend any outstanding Letter of Credit to increase the face amount thereof, alter the drawing terms thereunder or extend the expiry date thereof, and the Swingline Lender will not be required to make any Swingline Loan, unless any exposure that would result therefrom is eliminated or fully covered by the Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Lenders, replacement Lenders or by Cash Collateralization or a combination thereof reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender.

 

(b)                                  If a Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, the following provisions shall apply with respect to any outstanding L/C Exposure, any outstanding Swingline Exposure and any outstanding Revolving Percentage of such Defaulting Lender:

 

(i)                                      the L/C Exposure, the Swingline Exposure and the Revolving Percentage of such Defaulting Lender will, subject to the limitation in the proviso below, automatically be reallocated (effective on the day such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender) among the Non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Commitments; provided that (w) the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 are satisfied at such time (and, unless the Borrower shall have

 

55



 

otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at the time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), (x) such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Default or Event of Default exists, (y) the sum of each Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit may not in any event exceed the Revolving Commitment of such Non-Defaulting Lender as in effect at the time of such reallocation and (z) neither such reallocation nor any payment by a Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant thereto will constitute a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender or cause such Defaulting Lender to be a Non-Defaulting Lender; provided , further , that, for purposes of clause (x) in the first proviso above, such reallocation shall be given effect immediately upon the cure or waiver of such Default or Event of Default and subject to clauses (y) and (z) above; and

 

(ii)                                   any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 9 or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.7(b) shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows:

 

first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder;

 

second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender hereunder;

 

third , to Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s fronting exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender;

 

fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent;

 

fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s future fronting exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement;

 

sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

seventh , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and

 

eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction;

 

56



 

provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or payment under any Letter of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 were satisfied and waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and any payment under any Letter of Credit owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or payment under any Letter of Credit owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility without giving effect to Section 3.15(b)(i).  Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 3.15(b)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

(c)                                   Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, all fees pursuant to Sections 3.5(a) and 3.9 shall cease to accrue with respect to such Defaulting Lender (without prejudice to the rights of the Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders in respect of such fees); provided that (i) to the extent that a portion of the L/C Exposure or the Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender is reallocated to the Non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to clause (c) above, such fees that would have accrued for the benefit of such Defaulting Lender will instead accrue for the benefit of and be payable to such Non-Defaulting Lenders, pro rata in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments, and (ii) to the extent any portion of such L/C Exposure or Swingline Exposure cannot be so reallocated, such fees will instead accrue for the benefit of and be payable to the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender as their interests appear (and the pro rata payment provisions of Section 4.8 will automatically be deemed adjusted to reflect the provisions of this Section) until and to the extent that such L/C Exposure or Swingline Exposure is reallocated, Cash Collateralized and/or such Defaulting Lender is replaced.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower may terminate the unused amount of the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly notify the Lenders thereof), and in such event the provisions of (b)(ii) above will apply to all amounts thereafter paid by the Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity or other amounts); provided that such termination will not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

 

(e)                                   If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender agree in writing in their discretion that a Lender that is a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any amounts then held in the segregated account referred to in clause (b)(ii) above), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase such portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders and/or make such other adjustments as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Extensions of Credit, L/C Exposure and Swingline Exposure of the Lenders to be on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender and will be a Non-Defaulting Lender (and such L/C Exposure and Swingline Exposure of each Lender will automatically be adjusted on a prospective basis to reflect the foregoing); provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change

 

57



 

hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

3.16                         Incremental Revolving Commitments .

 

(a)                                  Borrower Request .  The Borrower may at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request an increase to the existing Revolving Commitment and/or add one or more new revolving facilities (each, an “ Incremental Revolving Facility ”) with revolving commitments (each, an “ Incremental Revolving Commitment ”) in an amount (x) not in excess of $100,000,000 in the aggregate when combined with the aggregate amount of all Incremental Term Loan Commitments under Section 2.4 plus (y) in the case of an Incremental Revolving Facility that serves to effectively extend the maturity of the Revolving Facility, an amount equal to the reductions in the Revolving Facility to be replaced with the Incremental Revolving Facility, and in minimum increments of $500,000 and a minimum amount of $5,000,000 (or such lesser amount equal to the remaining Incremental Revolving Commitments) (and provided that there shall be not more than three tranches of Incremental Revolving Commitments at any time).  Each such notice shall specify (i) the date (each, a “ Revolving Commitment Increase Effective Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that the Incremental Revolving Commitment shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than three (3) Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the identity of each Person (which, if not a Lender, an Approved Fund or an Affiliate of a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Lender (each such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)) to whom the Borrower proposes any portion of such Incremental Revolving Commitment be allocated and the amounts of such allocations; provided that any existing Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the Incremental Revolving Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide such Incremental Revolving Commitment.

 

(b)                                  Conditions .  The Incremental Revolving Commitment shall become effective as of such Revolving Commitment Increase Effective Date; provided that:

 

(i)                              each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 shall be satisfied;

 

(ii)                           no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the borrowings to be made on the Revolving Commitment Increase Effective Date;

 

(iii)                        after giving pro forma effect to the extensions of commitments to be made on the Revolving Commitment Increase Effective Date (and assuming the Borrower borrowed Revolving Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to the full amount of the Incremental Revolving Commitment) as of the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b), the Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.75 to 1.00; provided that, for purposes of this clause (iii) only, the Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated net of up to $30,000,000 of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries restricted in favor of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party but excluding proceeds of such Incremental Revolving Facility shall be excluded when calculating the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents to be netted out of clause (a) of the definition of Secured Leverage Ratio ;

 

(iv)                       the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any customary legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction; and

 

58



 

(v)                          no Existing existing Lender will be required to participate in any Incremental Revolving Facility without its consent.

 

(c)                                   Terms of Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments .  The terms and provisions of the Incremental Revolving Commitments and the Loans made pursuant to the Incremental Revolving Commitments shall be as follows:

 

(i)                              terms and provisions of Loans made pursuant to Incremental Revolving Commitments (the “ Incremental Revolving Loans ”) shall be on terms consistent with the existing Revolving Loans (other than (A) with respect to margin, pricing, maturity or fees or (B) as otherwise set forth herein) and, to the extent not consistent with such existing Revolving Loans, on terms agreed upon between the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Revolving Loans and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (except as otherwise set forth herein) (it being understood that Incremental Revolving Loans may be part of the existing tranche of Revolving Loans or may comprise one or more new tranches of Revolving Loans);

 

(ii)                           any Incremental Revolving Facilities will mature no earlier than, and will require no scheduled amortization or differing mandatory commitment reduction prior to, the Revolving Termination Date;

 

(iii)                        the all-in yield applicable to any Incremental Revolving Loan that is pari passu in right of payment and with respect to security will be determined by the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Revolving Loan and such all-in yield (including in the form of interest rate margins, original issue discount (based on a four (4) year average life to maturity or, if less, the remaining life to maturity), upfront fees, minimum Eurodollar Rate or minimum Base Rate, but excluding arrangement, commitment, structuring and underwriting fees and any amendment fees paid or payable to the Joint Lead Arrangers (or their Affiliates) or the Lenders in their respective capacities as such in connection with any of the existing Facilities or to one or more arrangers (or their affiliates) in their capacities as such applicable to the Revolving Facility) will not be more than 0.50% higher than the corresponding all-in yield (determined on the same basis) applicable to the existing Revolving Facility, unless the interest rate margin with respect to the existing Revolving Facility, is increased by an amount equal to the difference between the all-in yield with respect to the Incremental Revolving Facility and the corresponding all-in yield on the existing Revolving Facility, minus 0.50%.

 

The Incremental Revolving Commitments shall be effected by a joinder agreement (the “ Increase Revolving Joinder ”) executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender making such Incremental Revolving Commitment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of them (in the case of the Administrative Agent, to the extent required herein).  The Increase Revolving Joinder may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 3.16.  In addition, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all references in the Loan Documents to Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include references to Incremental Revolving Commitments and Incremental Revolving Loans that are made pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Ranking .  The Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments established pursuant to this Section 3.16 shall constitute Loans and Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall,

 

59



 

without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from (x) security interests created by the Security Documents and the guarantees of the Guarantors, except that the security interests securing the Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments may rank junior to the security interests securing the Revolving Facilities as set forth in the Increase Revolving Joinder and (y) prepayments of the Revolving Facility unless the Borrower and the Lenders in respect of the Incremental Revolving Facility elect lesser payments, except that the right of payment under the Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments may rank junior to the right of payment under the Revolving Facility as set forth in the Increase Revolving Joinder.  The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to ensure and/or demonstrate that the Lien and security interests granted by the Security Documents continue to be perfected under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such class of Incremental Revolving Loans or any such Incremental Revolving Commitments.

 

3.17                         Extension of Maturity Date in Respect of Revolving Facility .

 

(a)                                  Requests for Extension .  The Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Lenders) not later than 30 days prior to the Revolving Termination Date then in effect hereunder in respect of the Revolving Facility (the “ Existing Revolving Facility Maturity Date ”), request that each Revolving Lender extend such Lender’s Revolving Termination Date in respect of the Revolving Facility; provided that (i) the interest rate margins, interest rate “floors,” fees and maturity applicable to any Revolving Loan shall be determined by the Borrower and the Extending Revolving Lenders and (b) any such extension shall be on the terms and pursuant to documentation to be determined by the Borrower and the Extending Revolving Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Revolving Lender Elections to Extend .  Each Revolving Lender, acting in its sole and individual discretion, shall, by notice to the Administrative Agent given within 10 Business Days of delivery of the notice referred to in clause (a) (or such other period as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall mutually agree) (the “ Revolving Notice Date ”), advise the Administrative Agent whether or not such Revolving Lender agrees to such extension (and each Revolving Lender that determines not to so extend its Revolving Termination Date (a “ Non-Extending Revolving Lender ”) shall notify the Administrative Agent of such fact promptly after such determination (but in any event no later than the Revolving Notice Date) and any Revolving Lender that does not so advise the Administrative Agent on or before the Revolving Notice Date shall be deemed to be a Non-Extending Revolving Lender.  The election of any Revolving Lender to agree to such extension shall not obligate any other Revolving Lender to so agree.

 

(c)                                   Notification by Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of each Revolving Lender’s determination under this Section promptly following the Revolving Notice Date.

 

(d)                                  Additional Commitment Lenders .  The Borrower shall have the right to replace each Non-Extending Revolving Lender with, and add as “Revolving Lenders” under this Agreement in place thereof, one or more Eligible Assignees (each, an “ Additional Revolving Commitment Lender ”) as provided in Section 11.6; provided that each of such Additional Revolving Commitment Lenders shall enter into an Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Additional Revolving Commitment Lender shall undertake a Revolving Commitment (and, if any such Additional Revolving Commitment Lender is already a Revolving Lender, its Revolving Commitment shall be in addition to any other Revolving Commitment of such Lender hereunder on such date).

 

60



 

(e)                                   Extension Requirement .  If (and only if) any Revolving Lender has agreed so to extend their Revolving Termination Date (each, an “ Extending Revolving Lender ”), the Revolving Termination Date in respect of the Revolving Facility of each Extending Revolving Lender and of each Additional Revolving Commitment Lender shall be extended subject to the terms of any such notice of extension and each Additional Revolving Commitment Revolving Lender shall thereupon become a “Revolving Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Conditions to Effectiveness of Extensions .  As a condition precedent to such extension, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of the Borrower dated as of the effective date of such extension signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by the Borrower approving or consenting to such extension and (ii) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such extension, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the effective date of such extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 3.17, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.1 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to subsection (c), of Section 6.01, and (B) no Default exists. In addition, on the Revolving Termination Date of each Non-Extending Revolving Lender, the Borrower shall repay any non-extended Revolving Loans of such Non-Extending Revolving Lender outstanding on such date.

 

(g)                                   Conflicting Provisions .  This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 11.1 or 11.7 to the contrary, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to enter into any amendments to this Agreement necessary or desirable to reflect the extensions pursuant to this Section 3.17.

 

SECTION 4.  GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO LOANS
AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

4.1                                Optional Prepayments .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (except as set forth in Section 4.1(d) below), upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, three (3) Business Days prior thereto, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, and no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, one (1) Business Day prior thereto, in the case of Base Rate Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans and if such payment is to be applied to prepay the Term Loans, the manner in which such prepayment is to be applied thereto; provided , that if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.11; provided , further , that such notice may be contingent on the occurrence of a refinancing or the consummation of a sale, transfer, lease or other Disposition of assets and may be revoked or the termination date deferred if the refinancing or sale, transfer, lease or other Disposition of assets does not occur.  Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.  If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans and Swingline Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid.  Partial prepayments of Eurodollar Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000 or integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Partial prepayments of Base Rate Loans (other than Swingline Loans) shall be in an aggregate principal amount of

 

61



 

$250,000 or integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Partial prepayments of Swingline Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or integral multiples of $50,000 in excess thereof.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may also prepay the outstanding Loans (which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be automatically and permanently canceled immediately upon acquisition by the Borrower) (or Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Borrower) may purchase such outstanding Loans) on the following basis; provided that (i) Holdings, the Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall represent and warrant as of the date of any assignment to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries that it does not have any material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, their Subsidiaries and their respective securities for purposes of United States securities laws that has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time, (ii) Holdings shall be in compliance with Section 8.1 on a pro forma basis, (iii) the Revolving Facility shall not be utilized to fund the assignment, and (iv) any offer to purchase or take by assignment any Loans by Holdings, the Borrower or their Subsidiaries shall have been made pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.1(b):

 

(i)                              Any Group Member shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Loans at a discount to par pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offer or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offer (any such prepayment, the “ Discounted Loan Prepayment ”), in each case made in accordance with this Section 4.1(b); provided that no Group Member shall initiate any action under this Section 4.1(b) in order to make a Discounted Loan Prepayment unless (I) at least ten (10) Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by a Group Member on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date; or (II) at least three (3) Business Days shall have passed since the date the Group Member was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of any Group Member’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

 

(ii)                           (A)                                Subject to the proviso to subsection (i) above, any Group Member may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Loan Prepayment by providing the Auction Agent with five (5) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the Group Member, to (x) each Lender and/or (y) each Lender with respect to any Class class of Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate principal amount offered to be prepaid (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Amount ”) with respect to each applicable tranche, the tranche or tranches of Loans subject to such offer and the specific percentage discount to par (the “ Specified Discount ”) of such Loans to be prepaid (it being understood that different Specified Discounts and/or Specified Discount Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Loans and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date.  The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be

 

62



 

completed and returned by each such Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date ”).

 

(B)                                Each Lender receiving such offer shall notify the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its applicable then outstanding Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Lender, a “ Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender ”), the amount and the tranches of such Lender’s Loans to be prepaid at such offered discount.  Each acceptance of a Discounted Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable.  Any Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Auction Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept the applicable Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

 

(C)                                If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the relevant Group Member will make a prepayment of outstanding Loans pursuant to this paragraph (C) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective outstanding amount and tranches of Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to subsection (B) above; provided that, if the aggregate principal amount of Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Group Member and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “ Specified Discount Proration ”).  The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three (3) Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the relevant Group Member of the respective Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the principal amount, tranche and Type of Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date.  Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Group Member and such Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.  The payment amount specified in such notice to the Group Member shall be due and payable by such Group Member on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (vi) below (subject to subsection (c) below).

 

(iii)                        (A)                                Subject to the proviso to subsection (i) above, any Group Member may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with five (5) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of such Group Member, to (x) each Lender and/or (y) each Lender with respect to any Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate principal amount of the relevant Loans (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Amount ”), the tranche or tranches of Loans subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts

 

63



 

to par (the “ Discount Range ”) of the principal amount of such Loans with respect to each relevant tranche of Loans willing to be prepaid by such Group Member (it being understood that different Discount Ranges and/or Discount Range Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Loans and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by the relevant Group Member shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date.  The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Response Date ”).  Each Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “ Submitted Discount ”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Loans of the applicable tranche or tranches and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender’s Loans (the “ Submitted Amount ”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount.  Any Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Loan Prepayment of any of its Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

 

(B)                                The Auction Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers which were received on or before the applicable Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and shall determine (in consultation with such Group Member and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this subsection (iii).  The relevant Group Member agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by the Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range being referred to as the “ Applicable Discount ”) which yields a Discounted Loan Prepayment in an aggregate principal amount equal to the lower of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts.  Each Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following subsection (C)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Lender, a “ Participating Lender ”).

 

(C)                                If there is at least one Participating Lender, the relevant Group Member will prepay the respective outstanding Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discount Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the relevant Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount

 

64



 

to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “ Identified Participating Lenders ”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Group Member and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “ Discount Range Proration ”).  The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within five (5) Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the relevant Group Member of the respective Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount and tranches of Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Participating Lender of the aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration.  Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the relevant Group Member and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.  The payment amount specified in such notice to the Group Member shall be due and payable by such Group Member on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (vi) below (subject to subsection (c) below).

 

(iv)                       (A)  Subject to the proviso to subsection (i) above, any Group Member may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with five (5) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of such Group Member, to (x) each Lender and/or (y) each Lender with respect to any Class class of Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate amount of the Loans (the “ Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount ”) and the tranche or tranches of Loans such Group Member is willing to prepay at a discount (it being understood that different Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Loans and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by such Group Member shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date.  The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders (the “ Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date ”).  Each Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “ Offered Discount ”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Loan and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Loans (the “ Offered Amount ”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount.  Any Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Loans at any discount.

 

65


 

(B)           The Auction Agent shall promptly provide the relevant Group Member with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received on or before the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date.  Such Group Member shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select the largest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that is acceptable to the Group Member (the “ Acceptable Discount ”), if any.  If the Group Member elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by such Group Member from the Auction Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this subsection (B) (the “ Acceptance Date ”), the Group Member shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Auction Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount.  If the Auction Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Group Member by the Acceptance Date, such Group Member shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

 

(C)           Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three (3) Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “ Discounted Prepayment Determination Date ”), the Auction Agent will determine (in consultation with such Group Member and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Loans (the “ Acceptable Prepayment Amount ”) to be prepaid by the relevant Group Member at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 4.1(b)(iv).  If the Group Member elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Group Member agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount.  Each Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer with an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required pro rata reduction pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “ Qualifying Lender ”).  The Group Member will prepay outstanding Loans pursuant to this subsection (iv) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “ Identified Qualifying Lenders ”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Group Member and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “ Solicited Discount Proration ”).  On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Auction Agent shall promptly notify (I) the relevant Group Member of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Loans and the tranches to be prepaid at the

 

66



 

Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration.  Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the relevant Group Member and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.  The payment amount specified in such notice to such Group Member shall be due and payable by such Group Member on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (vi) below (subject to subsection (c) below).

 

(v)                                  In connection with any Discounted Loan Prepayment, the relevant Group Member and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Loan Prepayment, the payment of reasonable customary fees and expenses from such Group Member in connection therewith.

 

(vi)                               If any Loan is prepaid in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (iv) above, the relevant Group Member shall prepay such Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.  The relevant Group Member shall make such prepayment to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the relevant tranche of Loans on a pro rata basis across such installments.  The Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.  The aggregate principal amount of the tranches and installments of the relevant Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate principal amount of the tranches of Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Loan Prepayment.

 

(vii)                            To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 4.1(b), established by the Auction Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by the relevant Group Member.

 

(viii)                         Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 4.1(b), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon Auction Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.

 

(ix)                               The relevant Group Member and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 4.1(b) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Auction Agent and expressly consent to any such delegation of duties by the Auction Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate.  The exculpatory provisions pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Auction Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 4.1(b) as well as activities of the Auction Agent.

 

67



 

(c)                                   The relevant Group Member shall have the right, by written notice to the Auction Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Loan Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date (and if such offer is revoked pursuant to the preceding clauses, any failure by such Group Member to make any prepayment to a Lender, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 9.1).

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, in the event that, on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Borrower (x) makes any prepayment of Term B Loans pursuant to Section 4.1(a) or 4.2(a) in connection with any Repricing Transaction, or (y) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each applicable Term B Lender, (I) in the case of clause (x), a prepayment premium of 1% of the principal amount of the Term B Loans being prepaid and (II) in the case of clause (y), a payment equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to such amendment.

 

4.2                                Mandatory Prepayments .

 

(a)                                  If any Indebtedness shall be incurred or issued by any Group Member after the Closing Date (other than Excluded Indebtedness), an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied on the date of such incurrence or issuance toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section 4.2(d).

 

(b)                                  (1)  If on any date any Group Member shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event then, unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied on such date toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section 4.2(d); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event shall be applied toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section 4.2(d).

 

(2)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that (and for so long as) any of or all of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event by a Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 4.2(b)(1) (each such Asset Sale and Recovery Event, a “ Specified Asset Sale ”) are prohibited or delayed by applicable local Requirements of Law from being repatriated to the jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower, the calculation of Net Cash Proceeds shall be reduced by the amount so prohibited or delayed; provided , that once such repatriation of any such affected Net Cash Proceeds is permitted under the applicable local Requirements of Law, the Group Members shall be treated as having received Net Cash Proceeds equal to the amount of such reduction.

 

(c)                                   The Borrower shall, on each Excess Cash Flow Application Date, apply the ECF Percentage of the excess, if any, of (i) Excess Cash Flow for the related Excess Cash Flow Payment Period minus (ii) Voluntary Prepayments made during such Excess Cash Flow Payment Period or, at the option of the Borrower, on or prior such Excess Cash Flow Application Date, toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section 4.2(d).  Each such prepayment shall be made on a date (an “ Excess Cash Flow Application Date ”) no later than ten (10) days after the date on which the financial statements referred to in Section 7.1(a) for the fiscal year of the Borrower with respect to which such prepayment is made are required to be delivered to the Lenders.

 

68



 

(d)                                  Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments made pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.8 and first , to Base Rate Loans and, second , to Eurodollar Loans.  Each prepayment of the Term Loans under this Section 4.2 shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid.

 

(e)                                   The Total Additional Term B Commitment (and the Term Commitments of each Lender) shall terminate in its entirety at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Closing upon funding on the Amendment No.1 Effective Date.

 

(f)                                    For the avoidance of doubt, if any prepayment under Section 4.2(a)  made on or prior to the first anniversary of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date is a Repricing Transaction, the repayment shall be subject to Section 4.1(d).

 

4.3                                Conversion and Continuation Options .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to Base Rate Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date; provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may be made only on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto.  The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor); provided that no Base Rate Loan under a particular Facility may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of such Facility have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversions.  Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

 

(b)                                  Any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 1.1, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans; provided that no Eurodollar Loan under a particular Facility may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of such Facility have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuations; and provided , further , that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this paragraph or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Loans shall be automatically converted to Base Rate Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period.  Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

 

4.4                                Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions and continuations of Eurodollar Loans hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Eurodollar Tranche shall be equal to $500,000 or integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, the then outstanding amount of the Eurodollar Loans (or, in the case of a conversion, Base Rate Loans) to be borrowed, converted or continued) and (b) no more than ten (10) Eurodollar Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.

 

69



 

4.5                                Interest Rates and Payment Dates .

 

(a)                                  Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin.

 

(b)                                  Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

 

(c)                                   If an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) shall have occurred and be continuing, such overdue amounts shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of the Loans, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section  plus 2.00%, (ii) in the case of Reimbursement Obligations, the non-default rate applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Facility plus 2.00% and (iii) in the case of any such other amounts that do not relate to a particular Facility, the non-default rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Facility plus 2.00%, in each case from the date of such Event of Default until such Event of Default is no longer continuing.

 

(d)                                  Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable from time to time on demand.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “ Maximum Rate ”).  If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower.  In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (i) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (ii) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

4.6                                Computation of Interest and Fees .

 

(a)                                  Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to Base Rate Loans the rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of clauses (a) or (b) of the definition of Base Rate, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.  The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate.  Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the Base Rate or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective.  The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

 

(b)                                  Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error.  The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, promptly deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 4.6(a).

 

70



 

4.7                                Inability to Determine Interest Rate .  If prior to the first day of any Interest Period:

 

(a)                                  the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or

 

(b)                                  the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of the relevant Facility that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as reasonably determined and conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period,

 

the Administrative Agent shall give written notice thereof to the Borrower and the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter but at least two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.  If such notice is given (x) any Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as Base Rate Loans, (y) any Loans under the relevant Facility that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as Base Rate Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be converted, on the last day of the then current Interest Period, to Base Rate Loans.  Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent (which notice the Administrative Agent agrees to withdraw promptly upon a determination that the condition or situation which gave rise to such notice no longer exists), no further Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert Loans under the relevant Facility to Eurodollar Loans.

 

4.8                                Pro Rata Treatment; Application of Payments; Payments .

 

(a)                                  Each borrowing by the Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the Borrower on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments of the Lenders shall be made pro rata according to the respective Term Percentages or Revolving Percentages, as the case may be, of the relevant Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Each Except as provided in Section 2.3(b), each payment (including each prepayment) on account of principal of and interest on the Term Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the Term Lenders.  The amount of each principal prepayment of the Term Loans made pursuant to Section 4.1(a) shall be applied to reduce the then remaining installments of the Term Loans as specified by the Borrower in the applicable notice of prepayment.  The amount of each principal prepayment of the Term Loans made pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be applied to reduce the then remaining installments of the Term Loans in direct order of maturity.

 

(c)                                   Each payment on account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Revolving Lenders.

 

(d)                                  All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the Funding Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds.  The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received.  If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and

 

71



 

payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.  In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

 

(e)                                   Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be required to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent.  A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  If such Lender’s share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three (3) Business Days of such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans under the relevant Facility, on demand, from the Borrower.

 

(f)                                    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower prior to the date of any payment due to be made by the Borrower hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower is making such payment, and the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be required to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Lenders their respective pro rata shares of a corresponding amount.  If such payment is not made to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower within three (3) Business Days after such due date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover, on demand, from each Lender to which any amount which was made available pursuant to the preceding sentence, such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower.

 

(g)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the provisions of this Section 4.8 (i) shall be subject to the express provisions of this Agreement which require or permit differing payments to be made to Non-Defaulting Lenders as opposed to Defaulting Lenders and (ii) shall not restrict any transactions permitted by Section 4.1(b) or 11.6, or any “amend and extend” transactions.

 

4.9                                Requirements of Law .

 

(a)                                  If the adoption of, taking effect of or any change, in each case after the date the applicable Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or the applicable Participant acquires a participation in all or a portion of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, in any Requirement of Law or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof or compliance by any Lender or Issuing Lender with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof (and, for purposes of this Agreement, the

 

72



 

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives in connection therewith are deemed to have gone into effect and adopted subsequent to the date hereof):

 

(i)                                      shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender or Issuing Lender that is not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate hereunder; or

 

(ii)                                   shall impose on such Lender or Issuing Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Lender of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then, in any such case, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender or Issuing Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable.  If any Lender or Issuing Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.

 

(b)                                  If any Lender or Issuing Lender shall have reasonably determined that the adoption of, taking effect of or any change in any Requirement of Law, in each case after the date the applicable Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or the applicable Participant acquires a participation in all or a portion of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or Issuing Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender or Issuing Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof (and, for purposes of this Agreement, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives in connection therewith are deemed to have gone into effect and adopted subsequent to the date hereof) shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or Issuing Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time, after submission by such Lender or Issuing Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender or Issuing Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Lender or such corporation for such reduction.

 

(c)                                   A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by any Lender or Issuing Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section for any amounts incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that, if the circumstances giving rise to such

 

73



 

claim have a retroactive effect, then such 180 day period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect.  The obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.  The Borrower shall pay the Lender or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any certificate referred to above within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)                                  For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.9 shall not apply in the case of Taxes, which shall instead be governed exclusively by Section 4.10.

 

4.10                         Taxes .

 

(a)                                  Payments Free of Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes .  Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall (except to the extent required by law) be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, provided that if any Loan Party or any other applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable law to deduct or withhold any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from any sum paid or payable by any Loan Party under any of the Loan Documents, then (i) the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions or withholdings have been made (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.10) the applicable Agent or Lender, as the case may be, receives on the due date a net amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the applicable Loan Party shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the applicable Loan Party shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(b)                                  Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower .  Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(c)                                   Indemnification by the Borrower .  The Loan Parties shall, jointly and severally, indemnify each Agent or Lender, within ten (10) business days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 4.10) imposed on or payable by such Agent or Lender, as the case may be, with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and reasonable expenses arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate setting forth the amount of such payment or liability delivered by a Lender (with a copy to the relevant Agent), or by an Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)                                  Evidence of Payments .  As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(e)                                   Status of Lenders .  Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, whenever reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable laws and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, (A) to determine whether or not payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) to determine, if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction and (C) to establish such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender pursuant to any Loan Document or otherwise to establish such

 

74



 

Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in an applicable jurisdiction.  If any form, certification or other documentation provided by a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(e) (including any of the specific documentation described below) expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing and shall promptly update or otherwise correct the affected documentation or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing that such Lender is not legally eligible to do so.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

 

(A)                                any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent duly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable laws or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (in such number of signed originals as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to U.S. federal backup withholding or information reporting requirements; and

 

(B)                                each Foreign Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of signed originals as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), duly completed and executed copies of whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(i)  IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor thereto) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

 

(ii)  IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor thereto) claiming that specified payments (as applicable) under this Agreement or any other Loan Documents (as applicable) constitute income that is effectively connected with such Foreign Lender’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States,

 

(iii)  in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Sections 881(c) or 871(h) of the Code (the “ Portfolio Interest Exemption ”), (x) a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit Q-1, Q-2, Q-3 or Q-4, as applicable (a “ Tax Status Certificate ”) and (y) IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor thereto),

 

(iv)  where such Lender is a partnership (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or otherwise not a beneficial owner ( e.g ., where such Lender has sold a participation), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto) and all required supporting documentation (including, where one or more of the underlying beneficial owner(s) is claiming the benefits of the Portfolio Interest Exemption, a Tax Status Certificate of such beneficial owner(s) ( provided that, if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and not a participating Lender, the Tax Status Certificate from the beneficial owner(s) may be provided by the Foreign Lender on behalf of the beneficial owner(s)), or

 

75


 

(v)  any other form prescribed by applicable laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Laws to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10(e), no Lender shall be required to deliver any documentation pursuant to this Section 4.10(e) that it is not legally eligible to provide.

 

(f)                                    FATCA .  Without limiting the generality of Section 4.10(e), each Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable law and at such times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to avoid the imposition of withholding obligations under FATCA with respect to such Lender.

 

(g)                                   If any Agent or Lender determines, in its good faith discretion, that it has received a refund (whether received in cash or applied as an offset against other Taxes due) of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Loan Party or with respect to which any Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall promptly pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by any Loan Party under this Section 4.10 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Agent or Lender (including any Taxes), as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of such Agent or Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Agent or Lender in the event such Agent or Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  Such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s written reasonable request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority.  This subsection shall not be construed to require any Agent or Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

 

(h)                                  The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

(i)                                      For purposes of this Section 4.10, the term “Lender” shall include the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender.

 

4.11                         Indemnity .  The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold each Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) the making of a prepayment of, or a conversion from, Eurodollar Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto or (d) any other default by the Borrower in the repayment of such Eurodollar Loans when and as required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  Such indemnification may

 

76



 

include an amount (other than with respect to clause (d)) equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin and the Eurodollar Floor included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market.  A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to the Borrower by any Lender shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

4.12                         Change of Lending Office .  Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (b) or (c) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage or any unreimbursed costs or expenses; and provided , further , that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (b) or (c).  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation.

 

4.13                         Replacement of Lenders .  The Borrower shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (b) or (c) (such Lender, an “ Affected Lender ”), (b) is a Non-Consenting Lender or (c) is a Defaulting Lender, with a replacement financial institution or other entity; provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) in the case of an Affected Lender, prior to any such replacement, such Lender shall have taken no action under Section 4.12 so as to eliminate the continued need for payment of amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (b) or (c), (iii) the replacement financial institution or entity shall purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement, (iv) the Borrower shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 4.11 if any Eurodollar Loan owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, (v) the replacement financial institution or entity shall be an Eligible Assignee, (vi) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6 ( provided that, except in the case of clause (c) hereof, the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein), (vii) until such time as such replacement shall be consummated, the Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (b) or (c), as the case may be, (viii) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender, and (ix) in the case of a Non-Consenting Lender, the replacement financial institution or entity shall consent at the time of such assignment to each matter in respect of which the replaced Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender.

 

4.14                         Evidence of Debt .

 

(a)                                  Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of such Lender

 

77



 

from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Borrower (or, in the case of an assignment not required to be recorded in the Register in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6(d), the assigning Lender, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower), shall maintain the Register (or, in the case of an assignment not required to be recorded in the Register in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6(d), a Related Party Register), in each case pursuant to Section 11.6(d), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder and any Note evidencing such Loan, the Type of such Loan and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of an assignment not required to be recorded in the Register in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6(d), the assigning Lender) hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

(c)                                   The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 4.14(a) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded (absent manifest error); provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note of the Borrower evidencing any Term Loans, Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans, as the case may be, of such Lender, substantially in the forms of Exhibit E-1, E-2 or E-3, respectively, with appropriate insertions as to date and principal amount.

 

4.15                         Illegality .  Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, (a) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurodollar Loans, continue Eurodollar Loans as such and convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall forthwith be canceled and (b) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law.  If any such conversion of a Eurodollar Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.11.

 

SECTION 5.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

To induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and issue, amend, extend, renew or participate in the Letters of Credit, each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to each Agent and each Lender that:

 

5.1                                Financial Condition .

 

(a)                                  The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”) as of and for the

 

78



 

twelve month periods ended on March 31, 2011, copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Lender, have been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (i) the consummation of the Acquisition, (ii) the Loans to be made under this Agreement on the Closing Date, (iii) the Equity Contribution, (iv) the Refinancing and (v) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing.  The Pro Forma Financial Statements have been prepared in good faith based on the assumptions set forth therein, which the Borrower believed to be reasonable assumptions at the time such Pro Forma Financial Statements were prepared, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at and for each of the dates and periods set forth above, assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date.

 

(b)                                  (i) The audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the Target and its Subsidiaries as of and for each of the fiscal years ended (or, in the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, ended on or around) December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, accompanied by a report from Ernst & Young LLP and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the Target and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ended (or, in the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, ended on or around) March 31, 2011, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the Target and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as at such dates, and the consolidated results of their respective operations and cash flows for such period then ended (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (ii) above).  All such financial statements delivered pursuant to clauses (b)(i) and (b)(ii) above, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared substantially in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved.

 

5.2                                No Change .  Since January 1, 2011, there has been no development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.3                                Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law .  Except as permitted under Section 8.4, each Group Member (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the organizational power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign entity and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with the terms of its Organizational Documents and (e) is in compliance with the terms of all Requirements of Law and all Governmental Authorizations, except to the extent that any failure under clause (a) (with respect to any Group Member other than the Borrower) or clauses (b), (c) and (e) to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.4                                Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations .  Each Loan Party has the organizational power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder.  Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational and other action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, except (a) consents, authorizations, filings and notices described in Schedule 5.4,

 

79



 

(b) consents, authorizations, filings and notices which have been, or will be, obtained or made and are in full force and effect on or before the Closing Date, (c) any such consent, authorizations, filings and notices the absence of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) the filings referred to in Section 5.19.  Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto.  This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

 

5.5                                No Legal Bar .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate (a) the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party, (b) any Requirement of Law, Governmental Authorization or any Contractual Obligation of any Group Member and (c) will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any Group Member’s respective properties or revenues pursuant to its Organizational Documents, any Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents and Liens permitted by Section 8.3), except for any violation set forth in clause (b) or (c) which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.6                                Litigation and Adverse Proceedings .  No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, threatened in writing by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents, which would in any respect impair the enforceability of the Loan Documents, taken as a whole or (b) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.7                                No Default .  No Group Member is in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

5.8                                Ownership of Property; Liens .

 

(a)                                  Each Group Member has title in fee simple (or local law equivalent) to all of its owned real property, a valid leasehold interest in all its leased real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, license to, or right to use, all its other tangible Property material to its business, in all material respects, and no such Property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 8.3.  The tangible Property of the Group Members, taken as a whole, (i) is in good operating order, condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and (ii) constitutes all the Property which is required for the business and operations of the Group Members as presently conducted.

 

(b)                                  Schedules 6(a) and 6(b) to the Perfection Certificate dated the Closing Date contain a true and complete list of each interest in real property (i) owned by any Group Member as of the date hereof and (ii) leased, subleased or otherwise occupied or utilized by any Group Member, as lessee, sublessee, franchisee or licensee, as of the date hereof.

 

(c)                                   No Mortgage encumbers improved real property that is located in Special Flood Hazard Area unless flood insurance under the applicable Flood Insurance Laws has been obtained in connection with Section 7.5.

 

80



 

5.9                                Intellectual Property .  Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of any Loan Party:  (a) the conduct of, and the use of Intellectual Property in, the business of the Group Members as currently conducted (including the products and services of the Group Members) does not infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property rights of any other Person; (b) in the last two (2) years, there has been no such claim, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened in writing against any Group Member; (c) to the knowledge of any Loan Party, there is no valid basis for a claim of infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of Intellectual Property rights against any Group Member; (d) to the knowledge of any Loan Party, no Person is infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating any Intellectual Property of any Group Member, and there has been no such claim asserted or threatened in writing against any third party by any Group Member or to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any other Person; and (e) each Group Member has at all times complied with all applicable laws, as well as its own rules, policies, and procedures, relating to privacy, data protection, and the collection and use of personal information collected, used, or held for use by such Group Member.

 

5.10                         Taxes .  Each Loan Party has filed or caused to be filed all federal, state and other tax returns that are required to be filed by it and each Loan Party has paid all federal, state and other taxes and any assessments made in writing against it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than (a) any which are not yet due or the amount or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Loan Party or (b) any which the failure to so file or pay could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect).

 

5.11                         Federal Reserve Regulations .  No Group Member is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.  No part of the proceeds of any extension of credit under this Agreement will be used for any purpose that violates or would be inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board.

 

5.12                         Labor Matters .  Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of each Group Member have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any Group Member on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant Group Member.

 

5.13                         ERISA .  Neither a Reportable Event nor a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Single Employer Plan, and each Single Employer Plan and Multiemployer Plan is in compliance in all respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code except where such Reportable Event, failure, or non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No withdrawal by the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity from a Single Employer Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur.  No Lien against the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan or a Multiemployer Plan has arisen during the past five years, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No non-exempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) has occurred or is

 

81



 

reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Plan, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan and neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity reasonably would become subject to any liability under ERISA if the Borrower or any such Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, except, in each case, for any liability that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  No failure to make a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No such Multiemployer Plan is in Reorganization or Insolvent or in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA), except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.14                         Investment Company Act; Other Regulations .  No Loan Party is an “investment company,” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  No Loan Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than Regulation X of the Board, as amended) that limits its ability to incur Indebtedness.

 

5.15                         Capital Stock and Ownership Interests of Subsidiaries .  As of the Closing Date (a) Schedule 5.15 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of formation or incorporation of each Group Member and, as to each such Group Member (other than the Borrower), states the beneficial and record owners thereof and the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by any Loan Party, and (b) there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees, independent contractors or directors and directors’ qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of any Group Member (other than the Borrower), except as created by the Loan Documents or as permitted hereby.  Except as listed on Schedule 5.15, as of the Closing Date, no Group Member owns any interests in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangements with any Person.

 

5.16                         Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Term Loans B Loans made pursuant to the Additional Term B Commitment shall be used to finance a portion of the Transactions, including for the prepayment of Original Term Loans, the payment of fees and expenses related thereto in connection with Amendment No. 1 and for general corporate purposes .  The proceeds of the Revolving Loans shall be used on the Closing Date to refinance revolver borrowings under the Existing INC Credit Agreement outstanding on the Closing Date in an amount not exceeding $10,000,000 and the funding of any upfront fees and/or original issue discount.  After the Closing Date, the proceeds of the Revolving Loans shall be used, together with the proceeds of the Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit, to finance working capital and for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

5.17                         Environmental Matters .  Except as, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(a)                                  the facilities and properties owned or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, leased or operated by any Group Member (the “ Properties ”) do not contain any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute a violation of, or could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law;

 

(b)                                  no Group Member has received any written claim, demand, notice of violation, or of actual or potential liability with respect to any Environmental Laws relating to any Group Member;

 

82



 

(c)                                   Materials of Environmental Concern have not been transported, sent for treatment or disposed of from the Properties by any Group Member or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, by any other person in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that could reasonably be expected to give rise to result in any Group Member incurring liability under, any Environmental Law, nor have any Materials of Environmental Concern been released, generated, treated, or stored by any Group Member or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, by any other person at, on, under or from any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could reasonably be expected to give rise to result in any Group Member incurring liability under, any applicable Environmental Law;

 

(d)                                  no judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, will be named as a party, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or relating to any Group Member;

 

(e)                                   each Group Member, the Properties and all operations at the Properties are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws; and

 

(f)                                    no Group Member has assumed by contract any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws, nor is any Group Member paying for or conducting, in whole or in part,  any response or other corrective action to address any Materials of Environmental Concern at any location pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

5.18                         Accuracy of Information, etc .  No written statement contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document, certificate or statement furnished by any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including the Confidential Information Memorandum) (other than information of a general economic or industry-specific nature), when taken as a whole, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading in the light of the circumstances under which such statements were made after giving effect to any supplements thereto; provided , however , that (i) with respect to the projections and other pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above, the Borrower represents only that the same were prepared in good faith and are based upon assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact, is by its nature inherently uncertain and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount and (ii) no representation is made with respect to information of a general economic or industry nature.

 

5.19                         Security Documents .  The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each other Security Document is, or upon execution or filing, as applicable, will be, effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a valid security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof (to the extent a security interest can be created therein under the Uniform Commercial Code).  In the case of the Pledged Equity Interests described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when stock or interest certificates representing such Pledged Equity Interests (along with properly completed stock or interest powers endorsing the Pledged Equity Interest and executed by the owner of such shares or interests) are delivered to the Collateral Agent, and in the case of the other Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Security Document, when

 

83



 

financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 5.19 in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 5.19 and upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of the Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent required by the Security Documents), the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except Liens permitted by Section 8.3) subject in the case of the Intellectual Property that is the subject of any application or registration, to the recordation of appropriate evidence of the Collateral Agent’s Lien in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and/or United States Copyright Office, as appropriate, and the taking of actions and making of filings necessary under the applicable Requirements of Law to obtain the equivalent of perfection.

 

5.20                         Solvency .  Holdings and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis), after giving effect to the Transactions and the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith and therewith, will be and will continue to be Solvent.

 

5.21                         Senior Indebtedness .  The Obligations constitute “senior debt,” “senior indebtedness,” “designated senior debt,” “guarantor senior debt” or “senior secured financing” (or any comparable term) of each Loan Party with respect to any Junior Financing.

 

5.22                         Regulatory Compliance .

 

(a)                                  Neither the Borrower nor any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company Holdings , any director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Company Holdings is an individual or entity (for purposes of only this Section 5.21, “ Person ”) currently the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor is Holdings or the Company Borrower located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions. The Company Each of Holdings and the Borrower represents and covenants that it will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the transaction, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer, agent or employee of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ FCPA ”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA.

 

84



 

5.23                         Anti-Terrorism Laws .

 

(a)                                  No Loan Party, or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries, is in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law or engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

(b)                                  None of the Loan Parties, nor, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, any Subsidiaries of any Loan Party or their respective agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Loans, Letters of Credit or other transactions hereunder, is any of the following (each, a “ Blocked Person ”):

 

(i)                                      a Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224;

 

(ii)                                   a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224;

 

(iii)                                a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

(iv)                               a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224;

 

(v)                                  a Person that is named as a “specially designated national” on the most current list published by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Asset Control at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; or

 

(vi)                          a Person who is affiliated or associated with a person listed above.

 

(c)                                   No Loan Party, or to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any of its agents acting in any capacity in connection with the Loans, Letters of Credit or other transactions hereunder (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person or (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224.

 

5.24                         Patriot Act .  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (b) the Patriot Act and (c) other federal or state laws relating to “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations.

 

SECTION 6.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

6.1                                Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit .  The agreement of each Lender to make the initial extension of credit requested to be made by it is subject to the satisfaction or waiver, prior to or substantially concurrently with the making of such extension of credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:

 

85


 

(a)                                  Loan Documents .  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by each Agent, Holdings, the Borrower and each Person that is a Lender as of the Closing Date, (ii) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each other Security Document (except for Mortgages and other deliverables as set forth in Section 7.10) required to be delivered on the Closing Date, executed and delivered by the Borrower and each other Loan Party that is a party thereto, (iii) a perfection certificate in customary form and substance and (iv) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender that has requested a Note at least two Business Days in advance of the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  Transactions .  The following transactions shall have been or shall substantially concurrently be consummated:

 

(i)                              The Acquisition shall be consummated (x) substantially concurrently with the initial funding of the Facilities and (y) in accordance with the Acquisition Documentation and no provision thereof shall have been amended or waived, and no consent shall be given, in each case, in any respect that is materially adverse to the interests of the Joint Lead Arrangers or the Lenders without the prior written consent of MSSF (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), it being understood that the consent of the Joint Lead Arrangers is not required for any reduction in the acquisition consideration payable under the Acquisition Agreement, which reduction shall be allocated (1) 70% to reduction of the Term Loans and (2) 30% to reduction of the Equity Contribution.  The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of each of the Acquisition Documentation, including any amendments, supplements or modifications with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

(ii)                           (x) The Borrower shall have received or shall substantially concurrently receive the Equity Contribution and (y) the Borrower shall have received or shall substantially concurrently receive $250,000,000 in aggregate gross cash proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes (or such lesser amount determined by the Borrower to be necessary to consummate the Transactions); and

 

(iii)                        On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall have any indebtedness for borrowed money other than the Facilities, the Senior Notes, indebtedness contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, any Convertible Notes that are not tendered and accepted for purchase under an offer to purchase and related consent solicitation made by the Target, and other indebtedness permitted by Section 8.2 and reflected in the Pro Forma Financial Statements.

 

(c)                                   Pro Forma Financial Statements; Financial Statements .  The Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received, (i) the financial statements described in Section 5.1(a), (ii) the financial statements described in Section 5.1(b)(i), (iii) the financial statements described in Section 5.1(b)(ii), and (iv) forecasts of the consolidated financial performance of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, (x) on an annual basis, through December 31, 2018 and (y) on a quarterly basis, through December 31, 2012.

 

(d)                                  Lien Searches .  The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a recent lien search in the jurisdiction where each Loan Party is organized.

 

(e)                                   Fees .  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have complied with all of their obligations under, and the terms of, the Fee Letter.  The Joint Lead Arrangers and the Agents shall have received all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses required to be paid and all accrued all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses required to be paid, including

 

86



 

without limitation, the reasonable and invoiced fees and disbursements of one primary counsel (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction, if required).

 

(f)                                    Closing Certificate .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit F, with appropriate insertions and attachments including the certificate of incorporation or certificate of formation, as applicable, of each Loan Party certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party.

 

(g)                                   Legal Opinions .  The Administrative Agent shall have received the legal opinions of (i) Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, counsel to Holdings and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1, (ii) Squires, Sanders & Dempsey (US) LLP, Ohio counsel to Holdings and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2 and (iii) General Counsel of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-3.  Such legal opinions shall be addressed to the Agents and the Lenders and shall cover such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require that are customary for transactions of this kind.

 

(h)                                  Pledged Equity Interests; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes .  The Collateral Agent shall have received (i) the certificates representing the shares of Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, if applicable, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof and (ii) each promissory note (if any) pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement endorsed (without recourse) in blank (or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank) by the pledgor thereof.

 

(i)                                      Filings, Registrations and Recordings .  Each Uniform Commercial Code financing statement required by the Security Documents to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 8.3), shall be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

 

(j)                                     Patriot Act, Etc .  The Administrative Agent shall have received, with respect to such documents and other information requested in writing at least 5 business days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act.

 

(k)                                  Solvency Certificate .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, in the form of Exhibit H, from a senior financial officer of Holdings or the Borrower certifying that Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby are solvent.

 

(l)                                      Insurance .  The Administrative Agent shall have received insurance certificates satisfying the requirements of Section 5.3 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

(m)                              Closing Date Material Adverse Effect .  Except as set forth on Section 3.1(q) of the Company Disclosure Schedule (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) (it being understood that the information disclosed in one subsection of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be included in each other subsection of the Company Disclosure Schedule with respect to which the relevance of such information thereto would be reasonably apparent) or as disclosed in the Company SEC Documents (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) filed by the Target with, or furnished by the Target to, the Securities and Exchange Commission since March, 16, 2009 and at least two Business Days (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) prior to May 4, 2011, and publicly available as of May 4, 2011 (excluding any

 

87



 

cautionary, predictive or forward-looking statements set forth in any section of such Company SEC Documents, including any statements in any section captioned “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”), and subject to the limitation set forth in subsection (x) of Section 3.1 of the Acquisition Agreement, since January 1, 2011 there shall not have been any change, circumstance or event which, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Closing Date Material Adverse Effect on the Target, regardless of whether such change, event, occurrence, state of fact or development arose out of facts or circumstances known by any of the parties to the Acquisition Agreement.  Since May 4, 2011, there shall not have been an effect, change, event or occurrence that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Closing Date Material Adverse Effect on the Target.

 

(n)                                  Representations and Warranties .  Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to 5.3(a) and (b) (only as it relates to the entering into and performance of the Loan Documents), 5.4 (only as it relates to the authorization, execution and delivery and the enforceability of the Loan Documents), 5.5 (only as it relates to no violation of the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party or any Requirement of Law), 5.11, 5.14, 5.16, 5.19, 5.20, 5.21 and 5.24 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent made as of a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such specific date).

 

(o)                                  Acquisition Agreement Representations and Warranties .  Each of the representations and warranties made by the Target in the Acquisition Agreement that are material to the interests of the Lenders shall be true and correct as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent made as of a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such specific date), but only to the extent the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has the right to terminate its obligations under the Acquisition Agreement as a result of a breach or inaccuracy of any such representation or warranty in the Acquisition Agreement.

 

(p)                                  Notices .  The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent the notice of borrowing for such extension of credit in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this Section 6.1, to the extent any Collateral is not provided (or any related required actions under this Section 6.1 are not taken) on the Closing Date after the Loan Parties’ use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so, the delivery of such Collateral (and the taking of the related required actions) shall not constitute a condition precedent to the extensions of credit under this Agreement on the Closing Date but shall instead be required to be delivered (or taken) after the Closing Date in accordance with the requirements of Section 7.10, except that (A) with respect to the perfection of security interests in UCC Filing Collateral, Holdings and the Borrower shall be obligated to deliver or cause to be delivered necessary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements to the Collateral Agent in proper form for filing and to irrevocably authorize and to cause the applicable Loan Parties to irrevocably authorize, the Collateral Agent to file necessary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and (B) with respect to perfection of security interests in Stock Certificates of the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries, Holdings and the Borrower shall be obligated to deliver to the Collateral Agent such Stock Certificates together with undated stock powers in blank.

 

6.2                                Conditions to Each Extension of Credit After the Closing Date .  The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit (other than the amendment, modification, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit which does not increase the face amount of such Letter of Credit) requested to be made by it on any date after the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

88



 

(a)                                  Representations and Warranties .  Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent made as of a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such specific date).

 

(b)                                  No Default .  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

 

(c)                                   Notices .  The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender, the notice of borrowing or Application, as the case may be, for such extension of credit in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Each borrowing by and issuance of a Letter of Credit (other than the amendment, modification, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit which does not increase the face amount of such Letter of Credit) on behalf of the Borrower hereunder after the Closing Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section 6.2 have been satisfied.

 

SECTION 7.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding, or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations, Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized and any amount owing under Specified Hedge Agreements and Specified Cash Management Agreements), Holdings shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

 

7.1                                Financial Statements .  Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

 

(a)                                  as soon as available, but in any event within (x) one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2011 and (y) ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings, beginning with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2012, (i) a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income or operations, members’ equity and cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings for such fiscal year, as compared to amounts for the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts;

 

(b)                                  as soon as available, but in any event within (x) sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of Holdings, for any such quarter ending prior to December 31, 2012 and (y) forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of Holdings, for any such quarter ending after December 31, 2012, (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income or operations, and cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operation, and cash flows of Holdings in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein (subject to normal year-end audit

 

89



 

adjustments and the absence of footnotes) and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, as compared to the comparable periods in the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts; and

 

(c)                                   at such time as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower, after the financial statements of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries are required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b), the Borrower shall participate in a conference call during normal business hours to discuss results of operations of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries with the Lenders.

 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b) or Section 7.2(d) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at www.incresearch.com (or such other website specified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent from time to time); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that, (x) to the extent the Administrative Agent so requests, the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (y) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by facsimile or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents.  The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to herein, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) Holdings’ financial statements are consolidated with its direct or indirect parent’ financial statements or (ii) any direct or indirect parent of Holdings is subject to periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and Holdings is not, then the requirement to deliver consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the related narrative discussion and analysis and opinion of an independent certified public accountant, as applicable, may be satisfied by delivering consolidated financial statements of such direct or indirect parent of Holdings accompanied by a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, consolidating adjustments, if any, attributable solely to such direct or indirect parent and any of its subsidiaries that are not Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and the related narrative discussion and analysis and opinion of an independent certified public accountant, as applicable, of such direct or indirect parent; provided that any such opinion of an independent certified public accountant shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 7.1(a)(i) above and shall relate solely to Holdings, its Subsidiaries, and such direct or indirect parent (as applicable) but, in the case of such indirect parent, only if such indirect parent has no direct or indirect Subsidiaries other than (i) the direct parent of Holdings, Holdings and its Subsidiaries and (ii) any intermediate parent that itself has no direct or indirect Subsidiaries other than the direct parent of Holdings, Holdings and its Subsidiaries and one or more other intermediate parents that meet the requirements of this clause (ii).

 

7.2                                Certificates; Other Information .  Furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (as applicable):

 

(a)                                  concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b), (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing except as specified in such certificate, (ii) to the extent not

 

90



 

previously disclosed and delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, a listing of any Intellectual Property which is the subject of a United States federal registration or federal application (including Intellectual Property included in the Collateral which was theretofore unregistered and becomes the subject of a United States federal registration or federal application) acquired by any Loan Party since the date of the most recent list delivered pursuant to this clause (ii) (or, in the case of the first such list so delivered, since the Closing Date), and, at the request of the Administrative Agent, promptly deliver to the Collateral Agent an Intellectual Property Security Agreement suitable for recordation in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, or such other instrument in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and undertake the filing of any instruments or statements as shall be reasonably necessary to create, record, preserve, protect or perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Intellectual Property and (iii) a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations necessary for determining compliance by each Group Member with the provisions of this Agreement referred to therein as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the Borrower, as the case may be and, if applicable, for determining the Applicable Margins and Commitment Fee Rate;

 

(b)                                  as soon as available, and in any event no later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year shown on a quarterly basis (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Holdings stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions at the time prepared;

 

(c)                                   promptly after the same are filed, copies of all annual, regular or periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Loan Parties may file or be required to file with the SEC and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto; and

 

(d)                                  promptly, such additional financial and other information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request, including, without limitation, other information with respect to the Patriot Act.

 

7.3                                Payment of Taxes .  Pay all Taxes, assessments, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority before they become delinquent, except (a) where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member or (b) where the failure to pay could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.4                                Maintenance of Existence; Compliance .

 

(a)                                  (i)  Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence except as permitted hereunder and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, including, without limitation, all necessary Governmental Authorizations, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 8.4 and except, in the case of clause (i) above solely with respect to Holdings or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

91



 

(b)                                  comply with all Organizational Documents and Requirements of Law (including, without limitation, and as applicable, ERISA and the Code) except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.5                                Maintenance of Property; Insurance .  (a) Except as permitted by Section 8.5, keep all material Property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, subject to casualty, condemnation, ordinary wear and tear and obsolescence, and (b) maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies on all its Property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business.  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon its reasonable request, information in reasonable detail as to the insurance so maintained.  If any improvement located on any Mortgaged Property is at any time located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a Special Flood Hazard Area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto), then the Borrower shall, or shall cause each Loan Party to (i) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

7.6                                Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions .  Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (b) permit representatives of the Administrative Agent who may be accompanied by any Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties (which inspection shall not include any invasive sampling of the Environment) and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with the officers of the Group Members and with their independent certified public accountants ( provided that the Borrower or its Subsidiaries may, at their option, have one or more employees or representatives present at any discussion with such accountants); provided that, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, only one (1) such visit in any calendar year shall be permitted and such visit shall be at the Borrower’s expense.

 

7.7                                Notices .  Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent of:

 

(a)                                  the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

(b)                                  any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of any Group Member that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between any Group Member and any Governmental Authority, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)                                   the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit, litigation or proceeding, whether at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority (i) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) which relates to any Loan Document;

 

(d)                                  the following events, as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days after a Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtains actual knowledge thereof, except to the extent as such events could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Single Employer Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to

 

92



 

any Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan, the creation of any Lien against the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan; and

 

(e)                                   any development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action, if any, the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

7.8                                Environmental Laws .

 

(a)                                  Comply with, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply with and maintain, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws, except, in each case, to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws to address Materials of Environmental Concern, and promptly comply with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws, except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.9                                Interest Rate Protection .  Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree), enter into, and thereafter maintain for a period of not less than thirty (30) months after the Closing Date, Hedge Agreements to the extent necessary to provide that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans is subject to either a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection.

 

7.10                         Post-Closing; Additional Collateral, etc .

 

(a)                                  With respect to any property acquired after the Closing Date by any Group Member (other than (x) any property described in paragraph (b), (c), (d) or (e) below, (y) property acquired by any Group Member that is not a Loan Party and (z) property that is not required to become subject to Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents) as to which the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected Lien, promptly (but in any event within 60 days following such acquisition or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree) (i) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such amendments to the applicable Security Document or such other documents as the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property, and (ii) take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in such property, subject only to Liens permitted by Section 8.3, including, the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the applicable Security Document or by law and, in the case of Intellectual Property subject to a United States federal registration or federal application, the delivery for filing of an Intellectual Property Security

 

93



 

Agreement suitable for recordation in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, or such other instrument in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, or as may be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent.

 

(b)                                  With respect to any fee interest in any real property having a value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $2,000,000 owned or acquired after the Closing Date by any Group Member (other than (x) any such real property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 8.3(g) and (y) real property acquired by a Group Member that is not a Loan Party), promptly (but in any event within 90 days or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree) (i) execute and deliver a first priority Mortgage subject to Liens permitted under Section 8.3 hereof, in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such real property, (ii) provide the Secured Parties with a policy of title insurance (or marked up title insurance commitment having the effect of a policy of title insurance) covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real property (or such other amount as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent; provided that in jurisdictions that impose mortgage recording taxes, the Security Documents shall not secure indebtedness in an amount exceeding 105% of the fair market value of the Mortgaged Property, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Loan Parties and reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent), as well as a Survey or any existing survey in lieu thereof, each of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (iii) deliver to the Collateral Agent legal opinions relating to, among other things, the enforceability, due authorization, execution and delivery of the applicable Mortgage, which opinions shall be in customary form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and (iv) deliver to the Administrative Agent a “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Standard Flood Hazard Determination (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto), and if such Mortgaged Property is located in a special flood hazard area, evidence of flood insurance confirming that such insurance has been obtained and any and all other documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

(c)                                   With respect to any new Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary, Disregarded Domestic Person, Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary) created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Group Member (except that, for the purposes of this paragraph (c), the term Subsidiary shall include any existing Subsidiary that ceases to be a Foreign Subsidiary, Disregarded Domestic Person, Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary), promptly (but in any event within 60 days or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree) (i) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such Security Documents as the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by any Loan Party, (ii) deliver to the Collateral Agent the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, (iii) cause such new Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the applicable Security Documents, (B) to take such actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Liens permitted by Section 8.3 hereof) in all or substantially all, or any portion of the property of such new Subsidiary that is required to become subject to a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to the Loan Documents as the Collateral Agent shall determine, in its reasonable discretion, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Collateral Agent and (C) deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate of such Subsidiary, substantially in the form of Exhibit F, with appropriate insertions and attachments, and (iv) if reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent legal opinions relating to the

 

94



 

matters described above, which opinions shall be in customary form and substance; provided that such opinions will only be given as to Subsidiaries other than Immaterial Subsidiaries.

 

(d)                                  With respect to any new “first-tier” Foreign Subsidiary created or acquired after the Closing Date (other than any Foreign Subsidiary excluded pursuant to Section 7.10(f)) by any Loan Party, promptly (but in any event within 60 days or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree) (A) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such Security Documents as the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by any such Loan Party ( provided that in no event shall more than 65% of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock of any such new Subsidiary be required to be so pledged) and (B) deliver to the Collateral Agent the certificates representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, as the case may be, and take such other action as may be reasonably necessary or, in the opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein.

 

(e)                                   Within 60 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree), the Collateral Agent shall have received executed Intellectual Property Security Agreements.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.10, (x) paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 7.10 shall not apply to (i) any property, new Subsidiary or Capital Stock of a “first-tier” Foreign Subsidiary created or acquired after the Closing Date, as applicable, as to which the Administrative Agent and the Borrower have reasonably determined that (A) the collateral value thereof is insufficient to justify the cost, burden or consequences (including adverse tax consequences) of obtaining a perfected security interest therein, (B) under the law of such Foreign Subsidiary’s jurisdiction of formation, it is unlikely that the Collateral Agent would have the ability to enforce such security interest if granted or (C) such security interest would violate any applicable law; (ii) any property which is otherwise excluded or excepted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any corresponding section of any Security Document; or (iii) any Excluded Assets; and (y) no foreign law security or pledge agreements will be required.

 

7.11                         Further Assurances .  From time to time execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional instruments, certificates or documents, and take all such actions, as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of implementing or effectuating the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or of more fully perfecting or renewing the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral (or with respect to any additions thereto or replacements or proceeds thereof or with respect to any other property or assets hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party which may be deemed to be part of the Collateral) pursuant hereto or thereto.  Upon the reasonable exercise by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents which requires any consent, approval, recording qualification or authorization of any Governmental Authority, the Borrower will execute and deliver, or will cause the execution and delivery of, all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or such Secured Party may be reasonably required to obtain from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for such governmental consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization.

 

7.12                         Rated Credit Facility; Corporate Ratings .  Use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) cause the Facilities to be continuously rated by S&P and Moody’s and (b) cause the Borrower to

 

95



 

continuously receive a public Corporate Family Rating and Corporate Rating (it being acknowledged and agreed, in each case, that no minimum ratings shall be required).

 

7.13                         Use of Proceeds .  The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loans, together with the proceeds of the Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit, solely as set forth in Section 5.16.

 

7.14                         Designation of Subsidiaries .  The Borrower shall be permitted to designate an existing or subsequently acquired or organized Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, so long as (a) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (b) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a pro forma basis with Section 8.1, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to Administrative Agent by the Borrower pursuant to Section 7.1, (c) such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be capitalized (to the extent capitalized by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) through Investments as permitted by, and in compliance with, Section 8.7, (d) without duplication of clause (c), any assets owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the initial designation thereof shall be treated as Investments pursuant to Section 8.7, and (e) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, certifying compliance with the requirements of preceding clauses (a) through (d), and containing the calculations and information required by the preceding clause (b).  The Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement (each, a “ Subsidiary Redesignation ”); provided that (i) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such Subsidiary Redesignation, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a pro forma basis with Section 8.1, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to Administrative Agent by the Borrower pursuant to Section 7.1, (iii) the representations and warranties set forth in Article 5 and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects immediately after giving effect to such Subsidiary Redesignation, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and (iv) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, certifying compliance with the requirements of preceding clauses (i) through (iii), and containing the calculations and information required by the preceding clause (ii); provided , further , that no Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been designated as a Subsidiary pursuant to a Subsidiary Redesignation may again be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 8.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Holdings and the Borrower hereby agree that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations, Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized and any amount owing under Specified Hedge Agreements or any Specified Cash Management Agreements), Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

 

8.1                                Financial Condition Covenant .  Permit the Secured Leverage Ratio as at the last day of any period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending with any fiscal quarter set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter ending on the following dates:

 

96


 

Fiscal Quarter

 

Secured
Leverage Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2011

 

4.25 to 1.00

 

December 31, 2011

 

4.25 to 1.00

 

March 31, 2012

 

4.00 to 1.00

 

June 30, 2012

 

3.85 to 1.00

 

September 30, 2012

 

3.85 to 1.00

 

December 31, 2012

 

3.75 to 1.00

 

March 31, 2013

 

3.50 to 1.00

 

June 30, 2013

 

3.50 to 1.00

 

September 30, 2013

 

3.25 to 1.00

 

December 31, 2013

 

3.25 to 1.00

 

March 31, 2014

 

3.25 to 1.00

 

June 30, 2014

 

3.00 to 1.00

 

September 30, 2014

 

3.00 to 1.00

 

December 31, 2014

 

2.75 3.00 to 1.00

 

March 31, 2015

 

2.75 to 1.00

 

June 30, 2015

 

2.75 to 1.00

 

September 30, 2015

 

2.75 to 1.00

 

December 31, 2015

 

2.50 to 1.00

 

March 31, 2016

 

2.50 to 1.00

 

June 30, 2016

 

2.50 to 1.00

 

September 30, 2016

 

2.50 to 1.00

 

December 31, 2016

 

2.50 to 1.00

 

March 31, 2017

 

2.50 to 1.00

 

June 30, 2017

 

2.50 to 1.00

 

September 30, 2017

 

2.50 to 1.00

 

December 31, 2017

 

2.50 to 1.00

 

March 31, 2018

 

2.50 to 1.00

 

June 30, 2018

 

2.50 to 1.00

 

 

8.2                                Indebtedness .  Create, issue, incur, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(a)                                  Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document;

 

(b)                                  unsecured Indebtedness of (i) any Loan Party owed to any other Loan Party; (ii) any Loan Party owed to any Group Member; (iii) any Group Member that is not a Loan Party owed to any other Group Member that is not a Loan Party; and (iv) subject to Section 8.7(g), any Group Member that is not a Loan Party owed to a Loan Party; provided that (x) in the case of clauses (i) and (iv), any such Indebtedness is evidenced by, and subject to the provisions of, an intercompany note, which shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (y) in the case of any such Indebtedness of a Loan Party owed to a Group Member that is not a Loan Party, such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(c)                                   Guarantee Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by (i) any Group Member that is a Loan Party of obligations of any other Loan Party and, subject to Section 8.7(g), of any Group Member that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Group Member that is not a Loan Party of obligations of any Loan Party or any other Group Member;

 

(d)                                  Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 8.2 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

 

97



 

(e)                                   Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary secured by Liens permitted by Section 8.3(g), and any Permitted Refinancing thereof, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $ 15,000,000 20,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(f)                                    Hedge Agreements permitted under Section 8.11;

 

(g)                                   Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of performance, bid, surety, indemnity, appeal bonds, completion guarantees and other obligations of like nature and guarantees and/or obligations as an account party in respect of the face amount of letters of credit in respect thereof, in each case securing obligations not constituting Indebtedness for borrowed money (including worker’s compensation claims, environmental remediation and other environmental matters and obligations in connection with insurance or similar requirements) provided in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)                                  Indebtedness arising from the endorsement of instruments in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)                                      Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person became a Subsidiary of any Loan Party (such Person, an “ Acquired Person ”), together with all Indebtedness assumed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any acquisition permitted under Section 8.7, but only to the extent that (i) such Indebtedness was not created or incurred in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of such Loan Party or such acquisition, (ii) any Liens securing such Indebtedness attach only to the assets of the Acquired Person and (iii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, after giving pro forma effect to the acquisition, does not exceed 5.75 to 1.00;

 

(j)                                     Junior Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiary Guarantors; provided that the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, after giving pro forma effect thereto does not exceed 5.75 to 1.00;

 

(k)                                  Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten (10) Business Days of incurrence;

 

(l)                                      Indebtedness of Holdings or any Subsidiary that may be deemed to exist in connection with agreements providing for indemnification, purchase price adjustments, Earn-Out Obligations and similar obligations in connection with investments, acquisitions or sales of assets and/or businesses;

 

(m)                              Indebtedness under the Senior Notes and Senior Notes Documents in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

 

(n)                                  Indebtedness arising from judgments or decrees not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.1(h);

 

(o)                                  Guarantee Obligations incurred by any Loan Party in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Section 8.2;

 

(p)                                  other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiary Guarantors in an aggregate principal amount (for the Borrower and all Subsidiary Guarantors) not in excess of $15,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

98



 

(q)                                  Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties not in excess of $20,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(r)                                     Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to future, present or former employees, officers, directors or consultants of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(s)                                    Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of any Group Member (or any spouses, successors, administrators, heirs or legatees of any of the foregoing) to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock permitted by Section 8.6(d);

 

(t)                                     Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

 

(u)                                  any Indebtedness of any Group Member that is not a Loan Party owing to another Group Member that is not a Loan Party under any Cash Pool Obligation; and

 

(v)                                  Indebtedness in respect of overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, payment facilities, cash management obligations and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.

 

8.3                                Liens .  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:

 

(a)                                  Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies (i) that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days, (ii) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings that stay the enforcement of such claim; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in conformity with GAAP, (iii) that arise from government allowed payment plans providing for payment of Taxes over a period of time not to exceed one year that stay the enforcement of such Lien and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, or (iv) that are immaterial amounts;

 

(b)                                  Liens imposed by law, including, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than sixty (60) days (or, if more than sixty (60) days overdue, no action has been taken to enforce such Lien) or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture and sale of the property or assets subject to any such Lien;

 

(c)                                   pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, or letters of credit or guarantees issued in respect thereof, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA with respect to a Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan;

 

(d)                                  pledges or deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business or letters of credit or guarantees issued in respect thereof;

 

(e)                                   easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, restrictions, covenants, licenses, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business, and minor title deficiencies, in each case that do not in any case individually or in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

99



 

(f)                                    Liens in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 8.3 and any renewals or extensions of any of the foregoing; provided that no such Lien is spread to cover any additional property after the Closing Date (other than improvements thereon) and the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted by Section 8.2(d);

 

(g)                                   Liens securing Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 8.2(e) to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets; provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased other than as permitted by Section 8.2(e);

 

(h)                                  Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents or any other Loan Document;

 

(i)                                      Liens approved by Collateral Agent appearing on the policies of title insurance being issued in connection with any Mortgages;

 

(j)                                     any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased;

 

(k)                                  licenses, leases or subleases granted to third parties or Group Members in the ordinary course of business which, individually or in the aggregate, do not (i) materially impair the use (for its intended purposes) or the value of the property subject thereto or (ii) materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(l)                                      Liens securing judgments not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.1(h) or securing appeal or other surety bonds related to such judgments;

 

(m)                              the filing of UCC financing statements solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases and consignment arrangements;

 

(n)                                  Liens existing on property acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary at the time such property is so acquired (whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed) and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of such acquisition, (ii) such Lien does not extend to any other property of any Group Member not subject to such Lien at the time of acquisition (other than improvements thereon) and (iii) the Indebtedness secured by such Liens is permitted by Section 8.2(i);

 

(o)                                  (i) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by any Group Member, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that, unless such Liens are nonconsensual and arise by operation of law, in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Indebtedness, and (ii) Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection;

 

(p)                                  Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law and in the ordinary course of business to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

(q)                                  statutory and common law landlords’ liens under leases to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party;

 

100



 

(r)                                     Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties securing indebtedness of such Subsidiaries to the extent the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 8.2;

 

(s)                                    Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations secured thereby do not exceed $15,000,000 at any one time;

 

(t)                                     Liens arising by virtue of deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability for premiums to insurance carriers or Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.2(v);

 

(u)                                  Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business;

 

(v)                                  licenses of Intellectual Property granted by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business of the Group Members;

 

(w)                                Liens (i) on deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in any Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment permitted by this Agreement to be applied against the purchase price for such Permitted Acquisition or Investment, (ii) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a permitted Disposition and (iii) earnest money deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents made by any Group Member in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder; and

 

(x)                                  Liens on cash on deposit in an escrow arrangement reasonably satisfactory to MSSF for the Convertible Notes pending maturity thereof.

 

8.4                                Fundamental Changes .  Merge into, amalgamate or consolidate with any Person, or permit any other Person to merge into, amalgamate or consolidate with it, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of, all or substantially all of its property or business, except that:

 

(a)                                  any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged, consolidated or be amalgamated (i) with or into the Borrower ( provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation), (ii) with or into any other Subsidiary of the Borrower ( provided that if only one party to such transaction is a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation) or (iii) subject to Section 8.7(g), with or into any other Group Member;

 

(b)                                  any Subsidiary of the Borrower may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or, subject to Section 8.7(g) (to the extent applicable), any other Group Member;

 

(c)                                   any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may (i) merge, consolidate or otherwise combine (including via contribution or sale) with or into any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or (ii) dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (including any Disposition that is in the nature of a voluntary liquidation) to (x) another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or (y) to a Loan Party;

 

(d)                                  any Subsidiary may enter into any merger, consolidation or similar transaction with another Person to effect a transaction permitted under Section 8.7;

 

(e)                                   transactions permitted under Section 8.5 shall be permitted; and

 

101



 

(f)                                    any Subsidiary of the Borrower may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time; provided that such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as applicable, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof from being converted into, or reorganized or reconstituted as a limited liability company, limited partnership or corporation; provided that (i) the Administrative Agent shall have been provided at least 10 days’ prior written notice of such change (or such other period acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) and (ii) the relevant Group Member shall take all such actions and execute all such documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in connection therewith.

 

8.5                                Disposition of Property .  Dispose of any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, issue or sell any shares of the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to any Person, except:

 

(a)                                  Dispositions of obsolete, damaged, uneconomic or worn out machinery, parts, property or equipment, or property or equipment no longer used or useful, in the conduct of its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired;

 

(b)                                  the sale of inventory and owned or leased vehicles, each in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)                                   Dispositions permitted by Sections 8.4(a), (b), (c), (d) and (f);

 

(d)                                  the sale or issuance of any Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or, if such Subsidiary is not a Loan Party, to any other Group Member;

 

(e)                                   any Subsidiary of the Borrower may Dispose of any assets to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or, subject to Section 8.7(g) (to the extent applicable), any other Group Member, and any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor may Dispose of any assets, or issue or sell Capital Stock, to any other Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

(f)                                    Dispositions of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business in transactions not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement;

 

(g)                                   licenses granted by the Loan Parties with respect to Intellectual Property, or leases or subleases, granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business which, individually or in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(h)                                  the Disposition of other property having a fair market value not to exceed $20,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower; provided that at least 75% of the consideration received in connection therewith consists of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(i)                                      the issuance or sale of shares of any Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to qualify directors if required by applicable law;

 

(j)                                     Dispositions or exchanges of equipment or real property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the

 

102



 

proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

 

(k)                                  Dispositions of leases entered into in the ordinary course of business, to the extent that they do not materially interfere with the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(l)                                      the abandonment or other Disposition of Intellectual Property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain and material in the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(m)                              the Disposition of Property which constitutes a Recovery Event;

 

(n)                                  Dispositions consisting of the sale, transfer, assignment or other Disposition of accounts receivable in connection with the collection, compromise or settlement thereof in the ordinary course of business and not as part of a financing transaction;

 

(o)                                  Investments in compliance with Section 8.7;

 

(p)                                  dispositions of non-core assets acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $3,000,000 per calendar year;

 

(q)                                  the disposition of property which constitutes, or which is subject to, a Recovery Event;

 

(r)                                     Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

(s)                                    sale or issuances of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings to future, present or former employees, officers, directors or consultants in respect of compensation of services;

 

(t)                                     the unwinding of any Hedge Agreements; and

 

(u)                                  Dispositions listed on Schedule 8.5.

 

8.6                                Restricted Payments .  Declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely in common stock or other common equity interests of the Person making such dividend) on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Group Member, in each case, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of Holdings or any Subsidiary (collectively, “ Restricted Payments ”), except that:

 

(a)                                  any Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person that owns a direct equity interest in such Subsidiary in proportion to such Person’s ownership interest in such Subsidiary;

 

(b)                                  each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower and to Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary, to the

 

103



 

Borrower and any Subsidiary and to each other owner of Capital Stock or other equity interests of such Subsidiary on a pro rata basis based on their relative ownership interests);

 

(c)                                   so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, Holdings may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of its common stock or other common equity interests or warrants or options to acquire any such shares, in each case, to the extent consideration therefor consists of the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of Qualified Capital Stock (other than any Specified Equity Contribution);

 

(d)                                  (i) Holdings may make a Restricted Payment to (or to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to) pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) held by any future, present or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of any Group Member (or any spouses, successors, administrators, heirs or legatees of any of the foregoing) upon the death, disability or termination of employment or services of such individual, and (ii) any Group Member may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any Capital Stock from the present or former employees, officers, directors and consultants of any Group Member (or any spouses, successors, administrators, heirs or legatees of any of the foregoing) pursuant to the terms of any employee stock option, incentive stock or other equity-based plan or arrangement; provided that the aggregate amount of payments under this clause (d) shall not exceed in any fiscal year $5,000,000 (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried over to succeeding fiscal years subject to a maximum of $10,000,000 in any fiscal year) plus, in each case, (x) any proceeds received by any Group Member after the date hereof in connection with the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock (other than any Specified Equity Contribution) that are used for the purposes described in this clause (d)  plus (y) the net cash proceeds of any “key-man” life insurance policies of any Group Member that have not been used to make any repurchases, redemptions or payments under this clause (d);

 

(e)                                   so long as (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (y) after giving pro forma effect to the payment of such Restricted Payment, the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 8.1 as of the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) and (b) and (z) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate evidencing compliance with clauses (x) and (y), Holdings and the Borrower may make Restricted Payments (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000 plus (ii) if the Available Amount Condition has been met, the Available Amount;

 

(f)                                    Holdings may make Permitted Tax Distributions;

 

(g)                                   (i) to the extent actually used by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to pay such taxes, costs and expenses, the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to or on behalf of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in an amount sufficient to pay franchise taxes and other fees required to maintain the legal existence of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), (ii) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to or on behalf of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in an amount sufficient to pay out-of-pocket legal, accounting and filing costs and other expenses in the nature of overhead in the ordinary course of business of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 in any fiscal year and (iii) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to or on behalf of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to enable Holdings to pay fees, salaries, bonuses, expenses and indemnities owing to directors, officers and employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries;

 

104



 

(h)                                  the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) the proceeds of which are used to make cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options, or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock in an amount not to exceed $200,000 in any fiscal year;

 

(i)                                      Holdings may make Restricted Payments constituting non-cash repurchases of Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants (or equivalent) if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

 

(j)                                     to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, any Group Member may enter into transactions expressly permitted by Sections 8.4, 8.5 and 8.7;

 

(k)                                  (a) the payment of annual fees to any Sponsor or any of its Affiliates pursuant to the Management Services Agreement in an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed $500,000, (b) dividends or distributions pursuant to the Class C Agreement in an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed $500,000; (c) (i) payments of indemnification and third-party expense reimbursements under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement and Management Services Agreement and (ii) other payments under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement or other fees under the Management Services Agreement and the Class C Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000; provided that, payments pursuant to this clause (ii) in any calendar year do not exceed $5,000,000, in each case as such agreements are in effect on the Closing Date or as such agreements may be amended in accordance with Section 8.9;

 

(l)                                      the Borrower may make Restricted Payments on its common stock (or Restricted Payments to Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof to fund Restricted Payments on such entity’s common stock), following the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering after the Closing Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower in or from any Qualified Public Offering;

 

(m)                              the Group Members may make Restricted Payments on the Closing Date to fund the Transactions as described in the Confidential Information Memorandum, including immediately after the LLC Conversion, the Target may redeem the one Class B unit held by Avista for a redemption price not to exceed $100; and

 

(n)                                  the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings to fund Restricted Payments to be made by Holdings pursuant to clause (c), (d), (e), (f) or (k) of this Section 8.6.

 

8.7                                Investments .  Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guaranty or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business line or unit of, or a division of, or make any other investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, “ Investments ”), except:

 

(a)                                  extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                  Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(c)                                   Guarantee Obligations permitted by Section 8.2;

 

(d)                                  loans and advances to present or prospective officers, directors and employees of any Group Member in the ordinary course of business (including for travel, entertainment, relocation and

 

105



 

similar expenses) in an aggregate amount for all Group Members not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(e)                                   the Acquisition and the Transactions related thereto;

 

(f)                                    intercompany Investments by (i) any Group Member in any Loan Party; provided that all such intercompany Investments to the extent such Investment is a loan or advance owed to a Loan Party are evidenced by an intercompany note and (ii) any Group Member that is not a Loan Party to any other Group Member that is not a Loan Party;

 

(g)                                   intercompany Investments by any Loan Party in any Subsidiary, that, after giving effect to such Investment, is not a Subsidiary Guarantor (including, without limitation, Guarantee Obligations with respect to obligations of any such Subsidiary, loans made to any such Subsidiary, Investments resulting from mergers with or sales of assets to any such Subsidiary and Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries) and Investments by any Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in an amount (valued at cost) not to exceed $20,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(h)                                  Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit or lease, utility and other similar deposits and deposits with suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)                                      Permitted Acquisitions, including Investments by any Loan Party in any Foreign Subsidiary the proceeds of which are promptly used by such Foreign Subsidiary (directly or indirectly through another Foreign Subsidiary) to consummate a Permitted Acquisition of Persons organized under the laws of, and/or assets located in, a jurisdiction other than the United States or any State thereof (and pay fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith);

 

(j)                                     Investments consisting of Hedge Agreements permitted by Section 8.11;

 

(k)                                  Investments existing as of the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 8.7 and any extension or renewal thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment is not increased at the time of such extension or renewal;

 

(l)                                      Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors or other Persons to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss or in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, suppliers or customers arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)                              Investments received as consideration in connection with Dispositions permitted under Section 8.5 and Investments as consideration for services provided by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

 

(n)                                  so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, in addition to Investments otherwise expressly permitted by this Section, Investments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount (valued at cost, if applicable) not to exceed (i) $ 15,000,000 20,000,000 at any time outstanding plus (ii) if the Available Amount Condition has been met, the Available Amount.

 

106


 

(o)                                  Investments by a Group Member that is not a Loan Party in the form of Cash Pool Obligations;

 

(p)                                  loans and advances to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in accordance with Section 8.6;

 

(q)                                  promissory notes or other obligations of directors, officers, employees or consultants of a Group Member in connection with such directors’, officers’, employees’ or consultants’ purchase of Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), so long as no cash or Cash Equivalent is advanced by any Group Member in connection with such Investment;

 

(r)                                     purchases and other acquisitions of inventory, materials, equipment and intangible property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(s)                                    Leases, licenses and sublicenses of real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(t)                                     mergers and consolidations in compliance with Section 8.4 (other than Section 8.4(d));

 

(u)                                  purchase of joint venture interests in the Existing Joint Ventures from the Group Members’ partners in such Existing Joint Ventures pursuant to the terms of the Existing Joint Ventures as in effect on the Closing Date; and

 

(v)                                  Investments in joint ventures not to exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding . ; and

 

(w)                                Investments in minority equity interests in customers received from such customers as part of fee arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business or otherwise consistent with industry practice not to exceed $20,000,000 (valued at cost) at any time outstanding.

 

8.8                                Optional Payments and Modifications of Certain Debt Instruments .

 

(a)                                  (i) Make or offer to make any optional or voluntary payment, prepayment, repurchase or redemption of or otherwise optionally or voluntarily defease or segregate funds with respect to any Junior Financing except for (A) Permitted Refinancings and (B) payments in the aggregate pursuant to this clause (i)(B) not to exceed the Available Amount during the term of this Agreement; provided that in the case of this clause (i)(B) (w) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (x) after giving pro forma effect to any such payment, the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 8.1 as of the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) and (b), (y) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate evidencing compliance with clauses (w) and (x) and (z) the Available Amount Condition has been met; (ii) amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Junior Financing (other than any amendment that is not materially adverse to the Lenders, it being agreed that any amendment, modification, waiver or other change that, in the case of any Junior Indebtedness, would extend the maturity or reduce the amount of any payment of principal thereof or reduce the rate or extend any date for payment of interest thereon is not materially adverse to the Lenders); or (iii) amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of

 

107



 

any Qualified Capital Stock that would cause such Qualified Capital Stock to become Disqualified Capital Stock.

 

(b)                                  Amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Organizational Document of any Loan Party or any Pledged Company if such amendment, modification, waiver or change could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.9                                Transactions with Affiliates .  Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by Holdings or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, except :

 

(a)                                  transactions between Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

 

(b)                                  loans or advances to directors, officers and employees permitted under Section 8.7(d) and transactions permitted by Sections 8.2(r), 8.2(s) and 8.7(q);

 

(c)                                   the payment of reasonable and customary fees, compensation, benefits and incentive arrangements paid or provide to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower, Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(d)                                  (i) any issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by Holdings’ board of managers (or similar governing body) or the senior management thereof and (ii) any repurchases of any issuances, awards or grants issued pursuant to clause (i), in each case, to the extent permitted by Section 8.6;

 

(e)                                   employment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business between Holdings or any Subsidiary and any employee thereof;

 

(f)                                    any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 8.6;

 

(g)                                   the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions as set forth in the Confidential Information Memorandum;

 

(h)                                  the payment of transaction, management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees, related expenses and indemnification payments to the Sponsors and their Affiliates pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, the Class C Agreement and the Expense Reimbursement Agreement, in each case not to exceed permitted payments set forth in Section 8.6(k) and as in effect on the Closing Date and the termination fees pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, Class C Agreement or Expense Reimbursement Agreement, or any amendments thereto (so long as any such amendment is not materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the Borrower to the Lenders, when taken as a whole);

 

(i)                                      Intellectual Property licenses to Group Members in existence on the Closing Date;

 

(j)                                     sales of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings to Affiliates of the Borrower not otherwise prohibited by the Loan Documents and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith;

 

108



 

(k)                                  any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by any Loan Party is Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings;

 

(l)                                      transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods and services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise not prohibited by the Loan Documents;

 

(m)                              transactions in the ordinary course of business with (i) Unrestricted Subsidiaries or (ii) joint ventures in which Holdings or a Subsidiary thereof holds or acquires an ownership interest (whether by way of Capital Stock or otherwise) so long as the terms of any such transactions are no less favorable to Holdings or Subsidiary participating in such joint ventures than they are to other joint venture partners; and

 

(n)                                  the transactions listed on Schedule 8.9 hereto.

 

8.10                         Sales and Leasebacks .  Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any Person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred unless (i) the sale of such property is permitted by Section 8.5 and (ii) any Liens arising in connection with its use of such property are permitted by Section 8.3.

 

8.11                         Hedge Agreements .  Enter into any Hedge Agreement, except (a) Hedge Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes, (b) Hedge Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of Holdings or any Subsidiary and (c) any Hedge Agreements required to be entered into pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

8.12                         Changes in Fiscal Periods .  Permit any change in the fiscal year of the Borrower; provided that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

 

8.13                         Negative Pledge Clauses .  Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits, limits or imposes any condition upon the ability of any Group Member to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby), (c) the Senior Notes Documents and any Permitted Refinancing thereof, (d) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (e) customary provisions in leases, licenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, (f) any other agreement that does not restrict in any manner (directly or indirectly) Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents or any Collateral securing the Obligations and does not require the direct or indirect granting of any Lien securing any Indebtedness or other obligation by virtue of the granting of Liens on or pledge of Property of any Loan Party to secure the Obligations and (g) any prohibition or limitation that (i) exists pursuant to applicable Requirements of Law, (ii) consists of customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement

 

109



 

relating to any transaction permitted under Section 8.4 or the sale of any property permitted under Section 8.5, (iii) restricts subletting or assignment of leasehold interests contained in any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Group Member, (iv) exists in any agreement in effect at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (v) exists in any instrument governing Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the Properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the Properties or assets of the Person so acquired or (vi) is imposed by any amendments or refinancings that are otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents or the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clause (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g)(iv) or (g)(v); provided that such amendments and refinancings are no more materially restrictive with respect to such prohibitions and limitations than those in effect prior to such amendment or refinancing (as determined in good faith and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, certified in writing to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower).

 

8.14                         Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions .  Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) make loans or advances to, or other Investments in, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower or (c) transfer any of its assets to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(i)                              any restrictions existing under (x) the Loan Documents and (y) the Senior Note Documents and any Permitted Refinancing thereof,

 

(ii)                           any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary,

 

(iii)                        any restrictions set forth in the agreement governing any Junior Indebtedness so long as the restrictions set forth therein are not materially more restrictive than the corresponding provisions in the Loan Documents,

 

(iv)                       any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby),

 

(v)                          restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof identified on Schedule 8.14 (but not to any amendment or modification expanding the scope or duration of any such restriction or condition),

 

(vi)                       restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to Liens permitted by this Agreement but solely to the extent that such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets subject to such permitted Lien,

 

(vii)                    customary provisions in leases, licenses and other contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business restricting the assignment thereof,

 

(viii)                 customary restrictions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted hereunder and applicable solely to such joint venture,

 

110



 

(ix)                       any agreement of a Foreign Subsidiary governing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred or permitted to exist under Section 8.2,

 

(x)                          any agreement or arrangement already binding on a Subsidiary when it is acquired so long as such agreement or arrangement was not created in anticipation of such acquisition;

 

(xi)                       Requirements of Law;

 

(xii)                    customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to any transaction permitted under Section 8.4 or the sale of any property permitted under Section 8.5 pending the consummation of such transaction or sale;

 

(xiii)                 any agreement in effect at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such agreement was not entered into in connection with or in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower;

 

(xiv)                any instrument governing Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the Properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the Properties or assets of the Person so acquired; or

 

(xv)                   any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments or refinancings that are otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents or the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clause (vi), (x), (xiii) or (xiv) of this Section; provided that such amendments or refinancings are no more materially restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those in effect prior to such amendment or refinancing (as determined in good faith and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, certified in writing to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower).

 

8.15                         Lines of Business .  Enter into any business, either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which Holdings and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement (after giving effect to the Transactions) or that are reasonably related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto.

 

8.16                         Holding Company .  In the case of Holdings, engage in any business or activity other than (a) the ownership of all outstanding Capital Stock in the Borrower, (b) maintaining its corporate existence, (c) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative activities as a member of the consolidated group of companies, that includes the Loan Parties, (d) the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the Senior Note Documents to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations thereunder, (e) the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Holdings pursuant to Section 8.2, (f) the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition so long as any assets acquired in connection with such Permitted Acquisition are owned by the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower immediately following such Permitted Acquisition, (g) Restricted Payments permitted to be made or received by Holdings under Section 8.6, (h) the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering or any other issuance of its Capital Stock, (i) any transaction that Holdings is expressly permitted or contemplated to enter into or consummate under this Section 8, and (j) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (a) through (i) of this Section.

 

111



 

SECTION 9.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

9.1                                Events of Default .  If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

 

(a)                                  the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, fee or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within five (5) days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

 

(b)                                  any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

 

(c)                                   any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 7.4(a) (with respect to the Borrower only), Section 7.7(a) or Section 8 of this Agreement; or

 

(d)                                  any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after any such days after notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent; or

 

(e)                                   any Group Member (i) defaults in making any payment of any principal of any Material Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation or Hedge Agreement that constitutes Material Indebtedness, but excluding the Loans) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) defaults in making any payment of any interest on any such Material Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) defaults in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Material Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Material Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Material Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or to become subject to a mandatory offer to purchase by the obligor thereunder or (in the case of any such Material Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable; or

 

(f)                                    (i) any Group Member (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any Group Member (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of sixty (60) days; or (iii) there shall be commenced any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of the assets

 

112



 

of the Group Members, taken as a whole, that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days after any such days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Group Member (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

 

(g)                                   (i)  any failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, shall occur with respect to any Single Employer Plan or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan shall arise on the assets of the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (ii) a Reportable Event shall occur, or proceedings shall commence under Section 4042 of ERISA to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, with respect to a Single Employer Plan, (iii) any Single Employer Plan shall be terminated under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, (iv)  any withdrawal by the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity from a Single Employer Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) shall occur or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA shall occur, (v) any Group Member or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or is reasonably likely to, incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan, (vi)  any failure to make a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan shall occur, (vii) the occurrence of any event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Single Employer Plan, or (viii) any Group Member shall engage in any nonexempt “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (viii) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(h)                                  one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Group Member and the same shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal for a period of 30 consecutive days and any such judgments or decrees either (i) is for the payment of money, individually or in the aggregate (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage), of $10,000,000 or more or (ii) is for injunctive relief and could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or

 

(i)                                      any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party shall so assert, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby (except to the extent the loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing Collateral or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements); or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party shall so assert in writing; or

 

(j)                                     the guarantee contained in Section 2 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party shall so assert in writing; or

 

(k)                                  a Change of Control occurs; or

 

(l)                                      (i) any of the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents for any reason shall cease to be “senior debt,” “senior indebtedness,” “designated senior debt,” “guarantor senior debt” or “senior secured financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Junior

 

113



 

Financing Documentation, (ii) the subordination provisions set forth in any Junior Financing Documentation shall, in whole or in part, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, bonding and enforceable against the holders of any Junior Financing, if applicable, or (iii) any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, shall assert any of the foregoing in writing;

 

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in paragraph (f) above with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken:  (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower declare the Revolving Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Revolving Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.  With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit.  Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in accordance with the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.  After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto).  Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

 

9.2                                Borrower’s Right to Cure .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 9.1, in the event of any Event of Default or potential Event of Default under the covenant set forth in Sections 8.1 with respect to any fiscal quarter, at any time during such fiscal quarter and until the expiration of the tenth (10th) Business Day after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to the applicable fiscal quarter hereunder, if Holdings receives a Specified Equity Contribution, Holdings may apply the amount of the net cash proceeds thereof to increase Consolidated EBITDA with respect to such applicable quarter; provided that (i) such net cash proceeds (x) are actually received by Holdings as cash equity other than Disqualified Capital Stock (including through capital contribution of such net cash proceeds to Holdings) no later than ten (10) Business Days after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to such fiscal quarter hereunder and (y) are Not Otherwise Applied; (ii) in each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (iii) no more than four Specified Equity Contributions shall be made in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement; (iv) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no more than the amount required to cause Holdings to be in pro forma compliance with Section 8.1 for any applicable period; (v) all Specified Equity Contributions shall be

 

114



 

disregarded for purposes of determining any baskets with respect to the covenants contained in this Agreement, the calculation of the Available Amount and the application of the Pricing Grid; and (vi) there shall be no pro forma reduction in Indebtedness with the proceeds of any Specified Equity Contribution for determining compliance with Section 8.1.

 

SECTION 10.  THE AGENTS

 

10.1                         Appointment .

 

(a)                                  Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) hereby irrevocably designates and appoints each Agent as the agent of such Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) irrevocably authorizes such Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or other Secured Party, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Agent.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Secured Parties hereby irrevocable designates and appoints General Electric Capital Corporation as collateral agent of such Secured Party under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Secured Party irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf as are necessary or advisable with respect to the Collateral under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The Collateral Agent hereby accepts such appointment.

 

10.2                         Delegation of Duties .  Each Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.  No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

 

10.3                         Exculpatory Provisions .  Neither any Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders or any other Secured Party for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agents under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement or for any failure of any Loan Party a party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  The Agents shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party.

 

115



 

10.4                         Reliance by Agents .  Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall deem and treat the Lender specified in the Register with respect to any amount owing hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent.  Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or the Majority Facility Lenders) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  The Agents shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or the Majority Facility Lenders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans and all other Secured Parties.

 

10.5                         Notice of Default .  No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless such Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.”  In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders.  The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or any other instructing group of Lenders specified by this Agreement); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Secured Parties.

 

10.6                         Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders .  Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) expressly acknowledges that neither the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender or any other Secured Party.  Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) represents to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any other Secured Party, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement, any Specified Hedge Agreement or any Specified Cash Management Agreement.  Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any other Secured Party, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,  any Specified Hedge Agreement or any Specified Cash Management Agreement, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates.  Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to

 

116



 

provide any Lender or any other Secured Party with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

 

10.7                         Indemnification .  To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 11.5 to be paid by it to any Agent Related Party (or any sub-agent thereof), each Lender severally agrees to pay to such Agent Related Party (or any such sub-agent thereof) such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that (a) the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against any Agent Related Party (or any such sub-agent thereof) and (b) no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense that is found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

10.8                         Agent in Its Individual Capacity .  Each Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party as though such Agent were not an Agent.  With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or participated in by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender,” “Lenders,” “Secured Party” and “Secured Parties” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

 

10.9                         Successor Administrative Agent; Resignation of Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender .  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may resign as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, respectively, upon ten (10) Business Days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower.  If the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or Section 9.1(f) with respect to the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing) be subject to approval by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, and the term “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent,” as applicable, shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans.  If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, by the date that is ten (10) Business Days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Required Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.  After any retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, resignation as Administrative Agent or retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation as Collateral Agent, as applicable, the provisions of this Section 10 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

117


 

10.10                  Agents Generally .  The Joint Lead Arrangers and the , Joint Bookrunners and Amendment No.1 Lead Arrangers shall not have any duties or responsibilities hereunder in its capacity as such.

 

10.11                  Lender Action .  Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents, the Specified Hedge Agreements or the Specified Cash Management Agreements (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceeds, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any Lender from filing proofs of claim during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any bankruptcy or other debtor relief law.

 

10.12                  Withholding Tax .  To the extent required by any applicable law, an Agent shall withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equal to any applicable withholding Tax.  If the IRS or any Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Agent did not properly withhold Tax from any amount paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent (to the extent that the Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrower to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties, additions to Tax or interest thereon, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Government Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Agent.  The agreements in this Section 10.12 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Loans and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under this Agreement.

 

SECTION 11.  MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1                         Amendments and Waivers .  Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1.  The Required Lenders and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (a) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall:

 

(i)                              forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term

 

118



 

Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or forgive or reduce any interest or fee payable hereunder (except (x) in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates, which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Required Lenders and (y) that any amendment or modification of the financial covenants or defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (i)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided that neither any amendment, modification or waiver of a mandatory prepayment required hereunder, nor any amendment of Section 4.2 or any related definitions including Asset Sale, Excess Cash Flow, or Recovery Event, shall constitute a reduction of the amount of, or an extension of the scheduled date of, any principal installment of any Loan or Note or other amendment, modification or supplement to which this clause (i) is applicable;

 

(ii)                           eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 11.1 without the written consent of such Lender;

 

(iii)                        reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release Holdings or all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders;

 

(iv)                       reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Facility Lenders with respect to any Facility without the written consent of all Lenders under such Facility;

 

(v)                          amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10 or any other provision in any manner which increases the obligations or diminishes the rights of any Agent without the written consent of each Agent adversely affected thereby;

 

(vi)                       amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3.3, 3.4 or 3.15 without the written consent of the Swingline Lender;

 

(vii)                    amend, modify or waive any provision of Sections 3.7 to 3.15 without the written consent of the Issuing Lender; and

 

(viii)                 release all or substantially all of the Guarantors or the Collateral, except as otherwise may be provided in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Agents shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with a replacement term loan tranche hereunder (“ Replacement Term Loans ”); provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the

 

119



 

aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans plus accrued interest, fees and expenses related thereto, (b) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the weighted average life to maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of the applicable Term Loans) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

 

If, in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination requiring the consent of all (or all affected) Lenders (including all Lenders under a single Facility), the consent of the Required Lenders (or Majority Facility Lenders, as the case may be) is obtained, but the consent of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained being referred to as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), then, so long as the Administrative Agent is not a Non-Consenting Lender, the Administrative Agent or a Person reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent shall have the right but not the obligation to purchase at par from such Non-Consenting Lenders, and such Non-Consenting Lenders agree that they shall, upon the Administrative Agent’s request, sell and assign to the Administrative Agent or such Person, all of the Term Loans and Revolving Commitments of such Non-Consenting Lenders for an amount equal to the principal balance of all such Term Loans and any outstanding Revolving Loans held by such Non-Consenting Lenders and all accrued interest and fees with respect thereto through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated pursuant to an executed Assignment and Assumption.  In addition to the foregoing, the Borrower may replace any Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to Section 4.13.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended (or amended and restated), modified or supplemented with the written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, so long as such amendment, modification or supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Lender or the Issuing Lender, (b) to add one or more additional credit facilities with respect to Incremental Term Loans to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans, as applicable, and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (c) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and Majority Facility Lenders; provided that the conditions set forth in Section 2.4 are satisfied.

 

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Lender will not be entitled to vote in respect of amendments and waivers hereunder and the Commitment and the outstanding Loans or other extensions of credit of such Lender hereunder will not be taken into account in determining whether the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders, as required, have approved any such amendment or waiver (and the definitions of “Required Lenders” and “Majority Facility Lenders” will automatically be deemed modified accordingly for the duration of such period); provided that, subject to the limitations set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 11.1, any such amendment or waiver that would increase or extend the term of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, extend the date fixed for the payment of principal or interest owing to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, reduce the principal amount of any obligation owing to such Defaulting Lender, reduce the amount of or the rate or amount of interest on any amount owing to such

 

120



 

Defaulting Lender or of any fee payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, or alter the terms of this proviso, will require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

 

11.2                         Notices .

 

(a)                                  All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be either (i) in writing (including telecopy or e-mail communication) and mailed, telecopied or delivered or (ii) as and to the extent set forth in Section 11.2(b) and in the proviso to this Section 11.2(a), in an electronic medium and as delivered as set forth in Section 11.2(b) if to the Borrower, at its address at 3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600, Raleigh, North Carolina 27604, Attention:  Chief Financial Officer, E-mail Address: dgill@incresearch.com, Fax No.:  919.334.3651, and a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Avista Capital Partners, LP, at its address at 65 East 55th Street, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attention:  Sriram Venkataraman, E-mail Address:  venkataraman@avistacap.com, Fax No.:  (212) 593-6939, Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, at its address at 5650 Yonge Street, Toronto, ON M2M 4H5, Attention:  Terry Woodward, E-mail Address:  terry_woodward@otpp.com, Fax No.:  416 730-5082, Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, at its address at 767 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10153, Attention:  Andrew J. Yoon, E-mail Address:  andrew.yoon@weil.com, Fax No.:  (212) 310-8007, and Torys LLP, at its address at 237 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention:  Jonathan B. Wiener, E-mail Address:  jwiener@torys.com, Fax No.:  (212) 682-0200; if to the Collateral Agent, at its address at 2 Bethesda Metro Center, Suite 600, Bethesda, MD 20817, Attention: INC Research Account Manager, Fax No: (866) 231-6698; or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties; if to the Administrative Agent, at its address at 2 Bethesda Metro Center, Suite 600, Bethesda, MD 20817, Attention: INC Research Account Manager, Fax No: (866) 231-6698; or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties provided , however , that materials and information described in Section 11.2(b) shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions thereof or as otherwise specified to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent.  All such notices and other communications shall, when mailed, be effective four days after having been mailed by regular mail, one Business Day after having been mailed by overnight courier, and when telecopied or E-mailed, be effective when properly transmitted, except that notices and communications to any Agent pursuant to Sections 2, 3, 4, 6 and 10 shall not be effective until received by such Agent. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes or of any Exhibit hereto to be executed and delivered hereunder shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower hereby agrees that it will provide to the Administrative Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (i) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, borrowing or other extension of credit (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (ii) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) provides notice of any default or event of default under this Agreement or (iv) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any borrowing or other extension of credit hereunder (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “ Communications ”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to an electronic address specified by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower. In addition, the Borrower agrees to continue to provide the Communications to the Agents in the manner specified in the Loan Documents but only to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent.

 

121



 

(c)                                   THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS, OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF SUCH PERSON IS FOUND IN A FINAL, NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED FROM SUCH PERSON’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.  NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ADVISORS OR REPRESENTATIVES (COLLECTIVELY, “ ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PARTIES ”) HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO THE BORROWER, ANY LENDER PARTY OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF THE BORROWER’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET.

 

The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Loan Documents.  Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Loan Documents.  Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (ii) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.  Nothing herein shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document in any other manner specified in such Loan Document.

 

11.3                         No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

11.4                         Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding and so long as the Commitments of any Lender have not been terminated.

 

122



 

11.5                         Payment of Expenses .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower agrees (i) to pay or reimburse each Agent and the Joint Bookrunners for all of their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with the syndication of the Facilities and incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, any security arrangements in connection therewith and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable invoiced fees and disbursements of counsel to such parties ( provided that, unless there is a conflict of interest, such fees and disbursements shall not include fees and disbursements for more than one primary counsel and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction) and filing and recording fees and expenses, with statements with respect to the foregoing to be submitted to the Borrower prior to the Closing Date (in the case of amounts to be paid on the Closing Date) and from time to time thereafter as such parties shall deem appropriate, (ii) to pay or reimburse each Lender and Agent for all its reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, or during any workout or restructuring, including the reasonable and invoiced fees and disbursements of counsel to such parties ( provided that such fees and disbursements shall not include fees and disbursements for more than one primary counsel and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction), (iii) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and each Agent harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees, if any, that may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (iv) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and Agent and the Joint Bookrunners and their respective affiliates (including, without limitation, controlling persons) and each member, partner, director, officer, employee, advisor, agent, affiliate, successor, partner, member, representative and assign of each of the forgoing (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents (regardless of whether any Loan Party is or is not a party to any such actions or suits) and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans, and the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one legal counsel to such Indemnitees taken as a whole (and, if applicable, one local counsel to such persons taken as a whole in each appropriate jurisdiction and, in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction to all affected Indemnitees taken as a whole) in connection with claims, actions or proceedings by any Indemnitee against any Loan Party under any Loan Document (all the foregoing in this clause (iv), collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided , that the Borrower shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or material breach of any Loan Documents by, such Indemnitee or its controlled affiliates, officers or employees acting on behalf of such Indemnitee or any of its controlled affiliates in connection with the Transactions.  Statements payable by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 11.5 shall be submitted to the Chief Financial Officer, at the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 11.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent.  The agreements in this Section 11.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

(b)                                  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither the Borrower nor any Indemnitee shall assert, and each of the Borrower and each Indemnitee does hereby waive, any claim

 

123



 

against any party hereto, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that the foregoing shall not limit the indemnification obligations of the Borrower under clause (a) above.  No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent such damages are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or material breach of any Loan Documents by, such Indemnitee or its controlled affiliates, officers or employees acting on behalf of such Indemnitee or any of its controlled affiliates in connection with the Transactions.

 

(c)                                   The Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnitee from all liability arising out of such proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability, or a failure to act by or on behalf of such Indemnitee.

 

11.6                         Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .

 

(a)                                  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any affiliate of the Issuing Lender that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except (x) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section, (y) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (e) of this Section, (z) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of paragraph (g) of this Section or (xx) to an Affiliated Lender in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (h) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors as assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (e) of this Section 11.6 and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Affiliates of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (each, an “ Assignee ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)                              except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if

 

124



 

“Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $1,000,000 (in the case of the Term Loan Facility) and $5,000,000 (in the case of the Revolving Facility), in each case unless otherwise agreed by the each the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing;

 

(ii)                           each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate tranches of Loans (if any) on a non- pro rata basis;

 

(iii)                        no consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i) of this Section and, in addition, the consent of:

 

(A)             the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment, (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, or (z) such assignment is made prior to the earlier of (1) the Syndication Date and (2) the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date; provided that in each case the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received written notice thereof;

 

(B)             except in the case of clause (A)(z) above, the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of (x) the Term Facility if such assignment is to an Assignee that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or (y) the Revolving Facility if such assignment is to an Assignee that is not a Lender with a Revolving Commitment, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and

 

(C)             (1) in the case of any assignment to a new Revolving Lender or that increases the obligation of the Assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding), the Issuing Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and (2) in the case of any assignment of a Revolving Commitment, the Swingline Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no consent of the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender shall be required for an assignment to an Assignee that is a Revolving Lender or an Affiliate or Approved Fund of a Revolving Lender;

 

(iv)                       except in the case of assignments pursuant to paragraph (c) below, the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (it being understood that payment of only one processing fee shall be required in connection with simultaneous assignments to two or more Approved Funds), and the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire;

 

(v)                          no assignment shall be permitted to be made to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, except pursuant to Section 4.1(b),

 

125



 

(vi)                       no assignment shall be permitted to be made to a natural person;

 

(vii)                    no assignment shall be permitted to be made to a Disqualified Institution; and

 

(viii)                 assignments to Affiliates of the Borrower shall be subject to subsection (h) below.

 

Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) below, subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (d) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.9, 4.10, 4.11 and 11.5; provided , with respect to such Section 4.10, that such Lender continues to comply with the requirements of Sections 4.10 and 4.10(e ) ).  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section, except any purported assignment or transfer to a Disqualified Institution shall be void ab initio.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11.6 to the contrary, a Lender may assign any or all of its rights hereunder to an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund of such Lender without (a) providing any notice (including, without limitation, any administrative questionnaire) to the Administrative Agent or any other Person or (b) delivering an executed Assignment and Assumption to the Administrative Agent; provided that (A) such assigning Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, (B) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such assigning Lender in connection with such assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement until an Assignment and Assumption and an administrative questionnaire have been delivered to the Administrative Agent, (C) the failure of such assigning Lender to deliver an Assignment and Assumption or administrative questionnaire to the Administrative Agent or any other Person shall not affect the legality, validity or binding effect of such assignment and (D) an Assignment and Assumption between an assigning Lender and its Affiliate or Approved Fund shall be effective as of the date specified in such Assignment and Assumption.

 

(d)                                  The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in the United States a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of and interest owing with respect to the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  Subject to the penultimate sentence of this paragraph (d), the entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  In the case of an assignment to an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund pursuant to paragraph (c), as to which an Assignment and Assumption and an administrative questionnaire are not delivered to the Administrative Agent, the assigning Lender shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a

 

126



 

register (a “ Related Party Register ”) comparable to the Register on behalf of the Borrower.  The Register or Related Party Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and any Lender (with respect to the Commitments of, and principal amount of and interest owing with respect to the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to such Lender only) at the Administrative Agent’s office at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.  Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) above, upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register.  Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) above, no assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless and until it has been recorded in the Register (or, in the case of an assignment pursuant to paragraph (c) above, the applicable Related Party Register) as provided in this paragraph (d).  The date of such recordation of a transfer shall be referred to herein as the “ Assignment Effective Date .”

 

(e)                                   Any Lender may, at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and (D) no participation shall be permitted to be made to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, nor any officer or director of any such Person or a natural person or Disqualified Institution.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the proviso to the second sentence of Section 11.1.  Subject to paragraph (f) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.9, 4.10 and 4.11 to the same extent as if it were a Lender (subject to the requirements and obligations of those sections including the documentary requirements in Section 4.10(e)) and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.7(b) as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant shall be subject to Section 11.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower and solely for tax purposes, maintain a register complying with the requirements of Sections 163(f), 871(h) and 881(c)(2) of the Code on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”).  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

127


 

(f)                                    A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 4.9 or 4.10 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant had no such participation been transferred to such Participant.

 

(g)                                   Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, any central bank or any other Person, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest or to any such sale or securitization; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(h)                                  Any Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Affiliated Lender subject to the following limitations:

 

(i)                              Affiliated Lenders will not receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and will not be permitted to attend or participate in meetings attended solely by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, other than the right to receive notices of Borrowings, notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II;

 

(ii)                           Each Affiliated Lender shall make a representation that, as of the date of any such assignment pursuant to this Section 11.6, it is not in possession of material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries or their respective securities for purposes of the United States securities laws that has not been disclosed to the assigning Lender prior to such date, other than because such assigning Lender does not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries or their respective securities;

 

(iii)                        Affiliated Lenders may not purchase Revolving Loans by assignment pursuant to this Section 11.6; and

 

(iv)                       the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans purchased by assignment pursuant to this Section 11.6  and held at any one time by Affiliated Lenders may not exceed 25% of the original principal amount of all Term Loans on the Effective Date plus the original principal amount of all term loans made pursuant to a Term Commitment Increase.

 

(i)                                      Each Affiliated Lender that is not a Debt Fund Affiliate, in connection with any (i) consent (or decision not to consent) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document, (ii) other action on any matter related to any Loan Document or (iii) direction to the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, agrees that, except with respect to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action described in clause (i) of the first proviso of Section 11.1 or that adversely affects such Affiliated Lender in any respect as compared to other Lenders, shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in such proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Affiliated Lenders.  The Borrower and each Affiliated Lender hereby agrees that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against the Borrower, the Borrower, with respect to any plan of reorganization that does not adversely affect any Affiliated Lender in any material respect as compared to other Lenders, shall seek (and each Affiliated Lender shall consent) to designate the vote of any Affiliated Lender and the vote of any Affiliated Lender with respect to any such plan of reorganization of the Borrower or any Affiliate of the

 

128



 

Borrower shall not be counted.  Each Affiliated Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this clause (i).

 

11.7                         Sharing of Payments; Set-off .

 

(a)                                  Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender or to the Lenders under a particular Facility, if any Lender (a “ Benefited Lender ”) shall, at any time after the Loans and other amounts payable hereunder shall become due and payable pursuant to Section 9, receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 9.1(f), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.  Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against each Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a director creditor of each Loan Party in the amount of such participation to the extent provided in clause (b) of this Section 11.7.

 

(b)                                  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, subject to Section 10.11, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default which is continuing, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to set off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower, as the case may be.  Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the provisions of this Section 11.7 shall be subject to the express provisions of this Agreement which require or permit differing payments to be made to Non-Defaulting Lenders as opposed to Defaulting Lenders.

 

11.8                         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic mail (in “.pdf” or similar format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

129



 

11.9                         Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

11.10                  Integration .  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of Holdings, the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any Agent or any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

 

11.11                  GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

11.12                  Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers .  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)                                  submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)                                  consents that any such action or proceeding shall be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c)                                   agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the address set forth in Section 11.2 or on the signature pages hereof, as the case may be, or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto; and

 

(d)                                  agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction.

 

11.13                  Acknowledgments . The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                  it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)                                  each Agent, each Lender and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “Lenders”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Loan Parties, their stockholders and/or their affiliates.  Each Loan Party agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender, on the one hand, and such Loan Party, its stockholders or its affiliates, on

 

130



 

the other.  The Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other, and (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (x) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Loan Party, its stockholders or its affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise any Loan Party, its stockholders or its Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to any Loan Party except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (y) each Lender is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of any Loan Party, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person.  Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that it has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto.  Each Loan Party agrees that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to such Loan Party, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto; and

 

(c)                                   no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

11.14                  Releases of Guarantees and Liens .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Secured Party (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Secured Party except as expressly required by Section 11.1) to take any action requested by the Borrower having the effect of releasing any Collateral or guarantee obligations (i) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document (including, without limitation, the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder) or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 11.1; provided that no such release shall occur if (x) such Subsidiary Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of any Junior Financing or (y) such Collateral continues to secure any Junior Financing or (ii) under the circumstances described in paragraph (b) below.

 

(b)                                  At such time as (i) the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and the other Obligations (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations) shall have been paid in full or Cash Collateralized and (ii) the Commitments have been terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding (or shall have been Cash Collateralized or backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuing Bank), the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Security Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Loan Party under the Security Documents shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.  At such time, the Collateral Agent shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary, at the cost of the Borrower, to effect each release described in this Section 11.14 in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Security Documents.

 

11.15                  Confidentiality .  Each Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential all non-public information provided to it by any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement that is designated by such Loan Party as confidential in accordance with its customary procedures; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Agent or any Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to any Agent, any other

 

131



 

Lender, any Affiliate of a Lender or any Approved Fund (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) subject to an agreement to comply with confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive as the provisions of this Section, to any actual or prospective Transferee or any direct or indirect counterparty to any Hedge Agreement (or any professional advisor to such counterparty), (c) to its employees, directors, members, partners, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors or those of any of its affiliates (it being understood that the Person to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (d) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority, (e) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, (f) if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding, (g) that has been publicly disclosed (other than as a result of a disclosure in violation of this Section 11.15), (h) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender, or (i) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document; provided that, unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender shall notify the Borrower of any request by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of such Lender by such Governmental Authority) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information.

 

11.16                  WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

11.17                  Patriot Act Notice .  Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.

 

132



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC, as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC,

 

as Holdings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as Administrative Agent and Swingline Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as Issuing Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

133



 

 

NATIXIS,

 

as Documentation Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

134



 

 

REVOLVING LENDERS

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ING CAPITAL LLC,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NATIXIS,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

135



 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

136



 

 

TERM LENDERS

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

as a Term Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

137


 

Annex A

 

PRICING GRID FOR LOANS

 

REVOLVING LOANS AND SWINGLINE LOANS

 

 

Pricing Level

 

Applicable Margin for
Eurodollar Loans

 

Applicable Margin for
Base Rate Loans

 

 

 

I

 

5.75 4.50

%

4.75 3.50

%

 

 

II

 

5.50 4.25

%

4.50 3.25

%

 

 

III

 

5.25 4.00

%

4.25 3.00

%

 

 

TERM LOANS

 

 

Pricing Level

 

Applicable Margin for
Eurodollar Loans

 

Applicable Margin for
Base Rate Loans

 

 

 

IV

 

5.75 4.75

%

4.75 3.75

%

 

 

V

 

5.50 4.50

%

4.50 3.50

%

 

 

COMMITMENT FEE RATE

 

 

Pricing Level

 

Commitment Fee Rate

 

 

 

VI

 

0.500

%

 

 

VII

 

0.375

%

 

 

So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Applicable Margin for Loans and the Commitment Fee Rate shall be adjusted, on and after the first Adjustment Date (as defined below) occurring after the completion of the first full fiscal quarter of the Borrower after the Closing Amendment No.1 Effective Date, based on changes in the Secured Leverage Ratio, with such adjustments to become effective on the date (the “ Adjustment Date ”) that is three Business Days after the date on which the relevant financial statements are delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.1 and to remain in effect until the next adjustment to be effected pursuant to this paragraph.  If any financial statements referred to above are not delivered within the time periods specified in Section 7.1, then, until the date that is three Business Days after the date on which such financial statements are delivered, the highest rate set forth in each column of the Pricing Grid shall apply.  On each Adjustment Date, the Applicable Margin for Loans and the Commitment Fee Rate shall be adjusted to be equal to the Applicable Margins opposite the Pricing Level determined to exist on such Adjustment Date from the financial statements relating to such Adjustment Date.

 

As used herein, the following rules shall govern the determination of Pricing Levels on each Adjustment Date:

 

Pricing Level I ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is greater than 2.00 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans.

 

Annex A-1



 

Pricing Level II ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 but greater than 1.50 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans.

 

Pricing Level III ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is less than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans.

 

Pricing Level IV ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is greater than 2.00 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Term Loans.

 

Pricing Level V ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Term Loans.

 

Pricing Level VI ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is greater than 1.50 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Commitment Fee Rate.

 

Pricing Level VII ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is less than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Commitment Fee Rate.

 

Annex A-2




Exhibit 10.1.3

 

Execution Version

 

AMENDMENT No. 2 , dated as of February 19, 2014 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 12, 2011, as amended on February 8, 2013, among INC RESEARCH, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement (the “ Lenders ”), GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and as the Swingline Lender and the other parties thereto (as amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”); capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower desires to amend the Credit Agreement on the terms set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement provides that the relevant Loan Parties and the Required Lenders may amend the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents for certain purposes including to permit additional extensions of credit to be included in the Credit Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, (i) unless otherwise indicated on its signature page hereto, each Amendment No. 2 Consenting Lender (as defined in Exhibit A ) has agreed, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to have up to all or a portion of its outstanding Term B Loans (as defined in Exhibit A) , if any, converted into a like principal amount of a Term B-1 Loan (as defined in Exhibit A ) effective as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date (as defined below) and (ii) if not all outstanding Term B Loans are converted as described in clause (i), the Additional Term B-1 Lender (as defined in Exhibit A ) has agreed to make a Term B-1 Loan in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of Term B Loans not converted into Term B-1 Loans on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, the proceeds of which shall be applied to repay in full such non-converted Term B Loans (the “ Non-Converted Term B Loans ”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                            Amendments to Credit Agreement .  The Credit Agreement is, effective as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date (as defined below), hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text ) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text ) as set forth in the pages of the Credit Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

Section 2.                                            Amendments to Exhibits to the Credit Agreement .  Paragraph 4 of Exhibit B to the Credit Agreement [Form of Compliance Certificate] is, effective as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, hereby restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“[4.                             Attached hereto as Attachment 2 are the computations showing compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 8.1 of the Credit Agreement] [REQUIRED WHEN THE SUM OF (A) THE AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF REVOLVING LOANS AND SWINGLINE LOANS AND (B) LETTERS OF CREDIT (BUT EXCLUDING ALL LETTERS OF CREDIT THAT ARE CASH COLLATERALIZED), IN EACH CASE, OUTSTANDING AS OF THE LAST DAY OF ANY FOUR (4) CONSECUTIVE FISCAL QUARTER PERIOD, IS GREATER THAN 25% OF THE REVOLVING COMMITMENTS]”.

 



 

2

 

Section 3.                                            Representations and Warranties, No Default .  In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Amendment and to amend the Credit Agreement in the manner provided herein, each of Holdings and the Borrower represents and warrants to each Lender that:

 

a)              After giving effect to this Amendment, each of the representations and warranties in the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; and

 

b)              At the time of and immediately after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

Section 4.                                            Effectiveness .  This Amendment (it being understood that any amendment that by its terms requires the consent of each Lender or each adversely affected Lender, shall not become effective until the repayment in full of all Non-Converted Term B Loans) shall become effective on the date (such date, if any, the “ Amendment No. 2 Effective Date ”) that the following conditions have been satisfied:

 

(i)                   Consents .  The Administrative Agent shall have received executed signature pages hereto from the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender, each Revolving Lender and each of the Required Lenders;

 

(ii)                Additional Joinder Agreement .  The Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Additional Term B-1 Lender (as defined in Exhibit A) shall have entered into the Additional Term B-1 Joinder Agreement (as defined in Exhibit A );

 

(iii)             Fees .  The Borrower shall have paid, (a) to the Administrative Agent, in immediately available funds, for the account of each consenting Revolving Lender that has delivered its signature page hereto to the Administrative Agent, a consent fee in an amount equal to 0.10% of the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Commitments held by such consenting Revolving Lender outstanding as of the date hereof, (b) to the Amendment No. 2 Agents (as defined in Exhibit A ) in immediately available funds, all fees owing to the Amendment No. 2 Agents as separately agreed to in writing by the Borrower and the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger and (c) to the extent invoiced, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Amendment No. 2 Agents and the Administrative Agent in connection with this Amendment and the transaction contemplated hereby (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP and Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel to the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arrangers and the Administrative Agent, respectively);

 

(iv)            Legal Opinions .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable legal opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, covering such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(v)                Officer’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an authorized officer of the Borrower dated the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date certifying that (a) after giving effect to this Amendment, each of the representations and warranties in the

 



 

3

 

Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (b) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

 

(vi)            Closing Certificates .  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing (where relevant) of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority and (ii) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party dated the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Amendment and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing the Amendment on behalf of such Loan Party and countersigned by another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of a duly authorized officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

 

Section 5.                                            Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telecopier or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

Section 6.                                            Applicable Law THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 7.                                            Headings .  Section and Subsection headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

 

Section 8.                                            Effect of Amendment .  Except as expressly set forth herein, (i) this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any other Agent, in each case under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (ii) shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other provision of either such agreement or any other Loan Document.  Each and every

 



 

4

 

term, condition, obligation, covenant and agreement contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document is hereby ratified and re-affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect.  Each Loan Party reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents (as amended hereby) to which it is party and the validity of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents.  This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for purposes of the Credit Agreement and from and after the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, all references to the Credit Agreement in any Loan Document and all references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.  Each of the Loan Parties hereby consents to this Amendment and confirms that all obligations of such Loan Party under the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

 

Section 9.                                            Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)                                  submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Amendment and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)                                  consents that any such action or proceeding shall be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c)                                   agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the address set forth in Section 11.2 or on the signature pages hereof, as the case may be, or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto; and

 

(d)                                  agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction.

 

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written

 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC, as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gregory S. Rush

 

 

Name: Gregory S. Rush

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC,

 

as Holdings

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gregory S. Rush

 

 

Name: Gregory S. Rush

 

 

Title Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

KENDLE AMERICAS INVESTMENT INC.

 

KENDLE AMERICAS MANAGEMENT INC.

 

as Guarantors

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Duncan Jamie Macdonald

 

 

Name: Duncan Jamie Macdonald

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2]

 



 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Name: Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Title: Duly Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2]

 



 

 

REVOLVING LENDERS

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Allen Chang

 

 

Name: Allen Chang

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

ING CAPITAL LLC,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas McCaughey

 

 

Name: Thomas McCaughey

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Keith Alexander

 

 

Name: Keith Alexander

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mustafa Topiwalla

 

 

Name: Mustafa Topiwalla

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

NATIXIS,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kelvin Cheng

 

 

Name: Kelvin Cheng

 

 

Title: Executive Director

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven A. Eberhardt

 

 

Name: Steven A. Eberhardt

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Name: Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Title: Duly Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Swiss Capital Pro Loan III Plc ,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

APOLLO CREDIT FUNDING I LTD. ,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Apollo Fund Management LLC, as its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

IBM Personal Pension Plan Trust ,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Apollo Fund Management LLC, its Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

STONE TOWER CLO VI LTD. ,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Apollo Debt Advisors LLC, as its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Stone Tower CLO V Ltd. ,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Apollo Debt Advisors LLC, As its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

CORNERSTONE CLO LTD. ,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Apollo Debt Advisors LLC, as its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

RAMPART CLO 2006-I LTD. ,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Apollo Debt Advisors LLC, as its Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Joe Moroney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

BABSON CLO LTD. 2005-I

 

By: Babson Capital Management LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ryan Christenson

 

 

Name:

Ryan Christenson

 

 

Title:

Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

BABSON CLO LTD. 2005-III

 

By: Babson Capital Management LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ryan Christenson

 

 

Name:

Ryan Christenson

 

 

Title:

Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

BABSON CLO LTD. 2006-II

 

By: Babson Capital Management LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ryan Christenson

 

 

Name:

Ryan Christenson

 

 

Title:

Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

BABSON CLO LTD. 2007-I

 

By: Babson Capital Management LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ryan Christenson

 

 

Name:

Ryan Christenson

 

 

Title:

Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

BABSON MID-MARKET CLO LTD. 2007-II

 

By: Babson Capital Management LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ryan Christenson

 

 

Name:

Ryan Christenson

 

 

Title:

Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

SAPPHIRE VALLEY CDO I, LTD.

 

By: Babson Capital Management LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ryan Christenson

 

 

Name:

Ryan Christenson

 

 

Title:

Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

SC Pro Loan II Limited ,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Battalion CLO IV Ltd. ,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC As Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Keogh

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

James Keogh

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Bank Debt Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: x

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Battalion CLO V Ltd. ,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Brigade Capital Management, LLC as Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Keogh

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

James Keogh

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Bank Debt Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: x

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

BATTALION CLO 2007-I, LTD. ,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC As Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Keogh

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

James Keogh

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Bank Debt Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: x

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

BATTALION CLO III LTD. ,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC As Collateral Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Keogh

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

James Keogh

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Bank Debt Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: x

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

AMERICAN HIGH-INCOME TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

By: Capital Research and Management Company, for and on behalf of American High-Income Trust ,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kristine M. Nishiyama

 

 

Name:

Kristine M. Nishiyama

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian S. Broyles

 

 

Name:

Brian S. Broyles

 

 

Title:

Attorney-In-Fact

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

ATLAS SENIOR LOAN FUND III, LTD.

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Name: Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Title:] Senior Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

ATLAS SENIOR LOAN FUND II, LTD.

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Name: Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Title:] Senior Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

ATLAS SENIOR LOAN FUND, LTD.

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Name: Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Title:] Senior Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

AUCARA HEIGHTS INC.

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its sub-adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Name: Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Title:] Senior Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Crescent Capital High Income Fund B, L.P.

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Name: Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Title:] Senior Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Crescent Capital High Income Fund L.P.

 

Business Name: Crescent Capital LP High Income Fund

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Name: Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Title:] Senior Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Crescent Senior Secured Floating Rate Loan Fund, LLC

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Name: Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Title:] Senior Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

ILLINOIS STATE BOARD OF INVESTMENT

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its sub-adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Name: Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Title:] Senior Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

PALMETTO INVESTORS MASTER FUND, LLC.

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its sub-adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Name: Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Title:] Senior Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Trust Company of the West,

 

As trustee of TCW Capital Trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Name: Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Title:] Senior Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

TCW SENIOR SECURED LOAN FUND , LP

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its sub-adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Name: Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Title:] Senior Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

WEST BEND MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By: Crescent Capital Group LP, its sub-adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Name: Gil Tollinchi

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Name: G. Wayne Hosang

 

 

Title:] Senior Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Longfellow Place CLO, Ltd.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott D’Orsi

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Scott D’Orsi

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Brit Insurance (Gibraltar) PCC Ltd in respect of a protected cell of that company known as ‘Cell Re’,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

The Trustees of Syndicate 2987,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:  GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/  Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

GoldenTree Loan Opportunities III, Ltd.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:  GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

GoldenTree Loan Opportunities IV, Ltd.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:  GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

GoldenTree Loan Opportunities VI, Ltd,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:  GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

GoldenTree Loan Opportunities V, Ltd.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:  GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Health Net of California, Inc.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:  GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

The University of Chicago,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:  GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

RS FLOATING RATE FUND,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Booth

 

 

Name:

Kevin Booth

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

THE GUARDIAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/  Kevin Booth

 

 

Name:

Kevin Booth

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Halcyon Loan Advisors Funding 2012-1 Ltd,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Martin

 

 

Name:

David Martin

 

 

Title:

Controller

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Halcyon Senior Loan Fund I Master LP,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Martin

 

 

Name:

David Martin

 

 

Title:

Controller

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

ING Capital LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas McCaughey

 

 

Name: Thomas McCaughey

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Keith Alexander

 

 

Name: Keith Alexander

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

DIAMOND LAKE CLO, LTD.

 

By: Babson Capital Management LLC as Collateral Servicer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ryan Christenson

 

 

Name:

Ryan Christenson

 

 

Title:

Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

JP Morgan Chase Retirement Plan/Brigade,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC As Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Keogh

 

 

 

 

Name:

James Keogh

 

 

 

 

Title:

Bank Debt Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: x

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

APOSTLE LOOMIS SAYLES

 

CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES FUND,

 

As Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.,

 

 

Its Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

Loomis, Sayles & Company, Incorporated,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mary McCarthy

 

 

Name:

Mary McCarthy

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: x

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

APOSTLE LOOMIS SAYLES

 

SENIOR LOAN FUND,

 

As Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.,

 

 

Its Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

Loomis, Sayles & Company, Incorporated,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mary McCarthy

 

 

Name:

Mary McCarthy

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: x

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

LOOMIS SAYLES SENIOR

 

FLOATING RATE & FIXED INCOME FUND,

 

As Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.,

 

 

Its Investment Adviser

 

 

 

 

By:

Loomis, Sayles & Company, Incorporated,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mary McCarthy

 

 

Name:

Mary McCarthy

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: x

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

NATIXIS LOOMIS SAYLES

 

SENIOR LOAN FUND,

 

As Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.,

 

 

Its Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

Loomis, Sayles & Company, Incorporated,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mary McCarthy

 

 

Name:

Mary McCarthy

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: x

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

THE LOOMIS SAYLES

 

SENIOR LOAN FUND, LLC,

 

As Lender

 

 

 

By:

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.,

 

 

Its Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

Loomis, Sayles & Company, Incorporated,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mary McCarthy

 

 

Name:

Mary McCarthy

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: x

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Marathon CLO V Ltd.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jake Hyde

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jake Hyde

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Venture IX CDO, Limited,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Simon Yuan

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Simon Yuan

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Venture VII CDO Limited,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Simon Yuan

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Simon Yuan

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Venture VIII CDO, Limited,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: its investment advisor, MJX Asset Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Simon Yuan

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Simon Yuan

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Venture XIII CLO, Limited,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: its Investment Advisor MJX Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Simon Yuan

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Simon Yuan

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Savarese

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Adam Savarese

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Virtus Senior Floating Rate Fund,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Dunham Corporate/Government Bond Fund,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Virtus Balanced Fund,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Virtus Bond Fund,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Virtus Multi-Sector Intermediate Bond Fund f/k/a
Virtus Multi Sector Fixed Income Fund,

 

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Virtus Tactical Allocation Fund,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Virtus Total Return Fund,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

VVIT: Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Daniel Senecal

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

DRACO Dollar FUNDING LIMITED,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sinisa Krnic

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Sinisa Krnic

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Blue Falcon Limited ,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC as Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Keogh

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

James Keogh

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Bank Debt Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: x

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Mountain View CLO 2013-1 Ltd.

 

By: Seix Investment Advisors LLC, as Collateral Manger

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George Goudelias

 

 

Name:

George Goudelias

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

RidgeWorth Funds – Total Return Bond Fund

 

By:  Seix Investment Advisors LLC, as Subadviser

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George Goudelias

 

 

Name:

George Goudelias

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Seix Multi-Sector Absolute Return Fund L.P.

 

By: Seix Multi-Sector Absolute Return Fund GP LLC, in its capacity as sole general partner

 

By: Seix Investment Advisors LLC, its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George Goudelias

 

 

Name:

George Goudelias

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Baptist Health South Florida, Inc.

 

By: Seix Investment Advisors LLC, as Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George Goudelias

 

 

Name:

George Goudelias

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Blue Cross of Idaho Health Service, Inc.

 

By: Seix Investment Advisors LLC, as Investment Manger

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George Goudelias

 

 

Name:

George Goudelias

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

RidgeWorth Funds – Seix Floating Rate High Income Fund

 

By: Seix Investment Advisors LLC, as Subadviser

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George Goudelias

 

 

Name:

George Goudelias

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

City National Rochdale Funds – Fixed Income Opportunities Fund

 

By: Seix Investment Advisors LLC, as Subadviser

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George Goudelias

 

 

Name:

George Goudelias

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

Solus Senior High Income Fund LP,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Solus Alternative Asset Management LP

 

 

Its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher Pucillo

 

 

Name:

Christopher Pucillo

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

ULTRA MASTER LTD,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Solus Alternative Asset Management LP

 

 

Its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher Pucillo

 

 

Name:

Christopher Pucillo

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

LANDMARK IX CDO LTD,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Landmark Funds LLC, as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas E. Bancroft

 

 

Name:

Thomas E. Bancroft

 

 

Title:

Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

LANDMARK VII CDO LTD,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Landmark Funds LLC, as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas E. Bancroft

 

 

Name:

Thomas E. Bancroft

 

 

Title:

Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 



 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to this Amendment and, unless otherwise indicated below, consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) into a Term B-1 Loan in a like principal amount on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

 

 

LANDMARK VIII CLO LTD,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Landmark Funds LLC, as Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas E. Bancroft

 

 

Name:

Thomas E. Bancroft

 

 

Title:

Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:]

 

Check here if you do NOT wish to have your Term B Loans converted to Term B-1 Loans: o

 

[Term B-1 Lender Signature Page to INC Research Amendment]

 


 

Exhibit A

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

among

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC,
as Borrower,

 

INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC,

 

The Several Lenders
from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as Administrative Agent,

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as Collateral Agent,

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,

as Lead Arranger and Lead Bookrunner for Amendment No.  1, 2,

 

GE CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.,

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. and
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners for Amendment No.  1, 2,

 

J.P. MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Syndication Agent for Amendment No.  1, 2,

 

and

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS (1) ,

ING CAPITAL LLC and
NATIXIS,

as Co-Documentation Agents for Amendment No.  1 2

 

Dated as of July 12, 2011,

 

and as Amended amended by Amendment No. 1 on February 8, 2013 2013,

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
ING CAPITAL LLC and
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS(1)
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners,

 


(1) RBC Capital Markets is a marketing name for the investment banking activities of Royal Bank of Canada.

 

(1)               RBC Capital Markets is a marketing name for the investment banking activities of Royal Bank of Canada.

 



 

ING CAPITAL LLC and
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as Co-Syndication Agents

 

and

 

NATIXIS,

as Documentation Agent

 

and as further amended by Amendment No. 2 on February 19, 2014

 

2



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

SECTION 1.

  DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

 

1.1

Defined Terms

1

1.2

Other Definitional Provisions

42 45

1.3

Pro Forma Adjustments

43 46

 

 

 

SECTION 2.

  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF TERM COMMITMENTS

 

 

 

 

2.1

Term Commitments

44 47

2.2

Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing

45 48

2.3

Repayment of Term Loans

45 48

2.4

Incremental Term Loans

45 49

2.5

Fees

47 51

2.6

Extension of Maturity Date in Respect of Term Facility

47 51

 

 

 

SECTION 3.

  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING COMMITMENTS

 

 

 

 

3.1

Revolving Commitments

49 52

3.2

Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing

49 52

3.3

Swingline Commitment

50 53

3.4

Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans

50 53

3.5

Fees

51 55

3.6

Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments

52 55

3.7

L/C Commitment

52 55

3.8

Procedure for Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension of Letters of Credit; Certain Conditions

53 56

3.9

Fees and Other Charges

53 56

3.10

L/C Participations

53 57

3.11

Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower

54 57

3.12

Obligations Absolute

55 58

3.13

Letter of Credit Payments

55 58

3.14

Applications

55 58

3.15

Defaulting Lenders

55 59

3.16

Incremental Revolving Commitments

58 61

3.17

Extension of Maturity Date in Respect of Revolving Facility

60 63

 

 

 

SECTION 4.

  GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

 

 

 

4.1

Optional Prepayments

61 65

4.2

Mandatory Prepayments

68 71

4.3

Conversion and Continuation Options

69 72

4.4

Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches

70 73

4.5

Interest Rates and Payment Dates

70 73

4.6

Computation of Interest and Fees

70 74

4.7

Inability to Determine Interest Rate

71 74

4.8

Pro Rata Treatment; Application of Payments; Payments

71 75

4.9

Requirements of Law

73 76

4.10

Taxes

74 77

4.11

Indemnity

77 80

 

i



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

4.12

Change of Lending Office

77 80

4.13

Replacement of Lenders

77 81

4.14

Evidence of Debt

78 81

4.15

Illegality

78 82

 

 

 

SECTION 5.

  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

 

5.1

Financial Condition

79 82

5.2

No Change

79 83

5.3

Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law

79 83

5.4

Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations

80 83

5.5

No Legal Bar

80 83

5.6

Litigation and Adverse Proceedings

80 83

5.7

No Default

80 84

5.8

Ownership of Property; Liens

80 84

5.9

Intellectual Property

81 84

5.10

Taxes

81 84

5.11

Federal Reserve Regulations

81 85

5.12

Labor Matters

81 85

5.13

ERISA

82 85

5.14

Investment Company Act; Other Regulations

82 85

5.15

Capital Stock and Ownership Interests of Subsidiaries

82 85

5.16

Use of Proceeds

82 86

5.17

Environmental Matters

83 86

5.18

Accuracy of Information, etc.

83 87

5.19

Security Documents

84 87

5.20

Solvency

84 87

5.21

Senior Indebtedness

84 87

5.22

Regulatory Compliance 84 5.23 Sanctions and Anti- Terrorism Corruption Laws

85 88

5.23

[Reserved]

88

5.24

Patriot Act

85 88

 

 

 

SECTION 6.

  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

 

 

 

6.1

Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit

86 88

6.2

Conditions to Each Extension of Credit After the Closing Date

89 91

 

 

 

SECTION 7.

  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

7.1

Financial Statements

89 92

7.2

Certificates; Other Information

91 93

7.3

Payment of Taxes

92 94

7.4

Maintenance of Existence; Compliance

92 94

7.5

Maintenance of Property; Insurance

92 95

7.6

Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions

92 95

7.7

Notices

93 95

7.8

Environmental Laws

93 96

7.9

Interest Rate Protection

94 96

7.10

Post-Closing; Additional Collateral, etc.

94 96

7.11

Further Assurances

96 98

7.12

Rated Credit Facility; Corporate Ratings

96 99

7.13

Use of Proceeds

96 99

 

ii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

7.14

Designation of Subsidiaries

96 99

 

 

 

SECTION 8.

  NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

8.1

Financial Condition Covenant

97 99

8.2

Indebtedness

98 100

8.3

Liens

99 102

8.4

Fundamental Changes

102 104

8.5

Disposition of Property

103 105

8.6

Restricted Payments

104 106

8.7

Investments

106 108

8.8

Optional Payments and Modifications of Certain Debt Instruments

108 110

8.9

Transactions with Affiliates

109 111

8.10

Sales and Leasebacks

110 112

8.11

Hedge Agreements

110 112

8.12

Changes in Fiscal Periods

110 112

8.13

Negative Pledge Clauses

110 112

8.14

Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions

111 113

8.15

Lines of Business

112 114

8.16

Holding Company

112 115

 

 

 

SECTION 9.

  EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

 

 

 

9.1

Events of Default

113 115

9.2

Borrower’s Right to Cure

115 118

 

 

 

SECTION 10.

  THE AGENTS

 

 

 

 

10.1

Appointment

116 118

10.2

Delegation of Duties

116 119

10.3

Exculpatory Provisions

116 119

10.4

Reliance by Agents

117 119

10.5

Notice of Default

117 120

10.6

Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders

117 120

10.7

Indemnification

118 120

10.8

Agent in Its Individual Capacity

118 121

10.9

Successor Administrative Agent; Resignation of Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender

118 121

10.10

Agents Generally

119 121

10.11

Lender Action

119 121

10.12

Withholding Tax

119 122

 

 

 

SECTION 11.

  MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

11.1

Amendments and Waivers

119 122

11.2

Notices

122 124

11.3

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

123 126

11.4

Survival of Representations and Warranties

123 126

11.5

Payment of Expenses

124 126

11.6

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments

125 128

11.7

Sharing of Payments; Set-off

130 132

11.8

Counterparts

131 133

11.9

Severability

131 133

11.10

Integration

131 133

11.11

GOVERNING LAW

131 133

 

iii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

11.12

Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers

131 134

11.13

Acknowledgments

131 134

11.14

Releases of Guarantees and Liens

132 135

11.15

Confidentiality

133 135

11.16

WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL

133 136

11.17

Patriot Act Notice

133 136

 

iv



 

ANNEX :

 

 

 

 

 

A

Pricing Grid

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULES :

 

 

 

 

1.1

Commitments

 

5.4

Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices

 

5.15

Subsidiaries

 

5.19(a)

UCC Filing Jurisdictions

 

5.19(b)

Real Property

 

8.2

Existing Indebtedness

 

8.3

Existing Liens

 

8.5

Dispositions

 

8.7

Existing Investments

 

8.9

Transactions with Affiliates

 

8.14

Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS:

 

 

 

 

 

A

Form of Assignment and Assumption

 

B

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

B-1

Form of Borrowing Notice

 

C

Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

 

D

[Reserved]

 

E-1

Form of Term Note

 

E-2

Form of Revolving Note

 

E-3

Form of Swingline Note

 

F

Form of Closing Certificate

 

G-1

Form of Legal Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

 

G-2

Form of Legal Opinion of Squires, Sanders & Dempsey (US) LLP

 

G-3

Form of Legal Opinion of General Counsel of the Borrower

 

H

Form of Solvency Certificate

 

I

Form of Letter of Credit Application

 

J

Discount Range Prepayment Notice

 

K

Discount Range Prepayment Offer

 

L

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice

 

M

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

 

N

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice

 

O

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice

 

P

Specified Discount Range Prepayment Response

 

Q-1

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

 

Q-2

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

 

Q-3

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

 

Q-4

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

 

 

v



 

CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 on February 8, 2013 and as further amended by Amendment No. 2 on February 19, 2014 ), among INC RESEARCH, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement as Lenders, GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, and together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent ” and the “ Collateral Agent ,” respectively) and Swingline Lender, ING CAPITAL LLC and ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as co-syndication agents (in such capacity, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), NATIXIS, as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Issuing Lender.

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders make available (a) the Term Commitments and the Original Term Loans on the Closing Date to finance a portion of the Transactions and to pay related fees and expenses and (b) the Revolving Commitments on and following the Closing Date for the purposes set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to make available the Term Commitments and the Revolving Commitments for such purposes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS

 

1.1                                Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.

 

Acceptable Discount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(B).

 

Acceptable Prepayment Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(C).

 

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice ”:  a notice in the form of Exhibit N attached hereto.

 

Acceptance Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(B).

 

Acquired Person ”:  as defined in Section 8.2(i).

 

Acquisition ”:  the acquisition of the Target by way of Triangle Two Acquisition Corp. merging with and into the Target, with the Target surviving the Acquisition pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.

 

Acquisition Agreement ”:  the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 4, 2011, among the Borrower, Triangle Two Acquisition Corp. and the Target.

 

Acquisition Documentation ”:  collectively, the Acquisition Agreement and all schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto.

 

Additional Revolving Commitment Lender ”:  as defined in Section 3.17(d).

 



 

Additional Term B Commitment ” means, with respect to the Additional Term B Lender, its commitment to make a Term B Loan on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date in an amount equal to $300,000,000 minus the aggregate principal amount of the Converted Original Term Loans of all Lenders.

 

Additional Term B Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent and the Additional Term B Lender.

 

Additional Term B Lender ” means the Person identified as such in the Additional Term B Joinder Agreement.

 

“Additional Term B-1 Commitment” means, with respect to the Additional Term B-1 Lender, its commitment to make a Term B-1 Loan on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date in an amount equal to $296,480,372.00 minus the aggregate principal amount of the Converted Term B Loans of all Lenders.

 

“Additional Term B-1 Joinder Agreement” means the joinder agreement, dated the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent and the Additional Term B-1 Lender.

 

“Additional Term B-1 Lender” means the Person identified as such in the Additional Term B-1 Joinder Agreement.

 

Additional Term Commitment Lender ”:  as defined in Section 2.6(d).

 

Adjustment Date ”:  as defined in the Pricing Grid.

 

Administrative Agent ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Administrative Agent Parties ”:  as defined in Section 11.2(c).

 

Affected Lender ”:  as defined in Section 4.13.

 

Affiliate ”:  as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto .  No Person (other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower) in whom a Receivables Entity makes an Investment in connection with a financing of Receivables will be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries solely by reason of such Investment .

 

Affiliated Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that is an Affiliate of the Borrower (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) at such time.

 

Agent Related Parties ”:  the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender, the Amendment No. 1 Agents , the Amendment No. 2 Agents and any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors or representatives.

 

Agents ”:  the collective reference to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Co-Syndication Agents, the Joint Lead Arrangers , the Amendment No. 1 Agents and the Amendment No.

 

2



 

1 2 Agents, which term shall include, for purposes of Sections 10 and 11.5 only, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender.

 

Aggregate Exposure ”:  with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans, (b) the amount of such Lender’s Term Commitment then in effect and (c) the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding, giving effect to any assignments.

 

Aggregate Exposure Percentage ”:  with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure at such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

 

Agreement ”:  this Credit Agreement.

 

Amendment No. 1 ” means Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2013, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender and the Lenders party thereto.

 

Amendment No. 1 Agents ” means collectively, the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger, the Amendment No. 1 Joint Lead Arrangers, the Amendment No. 1 Syndication Agent and the Amendment No. 1 Co-Documentation Agents.

 

Amendment No. 1 Consenting Lender ” means each Lender that provided the Administrative Agent with a counterpart to Amendment No. 1 executed by such Lender.

 

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Amendment No. 1.

 

Amendment No. 1 Co-Documentation Agents ” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., RBC Capital Markets, ING Capital LLC and Natixis, in their capacities as co-documentation agents for Amendment No. 1.

 

Amendment No. 1 Joint Lead Arrangers ” means GE Capital Markets, Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners for Amendment No. 1.

 

Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger ” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in its capacity as lead arranger and bookrunner for Amendment No. 1.

 

Amendment No. 1 Syndication Agent ” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in its capacity as syndication agent for Amendment No. 1.

 

“Amendment No. 2” means Amendment No. 2 to this Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2014, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender and the Lenders party thereto.

 

“Amendment No. 2 Agents” means collectively, the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger, the Amendment No. 2 Joint Lead Arrangers, the Amendment No. 2 Syndication Agent and the Amendment No. 2 Co-Documentation Agents.

 

3


 

“Amendment No. 2 Consenting Lender” means each Lender that provided the Administrative Agent with a counterpart to Amendment No. 2 executed by such Lender.

 

“Amendment No. 2 Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Amendment No. 2.

 

“Amendment No. 2 Co-Documentation Agents” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., RBC Capital Markets, ING Capital LLC and Natixis, in their capacities as co-documentation agents for Amendment No. 2.

 

“Amendment No. 2 Joint Lead Arrangers” means GE Capital Markets, Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners for Amendment No. 2.

 

“Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in its capacity as lead arranger and bookrunner for Amendment No. 2.

 

“Amendment No. 2 Syndication Agent” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in its capacity as syndication agent for Amendment No. 2.

 

Applicable Discount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(B).

 

Applicable Margin ”:  for each Type of Loan, the rate per annum set forth under the relevant column heading below:

 

 

 

Eurodollar Loans

 

Base Rate Loans

 

Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans

 

4.50 3.25

%

3.50 2.25

%

Term Loans

 

4.75 3.25

%

3.75 2.25

%

 

; provided that, on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring after the completion of one full fiscal quarter of the Borrower after the Amendment No.  1 2 Effective Date, the Applicable Margin with respect to the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and  Term Loans will be determined pursuant to the Pricing Grid.

 

Application ”:  an application, substantially in the form of Exhibit I or such other form as the Issuing Lender may reasonably specify as the form for use by its similarly situated customers from time to time, requesting the Issuing Lender to open a Letter of Credit.

 

Approved Fund ”:  with respect to any Lender, any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, or similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and is administered or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender, or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages such Lender.

 

Asset Sale ”:  any Disposition of Property or series of related Dispositions of Property, including, without limitation, any issuance of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to a Person other than to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower (excluding in any case any such Disposition permitted by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (n), (o), (p), (q), (s), (t) , (u)  and ( u v ) of Section 8.5) that yields gross proceeds to any Group Member (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash proceeds) in excess of $1,000,000.

 

Assignee ”:  as defined in Section 11.6(b).

 

4



 

Assignment and Assumption ”:  an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee and accepted by the Administrative Agent, and, if applicable, consented to by the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

 

Assignment Effective Date ”:  as defined in Section 11.6(d).

 

“Attributable Receivables Indebtedness” at any time shall mean the principal amount of Indebtedness which (i) if a Permitted Receivables Facility is structured as a secured lending agreement, would constitute the principal amount of such Indebtedness or (ii) if a Permitted Receivables Facility is structured as a purchase agreement, would be outstanding if the purchase price paid to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of all Receivables that had an original term following such time of determination was instead a loan in such amount.

 

Auction Agent ”:  (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor engaged by the Borrower (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Loan Prepayment pursuant to Section 4.1(b); provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent); provided , further , that neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates may act as the Auction Agent.

 

Available Amount ”:  at any time, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication:

 

(a)           the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds of any issuances of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Specified Equity Contributions) received since the Closing Date to the extent Not Otherwise Applied; plus

 

(b)           the Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount as of such date to the extent Not Otherwise Applied; less

 

(c)           any usage of such Available Amount pursuant to Sections 8.6(e)(ii), 8.7(i) (including the definition of Permitted Acquisition), 8.7(n)(ii) and 8.8(a)(i).

 

Available Amount Condition ”:  after giving effect to any usage of the Available Amount, on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the period of four (4) fiscal quarters most recently completed for which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 is less than or equal to 5.75:1.00.

 

Available Revolving Commitment ”:  as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then in effect over (b) such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding; provided that, in calculating any Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit for the purpose of determining such Lender’s Available Revolving Commitment pursuant to Section 3.5(a), the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding shall be deemed to be zero.

 

Avista ”:  collectively, Avista Capital Partners II, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, L.P. and any Affiliates of any of the foregoing.

 

Base Rate ”:  a fluctuating interest rate per annum in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the highest of (a) the rate last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as

 

5



 

the “Prime Rate” in the United States or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the Federal Reserve Board (as reasonably determined by  the Administrative Agent), (b) 1/2 of 1% per annum above the Federal Funds Effective Rate, (c) the Eurodollar Rate (determined pursuant to clause (b) of the definition thereof) for an Interest Period of one month plus 1.00%, as adjusted to conform to changes as of the opening of business on the date of any such change of such Eurodollar Rate and (d) with respect to the Term B -1 Loans only, 2.25 2.00 %.

 

Base Rate Loans ”:  Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Base Rate.

 

Benefited Lender ”:  as defined in Section 11.7(a).

 

Board ”:  the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

 

Borrower ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment ”:  the offer by the Borrower to make a voluntary prepayment of Loans at a specified discount to par pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(ii).

 

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers ”:  the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Loans at a specified range of discounts to par pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iii).

 

Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers ”:  the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iv).

 

Borrowing Date ”:  any Business Day specified by the Borrower as a date on which the Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

 

Business Day ”:  a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close; provided that with respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.

 

Capital Expenditures ”:  for any period, with respect to any Person, the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) that should be capitalized under GAAP on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries but excluding (a) expenditures financed with any Reinvestment Deferred Amount, (b) expenditures made in cash to fund the purchase price for assets acquired in Permitted Acquisitions or incurred by the Person acquired in the Permitted Acquisition prior to (but not in anticipation of) the closing of such Permitted Acquisition and (c) expenditures made with cash proceeds from any issuances of Capital Stock of any Group Member or contributions of capital made to the Borrower (other than Specified Equity Contributions).

 

6



 

Capital Lease Obligations ”:  as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will any obligation in respect of a lease that would have been categorized as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date be considered a Capital Lease Obligation for any purpose under this Agreement (and no agreement relating to any such operating lease shall be considered a capital lease for any purpose under this Agreement).

 

Capital Stock ”:  any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing; provided that Capital Stock shall not include any debt securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing Capital Stock.

 

Cash Collateralize ”:  (a) in respect of an obligation, provide and pledge cash collateral in Dollars, pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (b) in respect of L/C Obligations under Letters of Credit, either the deposit of cash collateral in the relevant L/C Currency in an amount equal to 100% of such outstanding L/C Obligations or the delivery of a “backstop” Letter of Credit reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Lender (and “Cash Collateralization” has a corresponding meaning).

 

Cash Equivalents ”:

 

(i)            Dollars,

 

(ii)           (a) euro, or any national currency of any participating member of the EMU, or (b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business,

 

(iii)          securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of twelve (12) months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(iv)          marketable direct EEA Government Obligations with maturities of twelve (12) months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(v)           certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000;

 

(vi)          repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (v) above,

 

(vii)         commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within twenty-four (24) months after the date of creation thereof,

 

7



 

(viii)        marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively, and in each case maturing within twenty-four (24) months after the date of creation thereof,

 

(ix)          readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) with maturities of twenty-four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(x)           investment funds investing 90% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (ix) above, and

 

(xi)          in the case of any Subsidiary organized or having its principal place of business outside of the United States, investments of comparable tenor and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (iii) through (x) customarily utilized in countries in which such Subsidiary operates.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (i) and (ii) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

Cash Management Agreement ”:  any agreement for the provision of Cash Management Services.

 

Cash Management Services ”:  (a) cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements and (b) commercial credit card and merchant card services.

 

Cash Pool Obligation ” shall mean the offshore cash management programs in Euros, Dollars, British Pound Sterling and Swiss Francs (and such other currencies as may from time to time be approved by the Administrative Agent) established by the Cash Pool Participants in which cash funds of the Cash Pool Participants will be concentrated with a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party.

 

Cash Pool Participants ” shall mean certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties identified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in writing from time to time.

 

Change of Control ”:  an event or series of events by which:

 

(a)           prior to the first Qualified Public Offering to occur after the Closing Date, the Permitted Holders collectively, directly or indirectly, cease to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings;

 

(b)           at any time on or after the first Qualified Public Offering to occur after the Closing Date, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person or its Subsidiaries and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than a Permitted Holder becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock of Holdings representing more

 

8



 

than the greater of (i) 35% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings and (ii) the percentage of the then outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings owned, directly or indirectly, by the Permitted Holders (collectively);

 

(c)           at any time on or after the first Qualified Public Offering to occur after the Closing Date, during any period of twenty-four (24) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of Holdings cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or Equivalent Managing Body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or Equivalent Managing Body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or Equivalent Managing Body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or Equivalent Managing Body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or Equivalent Managing Body;

 

(d)           Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interest in the Capital Stock of the Borrower; or

 

(e)           a “change of control” or similar provision as set forth in any indenture or other instrument evidencing any Material Indebtedness of a Group Member has occurred obligating any Group Member to repurchase, redeem or repay all or any part of the Indebtedness provided for therein; provided , that for purposes of this clause (e) only, the definition of “Material Indebtedness” shall be Indebtedness, the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate $40,000,000.

 

Class C Agreement ”:  that certain letter agreement, dated as of September 27, 2010, entered into by and among OTPPB, the Borrower, Holdings and Parent.

 

Closing Date ”:  the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.1 shall have been satisfied (or waived in accordance with the terms hereof) and the initial funding occurs, which date is July 12, 2011.

 

Closing Date Material Adverse Effect ”:  with respect to the Target, any fact, circumstance, event, change, effect or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate, has, or would be reasonably expected to have, a material adverse effect on the financial condition, properties, businesses or results of operations of the Target and its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) taken as a whole; provided that the following (alone or in combination) shall not be deemed to have a “Closing Date Material Adverse Effect:”  any change or event caused by or resulting from (A) changes in prevailing economic, political or market conditions, (B) changes in generally accepted accounting principles or requirements or interpretations thereof, (C) changes in applicable Laws (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) or interpretations thereof by any Governmental Authority (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) relating to the industries or markets in which the Target or any of its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) is operated, (D) the execution, delivery and performance of the Acquisition Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby or the announcement thereof or any action taken pursuant to and in accordance with the Acquisition Agreement, (E) any outbreak of major hostilities, act of terrorism, act of God or other force majeure event occurring after the date of the Acquisition Agreement, (F) changes in the Target’s stock price or trading volume (unless due to a change or event that would separately constitute a “Closing Date Material Adverse Effect” with respect to the Target), or (G) any reclassification, in accordance with GAAP or requirements or interpretations thereof, of the Target’s obligations with respect to the Securities (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) from long-term indebtedness to current indebtedness on the Target’s balance sheet, except, in the case of clauses

 

9



 

(A), (B), (C) or (E), to the extent such changes or developments have a disproportionate effect on the Target and its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) as compared to other participants in their industry.

 

Co-Syndication Agents ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Code ”:  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Collateral ”:  all Property of the Loan Parties (other than Excluded Assets), now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

 

Collateral Agent ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Commitment ”:  any Term Commitment, Additional Term B Commitment, Additional Term B-1 Commitment or Revolving Commitment of any Lender.

 

Commitment Fee Rate ”:  0.50% per annum; provided that, on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring after the completion of one full fiscal quarter of the Borrower after the Closing Date, the Commitment Fee Rate will be determined pursuant to the Pricing Grid.

 

Commonly Controlled Entity ”:  an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes the Borrower and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

Communications ”:  as defined in Section 11.2(b).

 

Compliance Certificate ”:  a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

 

Confidential Information Memorandum ”:  the Confidential Information Memorandum dated June 2011, and furnished to the Lenders in connection with the syndication of the Facilities.

 

Consolidated Current Assets ”:  at any date, all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents (other than Grant Cash) and deferred tax assets) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries at such date.

 

Consolidated Current Liabilities ”:  at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries at such date, but excluding (a) the current portion of any Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, (b) without duplication of clause (a) above, all Indebtedness consisting of Loans or Senior Notes to the extent otherwise included therein, (c) the current portion of interest and (d) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes.

 

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ”:  with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of goodwill and other intangibles, deferred financing fees of such Person and its Subsidiaries, for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ”:  with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

10



 

(i)            increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a)           Permitted Tax Distributions and any other provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, with-out limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(b)           Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period plus amounts excluded from the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense pursuant to clauses (i)(x) and (i)(y) thereof to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income and, to the extent not included therein, agency fees paid to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; plus

 

(c)           Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(d)           the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Closing Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus

 

(e)           any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs, write-downs or impairment charges, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

 

(f)            any costs or expense incurred by Holdings or a Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; plus

 

(g)           (1) the amount of transaction, management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses and indemnification payments paid (or any accruals related to such fees or related expenses) during such period to the Sponsors, not to exceed the amounts permitted under Section 8.6(k), (2) the amount of directors’ fees or reimbursements, in each case not to exceed the amount permitted under 8.6(g) and to the extent permitted by Section 8.9 and (3) the amount of distributions and dividends paid in such period pursuant to the Class C Agreement not to exceed the amount permitted by Section 8.6(k); plus

 

(h)           cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (ii) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

 

(i)            any net loss included in the consolidated financial statements due to the application of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160 “Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (“ FAS 160 ”); plus

 

11



 

(j)            rent expense as determined in accordance with GAAP not actually paid in cash during such period (net of rent expense paid in cash during such period over and above rent expense as determined in accordance with GAAP); plus

 

(k)           the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets in connection with a receivables financing permitted hereunder deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(l)            the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, which, for the avoidance of doubt, will include up to $29,924,000 of cost savings expected to be realized in connection with the Transactions; provided that (1) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (2) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are commenced within twelve (12) months of the date thereof in connection with such actions, (3) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (l) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing Consolidated EBITDA for such period, (4) such adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Section 1.3) and (5) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies added pursuant to this clause (l) shall not, except with respect to the $29,924,000 of cost savings expected to be realized in connection with the Transactions, exceed the greater of 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for such four quarter period (calculated on a pro forma basis) and the amount of such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies that would be compliant with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act; and

 

(ii)             decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period,

 

all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

 

The Borrower and the Lenders agree that Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the periods ending on June 30, 2010, September 30, 2010, December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, shall be deemed to be $25,080,000, $16,934,000, $22,416,000 and $16,248,000, respectively (subject to pro forma adjustments after the Closing Date calculated in accordance with clause (l) above and Section 1.3; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any pro forma adjustments relating to the Transactions shall be limited to $29,924,000 as set forth above in clause (l)).

 

Consolidated Funded Debt ”:  at any date, the aggregate amount of indebtedness that is (or would be) reflected on the balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than any Receivables Entity

 

12



 

whose accounts are not consolidated with the accounts of Holdings in accordance with GAAP) determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ”:  with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

(i)            consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding, (w) penalties and interest related to taxes, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; plus

 

(ii)             consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

 

(iii)             interest income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ”:  at any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt (excluding Convertible Notes for payment of which cash is deposited into an escrow arrangement on or about the Closing Date reasonably satisfactory to MSSF pending maturity thereof) as of such date, net of up to $30,000,000 of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries restricted in favor of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on such date (or, if such date is not the last day of any fiscal quarter, the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements are required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.1), in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Funded Debt and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in Section 1.3.

 

Consolidated Net Income ”:  with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

 

(i)            any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or costs, charges and expenses (including relating to the Transactions), including, without limitation, any severance costs, integration costs, relocation costs, and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, shall be excluded,

 

(ii)           the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,

 

13


 

(iii)          any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(iv)          any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions (including sales or other dispositions under a receivables financing permitted hereunder) other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, shall be excluded,

 

(v)           the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to Holdings or a Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period by such Person,

 

(vi)          effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and its Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(vii)         (a) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and non-cash charges associated with the roll-over, acceleration or payout of Capital Stock by management of the Borrower, Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof in connection with the Transactions or other acquisitions shall be excluded, (b) the amount of any contingent payments related to the Trident Acquisition that are treated as compensation expense in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded and (c) the amount of any contingent payments related to any acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder that are treated as compensation expense in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded; provided that such amounts excluded under clause (c) shall not exceed $5,000,000 in any four quarter period,

 

(viii)        any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles and other assets arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

 

(ix)          any net gain or loss in such period (a) due solely to fluctuations in currency values or (b) resulting from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded,

 

(x)           any increase in amortization or depreciation or other non-cash charges resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition that is consummated after the Closing Date, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(xi)          any after-tax effect of income (loss) from early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

 

(xii)         any net gain or loss in such period from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements shall be excluded,

 

14



 

(xiii)        any fees, charges, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or accruals and reserves that are established within one year from the Closing Date that are required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded, and

 

(xiv)        any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any equity offering, Investments permitted hereunder, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted hereunder (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (a) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Senior Notes and the Facilities and any receivables financing permitted hereunder and (b) any amendment or other modification of the Senior Note Documents, the Loan Documents and any receivables financing permitted hereunder shall be excluded.

 

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance or other Disposition permitted hereunder.

 

Consolidated Working Capital ”:  at any date, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets on such date over Consolidated Current Liabilities on such date.

 

Contractual Obligation ”:  as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

Converted Original Term Loan ” means each Original Term Loan held by an Amendment No. 1 Consenting Lender on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (or, if less, the amount notified to such Lender by the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger) immediately prior to the effectiveness of Amendment No. 1 that such Lender has elected to convert to a Term B Loan in accordance with Amendment No. 1.

 

“Converted Term B Loan” means each Term B Loan held by an Amendment No. 2 Consenting Lender (unless such Amendment No. 2 Consenting Lender has indicated on its counterpart to Amendment No. 2 that it does not wish to convert its Term B Loans) on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date (or, if less, the amount notified to such Lender and the Administrative Agent by the Amendment No. 2 Lead Arranger) immediately prior to the effectiveness of Amendment No. 2.

 

Convertible Notes ”:  the Target’s 3.375% Convertible Senior Notes due July 15, 2012.

 

Corporate Family Rating ”:  an opinion issued by Moody’s of a corporate family’s ability to honor all of its financial obligations that is assigned to a corporate family as if it had a single class of debt and a single consolidated legal entity structure.

 

Corporate Rating ”:  an opinion issued by S&P of an obligor’s overall financial capacity (its creditworthiness) to pay its financial obligations.

 

Debt Fund Affiliate ”:  any Affiliate of the Borrower that is a bona fide diversified debt fund that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course and with respect to which any Sponsor does not, directly or indirectly, possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of such entity.

 

15



 

Default ”:  any of the events specified in Section 9.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

 

Defaulting Lender ”:  at any time, any Lender that (a) has failed for five (5) or more Business Days to comply with its obligations under this Agreement to make a Loan, make a payment to the Issuing Lender in respect of any Letter of Credit and/or make a payment to the Swingline Lender in respect of a Swingline Loan (each a “ funding obligation ”), (b) has notified the Administrative Agent (which request shall have only been made after all applicable conditions precedent have been satisfied) or the Borrower, or has stated publicly, that it will not comply with any such funding obligation hereunder, (c) has, for five (5) or more Business Days, failed to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent, in response to a written request of the Administrative Agent, that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder, (d) is subject to a continuing Lender Insolvency Event ( provided that neither the reallocation of funding obligations provided for in Section 3.15(b) as a result of a Lender’s being a Defaulting Lender nor the performance by Non-Defaulting Lenders of such reallocated funding obligations will by themselves cause the relevant Defaulting Lender to become a Non-Defaulting Lender), or (e) is subject to a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding or to the appointment of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or other receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee or similar official with respect to such Lender’s business or properties; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of (i) the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof, or (ii) in the case of a solvent Lender, the precautionary appointment of an administrator, guardian, custodian or other similar official by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof under or based on the law of the country where such Lender is subject to home jurisdiction supervision if applicable law requires that such appointment not be publicly disclosed, in any such case where such action does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender; provided that (i) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may declare (A) by joint notice to the Lenders that a Defaulting Lender is no longer a “Defaulting Lender” or (B) that a Lender is not a Defaulting Lender if in the case of both clauses (A) and (B) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower each determines, in its reasonable discretion, that (x) the circumstances that resulted in such Lender becoming a “Defaulting Lender” no longer apply or (y) it is satisfied that such Lender will continue to perform its funding obligations hereunder and (ii) a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of voting stock or any other equity interest in such Lender or a parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof unless such ownership or acquisition results in or provides such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of the courts within the United States from the enforcement of judgments, writs of attachment on its assets or permits such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Lender.  The Administrative Agent will promptly send to all parties hereto a notice when it becomes aware that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(ii)(B).

 

Discount Range ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A).

 

Discount Range Prepayment Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A).

 

Discount Range Prepayment Notice ”:  a written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iii) substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

 

16



 

Discount Range Prepayment Offer ”:  the irrevocable written offer by a Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit K, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Auction Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

 

Discount Range Prepayment Response Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A).

 

Discount Range Proration ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(C).

 

Discounted Loan Prepayment ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(i).

 

Discounted Prepayment Determination Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(C).

 

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date ”:  in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offer or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offer, five (5) Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date or the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, as applicable, in accordance with Section 4.1(b)(ii), Section 4.1(b)(iii) or Section 4.1(b)(iv), respectively, unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Auction Agent.

 

Disposition ”:  with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof.  The terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Disqualified Capital Stock ”:  any Capital Stock that is not Qualified Capital Stock.

 

Disqualified Institutions ”: Persons (or affiliates of such Persons) that are Competitors of the Borrower, the Target or their respective Subsidiaries, or such other Persons, in each case, identified in writing (i) any Person identified by name in writing to the Administrative Agent prior to the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, (ii) any other Person that is identified by name in writing to the Administrative Agent after the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date to the extent such Person is a competitor or is an Affiliate of a competitor of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, which designations shall become effective two days after delivery of each such written supplement to the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers on or prior to the Closing Date; provided that (a) upon reasonable notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall be permitted to supplement in writing the list of Persons that are Disqualified Institutions to the extent such supplemented Person is a Competitor or an Affiliate of a Competitor and (b) an Affiliate of a Competitor shall not include any Person , but which shall not apply retroactively to disqualify any Persons that have previously acquired an assignment or participation interest in the Loans and (iii) any reasonably identifiable Affiliate of any Person referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above; provided that a “competitor” or an Affiliate of a competitor shall not include any bona fide debt fund or investment vehicle (other than a bona fide debt fund or investment vehicle that has been identified in writing pursuant to clause (i) above) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business . “ Competitor ” shall mean any Person directly competing with the Borrower, the Target or their respective Subsidiaries who is engaged in the contract research organization business, as certified to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower at the time of designation as a Disqualified Institution which is managed, sponsored or advised by any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such competitor or Affiliate thereof, as applicable, and for which no personnel involved with the competitive activities of its affiliates (i) makes any investment decisions for such debt fund or (ii) has access to any information (other than information publicly available) relating to Holdings or its Subsidiaries from such debt fund .

 

17



 

Disregarded Domestic Person ”:  any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is treated as a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes if it directly (or indirectly through one or more Disregarded Domestic Persons) owns the equity of one or more direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiaries.

 

Documentation Agent ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Dollar Amount ” means, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount of Dollars, and with respect to any amount denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the amount of Dollars, as of any date of determination, into which such amount of other currency can be converted in accordance with prevailing exchange rates, as determined by reference to the Wall Street Journal published on the Business Day closest in time to the relevant date of determination or for the relevant period of determination (or if such reference is not available, by such other method reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent).

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ”:  dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ”:  any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Borrower) that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Earn-Out Obligations ”:  those certain obligations of Holdings or any Subsidiary arising in connection with any acquisition of assets or businesses permitted under Section 8.7 to the seller of such assets or businesses and the payment of which is dependent on the future earnings or performance of such assets or businesses and contained in the agreement relating to such acquisition, but only to the extent of the reserve, if any, required under GAAP to be established in respect thereof by Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

 

ECF Percentage ”:  75%; provided that, with respect to each fiscal year of the Borrower commencing with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2012, the ECF Percentage shall be reduced to (a) 50% if the Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than 2.50 to 1.0 but greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.0, (b) 25% if the Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than 2.00 to 1.0 but greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.0 and (c) 0% if the Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than 1.50 to 1.0.

 

EEA Government Obligation ” means any direct non-callable obligation of any European Union member for the payment of which obligation the full faith and credit of the respective nation is pledged; provided that such nation has a credit rating at least equal to that of the highest rated member nation of the European Economic Area.

 

Eligible Assignee ”:  any Assignee permitted by and consented to in accordance with Section 11.6(b); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include (a) except to the extent expressly permitted by Section 4.1(b) or 11.6, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, (b) any Defaulting Lender or subsidiary of a Defaulting Lender and (c) any natural person.

 

EMU ” means the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

 

Environment ”:  ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, land surface and subsurface strata, and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

 

Environmental Laws ”:  any and all applicable foreign, federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law)  relating to pollution or protection of the

 

18



 

Environment, including those relating to use, generation, storage, treatment, transport, Release or threat of Release of  Materials of Environmental Concern, or to protection of human health or safety (to the extent relating to the presence in the Environment or the Release or threat of Release of Materials of Environmental Concern), as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.

 

Equity Contribution ”:  a cash common equity (or equivalent) contribution by the Sponsors directly or indirectly to Holdings, which cash shall be contributed to the Borrower as common equity (or equivalent), in an aggregate amount, together with any rollover equity of certain existing equityholders of Holdings and the Target, equal to at least 30.0% of the pro forma total consolidated capitalization of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to the Transactions.

 

Equivalent Managing Body ”:  (i) with respect to a manager managed limited liability company, the board of managers, (ii) with respect to a member managed limited liability company, the board of directors of its most direct corporate parent company, which, for the avoidance of doubt, for the Borrower on the Closing Date is Parent and (iii) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner to the extent such general partner is a corporation, or the Equivalent Managing Body of the general partner if such general partner is not a corporation.

 

ERISA ”:  the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

Euro ” or “ EUR ” means the single currency of participating member states of the Economic and Monetary Union.

 

Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements ”:  for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto) dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Eurodollar Base Rate ”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum offered for deposits of Dollars for the applicable Interest Period that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 A.M., London, England time, two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period or (b) if no such offered rate exists, such rate will be the rate of interest per annum as determined by the Administrative Agent (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) at which deposits of Dollars in immediately available funds are offered at 11:00 A.M., London, England time, two (2) Business Days prior to the first day in the applicable Interest Period by major financial institutions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in the London interbank market for such interest period and for an amount equal or comparable to the principal amount of the Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans on such date of determination.

 

Eurodollar Floor ”:  as defined in the definition of Eurodollar Rate.

 

Eurodollar Loans ”:  Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.

 

Eurodollar Rate ”:  with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) with respect to the Term B -1 Loans only,

 

19



 

1.25 1.00 % (the “Eurodollar Floor”) and (b) the rate determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%):

 

Eurodollar Base Rate

1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

 

Eurodollar Tranche ”:  the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans under a particular Facility the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

 

Event of Default ”:  any of the events specified in Section 9.1; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

 

Excess Cash Flow ”:  for any fiscal year of the Borrower, the excess, if any, of:

 

(a)           the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)            Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year;

 

(ii)           the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash credits excluded by virtue of clauses (i) - (xiv) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income;

 

(iii)          decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such fiscal year; and

 

(iv)          the aggregate net amount of non-cash loss on the Disposition of Property by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business), to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income minus

 

(b)           the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)            the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges excluded by virtue of clauses (i) through (xiv) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income;

 

(ii)           the aggregate amount actually paid by Holdings and its Subsidiaries in cash during such fiscal year on account of Capital Expenditures and permitted Investments (including Permitted Acquisitions);

 

(iii)          (1) the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness (including the Term Loans) and (2) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder) prepaid during such fiscal year, excluding the Loans;

 

(iv)          increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such fiscal year;

 

(v)           the aggregate net amount of non-cash gain on the Disposition of Property by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business);

 

20



 

(vi)          customary fees, expenses or charges paid in cash related to any permitted Investments (including Permitted Acquisitions), the issuance, payment, amendment, exchange, refinancing or early extinguishment of Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.2 hereof and the issuance of Capital Stock and Dispositions permitted under Section 8.5 hereof;

 

(vii)         any premium paid in cash during such period in connection with the prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other satisfaction prior to scheduled maturity of Indebtedness permitted to be prepaid, redeemed, purchased, defeased or satisfied hereunder;

 

(viii)        cash expenditures made in respect of Hedge Agreements to the extent not deducted in the computation of Consolidated Net Income and upfront premium payments in connection with Hedge Agreements to the extent not deducted in the computation of Consolidated Net Income;

 

(ix)          to the extent included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, all non-cash income or gain, including, without limitation, any income or gain due to the application of FASB ASC 815-10 regarding hedging activity, FASB ASC 350 regarding impairment of good will, and FASB ASC 480-10 regarding accounting for financial instruments with debt and equity characteristics;

 

(x)           an amount equal to the income of Foreign Subsidiaries included in the calculation of Excess Cash Flow where (x) such income cannot legally be distributed to the Borrower or (y) the cost of repatriating such income to the Borrower (as estimated in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower) would exceed 20% of the amount of such income (calculated after giving effect to any tax credits or other tax attributes available to the Borrower); provided that such amount shall in no event exceed an amount equal to 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal year; provided , further , once such income can be repatriated other than as described under (x) and (y) above, such income will be included as, and applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to, Excess Cash Flow for the fiscal year in which such income has been repatriated;

 

(xi)          taxes of Borrower and its Subsidiaries that (i) were paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Payment Period (unless deducted in a previous Excess Cash Flow Payment Period in accordance with the following clause (ii)) or (ii) will be paid within six (6) months after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Payment Period and for which reserves have been established;

 

(xii)         the amount of any management, monitoring, consulting, advisory and transaction fees paid to Avista and the amount of any indemnities and expenses paid or reimbursed to Avista pursuant to Section 8.9(h);

 

(xiii)        the amount of any Restricted Payments made to OTPPB pursuant to Section 8.6(k) and the amount of any indemnities and expenses paid or reimbursed to OTPPB pursuant to Section 8.9(h);

 

(xiv)        cash indemnity payments made in such fiscal year pursuant to indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with any Permitted

 

21



 

Acquisition, Disposition or any other Investment permitted hereunder (or in any similar agreement related to any other acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date);

 

(xv)      if not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, the amounts paid during such fiscal year pursuant to Section 8.6(g); and

 

(xvi)     an amount equal to the income and withholding taxes estimated (in good faith after giving effect to the overall tax position of Borrower and its Subsidiaries) by a Responsible Officer of Borrower to be payable by Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to the income of Foreign Subsidiaries included in the calculation of Excess Cash Flow to be repatriated to Borrower (it being understood that an amount equal to such estimated taxes may not subsequently be deducted with respect to the Excess Cash Flow Payment Period in which such taxes are actually paid); and

 

(xvii)     without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in respect of a prior period, at the option of the Borrower, the aggregate consideration (including earn-outs) in connection with binding contracts (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount actually utilized to make any such payments during such subsequent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such subsequent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters;

 

provided that the amounts referenced in clauses (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (b) shall only be included in this paragraph (b) and have the effect of reducing Excess Cash Flow to the extent such amounts were funded with Internally Generated Cash.

 

Excess Cash Flow Application Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.2(c).

 

Excess Cash Flow Payment Period ”:  the immediately preceding fiscal year of the Borrower; provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, the first Excess Cash Flow Payment Period shall be the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2012.

 

Exchange Act ”:  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Excluded Assets ”:  (a) assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (b) assets of Foreign Subsidiaries, (c) interests in partnerships, joint ventures and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries which cannot be pledged without the consent pursuant to the terms of the governing documents of such partnership or joint venture of one or more third parties, subject to Uniform Commercial Code override provisions, (d) any assets a security interest in which would result in material adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing, (e) any property and assets the pledge of which would require governmental consent, approval, license or authorization, subject to Uniform Commercial Code override provisions, and (f) any “intent-to-use” trademark applications prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto, to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application under applicable federal law and (g) Capital Stock of any Receivables Entity .

 

22



 

Excluded Indebtedness ”:  all Indebtedness permitted by Section  8.2. 8.2, other than Indebtedness pursuant to Section 8.2(w).

 

Excluded Taxes ”:  with respect to the Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by its net income or net profits (however denominated), franchise Taxes imposed on it in lieu of net income Taxes and branch profits (or similar) Taxes imposed on it, in each case, by any jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) (i) as a result of the recipient being organized or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office in such jurisdiction, or (ii) as a result of any other present or former connection between such recipient and such jurisdiction (other than a connection arising primarily as a result of the Loan Documents or any transaction contemplated by the Loan Documents), (b) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 4.13), any U.S. federal withholding Tax that (i) is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender under any laws in effect at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 4.10(a); or (ii) is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 4.10(e), (c) any United States federal withholding Tax that is imposed pursuant to FATCA, (d) any U.S. federal backup withholding taxes imposed under Section 3406 of the Code on amounts payable to a Lender under the laws in effect at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or acquires a participation in all or a portion of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and (e) any interest, additions to tax or penalties in respect of the foregoing.

 

Existing Joint Ventures ”:  the interests in that certain Joint Venture and Shareholders Agreement dated as of March 13, 2007 between the Borrower and GVK Biosciences Private Limited and that certain Amended and Restated Cooperative Joint Venture Contract dated as of July 5, 2000 between Acer/Excel Inc. and Beijing Wits Science & Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Existing INC Credit Agreement ”: that certain existing credit agreement entered into as of September 28, 2010 among the Borrower, Holdings, General Electric Capital Corporation as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.

 

Existing Revolving Facility Maturity Date ”:  as defined in Section 3.17(a).

 

Existing Term Facility Maturity Date ”:  as defined in Section 2.6(a).

 

Expense Reimbursement Agreement ”:  that certain Expense Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2010, among the Borrower, Holdings, Parent, Avista and OTPPB.

 

Extending Revolving Lender ”:  as defined in Section 3.17(e).

 

Extending Term Lender ”:  as defined in Section 2.6(e).

 

Facility ”:  each of (a) the Term Facility (including, if applicable, any Incremental Term Facility) and (b) the Revolving Facility (including, if applicable, any increases to the Revolving Facility as a result of any Incremental Revolving Commitments).

 

FATCA ”:  current Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and any current or future Treasury regulations or other official

 

23


 

administrative guidance (including any Revenue Ruling, Revenue Procedure, Notice or similar guidance issued by the IRS) promulgated thereunder.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ”:  for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate quoted to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

Fee Letter ”:  (i) that certain Fee Letter, dated as of May 4, 2011, between the Borrower and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and (ii) that certain Fee Letter, dated as of July 12, 2011, between the Borrower and General Electric Capital Corporation.

 

FEMA ”:  the Federal Emergency Management Agency, a component of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security that administers the National Flood Insurance Program.

 

Flood Insurance Laws ”:  collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

 

Foreign Lender ”:  any Lender that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ”:  any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower (i) that is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (ii) that solely owns equity in one or more Foreign Subsidiaries.

 

Funding Office ”:  the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 11.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

GAAP ”:  generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time subject to Section 1.2(e).

 

Governmental Authority ”:  any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank) and any securities exchange.

 

Governmental Authorization ”:  all laws, rules, regulations, authorizations, consents, decrees, permits, licenses, waivers, privileges, approvals from and filings with all Governmental Authorities necessary in connection with any Group Member’s business.

 

Grant Cash ”:  all cash received from customers of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries intended to pay third-party investigator site fees on behalf of such customer as studies progress.

 

24



 

Group Members ”:  the collective reference to Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”:  the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be , dated the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, executed and delivered by Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor , substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

 

Guarantee Obligation ”:  as to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “ primary obligations ”) of any other third Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term “Guarantee Obligation” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

 

Guarantors ”:  collectively, Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

Hedge Agreements ”:  any agreement with respect to any cap, swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Hedge Agreement.

 

Hedging Obligations ”:  obligations under Hedge Agreements.

 

Holdings ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Identified Participating Lenders ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(C).

 

Identified Qualifying Lenders ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(C).

 

Immaterial Subsidiary ”:  each Subsidiary of the Borrower now existing or hereafter acquired or formed and each successor thereto, (a) which accounts for not more than (i) 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues (after intercompany eliminations) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries or (ii) 1.75% of the consolidated assets (after intercompany eliminations) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, in each

 

25



 

case, as of the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter as reflected on the financial statements for such quarter after giving pro forma effect to the Acquisition; and (b) if the Subsidiaries that constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries pursuant to clause (a) above account for, in the aggregate, more than 5% of such consolidated gross revenues and more than 3.5% of the consolidated assets, each as described in clause (a) above, then the term “Immaterial Subsidiary” shall not include each such Subsidiary necessary to account for at least 95% of the consolidated gross revenues and 96.5% of the consolidated assets, each as described in clause (a) above.

 

Increase Revolving Joinder ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(c).

 

Increase Term Joinder ”:  as defined in Section 2.4(c).

 

Incremental Lender ”:  any Person that makes a Loan pursuant to Section 2.4 or 3.16, or has a commitment to make a Loan pursuant to Section 2.4 or 3.16.

 

Incremental Revolving Commitment ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(a).

 

Incremental Revolving Facility ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(a).

 

Incremental Revolving Loans ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(c).

 

Incremental Term Facility ”:  as defined in Section 2.4(a).

 

Incremental Term Loans ”:  as defined in Section 2.4(c).

 

Incremental Term Loan Commitment ”:  as defined in Section 2.4(a).

 

Indebtedness ”:  of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding (i) current trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business and (ii) any Earn-Out Obligations until they become a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) the liquidation value of all Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, and (j) for the purposes of Sections 8.2 and 9.1(e) only, all obligations of such Person in respect of Hedge Agreements and (k) all Attributable Receivables Indebtedness .  The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor.  For purposes of clause (j) above (including as such clause applies to Section 9.1(e)), the principal amount of Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements shall equal the amount that would be payable (giving effect to netting) at such time if such Hedge Agreement were terminated.

 

26



 

Indemnified Liabilities ”:  as defined in Section 11.5(a).

 

Indemnified Taxes ”:  all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

 

Indemnitee ”:  as defined in Section 11.5(a).

 

Insolvency ”:  with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

 

Insolvent ”:  pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

 

Intellectual Property ”:  collectively, all United States and foreign (a) patents, patent applications, certificates of inventions, industrial designs, together with any and all inventions described and claimed therein, and reissues, divisions, continuations, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof and amendments thereto; (b) trademarks, service marks, certification marks, trade names, slogans, logos, trade dress, Internet Domain Names, and other source identifiers, whether statutory or common law, whether registered or unregistered, and whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, together with any and all registrations and applications for any of the foregoing, goodwill connected with the use thereof and symbolized thereby, and extensions and renewals thereof and amendments thereto; (c) copyrights (whether statutory or common law, and whether published or unpublished), copyrightable subject matter, and all mask works (as such term is defined in 17 U.S.C. Section 901, et seq .), together with any and all registrations and applications therefor, and renewals and extensions thereof and amendments thereto; (d) rights in computer programs (whether in source code, object code, or other form), algorithms, databases, compilations and data, technology supporting the foregoing, and all documentation, including user manuals and training materials, related to any of the foregoing (“ Software ”); (e) trade secrets and proprietary or confidential information, data and databases, know-how and proprietary processes, designs, inventions, and any other similar intangible rights, to the extent not covered by the foregoing, whether statutory or common law, whether registered or unregistered; and (f) rights, priorities, and privileges corresponding to any of the foregoing or other similar intangible assets throughout the world.

 

Intellectual Property Security Agreements ”:  an intellectual property security agreement or such other agreement, as applicable, pursuant to which each Loan Party which owns any Intellectual Property which is the subject of a registration or application grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in such Intellectual Property, substantially in the form attached to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Interest Payment Date ”:  (a) as to any Base Rate Loan (other than any Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three (3) months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three (3) months, each day that is three (3) months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period, (d) as to any Loan (other than any Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan and any Swingline Loan), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof and (e) as to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be paid; provided that the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date shall constitute an Interest Payment Date for the Original Term Loans (including the Converted Original Term Loans); provided, further, that the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date shall constitute an Interest Payment Date for the Term B Loans (including the Converted Term B Loans).

 

27



 

Interest Period ”:  as to any Eurodollar Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or if consented to by all Lenders under the relevant Facility, nine or twelve months) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or if consented to by all Lenders under the relevant Facility, nine or twelve months) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date that is three (3) Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

 

(i)            if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(ii)           the Borrower may not select an Interest Period under a particular Facility that would extend beyond the Revolving Termination Date or beyond the Term Loan Maturity Date, as the case may be; and

 

(iii)          any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month.

 

Internally Generated Cash ”:  any cash generated by Holdings or any Subsidiary, excluding Net Cash Proceeds and any cash constituting proceeds from an incurrence of Long-Term Indebtedness, an issuance of Capital Stock or a capital contribution, in each case, except to the extent such proceeds are included as income in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period.

 

Internet Domain Names ”:  all Internet domain names and associated URL addresses.

 

Investments ”:  as defined in Section 8.7.

 

IRS ”:  the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

Issuing Lender ”:  General Electric Capital Corporation, in its capacity as issuer of any standby Letter of Credit and/or such other Lender or Affiliate of a Lender as the Borrower may select, and Administrative Agent approves, as the Issuing Lender hereunder pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Joint Lead Arrangers ”:  Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., ING Capital LLC and RBC Capital Markets in their capacities as lead arrangers under this Agreement.

 

Junior Financing ”:  any Junior Indebtedness or any other Indebtedness of Holdings or any Subsidiary that is, or that is required to be, subordinated in payment or lien priority to the Obligations.

 

Junior Financing Documentation ”:  any documentation governing any Junior Financing.

 

Junior Indebtedness ”:  Indebtedness of any Person so long as (a) such Indebtedness shall not require any amortization prior to the date that is on or after the date that is ninety-one (91) days following the Term Loan Maturity Date; (b) the maturity of such Indebtedness shall occur on or after the

 

28



 

date that is ninety-one (91) days following the Term Loan Maturity Date; (c) the mandatory prepayment provisions, affirmative and negative covenants and financial covenants shall be no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the provisions set forth in the Loan Documents, as determined in good faith and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, certified in writing to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower; (d) such Indebtedness is unsecured; (e) if such Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness, the other terms and conditions thereof shall be satisfied; (f) such Indebtedness may be guaranteed by another Loan Party so long as (i) such Loan Party shall have also provided a guarantee of the Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (ii) if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such guarantee shall be subordinated to the guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness; and (g) if such Indebtedness is incurred by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, subject to Section 8.7(g), such Indebtedness may be guaranteed by another Group Member.

 

L/C Commitment ”:  $15,000,000 notwithstanding anything contained herein or otherwise, no more than the Dollar Amount of $7,500,000 of Letters of Credit may be denominated in any currency other than Dollars (and the L/C Commitment for Letters of Credit issued or to be issued in a currency other than Dollars shall be the Dollar Amount of $7,500,000).

 

L/C Currency ” means with respect to Letters of Credit, Dollars, Euros or Pound Sterling.

 

L/C Exposure ”:  as to any Lender, its pro rata portion of the L/C Obligations.

 

L/C Fee Payment Date ”:  the last day of each March, June, September and December and the last day of the Revolving Availability Period.

 

L/C Obligations ”:  at any time, an amount equal to the sum of the Dollar Amount of (a) the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Letters of Credit that have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.11 (it being agreed that solely for the purposes of determining whether a Revolving Loan, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit may be made or issued hereunder, whether Revolving Loans or Letters of Credit must be repaid or Cash Collateralized (or remain Cash Collateralized) hereunder pursuant to Section 3.1(a) or Section 3.7(a) and whether Revolving Commitments may be terminated pursuant to Section 3.6, the L/C Obligations relating to each Letter of Credit which is in a currency other than Dollars shall be deemed to be 105% of the Dollar Amount of the amount otherwise determined pursuant to this definition).

 

L/C Participants ”:  the collective reference to all the Revolving Lenders other than the Issuing Lender.

 

Lender Insolvency Event ”:  (a) a Lender or its Parent Company is adjudicated by a Governmental Authority to be insolvent, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (b) such Lender or its Parent Company is the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator, intervenor or sequestrator or the like has been appointed for such Lender or its Parent Company, or such Lender or its Parent Company has indicated its consent to or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.

 

Lenders ”:  each Revolving Lender, Term B Lender , Term B-1 Lenders and Incremental Lender; provided that unless the context otherwise requires, each reference herein to the Lenders shall be deemed to include any Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender.

 

29



 

Letters of Credit ”:  as defined in Section 3.7(a).

 

Lien ”:  any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

LLC Conversion ” shall mean the conversion of the Target into a limited liability company.

 

Loan ”:  any loans and advances made by the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement or any Increase Term Joinder or Increase Revolving Joinder, including Swingline Loans.

 

Loan Documents ”:  this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Notes and the Fee Letter.

 

Loan Party ”:  each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

Long-Term Indebtedness ”:  any Indebtedness for borrowed money that, in accordance with GAAP, constitutes (or, when incurred, constituted) a long-term liability (other than any revolving credit facility).

 

Majority Facility Lenders ”:  the holders of more than 50% of (a) with respect to the Term Facility, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the outstanding Term Loans and (b) with respect to the Revolving Facility, the Total Revolving Commitments (or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated pursuant to the terms hereof, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding).

 

Management Services Agreement ”:  that certain Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2010, by and among Parent, Holdings, the Borrower and Avista Capital Holdings, LP.

 

Margin Stock ”:  as defined in Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof.

 

Material Adverse Effect ”:  (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the business, operations or financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Loan Parties taken as a whole to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document; (c) a material and adverse effect on the rights of or remedies available to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document; or (d) a material adverse effect on the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent (for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties) on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens.

 

Material Indebtedness ”:  of any Person at any date, Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate $10,000,000.

 

Materials of Environmental Concern ”:  any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products, or any chemicals, substances, materials, wastes, pollutants or contaminants in any form  regulated  under any Environmental Law, including asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, radiation, and infectious, biological or medical waste or animal carcasses.

 

30



 

Maximum Rate ”:  as defined in Section 4.5(e).

 

Moody’s ”:  Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Mortgaged Properties ”:  the real properties as to which the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties shall be granted a Lien pursuant to the Mortgages pursuant to Section 7.10.

 

Mortgages ”:  any mortgages and deeds of trust or any other documents creating and evidencing a Lien on the Mortgaged Properties made by any Loan Party in favor of, or for the benefit of, the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

MSSF ”:  Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

 

Multiemployer Plan ”:  a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

Net Cash Proceeds ”:

 

(a)           in connection with any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or held in escrow or purchase price adjustment receivable or by the Disposition of any non-cash consideration received in connection therewith or otherwise, but only as and when received and net of costs, amounts and taxes set forth below), net of:

 

(i)            attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees and other professional and transactional fees actually incurred in connection therewith;

 

(ii)           amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document);

 

(iii)          other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith;

 

(iv)          taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable (including Permitted Tax Distributions) as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements); and

 

(v)           amounts provided as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in an Asset Sale (including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale); provided that such amounts shall be considered Net Cash Proceeds upon release of such reserve;

 

(b)           in connection with any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, any capital contribution or any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds received from such issuance, contribution or incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting

 

31



 

discounts and commissions and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith ;

 

provided that in the case of Net Cash Proceeds of a Permitted Receivables Facility, to the extent the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries receives proceeds of Attributable Receivables Indebtedness, the Net Cash Proceeds shall only include any principal amount of such Attributable Receivables Indebtedness in excess of the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) the previously highest outstanding balance following the Closing Date .

 

Net Income ”:  with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Non-Consenting Lenders ”:  as defined in Section 11.1.

 

Non-Defaulting Lender ”:  at any time, a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender.

 

Non-Extending Revolving Lender ”:  as defined in Section 3.17(b).

 

Non-Extending Term Lender ”:  as defined in Section 2.6(b).

 

Notes ”:  the collective reference to any promissory note evidencing Loans.

 

Not Otherwise Applied ”:  with reference to any amount of proceeds of any transaction or event or any amount of Excess Cash Flow, that such amount (a) was not required to be applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 4.2(c) and/or (b) was not previously applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction under the Loan Documents where such permissibility was (or may have been) contingent on receipt of such amount or utilization of such amount for a specified purpose.

 

Obligations ”:  the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities of the Loan Parties to any Agent or to any Lender (or, in the case of Specified Hedge Agreements or Specified Cash Management Agreements, any Qualified Counterparty) or any Affiliate of any Agent or any Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Letters of Credit, any Specified Hedge Agreement, Specified Cash Management Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to any Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant hereto) or otherwise.

 

Offered Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A).

 

Offered Discount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A).

 

Organizational Documents ”:  as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation, Certificate of Formation, By Laws, Limited Liability Company Agreement, Partnership Agreement or other similar organizational or governing documents of such Person.

 

32



 

Original Term Loans ”: means all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement immediately prior to the effectiveness of Amendment No. 1.

 

Other Taxes ”:  any and all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

OTPPB ”:  Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board and any of its Affiliates.

 

Parent ”:  INC Research Holdings, Inc.

 

Parent Company ”:  with respect to a Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Board Regulation Y), if any, of such Lender, and/or any Person owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares of such Lender.

 

Participant ”:  as defined in Section 11.6(e).

 

Participating Lender ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(B).

 

Patriot Act ”:  the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

 

PBGC ”:  the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor thereto).

 

Permitted Acquisition ”:  any acquisition, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Capital Stock of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person; provided that

 

(a)           immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

 

(b)           all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable laws and in conformity with all applicable Governmental Authorizations;

 

(c)           in the case of the acquisition of Capital Stock, all of the Capital Stock (except for any such Capital Stock in the nature of directors’ qualifying shares required pursuant to applicable law) acquired or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly formed Subsidiary of Holdings in connection with such acquisition shall be owned 100% by Holdings or a Subsidiary thereof or Holdings or a Subsidiary thereof shall have offered to purchase 100% of such Capital Stock, and the Borrower shall have taken, or caused to be taken, as of the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, each of the actions set forth in Sections 7.10 and 7.11, as applicable;

 

(d)           Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with (i) the financial covenant set forth in Section 8.1 and (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, in each case, calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition as if such acquisition had occurred on the first day of the most recent period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been delivered does not exceed 5.75 to 1.00;

 

33


 

(e)           the aggregate amount of Investments consisting of such Permitted Acquisitions by Loan Parties in assets that are not (or do not become) owned by a Loan Party or in Capital Stock of Persons that do not become Loan Parties shall not exceed (x) $20,000,000 plus (y) the Available Amount;

 

(f)            Holdings shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to such proposed acquisition, a Compliance Certificate certifying compliance with Section 8.1 and the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as required under clause (d) above and compliance with clause (e) above and (g) below, together with reasonably detailed back-up for determining such compliance, and, if the total consideration paid in connection with such Permitted Acquisition (including any Earn-Out Obligations and any Indebtedness of any Acquired Person that is assumed by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries following such acquisition) exceeds $10,000,000, unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise agree, Borrower shall have provided the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with (A) historical financial statements for the last three fiscal years (or, if less, the number of years since formation) of the person or business to be acquired (audited if available without undue cost or delay) and unaudited financial statements thereof for the most recent interim period which are available, (B) copies of all material documentation pertaining to such transaction, and (C) all such other information and data relating to such transaction or the person or business to be acquired as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; and

 

(g)           any Person or assets or division as acquired in accordance herewith shall be in substantially the same business or lines of business in which the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries are engaged, or are permitted to be engaged as provided in Section 8.15, as of the time of such acquisition.

 

Permitted Holders ”:  (a) Avista, OTPPB, any Affiliate of any of the foregoing (excluding any portfolio companies but it being understood that Holdings and any direct or indirect parent thereof that is not itself an operating company do not constitute portfolio companies), and (b) the equity co-investors identified to MSSF and the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the date hereof, in each case in this clause (b) solely with respect to (and not to exceed) the amount of Capital Stock of Holdings indirectly held by each such Person and its Affiliates on the Closing Date.

 

“Permitted Receivables Facility”: any receivables facility or facilities created under Permitted Receivables Facility Documents providing for the sale or pledge by the Borrower and/or one or more other Receivables Sellers of Permitted Receivables Facility Assets (thereby providing financing to the Borrower and the Receivables Sellers) to any Receivables Entity (either directly or through another Receivables Seller), which in turn shall sell or pledge interests in the respective Permitted Receivables Facility Assets to third-party lenders or investors pursuant to the respective Permitted Receivables Facility Documents (with the respective Receivables Entity permitted to issue notes or other evidences of Indebtedness secured by Permitted Receivables Facility Assets or investor certificates, purchased interest certificates or other similar documentation evidencing interests in Permitted Receivables Facility Assets) in return for the cash used by a Receivables Entity to purchase Permitted Receivables Facility Assets from the Borrower and/or the respective Receivables Sellers, in each case as more fully set forth in the respective Permitted Receivables Facility Documents.

 

“Permitted Receivables Facility Assets”: (i) Receivables (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which are transferred or pledged to a Receivables Entity pursuant to a Permitted Receivables Facility and any related Permitted Receivables Related Assets which are also so transferred or pledged to a Receivables Entity and all proceeds thereof and (ii) loans to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries secured by Receivables (whether now existing or arising in the future) and

 

 

34



 

any Permitted Receivables Related Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which are made pursuant to a Permitted Receivables Facility.

 

“Permitted Receivables Facility Documents”: each of the documents and agreements entered into in connection with a Permitted Receivables Facility.

 

“Permitted Receivables Related Assets”: any other assets that are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with accounts receivable securitization transactions and any collections or proceeds of any of the foregoing.

 

Permitted Refinancing ”:  as to any Indebtedness, the incurrence of other Indebtedness to refinance, extend, renew, defease, restructure, replace or refund (collectively, “ refinance ”) such existing Indebtedness; provided that, in the case of such other Indebtedness, the following conditions are satisfied:  (a) the weighted average life to maturity of such refinancing Indebtedness shall be greater than or equal to the weighted average life to maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced; (b) the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness shall be less than or equal to the principal amount (including any accreted or capitalized amount) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus any required premiums, accrued and unpaid interest and other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by any amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder; (c) the respective obligor or obligors shall be the same on the refinancing Indebtedness as on the Indebtedness being refinanced; (d) the security, if any, for the refinancing Indebtedness shall be substantially the same as that for the Indebtedness being refinanced (except to the extent that less security is granted to holders of refinancing Indebtedness); and (e) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated to the Obligations, the refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations on terms that are at least as favorable, taken as a whole, as the Indebtedness being refinanced (as determined in good faith and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, certified in writing to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower) and the holders of such refinancing Indebtedness have entered into any subordination or intercreditor agreements reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent evidencing such subordination.

 

Permitted Tax Distribution ”:  any payments, dividends or distributions by the Borrower to Holdings and by Holdings to its direct parent in order to pay consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated federal, state or local taxes not payable directly by Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries which payments by Holdings or the Borrower are not in excess of the tax liabilities that would have been payable by Holdings, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (were Holdings the common parent of a consolidated group consisting of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries).

 

Person ”:  an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

 

Plan ”:  at a particular time, any employee benefit plan that is covered by ERISA and in respect of which the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Platform ”:  as defined in Section 11.2(b).

 

Pledged Company ”:  any Subsidiary of the Borrower the Capital Stock of which is pledged to the Collateral Agent pursuant to any Security Document.

 

35



 

Pledged Equity Interests ”:  as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Pound Sterling ”: means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

 

Pricing Grid ”:  the pricing grid attached hereto as Annex A.

 

Pro Forma Financial Statements ”:  as defined in Section 5.1(a).

 

Projections ”:  as defined in Section 7.2(c).

 

Properties ”:  as defined in Section 5.17(a).

 

Property ”:  any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Capital Stock.

 

Qualified Capital Stock ”:  any Capital Stock (other than warrants, rights or options referenced in the definition thereof) that either (a) does not have a maturity and is not mandatorily redeemable, or (b) by its terms (or by the terms of any employee stock option, incentive stock or other equity-based plan or arrangement under which it is issued or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (x) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable (excluding any mandatory redemption resulting from an asset sale or change in control so long as no payments in respect thereof are due or owing, or otherwise required to be made, until all Obligations have been paid in full in cash), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital, in each case, at any time on or after the ninety-first (91st) day following the Term Loan Maturity Date, or (y) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Capital Stock referred to in clause (x) above, in each case, at any time on or after the ninety-first (91st) day following the Term Loan Maturity Date.

 

Qualified Counterparty ”:  with respect to any Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement, any counterparty thereto that is, or that at the time such Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement was entered into, was, a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Agent or an Affiliate of an Agent (or, in the case of any such any Hedge Agreement entered into prior to the Closing Date, any counterparty that was a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Agent or an Affiliate of an Agent on the Closing Date); provided that, in the event a counterparty to a Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement at the time such Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement was entered into (or, in the case of any Hedge Agreement entered into prior to the Closing Date, on the Closing Date) was a Qualified Counterparty, such counterparty shall constitute a Qualified Counterparty hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.

 

Qualified Public Offering ”:  the initial underwritten public offering of common Capital Stock of the Borrower or Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), in each case, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

Qualifying Lender ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(C).

 

Quarterly Payment Date ”:  March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year.

 

36



 

“Receivables”:  all accounts receivable and property relating thereto (including, without limitation, all rights to payment created by or arising from sales of goods, leases of goods or the rendition of services rendered no matter how evidenced whether or not earned by performance).

 

“Receivables Entity”:  a Subsidiary of the Borrower which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Receivables of the Receivables Sellers and which is designated (as provided below) as a “Receivables Entity” (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Borrower or any other Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) of the Borrower (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness)) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Borrower or any other Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) of the Borrower in any way (other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings) or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) of the Borrower, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than pursuant to the Permitted Receivables Facility Documents (including with respect to fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with the servicing of accounts receivable and related assets)) on terms less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from persons that are not Affiliates of the Borrower (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), and (c) to which neither the Borrower nor any other Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) of the Borrower has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.  Any such designation shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by filing with the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate of the Borrower certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

“Receivables Sellers”:  the Borrower and those Subsidiaries (other than Receivables Entities) that are from time to time party to the Permitted Receivables Facility Documents.

 

Recovery Event ”:  any settlement of or payment in excess of $1,000,000 in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Group Member.

 

Refinanced Term Loans ”:  as defined in Section 11.1.

 

Refinancing ”: the refinancing or defeasance of all Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower and Target and their Subsidiaries other than the Facilities, the Senior Notes, Indebtedness contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, any Convertible Notes that are not tendered and accepted for purchase under an offer to purchase and related consent solicitation made by the Target and other Indebtedness permitted to remain outstanding on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1.

 

Refunded Swingline Loans ”:  as defined in Section 3.4(b).

 

Refunding Date ”:  as defined in Section 3.4(c).

 

Register ”:  as defined in Section 11.6(d).

 

Regulation T ”:  Regulation T of the Board as in effect from time to time.

 

Regulation U ”:  Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

 

Regulation X ”:  Regulation X of the Board as in effect from time to time.

 

37



 

Reimbursement Obligation ”:  the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.11 for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit.

 

Reinvestment Deferred Amount ”:  with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by any Group Member in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 4.2(b) as a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment Notice.

 

Reinvestment Event ”:  any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in respect of which the Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice.

 

Reinvestment Notice ”:  a written notice executed by a Responsible Officer stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that the Borrower (directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary) intends and expects to use all or a specified portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale or Recovery Event to acquire or repair assets useful in its business.

 

Reinvestment Prepayment Amount ”:  with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire or repair assets useful in the Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ businesses.

 

Reinvestment Prepayment Date ”:  with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) the date occurring twelve (12) months after such Reinvestment Event, or, if within such twelve (12) month period the Borrower or a Subsidiary has entered into an agreement in definitive form to apply any such Net Cash Proceeds to a Reinvestment Event, then such period shall be extended, solely for purposes of applying such Net Cash Proceeds pursuant to such agreement, for a period of six (6) months and (b) the date on which the Borrower shall have determined not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire or repair assets useful in the Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ businesses with all or any portion of the relevant Reinvestment Deferred Amount.

 

Related Party Register ”:  as defined in Section 11.6(d).

 

Release ”:  any release, spill, emission, discharge, deposit, disposal, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, emptying, injection, or leaching into the Environment, or into or from any building or facility.

 

Reorganization ”:  with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

 

Replacement Term Loans ”:  as defined in Section 11.1.

 

Repricing Transaction ” means the prepayment or refinancing of all or a portion of the Term B -1 Loans with the incurrence by any Loan Party of any debt financing and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement or commitment fees in connection therewith and any original issue discount or upfront fees ) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Term B -1 Loans then in effect, including without limitation, as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Term B -1 Loans.

 

Reportable Event ”:  any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty (30) day notice period is waived pursuant to PBGC Reg. § 4043.

 

38



 

Required Lenders ”:  at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the sum of (a) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding and (b) the Total Revolving Commitments then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.

 

Requirement of Law ”:  as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or binding determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Responsible Officer ”:  the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of Holdings or the Borrower (unless otherwise specified), but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of the Borrower.

 

Restricted Payments ”:  as defined in Section 8.6.

 

Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount ”:  at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for each Excess Cash Flow Payment Period ending after the Closing Date and prior to such date.

 

Retained Percentage ”:  with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Payment Period, (a) 100% minus (b) the ECF Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Payment Period.

 

Revolving Availability Period ”:  the period from the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date.

 

Revolving Commitment ”:  as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Revolving Loans and participate in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal and/or face amount not to exceed the amount set forth on Schedule 1.1 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.  The amount of the Total Revolving Commitments on the Closing Date is $75,000,000.

 

Revolving Commitment Increase Effective Date ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(a).

 

Revolving Extensions of Credit ”:  as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding, (b) such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the L/C Obligations then outstanding and (c) such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding.

 

Revolving Facility ”:  the Total Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.

 

Revolving Lender ”:  each Lender that has a Revolving Commitment or that holds Revolving Loans.

 

Revolving Loans ”:  as defined in Section 3.1(a), together with any Incremental Revolving Loans.

 

Revolving Notice Date ”:  as defined in Section 3.17(b).

 

39



 

Revolving Percentage ”:  as to any Revolving Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then constitutes of the Total Revolving Commitments (or, at any time after the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans then outstanding).

 

Revolving Termination Date ”:  the date that is five (5) years after the Closing Date.

 

S&P ”:  Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

 

“Sanctioned Country” : at any time, a country or territory which is the subject or target of any Sanctions.

 

“Sanctions”: as defined in Section 5.22(a).

 

SEC ”:  the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

 

Secured Leverage Ratio ”:  at any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt (excluding Convertible Notes for payment of which cash is deposited into an escrow arrangement on or about the Closing Date reasonably satisfactory to MSSF pending maturity thereof) secured by a Lien on all or any portion of the Collateral or any other assets of any of the Loan Parties as of such date, net of up to $30,000,000 of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries restricted in favor of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on such date (or, if such date is not the last day of any fiscal quarter, the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements are required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.1), in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Funded Debt and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in Section 1.3.

 

Secured Parties ”:  the collective reference to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Qualified Counterparties, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, and each of their successors and permitted assigns.

 

Securities Act ”:  the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Security Documents ”:  the collective reference to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages (if any), the Intellectual Property Security Agreements and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent granting a Lien on any Property of any Person to secure the Obligations of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, Specified Hedge Agreement or Specified Cash Management Agreement.

 

Senior Note Documents ” shall mean the Senior Notes and the Senior Notes Indenture.

 

Senior Notes ” shall mean the Senior Notes to be issued by the Borrower on the Closing Date in connection with the Transactions, issued pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture.

 

Senior Notes Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture to be entered into under which the Senior Notes will be issued, among the Borrower and certain of the Subsidiaries party thereto and the trustee named therein from time to time.

 

40



 

Single Employer Plan ”:  any Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but that is not a Multiemployer Plan.

 

Software ”:  as defined in the definition of Intellectual Property.

 

Solicited Discount Proration ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(C).

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A).

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice ”:  a written notice of the Borrower of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iv) substantially in the form of Exhibit L.

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer ”:  the irrevocable written offer by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit M, submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iv)(A).

 

Solvent ”:  as to any Person at any time, that (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person; (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on the sum of its debts and other liabilities, including contingent liabilities; (c) such Person has not, does not intend to, and does not believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (d) such Person does not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which it is engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date.

 

Special Flood Hazard Area ”:  an area that FEMA’s current flood maps indicate has at least one percent (1%) chance of a flood equal to or exceeding the base flood elevation (a 100-year flood) in any given year.

 

Specified Cash Management Agreement ”:  any Cash Management Agreement entered into by (a) any Loan Party and (b) any Qualified Counterparty, as counterparty; provided , that any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of holders of obligations under Specified Cash Management Agreements.  No Specified Cash Management Agreement shall create in favor of any Qualified Counterparty thereof that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Guarantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Specified Discount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(ii)(A).

 

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(ii)(A).

 

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice ”:  a written notice of the Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(ii) substantially in the form of Exhibit O.

 

Specified Discount Prepayment Response ”:  the irrevocable written response by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit P, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

 

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(ii)(A).

 

41



 

Specified Discount Proration ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(ii)(C).

 

Specified Equity Contribution ”:  any cash contribution to the equity of Holdings and/or any purchase or investment in Capital Stock of Holdings in each case other than Disqualified Capital Stock, as evidenced by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

Specified Hedge Agreement ”:  any Hedge Agreement entered into by (a) any Loan Party and (b) any Qualified Counterparty, as counterparty; provided that any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of holders of obligations under Specified Hedge Agreements.  No Specified Hedge Agreement shall create in favor of any Qualified Counterparty thereof that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Guarantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided , however , nothing herein shall limit the rights of any such Qualified Counterparty set forth in such Specified Hedge Agreement.

 

Sponsors ”:  Avista and OTPPB.

 

Stock Certificates ”:  Collateral consisting of certificates representing Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower for which a security interest can be perfected by delivering such certificates.

 

“Standard Securitization Undertakings”: representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with a Permitted Receivables Facility which are reasonably customary in “non-recourse” accounts receivable financing transaction.

 

Submitted Amount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A).

 

Submitted Discount ”:  as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii)(A).

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ”: any Junior Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor the payment of principal and interest of which and other obligations of the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor in respect thereof are subordinated to the prior payment in full of the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

Subsidiary ”:  as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned by such Person.  Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed not to be a Subsidiary of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (except for purposes of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary contained herein) for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Subsidiary Guarantor ”:  each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, other than (i) any Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (ii) Immaterial Subsidiaries, (iii) any subsidiary to the extent that the burden or cost (including any potential tax liability) of obtaining a guarantee outweighs the benefit afforded thereby as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, (iv) any Disregarded Domestic Persons and , (v) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary and (vi) any Receivables Entity .

 

42



 

Subsidiary Redesignation ”:  as defined in Section 7.13

 

Survey ”:  a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six months prior to such date of delivery any exterior construction on the site of such Mortgaged Property or any easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property has been granted or become effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Mortgaged Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than 20 days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property; provided that the Borrower shall have a reasonable amount of time to deliver such redated survey,  (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Title Company, (iv) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey and (v) sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy (or commitment) relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue customary endorsements or (b) otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

 

Swingline Commitment ”:  the obligation of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 3.3 in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $15,000,000.

 

Swingline Exposure ”:  as to any Lender, its pro rata portion of the Swingline Loans.

 

Swingline Lender ”:  General Electric Capital Corporation, in its capacity as the lender of Swingline Loans.

 

Swingline Loans ”:  as defined in Section 3.3(a).

 

Swingline Participation Amount ”:  as defined in Section 3.4(c).

 

Syndication Date ”:  the date on which the Joint Lead Arrangers complete a Successful Syndication (as defined in the Fee Letter) of the Facilities.

 

Target ”:  Kendle International Inc., an Ohio corporation.

 

Taxes ”:  all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, deductions or withholdings or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, and any interest, penalties or additions to tax imposed with respect thereto.

 

Term B Lender ”:  each Lender that has an Additional Term B Commitment or that holds a Term B Loan.

 

Term B Loan ”:  means the Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement immediately prior to the effectiveness of Amendment No. 2.

 

“Term B-1 Lender”:  each Lender that has an Additional Term B-1 Commitment or that holds a Term B-1 Loan.

 

43


 

“Term B-1 Loan”:  collectively, (i) the term loans into which the Converted Original Term B Loans were converted on the Amendment No.  1 2 Effective Date and (ii) the term loans made by the Additional Term B -1 Lender pursuant to Section 2.1(i).

 

Term Commitment ”:  as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make an Original Term Loan to the Borrower hereunder in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth on Schedule 1.1 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, including, without limitation, Section 4.2(d).  The original aggregate amount of Term Commitments is $300,000,000.

 

Term Facility ”:  the Term Commitments, the Additional Term B Commitment , the Additional Term B-1 Commitment and Term Loans made thereunder.

 

Term Lender ”:  each Lender that has a Term Commitment or that holds a Term Loan.

 

Term Loan ”:  the Original Term Loans, the Term B Loans, the Term B-1 Loans together with any Incremental Term Loans, if applicable.

 

Term Loan Increase Effective Date ”:  as defined in Section 2.4(a).

 

Term Loan Maturity Date ”:  the date that is seven (7) years after the Closing Date.

 

Term Notice Date ”:  as defined in Section 2.6(b).

 

Term Percentage ”:  as to any Term Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Term Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Term Commitments (or, at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding).

 

Title Company ”:  any title insurance company as shall be retained by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

 

Total Revolving Commitments ”:  at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

 

Total Revolving Extensions of Credit ”:  at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit of the Revolving Lenders outstanding at such time.

 

Total Term Commitments ”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Term Commitments then in effect.

 

Transactions ”:  collectively, (a) the consummation of the Acquisition and the Equity Contribution, (b) the issuance of the Senior Notes and entering into the Senior Notes Indenture, (c) the Refinancing, (d) the borrowing of the Loans on the Closing Date and (e) the other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

 

Transferee ”:  any Assignee or Participant.

 

Trident Acquisition ”:  means the acquisition of Trident Clinical Research Pty Ltd. and its subsidiaries by the Borrower on June 1, 2011.

 

Type ”:  as to any Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

 

44



 

Unasserted Contingent Obligations ”:  as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

UCC Filing Collateral ”:  Collateral consisting solely of assets for which a security interest can be perfected by filing a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement.

 

United States ”:  the United States of America.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ”:  (A) any Subsidiary of the Borrower designated by the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (B) any subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Voluntary Prepayment ”:  a prepayment of the Loans (including the Term Loans but excluding prepayments of Revolving Loans to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in Revolving Commitments hereunder) with Internally Generated Cash.

 

Voting Stock ”:  of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote, directly or indirectly, in the election of the board of directors or Equivalent Managing Body of such Person and, in the case of Parent, the Class A common stock of Parent issued as of the Closing Date or any other Capital Stock of Parent having equivalent rights.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ”:  as to any Person, any other Person all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares required by law) is owned by such Person directly and/or through other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

 

1.2                                Other Definitional Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

 

(b)                                  As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Group Member not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, other accounting standards, if applicable, (ii) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” (iii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, (v) references to agreements or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (subject to any applicable restrictions hereunder), (vi) any reference to any law or regulation herein shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and (vii) any references herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns.

 

(c)                                   The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

45



 

(d)                                  The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

(e)                                   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP in effect as of the date hereof; provided that, if either the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that such Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Required Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend such provision to preserve the original intent in light of the change in GAAP; provided that such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

 

(f)                                    When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, with respect to any payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Loans, if such extension would cause any such payment to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

1.3                                Pro Forma Adjustments .

 

In the event that Holdings or any Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility or other incurrence of Indebtedness for working capital purposes pursuant to working capital facilities unless, in each case, such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio or the Secured Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio or the Secured Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio or the Secured Leverage Ratio, as the case may be, shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

 

For purposes of making computations herein, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries during the reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated Indebtedness and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the reference period.  If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

 

46



 

For purposes of this Section 1.3, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Holdings or the Borrower and may include, without duplication, cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies resulting from such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation (including the Transactions) or other transaction, in each case calculated in the manner described in, and not to exceed the amount set forth in clause (1) of, the definition of Consolidated EBITDA.  For the avoidance of doubt, the actual adjustments described in “Adjusted EBITDA” in the Confidential Information Memorandum, or as otherwise delivered to the Administrative Agent on June 19, 2011, shall be deemed to comply with the standards set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the applicable calculation date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness).  Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the second paragraph of this Section 1.3.  Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrower may designate.

 

SECTION 2.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF TERM COMMITMENTS

 

2.1          Term Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof (i)  the Additional Term B -1 Lender agrees to make a Term B -1 Loan to the Borrower in Dollars on the Amendment No.  1 2 Effective Date in an amount not to exceed the amount of the Additional Term B -1 Commitment and (ii) each Converted Original Term B Loan of each Amendment No.  1 2 Consenting Lender shall be converted into a Term B -1 Loan of such Lender effective as of the Amendment No.  1 2 Effective Date in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Lender’s Converted Original Term B Loan immediately prior to such conversion; provided that the Term B -1 Loans shall initially consist of Eurodollar Loans with an Interest Period ending April 22 , 2013 May 19, 2014 and the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period shall be deemed to be 1.25 1.00 %.  The Term Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 4.3.

 

2.2                                Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the anticipated Closing Date) requesting that the applicable Term Lenders make the Term Loans on the Closing Date and specifying the amount to be borrowed.  Prior to the earlier of (a) the Syndication Date and (b) the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date, any Term Loan that is a Eurodollar Loan shall have an Interest Period of one (1) month.  Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Term Lender thereof.  Not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Closing Date, each applicable Term Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Term Loan or Term Loans to be made by such Lender.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Term Loan or Term Loans available to the Borrower

 

47



 

on such Borrowing Date by wire transfer in immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.

 

(b)                                  Not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date the Additional Term B Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Term B Loan to be made by such Additional Term B Lender pursuant to its Additional Term B Commitment.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Term B Loan available to the Borrower on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date by wire transfer in immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)            Not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Amendment No. 2  Effective Date the Additional Term B-1 Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Term B-1 Loan to be made by such Additional Term B-1 Lender pursuant to its Additional Term B-1 Commitment.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Term B-1 Loan available to the Borrower on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date by wire transfer in immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.

 

2.3                                Repayment of Term Loans .

 

(a)           On each Quarterly Payment Date, beginning with the Quarterly Payment Date ending on March 31, 2013, 2014, the Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders the principal amount of Term B -1 Loans then outstanding in an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amounts of all Term B -1 Loans theretofore borrowed (including by way of conversion) by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1 (which amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include repayments pursuant to this Section 2.3) in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 4.8).  The remaining unpaid principal amount of the Term B -1 Loans and all other Obligations under or in respect of the Term B -1 Loans shall be due and payable in full, if not earlier in accordance with this Agreement, on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders with Original Term Loans that are not Converted Original Term Loans, all Original Term Loans that are not Converted Original Term Loans on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

(c)            The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders with Term B Loans that are not Converted Term B Loans, all Term B Loans that are not Converted Term B Loans on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

2.4                                Incremental Term Loans .

 

(a)                                  Borrower Request .  The Borrower may at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to increase the Term Facility and/or request the establishment of one or more new term loan facilities (each, an “ Incremental Term Facility ”) with term loan commitments (each, an “ Incremental Term Loan Commitment ”) in an amount not in excess of $100,000,000 in the aggregate, when combined with the aggregate amount of Incremental Revolving Commitments under Section 3.16, and in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum amount of $10,000,000 (or such lesser amount equal to the remaining Incremental Term Loan Commitments).  Each such notice shall specify (i) the date (each, a “ Term Loan Increase Effective Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that the Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than

 

48



 

three (3) Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the identity of each Person (which, if not a Lender, an Approved Fund or an Affiliate of a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)) to whom the Borrower proposes any portion of such Incremental Term Loan Commitment be allocated and the amounts of such allocations.

 

(b)                                  Conditions .  The Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall become effective, as of such Term Loan Increase Effective Date; provided that:

 

(i)                                      each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 shall be satisfied;

 

(ii)                                   no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the borrowings to be made on the Term Loan Increase Effective Date;

 

(iii)                                after giving pro forma effect to the borrowings to be made on the Term Loan Increase Effective Date as of the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b), the Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.75 to 1.00; provided that, for purposes of this clause (iii) only, the proceeds of such Incremental Term Facility shall be excluded when calculating the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents to be netted out of clause (a) of the definition of Secured Leverage Ratio;

 

(iv)                               the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any customary legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction; and

 

(v)                                  no Lender will be required to participate in any Incremental Term Facility without its consent.

 

(c)                                   Terms of Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments .  The terms and provisions of the Incremental Term Loans made pursuant to the Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be as follows:

 

(i)                                      terms and provisions of Loans made pursuant to Incremental Term Loan Commitments (the “ Incremental Term Loans ”) shall be on terms consistent with the existing Term Loans (except as otherwise set forth herein) and, to the extent not consistent with such existing Term Loans, on terms agreed upon between the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (except as otherwise set forth herein) (it being understood that Incremental Term Loans may be part of the existing tranche of Term Loans or may comprise one or more new tranches of Term Loans);

 

(ii)                                   the weighted average life to maturity of all new Incremental Term Loans shall be no shorter than the then remaining weighted average life to maturity of the existing Term Loans;

 

(iii)                                the maturity date of Incremental Term Loans shall not be earlier than the Term Loan Maturity Date; and

 

(iv)                               the all-in-yield applicable to any Incremental Term Loan that is pari passu in right of payment and with respect to security with the existing Term Loans will be determined by the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loan and such

 

49



 

all-in yield (including in the form of interest rate margins, original issue discount (based on a four (4) year average life to maturity or, if less, the remaining life to maturity), upfront fees, minimum Eurodollar Rate or minimum Base Rate, but excluding arrangement, commitment, structuring and underwriting fees and any amendment fees paid or payable to the Joint Lead Arrangers (or their affiliates) or the Lenders in their respective capacities as such in connection with any of the existing Facilities or to one or more arrangers (or their affiliates) in their capacities as such applicable to the Term Facility) will not be more than 0.50% higher than the corresponding all-in yield (determined on the same basis) applicable to the existing Term Facility, unless the interest rate margin with respect to the existing Term Facility is increased by an amount equal to the difference between the all-in yield with respect to the Incremental Term Facility and the corresponding all-in yield on the existing Term Facility, minus 0.50%;

 

The Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by a joinder agreement (the “ Increase Term Joinder ”) executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender making such Incremental Term Loan Commitment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of them (in the case of the Administrative Agent, to the extent required herein).  The Increase Term Joinder may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.4.  In addition, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all references in the Loan Documents to Term Loans shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include references to Incremental Term Loans that are Term Loans made pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Making of Incremental Term Loans .  On any Term Loan Increase Effective Date on which Incremental Term Loan Commitments are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, each Lender of such Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall make an Incremental Term Loan to the Borrower in an amount equal to its Incremental Term Loan Commitment.

 

(e)                                   Ranking .  The Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments established pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall constitute Loans and Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from (x) security interests created by the Security Documents and the guarantees of the Guarantors, except that the security interests securing the Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments may rank junior to the security interests securing the Term Facilities as set forth in the Increase Term Joinder and pursuant to intercreditor agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (y) prepayments of the Term Facility unless the Borrower and the Lenders in respect of the Incremental Term Facility elect lesser payments, except that the right of payment under the Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments may rank junior to the right of payment under the Term Facilities as set forth in the Increase Term Joinder.  The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to ensure and/or demonstrate that the Lien and security interests granted by the Security Documents continue to be perfected under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such class of Incremental Term Loans or any such Incremental Term Loan Commitments.

 

2.5                                Fees .  The Borrower agrees to pay closing fees to each Term Lender on the Closing Date as fee compensation for such Lender’s Term Commitment in an amount equal to 2.50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans made by such Term Lender on the Closing Date, payable to such Term Lender on the Closing Date; provided that, at the option of the Joint Lead Arrangers, such closing fees shall be structured as original issue discount.

 

50



 

2.6                                Extension of Maturity Date in Respect of Term Facility .

 

(a)                                  Requests for Extension .  The Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Lenders) not later than 30 days prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date then in effect hereunder in respect of the Term Facility (the “ Existing Term Facility Maturity Date ”), request that each Term Lender extend such Lender’s Term Loan Maturity Date in respect of the Term Facility; provided that (i) the interest rate margins, interest rate “floors,” fees and maturity applicable to any Term Loan shall be determined by the Borrower and the Extending Term Lenders and (ii) any such extension shall be on the terms and pursuant to documentation to be determined by the Borrower and the Extending Term Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Term Lender Elections to Extend .  Each Term Lender, acting in its sole and individual discretion, shall, by notice to the Administrative Agent given within 10 Business Days of delivery of the notice referred to in clause (a) (or such other period as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall mutually agree) (the “ Term Notice Date ”), advise the Administrative Agent whether or not such Term Lender agrees to such extension (and each Term Lender that determines not to so extend its Term Loan Maturity Date (a “ Non-Extending Term Lender ”) shall notify the Administrative Agent of such fact promptly after such determination (but in any event no later than the Term Notice Date) and any Term Lender that does not so advise the Administrative Agent on or before the Term Notice Date shall be deemed to be a Non-Extending Term Lender.  The election of any Term Lender to agree to such extension shall not obligate any other Term Lender to so agree.

 

(c)                                   Notification by Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of each Term Lender’s determination under this Section promptly following the Term Notice Date.

 

(d)                                  Additional Commitment Lenders .  The Borrower shall have the right to replace each Non-Extending Term Lender with, and add as “Term Lenders” under this Agreement in place thereof, one or more Eligible Assignees (each, an “ Additional Term Commitment Lender ”) as provided in Section 11.6; provided that each of such Additional Term Commitment Lenders shall enter into an Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Additional Term Commitment Lender shall undertake a Term Commitment (and, if any such Additional Term Commitment Lender is already a Term Lender, its Term Commitment shall be in addition to any other Term Commitment of such Lender hereunder on such date).

 

(e)                                   Extension Requirement .  If (and only if) any Term Lender has agreed so to extend their Term Loan Maturity Date (each, an “ Extending Term Lender ”), the Term Loan Maturity Date in respect of the Term Facility of each Extending Term Lender and of each Additional Term Commitment Lender shall be extended subject to the terms of any such notice of extension and each Additional Commitment Term Lender shall thereupon become a “Term Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Conditions to Effectiveness of Extensions .  As a condition precedent to such extension, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of the Borrower dated as of the effective date of such extension signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by the Borrower approving or consenting to such extension and (ii) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such extension, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the effective date of such extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.6, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.1 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to subsection (c), of Section 6.01, and (B) no Default exists. In addition, on the Term Loan Maturity Date of each Non-Extending Term Lender, the Borrower shall repay any non-extended Term Loans of such Non-Extending Term Lender outstanding on such date.

 

51



 

(g)                                   Conflicting Provisions .  This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 11.1 or 11.7 to the contrary, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to enter into any amendments to this Agreement necessary or desirable to reflect the extensions pursuant to this Section 2.6.

 

SECTION 3.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING COMMITMENTS

 

3.1                                Revolving Commitments .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Revolving Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (“ Revolving Loans ”) to the Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which, when added to such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the sum of (i) the L/C Obligations then outstanding and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Swingline Loans then outstanding, does not exceed the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment.  During the Revolving Availability Period the Borrower may use the Revolving Commitments by borrowing, prepaying and reborrowing the Revolving Loans in whole or in part, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.  The Revolving Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 3.2 and 4.3.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans on the Revolving Termination Date.  In addition, if at any time the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans, plus (ii) the principal amount of Swingline Loans plus (iii) the aggregate Dollar Amount of L/C Obligations exceeds the aggregate Revolving Commitment, the Borrower shall, promptly, but in any event within two Business Days, repay Revolving Loans in an amount equal to such excess.

 

3.2                                Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing .  The Borrower may borrow under the Revolving Commitments during the Revolving Availability Period on any Business Day; provided that the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent (a) prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the anticipated Closing Date for any Revolving Loans requested to be made on the Closing Date and (b) for any Revolving Loans requested to be made after the Closing Date, prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time, (i) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or (ii) one (1) Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Base Rate Loans) ( provided that any such notice of a borrowing of Base Rate Loans to finance payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.5 may be given not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed borrowing), specifying (x) the amount and Type of Revolving Loans to be borrowed, (y) the requested Borrowing Date and (z) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the respective lengths of the initial Interest Period therefor; provided that prior to the earlier of (a) the Syndication Date and (b) the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date, any Revolving Loan that is a Eurodollar Loan shall have an Interest Period of one (1) month.  Each borrowing under the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount equal to (x) in the case of Base Rate Loans, $250,000 or a multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Commitments are less than $250,000 or $100,000, as the case may be, such lesser amounts) and (y) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Commitments are less than $500,000 or $100,000, as the case may be, such lesser amounts); provided that (x) the Swingline Lender may request, on behalf of the Borrower, borrowings under the Revolving Commitments that are Base Rate Loans in other amounts pursuant to Section 3.4 and (y) borrowings of Base Rate Loans pursuant to Section 3.11 shall not be subject to the foregoing minimum amounts.  Upon receipt of any such notice from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender thereof.  Each Revolving Lender will make the amount of its pro rata share of each

 

52



 

borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower at the Funding Office prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Revolving Loan available to the Borrower on such Borrowing Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.

 

3.3                                Swingline Commitment .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender agrees to make a portion of the credit otherwise available to the Borrower under the Revolving Commitments from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period by making swing line loans (“ Swingline Loans ”) to the Borrower; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect (notwithstanding that the Swingline Loans outstanding at any time, when aggregated with the Swingline Lender’s other outstanding Revolving Loans hereunder, may exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect) and (ii) the Borrower shall not request, and the Swingline Lender shall not make, any Swingline Loan if, after giving effect to the making of such Swingline Loan, the aggregate amount of the Available Revolving Commitments would be less than zero.  During the Revolving Availability Period, the Borrower may use the Swingline Commitment by borrowing, repaying and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.  Swingline Loans shall be Base Rate Loans only.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Swingline Loans within 10 days of the borrowing and in any event on the Revolving Termination Date.

 

3.4                                Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans .

 

(a)                                  Whenever the Borrower desires that the Swingline Lender make Swingline Loans it shall give the Swingline Lender irrevocable telephonic notice confirmed promptly in writing (which telephonic notice must be received by the Swingline Lender not later than 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the proposed Borrowing Date), specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed and (ii) the requested Borrowing Date (which shall be a Business Day during the Revolving Availability Period).  Each borrowing under the Swingline Commitment shall be in an amount equal to $250,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Not later than 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date specified in a notice in respect of Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of the Swingline Loan to be made by the Swingline Lender.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Swingline Loan available to the Borrower on such Borrowing Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.

 

(b)                                  The Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion may, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs the Swingline Lender to act on its behalf), on one (1) Business Day’s notice given by the Swingline Lender no later than 2:00 P.M., New York City time, request each Revolving Lender to make, and each Revolving Lender hereby agrees to make, irrespective of the satisfaction of conditions to such Loan specified in Section 6.2, a Revolving Loan, in an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loans (the “ Refunded Swingline Loans ”) outstanding on the date of such notice, to repay the Swingline Lender.  Each Revolving Lender shall make the amount of such Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office in immediately available funds, not later than 10:00 A.M., New York City time, one (1) Business Day after the date of such notice.  The proceeds of such Revolving Loans shall be immediately made available by the Administrative Agent to the Swingline Lender for application by the Swingline Lender to the repayment of the Refunded Swingline Loans.

 

53


 

(c)                                   If prior to the time a Revolving Loan would have otherwise been made pursuant to Section 3.4(b), one of the events described in Section 9.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower or if for any other reason, as determined by the Swingline Lender in its sole discretion, Revolving Loans may not be made as contemplated by Section 3.4(b), each Revolving Lender shall, on the date such Revolving Loan was to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 3.4(b) (the “ Refunding Date ”), purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in the then outstanding Swingline Loans by paying to the Swingline Lender an amount (the “ Swingline Participation Amount ”) equal to (i) such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Percentage times (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding that were to have been repaid with such Revolving Loans.

 

(d)                                  Whenever, at any time after the Swingline Lender has received from any Revolving Lender such Lender’s Swingline Participation Amount, the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of the Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Lender its Swingline Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s participating interest was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Lender’s pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swingline Loans then due); provided , however , that in the event that such payment received by the Swingline Lender is required to be returned, such Revolving Lender will return to the Swingline Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it by the Swingline Lender.

 

(e)                                   Each Revolving Lender’s obligation to make the Loans referred to in Section 3.4(b) and to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section 3.4(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Revolving Lender or the Borrower may have against the Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 6; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower; (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Revolving Lender; or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

 

3.5                                Fees .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee for the period from and including the Closing Date to the last day of the Revolving Availability Period, computed at the Commitment Fee Rate on the average daily amount of the Available Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Revolving Termination Date, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the date hereof.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower agrees to pay closing fees to each Revolving Lender on the Closing Date as fee compensation for such Lender’s Revolving Commitment in an amount equal to 1.50% of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment, payable to such Revolving Lender on the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees in the amounts and on the dates previously agreed to in writing by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

3.6                                Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments .  The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Revolving Commitments; provided that no such termination or reduction of Revolving Commitments shall be permitted if, after

 

54



 

giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit would exceed the Total Revolving Commitments; provided , further , that such notice may be contingent on the occurrence of a refinancing or the consummation of a sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets and may be revoked or the termination date deferred if the refinancing or sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets does not occur.  Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $500,000, or a multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, the amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect), and shall reduce permanently the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

 

3.7                                L/C Commitment .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the other Revolving Lenders set forth in Section 3.10(a), agrees to issue documentary or standby letters of credit (“ Letters of Credit ”) for the account of the Borrower on any Business Day during the Revolving Availability Period in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Issuing Lender; provided that the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue or cause to be issued any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment or (ii) the aggregate amount of the Available Revolving Commitments would be less than zero.  Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in an L/C currency, (ii) have a face amount of at least the Dollar Amount of $100,000 (unless otherwise agreed by the Issuing Lender) and (iii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Termination Date; provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (or a longer period if agreed to by the Issuing Lender but in no event shall any renewal period extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above), unless the Issuing Lender elects, in its sole discretion, not to extend for any such additional period; provided , further , that (i) any Letter of Credit that expires after the Revolving Termination Date shall be Cash Collateralized and (ii) to the extent that the L/C Obligations exceed the L/C Commitment for more than three consecutive Business Days, the Borrower shall promptly, but in any event within two Business Days, Cash Collateralize such excess (it being agreed that the Issuing Lender shall promptly upon written request return such Cash Collateral to the Borrower if the L/C Obligations are less than or equal to the L/C Commitment for ten consecutive Business Days).  Each Letter of Credit shall be governed by laws of the State of New York (unless the laws of another jurisdiction is agreed to by the respective Issuing Lender) and governed under The International Standby Practices (ISP98).

 

(b)                                  The Issuing Lender shall not at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder if such issuance would conflict with, or cause the Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law.

 

3.8                                Procedure for Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension of Letters of Credit; Certain Conditions . The Borrower may from time to time request that the Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit.  To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Lender) to the Issuing Lender an Application requesting the issuance of the Letter of Credit and specifying the requested date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day) and, as applicable, specifying the date of amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with Section 3.7(a)(iii)), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the L/C Currency for such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit.  Such Application shall be accompanied by documentary and other evidence of the proposed beneficiary’s identity as may reasonably be requested by the Issuing Lender to enable the Issuing Lender to verify the

 

55



 

beneficiary’s identity or to comply with any applicable laws or regulations, including, without limitation, Section 326 of the Patriot Act.  The Issuing Lender will issue, amend, renew or extend (or cause to be issued, amended, reissued or extended) the requested Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower in the Issuing Lender’s then current standard form with such revisions as shall be requested by the Borrower and approved by the Issuing Lender, which shall have been approved by the Borrower, within (x) in the case of an issuance, five (5) Business Days of the date of the receipt of the Application and all related information and (y) in the case of an amendment, renewal or extension, three (3) Business Days of the date of the receipt of the Application and all related information.  The Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) promptly following the issuance thereof.  The Issuing Lender shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders, notice of the issuance (or, amendment, extension or renewal, as applicable) of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).

 

3.9                                Fees and Other Charges .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower will pay a fee on all outstanding Letters of Credit at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to Eurodollar Loans under the Revolving Facility on the face amount of such Letter of Credit, shared ratably among the Revolving Lenders and payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date after the issuance date of such Letter of Credit.  In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Lender for its own account a fronting fee of 0.25% per annum on the face amount of each Letter of Credit, payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date after the issuance date of such Letter of Credit.

 

(b)                                  In addition to the foregoing fees, the Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Issuing Lender in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit.

 

3.10                         L/C Participations .

 

(a)                                  The Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Participant, and, to induce the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, each L/C Participant irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such L/C Participant’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Percentage in the Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit issued hereunder and the amount of each draft paid by the Issuing Lender thereunder.  Each L/C Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with the Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand of the Issuing Lender an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed (it being agreed that with respect to a Letter of Credit in a currency other than Dollars, each L/C Participant shall pay the Administrative Agent the Dollar Amount of the applicable amount). The Administrative Agent shall promptly forward such amounts to the Issuing Lender.

 

(b)                                  If any amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.10(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit is paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender within three (3) Business Days after the date such payment is due, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which

 

56



 

such payment is immediately available to the Issuing Lender, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360.  If any such amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant pursuant to Section 3.10(a) is not made available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender by such L/C Participant within three (3) Business Days after the date such payment is due, the Issuing Lender shall be entitled to recover from such L/C Participant, on demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Facility.  A certificate of the Issuing Lender submitted to any L/C Participant with respect to any amounts owing under this Section shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

 

(c)                                   Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Lender has made payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any L/C Participant its pro rata share of such payment in accordance with Section 3.10(a), the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by the Issuing Lender), or any payment of interest on account thereof, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, will distribute to such L/C Participant its pro rata share thereof; provided , however , that in the event that any such payment received by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, shall be required to be returned by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, such L/C Participant shall return to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender the portion thereof previously distributed by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, to it.

 

3.11                         Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower .  The Issuing Lender shall notify the Borrower of the date and amount paid by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit.  The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Issuing Lender for the amount of (a) such draft so paid and (b) any fees, charges or other costs or expenses (other than taxes or similar amounts) incurred by the Issuing Lender in connection with such payment on the next Business Day following the date on which the Borrower receives such notice.  Each such payment shall be made to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices referred to herein in Dollars and in immediately available funds (it being agreed that with respect to any Letter of Credit in a currency other than Dollars, such payment shall be made in the Dollar Amount of the applicable amount).  Interest shall be payable on any such amounts from the date on which the relevant draft is paid until payment in full at the rate set forth in (i) until the Business Day next succeeding the date of the relevant notice, Section 4.5(b) and (ii) thereafter, Section 4.5(c).  Each drawing under any Letter of Credit shall (unless an event of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 9.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower, in which case the procedures specified in Section 3.10 for funding by L/C Participants shall apply) constitute a request by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent for a borrowing pursuant to Section 3.2 of Base Rate Loans (or, at the option of the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender in their sole discretion, a borrowing pursuant to Section 3.4 of Swingline Loans) in the amount of such drawing.  The Borrowing Date with respect to such borrowing shall be the first date on which a borrowing of Revolving Loans (or, if applicable, Swingline Loans) could be made, pursuant to Section 3.2 (or, if applicable, Section 3.4), if the Administrative Agent had received a notice of such borrowing at the time the Administrative Agent receives notice from the Issuing Lender of such drawing under such Letter of Credit.

 

3.12                         Obligations Absolute .  The Borrower’s obligations under Section 3.11 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person.  The Borrower also agrees with the Issuing Lender that the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligations under Section 3.11 shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged,

 

57



 

or any dispute between or among the Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee.  The Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors, omissions, interruptions or delays found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender.  The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall be binding on the Borrower and shall not result in any liability of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower.

 

3.13                         Letter of Credit Payments .  If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower of the date of payment and amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect thereof.  The responsibility of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit.

 

3.14                         Applications .  To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3, the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.

 

3.15                         Defaulting Lenders .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Lender will not be required to issue any Letter of Credit or to amend any outstanding Letter of Credit to increase the face amount thereof, alter the drawing terms thereunder or extend the expiry date thereof, and the Swingline Lender will not be required to make any Swingline Loan, unless any exposure that would result therefrom is eliminated or fully covered by the Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Lenders, replacement Lenders or by Cash Collateralization or a combination thereof reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender.

 

(b)                                  If a Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, the following provisions shall apply with respect to any outstanding L/C Exposure, any outstanding Swingline Exposure and any outstanding Revolving Percentage of such Defaulting Lender:

 

(i)                                      the L/C Exposure, the Swingline Exposure and the Revolving Percentage of such Defaulting Lender will, subject to the limitation in the proviso below, automatically be reallocated (effective on the day such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender) among the Non-Defaulting Lenders pro   rata in accordance with their respective Commitments; provided that (w) the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 are satisfied at such time (and, unless the Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at the time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), (x) such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Default or Event of Default exists, (y) the sum of each Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit may not in any event exceed the Revolving Commitment of such Non-Defaulting Lender as in effect at the time of such reallocation and (z) neither such reallocation nor any payment by a Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant thereto will constitute a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or any

 

58



 

other Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender or cause such Defaulting Lender to be a Non-Defaulting Lender; provided , further , that, for purposes of clause (x) in the first proviso above, such reallocation shall be given effect immediately upon the cure or waiver of such Default or Event of Default and subject to clauses (y) and (z) above; and

 

(ii)                                   any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 9 or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.7(b) shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows:

 

first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder;

 

second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender hereunder;

 

third , to Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s fronting exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender;

 

fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent;

 

fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s future fronting exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement;

 

sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

seventh , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and

 

eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction;

 

provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or payment under any Letter of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 were satisfied and waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and any payment under any Letter of Credit owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or payment under any Letter of Credit owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans are held by the

 

59



 

Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility without giving effect to Section 3.15(b)(i).  Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 3.15(b)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

(c)                                   Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, all fees pursuant to Sections 3.5(a) and 3.9 shall cease to accrue with respect to such Defaulting Lender (without prejudice to the rights of the Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders in respect of such fees); provided that (i) to the extent that a portion of the L/C Exposure or the Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender is reallocated to the Non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to clause (c) above, such fees that would have accrued for the benefit of such Defaulting Lender will instead accrue for the benefit of and be payable to such Non-Defaulting Lenders, pro rata in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments, and (ii) to the extent any portion of such L/C Exposure or Swingline Exposure cannot be so reallocated, such fees will instead accrue for the benefit of and be payable to the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender as their interests appear (and the pro rata payment provisions of Section 4.8 will automatically be deemed adjusted to reflect the provisions of this Section) until and to the extent that such L/C Exposure or Swingline Exposure is reallocated, Cash Collateralized and/or such Defaulting Lender is replaced.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower may terminate the unused amount of the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly notify the Lenders thereof), and in such event the provisions of (b)(ii) above will apply to all amounts thereafter paid by the Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity or other amounts); provided that such termination will not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

 

(e)                                   If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender agree in writing in their discretion that a Lender that is a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any amounts then held in the segregated account referred to in clause (b)(ii) above), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase such portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders and/or make such other adjustments as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Extensions of Credit, L/C Exposure and Swingline Exposure of the Lenders to be on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender and will be a Non-Defaulting Lender (and such L/C Exposure and Swingline Exposure of each Lender will automatically be adjusted on a prospective basis to reflect the foregoing); provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

3.16                         Incremental Revolving Commitments .

 

(a)                                  Borrower Request .  The Borrower may at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request an increase to the existing Revolving Commitment and/or add one or more new revolving facilities (each, an “ Incremental Revolving Facility ”) with revolving commitments (each, an “ Incremental Revolving Commitment ”) in an amount (x) 

 

60



 

not in excess of $100,000,000 in the aggregate when combined with the aggregate amount of all Incremental Term Loan Commitments under Section 2.4 plus (y) in the case of an Incremental Revolving Facility that serves to effectively extend the maturity of the Revolving Facility, an amount equal to the reductions in the Revolving Facility to be replaced with the Incremental Revolving Facility, and in minimum increments of $500,000 and a minimum amount of $5,000,000 (or such lesser amount equal to the remaining Incremental Revolving Commitments) (and provided that there shall be not more than three tranches of Incremental Revolving Commitments at any time).  Each such notice shall specify (i) the date (each, a “ Revolving Commitment Increase Effective Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that the Incremental Revolving Commitment shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than three (3) Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the identity of each Person (which, if not a Lender, an Approved Fund or an Affiliate of a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Lender (each such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)) to whom the Borrower proposes any portion of such Incremental Revolving Commitment be allocated and the amounts of such allocations; provided that any existing Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the Incremental Revolving Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide such Incremental Revolving Commitment.

 

(b)                                  Conditions .  The Incremental Revolving Commitment shall become effective as of such Revolving Commitment Increase Effective Date; provided that:

 

(i)                                      each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 shall be satisfied;

 

(ii)                                   no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the borrowings to be made on the Revolving Commitment Increase Effective Date;

 

(iii)                                after giving pro forma effect to the extensions of commitments to be made on the Revolving Commitment Increase Effective Date (and assuming the Borrower borrowed Revolving Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to the full amount of the Incremental Revolving Commitment) as of the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b), the Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.75 to 1.00; provided that, for purposes of this clause (iii) only, the proceeds of such Incremental Revolving Facility shall be excluded when calculating the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents to be netted out of clause (a) of the definition of Secured Leverage Ratio;

 

(iv)                               the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any customary legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction; and

 

(v)                                  no existing Lender will be required to participate in any Incremental Revolving Facility without its consent.

 

(c)                                   Terms of Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments .  The terms and provisions of the Incremental Revolving Commitments and the Loans made pursuant to the Incremental Revolving Commitments shall be as follows:

 

(i)                                      terms and provisions of Loans made pursuant to Incremental Revolving Commitments (the “ Incremental Revolving Loans ”) shall be on terms consistent with the existing Revolving Loans (other than (A) with respect to margin, pricing, maturity or fees or (B) as otherwise set forth herein) and, to the extent not consistent with such existing Revolving Loans, on terms agreed upon between the Borrower and the Lenders providing such

 

61



 

Incremental Revolving Loans and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (except as otherwise set forth herein) (it being understood that Incremental Revolving Loans may be part of the existing tranche of Revolving Loans or may comprise one or more new tranches of Revolving Loans);

 

(ii)                                   any Incremental Revolving Facilities will mature no earlier than, and will require no scheduled amortization or differing mandatory commitment reduction prior to, the Revolving Termination Date;

 

(iii)                                the all-in yield applicable to any Incremental Revolving Loan that is pari passu in right of payment and with respect to security will be determined by the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Revolving Loan and such all-in yield (including in the form of interest rate margins, original issue discount (based on a four (4) year average life to maturity or, if less, the remaining life to maturity), upfront fees, minimum Eurodollar Rate or minimum Base Rate, but excluding arrangement, commitment, structuring and underwriting fees and any amendment fees paid or payable to the Joint Lead Arrangers (or their Affiliates) or the Lenders in their respective capacities as such in connection with any of the existing Facilities or to one or more arrangers (or their affiliates) in their capacities as such applicable to the Revolving Facility) will not be more than 0.50% higher than the corresponding all-in yield (determined on the same basis) applicable to the existing Revolving Facility, unless the interest rate margin with respect to the existing Revolving Facility, is increased by an amount equal to the difference between the all-in yield with respect to the Incremental Revolving Facility and the corresponding all-in yield on the existing Revolving Facility, minus 0.50%.

 

The Incremental Revolving Commitments shall be effected by a joinder agreement (the “ Increase Revolving Joinder ”) executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender making such Incremental Revolving Commitment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of them (in the case of the Administrative Agent, to the extent required herein).  The Increase Revolving Joinder may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 3.16.  In addition, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all references in the Loan Documents to Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include references to Incremental Revolving Commitments and Incremental Revolving Loans that are made pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Ranking .  The Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments established pursuant to this Section 3.16 shall constitute Loans and Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from (x) security interests created by the Security Documents and the guarantees of the Guarantors, except that the security interests securing the Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments may rank junior to the security interests securing the Revolving Facilities as set forth in the Increase Revolving Joinder and (y) prepayments of the Revolving Facility unless the Borrower and the Lenders in respect of the Incremental Revolving Facility elect lesser payments, except that the right of payment under the Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments may rank junior to the right of payment under the Revolving Facility as set forth in the Increase Revolving Joinder.  The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to ensure and/or demonstrate that the Lien and security interests granted by the Security Documents continue to be perfected under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such class of Incremental Revolving Loans or any such Incremental Revolving Commitments.

 

62



 

3.17                         Extension of Maturity Date in Respect of Revolving Facility .

 

(a)                                  Requests for Extension .  The Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Lenders) not later than 30 days prior to the Revolving Termination Date then in effect hereunder in respect of the Revolving Facility (the “ Existing Revolving Facility Maturity Date ”), request that each Revolving Lender extend such Lender’s  Revolving Termination Date in respect of the Revolving Facility; provided that (i) the interest rate margins, interest rate “floors,” fees and maturity applicable to any Revolving Loan shall be determined by the Borrower and the Extending Revolving Lenders and (b) any such extension shall be on the terms and pursuant to documentation to be determined by the Borrower and the Extending Revolving Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Revolving Lender Elections to Extend .  Each Revolving Lender, acting in its sole and individual discretion, shall, by notice to the Administrative Agent given within 10 Business Days of delivery of the notice referred to in clause (a) (or such other period as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall mutually agree) (the “ Revolving Notice Date ”), advise the Administrative Agent whether or not such Revolving Lender agrees to such extension (and each Revolving Lender that determines not to so extend its Revolving Termination Date (a “ Non-Extending Revolving Lender ”) shall notify the Administrative Agent of such fact promptly after such determination (but in any event no later than the Revolving Notice Date) and any Revolving Lender that does not so advise the Administrative Agent on or before the Revolving Notice Date shall be deemed to be a Non-Extending Revolving Lender.  The election of any Revolving Lender to agree to such extension shall not obligate any other Revolving Lender to so agree.

 

(c)                                   Notification by Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of each Revolving Lender’s determination under this Section promptly following the Revolving Notice Date.

 

(d)                                  Additional Commitment Lenders .  The Borrower shall have the right to replace each Non-Extending Revolving Lender with, and add as “Revolving Lenders” under this Agreement in place thereof, one or more Eligible Assignees (each, an “ Additional Revolving Commitment Lender ”) as provided in Section 11.6; provided that each of such Additional Revolving Commitment Lenders shall enter into an Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Additional Revolving Commitment Lender shall undertake a Revolving Commitment (and, if any such Additional Revolving Commitment Lender is already a Revolving Lender, its Revolving Commitment shall be in addition to any other Revolving Commitment of such Lender hereunder on such date).

 

(e)                                   Extension Requirement .  If (and only if) any Revolving Lender has agreed so to extend their Revolving Termination Date (each, an “ Extending Revolving Lender ”), the Revolving Termination Date in respect of the Revolving Facility of each Extending Revolving Lender and of each Additional Revolving Commitment Lender shall be extended subject to the terms of any such notice of extension and each Additional Revolving Commitment Lender shall thereupon become a “Revolving Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Conditions to Effectiveness of Extensions .  As a condition precedent to such extension, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of the Borrower dated as of the effective date of such extension signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by the Borrower approving or consenting to such extension and (ii) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such extension, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the effective date of such extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such

 

63


 

earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 3.17, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.1 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to subsection (c), of Section 6.01, and (B) no Default exists. In addition, on the Revolving Termination Date of each Non-Extending Revolving Lender, the Borrower shall repay any non-extended Revolving Loans of such Non-Extending Revolving Lender outstanding on such date.

 

(g)                                   Conflicting Provisions .  This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 11.1 or 11.7 to the contrary, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to enter into any amendments to this Agreement necessary or desirable to reflect the extensions pursuant to this Section 3.17.

 

SECTION 4.  GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO LOANS
AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

4.1                                Optional Prepayments .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (except as set forth in Section 4.1(d) below), upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, three (3) Business Days prior thereto, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, and no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, one (1) Business Day prior thereto, in the case of Base Rate Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans and if such payment is to be applied to prepay the Term Loans, the manner in which such prepayment is to be applied thereto; provided , that if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.11; provided , further , that such notice may be contingent on the occurrence of a refinancing or the consummation of a sale, transfer, lease or other Disposition of assets and may be revoked or the termination date deferred if the refinancing or sale, transfer, lease or other Disposition of assets does not occur.  Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.  If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans and Swingline Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid.  Partial prepayments of Eurodollar Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000 or integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Partial prepayments of Base Rate Loans (other than Swingline Loans) shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $250,000 or integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Partial prepayments of Swingline Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or integral multiples of $50,000 in excess thereof.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may also prepay the outstanding Loans (which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be automatically and permanently canceled immediately upon acquisition by the Borrower) (or Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Borrower) may purchase such outstanding Loans) on the following basis; provided that (i) Holdings, the Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall represent and warrant as of the date of any assignment to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries that it does not have any material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, their Subsidiaries and their respective securities for purposes of United States securities laws that has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time, (ii) Holdings shall be in compliance with Section 8.1 (whether or not currently in effect) on a pro forma basis, (iii) the Revolving Facility shall not be utilized to fund the assignment, and (iv) any offer to purchase or take by assignment any Loans by Holdings, the Borrower or their Subsidiaries shall have been made pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.1(b):

 

64



 

(i)                              Any Group Member shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Loans at a discount to par pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offer or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offer (any such prepayment, the “ Discounted Loan Prepayment ”), in each case made in accordance with this Section 4.1(b); provided that no Group Member shall initiate any action under this Section 4.1(b) in order to make a Discounted Loan Prepayment unless (I) at least ten (10) Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by a Group Member on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date; or (II) at least three (3) Business Days shall have passed since the date the Group Member was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of any Group Member’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

 

(ii)                           (A)                                Subject to the proviso to subsection (i) above, any Group Member may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Loan Prepayment by providing the Auction Agent with five (5) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the Group Member, to (x) each Lender and/or (y) each Lender with respect to any class of Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate principal amount offered to be prepaid (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Amount ”) with respect to each applicable tranche, the tranche or tranches of Loans subject to such offer and the specific percentage discount to par (the “ Specified Discount ”) of such Loans to be prepaid (it being understood that different Specified Discounts and/or Specified Discount Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Loans and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date.  The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date ”).

 

(B)                                Each Lender receiving such offer shall notify the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its applicable then outstanding Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Lender, a “ Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender ”), the amount and the tranches of such Lender’s Loans to be prepaid at such offered discount.  Each acceptance of a Discounted Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable.  Any Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Auction Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept the applicable Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

 

(C)                                If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the relevant Group Member will make a prepayment of outstanding Loans pursuant to this paragraph (C) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective outstanding amount and tranches of Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified

 

65



 

Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to subsection (B) above; provided that, if the aggregate principal amount of Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Group Member and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “ Specified Discount Proration ”).  The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three (3) Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the relevant Group Member of the respective Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the principal amount, tranche and Type of Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date.  Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Group Member and such Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.  The payment amount specified in such notice to the Group Member shall be due and payable by such Group Member on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (vi) below (subject to subsection (c) below).

 

(iii)                        (A)                                Subject to the proviso to subsection (i) above, any Group Member may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with five (5) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of such Group Member, to (x) each Lender and/or (y) each Lender with respect to any Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate principal amount of the relevant Loans (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Amount ”), the tranche or tranches of Loans subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “ Discount Range ”) of the principal amount of such Loans with respect to each relevant tranche of Loans willing to be prepaid by such Group Member (it being understood that different Discount Ranges and/or Discount Range Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Loans and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by the relevant Group Member shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date.  The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Response Date ”).  Each Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “ Submitted Discount ”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Loans of the applicable tranche or tranches and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender’s Loans (the “ Submitted Amount ”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount.  Any Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted

 

66



 

Loan Prepayment of any of its Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

 

(B)                                The Auction Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers which were received on or before the applicable Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and shall determine (in consultation with such Group Member and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this subsection (iii).  The relevant Group Member agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by the Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range being referred to as the “ Applicable Discount ”) which yields a Discounted Loan Prepayment in an aggregate principal amount equal to the lower of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts.  Each Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following subsection (C)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Lender, a “ Participating Lender ”).

 

(C)                                If there is at least one Participating Lender, the relevant Group Member will prepay the respective outstanding Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discount Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the relevant Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “ Identified Participating Lenders ”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Group Member and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “ Discount Range Proration ”).  The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within five (5) Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the relevant Group Member of the respective Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount and tranches of Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Participating Lender of the aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration.  Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the relevant Group Member and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.  The payment amount specified in such notice to the Group Member shall be due and payable by such Group Member on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (vi) below (subject to subsection (c) below).

 

67



 

(iv)                       (A)  Subject to the proviso to subsection (i) above, any Group Member may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with five (5) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of such Group Member, to (x) each Lender and/or (y) each Lender with respect to any class of Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate amount of the Loans (the “ Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount ”) and the tranche or tranches of Loans such Group Member is willing to prepay at a discount (it being understood that different Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Loans and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by such Group Member shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date.  The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders (the “ Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date ”).  Each Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “ Offered Discount ”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Loan and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Loans (the “ Offered Amount ”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount.  Any Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Loans at any discount.

 

(B)                                The Auction Agent shall promptly provide the relevant Group Member with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received on or before the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date.  Such Group Member shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select the largest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that is acceptable to the Group Member (the “ Acceptable Discount ”), if any.  If the Group Member elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by such Group Member from the Auction Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this subsection (B) (the “ Acceptance Date ”), the Group Member shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Auction Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount.  If the Auction Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Group Member by the Acceptance Date, such Group Member shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

 

(C)                                Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three (3) Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “ Discounted Prepayment Determination Date ”), the Auction Agent will determine (in consultation with such Group Member and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Loans (the “ Acceptable Prepayment Amount ”) to be

 

68



 

prepaid by the relevant Group Member at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 4.1(b)(iv).  If the Group Member elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Group Member agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount.  Each Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer with an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required pro rata reduction pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “ Qualifying Lender ”).  The Group Member will prepay outstanding Loans pursuant to this subsection (iv) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “ Identified Qualifying Lenders ”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Group Member and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “ Solicited Discount Proration ”).  On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Auction Agent shall promptly notify (I) the relevant Group Member of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Loans and the tranches to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration.  Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the relevant Group Member and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.  The payment amount specified in such notice to such Group Member shall be due and payable by such Group Member on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (vi) below (subject to subsection (c) below).

 

(v)                          In connection with any Discounted Loan Prepayment, the relevant Group Member and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Loan Prepayment, the payment of reasonable customary fees and expenses from such Group Member in connection therewith.

 

(vi)                       If any Loan is prepaid in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (iv) above, the relevant Group Member shall prepay such Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.  The relevant Group Member shall make such prepayment to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the relevant tranche of Loans on a pro rata basis across such installments.  The Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid

 

69



 

interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.  The aggregate principal amount of the tranches and installments of the relevant Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate principal amount of the tranches of Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Loan Prepayment.

 

(vii)                    To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 4.1(b), established by the Auction Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by the relevant Group Member.

 

(viii)                 Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 4.1(b), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon Auction Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.

 

(ix)                       The relevant Group Member and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 4.1(b) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Auction Agent and expressly consent to any such delegation of duties by the Auction Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate.  The exculpatory provisions pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Auction Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 4.1(b) as well as activities of the Auction Agent.

 

(c)                                   The relevant Group Member shall have the right, by written notice to the Auction Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Loan Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date (and if such offer is revoked pursuant to the preceding clauses, any failure by such Group Member to make any prepayment to a Lender, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 9.1).

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, in the event that, on or prior to the first six month anniversary of the Amendment No.  1 2 Effective Date, the Borrower (x) makes any prepayment of Term B -1 Loans pursuant to Section 4.1(a) or 4.2(a) in connection with any Repricing Transaction, or (y) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each applicable Term B -1 Lender, (I) in the case of clause (x), a prepayment premium of 1% of the principal amount of the Term B -1 Loans being prepaid and (II) in the case of clause (y), a payment equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Term B -1 Loans outstanding immediately prior to such amendment.

 

4.2                                Mandatory Prepayments .

 

(a)                                  If any Indebtedness shall be incurred or issued by any Group Member after the Closing Date (other than Excluded Indebtedness), an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied on the date of such incurrence or issuance toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section 4.2(d).

 

70



 

(b)                                  (1)  If on any date any Group Member shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event then, unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied on such date toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section 4.2(d); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event shall be applied toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section 4.2(d).

 

(2)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that (and for so long as) any of or all of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event by a Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 4.2(b)(1) (each such Asset Sale and Recovery Event, a “ Specified Asset Sale ”) are prohibited or delayed by applicable local Requirements of Law from being repatriated to the jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower, the calculation of Net Cash Proceeds shall be reduced by the amount so prohibited or delayed; provided , that once such repatriation of any such affected Net Cash Proceeds is permitted under the applicable local Requirements of Law, the Group Members shall be treated as having received Net Cash Proceeds equal to the amount of such reduction.

 

(c)                                   The Borrower shall, on each Excess Cash Flow Application Date, apply the ECF Percentage of the excess, if any, of (i) Excess Cash Flow for the related Excess Cash Flow Payment Period minus (ii) Voluntary Prepayments made during such Excess Cash Flow Payment Period or, at the option of the Borrower, on or prior such Excess Cash Flow Application Date, toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section 4.2(d).  Each such prepayment shall be made on a date (an “ Excess Cash Flow Application Date ”) no later than ten (10) days after the date on which the financial statements referred to in Section 7.1(a) for the fiscal year of the Borrower with respect to which such prepayment is made are required to be delivered to the Lenders.

 

(d)                                  Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments made pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.8 and first , to Base Rate Loans and, second , to Eurodollar Loans.  Each prepayment of the Term Loans under this Section 4.2 shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid.

 

 

(e)                                   The Additional Term B -1 Commitment shall terminate upon funding on the Amendment No. 1 2 Effective Date.

 

(f)                                    For the avoidance of doubt, if any prepayment under Section 4.2(a) made on or prior to the first six month anniversary of the Amendment No.  1 2 Effective Date is a Repricing Transaction, the repayment shall be subject to Section 4.1(d).

 

4.3                                Conversion and Continuation Options .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to Base Rate Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date; provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may be made only on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto.  The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor); provided that no Base Rate Loan under a particular Facility may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of such Facility have determined in its

 

71



 

or their sole discretion not to permit such conversions.  Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

 

(b)                                  Any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 1.1, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans; provided that no Eurodollar Loan under a particular Facility may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of such Facility have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuations; and provided , further , that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this paragraph or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Loans shall be automatically converted to Base Rate Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period.  Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

 

4.4                                Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions and continuations of Eurodollar Loans hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Eurodollar Tranche shall be equal to $500,000 or integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, the then outstanding amount of the Eurodollar Loans (or, in the case of a conversion, Base Rate Loans) to be borrowed, converted or continued) and (b) no more than ten (10) Eurodollar Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.

 

4.5                                Interest Rates and Payment Dates .

 

(a)                                  Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin.

 

(b)                                  Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

 

(c)                                   If an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) shall have occurred and be continuing, such overdue amounts shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of the Loans, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section  plus 2.00%, (ii) in the case of Reimbursement Obligations, the non-default rate applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Facility plus 2.00% and (iii) in the case of any such other amounts that do not relate to a particular Facility, the non-default rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Facility plus 2.00%, in each case from the date of such Event of Default until such Event of Default is no longer continuing.

 

(d)                                  Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable from time to time on demand.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “ Maximum Rate ”).  If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower.  In determining

 

72



 

whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (i) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (ii) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

4.6                                Computation of Interest and Fees .

 

(a)                                  Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to Base Rate Loans the rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of clauses (a) or (b) of the definition of Base Rate, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.  The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate.  Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the Base Rate or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective.  The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

 

(b)                                  Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error.  The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, promptly deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 4.6(a).

 

4.7                                Inability to Determine Interest Rate .  If prior to the first day of any Interest Period:

 

(a)                                  the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or

 

(b)                                  the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of the relevant Facility that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as reasonably determined and conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period,

 

the Administrative Agent shall give written notice thereof to the Borrower and the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter but at least two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.  If such notice is given (x) any Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as Base Rate Loans, (y) any Loans under the relevant Facility that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as Base Rate Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be converted, on the last day of the then current Interest Period, to Base Rate Loans.  Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent (which notice the Administrative Agent agrees to withdraw promptly upon a determination that the condition or situation which gave rise to such notice no longer exists), no further Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert Loans under the relevant Facility to Eurodollar Loans.

 

73


 

4.8                                Pro Rata Treatment; Application of Payments; Payments .

 

(a)                                  Each borrowing by the Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the Borrower on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments of the Lenders shall be made pro rata according to the respective Term Percentages or Revolving Percentages, as the case may be, of the relevant Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Except as provided in Section 2.3(b)  and 2.3(c) , each payment (including each prepayment) on account of principal of and interest on the Term Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the Term Lenders.  The amount of each principal prepayment of the Term Loans made pursuant to Section 4.1(a) shall be applied to reduce the then remaining installments of the Term Loans as specified by the Borrower in the applicable notice of prepayment.  The amount of each principal prepayment of the Term Loans made pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be applied to reduce the then remaining installments of the Term Loans in direct order of maturity.

 

(c)                                   Each payment on account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Revolving Lenders.

 

(d)                                  All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the Funding Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds.  The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received.  If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.  In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

 

(e)                                   Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be required to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent.  A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  If such Lender’s share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three (3) Business Days of such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans under the relevant Facility, on demand, from the Borrower.

 

74



 

(f)                                    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower prior to the date of any payment due to be made by the Borrower hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower is making such payment, and the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be required to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Lenders their respective pro rata shares of a corresponding amount.  If such payment is not made to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower within three (3) Business Days after such due date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover, on demand, from each Lender to which any amount which was made available pursuant to the preceding sentence, such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower.

 

(g)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the provisions of this Section 4.8 (i) shall be subject to the express provisions of this Agreement which require or permit differing payments to be made to Non-Defaulting Lenders as opposed to Defaulting Lenders and (ii) shall not restrict any transactions permitted by Section 4.1(b) or 11.6, or any “amend and extend” transactions.

 

4.9                                Requirements of Law .

 

(a)                                  If the adoption of, taking effect of or any change, in each case after the date the applicable Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or the applicable Participant acquires a participation in all or a portion of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, in any Requirement of Law or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof or compliance by any Lender or Issuing Lender with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof (and, for purposes of this Agreement, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives in connection therewith are deemed to have gone into effect and adopted subsequent to the date hereof):

 

(i)                              shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender or Issuing Lender that is not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate hereunder; or

 

(ii)                           shall impose on such Lender or Issuing Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Lender of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then, in any such case, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender or Issuing Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable.  If any Lender or Issuing Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.

 

(b)                                  If any Lender or Issuing Lender shall have reasonably determined that the adoption of, taking effect of or any change in any Requirement of Law, in each case after the date the applicable Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or the applicable Participant acquires a participation in all or a

 

75



 

portion of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or Issuing Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender or Issuing Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof (and, for purposes of this Agreement, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives in connection therewith are deemed to have gone into effect and adopted subsequent to the date hereof) shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or Issuing Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time, after submission by such Lender or Issuing Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender or Issuing Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Lender or such corporation for such reduction.

 

(c)                                   A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by any Lender or Issuing Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section for any amounts incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that, if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such 180 day period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect.  The obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.  The Borrower shall pay the Lender or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any certificate referred to above within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)                                  For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.9 shall not apply in the case of Taxes, which shall instead be governed exclusively by Section 4.10.

 

4.10                         Taxes .

 

(a)                                  Payments Free of Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes .  Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall (except to the extent required by law) be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, provided that if any Loan Party or any other applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable law to deduct or withhold any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from any sum paid or payable by any Loan Party under any of the Loan Documents, then (i) the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions or withholdings have been made (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.10) the applicable Agent or Lender, as the case may be, receives on the due date a net amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the applicable Loan Party shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the applicable Loan Party shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(b)                                  Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower .  Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

76



 

(c)                                   Indemnification by the Borrower .  The Loan Parties shall, jointly and severally, indemnify each Agent or Lender, within ten (10) business days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 4.10) imposed on or payable by such Agent or Lender, as the case may be, with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and reasonable expenses arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate setting forth the amount of such payment or liability delivered by a Lender (with a copy to the relevant Agent), or by an Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)                                  Evidence of Payments .  As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(e)                                   Status of Lenders .  Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, whenever reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable laws and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, (A) to determine whether or not payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) to determine, if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction and (C) to establish such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender pursuant to any Loan Document or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in an applicable jurisdiction.  If any form, certification or other documentation provided by a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(e) (including any of the specific documentation described below) expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing and shall promptly update or otherwise correct the affected documentation or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing that such Lender is not legally eligible to do so.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

 

(A)                                any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent duly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable laws or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (in such number of signed originals as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to U.S. federal backup withholding or information reporting requirements; and

 

(B)                                each Foreign Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of signed originals as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), duly completed and executed copies of whichever of the following is applicable:

 

77



 

(i)  IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor thereto) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

 

(ii)  IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor thereto) claiming that specified payments (as applicable) under this Agreement or any other Loan Documents (as applicable) constitute income that is effectively connected with such Foreign Lender’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States,

 

(iii)  in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Sections 881(c) or 871(h) of the Code (the “ Portfolio Interest Exemption ”), (x) a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit Q-1, Q-2, Q-3 or Q-4, as applicable (a “ Tax Status Certificate ”) and (y) IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor thereto),

 

(iv)  where such Lender is a partnership (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or otherwise not a beneficial owner ( e.g ., where such Lender has sold a participation), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto) and all required supporting documentation (including, where one or more of the underlying beneficial owner(s) is claiming the benefits of the Portfolio Interest Exemption, a Tax Status Certificate of such beneficial owner(s) ( provided that, if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and not a participating Lender, the Tax Status Certificate from the beneficial owner(s) may be provided by the Foreign Lender on behalf of the beneficial owner(s)), or

 

(v)  any other form prescribed by applicable laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Laws to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10(e), no Lender shall be required to deliver any documentation pursuant to this Section 4.10(e) that it is not legally eligible to provide.

 

(f)                                    FATCA .  Without limiting the generality of Section 4.10(e), each Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable law and at such times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to avoid the imposition of withholding obligations under FATCA with respect to such Lender.

 

(g)                                   If any Agent or Lender determines, in its good faith discretion, that it has received a refund (whether received in cash or applied as an offset against other Taxes due) of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Loan Party or with respect to which any Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall promptly pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by any Loan Party under this Section 4.10 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Agent or Lender (including any Taxes), as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of such Agent or Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Agent or Lender in the event such Agent or

 

78



 

Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  Such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s written reasonable request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority.  This subsection shall not be construed to require any Agent or Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

 

(h)                                  The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

(i)                                      For purposes of this Section 4.10, the term “Lender” shall include the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender.

 

4.11                         Indemnity .  The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold each Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) the making of a prepayment of, or a conversion from, Eurodollar Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto or (d) any other default by the Borrower in the repayment of such Eurodollar Loans when and as required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  Such indemnification may include an amount (other than with respect to clause (d)) equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin and the Eurodollar Floor included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market.  A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to the Borrower by any Lender shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

4.12                         Change of Lending Office .  Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (b) or (c) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage or any unreimbursed costs or expenses; and provided , further , that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (b) or (c).  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation.

 

4.13                         Replacement of Lenders .  The Borrower shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (b) or (c) (such Lender, an “ Affected Lender ”), (b) is a Non-Consenting Lender or (c) is a Defaulting Lender, with a replacement financial institution or other entity; provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) in the case of an Affected Lender, prior to any such replacement, such Lender

 

79



 

shall have taken no action under Section 4.12 so as to eliminate the continued need for payment of amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (b) or (c), (iii) the replacement financial institution or entity shall purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement, (iv) the Borrower shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 4.11 if any Eurodollar Loan owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, (v) the replacement financial institution or entity shall be an Eligible Assignee, (vi) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6 ( provided that, except in the case of clause (c) hereof, the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein), (vii) until such time as such replacement shall be consummated, the Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (b) or (c), as the case may be, (viii) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender, and (ix) in the case of a Non-Consenting Lender, the replacement financial institution or entity shall consent at the time of such assignment to each matter in respect of which the replaced Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender.

 

4.14                         Evidence of Debt .

 

(a)                                  Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Borrower (or, in the case of an assignment not required to be recorded in the Register in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6(d), the assigning Lender, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower), shall maintain the Register (or, in the case of an assignment not required to be recorded in the Register in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6(d), a Related Party Register), in each case pursuant to Section 11.6(d), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder and any Note evidencing such Loan, the Type of such Loan and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of an assignment not required to be recorded in the Register in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6(d), the assigning Lender) hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

(c)                                   The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 4.14(a) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded (absent manifest error); provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note of the Borrower evidencing any Term Loans, Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans, as the case may be, of such Lender, substantially in the forms of Exhibit E-1, E-2 or E-3, respectively, with appropriate insertions as to date and principal amount.

 

80



 

4.15                         Illegality .  Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, (a) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurodollar Loans, continue Eurodollar Loans as such and convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall forthwith be canceled and (b) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law.  If any such conversion of a Eurodollar Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.11.

 

SECTION 5.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

To induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and issue, amend, extend, renew or participate in the Letters of Credit, each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to each Agent and each Lender that:

 

5.1                                Financial Condition .

 

(a)                                  The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”) as of and for the twelve month periods ended on March 31, 2011, copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Lender, have been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (i) the consummation of the Acquisition, (ii) the Loans to be made under this Agreement on the Closing Date, (iii) the Equity Contribution, (iv) the Refinancing and (v) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing.  The Pro Forma Financial Statements have been prepared in good faith based on the assumptions set forth therein, which the Borrower believed to be reasonable assumptions at the time such Pro Forma Financial Statements were prepared, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at and for each of the dates and periods set forth above, assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date.

 

(b)                                  (i) The audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the Target and its Subsidiaries as of and for each of the fiscal years ended (or, in the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, ended on or around) December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, accompanied by a report from Ernst & Young LLP and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the Target and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ended (or, in the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, ended on or around) March 31, 2011, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the Target and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as at such dates, and the consolidated results of their respective operations and cash flows for such period then ended (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (ii) above).  All such financial statements delivered pursuant to clauses (b)(i) and (b)(ii) above, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared substantially in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved.

 

5.2                                No Change .  Since January 1, 2011, there has been no development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

81



 

5.3                                Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law .  Except as permitted under Section 8.4, each Group Member (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the organizational power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign entity and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with the terms of its Organizational Documents and (e) is in compliance with the terms of all Requirements of Law and all Governmental Authorizations, except to the extent that any failure under clause (a) (with respect to any Group Member other than the Borrower) or clauses (b), (c) and (e) to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.4                                Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations .  Each Loan Party has the organizational power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder.  Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational and other action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, except (a) consents, authorizations, filings and notices described in Schedule 5.4, (b) consents, authorizations, filings and notices which have been, or will be, obtained or made and are in full force and effect on or before the Closing Date, (c) any such consent, authorizations, filings and notices the absence of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) the filings referred to in Section 5.19.  Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party thereto.  This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

 

5.5                                No Legal Bar .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate (a) the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party, (b) any Requirement of Law, Governmental Authorization or any Contractual Obligation of any Group Member and (c) will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any Group Member’s respective properties or revenues pursuant to its Organizational Documents, any Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents and Liens permitted by Section 8.3), except for any violation set forth in clause (b) or (c) which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.6                                Litigation and Adverse Proceedings .  No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, threatened in writing by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents, which would in any respect impair the enforceability of the Loan Documents, taken as a whole or (b) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

82



 

5.7                                No Default .  No Group Member is in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

5.8                                Ownership of Property; Liens .

 

(a)                                  Each Group Member has title in fee simple (or local law equivalent) to all of its owned real property, a valid leasehold interest in all its leased real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, license to, or right to use, all its other tangible Property material to its business, in all material respects, and no such Property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 8.3.  The tangible Property of the Group Members, taken as a whole, (i) is in good operating order, condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and (ii) constitutes all the Property which is required for the business and operations of the Group Members as presently conducted.

 

(b)                                  Schedules 6(a) and 6(b) to the Perfection Certificate dated the Closing Date contain a true and complete list of each interest in real property (i) owned by any Group Member as of the date hereof and (ii) leased, subleased or otherwise occupied or utilized by any Group Member, as lessee, sublessee, franchisee or licensee, as of the date hereof.

 

(c)                                   No Mortgage encumbers improved real property that is located in Special Flood Hazard Area unless flood insurance under the applicable Flood Insurance Laws has been obtained in connection with Section 7.5.

 

5.9                                Intellectual Property .  Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of any Loan Party:  (a) the conduct of, and the use of Intellectual Property in, the business of the Group Members as currently conducted (including the products and services of the Group Members) does not infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property rights of any other Person; (b) in the last two (2) years, there has been no such claim, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened in writing against any Group Member; (c) to the knowledge of any Loan Party, there is no valid basis for a claim of infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of Intellectual Property rights against any Group Member; (d) to the knowledge of any Loan Party, no Person is infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating any Intellectual Property of any Group Member, and there has been no such claim asserted or threatened in writing against any third party by any Group Member or to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any other Person; and (e) each Group Member has at all times complied with all applicable laws, as well as its own rules, policies, and procedures, relating to privacy, data protection, and the collection and use of personal information collected, used, or held for use by such Group Member.

 

5.10                         Taxes .  Each Loan Party has filed or caused to be filed all federal, state and other tax returns that are required to be filed by it and each Loan Party has paid all federal, state and other taxes and any assessments made in writing against it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than (a) any which are not yet due or the amount or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Loan Party or (b) any which the failure to so file or pay could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect).

 

5.11                         Federal Reserve Regulations .  No Group Member is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.  No part of the proceeds of any extension of credit under this Agreement will be used for any purpose that violates or would be inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board.

 

83


 

5.12                         Labor Matters .  Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of each Group Member have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any Group Member on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant Group Member.

 

5.13                         ERISA .  Neither a Reportable Event nor a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Single Employer Plan, and each Single Employer Plan and Multiemployer Plan is in compliance in all respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code except where such Reportable Event, failure, or non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No withdrawal by the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity from a Single Employer Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur.  No Lien against the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan or a Multiemployer Plan has arisen during the past five years, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No non-exempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Plan, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan and neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity reasonably would become subject to any liability under ERISA if the Borrower or any such Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, except, in each case, for any liability that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  No failure to make a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No such Multiemployer Plan is in Reorganization or Insolvent or in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA), except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.14                         Investment Company Act; Other Regulations .  No Loan Party is an “investment company,” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  No Loan Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than Regulation X of the Board, as amended) that limits its ability to incur Indebtedness.

 

5.15                         Capital Stock and Ownership Interests of Subsidiaries .  As of the Closing Date (a) Schedule 5.15 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of formation or incorporation of each Group Member and, as to each such Group Member (other than the Borrower), states the beneficial and record owners thereof and the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by any Loan Party, and (b) there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees, independent contractors or directors and directors’ qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of any Group Member (other than the Borrower), except as created by the Loan Documents or as permitted hereby.  Except as listed on Schedule 5.15, as of the Closing Date, no Group Member owns any interests in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangements with any Person.

 

84



 

5.16                         Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Term B -1 Loans made pursuant to the Additional Term B -1 Commitment shall be used for the prepayment of Original Term B Loans, the payment of fees and expenses in connection with Amendment No.  1 2 and for general corporate purposes.  The proceeds of the Revolving Loans shall be used on the Closing Date to refinance revolver borrowings under the Existing INC Credit Agreement outstanding on the Closing Date in an amount not exceeding $10,000,000 and the funding of any upfront fees and/or original issue discount.  After the Closing Date, the proceeds of the Revolving Loans shall be used, together with the proceeds of the Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit, to finance working capital and for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

5.17                         Environmental Matters .  Except as, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(a)                                  the facilities and properties owned or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, leased or operated by any Group Member (the “ Properties ”) do not contain any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute a violation of, or could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law;

 

(b)                                  no Group Member has received any written claim, demand, notice of violation, or of actual or potential liability with respect  to any Environmental Laws relating to any Group Member;

 

(c)                                   Materials of Environmental Concern have not been transported, sent for treatment or disposed of from the Properties by any Group Member or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, by any other person in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that could reasonably be expected to result in any Group Member incurring liability under, any Environmental Law, nor have any Materials of Environmental Concern been released, generated, treated, or stored by any Group Member or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, by any other person at, on, under or from any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could reasonably be expected to give rise to result in any Group Member incurring liability under, any applicable Environmental Law;

 

(d)                                  no judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, will be named as a party, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or relating to  any Group Member;

 

(e)                                   each Group Member, the Properties and all operations at the Properties are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws; and

 

(f)                                    no Group Member has assumed by contract any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws, nor is any Group Member paying for or conducting , in whole or in part,  any  response or other corrective action to address any Materials of Environmental Concern at any location pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

5.18                         Accuracy of Information, etc .  No written statement contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document, certificate or statement furnished by any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including the Confidential Information Memorandum) (other than information of a general economic or industry-specific nature), when taken as a whole, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was furnished, any

 

85



 

untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading in the light of the circumstances under which such statements were made after giving effect to any supplements thereto; provided , however , that (i) with respect to the projections and other pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above, the Borrower represents only that the same were prepared in good faith and are based upon assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact, is by its nature inherently uncertain and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount and (ii) no representation is made with respect to information of a general economic or industry nature.

 

5.19                         Security Documents .  The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each other Security Document is, or upon execution or filing, as applicable, will be, effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a valid security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof (to the extent a security interest can be created therein under the Uniform Commercial Code).  In the case of the Pledged Equity Interests described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when stock or interest certificates representing such Pledged Equity Interests (along with properly completed stock or interest powers endorsing the Pledged Equity Interest and executed by the owner of such shares or interests) are delivered to the Collateral Agent, and in the case of the other Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Security Document, when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 5.19 in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 5.19 and upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of the Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent required by the Security Documents), the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except Liens permitted by Section 8.3) subject in the case of the Intellectual Property that is the subject of any application or registration, to the recordation of appropriate evidence of the Collateral Agent’s Lien in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and/or United States Copyright Office, as appropriate, and the taking of actions and making of filings necessary under the applicable Requirements of Law to obtain the equivalent of perfection.

 

5.20                         Solvency .  Holdings and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis), after giving effect to the Transactions and the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith and therewith, will be and will continue to be Solvent.

 

5.21                         Senior Indebtedness .  The Obligations constitute “senior debt,” “senior indebtedness,” “designated senior debt,” “guarantor senior debt” or “senior secured financing” (or any comparable term) of each Loan Party with respect to any Junior Financing.

 

5.22                         Regulatory Compliance Sanctions and Anti-Corruption Laws .

 

(a)                                  Neither Holdings, the Borrower nor any of its subsidiaries their Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Holdings and Borrower , any director, officer, employee, agent or representative of Holdings or the Borrower, is an individual or entity (for purposes of only this Section  5.21, 5.22, Person ”) currently the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council , the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor is Holdings or , the Borrower or any Subsidiary located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions Sanctioned Country .  Each of Holdings and the Borrower represents and covenants that it will not,

 

86



 

directly or indirectly, use the any Loan, Letter of Credit or proceeds of the transaction, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such Loan, Letter of Credit or proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer, agent or employee of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ FCPA ”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA.

 

5.23                         Anti-Terrorism Laws [Reserved] .

 

(a)            No Loan Party, or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries, is in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law or engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

(b)            None of the Loan Parties, nor, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, any Subsidiaries of any Loan Party or their respective agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Loans, Letters of Credit or other transactions hereunder, is any of the following (each, a “ Blocked Person ”):

 

(i)           a Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224;

 

(ii)          a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224;

 

(iii)         a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

(iv)        a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224;

 

(v)         a Person that is named as a “specially designated national” on the most current list published by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Asset Control at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; or

 

(vi)        a Person who is affiliated or associated with a person listed above.

 

87



 

(c)            No Loan Party, or to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any of its agents acting in any capacity in connection with the Loans, Letters of Credit or other transactions hereunder (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person or (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224.

 

5.24                         Patriot Act .  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (b) the Patriot Act and (c) other federal or state laws relating to “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations.

 

SECTION 6.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

6.1                                Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit .  The agreement of each Lender to make the initial extension of credit requested to be made by it is subject to the satisfaction or waiver, prior to or substantially concurrently with the making of such extension of credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                  Loan Documents .  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by each Agent, Holdings, the Borrower and each Person that is a Lender as of the Closing Date, (ii) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each other Security Document (except for Mortgages and other deliverables as set forth in Section 7.10) required to be delivered on the Closing Date, executed and delivered by the Borrower and each other Loan Party that is a party thereto, (iii) a perfection certificate in customary form and substance and (iv) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender that has requested a Note at least two Business Days in advance of the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  Transactions .  The following transactions shall have been or shall substantially concurrently be consummated:

 

(i)                              The Acquisition shall be consummated (x) substantially concurrently with the initial funding of the Facilities and (y) in accordance with the Acquisition Documentation and no provision thereof shall have been amended or waived, and no consent shall be given, in each case, in any respect that is materially adverse to the interests of the Joint Lead Arrangers or the Lenders without the prior written consent of MSSF (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), it being understood that the consent of the Joint Lead Arrangers is not required for any reduction in the acquisition consideration payable under the Acquisition Agreement, which reduction shall be allocated (1) 70% to reduction of the Term Loans and (2) 30% to reduction of the Equity Contribution.  The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of each of the Acquisition Documentation, including any amendments, supplements or modifications with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

(ii)                           (x) The Borrower shall have received or shall substantially concurrently receive the Equity Contribution and (y) the Borrower shall have received or shall substantially concurrently receive $250,000,000 in aggregate gross cash proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes (or such lesser amount determined by the Borrower to be necessary to consummate the Transactions); and

 

(iii)                        On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall have any indebtedness for

 

88



 

borrowed money other than the Facilities, the Senior Notes, indebtedness contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, any Convertible Notes that are not tendered and accepted for purchase under an offer to purchase and related consent solicitation made by the Target, and other indebtedness permitted by Section 8.2 and reflected in the Pro Forma Financial Statements.

 

(c)                                   Pro Forma Financial Statements; Financial Statements .  The Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received, (i) the financial statements described in Section 5.1(a), (ii) the financial statements described in Section 5.1(b)(i), (iii) the financial statements described in Section 5.1(b)(ii), and (iv) forecasts of the consolidated financial performance of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, (x) on an annual basis, through December 31, 2018 and (y) on a quarterly basis, through December 31, 2012.

 

(d)                                  Lien Searches .  The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a recent lien search in the jurisdiction where each Loan Party is organized.

 

(e)                                   Fees .  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have complied with all of their obligations under, and the terms of, the Fee Letter.  The Joint Lead Arrangers and the Agents shall have received all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses required to be paid and all accrued all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses required to be paid, including without limitation, the reasonable and invoiced fees and disbursements of one primary counsel (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction, if required).

 

(f)                                    Closing Certificate .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit F, with appropriate insertions and attachments including the certificate of incorporation or certificate of formation, as applicable, of each Loan Party certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party.

 

(g)                                   Legal Opinions .  The Administrative Agent shall have received the legal opinions of (i) Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, counsel to Holdings and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1, (ii) Squires, Sanders & Dempsey (US) LLP, Ohio counsel to Holdings and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2 and (iii) General Counsel of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-3.  Such legal opinions shall be addressed to the Agents and the Lenders and shall cover such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require that are customary for transactions of this kind.

 

(h)                                  Pledged Equity Interests; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes .  The Collateral Agent shall have received (i) the certificates representing the shares of Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, if applicable, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof and (ii) each promissory note (if any) pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement endorsed (without recourse) in blank (or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank) by the pledgor thereof.

 

(i)                                      Filings, Registrations and Recordings .  Each Uniform Commercial Code financing statement required by the Security Documents to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 8.3), shall be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

 

(j)                                     Patriot Act, Etc .  The Administrative Agent shall have received, with respect to such documents and other information requested in writing at least 5 business days prior to the Closing

 

89



 

Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act.

 

(k)                                  Solvency Certificate .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, in the form of Exhibit H, from a senior financial officer of Holdings or the Borrower certifying that Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby are solvent.

 

(l)                                      Insurance .  The Administrative Agent shall have received insurance certificates satisfying the requirements of Section 5.3 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

(m)                              Closing Date Material Adverse Effect .  Except as set forth on Section 3.1(q) of the Company Disclosure Schedule (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) (it being understood that the information disclosed in one subsection of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be included in each other subsection of the Company Disclosure Schedule with respect to which the relevance of such information thereto would be reasonably apparent) or as disclosed in the Company SEC Documents (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) filed by the Target with, or furnished by the Target to, the Securities and Exchange Commission since March, 16, 2009 and at least two Business Days (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) prior to May 4, 2011, and publicly available as of May 4, 2011 (excluding any cautionary, predictive or forward-looking statements set forth in any section of such Company SEC Documents, including any statements in any section captioned “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”), and subject to the limitation set forth in subsection (x) of Section 3.1 of the Acquisition Agreement, since January 1, 2011 there shall not have been any change, circumstance or event which, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Closing Date Material Adverse Effect on the Target, regardless of whether such change, event, occurrence, state of fact or development arose out of facts or circumstances known by any of the parties to the Acquisition Agreement.  Since May 4, 2011, there shall not have been an effect, change, event or occurrence that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Closing Date Material Adverse Effect on the Target.

 

(n)                                  Representations and Warranties .  Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to 5.3(a) and (b) (only as it relates to the entering into and performance of the Loan Documents), 5.4 (only as it relates to the authorization, execution and delivery and the enforceability of the Loan Documents), 5.5 (only as it relates to no violation of the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party or any Requirement of Law), 5.11, 5.14, 5.16, 5.19, 5.20, 5.21 and 5.24 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent made as of a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such specific date).

 

(o)                                  Acquisition Agreement Representations and Warranties .  Each of the representations and warranties made by the Target in the Acquisition Agreement that are material to the interests of the Lenders shall be true and correct as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent made as of a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such specific date), but only to the extent the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has the right to terminate its obligations under the Acquisition Agreement as a result of a breach or inaccuracy of any such representation or warranty in the Acquisition Agreement.

 

(p)                                  Notices .  The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent the notice of borrowing for such extension of credit in accordance with this Agreement.

 

90



 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this Section 6.1, to the extent any Collateral is not provided (or any related required actions under this Section 6.1 are not taken) on the Closing Date after the Loan Parties’ use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so, the delivery of such Collateral (and the taking of the related required actions) shall not constitute a condition precedent to the extensions of credit under this Agreement on the Closing Date but shall instead be required to be delivered (or taken) after the Closing Date in accordance with the requirements of Section 7.10, except that (A) with respect to the perfection of security interests in UCC Filing Collateral, Holdings and the Borrower shall be obligated to deliver or cause to be delivered necessary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements to the Collateral Agent in proper form for filing and to irrevocably authorize and to cause the applicable Loan Parties to irrevocably authorize, the Collateral Agent to file necessary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and (B) with respect to perfection of security interests in Stock Certificates of the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries, Holdings and the Borrower shall be obligated to deliver to the Collateral Agent such Stock Certificates together with undated stock powers in blank.

 

6.2                                Conditions to Each Extension of Credit After the Closing Date .  The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit (other than the amendment, modification, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit which does not increase the face amount of such Letter of Credit) requested to be made by it on any date after the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                  Representations and Warranties .  Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent made as of a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such specific date).

 

(b)                                  No Default .  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

 

(c)                                   Notices .  The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender, the notice of borrowing or Application, as the case may be, for such extension of credit in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Each borrowing by and issuance of a Letter of Credit (other than the amendment, modification, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit which does not increase the face amount of such Letter of Credit) on behalf of the Borrower hereunder after the Closing Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section 6.2 have been satisfied.

 

SECTION 7.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding, or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations, Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized and any amount owing under Specified Hedge Agreements and Specified Cash Management Agreements), Holdings shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

 

7.1                                Financial Statements .  Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

 

(a)                                  as soon as available, but in any event within (x) one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2011 and (y) ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings, beginning with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2012, (i) a copy of the

 

91



 

audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income or operations, members’ equity and cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings for such fiscal year, as compared to amounts for the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts;

 

(b)                                  as soon as available, but in any event within (x) sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of Holdings, for any such quarter ending prior to December 31, 2012 and (y) forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of Holdings, for any such quarter ending after December 31, 2012, (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income or operations, and cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operation, and cash flows of Holdings in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes) and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, as compared to the comparable periods in the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts; and

 

(c)                                   at such time as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower, after the financial statements of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries are required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b), the Borrower shall participate in a conference call during normal business hours to discuss results of operations of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries with the Lenders.

 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b) or Section 7.2(d) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at www.incresearch.com (or such other website specified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent from time to time); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that, (x) to the extent the Administrative Agent so requests, the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (y) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by facsimile or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents.  The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to herein, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) Holdings’ financial statements are consolidated with its direct or indirect parent’ financial statements or (ii) any direct or indirect parent of Holdings is subject to periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and Holdings is not, then the requirement to deliver consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the related narrative discussion and analysis and opinion of an independent certified public accountant,

 

92



 

as applicable, may be satisfied by delivering consolidated financial statements of such direct or indirect parent of Holdings accompanied by a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, consolidating adjustments, if any, attributable solely to such direct or indirect parent and any of its subsidiaries that are not Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and the related narrative discussion and analysis and opinion of an independent certified public accountant, as applicable, of such direct or indirect parent; provided that any such opinion of an independent certified public accountant shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 7.1(a)(i) above and shall relate solely to Holdings, its Subsidiaries, and such direct or indirect parent (as applicable) but, in the case of such indirect parent, only if such indirect parent has no direct or indirect Subsidiaries other than (i) the direct parent of Holdings, Holdings and its Subsidiaries and (ii) any intermediate parent that itself has no direct or indirect Subsidiaries other than the direct parent of Holdings, Holdings and its Subsidiaries and one or more other intermediate parents that meet the requirements of this clause (ii).

 

7.2                                Certificates; Other Information .  Furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (as applicable):

 

(a)                                  concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b), (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing except as specified in such certificate, (ii) to the extent not previously disclosed and delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, a listing of any Intellectual Property which is the subject of a United States federal registration or federal application (including Intellectual Property included in the Collateral which was theretofore unregistered and becomes the subject of a United States federal registration or federal application) acquired by any Loan Party since the date of the most recent list delivered pursuant to this clause (ii) (or, in the case of the first such list so delivered, since the Closing Date), and, at the request of the Administrative Agent, promptly deliver to the Collateral Agent an Intellectual Property Security Agreement suitable for recordation in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, or such other instrument in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and undertake the filing of any instruments or statements as shall be reasonably necessary to create, record, preserve, protect or perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Intellectual Property and (iii) a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations necessary for determining compliance by each Group Member with the provisions of this Agreement referred to therein as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the Borrower, as the case may be and, if applicable, for determining the Applicable Margins and Commitment Fee Rate;

 

(b)                                  as soon as available, and in any event no later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year shown on a quarterly basis (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Holdings stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions at the time prepared;

 

(c)                                   promptly after the same are filed, copies of all annual, regular or periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Loan Parties may file or be required to file with the SEC and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto; and

 

(d)                                  promptly, such additional financial and other information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request, including, without limitation, other information with respect to the Patriot Act.

 

93


 

7.3                                Payment of Taxes .  Pay all Taxes, assessments, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority before they become delinquent, except (a) where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member or (b) where the failure to pay could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.4                                Maintenance of Existence; Compliance .

 

(a)                                  (i)  Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence except as permitted hereunder and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, including, without limitation, all necessary Governmental Authorizations, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 8.4 and except, in the case of clause (i) above solely with respect to Holdings or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(b)                                  comply with all Organizational Documents and Requirements of Law (including, without limitation, and as applicable, ERISA and the Code) except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.5                                Maintenance of Property; Insurance .  (a) Except as permitted by Section 8.5, keep all material Property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, subject to casualty, condemnation, ordinary wear and tear and obsolescence, and (b) maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies on all its Property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business.  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon its reasonable request, information in reasonable detail as to the insurance so maintained.  If any improvement located on any Mortgaged Property is at any time located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a Special Flood Hazard Area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto), then the Borrower shall, or shall cause each Loan Party to (i) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

7.6                                Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions .  Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (b) permit representatives of the Administrative Agent who may be accompanied by any Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties (which inspection shall not include any invasive sampling of the Environment) and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with the officers of the Group Members and with their independent certified public accountants ( provided that the Borrower or its Subsidiaries may, at their option, have one or more employees or representatives present at any discussion with such accountants); provided that, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, only one (1) such visit in any calendar year shall be permitted and such visit shall be at the Borrower’s expense.

 

94



 

7.7                                Notices .  Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent of:

 

(a)                                  the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

(b)                                  any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of any Group Member that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between any Group Member and any Governmental Authority, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)                                   the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit, litigation or proceeding, whether at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority (i) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) which relates to any Loan Document;

 

(d)                                  the following events, as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days after a Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtains actual knowledge thereof, except to the extent as such events could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Single Employer Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to any Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan, the creation of any Lien against the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan; and

 

(e)                                   any development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action, if any, the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

7.8                                Environmental Laws .

 

(a)                                  Comply with, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply with and maintain, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws, except, in each case, to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws to address Materials of Environmental Concern, and promptly comply with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws, except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.9                                Interest Rate Protection .  Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree), enter into, and thereafter maintain for a period of not less than thirty (30) months after the Closing Date, Hedge Agreements to the extent necessary to provide that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans is subject to either a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection.

 

95



 

7.10                         Post-Closing; Additional Collateral, etc .

 

(a)                                  With respect to any property acquired after the Closing Date by any Group Member (other than (x) any property described in paragraph (b), (c), (d) or (e) below, (y) property acquired by any Group Member that is not a Loan Party and (z) property that is not required to become subject to Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents) as to which the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected Lien, promptly (but in any event within 60 days following such acquisition or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree) (i) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such amendments to the applicable Security Document or such other documents as the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property, and (ii) take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in such property, subject only to Liens permitted by Section 8.3, including, the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the applicable Security Document or by law and, in the case of Intellectual Property subject to a United States federal registration or federal application, the delivery for filing of an Intellectual Property Security Agreement suitable for recordation in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, or such other instrument in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, or as may be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent.

 

(b)                                  With respect to any fee interest in any real property having a value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $2,000,000 owned or acquired after the Closing Date by any Group Member (other than (x) any such real property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 8.3(g) and (y) real property acquired by a Group Member that is not a Loan Party), promptly (but in any event within 90 days or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree) (i) execute and deliver a first priority Mortgage subject to Liens permitted under Section 8.3 hereof, in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such real property, (ii) provide the Secured Parties with a policy of title insurance (or marked up title insurance commitment having the effect of a policy of title insurance) covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real property (or such other amount as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent; provided that in jurisdictions that impose mortgage recording taxes, the Security Documents shall not secure indebtedness in an amount exceeding 105% of the fair market value of the Mortgaged Property, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Loan Parties and reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent), as well as a Survey or any existing survey in lieu thereof, each of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (iii) deliver to the Collateral Agent legal opinions relating to, among other things, the enforceability, due authorization, execution and delivery of the applicable Mortgage, which opinions shall be in customary form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and (iv) deliver to the Administrative Agent a “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Standard Flood Hazard Determination (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto), and if such Mortgaged Property is located in a special flood hazard area, evidence of flood insurance confirming that such insurance has been obtained and any and all other documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

(c)                                   With respect to any new Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary, Disregarded Domestic Person, Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary) created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Group Member (except that, for the purposes of this paragraph (c), the term Subsidiary shall include any existing Subsidiary that ceases to be a Foreign Subsidiary, Disregarded Domestic Person, Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary), promptly (but in any event within 60 days or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree) (i) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such

 

96



 

Security Documents as the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by any Loan Party, (ii) deliver to the Collateral Agent the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, (iii) cause such new Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the applicable Security Documents, (B) to take such actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Liens permitted by Section 8.3 hereof) in all or substantially all, or any portion of the property of such new Subsidiary that is required to become subject to a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to the Loan Documents as the Collateral Agent shall determine, in its reasonable discretion, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Collateral Agent and (C) deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate of such Subsidiary, substantially in the form of Exhibit F, with appropriate insertions and attachments, and (iv) if reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in customary form and substance; provided that such opinions will only be given as to Subsidiaries other than Immaterial Subsidiaries.

 

(d)                                  With respect to any new “first-tier” Foreign Subsidiary created or acquired after the Closing Date (other than any Foreign Subsidiary (i)  excluded pursuant to Section 7.10(f)  or (ii) that is an Immaterial Subsidiary ) by any Loan Party, promptly (but in any event within 60 days or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree) (A) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such Security Documents as the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by any such Loan Party ( provided that in no event shall more than 65% of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock of any such new Subsidiary be required to be so pledged) and (B) deliver to the Collateral Agent the certificates representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, as the case may be, and take such other action as may be reasonably necessary or, in the opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein.

 

(e)                                   Within 60 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree), the Collateral Agent shall have received executed Intellectual Property Security Agreements.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.10, (x) paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 7.10 shall not apply to (i) any property, new Subsidiary or Capital Stock of a “first-tier” Foreign Subsidiary created or acquired after the Closing Date, as applicable, as to which the Administrative Agent and the Borrower have reasonably determined that (A) the collateral value thereof is insufficient to justify the cost, burden or consequences (including adverse tax consequences) of obtaining a perfected security interest therein, (B) under the law of such Foreign Subsidiary’s jurisdiction of formation, it is unlikely that the Collateral Agent would have the ability to enforce such security interest if granted or (C) such security interest would violate any applicable law; (ii) any property which is otherwise excluded or excepted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any corresponding section of any Security Document; or (iii) any Excluded Assets; and (y) no foreign law security or pledge agreements will be required.

 

7.11                         Further Assurances .  From time to time execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional instruments, certificates or documents, and take all such actions, as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of implementing or effectuating the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or of more fully perfecting or renewing the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties with

 

97



 

respect to the Collateral (or with respect to any additions thereto or replacements or proceeds thereof or with respect to any other property or assets hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party which may be deemed to be part of the Collateral) pursuant hereto or thereto.  Upon the reasonable exercise by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents which requires any consent, approval, recording qualification or authorization of any Governmental Authority, the Borrower will execute and deliver, or will cause the execution and delivery of, all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or such Secured Party may be reasonably required to obtain from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for such governmental consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization.

 

7.12                         Rated Credit Facility; Corporate Ratings .  Use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) cause the Facilities to be continuously rated by S&P and Moody’s and (b) cause the Borrower to continuously receive a public Corporate Family Rating and Corporate Rating (it being acknowledged and agreed, in each case, that no minimum ratings shall be required).

 

7.13                         Use of Proceeds .  The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loans, together with the proceeds of the Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit, solely as set forth in Section 5.16.

 

7.14                         Designation of Subsidiaries .  The Borrower shall be permitted to designate an existing or subsequently acquired or organized Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, so long as (a) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (b) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a pro forma basis with Section  8.1, 8.1 (whether or not currently in effect), such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to Administrative Agent by the Borrower pursuant to Section 7.1, (c) such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be capitalized (to the extent capitalized by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) through Investments as permitted by, and in compliance with, Section 8.7, (d) without duplication of clause (c), any assets owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the initial designation thereof shall be treated as Investments pursuant to Section 8.7, and (e) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, certifying compliance with the requirements of preceding clauses (a) through (d), and containing the calculations and information required by the preceding clause (b).  The Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement (each, a “ Subsidiary Redesignation ”); provided that (i) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such Subsidiary Redesignation, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a pro forma basis with Section  8.1, 8.1 (whether or not currently in effect), such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to Administrative Agent by the Borrower pursuant to Section 7.1, (iii) the representations and warranties set forth in Article 5 and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects immediately after giving effect to such Subsidiary Redesignation, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and (iv) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, certifying compliance with the requirements of preceding clauses (i) through (iii), and containing the calculations and information required by the preceding clause (ii); provided , further , that no Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been designated as a Subsidiary pursuant to a Subsidiary Redesignation may again be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

98



 

SECTION 8.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Holdings and the Borrower hereby agree that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations, Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized and any amount owing under Specified Hedge Agreements or any Specified Cash Management Agreements), Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

 

8.1                                Financial Condition Covenant .  Permit Except with the written consent of the Majority Facility Lenders with respect to the Revolving Facility, the Borrower will not permit the Secured Leverage Ratio as at of the last day of any period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending with any fiscal quarter set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter ending on the following dates: to exceed 4.0 to 1.0; provided that this Section 8.1 shall be in effect (and shall only be in effect) when the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans and (B) Letters of Credit (but excluding all Letters of Credit that are Cash Collateralized), in each case, outstanding as of the last day of such period, is greater than 25% of the Revolving Commitments.

 

Fiscal Quarter

 

Secured
Leverage Ratio

December 31, 2012

 

3.75 to 1.00

March 31, 2013

 

3.50 to 1.00

June 30, 2013

 

3.50 to 1.00

September 30, 2013

 

3.25 to 1.00

December 31, 2013

 

3.25 to 1.00

March 31, 2014

 

3.25 to 1.00

June 30, 2014

 

3.00 to 1.00

September 30, 2014

 

3.00 to 1.00

December 31, 2014

 

3.00 to 1.00

March 31, 2015

 

2.75 to 1.00

June 30, 2015

 

2.75 to 1.00

September 30, 2015

 

2.75 to 1.00

December 31, 2015

 

2.50 to 1.00

March 31, 2016

 

2.50 to 1.00

June 30, 2016

 

2.50 to 1.00

September 30, 2016

 

2.50 to 1.00

December 31, 2016

 

2.50 to 1.00

March 31, 2017

 

2.50 to 1.00

June 30, 2017

 

2.50 to 1.00

September 30, 2017

 

2.50 to 1.00

December 31, 2017

 

2.50 to 1.00

March 31, 2018

 

2.50 to 1.00

June 30, 2018

 

2.50 to 1.00

 

8.2                                Indebtedness .  Create, issue, incur, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(a)                                  Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document;

 

(b)                                  unsecured Indebtedness of (i) any Loan Party owed to any other Loan Party; (ii) any Loan Party owed to any Group Member; (iii) any Group Member that is not a Loan Party owed to any other Group Member that is not a Loan Party; and (iv) subject to Section 8.7(g), any Group Member that is

 

99



 

not a Loan Party owed to a Loan Party; provided that (x) in the case of clauses (i) and (iv), any such Indebtedness is evidenced by, and subject to the provisions of, an intercompany note, which shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (y) in the case of any such Indebtedness of a Loan Party owed to a Group Member that is not a Loan Party, such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(c)                                   Guarantee Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by (i) any Group Member that is a Loan Party of obligations of any other Loan Party and, subject to Section 8.7(g), of any Group Member that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Group Member that is not a Loan Party of obligations of any Loan Party or any other Group Member;

 

(d)                                  Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 8.2 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

 

(e)                                   Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary secured by Liens permitted by Section 8.3(g), and any Permitted Refinancing thereof, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(f)                                    Hedge Agreements permitted under Section 8.11;

 

(g)                                   Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of performance, bid, surety, indemnity, appeal bonds, completion guarantees and other obligations of like nature and guarantees and/or obligations as an account party in respect of the face amount of letters of credit in respect thereof, in each case securing obligations not constituting Indebtedness for borrowed money (including worker’s compensation claims, environmental remediation and other environmental matters and obligations in connection with insurance or similar requirements) provided in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)                                  Indebtedness arising from the endorsement of instruments in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)                                      Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person became a Subsidiary of any Loan Party (such Person, an “ Acquired Person ”), together with all Indebtedness assumed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any acquisition permitted under Section 8.7, but only to the extent that (i) such Indebtedness was not created or incurred in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of such Loan Party or such acquisition, (ii) any Liens securing such Indebtedness attach only to the assets of the Acquired Person and (iii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, after giving pro forma effect to the acquisition, does not exceed 5.75 to 1.00;

 

(j)                                     Junior Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiary Guarantors; provided that the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, after giving pro forma effect thereto does not exceed 5.75 to 1.00;

 

(k)                                  Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten (10) Business Days of incurrence;

 

(l)                                      Indebtedness of Holdings or any Subsidiary that may be deemed to exist in connection with agreements providing for indemnification, purchase price adjustments, Earn-Out Obligations and similar obligations in connection with investments, acquisitions or sales of assets and/or businesses;

 

100



 

(m)                              Indebtedness under the Senior Notes and Senior Notes Documents in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

 

(n)                                  Indebtedness arising from judgments or decrees not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.1(h);

 

(o)                                  Guarantee Obligations incurred by any Loan Party in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Section 8.2;

 

(p)                                  other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiary Guarantors in an aggregate principal amount (for the Borrower and all Subsidiary Guarantors) not in excess of $15,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(q)                                  Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties not in excess of $20,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(r)                                     Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to future, present or former employees, officers, directors or consultants of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(s)                                    Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of any Group Member (or any spouses, successors, administrators, heirs or legatees of any of the foregoing) to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock permitted by Section 8.6(d);

 

(t)                                     Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

 

(u)                                  any Indebtedness of any Group Member that is not a Loan Party owing to another Group Member that is not a Loan Party under any Cash Pool Obligation; and

 

(v)                                  Indebtedness in respect of overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, payment facilities, cash management obligations and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business ; and

 

(w)                                Attributable Receivables Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Permitted Receivables Facilities not in excess of $100,000,000 at any time outstanding .

 

8.3                                Liens .  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:

 

(a)                                  Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies (i) that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days, (ii) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings that stay the enforcement of such claim; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in conformity with GAAP, (iii) that arise from government allowed payment plans providing for payment of Taxes over a period of time not to exceed one year that stay the enforcement of such Lien and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, or (iv) that are immaterial amounts;

 

(b)                                  Liens imposed by law, including, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than sixty (60) days (or, if more than sixty (60) days overdue, no action has

 

101



 

been taken to enforce such Lien) or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture and sale of the property or assets subject to any such Lien;

 

(c)                                   pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, or letters of credit or guarantees issued in respect thereof, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA with respect to a Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan;

 

(d)                                  pledges or deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business or letters of credit or guarantees issued in respect thereof;

 

(e)                                   easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, restrictions, covenants, licenses, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business, and minor title deficiencies, in each case that do not in any case individually or in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(f)                                    Liens in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 8.3 and any renewals or extensions of any of the foregoing; provided that no such Lien is spread to cover any additional property after the Closing Date (other than improvements thereon) and the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted by Section 8.2(d);

 

(g)                                   Liens securing Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 8.2(e) to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets; provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased other than as permitted by Section 8.2(e);

 

(h)                                  Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents or any other Loan Document;

 

(i)                                      Liens approved by Collateral Agent appearing on the policies of title insurance being issued in connection with any Mortgages;

 

(j)                                     any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased;

 

(k)                                  licenses, leases or subleases granted to third parties or Group Members in the ordinary course of business which, individually or in the aggregate, do not (i) materially impair the use (for its intended purposes) or the value of the property subject thereto or (ii) materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(l)                                      Liens securing judgments not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.1(h) or securing appeal or other surety bonds related to such judgments;

 

(m)                              the filing of UCC financing statements solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases and consignment arrangements;

 

(n)                                  Liens existing on property acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary at the time such property is so acquired (whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed) and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of such acquisition, (ii) such Lien does not extend to any other property of any Group

 

102



 

Member not subject to such Lien at the time of acquisition (other than improvements thereon) and (iii) the Indebtedness secured by such Liens is permitted by Section 8.2(i);

 

(o)                                  (i) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by any Group Member, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that, unless such Liens are nonconsensual and arise by operation of law, in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Indebtedness, and (ii) Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection;

 

(p)                                  Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law and in the ordinary course of business to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

(q)                                  statutory and common law landlords’ liens under leases to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party;

 

(r)                                     Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties securing indebtedness of such Subsidiaries to the extent the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 8.2;

 

(s)                                    Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations secured thereby do not exceed $15,000,000 at any one time;

 

(t)                                     Liens arising by virtue of deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability for premiums to insurance carriers or Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.2(v);

 

(u)                                  Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business;

 

(v)                                  licenses of Intellectual Property granted by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business of the Group Members;

 

(w)                                Liens (i) on deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in any Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment permitted by this Agreement to be applied against the purchase price for such Permitted Acquisition or Investment, (ii) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a permitted Disposition and (iii) earnest money deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents made by any Group Member in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder; and

 

(x)                                  Liens on cash on deposit in an escrow arrangement reasonably satisfactory to MSSF for the Convertible Notes pending maturity thereof ; and

 

(y)                                  Liens on Receivables and Permitted Receivables Facility Assets in connection with Permitted Receivables Facilities permitted by Section 8.2(w) .

 

8.4                                Fundamental Changes .  Merge into, amalgamate or consolidate with any Person, or permit any other Person to merge into, amalgamate or consolidate with it, or liquidate, wind up or

 

103


 

dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of, all or substantially all of its property or business, except that:

 

(a)                                  any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged, consolidated or be amalgamated (i) with or into the Borrower ( provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation), (ii) with or into any other Subsidiary of the Borrower ( provided that if only one party to such transaction is a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation) or (iii) subject to Section 8.7(g), with or into any other Group Member;

 

(b)                                  any Subsidiary of the Borrower may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or, subject to Section 8.7(g) (to the extent applicable), any other Group Member;

 

(c)                                   any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may (i) merge, consolidate  or otherwise combine (including via contribution or sale) with or into any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or (ii) dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (including any Disposition that is in the nature of a voluntary liquidation) to (x) another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or (y) to a Loan Party;

 

(d)                                  any Subsidiary may enter into any merger, consolidation or similar transaction with another Person to effect a transaction permitted under Section 8.7;

 

(e)                                   transactions permitted under Section 8.5 shall be permitted; and

 

(f)                                    any Subsidiary of the Borrower may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time; provided that such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as applicable, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof from being converted into, or reorganized or reconstituted as a limited liability company, limited partnership or corporation; provided that (i) the Administrative Agent shall have been provided at least 10 days’ prior written notice of such change (or such other period acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) and (ii) the relevant Group Member shall take all such actions and execute all such documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in connection therewith.

 

8.5                                Disposition of Property .  Dispose of any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, issue or sell any shares of the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to any Person, except:

 

(a)                                  Dispositions of obsolete, damaged, uneconomic or worn out machinery, parts, property or equipment, or property or equipment no longer used or useful, in the conduct of its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired;

 

(b)                                  the sale of inventory and owned or leased vehicles, each in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)                                   Dispositions permitted by Sections 8.4(a), (b), (c), (d) and (f);

 

(d)                                  the sale or issuance of any Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or, if such Subsidiary is not a Loan Party, to any other Group Member;

 

104



 

(e)                                   any Subsidiary of the Borrower may Dispose of any assets to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or, subject to Section 8.7(g) (to the extent applicable), any other Group Member, and any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor may Dispose of any assets, or issue or sell Capital Stock, to any other Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

(f)                                    Dispositions of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business in transactions not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement;

 

(g)                                   licenses granted by the Loan Parties with respect to Intellectual Property, or leases or subleases, granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business which, individually or in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(h)                                  the Disposition of other property having a fair market value not to exceed $20,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower; provided that at least 75% of the consideration received in connection therewith consists of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(i)                                      the issuance or sale of shares of any Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to qualify directors if required by applicable law;

 

(j)                                     Dispositions or exchanges of equipment or real property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

 

(k)                                  Dispositions of leases entered into in the ordinary course of business, to the extent that they do not materially interfere with the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(l)                                      the abandonment or other Disposition of Intellectual Property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain and material in the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(m)                              the Disposition of Property which constitutes a Recovery Event;

 

(n)                                  Dispositions consisting of the sale, transfer, assignment or other Disposition of accounts receivable in connection with the collection, compromise or settlement thereof in the ordinary course of business and not as part of a financing transaction;

 

(o)                                  Investments in compliance with Section 8.7;

 

(p)                                  dispositions of non-core assets acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $3,000,000 per calendar year;

 

(q)                                  the disposition of property which constitutes, or which is subject to, a Recovery Event;

 

(r)                                     Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

105



 

(s)                                    sale or issuances of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings to future, present or former employees, officers, directors or consultants in respect of compensation of services;

 

(t)                                     the unwinding of any Hedge Agreements; and

 

(u)                                  Dispositions listed on Schedule 8.5. 8.5; and

 

(v)                                  Dispositions of Receivables and Permitted Receivables Related Assets in connection with Permitted Receivables Facilities permitted by Section 8.2(w).

 

8.6                                Restricted Payments .  Declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely in common stock or other common equity interests of the Person making such dividend) on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Group Member, in each case, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of Holdings or any Subsidiary (collectively, “ Restricted Payments ”), except that:

 

(a)                                  any Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person that owns a direct equity interest in such Subsidiary in proportion to such Person’s ownership interest in such Subsidiary;

 

(b)                                  each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower and to Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary, to the Borrower and any Subsidiary and to each other owner of Capital Stock or other equity interests of such Subsidiary on a pro rata basis based on their relative ownership interests);

 

(c)                                   so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, Holdings may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of its common stock or other common equity interests or warrants or options to acquire any such shares, in each case, to the extent consideration therefor consists of the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of Qualified Capital Stock (other than any Specified Equity Contribution);

 

(d)                                  (i) Holdings may make a Restricted Payment to (or to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to) pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) held by any future, present or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of any Group Member (or any spouses, successors, administrators, heirs or legatees of any of the foregoing) upon the death, disability or termination of employment or services of such individual, and (ii) any Group Member may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any Capital Stock from the present or former employees, officers, directors and consultants of any Group Member (or any spouses, successors, administrators, heirs or legatees of any of the foregoing) pursuant to the terms of any employee stock option, incentive stock or other equity-based plan or arrangement; provided that the aggregate amount of payments under this clause (d) shall not exceed in any fiscal year $5,000,000 (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried over to succeeding fiscal years subject to a maximum of $10,000,000 in any fiscal year) plus, in each case, (x) any proceeds received by any Group Member after the date hereof in connection with the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock (other than any Specified Equity Contribution) that are used for the purposes described in this clause (d) plus (y) the net cash proceeds of any “key-man” life insurance policies of any Group Member that have not been used to make any repurchases, redemptions or payments under this clause (d);

 

106



 

(e)                                   so long as (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (y) after giving pro forma effect to the payment of such Restricted Payment, the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 8.1 (whether or not currently in effect)  as of the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) and (b) and (z) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate evidencing compliance with clauses (x) and (y), Holdings and the Borrower may make Restricted Payments (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000 plus (ii) if the Available Amount Condition has been met, the Available Amount;

 

(f)                                    Holdings may make Permitted Tax Distributions;

 

(g)                                   (i) to the extent actually used by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to pay such taxes, costs and expenses, the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to or on behalf of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in an amount sufficient to pay franchise taxes and other fees required to maintain the legal existence of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), (ii) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to or on behalf of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in an amount sufficient to pay out-of-pocket legal, accounting and filing costs and other expenses in the nature of overhead in the ordinary course of business of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 in any fiscal year and (iii) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to or on behalf of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to enable Holdings to pay fees, salaries, bonuses, expenses and indemnities owing to directors, officers and employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries;

 

(h)                                  the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) the proceeds of which are used to make cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options, or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock in an amount not to exceed $200,000 in any fiscal year;

 

(i)                                      Holdings may make Restricted Payments constituting non-cash repurchases of Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants (or equivalent) if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

 

(j)                                     to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, any Group Member may enter into transactions expressly permitted by Sections 8.4, 8.5 and 8.7;

 

(k)                                  (a) the payment of annual fees to any Sponsor or any of its Affiliates pursuant to the Management Services Agreement in an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed $500,000, (b) dividends or distributions pursuant to the Class C Agreement in an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed $500,000; (c) (i) payments of indemnification and third-party expense reimbursements under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement and Management Services Agreement and (ii) other payments under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement or other fees under the Management Services Agreement and the Class C Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000; provided that, payments pursuant to this clause (ii) in any calendar year do not exceed $5,000,000, in each case as such agreements are in effect on the Closing Date or as such agreements may be amended in accordance with Section 8.9;

 

(l)                                      the Borrower may make Restricted Payments on its common stock (or Restricted Payments to Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof to fund Restricted Payments on such entity’s common stock), following the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering after the Closing Date, of up to

 

107



 

6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower in or from any Qualified Public Offering;

 

(m)                              the Group Members may make Restricted Payments on the Closing Date to fund the Transactions as described in the Confidential Information Memorandum, including immediately after the LLC Conversion, the Target may redeem the one Class B unit held by Avista for a redemption price not to exceed $100; and

 

(n)                                  the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings to fund Restricted Payments to be made by Holdings pursuant to clause (c), (d), (e), (f) or (k) of this Section 8.6.

 

8.7                                Investments .  Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guaranty or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business line or unit of, or a division of, or make any other investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, “ Investments ”), except:

 

(a)                                  extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                  Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(c)                                   Guarantee Obligations permitted by Section 8.2;

 

(d)                                  loans and advances to present or prospective officers, directors and employees of any Group Member in the ordinary course of business (including for travel, entertainment, relocation and similar expenses) in an aggregate amount for all Group Members not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(e)                                   the Acquisition and the Transactions related thereto;

 

(f)                                    intercompany Investments by (i) any Group Member in any Loan Party; provided that all such intercompany Investments to the extent such Investment is a loan or advance owed to a Loan Party are evidenced by an intercompany note and (ii) any Group Member that is not a Loan Party to any other Group Member that is not a Loan Party;

 

(g)                                   intercompany Investments by any Loan Party in any Subsidiary, that, after giving effect to such Investment, is not a Subsidiary Guarantor (including, without limitation, Guarantee Obligations with respect to obligations of any such Subsidiary, loans made to any such Subsidiary, Investments resulting from mergers with or sales of assets to any such Subsidiary and Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries) and Investments by any Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in an amount (valued at cost) not to exceed $20,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(h)                                  Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit or lease, utility and other similar deposits and deposits with suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)                                      Permitted Acquisitions, including Investments by any Loan Party in any Foreign Subsidiary the proceeds of which are promptly used by such Foreign Subsidiary (directly or indirectly through another Foreign Subsidiary) to consummate a Permitted Acquisition of Persons organized under the laws of, and/or assets located in, a jurisdiction other than the United States or any State thereof (and pay fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith);

 

108



 

(j)                                     Investments consisting of Hedge Agreements permitted by Section 8.11;

 

(k)                                  Investments existing as of the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 8.7 and any extension or renewal thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment is not increased at the time of such extension or renewal;

 

(l)                                      Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors or other Persons to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss or in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, suppliers or customers arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)                              Investments received as consideration in connection with Dispositions permitted under Section 8.5 and Investments as consideration for services provided by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

 

(n)                                  so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, in addition to Investments otherwise expressly permitted by this Section, Investments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount (valued at cost, if applicable) not to exceed (i) $20,000,000 at any time outstanding plus (ii) if the Available Amount Condition has been met, the Available Amount.

 

(o)                                  Investments by a Group Member that is not a Loan Party in the form of Cash Pool Obligations;

 

(p)                                  loans and advances to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in accordance with Section 8.6;

 

(q)                                  promissory notes or other obligations of directors, officers, employees or consultants of a Group Member in connection with such directors’, officers’, employees’ or consultants’ purchase of Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), so long as no cash or Cash Equivalent is advanced by any Group Member in connection with such Investment;

 

(r)                                     purchases and other acquisitions of inventory, materials, equipment and intangible property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(s)                                    Leases, licenses and sublicenses of real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(t)                                     mergers and consolidations in compliance with Section 8.4 (other than Section 8.4(d));

 

(u)                                  purchase of joint venture interests in the Existing Joint Ventures from the Group Members’ partners in such Existing Joint Ventures pursuant to the terms of the Existing Joint Ventures as in effect on the Closing Date;

 

(v)                                  Investments in joint ventures not to exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding; and

 

109



 

(w)                                Investments in minority equity interests in customers received from such customers as part of fee arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business or otherwise consistent with industry practice not to exceed $20,000,000 (valued at cost) at any time outstanding ; and

 

(x)                                  Investments in connection with Permitted Receivables Facilities .

 

8.8                                Optional Payments and Modifications of Certain Debt Instruments .

 

(a)                                  (i) Make or offer to make any optional or voluntary payment, prepayment, repurchase or redemption of or otherwise optionally or voluntarily defease or segregate funds with respect to any Junior Financing except for (A) Permitted Refinancings and (B) payments in the aggregate pursuant to this clause (i)(B) not to exceed the Available Amount during the term of this Agreement; provided that in the case of this clause (i)(B) (w) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (x) after giving pro forma effect to any such payment, the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 8.1 (whether or not currently in effect) as of the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) and (b), (y) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate evidencing compliance with clauses (w) and (x) and (z) the Available Amount Condition has been met; (ii) amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Junior Financing (other than any amendment that is not materially adverse to the Lenders, it being agreed that any amendment, modification, waiver or other change that, in the case of any Junior Indebtedness, would extend the maturity or reduce the amount of any payment of principal thereof or reduce the rate or extend any date for payment of interest thereon is not materially adverse to the Lenders); or (iii) amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Qualified Capital Stock that would cause such Qualified Capital Stock to become Disqualified Capital Stock.

 

(b)                                  Amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Organizational Document of any Loan Party or any Pledged Company if such amendment, modification, waiver or change could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.9                                Transactions with Affiliates .  Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by Holdings or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, except :

 

(a)                                  transactions between Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

 

(b)                                  loans or advances to directors, officers and employees permitted under Section 8.7(d) and transactions permitted by Sections 8.2(r), 8.2(s) and 8.7(q);

 

(c)                                   the payment of reasonable and customary fees, compensation, benefits and incentive arrangements paid or provide to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower, Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(d)                                  (i) any issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by Holdings’ board of managers (or similar governing body) or the senior

 

110



 

management thereof and (ii) any repurchases of any issuances, awards or grants issued pursuant to clause (i), in each case, to the extent permitted by Section 8.6;

 

(e)                                   employment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business between Holdings or any Subsidiary and any employee thereof;

 

(f)                                    any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 8.6;

 

(g)                                   the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions as set forth in the Confidential Information Memorandum;

 

(h)                                  the payment of transaction, management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees, related expenses and indemnification payments to the Sponsors and their Affiliates pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, the Class C Agreement and the Expense Reimbursement Agreement, in each case not to exceed permitted payments set forth in Section 8.6(k) and as in effect on the Closing Date and the termination fees pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, Class C Agreement or Expense Reimbursement Agreement, or any amendments thereto (so long as any such amendment is not materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the Borrower to the Lenders, when taken as a whole);

 

(i)                                      Intellectual Property licenses to Group Members in existence on the Closing Date;

 

(j)                                     sales of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings to Affiliates of the Borrower not otherwise prohibited by the Loan Documents and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith;

 

(k)                                  any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by any Loan Party is Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings;

 

(l)                                      transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods and services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise not prohibited by the Loan Documents;

 

(m)                              transactions in the ordinary course of business with (i) Unrestricted Subsidiaries or (ii) joint ventures in which Holdings or a Subsidiary thereof holds or acquires an ownership interest (whether by way of Capital Stock or otherwise) so long as the terms of any such transactions are no less favorable to Holdings or Subsidiary participating in such joint ventures than they are to other joint venture partners; and

 

(n)                                  the transactions listed on Schedule 8.9 hereto ; and

 

(o)                                  transactions effected as part of a Permitted Receivables Facility .

 

8.10                         Sales and Leasebacks .  Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any Person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred unless (i) the sale of such property is permitted by Section 8.5 and (ii) any Liens arising in connection with its use of such property are permitted by Section 8.3.

 

8.11                         Hedge Agreements .  Enter into any Hedge Agreement, except (a) Hedge Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes, (b) Hedge

 

111



 

Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of Holdings or any Subsidiary and (c) any Hedge Agreements required to be entered into pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

8.12                         Changes in Fiscal Periods .  Permit any change in the fiscal year of the Borrower; provided that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

 

8.13                         Negative Pledge Clauses .  Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits, limits or imposes any condition upon the ability of any Group Member to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby), (c) the Senior Notes Documents and any Permitted Refinancing thereof, (d) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary or any restrictions with respect to the Borrower or a Subsidiary imposed with respect to Receivables and/or Permitted Receivables Facility Assets pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with a Permitted Receivables Facility , (e) customary provisions in leases, licenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, (f) any other agreement that does not restrict in any manner (directly or indirectly) Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents or any Collateral securing the Obligations and does not require the direct or indirect granting of any Lien securing any Indebtedness or other obligation by virtue of the granting of Liens on or pledge of Property of any Loan Party to secure the Obligations and (g) any prohibition or limitation that (i) exists pursuant to applicable Requirements of Law, (ii) consists of customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to any transaction permitted under Section 8.4 or the sale of any property permitted under Section 8.5, (iii) restricts subletting or assignment of leasehold interests contained in any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Group Member, (iv) exists in any agreement in effect at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (v) exists in any instrument governing Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the Properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the Properties or assets of the Person so acquired or (vi) is imposed by any amendments or refinancings that are otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents or the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clause (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g)(iv) or (g)(v); provided that such amendments and refinancings are no more materially restrictive with respect to such prohibitions and limitations than those in effect prior to such amendment or refinancing (as determined in good faith and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, certified in writing to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower).

 

8.14                         Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions .  Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) make loans or advances to, or other Investments in, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower or (c) transfer any of its assets to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

112



 

(i)                              any restrictions existing under (x) the Loan Documents and (y) the Senior Note Documents and any Permitted Refinancing thereof,

 

(ii)                           any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary,

 

(iii)                        any restrictions set forth in the agreement governing any Junior Indebtedness so long as the restrictions set forth therein are not materially more restrictive than the corresponding provisions in the Loan Documents,

 

(iv)                       any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby),

 

(v)                          restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof identified on Schedule 8.14 (but not to any amendment or modification expanding the scope or duration of any such restriction or condition),

 

(vi)                       restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to Liens permitted by this Agreement but solely to the extent that such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets subject to such permitted Lien,

 

(vii)                    customary provisions in leases, licenses and other contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business restricting the assignment thereof,

 

(viii)                 customary restrictions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted hereunder and applicable solely to such joint venture,

 

(ix)                       any agreement of a Foreign Subsidiary governing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred or permitted to exist under Section 8.2,

 

(x)                          any agreement or arrangement already binding on a Subsidiary when it is acquired so long as such agreement or arrangement was not created in anticipation of such acquisition;

 

(xi)                       Requirements of Law;

 

(xii)                    customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to any transaction permitted under Section 8.4 or the sale of any property permitted under Section 8.5 pending the consummation of such transaction or sale;

 

(xiii)                 any agreement in effect at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such agreement was not entered into in connection with or in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower;

 

(xiv)                any instrument governing Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the Properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the Properties or assets of the Person so acquired; or

 

113


 

(xv)                   any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments or refinancings that are otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents or the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clause (vi), (x), (xiii) or (xiv) of this Section; provided that such amendments or refinancings are no more materially restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those in effect prior to such amendment or refinancing (as determined in good faith and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, certified in writing to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower) ; or

 

(xvi)                prohibitions, restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to a Permitted Receivables Facility .

 

8.15                         Lines of Business .  Enter into any business, either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which Holdings and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement (after giving effect to the Transactions) or that are reasonably related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto.

 

8.16                         Holding Company .  In the case of Holdings, engage in any business or activity other than (a) the ownership of all outstanding Capital Stock in the Borrower, (b) maintaining its corporate existence, (c) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative activities as a member of the consolidated group of companies, that includes the Loan Parties, (d) the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the Senior Note Documents to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations thereunder, (e) the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Holdings pursuant to Section 8.2, (f) the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition so long as any assets acquired in connection with such Permitted Acquisition are owned by the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower immediately following such Permitted Acquisition, (g) Restricted Payments permitted to be made or received by Holdings under Section 8.6, (h) the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering or any other issuance of its Capital Stock, (i) any transaction that Holdings is expressly permitted or contemplated to enter into or consummate under this Section 8, and (j) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (a) through (i) of this Section.

 

SECTION 9.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

9.1                                Events of Default .  If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

 

(a)                                  the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, fee or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within five (5) days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

 

(b)                                  any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

 

(c)                                   any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in (i)  Section 7.4(a) (with respect to the Borrower only), Section 7.7(a) or Section 8 of this Agreement (other than Section 8.1) of this Agreement or (ii) Section 8.1 of this Agreement; provided that (A) any Event of Default under Section 8.1 is subject to cure as provided in Section 9.2 and an Event of Default with respect to such Section 8.1 shall not occur until the expiration of the tenth (10 th ) Business Day

 

114



 

after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to the applicable fiscal quarter hereunder and (B) a default by the Borrower under Section 8.1 shall not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Term Loans unless and until the Majority Facility Lenders with respect to the Revolving Facility shall have terminated their Revolving Commitments and declared all amounts under the Revolving Loans to be due and payable ; or

 

(d)                                  any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after any such days after notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent; or

 

(e)                                   any Group Member (i) defaults in making any payment of any principal of any Material Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation or Hedge Agreement that constitutes Material Indebtedness, but excluding the Loans) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) defaults in making any payment of any interest on any such Material Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) defaults in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Material Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Material Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Material Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or to become subject to a mandatory offer to purchase by the obligor thereunder or (in the case of any such Material Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable; or

 

(f)                                    (i) any Group Member (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any Group Member (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of sixty (60) days; or (iii) there shall be commenced any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of the assets of the Group Members, taken as a whole, that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days after any such days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Group Member (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

 

(g)                                   (i)  any failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, shall occur with respect to any Single Employer Plan or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan shall arise on the assets of the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (ii) a Reportable Event shall occur, or proceedings shall commence under Section 4042 of ERISA to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, with respect to a Single Employer Plan, (iii) any Single Employer Plan shall be terminated under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, (iv)  any withdrawal by the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity from

 

115



 

a Single Employer Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) shall occur or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA shall occur, (v) any Group Member or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or is reasonably likely to, incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan, (vi)  any failure to make a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan shall occur, (vii) the occurrence of any event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Single Employer Plan, or (viii) any Group Member shall engage in any nonexempt “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (viii) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(h)                                  one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Group Member and the same shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal for a period of 30 consecutive days and any such judgments or decrees either (i) is for the payment of money, individually or in the aggregate (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage), of $10,000,000 or more or (ii) is for injunctive relief and could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or

 

(i)                                      any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party shall so assert, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby (except to the extent the loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing Collateral or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements); or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party shall so assert in writing; or

 

(j)                                     the guarantee contained in Section 2 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party shall so assert in writing; or

 

(k)                                  a Change of Control occurs; or

 

(l)                                      (i) any of the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents for any reason shall cease to be “senior debt,” “senior indebtedness,” “designated senior debt,” “guarantor senior debt” or “senior secured financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Junior Financing Documentation, (ii) the subordination provisions set forth in any Junior Financing Documentation shall, in whole or in part, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, bonding and enforceable against the holders of any Junior Financing, if applicable, or (iii) any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, shall assert any of the foregoing in writing;

 

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in paragraph (f) above with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken:  (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower declare the Revolving Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Revolving Commitments shall

 

116



 

immediately terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.  With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit.  Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in accordance with the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.  After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto).  Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the only Event of Default then having occurred and continuing is pursuant to a failure to observe Section 8.1, the Administrative Agent shall only take the actions set forth in this Section 9.1 with respect to the Revolving Commitments, Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans and at the request of the Majority Facility Lenders (as opposed to Required Lenders) under the Revolving Facility .

 

9.2                                Borrower’s Right to Cure .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 9.1, in the event of any Event of Default or potential Event of Default under the covenant set forth in Sections 8.1 with respect to any fiscal quarter, at any time during such fiscal quarter and until the expiration of the tenth (10th) Business Day after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to the applicable fiscal quarter hereunder, if Holdings receives a Specified Equity Contribution, Holdings may apply the amount of the net cash proceeds thereof to increase Consolidated EBITDA with respect to such applicable quarter; provided that (i) such net cash proceeds (x) are actually received by Holdings as cash equity other than Disqualified Capital Stock (including through capital contribution of such net cash proceeds to Holdings) no later than ten (10) Business Days after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to such fiscal quarter hereunder and (y) are Not Otherwise Applied; (ii) in each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (iii) no more than four Specified Equity Contributions shall be made in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement; (iv) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no more than the amount required to cause Holdings to be in pro forma compliance with Section 8.1 for any applicable period; (v) all Specified Equity Contributions shall be disregarded for purposes of determining any baskets with respect to the covenants contained in this Agreement, the calculation of the Available Amount and the application of the Pricing Grid; and (vi) there shall be no pro forma reduction in Indebtedness with the proceeds of any Specified Equity Contribution for determining compliance with Section 8.1.

 

SECTION 10.  THE AGENTS

 

10.1                         Appointment .

 

(a)                                  Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) hereby irrevocably designates and appoints each Agent as the agent of such Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured

 

117



 

Party) under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) irrevocably authorizes such Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or other Secured Party, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Agent.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Secured Parties hereby irrevocable designates and appoints General Electric Capital Corporation as collateral agent of such Secured Party under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Secured Party irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf as are necessary or advisable with respect to the Collateral under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The Collateral Agent hereby accepts such appointment.

 

10.2                         Delegation of Duties .  Each Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.  No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

 

10.3                         Exculpatory Provisions .  Neither any Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders or any other Secured Party for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agents under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement or for any failure of any Loan Party a party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  The Agents shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party.

 

10.4                         Reliance by Agents .  Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall deem and treat the Lender specified in the Register with respect to any amount owing hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent.  Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or the Majority Facility Lenders) as it deems appropriate or it

 

118



 

shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  The Agents shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or the Majority Facility Lenders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans and all other Secured Parties.

 

10.5                         Notice of Default .  No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless such Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.”  In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders.  The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or any other instructing group of Lenders specified by this Agreement); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Secured Parties.

 

10.6                         Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders .  Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) expressly acknowledges that neither the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender or any other Secured Party.  Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) represents to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any other Secured Party, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement, any Specified Hedge Agreement or any Specified Cash Management Agreement.  Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any other Secured Party, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,  any Specified Hedge Agreement or any Specified Cash Management Agreement, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates.  Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender or any other Secured Party with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

 

10.7                         Indemnification .  To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 11.5 to be paid by it to any Agent Related Party (or any sub-agent thereof), each Lender severally agrees to pay to such Agent Related Party (or any such sub-agent thereof) such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that (a) the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against any Agent Related Party (or any such sub-agent thereof) and (b) no

 

119



 

Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense that is found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

10.8                         Agent in Its Individual Capacity .  Each Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party as though such Agent were not an Agent.  With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or participated in by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender,” “Lenders,” “Secured Party” and “Secured Parties” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

 

10.9                         Successor Administrative Agent; Resignation of Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender .  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may resign as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, respectively, upon ten (10) Business Days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower.  If the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or Section 9.1(f) with respect to the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing) be subject to approval by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, and the term “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent,” as applicable, shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans.  If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, by the date that is ten (10) Business Days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Required Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.  After any retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, resignation as Administrative Agent or retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation as Collateral Agent, as applicable, the provisions of this Section 10 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

10.10                  Agents Generally .  The Joint Lead Arrangers, Joint Bookrunners , the Amendment No.1 Lead Arrangers and Amendment No. 1 2 Lead Arrangers shall not have any duties or responsibilities hereunder in its capacity as such.

 

10.11                  Lender Action .  Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents, the Specified Hedge Agreements or the Specified Cash Management Agreements (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceeds, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any Lender from

 

120



 

filing proofs of claim during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any bankruptcy or other debtor relief law.

 

10.12                  Withholding Tax .  To the extent required by any applicable law, an Agent shall withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equal to any applicable withholding Tax.  If the IRS or any Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Agent did not properly withhold Tax from any amount paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent (to the extent that the Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrower to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties, additions to Tax or interest thereon, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Government Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Agent.  The agreements in this Section 10.12 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Loans and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under this Agreement.

 

SECTION 11.  MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1                         Amendments and Waivers .  Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1.  The Required Lenders and each Loan Party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (a) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall:

 

(i)                              forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or forgive or reduce any interest or fee payable hereunder (except (x) in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates, which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Required Lenders and (y) that any amendment or modification of the financial covenants or defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (i)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided that neither any amendment, modification or waiver of a mandatory prepayment required hereunder, nor any amendment of Section 4.2 or any related definitions including Asset Sale, Excess Cash Flow, or Recovery Event, shall constitute a reduction of the amount of, or an extension of the scheduled date of, any principal installment of any Loan or Note or other amendment, modification or supplement to which this clause (i) is applicable;

 

121



 

(ii)                           eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 11.1 without the written consent of such Lender;

 

(iii)                        reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release Holdings or all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders;

 

(iv)                       reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Facility Lenders with respect to any Facility without the written consent of all Lenders under such Facility;

 

(v)                          amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10 or any other provision in any manner which increases the obligations or diminishes the rights of any Agent without the written consent of each Agent adversely affected thereby;

 

(vi)                       amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3.3, 3.4 or 3.15 without the written consent of the Swingline Lender;

 

(vii)                    amend, modify or waive any provision of Sections 3.7 to 3.15 without the written consent of the Issuing Lender; and

 

(viii)                 release all or substantially all of the Guarantors or the Collateral, except as otherwise may be provided in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents ;

 

provided that notwithstanding the foregoing amendments to or waivers of Section 8.1, Section 9.1(c)(ii) and Section 9.2  (and related definitions as used in such Sections, but not as used in other Sections of this Agreement) will require only the written approval of the Majority Facility Lenders (as opposed to Required Lenders) under the Revolving Facility .

 

In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Agents shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with a replacement term loan tranche hereunder (“ Replacement Term Loans ”); provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans plus accrued interest, fees and expenses related thereto, (b) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the weighted average life to maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of the applicable Term Loans) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans,

 

122



 

except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

 

If, in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination requiring the consent of all (or all affected) Lenders (including all Lenders under a single Facility), the consent of the Required Lenders (or Majority Facility Lenders, as the case may be) is obtained, but the consent of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained being referred to as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), then, so long as the Administrative Agent is not a Non-Consenting Lender, the Administrative Agent or a Person reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent shall have the right but not the obligation to purchase at par from such Non-Consenting Lenders, and such Non-Consenting Lenders agree that they shall, upon the Administrative Agent’s request, sell and assign to the Administrative Agent or such Person, all of the Term Loans and Revolving Commitments of such Non-Consenting Lenders for an amount equal to the principal balance of all such Term Loans and any outstanding Revolving Loans held by such Non-Consenting Lenders and all accrued interest and fees with respect thereto through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated pursuant to an executed Assignment and Assumption.  In addition to the foregoing, the Borrower may replace any Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to Section 4.13.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended (or amended and restated), modified or supplemented with the written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, so long as such amendment, modification or supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Lender or the Issuing Lender, (b) to add one or more additional credit facilities with respect to Incremental Term Loans to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans, as applicable, and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (c) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and Majority Facility Lenders; provided that the conditions set forth in Section 2.4 are satisfied.

 

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Lender will not be entitled to vote in respect of amendments and waivers hereunder and the Commitment and the outstanding Loans or other extensions of credit of such Lender hereunder will not be taken into account in determining whether the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders, as required, have approved any such amendment or waiver (and the definitions of “Required Lenders” and “Majority Facility Lenders” will automatically be deemed modified accordingly for the duration of such period); provided that, subject to the limitations set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 11.1, any such amendment or waiver that would increase or extend the term of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, extend the date fixed for the payment of principal or interest owing to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, reduce the principal amount of any obligation owing to such Defaulting Lender, reduce the amount of or the rate or amount of interest on any amount owing to such Defaulting Lender or of any fee payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, or alter the terms of this proviso, will require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

 

11.2                         Notices .

 

(a)                                  All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be either (i) in writing (including telecopy or e-mail communication) and mailed, telecopied or delivered or (ii) as and to the extent set forth in Section 11.2(b) and in the proviso to this Section 11.2(a), in an electronic medium and as delivered as set forth in Section 11.2(b) if to the Borrower, at its address at 3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600, Raleigh, North Carolina 27604, Attention:  Chief Financial Officer, E-mail Address:

 

123


 

dgill@incresearch.com greg.rush@incresearch.com , Fax No.:  919.334.3651, and a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Avista Capital Partners, LP, at its address at 65 East 55th Street, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attention:  Sriram Venkataraman Robert Girardi , E-mail Address:  venkataraman@avistacap.com girardi@avistacap.com , Fax No.:  (212) 593-6939, Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, at its address at 5650 Yonge Street, Toronto, ON M2M 4H5, Attention:  Terry Woodward, E-mail Address:  terry_woodward@otpp.com, Fax No.:  416 730-5082, Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, at its address at 767 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10153, Attention:  Andrew J. Yoon, E-mail Address:  andrew.yoon@weil.com, Fax No.:  (212) 310-8007, and Torys LLP, at its address at 237 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention:  Jonathan B. Wiener, E-mail Address:  jwiener@torys.com, Fax No.:  (212) 682-0200; if to the Collateral Agent, at its address at 2 Bethesda Metro Center, Suite 600, Bethesda, MD  20817, Attention: INC Research Account Manager, Fax No: (866) 231-6698; or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties; if to the Administrative Agent, at its address at 2 Bethesda Metro Center, Suite 600, Bethesda, MD  20817, Attention: INC Research Account Manager, Fax No: (866) 231-6698; or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties provided , however , that materials and information described in Section 11.2(b) shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions thereof or as otherwise specified to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent.  All such notices and other communications shall, when mailed, be effective four days after having been mailed by regular mail, one Business Day after having been mailed by overnight courier, and when telecopied or E-mailed, be effective when properly transmitted, except that notices and communications to any Agent pursuant to Sections 2, 3, 4, 6 and 10 shall not be effective until received by such Agent. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes or of any Exhibit hereto to be executed and delivered hereunder shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

 

(b)           The Borrower hereby agrees that it will provide to the Administrative Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (i) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, borrowing or other extension of credit (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (ii) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) provides notice of any default or event of default under this Agreement or (iv) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any borrowing or other extension of credit hereunder (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “ Communications ”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to an electronic address specified by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower. In addition, the Borrower agrees to continue to provide the Communications to the Agents in the manner specified in the Loan Documents but only to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)           THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS, OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF SUCH PERSON IS FOUND IN A FINAL, NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED FROM SUCH PERSON’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.  NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR

 

124



 

OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ADVISORS OR REPRESENTATIVES (COLLECTIVELY, “ ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PARTIES ”) HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO THE BORROWER, ANY LENDER PARTY OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF THE BORROWER’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET.

 

The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Loan Documents.  Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Loan Documents.  Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (ii) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.  Nothing herein shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document in any other manner specified in such Loan Document.

 

11.3        No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

11.4        Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding and so long as the Commitments of any Lender have not been terminated.

 

11.5        Payment of Expenses .

 

(a)           The Borrower agrees (i) to pay or reimburse each Agent and the Joint Bookrunners for all of their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with the syndication of the Facilities and incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, any security arrangements in connection therewith and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable invoiced fees and disbursements of counsel to such parties ( provided that, unless there is a conflict of interest, such fees and disbursements shall not include fees and disbursements for more than one primary counsel and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction) and filing and recording fees and expenses, with statements with respect to the foregoing to be submitted to the Borrower prior to the Closing Date (in the case of amounts to be paid on the Closing Date) and from time to time thereafter as

 

125



 

such parties shall deem appropriate, (ii) to pay or reimburse each Lender and Agent for all its reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, or during any workout or restructuring, including the reasonable and invoiced fees and disbursements of counsel to such parties ( provided that such fees and disbursements shall not include fees and disbursements for more than one primary counsel and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction), (iii) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and each Agent harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees, if any, that may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (iv) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and Agent and the Joint Bookrunners and their respective affiliates (including, without limitation, controlling persons) and each member, partner, director, officer, employee, advisor, agent, affiliate, successor, partner, member, representative and assign of each of the forgoing (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents (regardless of whether any Loan Party is or is not a party to any such actions or suits) and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans, and the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one legal counsel to such Indemnitees taken as a whole (and, if applicable, one local counsel to such persons taken as a whole in each appropriate jurisdiction and, in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction to all affected Indemnitees taken as a whole) in connection with claims, actions or proceedings by any Indemnitee against any Loan Party under any Loan Document (all the foregoing in this clause (iv), collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided , that the Borrower shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or material breach of any Loan Documents by, such Indemnitee or its controlled affiliates, officers or employees acting on behalf of such Indemnitee or any of its controlled affiliates in connection with the Transactions.  Statements payable by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 11.5 shall be submitted to the Chief Financial Officer, at the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 11.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent.  The agreements in this Section 11.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

(b)           To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither the Borrower nor any Indemnitee shall assert, and each of the Borrower and each Indemnitee does hereby waive, any claim against any party hereto, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that the foregoing shall not limit the indemnification obligations of the Borrower under clause (a) above.  No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent such damages are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or material breach of any Loan Documents by, such Indemnitee or its controlled affiliates, officers or employees acting on behalf of such Indemnitee or any of its controlled affiliates in connection with the Transactions.

 

126



 

(c)           The Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnitee from all liability arising out of such proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability, or a failure to act by or on behalf of such Indemnitee.

 

11.6        Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .

 

(a)           The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any affiliate of the Issuing Lender that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except (x) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section, (y) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (e) of this Section, (z) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of paragraph (g) of this Section or (xx) to an Affiliated Lender in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (h) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors as assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (e) of this Section 11.6 and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Affiliates of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)           Any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (each, an “ Assignee ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)          except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $1,000,000 (in the case of the Term Facility) and $5,000,000 (in the case of the Revolving Facility), in each case unless otherwise agreed by the each the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing;

 

(ii)         each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate tranches of Loans (if any) on a non- pro rata basis;

 

(iii)        no consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i) of this Section and, in addition, the consent of:

 

127



 

(A)          the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment, (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, or (z) such assignment is made prior to the earlier of (1) the Syndication Date and (2) the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date; provided that in each case the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received written notice thereof;

 

(B)          except in the case of clause (A)(z) above, the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of (x) the Term Facility if such assignment is to an Assignee that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or (y) the Revolving Facility if such assignment is to an Assignee that is not a Lender with a Revolving Commitment, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and

 

(C)          (1) in the case of any assignment to a new Revolving Lender or that increases the obligation of the Assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding), the Issuing Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and (2) in the case of any assignment of a Revolving Commitment, the Swingline Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no consent of the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender shall be required for an assignment to an Assignee that is a Revolving Lender or an Affiliate or Approved Fund of a Revolving Lender;

 

(iv)       except in the case of assignments pursuant to paragraph (c) below, the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (it being understood that payment of only one processing fee shall be required in connection with simultaneous assignments to two or more Approved Funds), and the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire;

 

(v)        no assignment shall be permitted to be made to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, except pursuant to Section 4.1(b),

 

(vi)       no assignment shall be permitted to be made to a natural person;

 

(vii)      no assignment shall be permitted to be made to a Disqualified Institution; and

 

(viii)     assignments to Affiliates of the Borrower shall be subject to subsection (h) below.

 

Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) below, subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (d) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.9, 4.10,

 

128



 

4.11 and 11.5; provided , with respect to such Section 4.10, that such Lender continues to comply with the requirements of Sections 4.10 and 4.10(e)).  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section, except any purported assignment or transfer to a Disqualified Institution shall be void ab initio.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11.6 to the contrary, a Lender may assign any or all of its rights hereunder to an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund of such Lender without (a) providing any notice (including, without limitation, any administrative questionnaire) to the Administrative Agent or any other Person or (b) delivering an executed Assignment and Assumption to the Administrative Agent; provided that (A) such assigning Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, (B) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such assigning Lender in connection with such assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement until an Assignment and Assumption and an administrative questionnaire have been delivered to the Administrative Agent, (C) the failure of such assigning Lender to deliver an Assignment and Assumption or administrative questionnaire to the Administrative Agent or any other Person shall not affect the legality, validity or binding effect of such assignment and (D) an Assignment and Assumption between an assigning Lender and its Affiliate or Approved Fund shall be effective as of the date specified in such Assignment and Assumption.

 

(d)           The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in the United States a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of and interest owing with respect to the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  Subject to the penultimate sentence of this paragraph (d), the entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  In the case of an assignment to an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund pursuant to paragraph (c), as to which an Assignment and Assumption and an administrative questionnaire are not delivered to the Administrative Agent, the assigning Lender shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register (a “ Related Party Register ”) comparable to the Register on behalf of the Borrower.  The Register or Related Party Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and any Lender (with respect to the Commitments of, and principal amount of and interest owing with respect to the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to such Lender only) at the Administrative Agent’s office at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.  Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) above, upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register.  Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) above, no assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless and until it has been recorded in the Register (or, in the case of an assignment pursuant to paragraph (c) above, the applicable Related Party Register) as provided in this paragraph (d).  The date of such recordation of a transfer shall be referred to herein as the “ Assignment Effective Date .”

 

129



 

(e)           Any Lender may, at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and (D) no participation shall be permitted to be made to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, nor any officer or director of any such Person or a natural person or Disqualified Institution (to the extent such Disqualified Institution has been identified to the Lenders) .  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the proviso to the second sentence of Section 11.1.  Subject to paragraph (f) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.9, 4.10 and 4.11 to the same extent as if it were a Lender (subject to the requirements and obligations of those sections including the documentary requirements in Section 4.10(e)) and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.7(b) as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant shall be subject to Section 11.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower and solely for tax purposes, maintain a register complying with the requirements of Sections 163(f), 871(h) and 881(c)(2) of the Code on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”).  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

(f)            A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 4.9 or 4.10 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant had no such participation been transferred to such Participant.

 

(g)           Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, any central bank or any other Person, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest or to any such sale or securitization; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(h)           Any Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Affiliated Lender subject to the following limitations:

 

(i)          Affiliated Lenders will not receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and will not be permitted to attend or participate in

 

130



 

meetings attended solely by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, other than the right to receive notices of Borrowings, notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II;

 

(ii)         Each Affiliated Lender shall make a representation that, as of the date of any such assignment pursuant to this Section 11.6, it is not in possession of material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries or their respective securities for purposes of the United States securities laws that has not been disclosed to the assigning Lender prior to such date, other than because such assigning Lender does not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries or their respective securities;

 

(iii)        Affiliated Lenders may not purchase Revolving Loans by assignment pursuant to this Section 11.6; and

 

(iv)       the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans purchased by assignment pursuant to this Section 11.6 and held at any one time by Affiliated Lenders may not exceed 25% of the original principal amount of all Term Loans on the Effective Date plus the original principal amount of all term loans made pursuant to a Term Commitment Increase.

 

(i)            Each Affiliated Lender that is not a Debt Fund Affiliate, in connection with any (i) consent (or decision not to consent) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document, (ii) other action on any matter related to any Loan Document or (iii) direction to the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, agrees that, except with respect to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action described in clause (i) of the first proviso of Section 11.1 or that adversely affects such Affiliated Lender in any respect as compared to other Lenders, shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in such proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Affiliated Lenders.  The Borrower and each Affiliated Lender hereby agrees that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against the Borrower, the Borrower, with respect to any plan of reorganization that does not adversely affect any Affiliated Lender in any material respect as compared to other Lenders, shall seek (and each Affiliated Lender shall consent) to designate the vote of any Affiliated Lender and the vote of any Affiliated Lender with respect to any such plan of reorganization of the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower shall not be counted.  Each Affiliated Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this clause (i).

 

11.7        Sharing of Payments; Set-off .

 

(a)           Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender or to the Lenders under a particular Facility, if any Lender (a “ Benefited Lender ”) shall, at any time after the Loans and other amounts payable hereunder shall become due and payable pursuant to Section 9, receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 9.1(f), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders

 

131



 

with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.  Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against each Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a director creditor of each Loan Party in the amount of such participation to the extent provided in clause (b) of this Section 11.7.

 

(b)           In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, subject to Section 10.11, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default which is continuing, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to set off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower, as the case may be.  Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the provisions of this Section 11.7 shall be subject to the express provisions of this Agreement which require or permit differing payments to be made to Non-Defaulting Lenders as opposed to Defaulting Lenders.

 

11.8        Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic mail (in “.pdf” or similar format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

11.9        Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

11.10      Integration .  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of Holdings, the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any Agent or any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

 

11.11      GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

132



 

11.12      Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers .  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)           submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)           consents that any such action or proceeding shall be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c)           agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the address set forth in Section 11.2 or on the signature pages hereof, as the case may be, or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto; and

 

(d)           agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction.

 

11.13      Acknowledgments .  The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)           it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)           each Agent, each Lender and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “Lenders”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Loan Parties, their stockholders and/or their affiliates.  Each Loan Party agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender, on the one hand, and such Loan Party, its stockholders or its affiliates, on the other.  The Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other, and (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (x) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Loan Party, its stockholders or its affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise any Loan Party, its stockholders or its Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to any Loan Party except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (y) each Lender is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of any Loan Party, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person.  Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that it has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto.  Each Loan Party agrees that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to such Loan Party, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto; and

 

(c)           no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

133


 

11.14      Releases of Guarantees and Liens .

 

(a)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Secured Party (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Secured Party except as expressly required by Section 11.1) to take any action requested by the Borrower having the effect of releasing any Collateral or guarantee obligations (i) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document (including, without limitation, the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder) or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 11.1; provided that no such release shall occur if (x) such Subsidiary Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of any Junior Financing or (y) such Collateral continues to secure any Junior Financing or (ii) under the circumstances described in paragraph (b) below.

 

(b)           At such time as (i) the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and the other Obligations (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations) shall have been paid in full or Cash Collateralized and (ii) the Commitments have been terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding (or shall have been Cash Collateralized or backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuing Bank), the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Security Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Loan Party under the Security Documents shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.  At such time, the Collateral Agent shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary, at the cost of the Borrower, to effect each release described in this Section 11.14 in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Security Documents.

 

11.15      Confidentiality .  Each Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential all non-public information provided to it by any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement that is designated by such Loan Party as confidential in accordance with its customary procedures; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Agent or any Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to any Agent, any other Lender, any Affiliate of a Lender or any Approved Fund (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential) other than any Disqualified Institution that has been identified to such Agent or Lender , (b) subject to an agreement to comply with confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive as the provisions of this Section, to any actual or prospective Transferee or any direct or indirect counterparty to any Hedge Agreement (or any professional advisor to such counterparty), (c) to its employees, directors, members, partners, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors or those of any of its affiliates (it being understood that the Person to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (d) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority, (e) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, (f) if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding, (g) that has been publicly disclosed (other than as a result of a disclosure in violation of this Section 11.15), (h) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender, or (i) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document; provided that, unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender shall notify the Borrower of any request by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of such Lender by such Governmental Authority) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information.

 

134



 

11.16      WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

11.17      Patriot Act Notice .  Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.

 

135



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC, as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC,

 

as Holdings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as Administrative Agent and Swingline Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as Issuing Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

136



 

 

NATIXIS,

 

as Documentation Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

137



 

 

REVOLVING LENDERS

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

ING CAPITAL LLC,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

NATIXIS,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

138



 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

139



 

 

TERM LENDERS

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

as a Term Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

140



 

Annex A

 

PRICING GRID FOR LOANS

 

REVOLVING LOANS AND SWINGLINE LOANS

 

Pricing Level

 

Applicable Margin for
Eurodollar Loans

 

Applicable Margin for
Base Rate Loans

 

I

 

4.50 3.25

%

3.50 2.25

%

II

 

4.25 3.00

%

3.25 2.00

%

III

 

4.00 2.75

%

3.00 1.75

%

 

TERM LOANS

 

Pricing Level

 

Applicable Margin for
Eurodollar Loans

 

Applicable Margin for
Base Rate Loans

 

IV

 

 4.75 3.25

%

3.75 2.25

%

V

 

4.50 3.00

%

3.50 2.00

%

VI

 

2.75

%

1.75

%

 

COMMITMENT FEE RATE

 

Pricing Level

 

Commitment Fee Rate

 

VI

 

0.500

%

VII

 

0.375 0.500

%

VIII

 

0.375

%

 

So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Applicable Margin for Loans and the Commitment Fee Rate shall be adjusted, on and after the first Adjustment Date (as defined below) occurring after the completion of the first full fiscal quarter of the Borrower after the Amendment No. 1 2 Effective Date , based on changes in the Secured Leverage Ratio, with such adjustments to become effective on the date (the “ Adjustment Date ”) that is three Business Days after the date on which the relevant financial statements are delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.1 and to remain in effect until the next adjustment to be effected pursuant to this paragraph.  If any financial statements referred to above are not delivered within the time periods specified in Section 7.1, then, until the date that is three Business Days after the date on which such financial statements are delivered, the highest rate set forth in each column of the Pricing Grid shall apply.  On each Adjustment Date, the Applicable Margin for Loans and the Commitment Fee Rate shall be adjusted to be equal to the Applicable Margins opposite the Pricing Level determined to exist on such Adjustment Date from the financial statements relating to such Adjustment Date.

 

As used herein, the following rules shall govern the determination of Pricing Levels on each Adjustment Date:

 

Annex A-1



 

Pricing Level I ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is greater than 2.00 1.75 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans.

 

Pricing Level II ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 but greater than 1.50 1.75 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans.

 

Pricing Level III ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is less than or equal to 1.50 1.75  to 1.00 and shall apply to the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans and prior to such Adjustment Date a Qualified Public Offering resulting in gross proceeds of at least $100,000,000 shall have been consummated .

 

Pricing Level IV ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is greater than 2.00 1.75 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Term Loans.

 

Pricing Level V ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is less than or equal to 2.00 1.75 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Term Loans.

 

Pricing Level VI ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is greater less than 1.50 or equal to 1.75 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Commitment Fee Rate Term Loans and prior to such Adjustment Date a Qualified Public Offering resulting in gross proceeds of at least $100,000,000  shall have been consummated .

 

Pricing Level VII ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is greater than 1.50 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Commitment Fee Rate.

 

“Pricing Level VIII” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is less than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 and shall apply to the Commitment Fee Rate.

 

Annex A-2




Exhibit 10.2

 

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

 

made by

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC
INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC

 

and the other signatories hereto

 

in favor of

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION ,
as Collateral Agent

 

and

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION ,
as Administrative Agent

 

Dated as of July 12, 2011

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

SECTION 1.                             DEFINED TERMS

 

 

 

1.1

Definitions

1

1.2

Other Definitional Provisions

5

 

 

 

SECTION 2.                             GUARANTEE

 

 

 

2.1

Guarantee

6

2.2

Reimbursement, Contribution and Subrogation

7

2.3

Amendments, etc. with respect to the Borrower Obligations

8

2.4

Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional

8

2.5

Reinstatement

9

2.6

Payments

9

 

 

 

SECTION 3.                             GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

 

 

SECTION 4.                             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

4.1

Representations in Credit Agreement

11

4.2

Title; No Other Liens

11

4.3

Perfected First Priority Liens

11

4.4

Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office

11

4.5

Inventory and Equipment

12

4.6

Farm Products

12

4.7

Investment Related Property

12

4.8

Receivables

12

4.9

Intellectual Property

12

4.10

Commercial Tort Claims

13

 

 

 

SECTION 5.                             COVENANTS

 

 

 

5.1

Covenants in Credit Agreement

13

5.2

Delivery and Control of Instruments, Chattel Paper, Negotiable Documents, Investment Property and Letter-of-Credit Rights

14

5.3

Maintenance of Insurance

14

5.4

[Intentionally omitted]

14

5.5

Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation

14

5.6

Changes in Locations, Name, etc.

14

5.7

[Intentionally omitted]

15

5.8

Investment Property, Pledged Equity Interests and Deposit Accounts

15

5.9

Receivables

16

5.10

Intellectual Property

16

5.11

Limitation on Liens on Collateral

17

5.12

Limitations on Dispositions of Collateral

17

5.14

Commercial Tort Claims

17

 

 

 

SECTION 6.                             REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

 

 

 

6.1

Certain Matters Relating to Receivables

17

6.2

Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable

18

6.3

Investment Property

18

6.4

Proceeds to be Turned Over to Collateral Agent

19

6.5

Application of Proceeds

19

6.6

Code and Other Remedies

19

6.7

Registration Rights

20

6.8

Deficiency

20

 

i



 

6.9

Intellectual Property

20

 

 

 

SECTION 7.                             THE COLLATERAL AGENT

 

 

 

7.1

Collateral Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc.

21

7.2

Duty of Collateral Agent

22

7.3

Financing Statements

23

7.4

Authority, Immunities and Indemnities of Collateral Agent

23

7.5

Intellectual Property Filings

23

 

 

 

SECTION 8.                             MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

8.1

Amendments in Writing

23

8.2

Notices

23

8.3

No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies

23

8.4

Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification

24

8.5

Successors and Assigns

24

8.6

Set-Off

24

8.7

Counterparts

24

8.8

Severability

24

8.9

Section Headings

24

8.10

Integration

25

8.11

GOVERNING LAW

25

8.12

Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers

25

8.13

Acknowledgements

25

8.14

Additional Grantors; Supplements to Schedules

25

8.15

Releases

26

8.16

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

26

 

ii



 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

Schedule 1

[Reserved]

 

Schedule 2

Investment Property

 

Schedule 3

Jurisdictions of Organization and Chief Executive Offices

 

Schedule 4

Filings and Other Actions Required for Perfection

 

Schedule 5

Inventory and Equipment Locations

 

Schedule 6

Intellectual Property

 

Schedule 7

[Reserved]

 

Schedule 8

Commercial Tort Claims

 

Schedule 9

[Reserved]

 

 

 

 

ANNEXES

 

 

 

Annex I

Form of Assumption Agreement

 

Annex II

[Reserved]

 

Annex III-A

Form of Copyright Security Agreement

 

Annex III-B

Form of Patent Security Agreement

 

Annex III-C

Form of Trademark Security Agreement

 

Annex IV

Form of Pledge Supplement

 

 

iii



 

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT, dated as of July 12, 2011, made by each of the signatories hereto (together with any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein, the “ Grantors ” and, excluding the Borrower, the “ Guarantors ”), in favor of GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION , as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION , as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) .

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among INC RESEARCH, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”),  INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (the “ Lenders ”), GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent and Swingline Lender, GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Collateral Agent, MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., ING CAPITAL LLC and RBC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, ING CAPITAL LLC and ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Co-Syndication Agents, NATIXIS, as Documentation Agent and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Issuing Lender , the Lenders have severally agreed to make extensions of credit to the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein ;

 

B.                                     The Borrower and Holdings are members of an affiliated group of companies that includes each other Grantor;

 

C.                                     The proceeds of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement and, to the extent applicable, the financial accommodations under the Specified Hedge Agreements and the Specified Cash Management Agreements will be used in part to enable the Borrower to finance the Acquisition, to pay related fees and expenses, for working capital requirements and for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

 

D.                                     The Borrower and the other Grantors are engaged in related businesses, and each Grantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement and, to the extent applicable, the providing of financial accommodation under the Specified Hedge Agreements and the Specified Cash Management Agreements; and

 

E.                                      It is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and, to the extent applicable, of the Qualified Counterparties to provide financial accommodation under the Specified Hedge Agreements and the Specified Cash Management Agreements that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Agreement to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder and to induce the Qualified Counterparties to enter into the Specified Hedge Agreements and the Specified Cash Management Agreements and provide financial accommodation, each Grantor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                        DEFINED TERMS

 

1.1                                Definitions .

 

(a)                                  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement, and the following terms are used herein as defined in the New York UCC (and if defined in more than one Article of the New York UCC, shall have the meaning given in Article 8 or 9 thereof):  Accounts, Certificated Security, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Commodity Accounts, Deposit Accounts, Documents, Electronic Chattel Paper, Equipment, Farm Products, Fixtures, General Intangibles,

 



 

Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Money, Negotiable Documents, Securities Accounts, Securities Entitlements, Supporting Obligations, Tangible Chattel Paper and Uncertificated Security.

 

(b)                                  The following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Administrative Agent ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Agreement ”:  this Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Borrower ”:  as defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Borrower Obligations ”:  the collective reference to the “Obligations” (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) of the Borrower.

 

Collateral ”:  as defined in Section 3 .

 

Collateral Account ”:  any collateral account established by the Collateral Agent as provided in Section 6.1 .

 

Collateral Agent ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Copyright Licenses ”:  all written agreements entered into by any Grantor pursuant to which such Grantor grants or obtains any right with respect to any Copyright, including, without limitation, any rights to print, publish, copy, distribute, create derivative works, or otherwise exploit and sell copyrighted materials, and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale, all Inventory now or hereafter covered by such Copyrights, together with any and all (i) amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, and supplements thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present and future breaches or other violations with respect thereto and (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future breaches or violations thereof.

 

Copyright Security Agreement ”:  an agreement substantially in the form of Annex III-A hereto.

 

Copyrights ”:  collectively, copyrights (whether registered or unregistered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof) and all mask works (as such term is defined in 17 U.S.C.  Section 901, et seq.), including, without limitation, each registered copyright identified on Schedule 6 , together with any and all (i) registrations and applications therefor, (ii) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such copyrights, (iii) renewals and extensions thereof and amendments thereto, (iv) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages, claims and payments for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations or other violations thereof, (v) rights to sue or otherwise recover for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations or other violations thereof and (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

 

Excluded Equity Interests ”:  collectively, all shares of stock, partnership interests, limited liability interests, and all other equity interests in (a) any Person (other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or a Subsidiary controlled by the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary) to the extent a security interest granted thereon is not permitted by the terms of such Person’s organizational or joint venture documents and (b) any Foreign Subsidiary that is not a “first tier” Foreign Subsidiary or which, when aggregated with all of the other interests in such Foreign Subsidiary pledged by the Grantors, would result in more than 65% of the Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock being pledged to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock ”:  the voting Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Grantor ”:  as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

2



 

Guarantor Obligations ”:  with respect to any Guarantor, all obligations and liabilities of such Guarantor with respect to the Facilities which may arise under or in connection with this Agreement (including Section 2 ) or any other Loan Document or Specified Hedge Agreement or Specified Cash Management Agreement to which such Guarantor is a party, in each case whether on account of guarantee obligations, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, out-of-pocket expenses or otherwise (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented attorney’s fees and legal expenses in accordance with Section 11.5 of the Credit Agreement) as expressly provided for in the foregoing documents (including all interest and fees arising or incurred as provided in the Loan Documents or any Specified Hedge Agreement or any Specified Cash Management Agreement after the commencement of any bankruptcy case or insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or like proceeding, whether or not a claim for such obligations is allowed in such case or proceeding).

 

Intellectual Property ”:  the collective reference to Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Trade Secrets.

 

Intellectual Property Licenses ”:  the collective reference to the Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses, Trademark Licenses, and Trade Secret Licenses.

 

Intercompany Note ”:  any promissory note evidencing loans or other monetary obligations owing to any Grantor by any Group Member.

 

Investment Property ”:  the collective reference to (i) all “investment property” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(49) of the New York UCC (other than Excluded Equity Interests”) and (ii) whether or not constituting “investment property” as so defined, all Pledged Notes and all Pledged Equity Interests.

 

Issuers ”:  the collective reference to each issuer of any Investment Property or Pledged Equity Interests purported to be pledged hereunder.

 

New York UCC ”:  the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

 

Patent License ”:  all written agreements pursuant to which a Grantor grants or obtains any right to any Patent, including, without limitation, any rights to manufacture, use, import, export, distribute, offer for sale or sell any invention covered by a Patent, and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale, all Inventory now or hereafter covered by such Patents, together with any and all (i) amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, and supplements thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable under or and with respect to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages, claims and payments for past, present and future breaches and other violations thereof and (iii) rights and remedies to sue for past, present and future breaches and other violations of any of the foregoing.

 

Patent Security Agreement ”:  an agreement substantially in the form of Annex III-B hereto.

 

Patents ”:  collectively, patents, patent applications, certificates of inventions, industrial designs (whether issued or applied-for in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), including, without limitation, each issued patent and patent application identified on Schedule 6 , together with any and all (i) inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) reissues, divisions, continuations, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages, and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable under or with respect to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages, claims and payments for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations and other violations thereof, (iv) rights and remedies to sue for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations and other violations of any of the foregoing and (v) rights, priorities, and privileges corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.

 

Pledged Alternative Equity Interests ”:  all participation or other interests in any equity or profits of any business entity and the certificates, if any, representing such interests, all dividends, distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such interests and any other warrant, right or option to acquire any of the foregoing; provided , however , that Pledged Alternative Equity Interests shall not include any

 

3



 

Pledged Notes, Pledged Stock, Pledged Partnership Interests, and Pledged LLC Interests or Excluded Equity Interests.

 

Pledged Equity Interests ”:  all Pledged Stock, Pledged LLC Interests, Pledged Partnership Interests and Pledged Alternative Equity Interests.

 

Pledged LLC Interests ”:  all interests owned by any Grantor in any limited liability company (including those listed on Schedule 2 ) and the certificates, if any, representing such limited liability company interests and any interest of any Grantor on the books and records of such limited liability company or on the books and records of any securities intermediary pertaining to such interest, and all dividends, distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such limited liability company interests and any other warrant, right or option to acquire any of the foregoing; provided that in no event shall Pledged LLC Interests include Excluded Equity Interests.

 

Pledged Notes ”:  any promissory notes at any time issued to or owned, held or acquired by any Grantor evidencing indebtedness which is in excess of $1,000,000 individually or $5,000,000 in the aggregate, without limitation, any Intercompany Notes at any time issued to any Grantor (including those listed on Schedule 2 ).

 

Pledged Partnership Interests ”:  all interests owned by any Grantor in any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership or other partnership (including those listed on Schedule 2 ) and the certificates, if any, representing such partnership interests and any interest of any Grantor on the books and records of such partnership or on the books and records of any securities intermediary pertaining to such interest and all dividends, distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such partnership interests and any other warrant, right or option to acquire any of the foregoing; provided that in no event shall Pledged Partnership Interests include Excluded Equity Interests.

 

Pledged Stock ”:  all shares, stock certificates, options, interests or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the Capital Stock of any Person (including those listed on Schedule 2 ) at any time issued or granted to or owned, held or acquired by any Grantor, and the certificates, if any, representing such shares and any interest of such Grantor in the entries on the books of the issuer of such shares or on the books and records of any securities intermediary pertaining to such shares, and all dividends, distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such shares and any other warrant, right or option to acquire any of the foregoing; provided that in no event shall Pledged Stock include Excluded Equity Interests.

 

PTO ”:  the United States Patent and Trademark Office and any substitute or successor agency.

 

Proceeds ”:  all “proceeds” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the New York UCC, including, in any event, all dividends, returns of capital and other distributions and income from Investment Property and all collections thereon and payments with respect thereto.

 

Receivable ”:  any right to payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered, whether or not such right is evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper and whether or not it has been earned by performance (including all Accounts).

 

Secured Obligations ”:  the Borrower Obligations and the Guarantor Obligations.

 

Securities Act ”:  the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Trade Secret License ”:  with respect to any Grantor, any written agreement pursuant to which such Grantor grants or obtains any right to use any Trade Secret, including the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale, all Inventory now or hereafter covered by such Trade Secrets, together with all (i) amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, and supplements thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or

 

4



 

hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present and future breaches or other violations with respect thereto and (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future breaches or violations thereof.

 

Trade Secrets ”:  (i) all trade secrets, confidential information, know-how and proprietary processes, designs, inventions, technology, and proprietary methodologies, algorithms, and information, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations or other violations with respect thereto and (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations or violations thereof.

 

Trademark License ”:  any written agreement pursuant to which a Grantor grants or obtains any right to use any Trademark, and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale, all Inventory now or hereafter covered by such Trademarks, together with all (i) amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, and supplements thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable under or with respect to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages, claims and payments for past, present and future breaches or other violations thereof and (iii) rights, priorities, and privileges and remedies to sue for past, present and future breaches and other violations of any of the foregoing.

 

Trademark Security Agreement ”:  an agreement substantially in the form of Annex III-C hereto.

 

Trademarks ”:  collectively, all trademarks, service marks, certification marks, tradenames, corporate names, company names, business names, slogans, logos, trade dress, Internet domain names, and other source identifiers, whether registered or unregistered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, together with any and all (i) registrations and applications for any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, each registration and application identified on Schedule 6 hereto, (ii) goodwill connected with the use thereof and symbolized thereby, (iii) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to the use of any of the foregoing, (iv)  extensions and renewals thereof and amendments thereto, (v) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable under or with respect to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages, claims and payments for past, present or future infringements, misappropriations or other violations thereof, (vi) rights and remedies to sue for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations and other violations of any of the foregoing and (vii) rights, priorities, and privileges corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.

 

UCC ”:  the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the applicable jurisdiction.

 

UETA ”:  the Uniform Electronic Transaction Act, as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction.

 

Unasserted Contingent Obligations ”:  at any time, contingent Obligations for taxes, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities in respect of which no claim or demand for payment has been made (or, in the case of Obligations for indemnification, no notice for indemnification has been issued by the Indemnitee) at such time.

 

1.2                                Other Definitional Provisions .

 

(a)                                  As used herein and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Group Member not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1 , to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, other accounting standards, if applicable, (ii) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (iii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties of every type and nature and (v) references to agreements or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be

 

5



 

deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, amended and restated, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (subject to any applicable restrictions hereunder).

 

(b)                                  The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section and Schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

(c)                                   The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

(d)                                  Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantor’s Collateral or the relevant part thereof.

 

(e)                                   The expressions “payment in full”, “paid in full” and any other similar terms or phrases when used herein with respect to any Obligation shall mean (A) the payment in full of such Obligation in cash in immediately available funds, (B) that no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding (or that they shall have been Cash Collateralized or backstopped pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Lender), (C) with respect to obligations under any Specified Hedge Agreements or under any Specified Cash Management Agreements with any Qualified Counterparty, such obligations are terminated or secured by a collateral arrangement reasonably satisfactory to the Qualified Counterparty in its sole discretion, and (D) that all commitments to extend credit under the Loan Documents shall have been terminated.

 

SECTION 2.                        GUARANTEE

 

2.1                                Guarantee .

 

(a)                                  Each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of each and all of the Borrower Obligations; provided , that obligations of any Loan Party under or in respect of any Specified Hedge Agreement or any Specified Cash Management Agreement shall be guaranteed only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other Obligations are so guaranteed.

 

(b)                                  Each Guarantor shall be liable under its guarantee set forth in Section 2.1(a) , without any limitation as to amount, for all present and future Borrower Obligations, including specifically all future increases in the outstanding amount of the Loans or Reimbursement Obligations under the Credit Agreement and other future increases in the Borrower Obligations, whether or not any such increase is committed, contemplated or provided for by the Loan Documents or other applicable documents governing such Borrower Obligations on the date hereof; provided , that (i) enforcement of such guarantee against such Guarantor will be limited as necessary to limit the recovery under such guarantee to the maximum amount which may be recovered without causing such enforcement or recovery to constitute a fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance under any applicable law, including any applicable federal or state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance law (after giving effect, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to the reimbursement and contribution rights set forth in Section 2.2 ) and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the foregoing clause (i) shall be for the benefit solely of creditors and representatives of creditors of each Guarantor and not for the benefit of such Guarantor or the holders of any Capital Stock in such Guarantor.  For the avoidance of doubt, the application of the provisions of this Section 2.1(b)  or any similar provisions in any other Loan Document:  (x) is automatic to the extent applicable, (y) is not an amendment or modification of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other applicable document governing Borrower Obligations and (z) does not require the consent or approval of any Person.

 

(c)                                   The guarantee contained in this Section 2.1 (i)  shall remain in full force and effect until all the Borrower Obligations and the obligations of each Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 2.1 have been paid in full (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations), notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement the Borrower may be free from any Borrower Obligations, (ii) unless released as provided in clause (iii) below, shall survive the repayment of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations under the

 

6


 

Credit Agreement, the termination of commitments to extend credit under the Credit Agreement, and the release of the Collateral and remain enforceable as to all Borrower Obligations that survive such repayment, termination and release and (iii) shall be released when and as set forth in Section 8.15(a)  or (b) .

 

(d)                                  No payment made by the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by any Secured Party from the Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Borrower Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder in respect of any other Borrower Obligations then outstanding or thereafter incurred.

 

2.2                                Reimbursement, Contribution and Subrogation .  In case any payment is made on account of the Borrower Obligations by any Grantor or is received or collected on account of the Borrower Obligations from any Grantor or its property:

 

(a)                                  If such payment is made by the Borrower or from its property, the Borrower shall not be entitled (i) to demand or enforce reimbursement or contribution in respect of such payment from any other Grantor or (ii) to be subrogated to any claim, interest, right or remedy of any Secured Party against any other Person, including any other Grantor or its property.

 

(b)                                  If such payment is made by the Borrower or from its property or if any payment is made by the Borrower or from its property in satisfaction of the reimbursement right of any Guarantor set forth in Section 2.2(c) , the Borrower shall not be entitled (i) to demand or enforce reimbursement or contribution in respect of such payment from any other Grantor or (ii) to be subrogated to any claim, interest, right or remedy of any Secured Party against any other Person, including any other Grantor or its property.

 

(c)                                   If such payment is made by a Guarantor or from its property, such Guarantor shall be entitled, subject to and upon payment in full of all outstanding Secured Obligations (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations), (i) to demand and enforce reimbursement for the full amount of such payment from the Borrower and (ii) to demand and enforce contribution in respect of such payment from each other Guarantor which has not paid its fair share of such payment, as necessary to ensure that (after giving effect to any enforcement of reimbursement rights provided hereby) each Guarantor pays its fair share of the unreimbursed portion of such payment.  For this purpose, the fair share of each Guarantor as to any unreimbursed payment shall be determined based on an equitable apportionment of such unreimbursed payment among all Guarantors based on the relative value of their assets (net of their liabilities, other than Secured Obligations) and any other equitable considerations deemed appropriate by the court.

 

(d)                                  If and whenever any right of reimbursement or contribution becomes enforceable by any Guarantor against any other Guarantor under Section 2.2(c) , such Guarantor shall be entitled, subject to and upon payment in full of all outstanding Secured Obligations (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations), to be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other Guarantors entitled to reimbursement or contribution from any other Guarantor under Section 2.2(c) ) to any security interest that may then be held by the Collateral Agent upon any Collateral granted to it in this Agreement.  To the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, such right of subrogation shall be enforceable solely against the Borrower and the Guarantors, and not against the Secured Parties, and neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any duty whatsoever to warrant, ensure or protect any such right of subrogation or to obtain, perfect, maintain, hold, enforce or retain any Collateral for any purpose related to any such right of subrogation.  If subrogation is demanded in writing by any Guarantor, then (subject to and upon payment in full of all outstanding Secured Obligations (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations)), the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Guarantors making such demand, or to a representative of such Guarantors or of the Guarantors generally, an instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and such Guarantors transferring, on a quitclaim basis without (to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law) any recourse, representation, warranty or obligation whatsoever, whatever security interest the Administrative Agent then may hold in whatever Collateral may then exist that was not previously released or disposed of by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents.

 

7



 

(e)                                   All rights and claims arising under this Section 2.2 or based upon or relating to any other right of reimbursement, indemnification, contribution or subrogation that may at any time arise or exist in favor of any Guarantor as to any payment on account of the Secured Obligations made by it or received or collected from its property shall be fully subordinated in all respects to the prior payment in full of all of the Secured Obligations (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations).  Until payment in full of the Secured Obligations (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations), no Guarantor shall demand or receive any collateral security, payment or distribution whatsoever (whether in cash, property or securities or otherwise) on account of any such right or claim.  If any such payment or distribution is made or becomes available to any Guarantor, such payment or distribution shall be delivered by the person making such payment or distribution directly to the Administrative Agent, for application to the payment of the Secured Obligations in accordance with Section 6.5 .  If any such payment or distribution is received by any Guarantor, it shall be held by such Guarantor in trust, as trustee of an express trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and shall forthwith be transferred and delivered by such Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form received and, if necessary, duly endorsed.

 

(f)                                    The obligations of the Guarantors under the Loan Documents and any Specified Hedge Agreements and any Specified Cash Management Agreements, including their liability for the Secured Obligations and the enforceability of the security interests granted thereby, are not contingent upon the validity, legality, enforceability, collectibility or sufficiency of any right of reimbursement, contribution or subrogation arising under this Section 2.2 .  To the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, the invalidity, insufficiency, unenforceability or uncollectibility of any such right shall not in any respect diminish, affect or impair any such obligation or any other claim, interest, right or remedy at any time held by any Secured Party against any Guarantor or its property.  The Secured Parties make no representations or warranties in respect of any such right and shall, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, have no duty to assure, protect, enforce or ensure any such right or otherwise relating to any such right.

 

(g)                                   Each Guarantor reserves any and all other rights of reimbursement, contribution or subrogation at any time available to it as against any other Guarantor, but (i) the exercise and enforcement of such rights shall be subject to this Section 2.2 and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall ever have any duty or liability whatsoever in respect of any such right.

 

2.3                                Amendments, etc. with respect to the Borrower Obligations .  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Borrower Obligations made by any Secured Party may be rescinded by such Secured Party and any of the Borrower Obligations continued, and the Borrower Obligations, or the liability of any other Person upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by any Secured Party, and the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, any Specified Hedge Agreement, any Specified Cash Management Agreement and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, replaced, refinanced, otherwise modified or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the requisite Secured Parties) may deem reasonably advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by any Secured Party for the payment of the Borrower Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.  No Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Borrower Obligations or for the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or any property subject thereto, except to the extent required by applicable law or any Loan Document.

 

2.4                                Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional .  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Borrower Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Secured Party upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or acceptance of the guarantee contained in this Section 2 .  The Borrower Obligations, and each of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2 .  All dealings between the Borrower and any of the Guarantors,

 

8



 

on the one hand, and the Secured Parties, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2 .  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Borrower or any of the Guarantors with respect to the Borrower Obligations.  Each Guarantor understands and agrees that the guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall be construed, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, any Specified Hedge Agreement, any Specified Cash Management Agreement any of the Borrower Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by any Secured Party, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by the Borrower or any other Person against any Secured Party, or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Borrower or such Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Borrower for the Borrower Obligations or of such Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 2 , in bankruptcy or in any other instance.  When making any demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, any Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Borrower Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by any Secured Party to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve any Guarantor of any obligation or liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of any Secured Party against any Guarantor.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

2.5                                Reinstatement .  The guarantee contained in this Section 2 and the security interests created hereunder shall be reinstated and shall remain in all respects enforceable to the extent that, at any time, any payment of any of the Borrower Obligations is set aside, avoided or rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by any Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, in whole or in part, and such reinstatement and enforceability shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be effective as fully as if such payment had not been made.

 

2.6                                Payments .  Each Guarantor hereby agrees to pay all amounts due and payable by it under this Section 2 to the Administrative Agent without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Funding Office specified in the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.                        GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), as collateral security for the complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all Secured Obligations:

 

(a)                                  all Accounts;

 

(b)                                  all Chattel Paper;

 

(c)                                   all Deposit Accounts;

 

(d)                                  all Documents;

 

9



 

(e)                                   all General Intangibles, including, without limitation, all Intellectual Property;

 

(f)                                    all Goods, including, without limitation, all Equipment, Fixtures and Inventory;

 

(g)                                   all Instruments;

 

(h)                                  all Investment Property;

 

(i)                                      all Money;

 

(j)                                     all Capital Stock;

 

(k)                                  all Commercial Tort Claims, including, without limitation, the Commercial Tort Claims described on Schedule 8 hereto;

 

(l)                                      all Letter of Credit Rights;

 

(m)                              all other personal property not otherwise described above;

 

(n)                                  all Supporting Obligations and products of any and all of the foregoing and all security interests or other liens on personal or real property securing any of the foregoing;

 

(o)                                  all books and records (regardless of medium) pertaining to any of the foregoing; and

 

(p)                                  all Proceeds of any of the foregoing;

 

provided , that (i) this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in and the term “Collateral” shall not be deemed to include (A) any property to the extent that and for as long as such grant of a security interest is prohibited by any applicable law, rule or regulation except to the extent that such law, rule or regulation is ineffective under applicable law or principles of equity or would be ineffective under Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the New York UCC to prevent the attachment of the security interest granted hereunder, (B) any contract, license or permit, to the extent it constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of, or requires any consent not obtained under such contract, license or permit, except to the extent that any such contract, license or permit is ineffective under applicable law or principles of equity or would be ineffective under Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the New York UCC to prevent the attachment of the security interest granted hereunder, (C)  any applications for trademarks or service marks filed in the PTO pursuant to 15 U.S.C. §1051 Section 1(b) unless and until evidence of use of the mark in interstate commerce is submitted to and accepted by the PTO pursuant to 15 U.S.C. §1051 Section 1(c) or Section 1(d), (D) Excluded Equity Interests, (E) property owned by any Grantor that is subject to a purchase money Lien or a capital lease permitted under the Credit Agreement if the Contractual Obligation pursuant to which such Lien is granted (or in the document providing for such capital lease) prohibits or requires the consent of any Person other than Borrower and its Affiliates which has not been obtained as a condition to the creation of any other Lien on such equipment, and (F) to the extent not otherwise excluded pursuant to clauses (A) through (E) above, Excluded Assets ; provided , however , that the grant of security interest hereunder, and the term “Collateral”, shall include all of the shares of capital stock, limited liability interests, partnership interests and other equity interests identified on Schedule 2 hereto and (ii) the security interest granted hereby (A) shall attach at all times to all proceeds of such property (other than any proceeds subject to any condition described in clause (i) ), (B) if applicable, shall attach to such property immediately and automatically (without need for any further grant or act) at such time as the condition described in clause (i)  ceases to exist and (C) to the extent severable shall in any event, attach to all rights in respect of such property that are not subject to the applicable condition described in clause (i) .  In addition to the foregoing, the following Collateral shall not be required to be perfected:  (x) cash and Cash Equivalents (including Money), Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodities Accounts (including securities entitlements and related assets), (y) other assets requiring perfection through control agreements and (z) vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title. in each case to the extent a security interest therein cannot be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law.

 

10



 

SECTION 4.                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to each Secured Party that:

 

4.1                                Representations in Credit Agreement .  In the case of each Guarantor, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 of the Credit Agreement as they relate to such Guarantor or to the Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct in all material respects, and each Secured Party shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were fully set forth herein; provided that each reference in each such representation and warranty to the Borrower’s or any Loan Party’s knowledge shall, for the purposes of this Section 4.1 , be deemed a reference to such Guarantor’s knowledge.

 

4.2                                Title; No Other Liens .  Except for the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Loan Documents and the Liens permitted to exist on such Grantor’s Collateral by the Loan Documents, such Grantor owns each item of Collateral, in all material respects, granted by it free and clear of any Liens (other than Liens permitted by Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement and under the Security Documents).  No financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except such as have been filed in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to the Loan Documents or in respect of Liens that are permitted by the Loan Documents or for which termination statements or releases authorized by the appropriate parties will be filed on the Closing Date or, with respect to releases of Liens in Intellectual Property recorded in the PTO or United States Copyright Office, delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing.

 

4.3                                Perfected First Priority Liens .

 

(a)                                  The security interests granted pursuant to this Agreement upon completion of the filings and other actions specified on Schedule 4 (which, in the case of all filings and other documents referred to on such Schedule, have been delivered to the Collateral Agent in completed and, where required, duly executed form), will constitute valid perfected security interests in all of the Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Secured Obligations, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof (except to the extent otherwise permitted herein and except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law)) against all creditors of such Grantor and are and will be prior to all other Liens on such Collateral except for Liens which have priority as permitted by the Credit Agreement, the Loan Documents or by operation of law; provided, that additional filings with the PTO and United States Copyright Office may be required with respect to the perfection of the Collateral Agent’s Lien on registered and applied-for United States Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights, as applicable, acquired by Grantors after the Closing Date and the perfection of the Collateral Agent’s Lien on Intellectual Property established under the laws of jurisdictions outside the United States may be subject to additional filings and registrations.

 

(b)                                  Each Grantor consents to the grant by each other Grantor of the security interests granted hereby and the transfer of any Capital Stock or Investment Property to the Collateral Agent or its designee upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and to the substitution of the Collateral Agent or its designee or the purchaser upon any foreclosure sale as the holder and beneficial owner of the interest represented thereby.

 

4.4                                Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office .  On the date hereof, such Grantor’s exact legal name, jurisdiction of organization, organizational identification number from the jurisdiction of organization (if any), and the location of such Grantor’s chief executive office or sole place of business or principal residence, as the case may be, are specified on Schedule 3 .  On the date hereof, such Grantor is organized solely under the law of the jurisdiction so specified and has not filed any certificates of domestication, transfer or continuance in any other jurisdiction.  Such Grantor has furnished to the Collateral Agent its Organizational Documents as in effect as of a date which is recent to the date hereof and short-form or long-form, as applicable, good standing certificate as of a date which is recent to the date hereof.

 

11



 

4.5                                Inventory and Equipment .

 

(a)                                  On the date hereof, Schedule 5 sets forth all locations in the United States where any Inventory and Equipment (other than goods in transit, goods being repaired by a third party or goods that do not have a material value) are kept.

 

(b)                                  As of the date hereof, none of the Inventory or Equipment of such Grantor is in possession of an issuer of a negotiable document (as defined in Section 7-104 of the New York UCC).

 

4.6                                Farm Products .  None of the Collateral constitutes, or is the Proceeds of, Farm Products.

 

4.7                                Investment Related Property

 

(a)                                  On the date hereof , Schedule 2 hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) sets forth under the headings “Pledged Stock”, “Pledged LLC Interests” and “Pledged Partnership Interests”, all of the Pledged Stock, Pledged LLC Interests and Pledged Partnership Interests, respectively, owned by any Grantor and such Pledged Equity Interests constitute the percentage of issued and outstanding shares of stock, percentage of membership interests, percentage of partnership interests or percentage of beneficial interest of the respective issuers thereof indicated on such Schedule.  On the date hereof, Schedule 2 (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) sets forth under the heading “Pledged Notes” all of the Pledged Notes owned by any Grantor and to the knowledge of such Grantor all of such Pledged Notes have been duly authorized, authenticated or issued, and delivered and are the legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principals of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and constitute all of the issued and outstanding inter-company indebtedness evidenced by an instrument owing to such Grantor that is required to be pledged to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to the terms hereof and the other Loan Documents.

 

(b)                                  The shares of Pledged Equity Interests pledged by such Grantor hereunder constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of Capital Stock in each Issuer owned by such Grantor or, in the case of Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock, 65% of the outstanding first tier Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock of each relevant Issuer.

 

(c)                                   All the shares of the Pledged Equity Interests have been duly and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(d)                                  Such Grantor is the record and beneficial owner of the Investment Property and Deposit Accounts pledged by it hereunder in all material respects, free of any Liens, except Liens permitted to exist on the Collateral by the Loan Documents, and, as of the date hereof, there are no outstanding warrants, options or other rights to purchase, or shareholder, voting trust or similar agreements outstanding with respect to, or property that is convertible into, or that requires the issuance or sale of, any Pledged Equity Interests.

 

4.8                                Receivables .  As of the date hereof, no amount payable to such Grantor under or in connection with any Receivables in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate is evidenced by any Instrument or Chattel Paper which has not been delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to terms of this Agreement.

 

4.9                                Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                  As of the date hereof, Schedule 6 sets forth a true and accurate list of all United States registrations of and applications for Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights owned by the Grantor that are registered or applied-for in the PTO or United States Copyright Office.

 

(b)                                  With respect to all Intellectual Property listed on Schedule 6 that is owned by a Grantor, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such Grantor is the owner of the entire right, title, and interest in and to such Intellectual Property, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens permitted by the

 

12



 

Loan Documents).  To the knowledge of the Grantor, such Grantor owns or is validly licensed to use all other Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens permitted by the Loan Documents), except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   All registrations and applications for Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks included in the Collateral are standing in the name of a Grantor and are subsisting and in full force and effect, and to the Grantor’s knowledge, valid and enforceable, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)                                  Such Grantor has performed all acts and has paid all renewal, maintenance, and other fees required to maintain each and every registration and application of Intellectual Property included in the Collateral in full force and effect, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)                                   Except as set forth in Schedule 6 , no holding, decision, or judgment has been rendered in any action or proceeding against a Grantor before any court, administrative or other governmental authority, challenging the validity or enforceability of any Intellectual Property included in the Collateral, or such Grantor’s right to register, own or use such Intellectual Property, and no such action or proceeding against any Grantor is pending or, to the Grantors’ knowledge, threatened in writing, in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)                                    Such Grantor is not a party to or otherwise bound by any settlement or consent agreement, covenant not to sue, non-assertion assurance, release or other similar agreement affecting such Grantor’s rights to own or use any Intellectual Property, in each case, except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g)                                   With respect to each Copyright License, Trademark License, Patent License, and Trade Secret License:  (i) such agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Grantor and represents the entire agreement between the respective licensor and licensee with respect to the subject matter of such license; (ii) such Grantor has not received any written notice of termination or cancellation under such license; (iii) such Grantor has not received any written notice of a breach or default under such license, which breach or default has not been cured; and (iv) such Grantor is not in breach or default in any material respect, and no event has occurred that, with notice and/or lapse of time, would constitute such a breach or default or otherwise permit termination, modification or acceleration under such agreement, in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(h)                                  Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such Grantor has taken commercially reasonable steps to protect in all material respects:  (i) the confidentiality of its material Trade Secrets and confidential information and (ii) its interest in its material Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor.

 

4.10                         Commercial Tort Claims .  As of the date hereof, such Grantor has no Commercial Tort Claims in excess of $1,000,000 individually or $5,000,000 in the aggregate in value other than those described on Schedule 8 .

 

SECTION 5.                        COVENANTS

 

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Secured Parties that, from and after the date of this Agreement until the Collateral is released pursuant to Section 8.15(a) :

 

5.1                                Covenants in Credit Agreement .  Such Grantor shall take, or refrain from taking, as the case may be, each action that is necessary to be taken or not taken, so that no breach of the covenants in the Credit Agreement pertaining to actions to be taken, or not taken, by such Grantor will result.

 

13



 

5.2                                Delivery and Control of Instruments, Chattel Paper, Negotiable Documents, Investment Property and Letter-of-Credit Rights .

 

(a)                                  If any of the Collateral of such Grantor is or shall become evidenced or represented by any Instrument (other than checks to be deposited in the ordinary course of business), Negotiable Document or Tangible Chattel Paper, in each case having a face amount of $1,000,000 in any instance or $5,000,000 in the aggregate, such Instrument, Negotiable Documents or Tangible Chattel Paper shall be promptly delivered to the Collateral Agent, duly indorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement and all of such property owned by any Grantor as of the Closing Date shall be delivered on the Closing Date .

 

(b)                                  If any of the Collateral of such Grantor is or shall become evidenced or represented by an Uncertificated Security, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof, and shall (and with respect to any issuer that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary use commercially reasonable efforts to) cause the issuer thereof to register the Collateral Agent as the registered owner of such Uncertificated Security, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.  This subsection (b) shall not apply to Uncertificated Securities having a value of less than $1,000,000 individually or $5,000,000 in the aggregate .

 

5.3                                Maintenance of Insurance .

 

(a)                                  Such Grantor will maintain insurance policies (i) in accordance with the requirements of Section 7.5 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) naming the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties as additional insured under liability insurance policies to the extent reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent.

 

(b)                                  All such insurance shall (unless otherwise reasonably agreed to by the Collateral Agent) (i) provide that no cancellation, material reduction in amount or material change in coverage thereof shall be effective until at least thirty (30) days after receipt by the Collateral Agent of written notice thereof, and (ii) name the Collateral Agent as additional insured party (with respect to liability insurance, other than with respect to liability insurance for directors and officers) and/or loss payee (with respect to property insurance).

 

5.4                                [Intentionally omitted] .

 

5.5                                Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation .

 

(a)                                  Such Grantor shall maintain the security interest created by this Agreement in such Grantor’s Collateral (other than Intellectual Property, if any, established under laws of jurisdictions outside the United States) as a security interest having at least the perfection and priority described in Section 4.3 and shall defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever, subject to the rights of such Grantor under the Loan Documents, including such Grantor’s rights to dispose of the Collateral.

 

(b)                                  At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Collateral Agent, and at the sole expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly and duly execute and deliver, and have recorded, such further instruments and documents, including, without limitation, a completed pledge supplement, substantially in the form of Annex IV attached hereto, and take such further actions necessary or as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request consistent with this Agreement for the purpose of creating, perfecting, ensuring the priority of, protecting or enforcing the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral or otherwise conferring or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and of the interests, rights and powers herein granted.

 

5.6                                Changes in Locations, Name, etc .  Such Grantor will not, except upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the Collateral Agent (or such shorter amount of time reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent) and delivery to the Collateral Agent of all additional financing statements and other documents (executed where appropriate) reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interests provided for herein.

 

14



 

(i)                   change its jurisdiction of organization or the location of its chief executive office from that referred to in Section 4.4; or

 

(ii)                change its (x) name or (y) identity or corporate structure to such an extent that any financing statement filed by the Collateral Agent in connection with this Agreement would become misleading.

 

5.7                                [Intentionally omitted] .

 

5.8                                Investment Property, Pledged Equity Interests and Deposit Accounts .

 

(a)                                  If such Grantor shall become entitled to receive or shall receive any certificate (including any certificate representing a stock dividend or a distribution in connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital, any certificate issued in connection with any reorganization, or any certificate representing Pledged LLC Interests issued by any Subsidiary after the date hereof), option or rights in respect of the Pledged Equity Interests,  including whether in addition to, in substitution of, as a conversion of, or in exchange for, any Pledged Equity Interests, or otherwise in respect thereof, such Grantor shall accept the same as the agent of the Secured Parties, hold the same in trust for the Secured Parties and deliver the same forthwith to the Collateral Agent substantially in the form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent, if required, together with an undated stock power or equivalents covering such certificate duly executed in blank by such Grantor, to be held by the Collateral Agent, subject to the terms hereof, as additional collateral security for the Secured Obligations; provided , that in no event shall there be pledged Excluded Equity Interests.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default a ny sums paid upon or in respect of the Investment Property or Pledged Equity Interests upon the liquidation or dissolution of any issuer thereof shall be held by it hereunder as additional collateral security for the Secured Obligations, and in case any distribution of capital shall be made on or in respect of the Investment Property or Pledged Equity Interests or any property shall be distributed upon or with respect to the Investment Property or Pledged Equity Interests pursuant to the recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of any Issuer or pursuant to the reorganization thereof, the property so distributed shall, unless otherwise subject to a perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent, as provided hereunder, be delivered to the Collateral Agent to be held by it hereunder as additional collateral security for the Secured Obligations.  If any sums of money or property so paid or distributed in respect of the Investment Property or Pledged Equity Interests shall be received by such Grantor, such Grantor shall hold such money in accordance with the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

(b)                                  Without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor will not, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, vote to enable, or take any other action to permit, any Issuer of Pledged Equity Interests to issue any stock or other equity securities of any nature or to issue any other securities convertible into or granting the right to purchase or exchange for any stock or other equity securities of any nature of any Issuer.

 

(c)                                   In the case of each Grantor which is an Issuer, such Grantor agrees that (i) it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Investment Property or Pledged Equity Interests (that constitutes Collateral hereunder) issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it and (ii) it will take all actions required or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to enable or permit each Grantor to comply with Sections 6.3(c)  and 6.7 as to all Investment Property or Pledged Equity Interests issued by it.

 

(d)                                  Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that to the extent that any Pledged Partnership Interest or Pledged LLC Interest now or in the future owned by such Grantor and pledged hereunder is a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC and is governed by Article 8 of the New York UCC, such interest shall be certificated and each such interest shall at all times hereafter continue to be such a security and represented by such certificate.  Each Grantor further acknowledges and agrees that with respect to any Pledged Partnership Interest or Pledged LLC Interest now or in the future owned by such Grantor and pledged hereunder that is not a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC, such Grantor shall at no time elect to treat any such interest as a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC, nor shall such interest be represented by a certificate, unless such Grantor provides prior written notification to the Administrative Agent of such election and

 

15



 

such interest is thereafter represented by a certificate that is promptly delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

5.9                                Receivables .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and the receipt of notice from the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 5.9 , except in the ordinary course of business, such Grantor will not (i) grant any extension of the time of payment of any Receivable, (ii) compromise or settle any Receivable for less than the full amount thereof, (iii) release, wholly or partially, any Person liable for the payment of any Receivable, (iv) allow any credit or discount whatsoever on any Receivable or (v) amend, supplement or modify any Receivable in any manner that would materially and adversely affect the value thereof.

 

5.10                         Intellectual Property .  On a continuing basis, each Grantor shall, at its sole cost and expense:

 

(i)                            promptly following its knowledge thereof, notify the Collateral Agent of (1) the institution of any proceeding in any court, administrative or other governmental body or in the PTO or the United States Copyright Office, or any adverse determination in any such proceeding (other than with respect to routine or immaterial office actions or other similar determinations in the ordinary course of prosecution before the PTO or the United States Copyright Office), regarding the validity or enforceability of any Intellectual Property included in the Collateral, or such Grantor’s right to register, own or use such Intellectual Property; or (2) any events which may reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of any Intellectual Property included in the Collateral or the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent in relation thereto, except to the extent that any such event or matter described in (1) or (2) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(ii)                         not take any act or omit to take any commercially reasonable act whereby any material Intellectual Property included in the Collateral may be abandoned, forfeited, dedicated to the public, invalidated, lapse or materially impaired in any way other than in the ordinary course of business or as consistent with such Grantor’s past practice;

 

(iii)                      take commercially reasonable actions to protect against and prosecute infringements, dilutions, misappropriations, and other violations of material Intellectual Property included in the Collateral (including, without limitation, commencement of a suit), and not settle or compromise any pending or future litigation or administrative proceeding with respect to any Intellectual Property, except as shall be consistent with commercially reasonable business judgment or in a manner that would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(iv)                     not grant any exclusive license to any other Person of any material Intellectual Property included in the Collateral that would materially detract from the value of the Collateral (taking into account the value of the license as well) or materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, other than in the ordinary course of business or as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(v)                        use a commercially appropriate standard of quality (which may be consistent with such Grantor’s past practices) in connection with any Trademarks material to the business of such Grantor, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(vi)                     adequately control the quality of goods and services offered by any licensees of its Trademarks, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(vii)                  take commercially reasonable steps to protect the secrecy of all of its material Trade Secrets, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(viii)               not deliver, license or make available the source code for any software included in the Collateral to any Person who is not an employee or contractor of Grantor, and not subject any software included in the Collateral to the terms of any “open source” or other similar license that provides for any

 

16


 

source code of such software to be disclosed, licensed, publicly distributed, or dedicated to the public, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  If any Grantor shall, at any time after the date hereof, obtain any ownership or other rights in and to any additional Intellectual Property, then the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto and any such Intellectual Property shall automatically constitute Collateral and shall be subject to the security interest created by this Agreement, without further action by any party (except as expressly set forth in Section 3 hereof).  Further, each Grantor shall comply with the requirements of Section 7.2(a) of the Credit Agreement and each Grantor authorizes the Collateral Agent to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule 6 to include any United States applications or registrations for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights included in the Collateral (but the failure to so modify such Schedules shall not be deemed to affect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in or lien upon such Intellectual Property).

 

(c)                                   Such Grantor agrees to execute a Copyright Security Agreement in substantially the form of Annex III-A , a Patent Security Agreement in substantially the form of Annex III-B and a Trademark Security Agreement in substantially the form of Annex III-C , as applicable based on the type of Intellectual Property on Schedule 6 , in order to record the security interest granted herein to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with the PTO and the United States Copyright Office, as applicable.

 

(d)                                  Upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor shall execute and deliver, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed, registered or recorded with the PTO or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers which the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to evidence, create, record, preserve, protect or perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any applications or registrations for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights included in the Collateral.

 

5.11                         Limitation on Liens on Collateral .  Such Grantor shall not create, incur or permit to exist, will defend the Collateral against, and will take such other action as is necessary to remove, any Lien or claim on or to the Collateral, other than Liens permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and will defend the right, title and interest of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and the other holders of the Secured Obligations in and to any of the Collateral against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever.

 

5.12                         Limitations on Dispositions of Collateral .  Such Grantor shall not sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, except as permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

5.13                         Commercial Tort Claims .  With respect to any Commercial Tort Claims in excess of $1,000,000 individually or $5,000,000 in the aggregate in value, it shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a completed pledge supplement, substantially in the form of Annex IV attached hereto.

 

SECTION 6.                        REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

 

6.1                                Certain Matters Relating to Receivables .

 

(a)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the Collateral Agent’s reasonable request and at the expense of the relevant Grantor, such Grantor shall furnish to the Collateral Agent reports showing reconciliations, aging and test verifications of, and trial balances for, its material Receivables.

 

(b)                                  If required by the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of Receivables, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within three Business Days of receipt by such Grantor) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent if required, in a Collateral Account maintained under the sole dominion and control of the Collateral Agent, subject to withdrawal by the Collateral Agent for the account of the Secured Parties only as provided in Section 6.5 and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties.

 

17



 

(c)                                   Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon the written request of the Collateral Agent, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Receivables, including all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts.

 

6.2                                Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable .

 

(a)                                  The Collateral Agent may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default communicate with obligors under the Receivables to verify to the Collateral Agent’s reasonable satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Receivables.

 

(b)                                  At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may (and each Grantor at the request of the Collateral Agent shall) notify obligors on the Receivables that the Receivables have been assigned to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Collateral Agent.

 

(c)                                   Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable under each of such Grantor’s Receivables to observe and perform in all material respects the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, in accordance with the terms of any written agreement giving rise thereto.  No Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by any Secured Party of any payment relating thereto, nor shall any Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

 

6.3                                Investment Property .

 

(a)                                  Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Collateral Agent has given notice to the relevant Grantor of the Collateral Agent’s intent to exercise its rights pursuant to Section 6.3(b) , each Grantor may receive all cash dividends paid in respect of the Pledged Stock and all payments made in respect of the Pledged Notes to the extent permitted in the Credit Agreement, and may exercise all voting and corporate or other organizational rights with respect to Investment Property.

 

(b)                                  If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall give notice of its intent to exercise such rights to the relevant Grantor or Grantors, (i) the Collateral Agent shall have the right to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other Proceeds paid in respect of the Investment Property and shall make application thereof to the Secured Obligations in the order set forth in Section 6.5 and (ii) any or all of the Investment Property shall be registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee, and the Collateral Agent or its nominee may thereafter exercise (A) all voting, corporate and other rights pertaining to such Investment Property at any meeting of shareholders of the relevant Issuer or Issuers or otherwise and (B) any and all rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such Investment Property as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including the right to exchange, at its discretion, any and all of the Investment Property upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the corporate or other organizational structure of any Issuer, or upon the exercise by any Grantor or the Collateral Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining to such Investment Property, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of the Investment Property with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the Collateral Agent may determine), all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to any Grantor to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.

 

(c)                                   Each Grantor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer of any Investment Property pledged by such Grantor hereunder to, and any such Issuer party hereto agrees to, (i) after receipt by an Issuer or obligor of any

 

18



 

instructions pursuant to Section 6.3(c)(i)  hereof, comply with any instruction received by it from the Collateral Agent in writing, without any other or further instructions from such Grantor, and each Grantor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying and (ii) after receipt by an Issuer or obligor of any instructions pursuant to Section 6.3(c)(i)  hereof, pay any dividends or other payments with respect to the Investment Property directly to the Collateral Agent.  The Collateral Agent agrees that it shall not send any such instruction unless (A) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (B) such instruction is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

6.4                                Proceeds to be Turned Over to Collateral Agent .  In addition to the rights of the Secured Parties specified in Section 6.1 with respect to payments of Receivables, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent has instructed any Grantor to do so, all Proceeds received by such Grantor consisting of cash, checks and other near-cash items shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent substantially in the form received by such Grantor (duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent, if required).

 

6.5                                Application of Proceeds .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall apply all or any part of Proceeds constituting Collateral, and any proceeds of the guarantee set forth in Section 2 , in payment of the Secured Obligations in the following order:  first , to unpaid and unreimbursed costs, expenses and fees of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (including to reimburse ratably any other Secured Parties which have advanced any of the same to the Collateral Agent), second , to the Administrative Agent, for application by it toward payment of all amounts then due and owing and remaining unpaid in respect of the Secured Obligations, pro rata among the Secured Parties according to the amount of the Secured Obligations then due and owing and remaining unpaid to the Secured Parties, and third , to the Administrative Agent, for application by it toward prepayment of the Secured Obligations, pro rata among the Secured Parties according to the amount of the Secured Obligations then held by the Secured Parties.  Any balance of such Proceeds remaining after the Secured Obligations (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations) have been paid in full, shall be paid over to the Borrower or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same.  For purposes of this Section, to the extent that any Obligation is unmatured or unliquidated (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations) at the time any distribution is to be made pursuant to the second clause above, the Collateral Agent shall allocate a portion of the amount to be distributed pursuant to such clause for the benefit of the Secured Parties holding such Secured Obligations and shall hold such amounts for the benefit of such Secured Parties until such time as such Secured Obligations become matured or liquidated at which time such amounts shall be distributed to the holders of such Secured Obligations to the extent necessary to pay such Secured Obligations in full (with any excess to be distributed in accordance with this Section as if distributed at such time).  In making determinations and allocations required by this Section, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely upon information provided to it by the holder of the relevant Secured Obligations (which, in the case of the immediately preceding sentence shall be a reasonable estimate of the amount of the Secured Obligations) and shall not be required to, or be responsible for, ascertaining the existence of or amount of any Secured Obligations.

 

6.6                                Code and Other Remedies .  If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Agreement and in any other Loan Document, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the New York UCC or any other applicable law or in equity.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Collateral Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by this Agreement or required by law referred to below) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of any Agent or any Secured Party or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk.  Any Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby

 

19



 

waived and released.  Each Grantor further agrees, at the Collateral Agent’s request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Collateral Agent at places which the Collateral Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere.  The Collateral Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 6.6 , after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties hereunder, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (to the extent payable in accordance with Section 11.5 of the Credit Agreement), to the payment in whole or in part of the Secured Obligations, in such order as set forth in Section 6.5 , and only after such application and after the payment by the Collateral Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law, including Section 9-615(a)(3) of the UCC, need the Collateral Agent account for the surplus, if any, to any Grantor.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against any Secured Party arising out of the exercise of any rights hereunder other than any such claims, damages and demands that may arise from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or material breach of any Loan Documents by such Secured Party or its controlled affiliates, officers or employees acting on behalf of such Secured Party or any of its controlled affiliates .  If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral is required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition.

 

6.7                                Registration Rights .

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor recognizes that the Collateral Agent may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Stock, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof.  Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, to the extent permitted by applicable law, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner.  The Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Stock for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuer thereof to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if such Issuer would agree to do so.

 

(b)                                  Each Grantor agrees to use its best efforts to do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be necessary to make such sale or sales of all or any portion of the Pledged Stock pursuant to this Section 6.7 valid and binding and in compliance with any and all other applicable Requirements of Law.  Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 6.7 will cause irreparable injury to the Secured Parties, that the Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section 6.7 shall be specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing under the Credit Agreement.

 

6.8                                Deficiency .  Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Secured Obligations and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to collect such deficiency (to the extent payable in accordance with Section 11.5 of the Credit Agreement).

 

6.9                                Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                  At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default upon the written demand of the Collateral Agent, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent an assignment or assignments, in favor of the Collateral Agent or its designee, of such Grantor’s right, title, and interest in, to and under the Intellectual Property included in the Collateral in recordable form as applicable, and such other documents as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purposes hereof.

 

20



 

(b)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, but shall in no way be obligated, to file applications for protection of the Intellectual Property included in the Collateral and/or bring suit in the name of any Grantor, the Collateral Agent or the Secured Parties, to enforce the Intellectual Property included in the Collateral.  In the event of such suit, each Grantor shall, at the request of the Collateral Agent, do any and all lawful acts, including joinder as a party, and execute any and all documents requested by the Collateral Agent in aid of such enforcement, and the Grantors shall promptly reimburse and indemnify the Collateral Agent for all costs and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Collateral Agent in the exercise of its rights under this Section 6.9(b)   (to the extent payable in accordance with Section 11.5 of the Credit Agreement). In the event that the Collateral Agent shall elect not to bring suit to enforce the Intellectual Property included in the Collateral, each Grantor agrees, at the request of the Collateral Agent, to take all actions necessary, whether by suit, proceeding or other action, to prevent and/or obtain a recovery for the infringement or other violation of rights in, diminution in value of, or other damage to any of the Intellectual Property included in the Collateral by any Person.

 

(c)                                   Solely for the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies hereunder, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent a non-exclusive license and sublicense (in each case, exercisable without payment of royalties or other compensation to such Grantor) to make, have made, use, sell, copy, distribute, perform, make derivative works, publish, and exploit in any other manner for which an authorization from the owner of such Intellectual Property would be required under applicable Requirements of Law, with rights of sublicense, any of the Intellectual Property included in the Collateral now or hereafter owned by or licensed to such Grantor, wherever the same may be located; provided that (i) the applicable Grantor shall have such rights of quality control and inspection which are reasonably necessary under applicable Requirements of Law to maintain the validity and enforceability of such Trademarks, and (ii) license subject to preexisting exclusive licenses and those granted after the Closing Date that are Permitted Liens and any sublicenses duly granted by Collateral Agent under this license grant shall survive in accordance with their terms as direct licenses of the Grantor, in the event of the subsequent cure of any Event of Default that gave rise to the exercise of the Collateral Agent’s rights and remedies, and (iii) the license shall be irrevocable until the termination of the Credit Agreement, or as to Collateral as to which the Lien is released under Section 8.15(b) , at such time as the sale, transfer or disposal occurs; provided that it only may be exercised during the continuance of an Event of Default.  The foregoing license shall include access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout hereof.

 

SECTION 7.                        THE COLLATERAL AGENT

 

7.1                                Collateral Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc .

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to, during the continuance of an Event of Default, take any and all appropriate actions and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or reasonably desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Collateral Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following when an Event of Default shall be continuing:

 

(i)                   in the name of such Grantor or its own name, or otherwise, take possession of and indorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Receivable or contract of such Grantor or with respect to any other Collateral of such Grantor and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Collateral Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Receivable or contract of such Grantor or with respect to any other Collateral of such Grantor whenever payable;

 

21



 

(ii)                in the case of any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Secured Parties’ security interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill connected with the use thereof or symbolized thereby and the general intangibles of such Grantor represented thereby;

 

(iii)             pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, effect any repairs or any insurance called for by the terms of this Agreement and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof;

 

(iv)            execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 6.6 or 6.7 , any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and

 

(v)               (A) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Collateral Agent or as the Collateral Agent shall direct; (B) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral of such Grantor; (C) sign and indorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral of such Grantor; (D) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral of such Grantor; (E) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (F) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Collateral Agent may deem appropriate; (G) subject to any permitted licenses and reserved rights permitted under the Loan Documents, assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark (along with the goodwill of the business connected with the use of or symbolized by any Trademark), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Collateral Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and (H) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral of such Grantor as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Collateral Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Collateral Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral of such Grantor and the Secured Parties’ security interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

 

The Collateral Agent agrees that it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 7.1(a)  unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

(b)                                  If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Collateral Agent, during the continuance of an Event of Default, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply with, or cause performance or compliance with, such agreement.

 

(c)                                   Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable as to each Grantor until this Agreement is terminated and all security interests created hereby with respect to the Collateral of such Grantor are released.

 

7.2                                Duty of Collateral Agent .  The Collateral Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the New York UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Collateral Agent deals with similar property for its own account.  Neither the Collateral Agent, any Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof.  The powers conferred on the Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon any Secured Parties to exercise any such powers.  The Secured Parties shall be

 

22



 

accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except, in the case of the Collateral Agent only in respect of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, to the extent required by applicable law.

 

7.3                                Financing Statements .  Each Grantor hereby authorizes the filing of any financing statements or continuation statements, and amendments to financing statements, or any similar document in any jurisdictions and with any filing offices as the Collateral Agent may reasonably determine, in its sole discretion, are necessary or advisable to perfect or otherwise protect the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent herein.  Such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Collateral Agent may reasonably determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent herein, including describing such property as “all assets” or “all personal property” or using words of similar import and may add thereto “whether now owned or hereafter acquired”.  Each Grantor hereby ratifies and authorizes the filing by the Collateral Agent of any financing statement with respect to the Collateral made prior to the date hereof.

 

7.4                                Authority, Immunities and Indemnities of Collateral Agent .  Each Grantor acknowledges, and, by acceptance of the benefits hereof, each Secured Party agrees, that the rights and responsibilities of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Collateral Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Collateral Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as among the Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement and that the Collateral Agent shall have, in respect thereof, all rights, remedies, immunities and indemnities granted to it in the Credit Agreement.  By acceptance of the benefits hereof, each Secured Party that is not a Lender agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to the Collateral Agent, including Section 10 thereof, as fully as if such Secured Party were a Lender.  The Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

 

7.5                                Intellectual Property Filings .  Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to execute and/or submit filings with the PTO or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) as applicable, including the Copyright Security Agreement, the Patent Security Agreement, and the Trademark Security Agreement, or other comparable documents, and to take such other actions as may be required under applicable law for the purpose of perfecting, recording, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest granted by such Grantor hereunder, without the signature of such Grantor, naming such Grantor, as debtor, and the Collateral Agent, as secured party.

 

SECTION 8.                        MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1                                Amendments in Writing .  None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

8.2                                Notices .  All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Collateral Agent or any Grantor hereunder shall be effected in the manner, and addressed to such parties at the notices addresses, provided for in Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

8.3                                No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies .  No Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 8.1 ), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default.  No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.  No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  A waiver by any Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which such Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion.  The rights and remedies herein provided

 

23



 

are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

8.4                                Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor agrees to pay, or reimburse each Secured Party for, all its reasonable and documented costs and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with collecting against such Grantor under the guarantee contained in Section 2 or otherwise enforcing or preserving any rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Grantor is a party, including the reasonable and invoiced fees and disbursements of counsel, on the terms set forth in Section 11.5(a)(ii) of the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each Grantor agrees to pay, and to save the Secured Parties harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement on the terms set forth in Section 11.5 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The agreements in this Section shall survive repayment of the Secured Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

8.5                                Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of each Grantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Secured Parties and their successors and permitted assigns; provided that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent and, unless so consented to, each such assignment, transfer or delegation by any Grantor shall be void.

 

8.6                                Set-Off .  Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes each Secured Party at any time and from time to time while an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, without notice to such Grantor or any other Grantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Grantor, to set-off and appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations), matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of such Grantor, or any part thereof in such amounts as such Secured Party may elect, against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of such Grantor to such Secured Party hereunder and claims of every nature and description of such Secured Party against such Grantor, in any currency, whether arising hereunder, under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Specified Hedge Agreement, any Specified Cash Management Agreement or otherwise, as such Secured Party may elect.  Each Secured Party shall notify such Grantor promptly of any such set-off and the application made by such Secured Party of the proceeds thereof, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.  The rights of each Secured Party under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which such Secured Party may have.

 

8.7                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission  (in PDF format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.  A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

 

8.8                                Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

8.9                                Section Headings .  The Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

 

24



 

8.10                         Integration .  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of the Grantors and the Secured Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any Secured Party relative to subject matter hereof and thereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

 

8.11                         GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

8.12                         Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers .  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)                                  submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)                                  consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c)                                   agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the address referred to in Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement or at such other address of which the other parties hereto shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

 

(d)                                  agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e)                                   waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

8.13                         Acknowledgements .  Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                  it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b)                                  no Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

 

(c)                                   no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Secured Parties or among the Grantors and the Secured Parties.

 

8.14                         Additional Grantors . Each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an assumption agreement in the form of Annex I hereto.  The execution and delivery of such assumption agreement shall not require the consent of any Grantor hereunder.  The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.

 

25



 

8.15                         Releases .

 

(a)                                  At such time as the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and all other Secured Obligations (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations and obligations under or in respect of Specified Hedge Agreements or Specified Cash Management Agreements) have been paid in full, the Collateral shall automatically be released from the Liens created hereby, and this Agreement and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Collateral Agent and each Grantor hereunder shall automatically terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all rights to the Collateral shall automatically revert to the Grantors.  At the request and sole expense of any Grantor following any such termination, the Collateral Agent shall deliver to such Grantor any Collateral held by the Collateral Agent hereunder, execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) and take such further actions as such Grantor may reasonably request to evidence such termination.

 

(b)                                  If any of the Collateral is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any Grantor (other than to another Grantor) in a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement, then the Lien created pursuant to this Agreement in such Collateral shall be released, and the Collateral Agent, at the request and sole expense of such Grantor, shall promptly execute and deliver to such Grantor all releases or other documents reasonably necessary or desirable and in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and take such further actions for the release of such Collateral (not including Proceeds thereof) from the security interests created hereby; provided that the Collateral Agent shall be required to execute such release only if the Borrower and applicable Grantor shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent, at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period of time acceptable to the Collateral Agent) prior to the date of the proposed release, a certificate of a Responsible Officer with request for release identifying the relevant Collateral and certifying that such transaction is in compliance with the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  At the request and sole expense of the Borrower, a Guarantor shall be released from its obligations hereunder in the event that all the Capital Stock of such Guarantor shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Agent, at the request and sole expense of such the Borrower, shall promptly execute and deliver to such Borrower all releases or other documents reasonably necessary or desirable and in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and take such further actions for the release of such Guarantor; provided that the Collateral Agent shall be required to execute such release only if the Borrower shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent, at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period of time acceptable to the Collateral Agent) prior to the date of the proposed release, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower with request for release identifying the relevant Guarantor and certifying that such transaction is in compliance with the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

8.16                         WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH GRANTOR AND, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THE BENEFITS HEREOF, THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND EACH OTHER SECURED PARTY, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN .

 

26


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC, as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James T. Ogle

 

 

Name: James T. Ogle

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC,

 

as Holdings

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James T. Ogle

 

 

Name: James T. Ogle

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

KENDLE INTERNATIONAL INC.,

 

as a Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James T. Ogle

 

 

Name: James T. Ogle

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

ACER/EXCEL, INC.,

 

as a Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James T. Ogle

 

 

Name: James T. Ogle

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

AAC CONSULTING GROUP, INC.,

 

as a Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James T. Ogle

 

 

Name: James T. Ogle

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

KENDLE INTERNATIONAL CPU LLC,

 

as a Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James T. Ogle

 

 

Name: James T. Ogle

 

 

Title: Manager

 

[Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]

 



 

 

KENDLE AMERICAS HOLDING INC.,

 

as a Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James T. Ogle

 

 

Name: James T. Ogle

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

KENDLE AMERICAS MANAGEMENT INC.,

 

as a Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James T. Ogle

 

 

Name: James T. Ogle

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

KENDLE AMERICAS INVESTMENT INC.,

 

as a Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James T. Ogle

 

 

Name: James T. Ogle

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

TIRANGLE TWO ACQUISITION CORP.,

 

as a Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James T. Ogle

 

 

Name: James T. Ogle

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]

 



 

Agreed and Accepted:

 

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION ,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Name: Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Title: Its Duly Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION ,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Name: Jeffrey A. Schaal

 

 

Title: Its Duly Authorized Signatory

 

 

[Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]

 


 

Schedule 1

 

[RESERVED]

 

S-1-1



 

Schedule 2

 

INVESTMENT PROPERTY

 

Pledged LLC Interests:

 

Name of
Grantor

 

Stock
Issuer

 

Certificated
(Y/N)

 

Certificate
No.

 

% of Shares
Owned

 

% of Outstanding
Stock of the Stock
Issuer

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Kendle International CPU LLC

 

N

 

N/A

 

100

%

100

%

 

Pledged Partnership Interests: None.

 

Pledged Stock:

 

Name of
Grantor

 

Stock
Issuer

 

Certificated
(Y/N)

 

Certificate
No.

 

% of Shares Owned
(Shares Outstanding)

 

% of Actual
Outstanding
Stock
Pledged

 

INC Research Intermediate, LLC

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Y

 

1

 

100% (1 share)

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC Research, LLC

 

INC Research Investment LLC

 

Y

 

1

 

100% (100 shares)

 

65

%

 

 

Triangle Two Acquisition Corp.

 

N

 

N/A

 

99.933% (1,500 shares)

 

99.933

%

 

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Y

 

A-1

 

99.933% (1,500 shares)

 

99.933

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

AAC Consulting Group, Inc.

 

Y

 

14,15

 

100% (6,000,000 shares)

 

100

%

 

 

ACER/EXCEL INC.

 

Y

 

12

 

100% (4,444 shares)

 

100

%

 

 

Kendle Americas Holding Inc.

 

Y

 

1

 

100% (100 shares)

 

100

%

 

 

Kendle Delaware LLC

 

N

 

N/A

 

100% (1000 shares)

 

65

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kendle Americas Holding Inc.

 

Kendle Americas Investment Inc.

 

Y

 

1

 

100% (100 shares)

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kendle Americas Holding Inc.

 

Kendle Americas Management Inc.

 

Y

 

1

 

100% (100 shares)

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC Research, LLC
INC Research Canada, Inc.

 

INC Research Argentina S.A.

 

N

 

N/A

 

95% (190,000 shares)
5%(10,000 shares)

 

65

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC Research, LLC
INC Research Canada, Inc.

 

INC Research do Brasil Pesquisas Clinicas Ltda

 

N

 

N/A

 

99.9998% (500,395 quotas)
0.0002% (1 quota)

 

65

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC Research, LLC

 

INC Research Canada, Inc.

 

Y

 

C-1

 

100% (100 shares)

 

65

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC Research, LLC
INC Research Canada, Inc.

 

INC Research, Chile Limitada

 

N

 

N/A

 

99% (99% equity interests)
1% (1% equity interests)

 

65

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC Research, LLC

 

INC (Beijing) Medical Technology Co., Ltd.

 

N

 

N/A

 

100% No concept of authorized or issued stock

 

65

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC Research, LLC

 

INC Research, S.A. de C.V.

 

N

 

N/A

 

99.99995% (2,203,169 shares)

 

65

%

 

S-2-1



 

Name of
Grantor

 

Stock
Issuer

 

Certificated
(Y/N)

 

Certificate
No.

 

% of Shares Owned
(Shares Outstanding)

 

% of Actual
Outstanding
Stock
Pledged

 

INC Research Canada, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00005% (1 share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC Research, LLC
INC Research Canada, Inc.

 

INC Research Peru S.A.C.

 

N

 

N/A

 

99.9994% (172,699 shares)
0.0006% (1 share)

 

65

%

 

 

N

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC Research, LLC

 

INC Research Pte. Ltd.

 

Y

 

3,2,1

 

100% (100 shares)

 

65

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC Research, LLC

 

INC Research South Korea

 

N

 

N/A

 

100% (50 units)

 

65

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kendle Americas Investment Inc.

 

Kendle Argentina S.R.L.

 

N

 

N/A

 

5%

 

65

%

Kendle Americas Management Inc.

 

 

95%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kendle Americas Investment Inc.

 

Kendle Brasil Servicios de Pesquisas Clinicas Ltda.

 

N

 

N/A

 

5%

 

65

%

Kendle Americas Management Inc.

 

 

 

95%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kendle Americas Investment Inc.

 

Kendle Chile Limitada

 

N

 

N/A

 

5%

 

65

%

Kendle Americas Management Inc.

 

 

95%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kendle Americas Investment Inc.

 

Kendle Colombia Ltda.

 

N

 

N/A

 

5%

 

65

%

Kendle Americas Management Inc.

 

 

 

95%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Kendle CRO (Thailand) Co., Ltd.

 

N

 

N/A

 

99.99933%

 

65

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Kendle Delaware LLC

 

N

 

N/A

 

100%

 

65

%

 

Pledged Notes:

 

·                   Intercompany note issued by INC Research Holding Limited to INC Research, LLC in the aggregate principal amount of $10,615,445.00.

 

S-2-2



 

Schedule 3

 

JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION AND

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICES

 

Company/Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of 
Organization

 

Organizational 
Identification Number

 

Chief Executive Office Address

INC Research Intermediate, LLC

 

Delaware

 

4860176

 

3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600
Raleigh, North Carolina 27604

INC Research, LLC

 

Delaware

 

2656930

 

3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600
Raleigh, North Carolina 27604

Triangle Two Acquisition Corp.

 

Ohio

 

None

 

3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600
Raleigh, North Carolina 27604

ACER/EXCEL INC.

 

New Jersey

 

0100400602

 

441 Vine Street, Suite 500
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

AAC Consulting Group, Inc.

 

Maryland

 

D0591545

 

441 Vine Street, Suite 500
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

Kendle International Inc.

 

Ohio

 

1570288

 

441 Vine Street, Suite 500
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

Kendle International CPU LLC

 

Ohio

 

1570287

 

441 Vine Street, Suite 500
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

Kendle Americas Holding Inc.

 

Ohio

 

1570286

 

441 Vine Street, Suite 500
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

Kendle Americas Investment Inc.

 

Ohio

 

1290841

 

441 Vine Street, Suite 500
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

Kendle Americas Management Inc.

 

Ohio

 

752727

 

441 Vine Street, Suite 500
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

 

S-3-1



 

Schedule 4

 

FILINGS AND OTHER ACTIONS
REQUIRED FOR PERFECTION

 

1.                     Uniform Commercial Code and IP Filings

 

Type of Filing

 

Entity

 

Jurisdictions

UCC Filing

 

INC Research Intermediate, LLC

 

Delaware — Secretary of State

UCC Filing

 

INC Research, LLC

 

Delaware — Secretary of State

UCC Filing

 

AAC Consulting Group, Inc.

 

Maryland — Department of Assessments and Taxation

UCC Filing

 

ACER/EXCEL INC.

 

New Jersey — Department of Treasury

UCC Filing

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Ohio — Secretary of State

UCC Filing

 

Kendle International CPU LLC

 

Ohio — Secretary of State

UCC Filing

 

Kendle Americas Holding Inc.

 

Ohio — Secretary of State

UCC Filing

 

Kendle Americas Investment Inc.

 

Ohio — Secretary of State

UCC Filing

 

Kendle Americas Management Inc.

 

Ohio — Secretary of State

UCC Filing

 

Triangle Two Acquisition Corp.

 

Ohio — Secretary of State

Trademark Filing

 

INC Research, LLC

 

United States Patent and Trademark Office

Trademark Filing

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

United States Patent and Trademark Office

Copyright Filing

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

United States Copyright Office

 

2.                     Actions with respect to Pledged Stock and Pledged Notes

 

Delivery of certificates and instruments listed on Schedule 2

 

S-4-1


 

Schedule 5

 

INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS IN THE UNITED STATES

 

1. INC Research, LLC

 

·                   3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600, Raleigh, North Carolina 27604

·                   4800 Falls of Neuse Road, Raleigh, NC, 27609

·                   15360 Barranca Parkway #100, Irvine, CA 92618

·                   4350 Executive Drive, Suite 210, San Diego, CA 92121

·                   2200 Renaissance Blvd., Suite 410, King of Prussia, PA 19406-2755

·                   580 Union Square Drive, New Hope, PA 18938

·                   3321 Bee Caves Road, West Lake Hills, TX 78746

·                   1120 S. Capital of Texas Hwy, Suite 300, Bldg 1, West Lake Hills, TX 78746

·                   650 Peter Jefferson Parkway, Suite 200, Charlottesville, VA 22911

·                   8001 Irvine Center Drive, Suite 200, Irvine, CA 92618

 

2. Kendle International Inc.

 

·                   441 Vine Street, Suite 500, Cincinnati, OH 45202

·                   55 Hatchetts Hill Road, Old Lyme, CT 06371

·                   1525 Rancho Conejo Boulevard, Thousand Oaks, CA 91320

·                   315 East Eisenhower Parkway, Suite 214, Ann Arbor, MI 48108

·                   630 West Dundee Road, Northbrook, IL 60062

·                   1011 Ashes Drive, Wilmington, NC 28405

·                   4024 Stirrup Creek Drive, Suite 700, Durham, NC 27703

 

3. Kendle International CPU LLC

 

·                   763 Chestnut Ride Road, Morgantown, WV 26505

 

4. AAC Consulting Group, Inc.

 

·                   7361 Calhoun Place, Metro Park North Rockville, MD 20855

 

S-5-1



 

Schedule 6

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

Trademarks

 

OWNER

 

REGISTRATION NUMBER

 

REGISTRATION DATE

 

TRADEMARK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC Research, LLC

 

3,435,127

 

5/27/2008

 

QuickStart

INC Research, LLC

 

3,435,124

 

5/27/2008

 

The Trusted Process

INC Research, LLC

 

3,435,125

 

5/27/2008

 

PlanActivation

INC Research, LLC

 

3,435,126

 

5/27/2008

 

ProgramAccelerate

INC Research, LLC

 

3,435,129

 

5/27/2008

 

Quality Finish

INC Research, LLC

 

2,833,453

 

4/13/2004

 

ADVANCED LINK

INC Research, LLC

 

2,922,548

 

2/1/2005

 

INC RESEARCH & Design

INC Research, LLC

 

2,494,111

 

10/2/2001

 

ADVANCED BIOLOGICS LLC & Design

INC Research, LLC

 

2,495,173

 

10/2/2001

 

INTERACTIVE RESEARCH

INC Research, LLC

 

2,039,564

 

2/18/1997

 

ADVANCED BIOLOGICS

INC Research, LLC

 

3,961,733

 

5/17/2011

 

INC RESEARCH

Kendle International Inc.

 

2826777

 

3/30/2004

 

Design (Wedge)

Kendle International Inc.

 

2077521

 

7/8/1997

 

KENDLE & Design

Kendle International Inc.

 

3351233

 

12/11/2007

 

KENDLE COLLEGE

Kendle International Inc.

 

3493352

 

8/26/2008

 

KENDLE CONNECT

Kendle International Inc.

 

2065270

 

5/27/1997

 

REAL PEOPLE REAL RESULTS

Kendle International Inc.

 

2166126

 

6/16/1998

 

TRIALBASE

Kendle International Inc.

 

2068391

 

6/10/1997

 

TRIALLINE

Kendle International Inc.

 

3735291

 

1/05/2010

 

TRIALMD

Kendle International Inc.

 

2155148

 

5/05/1998

 

TRIALVIEW

Kendle International Inc.

 

2160751

 

5/26/1998

 

TRIALWARE

Kendle International Inc.

 

2729538

 

6/24/2003

 

TRIALWEB

 

Copyrights

 

OWNER

 

TITLE

 

REGISTRATION NUMBER

 

 

 

 

 

Kendle International Inc.

 

Kendle Aease form: Kendle Adverse event and safety evaluation form

 

Txu735960

 

Patents

 

None.

 

S-6-1



 

Schedule 7

 

[RESERVED]

 

S-7-1



 

Schedule 8

 

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

 

None.

 

S-8-1



 

Annex I to
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

 

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Assumption Agreement ”), dated as of [                    ], 20[    ], is made by [                    ], a [                        ] (the “ Additional Grantor ”), in favor of GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION , as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).  All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in such Credit Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     WHEREAS,  INC Research, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”),  INC Research Intermediate, LLC (the “ Holdings ”) , the Lenders, GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION , as Administrative Agent and Swingline Lender, GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION , as Collateral Agent, ING CAPITAL LLC and ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Co-Syndication Agents, and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Issuing Lender, have entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);

 

B.                                     WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, Holdings, the Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries (other than the Additional Grantor) have entered into the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”) in favor of the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

 

C.                                     WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement requires the Additional Grantor to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; and

 

D.                                     WHEREAS, the Additional Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Assumption Agreement in order to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

 

1.                                       Collateral Agreement .  By executing and delivering this Assumption Agreement, the Additional Grantor, as provided in Section 8.14 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as a Grantor thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly guarantees the Secured Obligations as set forth in Section 2 thereof, grants the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) as collateral security for the complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all Secured Obligations as set forth in Section 3 thereof, and assumes all other obligations and liabilities of a Grantor set forth therein.  The information set forth in Annex I-A hereto is hereby added to the information set forth in Schedules [                    ](1) to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.  The Additional Grantor hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is true and correct in all material respects on and as the date hereof (after giving effect to this Assumption Agreement) as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent made on a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such specific date).

 


(1)               Refer to each Schedule which needs to be supplemented.

 

A-I-1



 

2.                                       Financing Statements .  The Additional Grantor hereby authorizes the filing of any financing statements or continuation statements, and amendments to financing statements, or any similar document in any jurisdictions and with any filing offices as the Collateral Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, are necessary or advisable to perfect or otherwise protect the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent herein, except with respect to foreign jurisdictions.  Such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Collateral Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent herein, including describing such property as “all assets” or “all personal property” and may add thereto “whether now owned or hereafter acquired.”  The Additional Grantor hereby ratifies and authorizes the filing by the Collateral Agent of any financing statement with respect to the Collateral made prior to the date hereof.

 

3.                                       Intellectual Property Filings .  The Additional Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to execute and/or submit filings with the PTO or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office), as applicable, including this Agreement, the Copyright Security Agreement, a Patent Security Agreement, and/or a Trademark Security Agreement based on the nature of the Intellectual Property owned by such Additional Grantor, or other comparable documents, and to take such other actions as may be required under applicable law for the purpose of perfecting, recording, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest granted by the Additional Grantor hereunder, without the signature of the Additional Grantor, naming the Additional Grantor, as debtor, and the Collateral Agent, as secured party.

 

4.                                       GOVERNING LAW .  THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 8.1, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, 8.12, 8.13 AND 8.16 OF THE GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT SHALL APPLY WITH LIKE EFFECT TO THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, AS FULLY AS IF SET FORTH AT LENGTH HEREIN.

 

A-I-2



 

N WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

[ADDITIONAL GRANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION ,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION ,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

A-I-3



 

Annex III-A to

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

 

FORM OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of [                    ], 2011 (“ Copyright Security Agreement ”), made by                                           , a                                                          , located at                              [ADD FOR EACH OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO] (the “ Grantors ”), is in favor of GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION , a                              corporation, located at                             , as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Grantors are party to a Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of July 12, 2011 (the “ Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”) in favor of the Collateral Agent and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION , as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) pursuant to which the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Copyright Security Agreement (capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, each Grantor has created in favor of the Collateral Agent a security interest in the Copyright Collateral (as defined below);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder and to induce the Qualified Counterparties to enter into the Specified Hedge Agreements and the Specified Cash Management Agreements and provide financial accommodation, each Grantor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

 

Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”), as collateral security for the complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all Secured Obligations:

 

(a)                                  the registered and applied-for Copyrights of such Grantor listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto; and

 

(b)                                  all Proceeds of any of the foregoing;

 

provided , that (i) this Copyright Security Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any property to the extent that and for as long as such grant of a security interest would be prohibited by the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; and (ii) the security interest granted hereby (A) shall attach at all times to all proceeds of such property, (B) shall attach to such property immediately and automatically (without need for any further grant or act) at such time as the condition described in clause (i)  ceases to exist and (C) to the extent severable, shall, in any event, attach to all rights in respect of such property that are not subject to the applicable condition described in clause (i) .

 

The security interest granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement is granted concurrently and in conjunction with security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Copyrights made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.  In the event that any provision of this Copyright Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the provisions of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall govern.

 

A-III-A-1



 

The term of this Copyright Security Agreement shall be co-terminus with the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Each Grantor hereby authorizes and requests that the United States Copyright Office record this Copyright Security Agreement.

 

THIS COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Copyright Security Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Copyright Security Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission (in PDF format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.  A set of the copies of this Copyright Security Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

 

[Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

 

A-III-A-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

[ASSIGNOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION ,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

A-III-A-3


 

Schedule 1

 

COPYRIGHTS

 

Copyrights

 

Title of Work

 

Reg. No.

 

Reg. Date

 

Owner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-III-A-4



 

Annex III-B to
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

 

FORM OF PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of [                    ], 2011 (“ Patent Security Agreement ”), made by                                           , a                                                          , located at                              [ADD FOR EACH OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO] (the “ Grantors ”), is in favor of GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION , a                              corporation, located at                             , as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Grantors are party to a Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of July 12, 2011 (the “ Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”) in favor of the Collateral Agent and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION , as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) pursuant to which the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Patent Security Agreement (capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, each Grantor has created in favor of the Collateral Agent a security interest in the Patent Collateral (as defined below);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder and to induce the Qualified Counterparties to enter into the Specified Hedge Agreements and the Specified Cash Management Agreements and provide financial accommodation, each Grantor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

 

Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”), as collateral security for the complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all Secured Obligations:

 

(a)                                  the registered and applied-for Patents of such Grantor listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto; and

 

(b)                                  all Proceeds of any of the foregoing;

 

provided , that (i) this Patent Security Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any property to the extent that and for as long as such grant of a security interest would be prohibited by the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; and (ii) the security interest granted hereby (A) shall attach at all times to all proceeds of such property, (B) shall attach to such property immediately and automatically (without need for any further grant or act) at such time as the condition described in clause (i)  ceases to exist and (C) to the extent severable, shall, in any event, attach to all rights in respect of such property that are not subject to the applicable condition described in clause (i) .

 

The security interest granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement is granted concurrently and in conjunction with security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patents made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.  In the event that any provision of this Patent Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the provisions of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall govern.

 

A-III-B-1



 

The term of this Patent Security Agreement shall be co-terminus with the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Each Grantor hereby authorizes and requests that the Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks record this Patent Security Agreement.

 

THIS PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

This Patent Security Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Patent Security Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Patent Security Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission (in PDF format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.  A set of the copies of this Patent Security Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

 

[Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

 

A-III-B-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

[ASSIGNOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION ,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

A-III-B-3



 

Schedule 1

 

PATENTS

 

Issued Patents

 

Patent

 

Reg. No.
(App. No.)

 

Reg. Date
(App. date)

 

Owner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-III-B-4



 

Annex III-C to

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

 

FORM OF TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of [                    ], 2011 (“ Trademark Security Agreement ”), made by                                           , a                                                          , located at                              [ADD FOR EACH OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO] (“ Grantors ”), is in favor of GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION ,                                           , a                              corporation, located at                             , as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Grantors are party to a Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of July 12, 2011 (the “ Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”) in favor of the Collateral Agent and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION , as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) pursuant to which the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Trademark Security Agreement (capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, each Grantor has created in favor of the Collateral Agent a security interest in the Trademark Collateral (as defined below);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder and to induce the Qualified Counterparties to enter into the Specified Hedge Agreements and the Specified Cash Management Agreements and provide financial accommodation, each Grantor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

 

Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”), as collateral security for the complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all Secured Obligations:

 

(a)                                  the registered and applied-for Trademarks of such Grantor listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto; and

 

(b)                                  to the extent not covered by clause (a), all Proceeds of any of the foregoing;

 

provided , that (i) this Trademark Security Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any property to the extent that and for as long as such grant of a security interest would be prohibited by the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, including in any applications for trademarks or service marks filed in the PTO pursuant to 15 U.S.C. § 1051 Section 1(b) unless and until evidence of use of the mark in interstate commerce is submitted to and accepted by the PTO pursuant to 15 U.S.C. § 1051 Section 1(c) or Section 1(d); and (ii) the security interest granted hereby (A) shall attach at all times to all proceeds of such property, (B) shall attach to such property immediately and automatically (without need for any further grant or act) at such time as the condition described in clause (i)  ceases to exist and (C) to the extent severable, shall, in any event, attach to all rights in respect of such property that are not subject to the applicable condition described in clause (i) .

 

The security interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.  In the event that any provision of this Trademark Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the provisions of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall govern.

 

A-III-C-1



 

The term of this Trademark Security Agreement shall be co-terminus with the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Each Grantor hereby authorizes and requests that the Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks record this Trademark Security Agreement.

 

THIS TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Trademark Security Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Trademark Security Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission (in PDF format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.  A set of the copies of this Trademark Security Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

 

[Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

 

A-III-C-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

[ASSIGNOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION ,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

A-III-C-3



 

Schedule 1

 

TRADEMARKS

 

Trademarks

 

Trademark

 

Reg. No.
(App. No.)

 

Reg. Date
(App. date)

 

Owner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-III-C-4



 

Annex IV to

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

 

This PLEDGE SUPPLEMENT, dated as of [                    ] 20[    ] (the “ Pledge Supplement ”), is delivered by [                ], a [                        ] (the “ Grantor ”) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July [ ], 2011 (as it may be from time to time amended, amended and restated, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”), among INC RESEARCH, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company,  INC RESEARCH INTERMEDIATE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the other Grantors named therein, GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION , as the Collateral Agent, and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as the Administrative Agent.  Capitalized terms used herein not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Grantor hereby confirms the grant to the Collateral Agent set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement of, and does hereby grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all Collateral to secure the Secured Obligations, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which Grantor now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located.  Grantor represents and warrants that the attached Supplements to Schedules accurately and completely set forth all additional information required pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and hereby agrees that such Supplements to Schedules shall constitute part of the Schedules to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Grantor hereby authorizes the filing of any financing statements or continuation statements, and amendments to financing statements, or any similar document in any jurisdictions and with any filing offices as the Collateral Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, are necessary or advisable to perfect or otherwise protect the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, herein, except with respect to Intellectual Property, foreign jurisdictions.  Such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Collateral Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, herein, including describing such property as “all assets” or “all personal property” and may add thereto “whether now owned or hereafter acquired.”  Grantor hereby ratifies and authorizes the filing by the Collateral Agent of any financing statement with respect to the Collateral made prior to the date hereof.

 

THIS PLEDGE SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

[Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

 

A-IV-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has caused this Pledge Supplement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

 

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

A-IV-2




Exhibit 10.3.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

Triangle Acquisition Holdings Inc.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Article 1.               Establishment & Purpose

 

1.1 Establishment.  Triangle Acquisition Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”), establishes the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “ Plan ”) as set forth in this document.

 

1.2 Purpose of the Plan. The purpose of this Plan is to attract, retain and motivate officers and employees of, consultants to, and non-employee directors providing services to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and to promote the success of the Company’s business by providing them with appropriate incentives and rewards either through a proprietary interest in the long-term success of the Company or compensation based on fulfilling their performance goals.

 

Article 2.               Definitions

 

Whenever capitalized in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below.

 

2.1          “ Affiliate means any entity that the Company, either directly or indirectly, is in common control with, is controlled by or controls or any entity that the Company has a substantial direct or indirect equity interest, as determined by the Board.

 

2.2          “ Avista Investor means Avista Capital Partners II, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, L.P., and any of their Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement).

 

2.3          “ Award means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Dividend Equivalent or Other Stock-Based Award that is granted under the Plan.

 

2.4          “ Award Agreement means either (a) a written agreement entered into by the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under this Plan, or (b) a written statement issued by the Company to a Participant describing the terms and provisions of the actual grant of such Award.

 

2.5          “ Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.6          “ CapitalCo. means 1829356 Ontario Limited and any of its Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement).

 

2.7          “ Change of Control means, except as otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, (a) any transaction or series of related transactions, whether or not the Company is a party thereto, in which, after giving effect to such transaction or transactions, the Equity Securities (as such term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement) representing in excess of seventy percent (70%) of the voting power of the Company are owned directly, or indirectly through one or more entities, by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) of persons, other than the Sponsors and their Permitted Transferees (as such term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement), or (b) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (including securities of the Company’s directly or indirectly owned Subsidiaries).

 



 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, and solely for the purpose of determining the timing of payment or timing of distribution of any compensation or benefit that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur under the Plan unless the Change of Control also constitutes a “change in the ownership” of the Company, a “change in effective control” of the Company, or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company under Treasury Regulations § 1.409A-3(i)(5), or any successor provision.

 

2.8          “ Class A Common Stock means the Company’s authorized shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01, and any stock into which such common stock may hereafter be converted, changed or reclassified.

 

2.9          “ Class B Common Stock means the Company’s authorized shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01, and any stock into which such common stock may hereafter be converted, changed or reclassified.

 

2.10        “ Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

2.11        “ Committee means the Board, or any committee designated by the Board to administer this Plan.

 

2.12        “ Common Unit means a unit comprised of one share of Class A Common Stock and one share of Class B Common Stock.

 

2.13        “ Company means Triangle Acquisition Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

 

2.14        “ Consultant means any person (other than an Employee or a Director) who is engaged by the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services to the Company or such Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

2.15        “ Director means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

 

2.16        “ Dividend Equivalent means any right to a dividend equivalent granted from time to time under Article 6 of the Plan.

 

2.17        “ Effective Date means the date set forth in Section 14.15.

 

2.18        “ Employee means an officer or other employee of the Company, its Subsidiaries or an Affiliate, including a member of the Board who is such an employee.

 

2.19        “ Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

2.20        “ Fair Market Value means, with respect to the Common Units, as of any date of determination, (a) in the event that the Shares underlying the Common Units are listed on an established U.S. national securities exchange or any established over-the-counter trading system, the average of the closing prices of such Shares on such exchange if listed or, if not so listed, the average bid and asked price of such Shares reported on any established over-the-counter trading system on which prices for such Shares are quoted, in each case, for a period of twenty (20) trading days prior to such date of determination; or (b) in the event that the Shares underlying the Common Units are not listed on an

 

2



 

established U.S. exchange or any established over-the-counter trading system, the fair market value of such Shares underlying the Common Units as determined by the Board in good faith through a reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method.

 

2.21        “ Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to meet the requirements of an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code and designated as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.22        “ Nonqualified Stock Option means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.23        “ Option means any stock option granted from time to time under Article 6 of the Plan.

 

2.24        “ Option Price means the purchase price per Common Unit subject to an Option, as determined pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Plan.

 

2.25        “ Other Stock-Based Award means any right granted under Article 10 of the Plan.

 

2.26        “ Participant means any eligible person as set forth in Section 4.1 to whom an Award is granted.

 

2.27        “ Plan means the Company’s Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

2.28        “ Restricted Stock means any Award granted under Article 8.

 

2.29        “ Restriction Period means the period during which Restricted Stock awarded under Article 8 of the Plan is subject to forfeiture.

 

2.30        “ Service means service as an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

2.31        “ Share means a share of Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock, as applicable.

 

2.32        “ Sponsors means Avista Investor and CapitalCo.

 

2.33        “ Stock Appreciation Right means any right granted under Article 7.

 

2.34        “ Stockholders Agreement means the Stockholders Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, among the Company and certain stockholders of the Company, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

2.35        “ Subsidiary means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company (or any parent of the Company) if each of the corporations, other than the last corporation in each unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

2.36        “ Ten Percent Stockholder means a person who on any given date owns, either directly or indirectly (taking into account the attribution rules contained in Section 424(d) of the Code), stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

3



 

Article 3.               Administration

 

3.1 Authority of the Committee.  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have full power to interpret and administer the Plan and full authority to select the Directors, Employees and Consultants to whom Awards will be granted and determine the type and amount of Awards to be granted to each such Director, Employee or Consultant, the terms and conditions of Awards granted under the Plan and the terms and conditions of Award Agreements to be entered into with Participants. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, interpret, clarify, construe or resolve any ambiguity in, or interpret any provision of, any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement, accelerate or waive vesting of Awards and exercisability of Awards, extend the term or period of exercisability of any Awards, modify the purchase price under any Award, or waive any terms or conditions applicable to any Award; provided that no action taken by the Committee shall adversely affect in any material respect the rights granted to any Participant under any outstanding Awards without the Participant’s written consent (other than pursuant to Article 11 or Article 12 hereof). Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be made under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by the Company or an Affiliate or a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines. The Committee shall have full and exclusive discretionary power to adopt rules, forms, instruments, and guidelines for administering the Plan as the Committee deems necessary or proper. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee or by the Board (or any other committee or sub-committee thereof), as applicable, shall be final and binding upon the Participants, the Company, and all other interested persons.

 

3.2 Delegation.  The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members, one or more officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and one or more agents or advisors such administrative duties or powers as it may deem advisable.

 

Article 4.               Eligibility and Participation

 

4.1 Eligibility.  Participants will consist of such Employees, Consultants, and Directors as the Committee in its sole discretion determines and whom the Committee may designate from time to time to receive Awards under the Plan. Designation of a Participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate such person to receive an Award in any other year or, once designated, to receive the same type or amount of Award as granted to the Participant in any other year.

 

4.2 Types of Award.  Awards under the Plan may be granted in any one or a combination of: (a) Options, (b) Stock Appreciation Rights, (c) Restricted Stock, (d) Dividend Equivalents and (e) Other Stock-Based Awards. Awards granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements (which need not be identical) that provide additional terms and conditions associated with such Awards, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan and any such Award Agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

Article 5.               Shares Subject to the Plan and Maximum Awards

 

5.1 Number of Shares Available for Awards.

 

(a)                                  Class A Common Stock. Subject to adjustment as provided in this Article 5 and Article 12, the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock available for issuance as part of a Common Unit to Participants pursuant to Awards under this Plan shall be 31,340 shares (the “Class A Limit”). The number of shares of

 

4



 

Class A Common Stock available for granting Incentive Stock Options under the Plan shall not exceed the Class A Limit, subject to Article 12 hereof and the provisions of Sections 422 and 424 of the Code and any successor provisions.

 

(b)                                  Class B Common Stock . Subject to adjustment as provided in this Article 5 and Article 12, the maximum number of shares of Class B Common Stock available for issuance as part of a Common Unit to Participants pursuant to Awards under this Plan shall be 31,340 shares (the “Class B Limit” and together with the Class A Limit, the “Plan Limit”). The number of shares of Class B Common Stock available for granting Incentive Stock Options under the Plan shall not exceed the Class B Limit, subject to Article 12 hereof and the provisions of Sections 422 and 424 of the Code and any successor provisions.

 

(c)                                   Issuance of Shares . The Shares available for issuance under this Plan may consist of either authorized and unissued Shares or treasury Shares. The number of Shares remaining available for issuance will be reduced by the number of Shares subject to outstanding Awards and, for Awards that are not denominated by Shares, by the number of Shares actually delivered upon settlement or payment of the Award. Any Shares delivered to the Company (or withheld by the Company) as part or full payment for the purchase price of an Award granted under this Plan or, to the extent the Committee determines that the availability of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan will not be compromised, any Shares tendered by a Participant or withheld by the Company to satisfy the Participant’s tax withholding obligations in connection with the exercise or settlement of an Award, in each case, shall be added back to the Plan Limit and again be available for Awards under this Plan.

 

(d)                                  Additional Shares . In the event that any outstanding Award expires, is forfeited, cancelled or otherwise terminated without consideration (i.e., Shares or cash), the Shares subject to such Award, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, expiration, termination or settlement for cash, shall again be available for Awards under this Plan.    If the Committee authorizes the assumption under this Plan, in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization, of awards granted under another plan, such assumption shall not reduce the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under this Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Shares repurchased by the Company (whether at Fair Market Value or cost) pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement shall, in no case, be added back to the Plan Limit or be available for Awards under this Plan.

 

Article 6.               Stock Options

 

6.1 Grant of Options . The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Options to Participants. Each Option shall permit a Participant to purchase from the Company a stated number of Common Units at an Option Price established by the Committee, subject to the terms and conditions described in this Article 6 and to such additional terms and conditions, as established by the Committee, in its sole discretion, that are consistent with the provisions of the Plan. Options shall be designated as either Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options, provided that Options granted to Directors and Consultants shall be Nonqualified Stock Options. An Option granted as an Incentive Stock Option shall, to the extent it fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option. Neither the Committee nor the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be liable to any Participant or to any other

 

5



 

person if it is determined that an Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements which shall state the number of Common Units covered by such Option. Such agreements shall conform to the requirements of the Plan, and may contain such other provisions, as the Committee shall deem advisable.

 

6.2 Terms of Option Grant . The Option Price shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Common Unit on the date of grant. In the case of any Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, the Option Price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Common Unit on the date of grant.

 

6.3 Option Term . The term of each Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant and shall be stated in the Award Agreement, but in no event shall such term be greater than ten years (or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, five years).

 

6.4 Time of Exercise . Options granted under this Article 6 shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which terms and restrictions need not be the same for each grant or for each Participant.

 

6.5 Method of Exercise . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in an Award Agreement, an Option may be exercised for all, or from time to time any part, of the Common Units for which it is then exercisable. For purposes of this Article 6, the exercise date of an Option shall be the later of the date a notice of exercise is received by the Company and, if applicable, the date payment is received by the Company pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) in the following sentence. Subject to the terms of an Award Agreement, the aggregate Option Price for the Common Units as to which an Option is exercised shall be paid to the Company in full at the time of exercise at the election of the Participant (i) in cash or its equivalent (e.g., by cashier’s check), or (ii) following the IPO (as such term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement), subject to such requirements as may be imposed by the Committee and subject to any other requirement or restriction in any Award Agreement or the Stockholders Agreement, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell Common Units obtained upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount out of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Common Units being purchased. The Committee may prescribe or permit, in its sole discretion, any other method of payment that it determines to be consistent with applicable law.

 

6.6 Limitations on Incentive Stock Options . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” (as such terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code) at the date of grant. The aggregate Fair Market Value (generally determined as of the time the Option is granted) of the Common Units with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and of any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation) shall not exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), or the Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option to the extent exceeding such amount. For purposes of the preceding sentence, Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account generally in the order in which they are granted. Each provision of the Plan and each Award Agreement relating to an Incentive Stock Option shall be construed so that each Incentive Stock Option shall be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code, and any provisions of the Award Agreement thereof that cannot be so construed shall be disregarded.

 

Article 7.               Stock Appreciation Rights

 

7.1 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Participants, including a grant of Stock Appreciation Rights in tandem with any Option at the same time such Option is granted (a “ Tandem SAR ”). Stock Appreciation Rights shall be

 

6



 

evidenced by Award Agreements that shall conform to the requirements of the Plan and may contain such other provisions, as the Committee shall deem advisable. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, a Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall confer on the holder thereof a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of a specified number of Common Units on the date of exercise over (b) the grant price of the right as specified by the Committee on the date of the grant. Such payment may be in the form of cash or its equivalent (e.g., by cashier’s check), other property or any combination thereof, as the Committee shall deter wine in its sole discretion.

 

7.2 Terms of Stock Appreciation Right. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the grant price (which shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of Common Units on the date of grant), term, methods of exercise, methods of settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right shall be as determined by the Committee. The Committee may impose such other conditions or restrictions on the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right as it may deem appropriate. No Stock Appreciation Right shall have a term of more than 10 years from the date of grant.

 

7.3 Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights and Options. A Tandem SAR shall be exercisable only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable and shall expire no later than the expiration of the related Option. Upon the exercise of all or a portion of a Tandem SAR, a Participant shall be required to forfeit the right to purchase an equivalent portion of the related Option (and, when a Common Unit is purchased under the related Option, the Participant shall be required to forfeit an equivalent portion of the Stock Appreciation Right).

 

Article 8.               Restricted Stock

 

8.1 Grant of Restricted Units. An Award of Restricted Units is a grant by the Committee of a specified number of Common Units to the Participant, which Common Units are subject to forfeiture upon the occurrence of specified events. Participants shall be awarded Restricted Units in exchange for consideration not less than the minimum consideration required by applicable law. Restricted Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which shall conform to the requirements of the Plan and may contain such other provisions, as the Committee shall deem advisable.

 

8.2 Terms of Restricted Unit Awards. Each Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Unit grant shall specify the period(s) of restriction, the number of Common Units subject to the Award, the purchase price, if any, of such Restricted Units, the performance, employment or other conditions (including the termination of a Participant’s Service whether due to death, disability or other cause) under which the Restricted Units may become vested or may be forfeited to the Company and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. Upon determination of the number of Restricted Units to be granted to the Participant and payment of any purchase price, the Committee shall direct that a certificate or certificates representing the number of Shares underlying the Common Units be issued to the Participant with the Participant designated as the registered owner. The certificate(s) representing such Shares underlying the Common Units shall be legended as to sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other encumbrances during the Restriction Period and deposited by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company, to be held in escrow during the Restriction Period. At the end of the Restriction Period, the restrictions imposed hereunder and under the Award Agreement shall lapse with respect to the number of Restricted Units as determined by the Committee, and the legend shall be removed and such number of Shares underlying the Common Units delivered to the Participant (or, where appropriate, the Participant’s legal representative).

 

7


 

8.3 Voting and Dividend Rights. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and set forth in a Participant’s Award Agreement, Participants holding Restricted Units granted hereunder shall not have the right to exercise voting rights with respect to the underlying Shares and shall not have the right to receive dividends on such Shares.

 

8.4 Performance Goals. The Committee may condition the grant of Restricted Units or the expiration of the Restriction Period upon the Participant’s or the Company’s achievement of one or more performance goal(s) specified in the Award Agreement. If the Participant or the Company fails to achieve the specified performance goal(s), the Committee shall not grant the Restricted Units to such Participant or the Participant shall forfeit the Award of Restricted Units to the Company, as applicable, unless otherwise provided in the Participant’s Award Agreement or the Stockholders Agreement.

 

8.5 Section 83(b) Election. If a Participant makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code concerning Restricted Units, the Participant shall be required to promptly file a copy of such election with the Company.

 

Article 9.               Dividend Equivalents

 

The Committee may grant Dividend Equivalents to Participants based on the dividends declared on Shares that are underlying any Award. The grant of Dividend Equivalents shall be treated as a separate Award. Dividend Equivalents shall be credited to a notional account maintained by the Company, as of dividend payment dates during the period between the date the Award is granted and the date the Award is exercised, vested, expired, credited or paid. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or Common Units by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Committee. As determined by the Committee, Dividend Equivalents granted with respect to any Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be payable regardless of whether such Option or Stock Appreciation Right is subsequently exercised.

 

Article 10.            Other Stock-Based Awards

 

The Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant Awards of Common Units and Awards that are valued, in whole or in part, by reference to, or are otherwise based on the Fair Market Value of, Common Units (the “ Other Stock-Based Awards ”). Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive one or more Common Units (or the equivalent cash value of such Common Units) upon the completion of a specified period of Service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted alone or in addition to any other Awards granted under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine to whom and when Other Stock-Based Awards will be made, the number of Common Units to be awarded under (or otherwise related to) such Other Stock-Based Awards; whether such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be settled in cash or its equivalent (e.g., by cashier’s check), Common Units or a combination of cash or its equivalent (e.g., by cashier’s check) and Common Units; and all other terms and conditions of such Awards (including, without limitation, the vesting provisions thereof and provisions ensuring that all Common Units so awarded and issued shall be fully paid and non-assessable). Each Other Stock-Based Award grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which shall conform to the requirements of the Plan.

 

Article 11.            Compliance with Section 409A of the Code

 

11.1        General. The Company intends that the Plan and all Awards and Award Agreements be structured in compliance with, or to satisfy an exemption from, Section 409A of the Code and all

 

8



 

regulations, guidance, compliance programs, and other interpretative authority thereunder (“Section 409A”), such that there are no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A as a result of any Awards (or any payments thereunder). Notwithstanding the Company’s intention, in the event any Award (or Award Agreement) is subject to Section 409A, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s prior consent, amend the Plan and/or Awards or Award Agreements, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and actions with retroactive effect) as are necessary or appropriate while preserving for the Participant to the maximum extent possible the economic benefit of such Award to (a) exempt the Plan and/or any Award or Award Agreement from the application of Section 409A, (b) preserve the intended tax treatment of any such Award or Award Agreement, or (c) comply with the requirements of Section 409A, including without limitation any such regulations, guidance, compliance programs, and other interpretive authority that may be issued after the date of grant of an Award.

 

11.2        Timing of Payment . All Awards that would otherwise be subject to Section 409A shall be paid or otherwise settled on or as soon as practicable after the applicable vesting date and not later than the 15th day of the third month from the end of (i) the Participant’s tax year that includes the applicable payment or settlement date, or (ii) the Company’s tax year that includes the applicable payment or settlement date, whichever is later; provided, however, that the Committee reserves the right to delay payment or specify a compliant payment date with respect to any such Award under the circumstances set forth in Section 409A.

 

11.3        Payments to Specified Employees . Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of nonqualified deferred compensation that are otherwise required to be made under the Plan to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A) as a result of his or her separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A) shall be delayed for the first six (6) months following such separation from service (or, if earlier, until the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead be paid (in a manner set forth in the Award Agreement) on the date that immediately follows the end of such six-month period or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter. Any remaining payments of nonqualified deferred compensation shall be paid without delay and at the time or times such payments are otherwise scheduled to be made.

 

11.4        Separation from Service . A termination of service shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits that are considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A upon or following a termination of service, unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and the payment thereof prior to a “separation from service” would subject such payment to adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A. For purposes of any such provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment,” “termination of service,” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.

 

Article 12.            Adjustments

 

12.1        Adjustments in Capitalization . In the event of any corporate event or transaction (including, but not limited to, a change in the Shares of the Company or the capitalization of the Company) such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, separation, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split up, spin-off, combination of Shares, exchange of Shares, dividend in kind, extraordinary cash dividend, or other like change in capital structure (other than normal cash dividends to stockholders of the Company), or any similar corporate event or transaction, the Committee, to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan, shall substitute or adjust, in its sole discretion, (a) the number and kind of Shares or other properties that may be issued under the Plan or

 

9



 

under particular forms of Awards, (b) the number and kind of Shares or other properties subject to outstanding Awards, (c) the Option Price, grant price or purchase price applicable to outstanding Awards, (d) the grant of a Dividend Equivalent, and/or (e) other value determinations (including performance conditions) applicable to the Plan or outstanding Awards.

 

12.2        Change of Control. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control after the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws or by the applicable rules and regulations of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchanges, or unless the Committee shall determine otherwise in the Award Agreement, the Committee is authorized (but not obligated) to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, including without limitation the following (or any combination thereof): (i) continuation or assumption of such outstanding Awards under the Plan by the Company (if it is the surviving company or corporation) or by the surviving company or corporation or its parent; (ii) substitution by the surviving company or corporation or its parent of awards with substantially the same terms for such outstanding Awards; (iii) accelerated exercisability, vesting and/or lapse of restrictions under all then outstanding Awards immediately prior to the occurrence of such event; (iv) upon written notice, provide that any outstanding Awards must be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, within fifteen days immediately prior to the scheduled consummation of the event, or such other period as determined by the Committee (in either case contingent upon the consummation of the event), and at the end of such period, such Awards shall terminate to the extent not so exercised within the relevant period; and (v) cancellation of all or any portion of outstanding Awards for fair value (in the form of cash or its equivalent (e.g., by cashier’s check), other property or any combination thereof) as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee and which value may be zero, provided, that, in the case of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights or similar Awards, the fair value may equal the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration to be paid in the Change of Control transaction to holders of the same number of Shares subject to such Awards (or, if no such consideration is paid, Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such outstanding Awards or portion thereof being canceled) over the aggregate Option Price or grant price, as applicable, with respect to such Awards or portion thereof being canceled.

 

Article 13. Duration, Amendment, Modification, Suspension, and Termination

 

13.1        Duration of the Plan. Unless sooner terminated as provided in Section 13.2, the Plan shall terminate on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

13.2        Amendment, Modification, Suspension, and Termination of Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof or any Award (or Award Agreement) hereunder at any time; provided that, subject to Article 11 and Article 12, no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made (i) without stockholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion) and (ii) without the consent of the Participant, if such action would materially diminish any of the rights of any Participant under any Award theretofore granted to such Participant under the Plan; provided, however, the Committee may amend the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement in such manner as it deems necessary to comply with applicable laws.

 

Article 14.            General Provisions

 

14.1        No Right to Service or Award. The granting of an Award under the Plan shall impose no obligation on the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate to continue the Service of a Participant and shall not lessen or affect any right that the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate may have to terminate the Service of such Participant. No Participant or other person shall have any claim to be

 

10



 

granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).

 

14.2        Settlement of Awards; No Fractional Shares. Each Award Agreement shall establish the form in which the Award shall be settled. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, Awards, other securities or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be rounded, forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

14.3        Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, the minimum statutory amount to satisfy federal, state, and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the Plan. With respect to required withholding, Participants may elect, subject to the approval of the Committee, to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax that could be imposed on the transaction.

 

14.4        No Guarantees Regarding Tax Treatment. Participants (or their beneficiaries) shall be responsible for all taxes with respect to any Awards under the Plan. The Committee and the Company make no guarantees to any person regarding the tax treatment of Awards or payments made under the Plan. Neither the Committee nor the Company has any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any excise tax on any person with respect to any Award under Section 409A of the Code or otherwise and none of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their employees or representatives shall have any liability to a Participant with respect thereto.

 

14.5        Non-Transferability of Awards. Except as provided by the terms of the Stockholders Agreement or unless otherwise determined by the Committee, an Award shall not be transferable or assignable by the Participant except in the event of his or her death (subject to the applicable laws of descent and distribution) and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate. An award exercisable after the death of a Participant may be exercised by the legatees, personal representatives or distributees of the Participant. Any pet mitted transfer of the Awards to heirs or legatees of the Participant shall not be effective to bind the Company unless the Committee shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a copy of such evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and the acceptance by the transferee or transferees of the terms and conditions hereof.

 

14.6        Conditions and Restrictions on Shares. The Committee may impose such other conditions or restrictions on any Shares received in connection with an Award as it may deem advisable or desirable. These restrictions may include, but shall not be limited to, requirements that the Participant: (a) hold the Shares received for a specified period of time; (b) become a signatory to the Company’s Stockholders Agreement; or (c) represent and warrant in writing that the Participant is acquiring the Shares for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares. The certificates for Shares may include any legend which the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any conditions and restrictions applicable to such Shares.

 

14.7        Shares Not Registered. Shares and Awards shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares and any Awards comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, State securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock

 

11



 

exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded. Except as set forth in an Award Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated to file any registration statement under any applicable securities laws to permit the purchase or issuance of any Shares or any Awards under the Plan, and accordingly any certificates for Shares or documents granting Awards may have an appropriate legend or statement of applicable restrictions endorsed thereon. If the Company deems it necessary to ensure that the issuance of securities under the Plan is not required to be registered under any applicable securities laws, each Participant by or to whom such security would be purchased or issued shall deliver to the Company an agreement or certificate containing such representations, warranties and covenants as the Company reasonably requires.

 

14.8        Awards to Non-U.S. Employees or Directors. To comply with the laws in countries other than the United States in which the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate operates or has Employees, Directors or Consultants, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which Employees, Directors or Consultants outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Employees, Directors or Consultants outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (d) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local government regulatory exemptions or approvals; and (e) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable.

 

14.9        Rights as a Stockholder. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Participant becomes the record holder of such Shares.

 

14.10      Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person, or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

 

14.11      Unfunded Plan. Participants shall have no right, title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan. Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, beneficiary, legal representative, or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be. All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts. The Plan is not subject to the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

14.12      No Constraint on Corporate Action. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to (a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets, or (b) limit the right or power of the Company or its Subsidiary to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

 

12



 

14.13      Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially. all of the business or assets of the Company.

 

14.14      Governing Law. The Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

 

14.15      Effective Date. The Plan shall be effective as of the date of adoption by the Board, which date is set forth below (the “ Effective Date ”), provided that the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company by written consent in accordance with applicable law or the Company’s bylaws at an annual meeting or any special meeting of stockholders of the Company within 12 months of the Effective Date, and such approval of stockholders shall be a condition to the right of each Participant to receive any Award hereunder. Any Award granted under the Plan prior to such approval of stockholders shall be effective as of the date of grant, but no such Award may be exercised or settled and no restrictions relating to any Award may lapse prior to such stockholder approval, and if stockholders fail to approve the Plan as specified hereunder, any such Award shall be terminated and cancelled without consideration.

 

*               *            *

 

13



 

This Plan was duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company by resolution at a meeting held on the 28th of September, 2010.

 

TRIANGLE ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ James T. Ogle

 

 

Name: James T. Ogle

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

[EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN]

 




Exhibit 10.3.2

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

 

TO

 

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.

 

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

This AMENDMENT NO. 1, effective as of August 16, 2012 (this “ Amendment ”), to that certain INC Research Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, effective as of May 8, 2010 (the “Plan”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS the Board desires to amend Section 5.1 of the Plan to increase the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan pursuant to Article 12 of the Plan;

 

NOW THEREFORE, it is hereby acknowledged and agreed that:

 

1.              Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein, but not defined herein, have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Plan.

 

2.              Amendments . As of the date first set forth above:

 

(a)            Section 5.1 of the Plan shall be, and hereby is, amended and restated as follows:

 

5.1 Number of Shares Available for Awards.

 

(a)            Class A Common Stock. Subject to adjustment as provided in this Article 5 and Article 12, the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock available for issuance as part of a Common Unit to Participants pursuant to Awards under this Plan shall be 31,340,000 shares (the “Class A Limit”). The number of shares of Class A Common Stock available for granting Incentive Stock Options under the Plan shall not exceed the Class A Limit, subject to Article 12 hereof and the provisions of Sections 422 and 424 of the Code and any successor provisions.

 

(b)            Class B Common Stock. Subject to adjustment as provided in this Article 5 and Article 12, the maximum number of shares of Class B Common Stock available for issuance as part of a Common Unit to Participants pursuant to Awards under this Plan shall be 31,340,000 shares (the “Class B Limit” and together with the Class A Limit, the “Plan Limit”). The number of shares of Class B Common Stock available for granting Incentive Stock Options under the Plan shall not exceed the Class B Limit, subject to Article 12 hereof and the provisions of Sections 422 and 424 of the Code and any successor provisions.

 

(c)            Issuance of Shares. The Shares available for issuance under this Plan may consist of either authorized and unissued Shares or treasury Shares.  The number of Shares remaining available for issuance will be reduced

 



 

by the number of Shares subject to outstanding Awards and, for Awards that are not denominated by Shares, by the number of Shares actually delivered upon settlement or payment of the Award. Any Shares delivered to the Company (or withheld by the Company) as part or full payment for the purchase price of an Award granted under this Plan or, to the extent the Committee determines that the availability of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan will not be compromised, any Shares tendered by a Participant or withheld by the Company to satisfy the Participant’s tax withholding obligations in connection with the exercise or settlement of an Award, in each case, shall be added back to the Plan Limit and again be available for Awards under this Plan.

 

(d)            Additional Shares. In the event that any outstanding Award expires, is forfeited, cancelled or otherwise terminated without consideration (i.e., Shares or cash), the Shares subject to such Award, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, expiration, termination or settlement for cash, shall again be available for Awards under this Plan. If the Committee authorizes the assumption under this Plan, in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization, of awards granted under another plan, such assumption shall not reduce the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under this Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Shares repurchased by the Company (whether at Fair Market Value or cost) pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement shall, in no case, be added back to the Plan Limit or be available for Awards under this Plan.

 

3.              Reference to and Effect on the Plan . Except as specifically amended or waived herein, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed. All references in the Plan to the “Plan” shall mean the Plan as amended by this Agreement.

 

4.              Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first written above (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, INC Research Holdings, Inc. has executed this amendment as of August 16, 2012.

 

 

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher L. Gaenzle

 

 

Name:  Christopher L. Gaenzle

 

 

Title:  General Counsel

 

3




Exhibit 10.3.3

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2

 

TO

 

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.

 

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

This AMENDMENT NO. 2, effective as of June 26, 2014 (this “ Amendment ”), to that certain INC Research Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, effective as of May 8, 2010 (as amended, the “ Plan ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS the Board desires to amend Section 5.1 of the Plan to increase the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan pursuant to Article 12 of the Plan;

 

NOW THEREFORE, it is hereby acknowledged and agreed that:

 

1.             Defined Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein, but not defined herein, have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Plan.

 

2.             Amendments .  As of the date first set forth above:

 

(a)           Section 5.1 of the Plan shall be, and hereby is, amended and restated as follows:

 

5.1 Number of Shares Available for Awards.

 

(a)                                  Class A Common Stock .  Subject to adjustment as provided in this Article 5 and Article 12, the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock available for issuance as part of a Common Unit to Participants pursuant to Awards under this Plan shall be 35,840,000 shares (the “Class A Limit”).  The number of shares of Class A Common Stock available for granting Incentive Stock Options under the Plan shall not exceed the Class A Limit, subject to Article 12 hereof and the provisions of Sections 422 and 424 of the Code and any successor provisions.

 

(b)                                  Class B Common Stock .  Subject to adjustment as provided in this Article 5 and Article 12, the maximum number of shares of Class B Common Stock available for issuance as part of a Common Unit to Participants pursuant to Awards under this Plan shall be 35,840,000 shares (the “Class B Limit” and together with the Class A Limit, the “Plan Limit”).  The number of shares of Class B Common Stock available for granting Incentive Stock Options under the Plan shall not exceed the Class B Limit, subject to Article 12 hereof and the provisions of Sections 422 and 424 of the Code and any successor provisions.

 



 

(c)                                   Issuance of Shares .  The Shares available for issuance under this Plan may consist of either authorized and unissued Shares or treasury Shares.  The number of Shares remaining available for issuance will be reduced by the number of Shares subject to outstanding Awards and, for Awards that are not denominated by Shares, by the number of Shares actually delivered upon settlement or payment of the Award.  Any Shares delivered to the Company (or withheld by the Company) as part or full payment for the purchase price of an Award granted under this Plan or, to the extent the Committee determines that the availability of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan will not be compromised, any Shares tendered by a Participant or withheld by the Company to satisfy the Participant’s tax withholding obligations in connection with the exercise or settlement of an Award, in each case, shall be added back to the Plan Limit and again be available for Awards under this Plan.

 

(d)                                  Additional Shares .  In the event that any outstanding Award expires, is forfeited, cancelled or otherwise terminated without consideration (i.e., Shares or cash), the Shares subject to such Award, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, expiration, termination or settlement for cash, shall again be available for Awards under this Plan.  If the Committee authorizes the assumption under this Plan, in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization, of awards granted under another plan, such assumption shall not reduce the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under this Plan.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Shares repurchased by the Company (whether at Fair Market Value or cost) pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement shall, in no case, be added back to the Plan Limit or be available for Awards under this Plan.

 

3.             Reference to and Effect on the Plan .  Except as specifically amended or waived herein, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed.  All references in the Plan to the “Plan” shall mean the Plan as amended by this Agreement.

 

4.             Effectiveness .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first written above (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, INC Research Holdings, Inc. has executed this amendment as of June 26, 2014.

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher L. Gaenzle

 

 

Name:

Christopher L. Gaenzle

 

 

Title:

Chief Administrative Officer and
General Counsel

 

3




Exhibit 10.4

 

INC Research Holdings, Inc.
2010 Equity Incentive Plan

 

FORM OF NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Award Agreement ”), is made effective as of the                                               (the “ Date of Grant ”), between INC Research Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                             (the “ Participant ”):

 

R E C I T A L S :

 

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Triangle Acquistion Holdings Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended, the “ Plan ”), which Plan is incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Award Agreement.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein (including in Section 10) shall have the same meanings as in the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant the option provided for herein to the Participant pursuant to the Plan and the terms set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Grant of the Option .  The Company hereby grants to the Participant the right and option (the “ Option ”) to purchase, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, all or any part of an aggregate of                     Common Units (which represents                     shares of Class A Common Stock and                     shares of Class B Common Stock), subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan.  Half of the Common Units subject to the Option (i.e.,                                         Common Units) shall vest based upon the passage of time as set forth herein (the “ Time Award ”), and half of the Common Units subject to the Option (i.e.,                     Common Units) shall vest based upon achievement of specified performance goals as set forth herein (the “ Performance Award ”).  The Option is intended to be a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

2.                                      Option Price .  The purchase price of the Common Units subject to the Option shall be                     per Common Unit (the “ Option Price ”), subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan.

 

3.                                      Vesting .  Subject to the Participant’s continued Service on each vesting date:

 

(a)                                 Time Award .  The Time Award shall vest in equal installments on each of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of                     , such that 20% of the shares subject to such Time Award shall vest on each such anniversary.

 

(b)                                 Performance Award . The Performance Award shall vest with respect to 20% of the Common Units subject to such Performance Award (each, a “ Tranche ”) effective as of the last day of the Company’s fiscal year for each of       ,        ,        ,        and        in accordance with this Section 3(b ) to the extent the actual Group EBITDA for such fiscal year (as determined by the Board in good faith) equals or exceeds the applicable EBITDA targets set forth on Schedule A (as adjusted therein by the Committee; provided that adjustments made to the

 



 

EBITDA target of any fiscal year must be made by the Committee prior to March 31st of such fiscal year).

 

(c)                                  Carry Back and Carry Forward .  With respect to the Performance Award, if Group EBITDA for the fiscal year ending December 31,       ,       ,       ,       and        (determined before the application of this paragraph 3(c)) (each a “ Current Year ”) exceeds the Target Amount for such Current Year as set forth on Schedule A (the amount of such excess, an “ Excess Amount ”):  (x) the Group EBITDA for the prior fiscal year (“ Prior Year ”) may be recalculated to be an amount equal to the sum of the Group EBITDA for such Prior Year plus the Excess Amount (a “ Carry Back ”); or (y) the Group EBITDA for the following fiscal year (“ Next Year ”) may be recalculated to be an amount equal to the sum of the Group EBITDA for such Next Year plus the Excess Amount a (“ Carry Forward ”).  Any Excess Amount shall first be applied to a Carry Back, and then, any remaining Excess Amount may be applied to a Carry Forward, provided that there shall be no Carry Back for performance in respect of        and there shall be no Carry Forward for performance in respect of        ; provided , further that, Group EBITDA for        may be applied as a Carry Back to        , and the Board shall establish the Target Amount for        on or before January 1,       .

 

(d)                                 Accelerated Vesting Upon Change of Control .

 

(i)                                     The Time Award shall, to the extent not then vested, become immediately fully vested upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (so long as the Participant remains in Service on the applicable Change of Control Date).

 

(ii)                                  With respect to the Performance Award, in the event of the occurrence of a Change of Control (so long as the Participant remains in Service on the applicable Change of Control Date), all of the unvested Performance Awards shall vest immediately upon the achievement of the applicable Return of Capital Target as set forth in Schedule B , and upon the occurrence of a Change of Control in which the applicable Return of Capital Target set forth in Schedule B is not achieved, all such unvested options shall be cancelled by the Company without consideration and shall be deemed terminated and forfeited without consideration in all respects, or as otherwise determined by the Board.

 

(e)                                  At any time, the portion of the Option which has become vested as described in this Section 3 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Vested Portion ”.  The Vested Portion of the Option shall remain exercisable for the period set forth in Section 4(a ).

 

(f)                                   If the Participant’s Service is terminated for any reason, the Option shall, to the extent not then vested, be cancelled by the Company without consideration and the Vested Portion of the Option shall remain exercisable for the period set forth in Section 4(a), and shall thereafter be deemed terminated and forfeited without consideration in all respects.

 

4.                                      Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                 Period of Exercise .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the Participant may exercise all or any part of the Vested Portion of the Option at any time prior to the earliest to occur of:

 

(i)                                     the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant;

 

2



 

(ii)                                  the date that is sixty (60) days following termination of the Participant’s Service for any reason other than death, Permanent Disability or Cause;

 

(iii)                               the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days following termination of the Participant’s Service due to Permanent Disability;

 

(iv)                              the date that is one (1) year following termination of the Participant’s Service due to death; and

 

(v)                                 the date of termination of the Participant’s Service by the Company for Cause.

 

(b)                                 Method of Exercise .

 

(i)                                     Subject to Section 4(a), the Vested Portion of the Option may be exercised by delivering to the Company at its principal office written notice of intent to so exercise; provided that, the Option may be exercised with respect to whole Common Units only.  Such notice shall specify the number of Common Units for which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price.  In the event the Option is being exercised by the Participant’s representative, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Committee) of the representative’s right to exercise the Option.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the payment of the Option Price may be made at the election of the Participant (A) in cash or its equivalent (e.g., by cashiers or certified check), or (B) following an IPO (as such term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement), and subject to any other requirement or restriction in this Award Agreement or the Stockholders Agreement, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell Common Units obtained upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount out of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Common Units being purchased.  The Committee may prescribe or permit, in its sole discretion, any other method of payment that it determines to be consistent with applicable law.  Neither the Participant nor the Participant’s representative shall have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to Common Units subject to an Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise of the Option, paid in full for such Common Units and, if applicable, has satisfied any other conditions imposed by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.

 

(ii)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, the Option may not be exercised prior to (A) the Participant’s execution of a joinder to the Stockholders Agreement and such other agreement as the Committee may request, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee, (B) the Participant making or entering into any such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may request in order to comply with applicable securities laws, with this Award Agreement or otherwise, and (C) the completion of any registration or qualification of the Option or the Common Units under applicable securities or other laws, or under any ruling or regulation of any governmental body or national securities exchange that the Committee shall in its sole discretion determine to be necessary or advisable.

 

(iii)                               Upon the Company’s determination that the Option has been validly exercised as to any of the Common Units, the Company shall issue certificates in the

 

3



 

Participant’s name for the Shares underlying such Common Units.  However, the Company shall not be liable to the Participant for damages relating to any delays in issuing the certificates to him, any loss of the certificates, or any mistakes or errors in the issuance of the certificates or in the certificates themselves.

 

(iv)                              In the event of the Participant’s death, the Vested Portion of the Option shall remain exercisable during the period set forth in Section 4(a)  by the Participant’s executor or administrator, or the person or persons to whom the Participant’s rights under this Award Agreement shall pass by will or by the laws of descent and distribution as the case may be.  Any heir or legatee of the Participant shall take rights herein granted subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

 

(v)                                 The Participant understands that the Stockholders Agreement contains significant restrictions on the transfer of the Shares underlying the Common Units purchased upon exercise of the Option and contains repurchase rights for such Shares in favor of the Company or its designee upon the Participant’s termination of Service.

 

5.                                      No Right to Continued Service .  The granting of the Option evidenced by this Award Agreement shall impose no obligation on the Company or any Affiliate to continue the Service of the Participant and shall not lessen or affect any right that the Company or any Affiliate may have to terminate the Service of such Participant.

 

6.                                      Securities Laws/Legend on Certificates .  The issuance and delivery of Common Units shall comply with all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded.  The Company shall not be obligated to file any registration statement under any applicable securities laws to permit the purchase or issuance of any Common Units under the Plan or Awards, and accordingly any certificates for Common Units or documents granting Awards may have an appropriate legend or statement of applicable restrictions endorsed thereon.  If the Company deems it necessary to ensure that the issuance of securities under the Plan is not required to be registered under any applicable securities laws, each Participant by or to whom such security would be purchased or issued shall deliver to the Company an agreement or certificate containing such representations, warranties and covenants as the Company reasonably requires.

 

7.                                      Transferability .  The Option may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.  No such permitted transfer of the Option to heirs or legatees of the Participant shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Committee or the Board shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a copy of such evidence as the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and the acceptance by the transferee or transferees of the terms and conditions hereof.  During the Participant’s lifetime, the Option is exercisable only by the Participant.

 

8.                                      Adjustment of Option .  Any adjustments to the Option (or any of the Common Units underlying the Option) shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

9.                                      Non-Competition and Confidentiality .  In consideration of the Option granted herein, to the extent the Participant is not a party to the Stockholders Agreement, the Participant agrees to be bound by the non-competition and confidentiality provisisions set forth on Schedule C .

 

10.                               Definitions .  For purposes of this Award Agreement:

 

Avista Investor ” means Avista Capital Partners II, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, L.P., and any of their Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement).

 

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by applicable law to close.

 

CapitalCo ” means 1829356 Ontario Limited and any of its Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement).

 

Cause ” means (i) the Participant’s breach of any fiduciary duty or legal or contractual obligation to the Company or any of its Affiliates, or to the Company’s direct or indirect equity holders, (ii) the Participant’s failure to follow the reasonable instructions of the Board or such Participant’s direct supervisor, which breach, if curable, is not cured within ten (10) Business Days after notice to such Participant or, if cured, recurs within one-hundred and eighty (180) days, (iii) the Participant’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud, insubordination, acts of dishonesty or conflict of interest relating to the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (iv) the Participant’s commission of any misdemeanor relating to the affairs of the Company or any of its Affiliates or any felony.

 

Change of Control Date means the date of consummation of a Change of Control .

 

EBITDA ” means, with respect to a business or entity for a particular period, the sum of:  (i) net income (or loss) of such business or entity for such period; plus (ii) all interest expense of such business or entity (net of interest income) for such period deducted in calculating such net income (loss), plus (iii) all income taxes of such business or entity for such period deducted in calculating such net income (loss), plus (iv) all depreciation expenses of such business or entity for such period deducted in calculating such net income (loss), plus (v) all amortization expenses of such business or entity for such period deducted in calculating such net income (loss), plus (vi) all fees paid by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Equity Placement Agreement, Expense Reimbursement Agreement, Monitoring Agreement, or Special Dividend Side Letter, for such period deducted in calculating such net income (loss); in each case, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, consistently applied, and (vii) subject to other adjustments to EBITDA as the Board determines in good faith are appropriate.

 

Equity Placement Agreement ” means the Equity Placement Agreement by and between the Company, Intermediate, CapitalCo and certain other parties signatory thereto, dated as of September 27, 2010, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

Expense Reimbursement Agreement ” means that certain expense reimbursement letter agreement by and between the Company, the Avista Investor, CapitalCo and

 

5



 

Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, dated as of September 27, 2010, as the same may be amended, supplemented or amended from time to time.

 

Group EBITDA ” for a fiscal year means EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis for such fiscal year.

 

Intermediate ” means INC Research Intermediate, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

Monitoring Agreement ” means the Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement by and between the Company, Intermediate, INC Research, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Avista Capital Holdings, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, dated as of September 27, 2010, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

Permanent Disability ” means the Participant’s absence from the full-time performance of the Participant’s duties with the Company for 180 consecutive calendar days as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness, which is determined to be total and permanent by the Board, in its sole discretion.

 

Special Dividend Side Letter ” means that certain letter agreement, dated as of September 27, 2010 by and between the Company, Intermediate, INC Research, LLC, a Delaware limited partnership, CapitalCo and Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board regarding the payment of certain dividends.

 

Sponsors ” means Avista Investors and CapitalCo.

 

Stockholders Agreement ” means the Amended & Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011, among the Company and certain stockholders of the Company, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

11.                               Withholding .  The Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, any applicable withholding taxes in respect of the Option, its exercise or any payment or transfer under or with respect to the Option and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes.

 

12.                               Notices . Any notification required by the terms of this Award Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be delivered in person (by courier or otherwise), mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimilie transmission or other electronic transmission.  A notice to the Company shall be addressed to the Company and delivered to its principal executive office.  A notice to the Participant shall be delivered to the address, fax number or e-mail address that he or she most recently provided to the Company, or at such other address, fax number or e-mail address that he or she may hereafter specify. All notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m., New York, New York time, in the place of receipt and such day is a business day in the place of receipt.  Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt.  Any notice, request or other written communication sent by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission shall be confirmed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, posted within one business day, or by personal delivery, whether by courier or otherwise, made within two business days after the date of such facsimile transmissions; provided

 

6



 

that such confirmation mailing or delivery shall not affect the date of receipt, which will be the date that the facsimile successfully transmitted the notice, request or other communication.

 

13.                               Entire Agreement .  This Award Agreement (including any schedules attached hereto) and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

14.                               Waiver .  No waiver of any breach or condition of this Award Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition whether of like or different nature.

 

15.                               Successors and Assigns .  The provisions of this Award Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon the Participant, the Participant’s assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of the Participant’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Award Agreement and have agreed in writing to be joined herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

 

16.                               Choice of Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY AND ALL ACTIONS ARISING UNDER OR IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE LITIGATED IN THE FEDERAL OR STATE COURTS IN DELAWARE.  BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS FOR ITSELF, HIMSELF, OR HERSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS, HIS OR HER PROPERTY WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ACTION.  EACH PARTY AGREES THAT VENUE WOULD BE PROPER IN ANY OF SUCH COURTS, AND HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT ANY SUCH COURT IS AN IMPROPER OR INCONVENIENT FORUM FOR THE RESOLUTION OF ANY SUCH ACTION.

 

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

17.                               Option Subject to Plan .  By entering into this Award Agreement the Participant agrees and acknowledges that the Participant has received and read a copy of the Plan.  The Option is subject to the Plan.  The terms and provisions of the Plan as it may be amended from time to time are hereby incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail.

 

18.                               Amendment .  The Committee may amend or alter this Award Agreement and the Option granted hereunder at any time; provided that, subject to Articles 11, 12 and 13 of the Plan, no such amendment or alteration shall be made without the consent of the Participant if such action would materially diminish any of the rights of the Participant under this Award Agreement or with respect to the Option.

 

7



 

19.                               Severability . The provisions of this Award Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

20.                               Signature in Counterparts .  This Award Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

*                                                                                         *                                                                                         *

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Award Agreement.

 

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agreed and acknowledged as

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of the date first above written:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT]

 


 

SCHEDULE A

 

EBITDA TARGETS

 

Group EBITDA for the year ending December 31,

 

Target Amount

 

$

million

 

$

million

 

$

million

 

$

million

 

$

million

 

 

The EBITDA targets may be amended as follows:

 

A. Adjustments to Target Amounts .  (i) To the extent that during any fiscal year, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acquires any business (whether a division of a business, line of business, business unit or otherwise), the assets of any business or any product (an “ Acquired Business ”):

 

(1)                                  Target Amount for such fiscal year shall be adjusted such that an amount equal to estimated EBITDA of the Acquired Business on a pro forma basis (determined at the time of the acquisition of such Acquired Business and in accordance with paragraph (iii) below) for the period from the date of the consummation of such acquisition until the end of such fiscal year shall be added to Target Amount for such fiscal year, and

 

(2)                                  Target Amount for each subsequent fiscal year shall be adjusted such that an amount equal to estimated EBITDA of the Acquired Business (determined at the time of the acquisition of such Acquired Business and in accordance with paragraph (iii) below) for each such fiscal year shall be added to Target Amount for such fiscal year.

 

(ii)                                   To the extent that during any fiscal year, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries sells or otherwise disposes of any business (whether a division of a business, line of business, business unit or otherwise), the assets of any business or any product (a “ Sold Business ”):

 

(1)                                  Target Amount for such fiscal year shall be adjusted such that the amount included in Target Amount for such fiscal year with respect to the Sold Business for the period from the date of the consummation of such sale or disposition until the end of such fiscal year (determined in accordance with paragraph (iii) below) shall be subtracted from Target Amount for such fiscal year, and

 

(2)                                  Target Amount for each subsequent fiscal year shall be adjusted such that the amount included in Target Amount for each such fiscal year with respect to the Sold Business (determined in accordance with paragraph (iii)) shall be subtracted from Target Amount for such fiscal year.

 

(iii)                                All determinations of (A) estimated EBITDA of any Acquired Business for any period and (B) the amounts included in Target Amount for any fiscal year (or portion thereof) with respect to any Sold Business, shall be made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the

 



 

Company on a basis broadly consistent with the valuation methodology used to set the original Group EBITDA targets.

 

B. Determinations of the Board .  The Board reserves the right to make adjustments to any Target Amount as the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith are appropriate to take into account the effect of: (A) any material transactions or events during the relevant period, including significant changes to capital expenditure plans and (B) any events during the relevant period outside of the ordinary course.  Any such adjustments shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Participant.  All adjustments to any Target Amount shall be made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company on a basis broadly consistent with the valuation methodology used to set the original Group EBITDA targets.

 



 

SCHEDULE B

 

RETURN OF CAPITAL

 

A Return of Capital Target (the “ Return of Capital Target ”) shall have been achieved for any applicable period specified below if each of the Avista Investor and CapitalCo have received Aggregate Net Proceeds during such period that are equal to or greater than each of the Avista Investment and CapitalCo Investment multiplied by the applicable multiplier specified below:

 

Period During Which Return of Capital
Occurs

 

Aggregate Net Proceeds as a Multiple of
Investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.1                                Definitions .  For purposes of this Schedule B :

 

(a)                                  Aggregate Net Proceeds ” means all cash proceeds actually received by the Sponsors with respect to the sale or other disposition of their Common Stock (other than Class C Common Stock) (in each case, as such term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement) to third parties, net of any unreimbursed Sales Costs, plus dividends in cash actually received by the Sponsors in respect of such Common Stock (other than Class C Common Stock); provided, however , that (a) Aggregate Net Proceeds shall not include any fees or expense reimbursement received by the Sponsors or any of their respective Affiliates pursuant to the Equity Placement Agreement, Expense Reimbursement Agreement, or Monitoring Agreement, (b) any dividends paid or payable pursuant to the Special Divided Side Letter, whether in cash, property or securities of the Company and whether by dividend, liquidating distributions, redemption or other acquisition for value of any equity securities of the Company (either pursuant to any applicable sinking fund requirement or otherwise) or otherwise, and, (c) subject to the foregoing clause (b), any cash dividends received by the Sponsors shall not be counted more than once in any calculation of Aggregate Net Proceeds.

 

(b)                                  Avista Investment ” means initially $                               and shall be adjusted for any cash or other consideration contributed from the Avista Investor from and after the Closing Date and prior to the Change of Control Date; it being understood that, as of the date hereof, the amount of the Avista Investment is $                    , as a result of additional equity investments made by the Avista Investor since the Closing Date through the date hereof.

 

(c)                                   CapitalCo Investment ” means initially $                               and shall be adjusted for any cash or other consideration contributed from CapitalCo from and after the Closing Date and prior to the Change of Control Date; it being understood that, as of the date hereof, the amount of the CapitalCo Investment is $                    , as a result of additional equity investments made by the CapitalCo since the Closing Date through the date hereof.

 



 

(d)                                  Closing Date ” means                               .

 

(e)                                   Sales Costs ” means any costs or expenses (including legal or other advisor costs and expenses), fees (including investment banking fees), commissions or discounts payable directly by the Avista and CapitalCo or any of their Affiliates in connection with, arising out of or relating to any sale or other disposition of equity security interests in the Company (including in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of any transaction documentation with respect to such sale or other disposition).

 



 

SCHEDULE C

 

1.1                                Definitions .  For purposes of this Schedule C :

 

(a)                                  Plan ” means the INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

 

(b)                                  The terms “ Company ,” “ Participant ” and “ Subsidiary ” will have the meaning ascribed to them by the Plan.

 

(c)                                   The “ Termination Date ” means the last day of Participant’s employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(d)                                  The “ Restricted Period ” means the period commencing on the Termination Date and ending six (6) months after the Termination Date.

 

(e)                                   Company Customer ” means a person or entity for whom the Company was providing services either at the time of, or at any time within the six (6)  months preceding, the Termination Date, and for whom Participant carried out or oversaw a material business responsibility during said six (6) month period.

 

(f)                                    Prospective Customer ” means a person or entity (i) that Participant contacted for the purpose of soliciting business on behalf of the Company during the six (6)  months preceding the Termination Date; or (ii) to which the Company had submitted a bid or proposal for services during the six (6)  months preceding the Termination Date, and in which bid or proposal Participant was involved in any material respect.

 

(g)                                   The term “ Company Employee ” means any person who is an employee of or consultant to the Company as of the Termination Date.

 

(h)                                  Competitive with the Company ” means engaged in the business of providing contract research organization (CRO) services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology, or biomedical companies.

 

(i)                                      Restricted Services ” means services that are the same or substantially similar to the services Participant provided to the Company at the time of, or in the six (6) months preceding, the Termination Date.

 

(j)                                     The “ Restricted Area ” means the following geographical areas: (i) any city, metropolitan area, county (or similar political subdivision in foreign countries) in which Participant personally provided material services in-person (not by telephone or internet) on behalf of the Company during the six (6) months prior to the Termination Date; (ii) within a 60-mile radius of the location(s) where the Participant had an office during the six (6) months prior to the Termination Date; (iii) within a 60 mile radius of Raleigh, North Carolina; and (iv) any city, metropolitan area, county (or similar political subdivision in foreign countries) in which the Company is located or does or did business, during the six (6) months prior to the Termination Date.

 

(k)                                  Confidential Information ” means any confidential or proprietary information belonging to the Company, including, but not limited to, all trade secrets, patent applications, scientific data, formulation information, inventions, processes, formulas, systems, computer

 



 

programs, plans, programs, studies, techniques, critical business information such as drug products in development, business strategies and models, product launch plans, CRO relationships, regulatory submissions, technology used by or the therapeutic focus of the Company, clinical information, methodologies, standard operating procedures, operational documents (such as batch records), technology used by the Company, marketing and certain financial information calculations, budgets, bids, internal policies and procedures, organization, business plans, analysis, forecasts, billing practices, pricing information and strategies, promotional material, service offering strategies, marketing plans and ideas, the identities or other information about customers, sponsor, customer or client lists, suppliers and business partners (current and prospective), the terms of current and pending deals, sales data, and sales projections, research, research proposals, study protocols, coding devices, unpublished results and reports, meeting minutes and notes, monthly and other periodic reports, contact and other information regarding suppliers, vendors and consultants, and regulatory and legal correspondence, whether or not patentable or copyrightable and whether in tangible or other form, including all documents and records, whether printed, typed, handwritten, videotaped, transmitted or transcribed on data files or on any other type of media, whether or not labeled or identified as confidential and proprietary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (i) is already known to Participant prior to its disclosure to Participant by the Company; (ii) is or becomes generally available to the public through no wrongful act of any person; (iii) is at the time of disclosure part of the public knowledge or literature through no wrongful action by Participant; or (iv) is received by Participant from a third party without restriction and without any wrongful conduct on the part of such third party relating to such disclosure. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Confidential Information he/she obtains or becomes aware of as a result of his/her employment with the Company is not generally known or available to the general public, but has been developed, compiled or acquired by the Company at its great effort and expense and that Participant is required to protect and not disclose such information.

 

1.2                                Non-Solicitation of Customers and Employees . Participant hereby agrees that so long as he or she is employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and during the Restricted Period, Participant will not, on Participant’s own behalf, nor as an officer, director, stockholder, partner, associate, owner, Participant, consultant or otherwise on behalf of any person, firm, partnership, corporation, or other entity, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                                  Solicit, induce, influence or attempt to solicit, induce or influence any Company Customer to (i) cease doing business in whole or in part with the Company, or (ii) do business with any other person or entity that is “Competitive with the Company”;

 

(b)                                  Solicit, induce, or attempt to induce any Prospective Customer to (i) not begin doing business with the Company, (ii) cease doing business in whole or in part with the Company, or (iii) do business with any person or entity that is Competitive with the Company;

 

(c)                                   Interfere with, disrupt or attempt to interfere with or disrupt the relationship, contractual or otherwise, between the Company and any supplier, vendor, distributor, lessor, lessee, or licensor that transacts business with the Company; or

 

(d)                                  Encourage, entice, induce or suggest that any Company Employee terminate or alter his/her employment or relationship with the Company for the benefit of any person or entity other than the Company.

 



 

1.3                                Non-Competition .

 

(a)                                  Participant hereby agrees that so long as he or she is employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and during the Restricted Period, within the Restricted Area, Participant will not directly or indirectly, for Participant’s own behalf or for any other person or entity provide the Restricted Services for any person or entity that is Competitive with the Company.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant’ s ownership, directly or indirectly, of not more than one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding stock of a corporation the shares of which are regularly traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market shall not violate this Section.

 

(c)                                   In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing restrictions, during each Participant’s employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and during the Restricted Period, subject to Participant’s duties of employment, Participant shall not devote any time to consulting, lecturing or engaging in other self-employment or employment activities without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

1.5                                Business Opportunities .  Participant, while he or she is employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, agrees to offer or otherwise make known or available to the Company or any Subsidiary, as directed by the Company and without additional compensation or consideration, any business prospects, contracts or other business opportunities that he may discover, find, develop or otherwise have available to him in any field in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is engaged, and further agrees that any such prospects, contracts or other business opportunities shall be the property of the Company.

 

1.6                                Confidentiality .

 

(a)                                  Participant acknowledges that during his or her employment with the Company, he or she has and will necessarily become informed of, and have access to, the Cconfidential Information of the Company, and that the Confidential Information, even though it maybe contributed, developed or acquired in whole or in part by the Participant is the Company’s exclusive property to be held by the Participant in trust and solely for the Company’s benefit.  Accordingly, except as required by law, the Participant shall not, at any time, either during or subsequent to his or her employment, as applicable, use, reveal, report, publish, copy, transcribe, transfer or otherwise disclose to any person, corporation or other entity, any of the Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Company, except to responsible officers and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries and other responsible persons who are in a contractual or fiduciary relationship with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries and except for information that legally and legitimately is or becomes of general public knowledge from authorized sources other than the Participant.

 

(b)                                  By no later than the Termination Date, the Participant shall promptly deliver to the Company all property and possessions of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including all drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, copies, deliverables containing Confidential Information and all other materials relating to the Company and any of its Subsidiaries’ business that are in the Participant’s possession or control.

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

GRAPHIC

 

FY 2013

 

Management Incentive Plan

 

Plan Document

 

 

Effective 1 January 2013

 



 

Objective

 

This document is the official incentive plan document for the Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”, the “Plan”) for named and individually notified senior management of INC Research ® , LLC. (“INC Research”, the “Company”).

 

The MIP is designed to reward the performance of employees in the Company’s executive and senior management roles such as Chief Officers, Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, Executive Directors, Senior Directors, and Directors (and comparable positions as named specifically by the Chief Executive Officer) by providing the potential to earn additional compensation in the form of an annual cash payment for meeting and exceeding corporate earnings and profitability goals set by the executive management and the Board of Directors. The Plan provides such cash award incentives to recognize and reward the achievement of Company goals.

 

Effective Period

 

The Plan Year is 1 January 2013 through 31 December 2013.

 

Eligibility Criteria

 

Plan Participants include active regular employees in executive and senior management positions identified and others as named and approved in writing by the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) are included in the MIP.

 

Eligible employees who become Plan Participants during the Plan year will (subject to the Plan provisions) be eligible for a pro-rata award provided that such employees entered the Plan prior to October 1 st  of the Plan year.

 

If a participant moves from one eligible position to another eligible position with a different Performance Target Percentage, the award will be pro-rated at each target level.

 

Plan Participants may only participate in one (1) INC Research variable compensation plan at a given time.

 

Key Terms and Definitions

 

Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization (“EBITDA”) — The total audited recognized earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization as reported by the Company for the Plan year. Expressed in absolute dollars earned.

 

Eligible Base Earnings — The total basic salary, exclusive of disability payments, performance awards, overtime, bonuses, or shift premiums, earned by the Plan Participant as of 01 December of the Plan year.

 

Performance Goal — The qualifying level of Company goal and resulting performance that generate Performance Awards.

 

Performance Award — The earned cash payment, paid to eligible and qualifying Plan Participants. The Performance Award will be calculated based on the achievement of a Performance Goal, the Plan

 

Approved by the INC Research ® , LLC. Compensation Committee of Board of Directors, 14 November 2012.

2013 INC Research ® , LLC. All rights reserved. Reproduction or transmission to others apart from the parties involved with this document in any form or by any means is not permitted without the prior written consent of INC Research ® , LLC.

 

2



 

Participant’s eligible base earnings, and applicable pro-rations. Performance Award payments will be made after the financial books are closed for the calendar year (exact timing to be decided by the executive management and the Board of Directors). Payments are made in local currency. Benefit contributions and deductions will not typically be taken from the gross bonus monetary payment. Required federal, state, provincial and/or other applicable taxes will be deducted from the incentive payment.

 

Performance Target % — The percentage of a participant’s eligible base earnings that is targeted to achievement of 100% of the Performance Award. Participants will be advised of his/her specific Performance Target % and the Performance Goal(s) in writing.

 

Board — The Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Incentive Structure

 

The 2013 MIP Performance Goal is the achievement of a Corporate EBITDA target.

 

The minimum Corporate EBITDA trigger of $100.0M must be achieved for any MIP payout to occur. Plan Participants can earn 50-100% of their Performance Award based on Corporate EBITDA achievement. Calculations of such awards are made on a straight line basis from the trigger up to the Corporate EBITDA goal. Additionally, there is up to a 10% overachievement opportunity if the Performance Goal achievement exceeds the target

 

Performance Goal - Corporate EBITDA

 

Performance Goal

 

Trigger
(50% payout)

 

Target
(100% payout)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate EBITDA ($M)

 

$

100.0

 

$

104.0

 

 

The Performance Awards will be calculated based on the achievement of the Performance Goal - Corporate EBITDA, the Plan Participant’s eligible base earnings, and applicable pro-rations. Business Unit /Divisional Heads, along with the CEO, may use discretion to adjust final Performance Award calculations to reflect the level of Plan Participant’s performance and contribution during the Plan year.

 

Participants may also have individual performance goals as part of the incentive calculations. Individual goals, the weighting of these goals, and the weighting of the Performance Goal will be communicated directly to the Plan Participant outside of this Plan document. The minimum Corporate EBITDA trigger must be achieved for any MIP payout to occur.

 

Administrative Provisions

 

Performance Award Eligibility — In order for any award to be paid, Plan Participants must be active employees on the date award payments are made. Plan Participants, who prior to actual payment of any performance award under the Plan, are terminated, resign, or otherwise leave the payroll (except for authorized leave or short or long term disability), will immediately forfeit participation in the Plan and all rights to any performance award payment. Employees on notice to separate from the Company, receiving separation or severance pay are not eligible for performance awards.

 

3



 

Employees who are actively on the payroll, however, who are also under a termination notice period either involuntarily or voluntarily, or are receiving post-employment separation payments as part of an organization reduction, are not eligible for any consideration or award under the Plan.

 

If the Participant ceases to perform an eligible role due to death, a pro-rata award may be granted reflecting partial eligibility to reflect active performance during the Plan Year. Performance Awards will be awarded to the estate of the former employee.

 

Disability is handled subject to applicable laws of the participant’s country, state or province of residence. Leave of Absence eligibility may be pro-rated for leave of absence time, as permitted by local legislation.

 

Performance Standards — In the event that a participant is under progressive disciplinary action or otherwise not in good standing (documented warnings, performance improvement plans), the time in which he/she was under this action may be deducted from his/her MIP eligibility; therefore, his/her bonus may be pro-rated.

 

Plan Modifications and Termination — The Board or CEO, within their/his sole discretion, may improve, alter, expand, modify, change, or discontinue the Plan at its sole discretion at any time. Additionally, the CEO may approve exceptions or modifications to the Plan, based on material changes affecting the Company. Any amendment or modification may, in the Company’s sole and exclusive discretion, be effective prospectively or retrospectively. Any exception to Corporate EBITDA as trigger for any payout must be approved by the CEO and Compensation Committee of the INC Research Board.

 

Restatement of Financials. If the Company’s financial statements are restated due to errors, omissions or fraud, the Company retains the right to recover all or a portion of awards affected.

 

Interest in Future Compensation - No participant shall acquire an interest hereunder except to the extent of actual payments made pursuant to this Plan; and prior to actual payment, nothing contained in the Plan shall give rise to any claims or right of action against INC Research.

 

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Related Acts of Other Countries - Participants are prohibited from giving, paying, promising, offering, or authorizing the payment, directly or indirectly through a third party, of anything of value to any “foreign official” to persuade that official to help INC Research or any other person, obtain or keep business. Additionally, Participants shall not give or receive any gift of any value (including nominal value), outside of ordinary permissible business practices, in order to make him/her eligible to receive payment under this Plan. Plan Participants should review the Company’s Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Policy for additional information and/or contact their local Human Resources Manager with policy related questions.

 

Assignment of Incentives Prohibited - Participants shall not assign or give any part of their compensation, including incentives, to any agent, Sponsor, and representative of the Sponsor or other person as an inducement.

 

Confidentiality — all information disclosed in this plan document is proprietary to INC Research. Communication of the plan document to anyone other than those currently employed by INC Research and who have a need to know its contents will be considered a breach of the employee’s obligation of confidentiality and may subject the individual to disciplinary action.

 

Nothing in this Plan shall constitute a contract of employment, nor shall it infringe upon the Company’s at-will employment policy, or be construed as a promise of employment, guarantee of future employment or promise

 

4



 

of incentive payments. INC Research reserves the right to alter or discontinue this discretionary plan at any time to the extent allowed by applicable laws.

 

This Plan is subject to the applicable country, state or provincial laws of the Plan Participant. As applicable, local legislation prevails.

 

Questions regarding the Plan should be directed to the Human Resources-Global Compensation department.

 

5




Exhibit 10.8

 

 

Form of Management Incentive Plan

 

Plan Document

 

Effective                      20

 



 

Form of Management Incentive Plan

 

INC Research, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company” or “INC”) has created the INC Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”).  The MIP is designed to recognize and reward the performance of employees in the Company’s executive and senior management roles such as Chief Officers, Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, Executive Directors, Senior Directors, and Directors (and comparable positions as named specifically by the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”)) by providing the potential to earn additional compensation in the form of an annual cash payment for meeting and exceeding corporate earnings and profitability goals set by the executive management and the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 DEFINITIONS.  Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

(a) “Affiliate” means, with respect to a referenced entity, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, estate, trust or other entity or organization, that the referenced entity directly or indirectly has the power to direct or cause the direction of the management of policies, whether by exercising voting power, by contract or otherwise.

 

(b) “Award” means the amount paid to a Participant under the MIP for a particular Plan Year, as described in Section 3 and the Appendix for the applicable Plan Year, each of which will be attached hereto beginning with Appendix A for the           Plan Year.

 

(c) “Award Pool at Target” means a cash amount which is set forth on the appropriate Plan Year Appendix (or will otherwise be designated by the Board or CEO) as the amount of the Total Award Pool if the Company exactly reaches the EBITDA Target for that Plan Year.

 

(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Company.

 

(e) “Bonus Opportunity” means a cash amount equal to the Participant’s Incentive Target Percentage multiplied by the Participant’s Eligible Base Earnings.

 

(f) “EBITDA Metric” means “Consolidated EBITDA” as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011, as amended on February 8, 2013 and February 19, 2014, entered into by and among the Company, subsidiaries of the Company, General Electric Capital Corporation, and other lenders party thereto.  EBITDA Metric is expressed in absolute dollars earned.

 

(g) “EBITDA Target” means the Company’s performance, measured against the EBITDA Metric during the Performance Period, which must be met for the Award Pool at Target to be fully eligible for award under the Plan.  Performance at a level greater than or less than EBITDA Target shall result in such Total Award Pool, if any, as is described in Section 3 being eligible for Award.  The EBITDA Target is set forth in the applicable Plan Year Appendix.

 



 

(h) “EBITDA Performance Tier 1” as defined in the applicable Plan Year Appendix.

 

(i) “EBITDA Performance Tier 1 Percentage” as defined in the applicable Plan Year Appendix.

 

(j) “EBITDA Performance Tier 1 Maximum” as defined in the applicable Plan Year Appendix.

 

(k) “EBITDA Performance Tier 2 Percentage” as defined in the applicable Plan Year Appendix.

 

(l) “Eligible Base Earnings” means the total base salary, exclusive of disability payments, performance awards, overtime, bonuses, or shift premiums, earned by the Participant as of 31 December of the particular Plan Year.

 

(m) “Incentive Target Percentage” means the percentage of a Participant’s Eligible Base Earnings that is targeted to achievement of 100% of EBITDA Target.  Participants will be advised of their specific Incentive Target Percentage and the EBITDA Target(s) in writing.

 

(n) “Minimum EBITDA Achievement” as defined in the appropriate Plan Year Appendix.

 

(o) “Participant” means an individual who has been identified as being eligible to participate in the Plan as described in Section 4, below.

 

(p) “Participant Payout” means the Participant’s individual Bonus Opportunity divided by the Award Pool at Target and then multiplied by the Total Award Pool.  If a Participant moves from one eligible position to another eligible position with a different Incentive Target Percentage during the Plan Year, the Participant Payout will be pro-rated at each target level.

 

(q) “Performance Period” means the one year period during which performance is measured and an Award can be granted.

 

(r) “Plan” means this Management Incentive Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

(s) “Plan Year” means 1 January through 31 December as set forth in the Plan Year Appendix.

 

(t) “Sponsor” means each of Avista Capital Partners and its Affiliates and Teachers’ Private Capital and its Affiliates.

 

(u) “Total Award Pool” means the total amount of money potentially available for payout to Participants for a particular Plan Year, as calculated in Section 3.

 

1.2 GENDER AND NUMBER.  Except when otherwise indicated by the context, words in the masculine gender used in the Plan shall include the feminine gender, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.

 

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Board.  The Board may from time to time establish such rules and procedures with respect to the Plan as it deems appropriate.  All questions arising under the Plan shall be decided by the Board and its determination shall be final, binding, and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons.  Nothing in the Plan shall limit the right of

 



 

members of the Board who are also key management employees of the Company from being Participants in the Plan.

 

SECTON 3. PERFORMANCE MEASURE AND AWARD CALCULATION

 

3.1 EBITDA METRIC.  The Total Award Pool for a particular Plan Year shall be computed according to the Company’s performance during the Performance Period as measured against the EBITDA Metric, as follows:

 

EBITDA Metric

 

Performance

 

Total Award Pool

 

 

 

Equal to or less than the Minimum EBITDA Achievement

 

$0

 

 

 

Greater than the Minimum EBITDA Achievement but less than the EBITDA Target

 

Award Pool at Target multiplied by (actual EBITDA performance minus Minimum EBITDA Achievement) / (EBITDA Target minus Minimum EBITDA Achievement)

 

 

 

At EBITDA Target

 

Award Pool at Target

 

 

 

Greater than the EBITDA Target but less than EBITDA Performance Tier 1

 

Award Pool at Target plus an amount equal to the EBITDA Performance Tier 1 Percentage multiplied by each dollar by which performance exceeds the EBITDA Target

 

 

 

Greater than EBITDA Performance Tier 1

 

Award Pool at Target plus EBITDA Performance Tier 1 Maximum plus an amount equal to the EBITDA Performance Tier 2 Percentage multiplied by each dollar by which performance exceeds the EBITDA Performance Tier 1

 

3.2 AWARD DETERMINATION.  Once the Total Award Pool is calculated as described in Section 3.1, Participant Awards will be determined as follows, provided that the Participant is eligible for Award as described in Section 4.

 

First, the Company will calculate the Participant Payout for the Participant.  The Participant Payout will be subject to adjustments as described by Section 4.1 and 4.3 in the event

 



 

of the Participant’s inactive service to the Company due to a leave of absence and/or the Participant’s entry into the Plan following January 1 of the Plan Year.

 

Second, management will determine, in its sole discretion, how much of the Participant Payout to award to the Participant.  Consideration will be given to factors including individual performance, the Participant’s business unit’s performance, the Participant’s individual’s performance rating, and the Participant’s level of performance and contribution during the Plan Year, among other considerations.  Consideration will also be given to whether or not the Participant is or was at any time during the Plan Year under a disciplinary action, documented warning or performance improvement plan.  Executive Management of the Company will determine the amount of the Participant’s Award in their sole discretion.  The Company reserves the right to grant an Award less than, equal to or greater than the Participant Payout in its sole discretion, and nothing in this Plan guarantees a Participant’s receipt of an Award in any amount.

 

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY FOR AWARD

 

4.1 GENERAL ELIGIBLITY.  Plan Participants include active regular employees in executive and senior management positions identified and others as named and approved in writing by the CEO.  Unless otherwise approved by Executive Management of the Company, Participants may only participate in one (1) INC variable compensation plan at a given time.

 

A Participant must be actively employed by the Company or its Affiliate on the date that Award payments are made to be eligible to receive an Award.  Awards under the Plan shall not be earned unless and until actually paid.  Employees on notice to separate from the Company, or who are receiving separation or severance pay are not eligible for Awards.  Employees who are actively on the payroll, who are also under a termination notice period either involuntarily or voluntarily, or are receiving post-employment separation payments as part of an organization reduction, are not eligible for any Award under the Plan.

 

If the Participant ceases to perform an eligible role due to death, any Award for which the Participant would otherwise be eligible is not earned and payable; however, a pro-rata award may be granted, in the Company’s discretion, reflecting active performance during the Plan Year.  Awards will be awarded to the estate of the former employee.

 

Disability is handled subject to applicable laws of the participant’s country, state or province of residence.  Leave of absence eligibility and payments may be pro-rated for leave of absence time, as permitted by local legislation.  The timing of payments for anyone on a leave of absence during the payout may be delayed until the employee returns to work.

 

4.2 FORFEITURES.  If a Participant is terminated, terminates his or her employment voluntarily, or otherwise leaves the payroll (except for authorized leave or short or long term disability), he or she will forfeit his or her right to be eligible for any Award.

 


 

4.3 ADJUSTMENTS.  Eligible employees who become Plan Participants during the Plan Year will (subject to the Plan provisions) be eligible for a pro-rata award provided that such employees entered the Plan prior to October 1st of the Plan Year.

 

If a Participant moves from one eligible position to another eligible position with a different Participant’s Incentive Target Percentage, the Participant Payout will be pro-rated at each target level.

 

SECTION 5. PAYMENT OF AWARDS

 

Any Award granted to a Participant shall be paid in the amount determined in accordance with Section 3 in a single lump sum.  Award payments will be made within 30 days after the Company’s CFO has approved and closed the Company’s financial books for the calendar year (exact timing to be decided by the executive management and the Board of Directors), provided, however, that Award payment will occur no later than April 15th following the Plan Year.  Payments are made in local currency.  Benefit contributions and deductions will not typically be taken from the gross bonus monetary payment.  Required federal, state, provincial and/or other applicable taxes will be deducted from the incentive payment.

 

SECTION 6. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

The Board or CEO, within their/his sole discretion, may improve, alter, expand, modify, change, or discontinue the Plan at their/his sole discretion at any time.  Additionally, the CEO may approve exceptions or modifications to the Plan, based on material changes affecting the Company.  Subject to applicable law, any amendment or modification may, in the Company’s sole and exclusive discretion, be effective prospectively or retrospectively.  Any exception to the EBITDA Metric as trigger for any payout must be approved by the CEO and Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

SECTION 7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

7.1 NO GUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENT.  Participation in the Plan shall not be construed as giving to a Participant any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.

 

7.2 RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIALS.  Subject to applicable laws, if the Company’s financial statements are restated due to errors, omissions or fraud, the Company retains the right to recover all or a portion of awards affected.

 

7.3 INTEREST IN FUTURE COMPENSATION.  No Participant shall acquire an interest hereunder except to the extent of actual payments made pursuant to this Plan, and prior to actual payment, nothing contained in the Plan shall give rise to any claims or right of action against the Company.

 

7.4 FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT AND RELATED ACTS OF OTHER COUNTRIES.  Participants are prohibited from giving, paying, promising, offering, or

 



 

authorizing the payment, directly or indirectly through a third party, of anything of value to any “foreign official” or any person, business or entity, to persuade that official, person, business or entity to assist the Company or any other person, to obtain or retain business.  Additionally, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Participants shall not give or receive any gift of any value (including nominal value), outside of ordinary permissible business practices and the Company’s policies, in order to make him/her eligible to receive payment under this Plan.  Participants should review the Company’s Anti-Bribery Anti-Corruption Policy for additional information and/or contact the Legal Department with policy related questions.

 

7.5 ASSIGNMENT OF INCENTIVES PROHIBITED.  Participants shall not assign or give any part of their compensation, including incentives, to any agent, Sponsor, and representative of the Sponsor or other person as an inducement.

 

7.6 CONFIDENTIALITY.  All information disclosed in this plan document is proprietary to the Company.  Communication of the plan document to anyone other than those currently employed by the Company and who have a need to know its contents will be considered a breach of the employee’s obligation of confidentiality and may subject the individual to disciplinary action, subject to applicable law.

 

7.7 TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company employing or engaging the services of a Participant shall have the power to withhold, or to require such Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy all federal, state, local and foreign withholding tax requirements in respect of any Award made under the Plan.

 

7.8 REQUIREMENTS OF LAW.  The granting of Awards shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.  No Awards shall be granted under the Plan if such grant would result in a violation of applicable law.

 

7.9 GOVERNING LAW.  The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of North Carolina, unless, as applicable, where local legislation must be applied under principles of conflict of laws.

 

7.10 SUPERSEDES PRIOR PLANS.  This Plan supersedes, replaces and cancels all earlier commission, incentive compensation or bonus plans and agreements, both written and oral, applicable to the Plan Participants, including but not limited to any bonus plans set forth in an employee offer letter or agreement.  This Plan sets forth the exclusive agreement under which Participants may receive bonus payments.

 



 

APPENDIX A

 

[Company Letterhead]

 

Dear           ,

 

I am pleased to confirm your participation in our 20     Management Incentive Plan (MIP) that is designed to recognize and reward members of the INC Research Senior Management Team like you for contributions you make towards achieving our Company business goals.

 

The funding of our MIP is based on the Company’s performance measured against the corporate EBITDA metrics outlined in the table below.

 

Performance Goal

 

EBITDA Achievement

 

Payout Level

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate EBITDA minimum (“trigger”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate EBITDA target

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate EBITDA overachievement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate EBITDA overachievement

 

 

 

 

 

While the funding of our overall MIP pool is based on corporate results, your individual MIP payout is also dependant on your MIP Participant Payout target, which in your current role of           is           % of your eligible base earnings and whereas the Company has the discretion to determine the actual Award amount to deviate up or down based on:

 

·                   Participant’s Individual performance rating

·                   Participant’s level of performance and contribution

·                   Whether the Participant is or was under a disciplinary action, documented warning or PIP during the Plan Year

·                   Business Unit performance

·                   Other considerations

 

In addition, if you are a new hire in 20    , your payout will be prorated based on your date of hire.  Likewise if you are promoted or moved to a position that has a different Participant Payout target %,

 



 

your payout will be prorated based on time spent in each position for 20    .  Please review the attached MIP document for more details.

 

If you have any questions about this information, please contact          .

 

 

Sincerely yours,

 

 

The Board of Directors may improve, alter, expand, modify, change, or discontinue this plan at its sole discretion at any time.  The Board or CEO, with their sole discretion, may approve exceptions or modifications to the plan, based on material changes affecting the Company.  Nothing in the Plan shall constitute a contract of employment, nor shall it infringe upon the Company’s at-will employment policy, as applicable to your location. This Plan is subject to the applicable country, state or provincial laws of the Plan Participant.  As applicable, local legislation prevails.

 




Exhibit 10.9.1

 

HIGHWOODS REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OFFICE LEASE

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article 1:

Basic Definitions and Provisions

 

a.

Premises

 

b.

Term

 

c.

Lease Year

 

d.

Permitted Use

 

e.

Occupancy Limitation

 

f.

Base Rent

 

g.

Rent Payment Address

 

h.

Security Deposit

 

i.

Business Hours

 

j.

After Hours HVAC Rate

 

k.

Parking

 

l.

Notice Addresses

 

m.

Broker

 

n.

Authorized Representative

Article 2:

Leased Premises

 

a.

Premises

 

b.

Common Areas

Article 3:

Term

 

a.

Commencement and Expiration Dates

 

b.

Delivery of Possession

 

c.

Right to Occupy

Article 4:

Use

 

a.

Permitted Use

 

b.

Prohibited Equipment in Premises

Article 5:

Rent

 

a.

Payment Obligations

 

b.

Base Rent

 

c.

Additional Rent

Article 6:

Security Deposit

Article 7:

Services by Landlord

 

a.

Base Services

 

b.

Landlord’s Maintenance

 

c.

No Abatement

Article 8:

Tenant’s Acceptance and Maintenance of Premises

 

a.

Acceptance of Premises

 

b.

Move-in Obligations

 

c.

Tenant’s Maintenance

 

d.

Alterations to Premises

 

e.

Restoration of Premises

 

f.

Landlord’s Performance of Tenant’s Obligations

 

g.

Construction Liens

Article 9:

Property of Tenant

Article 10:

Signs

Article 11:

Access to Premises

 

a.

Tenant’s Access

 

b.

Landlord’s Access

Article 12:

Tenant’s Compliance

 



 

Article 13:

Insurance Requirements

 

a.

Tenant’s Liability Insurance

 

b.

Tenant’s Property Insurance

 

c.

Certificates of Insurance

 

d.

Insurance Policy Requirements

 

e.

Right to Increase Requirements

 

f.

Landlord’s Property Insurance

 

g.

Mutual Waiver of Subrogation

Article 14:

Indemnity

Article 15:

Quiet Enjoyment

Article 16:

Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance; and Estoppel Certificate

 

a.

Subordination and Attornment

 

b.

Non-Disturbance

 

c.

Estoppel Certificates

Article 17:

Assignment — Sublease

 

a.

Landlord Consent

 

b.

Permitted Assignments/Subleases

 

c.

Notice to Landlord

 

d.

Prohibited Assignments/Sublease

 

e.

Limitation on Rights of Assignee/Sublessee

 

f.

Tenant Not Released

 

g.

Landlord’s Right to Collect Sublease Rents Upon Tenant Default

 

h.

Excess Rents

 

i.

Landlord’s Fees

Article 18:

Damages to Premises

 

a.

Landlord’s Restoration Obligations

 

b.

Tenant’s Restoration Obligations

 

c.

Termination of Lease by Landlord

 

d.

Termination of Lease by Tenant

 

e.

Rent Abatement

Article 19:

Eminent Domain

 

a.

Effect on Lease

 

b.

Right to Condemnation Award

Article 20:

Environmental Compliance

 

a.

Tenant’s Responsibility

 

b.

Liability of the Parties

 

c.

Inspections by Landlord

Article 21:

Default

 

a.

Tenant’s Default

 

b.

Landlord’s Remedies

 

c.

Landlord’s Expenses

 

d.

Remedies Cumulative

 

e.

No Accord and Satisfaction

 

f.

No Reinstatement

 

g.

Landlord’s Default

Article 22:

Multiple Defaults

 

a.

Loss of Option Rights

 

b.

Increased Security Deposit

Article 23:

Bankruptcy

 

a.

Trustee’s Rights

 

b.

Adequate Assurance

 



 

 

c.

Assumption of Lease Obligations

Article 24:

Notices

 

a.

Addresses

 

b.

Form; Delivery; Receipt

Article 25:

Holding Over

Article 26

Right to Relocate

 

a.

Substitute Premises

 

b.

Upfit of Substitute Premises

 

c.

Relocation Costs

 

d.

Lease Terms

Article 27:

Broker’s Commissions

Article 28:

Anti-Terrorism Laws

Article 29:

General Provisions/Definitions

 

a.

No Agency

 

b.

Force Majeure

 

c.

Building Standard Improvements

 

d.

Limitation on Damages

 

e.

Satisfaction of Judgments Against Landlord

 

f.

Interest

 

g.

Legal Costs

 

h.

Sale of Premises or Building

 

i.

Time of the Essence

 

j.

Transfer of Security Deposit

 

k.

Tender of Premises

 

l.

Tenant’s Financial Statements

 

m.

Recordation

 

n.

Partial Invalidity

 

o.

Binding Effect

 

p.

Entire Agreement; Construction

 

q.

Good Standing

 

r.

Choice of Law

 

s.

Effective Date

Article 30:

Special Conditions

Article 31:

Addenda and Exhibits

 

a.

Lease Addendum Number One - “Work Letter”

 

b.

Lease Addendum Number Two - “Additional Rent - Operating Expense Pass Throughs”

 

c.

Lease Addendum Number Three - “Option to Renew Lease Term”

 

d.

Exhibit A - Premises

 

e.

Exhibit A-1 - Turnkey Specifications

 

f.

Exhibit A-2 - Right to Lease Space

 

g.

Exhibit A-3 - FF&E

 

h.

Exhibit B - Rules and Regulations

 

i.

Exhibit C - Commencement Agreement

 

j.

Exhibit D - Acceptance of Premises

 



 

OFFICE LEASE

 

THIS OFFICE LEASE (“Lease”), made this 6 th  day of May, 2010 by and between HIGHWOODS REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a North Carolina limited partnership (“Landlord”) and INC RESEARCH, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), provides as follows:

 

1.                                                               BASIC DEFINITIONS AND PROVISIONS. The following basic definitions and provisions apply to this Lease:

 

a.               Premises.

Rentable Square Feet:

60,058

 

 

Suites:

360, 600 and 700

 

 

Building:

Highwoods Tower Two

 

 

Office Park:

Highwoods Office Park

 

 

Street Address:

3201 Beechleaf Court

 

 

City/County:

Raleigh/Wake

 

 

State/Zip Code:

North Carolina/27604

 

 

 

 

b.               Term.

Number of Months:

99 Full Calendar Months

 

 

Commencement Date:

December 1, 2010

 

 

Rent Commencement Date:

December 1, 2010

 

 

Expiration Date:

February 28, 2019

 

c.                Lease Year. The term “Lease Year” shall have the following meaning: the first Lease Year shall commence as of the Commencement Date and shall end on the last day of the 12 th  full month thereafter. If the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, the first Lease Year shall include the partial month that includes the Commencement Date and the 12 full months immediately following the partial month. Each successive Lease Year shall be the 12-month period (or portion thereof if the Expiration Date requires a shorter period) commencing on the day immediately following the last day of the prior Lease Year.

 

d.               Permitted Use. General office use

 

e.                Occupancy Limitation. No more than 4 persons per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises.

 

f.                 Base Rent. The minimum base rent for the Term is $8,941,883.08, payable in monthly installments on the 1 st  day of each month in accordance with the following Base Rent Schedule:

 

MONTHS

 

MONTHLY
RENT

 

PERIOD RENT

 

12/1/2010 — 11/30/2011

 

$

46,920.31

 

$

563,043.75

 

12/1/2011 — 11/30/2012

 

$

48,093.32

 

$

577,119.84

 

12/1/2012 — 1/31/2013

 

$

49,295.66

 

$

98,591.32

 

2/1/2013 — 11/30/2013

 

$

98,591.31

 

$

985,913.10

 

12/1/2013 — 11/30/2014

 

$

101,056.09

 

$

1,212,673.08

 

12/1/2014— 11/30/2015

 

$

103,582.49

 

$

1,242,989.88

 

12/1/2015 — 11/30/2016

 

$

106,172.05

 

$

1,274,064.60

 

12/1/2016 — 11/30/2017

 

$

108,826.36

 

$

1,305,916.32

 

12/1/2017— 11/30/2018

 

$

111,547.01

 

$

1,338,564.12

 

12/1/2018 — 2/28/2019

 

$

114,335.69

 

$

343,007.07

 

CUMULATIVE BASE RENT

 

$

8,941,883.08

 

 



 

g.                Rent Payment Address.

HIGHWOODS REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

P.O. Box 409412

 

 

Atlanta, Georgia 30384

 

 

Tax ID #: 56-1869557

 

 

 

h.               Security Deposit.

N/A

 

 

 

i.                   Business Hours.

8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday and 8:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. Saturdays (excluding National Holidays and provided Tenant must activate after hours HVAC at no cost to Tenant for Saturday Business Hours).

 

 

 

j.                  After Hours HVAC Rate.

$35.00 per hour per half floor and $70.00 per hour per full floor, with a minimum of two hours per occurrence.

 

 

 

k.               Parking.

Unreserved and nonexclusive; not to exceed 4 spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet; provided, however, that 10 spaces out of such ratio shall be reserved for employees and visitors.

 

 

 

l.                   Notice Addresses.

 

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

HIGHWOODS REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

c/o Highwoods Properties, Inc.

3100 Smoketree Court, Suite 600

Raleigh, North Carolina 27604

Attn: Manager, Lease Administration and Legal Department

Facsimile #: 919/876-2448

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

INC RESEARCH, INC.

3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600

Raleigh, North Carolina 27604

Attn: Director of Facilities

Facsimile#: (919) 876-9360

 

 

 

m.           Broker

Jones Lang LaSalle

5420 Wade Park Boulevard, Suite 206

Raleigh, North Carolina 27607

Attn: Mr. Michael Morgan

Facsimile #: (919) 851-3336

 

 

 

n.               Authorized Representative:

Laura Homeyer

 

2.               LEASED PREMISES.

 

a.               Premises. Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises identified in Section 1a and as more particularly shown on Exhibit A, attached hereto.

 

b.               Common Areas. Tenant shall have non-exclusive access to those portions of the Building not set aside for leasing to tenants or reserved for Landlord’s exclusive use, including, but not limited to, entrances, hallways, lobbies, elevators, restrooms, walkways, parking areas and structures, and plazas, if any (“Common Areas”). Landlord has the exclusive right to (i) designate the Common Areas, (ii) change the designation of any Common Area and otherwise modify the Common Areas, and (iii) permit special use of the Common Areas, including temporary exclusive use for special occasions. Tenant shall not interfere with the rights of others to use the Common Areas. All use of the Common Areas shall be subject to any rules and regulations reasonably promulgated by Landlord.

 



 

3.                                                               TERM.

 

a.               Commencement and Expiration Dates. The Lease Term commences on the Commencement Date and expires on the Expiration Date, as set forth in Section 1b. The Commencement Date and Expiration Date shall be adjusted as follows:

 

i.                   If Tenant requests possession of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, and Landlord consents, the Commencement Date shall be the date of possession. All Rent (as hereafter defined) and other obligations under this Lease shall begin on the date of possession, but the Expiration Date shall remain the same; provided, however, that if the Rent Commencement Date set forth in Section 1b is different than the Commencement Date, then the Rent Commencement Date shall be adjusted so as to maintain the same amount of time between the Rent Commencement Date and the earlier Commencement Date, and Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall begin on the adjusted Rent Commencement Date. Notwithstanding any provision in the Lease to the contrary, upon the execution of the Lease by both parties but in no event more than 30 days prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant may enter the Premises for the purpose of installing its furniture, fixtures and equipment (including cabling and wiring) and other related purposes (the “Early Entry Period”). All terms and conditions of the Lease shall apply during the Early Entry Period, except that Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Rent until the Commencement Date set forth in the Lease.

 

ii.                If Landlord, for any reason, cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Commencement Date, then the Commencement Date, Expiration Date, and all other dates that may be affected by their change, shall be revised to conform to the date of Landlord’s delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant. Any such delay shall not relieve Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, and neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents shall be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting from the delay in delivery of possession. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises by December 6, 2010, Rent shall be abated one day for each day of delay in delivery of the Premises beyond December 6, 2010 (excluding any delays resulting from force majeure or caused by Tenant - “Excused Delays”). In the event Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises within 90 days after the original Commencement Date set forth in Section 1b (excluding any delays resulting from Excused Delays), then Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving notice to Landlord within 100 days of the original Commencement Date (excluding Excused Delays). Tenant may not terminate the Lease, however, if it has taken possession of any part of the Premises.

 

iii.             At Landlord’s election, the Commencement Date and Expiration Date may be set forth in a Commencement Agreement similar to Exhibit C , attached hereto, to be prepared by Landlord and promptly executed by the parties.

 

b.               Delivery of Possession. Unless otherwise specified in the Workletter attached as Lease Addendum Number One, “delivery of possession” of the Premises shall mean the earlier of: (i) the date Landlord has the Premises ready for occupancy by Tenant, or (ii) the date Landlord could have had the Premises ready had there been no delays attributable to Tenant.

 

c.                Right to Occupy. Prior to occupancy of the Premises, Tenant’s Authorized Representative shall execute an Acceptance of Premises similar to Exhibit D attached hereto, to be prepared by Landlord and executed by the parties. Tenant shall not occupy the Premises until Tenant has complied with all of the following requirements to the extent applicable under the terms of this Lease: (i) delivery of all certificates of insurance, (ii) payment of any required Security Deposit, (iii) execution and delivery of any required Guaranty of Lease, and (iv) if Tenant is an entity, receipt of resolutions depicting the authority of the party/individual signing on behalf of Tenant and a good standing certificate from the State where it was organized and a certificate of authority to do business in the State in which the Premises are located (if different). Tenant’s failure to comply with these (or any other conditions precedent to occupancy under the terms of this Lease) shall not delay the Commencement Date.

 



 

4.               USE.

 

a.               Permitted Use. The Premises may be used only for general office purposes in connection with Tenant’s Permitted Use as defined in Section 1d and in accordance with the Occupancy Limitation as set forth in Section 1e. Tenant shall not use the Premises:

 

i.                   In violation of any restrictive covenants which apply to the Premises;

 

ii.                In any manner that constitutes a nuisance or trespass or disturb other tenants in the Building or Office Park, as applicable;

 

iii.             In any manner which increases any insurance premiums, or makes such insurance unavailable to Landlord on the Building; provided that, in the event of an increase in Landlord’s insurance premiums which results from Tenant’s use of the Premises, Landlord may elect to permit the use and charge Tenant for the increase in premiums, and Tenant’s failure to pay Landlord the amount of such increase within 10 days after receipt of Landlord’s written demand shall be an event of default;

 

iv.            In any manner that creates commercially unusual demands for electricity, heating or air conditioning; or

 

v.               For any purpose except the Permitted Use, unless consented to by Landlord in writing.

 

b.               Prohibited Equipment in Premises. Tenant shall not use or install any equipment in the Premises that places unusual demands on the electrical, heating or air conditioning systems (“High Demand Equipment”) without Landlord’s prior written consent. No such consent will be given if Landlord determines, in its opinion, that such High Demand Equipment may not be safely used in the Premises or that electrical service is not adequate to support the High Demand Equipment. Landlord’s consent may be conditioned, without limitation, upon separate metering of the High Demand Equipment and Tenant’s payment of all engineering, equipment, installation, maintenance, removal and restoration costs and utility charges associated with the High Demand Equipment and the separate meter, as well as administrative costs as provided below. If High Demand Equipment used in the Premises by Tenant affects the temperature otherwise maintained by the heating and air conditioning system, Landlord shall have the right to install supplemental air conditioning units in the Premises and/or require Tenant to use any existing supplemental units serving the Premises. If supplemental units are required by Landlord pursuant to the foregoing sentence, or if Tenant requests the installation and/or use of any supplemental use of any supplemental units, then the cost of engineering, installation, operation and maintenance of the units shall be paid by Tenant. All costs and expenses relating to High Demand Equipment and Landlord’s administrative costs (such as reading meters and calculating invoices) shall be Additional Rent, payable by Tenant in accordance with Section 7b.

 

5.               RENT.

 

a.               Payment Obligations. Beginning on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Base Rent and Additional Rent (collectively, “Rent”) on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term, as follows:

 

i.                   Rent payments shall be sent to the Rent Payment Address set forth in Section 1g.

 

ii.                Rent shall be paid without previous demand or notice and without set off or deduction. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent under this Lease is completely separate and independent from any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Any payment by Tenant or acceptance by Landlord of a lesser amount than shall be due from Tenant to Landlord shall be treated as a payment on account. The acceptance by Landlord of a check or other draft for a lesser amount with an endorsement or statement thereon, or upon any letter accompanying such check, that such lesser

 



 

amount is payment in full shall be given no effect, and Landlord may accept such check or draft without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which Landlord may have against Tenant.

 

iii.             If the Rent Commencement Date is a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then Rent for such month shall be (i) prorated for the period between the Rent Commencement Date and the last day of the month in which the Rent Commencement Date falls, and (ii) due and payable on the Rent Commencement Date.

 

iv.            If Rent is not received within five days of the due date Landlord shall be entitled to an overdue payment fee in the amount of the greater of $10.00 or five percent (5%) of all Rent due; provided, however, that with respect to the first time during any consecutive 12-month period that Tenant fails to pay Rent when due, no late fee shall be assessed if, within five business days after receipt of notice from Landlord, Tenant submits the entire Rent due.

 

v.               If Landlord presents Tenant’s check to any bank and Tenant has insufficient funds to pay for such check, then Landlord shall be entitled to the maximum lawful bad check fee or two percent (2%) of the amount of such check, whichever amount is less.

 

b.               Base Rent. Tenant shall pay Base Rent as set forth in Section 1f.

 

c.                Additional Rent. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay as rent all sums and charges due and payable by Tenant under this Lease (“Additional Rent”), including, but not limited to, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the increase in Operating Expenses and Taxes as set forth in Lease Addendum Number Two.

 

6.               SECURITY DEPOSIT. Simultaneously with Tenant’s execution and delivery of the Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a Security Deposit in the amount set forth in Section 1h. Landlord shall retain the Security Deposit as security for the performance by Tenant of all of its Lease obligations. The Security Deposit shall not bear interest and may be commingled with other funds. If Tenant at any time fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease, including, without limitation, its Rent or other payment obligations, its restoration obligations, or its insurance and indemnity obligations, then Landlord, may, at its option, apply the Security Deposit (or any portion) to cure Tenant’s default or to pay for damages caused by Tenant’s default. If the Lease has been terminated, then Landlord may apply the Security Deposit (or any portion) against the damages incurred as a consequence of Tenant’s breach. The application of the Security Deposit shall not limit Landlord’s remedies for default under the terms of this Lease. If Landlord depletes the Security Deposit, in whole or in part, prior to the Expiration Date or any termination of this Lease, then Tenant shall restore immediately the amount so used by Landlord. Within 30 days after the expiration or earlier termination date of this Lease, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any unused portion of the Security Deposit after first deducting the amounts, if any, necessary to cure any outstanding default of Tenant, to pay any outstanding damages for Tenant’s breach of the Lease, or to restore the Premises to the condition to which Tenant is required to leave the Premises upon the expiration or termination of the Lease. Landlord shall deliver the unused portion of the Security Deposit to Tenant’s Notice Address set forth in Section 11 above. If Tenant’s Notice Address is the address for the Premises, then Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of a forwarding address to which Landlord should send the Security Deposit. If: (a) Landlord sends the unused portion of the Security Deposit to Tenant’s Notice Address or, if applicable, the forwarding address as directed by Tenant; (b) the Security Deposit is returned to Landlord as “undeliverable” for any reason other than an error by Landlord or the mail courier; and (c) Landlord, after using its best efforts, is unable to locate Tenant within 90 days thereafter, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived any rights Tenant has to the unused portion of the Security Deposit, and Landlord may retain the Security Deposit for its own use. Tenant may not credit any unused portion of the Security Deposit against Rent owed under the Lease.

 


 

7.               SERVICES BY LANDLORD.

 

a.               Base Services. Provided that Tenant is not then in default beyond any applicable cure period, Landlord shall cause to be furnished to the Building, or as applicable, the Premises, in common with other tenants the following services:

 

i.                   Water for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes.

 

ii.                Electricity for the building standard fluorescent lighting and for the operation of general office machines

 

iii.             Building standard fluorescent lighting composed of 2’ x 4’ fixtures; Tenant shall service, replace and maintain at its own expense any incandescent fixtures, table lamps, or lighting other than the Building Standard fluorescent light, and any dimmers or lighting controls other than controls for the building standard fluorescent lighting.

 

iv.            Heating and air conditioning shall generally be between 72 and 76 degrees Fahrenheit and shall otherwise provide a comfortable working environment such is customary for a similarly classed building in the Raleigh, North Carolina area for the use and occupancy of the Premises during Business Hours as set forth in Section 1i.

 

v.               After Business Hours, weekend and holiday heating and air conditioning at the After Hours HVAC rate set forth in Section 1j, with such charges subject to commercially reasonable annual increases as determined by Landlord.

 

vi.            Janitorial services five days a week (excluding National and State holidays) after Business Hours.

 

vii.         A reasonable pro-rata share of the unreserved, nonexclusive parking spaces of the Building, not to exceed the Parking specified in Section 1k, for use by Tenant’s employees and visitors in common with the other tenants and their employees and visitors.

 

b.               Landlord’s Maintenance. Landlord shall make all repairs and replacements to the Building (including Building fixtures and equipment), Common Areas and Building Standard Improvements in the Premises, except for repairs and replacements that Tenant must make under Article 8. Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or maintain Non-Standard Improvements (as defined in this Lease). Landlord’s maintenance shall include the roof, foundation, exterior walls, interior structural walls, all structural components, and all Building systems, such as mechanical, electrical, HVAC, and plumbing. Repairs or replacements shall be made within a reasonable time (depending on the nature of the repair or replacement needed) after receiving notice from Tenant or Landlord having actual knowledge of the need for a repair or replacement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision herein to the contrary, in the event that any supplemental air conditioning units are installed in the Premises pursuant to Section 4.b above by or on behalf of Tenant, at Tenant’s request or by Landlord, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs associated with the installation, operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the supplemental units, including, without limitation, all electrical costs associated with the supplemental units, which shall be separately metered and due and payable by Tenant within 10 days after receipt of Landlord’s invoice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any supplemental units that are two tons or less shall not be separately metered; instead, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on a monthly basis for the costs and expenses associated with electrical service for each of these units (the “HVAC Reimbursement”). The monthly HVAC Reimbursement shall be Additional Rent and shall be due and payable at the same time and in the same manner as monthly Base Rent. The amount of the monthly HVAC Reimbursement for each unit shall be determined according to the following formula:

 



 

(# tons of the supplemental unit) x (1.5 kW/ton) x (500 hours) x (Average Rate/kWh) = monthly HVAC Reimbursement per unit

 

The Average Rate/kWh is a fraction, the numerator of which is the average cost of electricity billed to Landlord by the applicable utility provider during the applicable billing cycle, and the denominator of which is the total kWh consumed at the Building during that same billing cycle. Landlord shall have the right to adjust the monthly HVAC Reimbursement annually based on the Average Rate/kWh for the preceding 12-month period, and Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the adjustment. With respect to determining the Average Rate/kWh for any newly constructed buildings, the Average Rate/kWh for the first 12 months following the completion of the new building shall be the average of the Average Rate/kWh for all of the buildings owned by Landlord or its affiliates in the greater Raleigh, North Carolina area for the billing cycle immediately preceding the completion of the new building; thereafter, the Average Rate/kWh for the new building shall be determined and adjusted as set forth above.

 

c.                No Abatement. There shall be no abatement or reduction of Rent by reason of any of the foregoing services not being continuously provided to Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to shut down the Building systems (including electricity and HVAC systems) for required maintenance and safety inspections upon reasonable notice to Tenant, and in cases of emergency.

 

8.               TENANT’S ACCEPTANCE AND MAINTENANCE OF PREMISES.

 

a.               Acceptance of Premises. Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Lease, Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises is Tenant’s representation to Landlord that (i) Tenant has examined and inspected the Premises, (ii) finds the Premises to be as represented by Landlord and satisfactory for Tenant’s intended use, and (iii) constitutes Tenant’s acceptance of the Premises “as is”. Landlord makes no representation or warranty as to the condition of the Premises except as specifically set forth elsewhere in this Lease.

 

b.               Move-In Obligations. Tenant shall schedule its move-in with the Landlord’s Property Manager. Unless otherwise approved by Landlord’s Property Manager, move-in shall not take place during Business Hours. Prior to the move-in, Tenant must provide the name, address and contact information for Tenant’s moving company, and the moving company must comply with Landlord’s requirements, including insurance. During Tenant’s move-in, a representative of Tenant must be on-site with Tenant’s moving company to insure proper treatment of the Building and the Premises. Elevators, entrances, hallways and other Common Areas must remain in use for the general public during business hours. Any specialized use of elevators or other Common Areas must be coordinated with Landlord’s Property Manager. Tenant must properly dispose of all packing material and refuse in accordance with the Rules and Regulations. Any damage or destruction to the Building or the Premises caused by Tenant or its moving company, employees, agents or contractors during Tenant’s move-in will be the sole responsibility of Tenant.

 

c.                Tenant’s Maintenance. Tenant shall: (i) keep the Premises and fixtures in good order; (ii) repair and replace Non-Standard Improvements installed by or at Tenant’s request that serve the Premises to the extent not provided otherwise in this Lease (unless the Lease is ended because of casualty loss or condemnation); and (iii) not commit waste. “Non-Standard Improvements” means such items as (i) High Demand Equipment and separate meters, (ii) all wiring and cabling from the point of origin to the termination point, (iii) raised floors for computer or communications systems, (iv) telephone equipment, security systems, and UPS systems, (iv) equipment racks, (v) alterations installed by or at the request of Tenant after the Commencement Date, (vi) equipment installed in a kitchen, kitchenette or break room within the Premises, including any ice machine, refrigerator, dishwasher, garbage disposal, coffee machine and microwave, sink and related faucets, water filter and water purification system, (vii) kitchen drain lines to the extent improvements are caused by the

 



 

action or inaction of the Tenant; and (ix) any other improvements that are not part of the Building Standard Improvements, including, but not limited to, special equipment, decorative treatments, lights and fixtures and executive restrooms.

 

d.               Alterations to Premises. Except as provided herein, Tenant shall make no structural or interior alterations to the Premises without the prior written approval of Landlord. If Tenant requests alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a complete set of construction drawings. If the requested alterations are approved by Landlord, then Landlord shall determine the actual cost of the work to be done [to include a construction supervision fee of ten percent (10%) except for Permitted Alterations for which there shall be no construction supervision fee]. Tenant may then either agree to pay Landlord to have the work done or withdraw its request for alterations. The construction supervision fee for the initial tenant improvements shall be as provided in the attached Work Letter, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall have the right to make interior, non-structural alterations to the Premises of up to $50,000.00 per occurrence without the prior written approval of Landlord (“Permitted Alterations”), provided the Permitted Alterations (i) do not require a building permit; (ii) do not create an unreasonable burden on the load bearing capability of the floor or otherwise affect any structural elements of the Building and/or Premises; (iii) do not modify, connect to, or interfere with any Building systems (such as the HVAC, plumbing or electrical systems); and (iv) are not visible from outside of the Premises. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing prior to making any such Permitted Alterations. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if Tenant desires to use its own contractors and/or subcontractors to perform any Permitted Alterations, the contractors and/or subcontractors must be licensed in the State of North Carolina and must be approved in writing by Landlord prior to the commencement of the Permitted Alterations. Landlord hereby agrees not to unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors. Any Permitted Alterations performed by Tenant must be completed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all applicable laws, codes and regulations. Landlord shall have the right to inspect Tenant’s work periodically in connection with any Permitted Alterations to the extent reasonably necessary to ensure Tenant’s compliance with this provision.

 

e.                Restoration of Premises. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall (i) deliver each and every part of the Premises in good repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by insured casualty excepted, and (ii) restore the Premises at Tenant’s sole expense to the same condition as existed at the Commencement Date, ordinary wear and tear and damage by insured casualty excepted. If Tenant has required or installed Non-Standard Improvements, such improvements shall be removed as part of Tenant’s restoration obligation. Landlord, however, may grant Tenant the right to leave any Non-Standard Improvements in the Premises if at the time of such Non-Standard Improvements were installed, Landlord agreed in writing that Tenant could leave such improvements. Tenant shall repair any damage caused by the removal of any Non-Standard Improvements.

 

f.                 Landlord’s Performance of Tenant’s Obligations. If Tenant does not perform its maintenance or restoration obligations in a timely manner, commencing the same within ten (10) days after receipt of notice from Landlord specifying the work needed, and thereafter diligently and continuously pursuing the work until completion, then Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform such work on Tenant’s behalf. Any reasonable and necessary substantiated amounts expended by Landlord on such maintenance or restoration shall be Additional Rent to be paid by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after demand.

 

g.                Construction Liens. Tenant shall keep Landlord’s property, including, without limitation, the Premises, Building, Common Areas and real estate upon which the Building and Common Areas are situated (collectively “Landlord’s Property”), free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant. Should any lien or claim of lien

 



 

be filed against Landlord’s Property by reason of any act or omission of Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors or representatives, then Tenant shall cause the same to be canceled and discharged of record by bond or otherwise within ten (10) business days after the filing thereof. Should Tenant fail to discharge the lien within ten (10) business days, then Landlord may discharge the lien. The amount paid by Landlord to discharge the lien (whether directly or by bond), plus all administrative and legal costs incurred by Landlord, shall be Additional Rent payable by Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s substantiated written demand. The remedies provided herein shall be in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or otherwise.

 

9.               PROPERTY OF TENANT. Tenant shall pay when due all taxes levied or assessed upon Tenant’s equipment, fixtures, furniture, leasehold improvements and personal property located in the Premises. Provided Tenant is not in default, Tenant may remove all fixtures and equipment which it has placed in the Premises; provided, however, Tenant must repair all damages caused by such removal. If Tenant does not remove its property from the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination (for whatever cause) of this Lease, such property shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant, and Landlord may dispose of the same in whatever manner Landlord may elect without any liability to Tenant.

 

10.        SIGNS. Except as provided herein, Tenant may not erect, install or display any sign or advertising material upon the exterior of the Building or Premises (including any exterior doors, walls or windows) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Door and directory signage shall be provided and installed by the Landlord in accordance with building standards at Tenant’s expense, unless otherwise provided in the Work Letter attached as Lease Addendum Number One.

 

11.        ACCESS TO PREMISES.

 

a.               Tenant’s Access. Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees, and guests, shall have access to the Premises and reasonable ingress and egress to the Common Areas of the Building twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week; provided, however, Landlord by reasonable regulation may control such access for the comfort, convenience, safety and protection of all tenants in the Building, or as needed for making repairs and alterations. Tenant shall be responsible for providing access to the Premises to its agents, employees, invitees and guests after Business Hours and on weekends and holidays, but in no event shall Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises during non-Business Hours compromise the security of the Building.

 

b.               Landlord’s Access. Subject to its confidentiality obligations, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time without notice in the event of an emergency. Additionally, Landlord shall have the right, at all reasonable times and upon reasonable oral notice, either itself or through its authorized agents, to enter the Premises (i) to make repairs, alterations or changes that Landlord is permitted or required to make pursuant to the terms of this Lease, (ii) to inspect the Premises, mechanical systems and electrical devices, and (iii) to show the Premises to prospective mortgagees and purchasers. Within one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the Expiration Date, Landlord shall have the right, either itself or through its authorized agents, to enter the Premises at all reasonable times to show prospective tenants. Except in cases of emergency, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interruption to Tenant’s business operations during any entry by Landlord into the Premises.

 

12.        COMPLIANCE. Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations affecting the Premises, whether now existing or hereafter enacted. Landlord shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations affecting the Building and Common Areas. Each party shall specifically comply with all applicable privacy laws, including but not limited to, the North Carolina Identity Theft Protection Act. Tenant shall comply with the Rules and Regulations attached as Exhibit B.

 



 

Such Rules and Regulations may be modified from time to time by Landlord, effective as of the date delivered to Tenant or posted on the Premises, provided such rules are commercially reasonable in scope and uniformly applicable to all tenants in the Building. Any conflict between this Lease and the Rules and Regulations shall be governed by the terms of this Lease and any mutually agreed amendments.

 

13.        INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS.

 

a.               Tenant’s Liability Insurance. Throughout the Term, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall keep or cause to be kept for the mutual benefit of Landlord, Landlord’s Property Manager, and Tenant, Commercial General Liability Insurance (1986 ISO Form or its equivalent) with a combined single limit, each Occurrence and General Aggregate-per location, of at least $2,000,000.00, which policy shall insure against liability of Tenant, arising out of and in connection with Tenant’s use of the Premises, and which shall insure the indemnity provisions contained in this Lease. Landlord and its managing agent shall be named as an Additional Insured on any and all liability insurance policies required under this Lease.

 

b.               Tenant’s Property Insurance. Tenant, at its own cost and expense, shall also carry the equivalent of ISO Special Form Property Insurance on Tenant’s Property for full replacement value and with coinsurance waived. For purposes of this provision, “Tenant’s Property” shall mean Tenant’s personal property and fixtures, and any improvements to the Premises that were paid for by Tenant (and were not provided to the Premises pursuant to a tenant improvement allowance provided to Tenant by Landlord or at Landlord’s cost).

 

c.                Certificates of Insurance. Prior to taking possession of the Premises, and annually thereafter, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates or other evidence of insurance satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant fails to provide Landlord with certificates or other evidence of insurance coverage, Landlord may obtain the required coverage on Tenant’s behalf, in which event the cost of such coverage shall be Additional Rent due and payable by Tenant within 10 days after receipt of Landlord’s written demand.

 

d.               Insurance Policy Requirements. Tenant’s insurance policies required by this Lease shall: (i) be issued by insurance companies licensed to do business in the state in which the Premises are located with a general policyholder’s ratings of at least A- and a financial rating of at least VI in the most current Best’s Insurance Reports available on the Commencement Date, or if the Best’s ratings are changed or discontinued, the parties shall agree to a comparable method of rating insurance companies; (ii) endorsed to be primary to all insurance available to Landlord, with Landlord’s being excess, secondary or noncontributory; (iii) contain only standard and/or usual exclusions or restrictions; (iv) have a deductible or self-insured retention of no more than $50,000.00 unless approved in writing by Landlord; and (v) provide that the policies cannot be canceled, non-renewed, or coverage reduced except after at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice to Landlord. All deductibles and/or retentions shall be paid by, assumed by, for the account of, and at Tenant’s sole risk. Tenant may provide the insurance required by virtue of the terms of this Lease by means of a policy or policies of blanket insurance so long as: (a) the amount of the total insurance allocated to the Premises under the terms of the blanket policy or policies furnishes protection equivalent to that of separate policies in the amounts required by the terms of this Lease; and (b) the blanket policy or policies comply in all other respects with the requirements of this Lease.

 

e.                Right to Increase Requirements. Landlord shall have the right, upon prior notice to Tenant but no more than once every three years during the Term, to require Tenant to increase the limit and coverage amount of any insurance Tenant is required to maintain under this Lease to an amount that Landlord or its mortgagee, in the reasonable judgment of either, may deem sufficient, provided that the increased limits are reasonable and consistent with those required by other owners of similar office buildings in the same geographic region.

 

f.                 Landlord’s Property Insurance. Landlord shall keep the Building, including the improvements (but excluding Tenant’s Property), insured against damage and destruction by perils insured by the

 



 

equivalent of ISO Special Form Property Insurance for full replacement value. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant certificates or other evidence of insurance as required hereunder.

 

g.                Mutual Waiver of Subrogation. Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord hereby releases and waives unto Tenant (including all partners, stockholders, officers, directors, employees and agents thereof), its successors and assigns, and Tenant hereby releases and waives unto Landlord (including all partners, stockholders, officers, directors, employees and agents thereof), its successors and assigns, all rights to claim damages for any injury, loss, cost or damage to persons or to the Premises or any other casualty, as long as the amount of such injury, loss, cost or damage has been paid either to Landlord, Tenant, or any other person, firm or corporation, under the terms of any Property, General Liability, or other policy of insurance, to the extent such releases or waivers are permitted under applicable law. As respects all policies of insurance carried or maintained pursuant to this Lease and to the extent permitted under such policies, Tenant and Landlord each waive the insurance carriers’ rights of subrogation. For purposes of this provision, insurance proceeds paid to either party shall be deemed to include any deductible or self-insurance retention amount for which that party is responsible. A party’s failure to obtain or maintain any insurance coverage required to be carried pursuant to the terms of this Lease shall not negate the waivers and releases set forth herein as long as the insurance that the party failed to obtain or maintain would have covered the loss or damage for which the party is waiving its claims Nothing in this provision shall be deemed a waiver or release by Landlord of its right to claim, demand and collect insurance proceeds directly from Tenant’s insurer pursuant to Landlord’s status as an additional insured under any insurance policy Tenant is required to carry pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

14.        INDEMNITY. Subject to the insurance requirements, releases and mutual waivers of subrogation set forth in this Lease, and except to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees at all tribunal levels) arising out of or relate to (i) activity, work, or other thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises or the Building, (ii) breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, or (iii) an act or neglect of Tenant, or any officer, agent, employee, contractor, servant, invitee or guest of Tenant. Subject to the insurance requirements, releases and mutual waivers of subrogation set forth in this Lease, and except to the extent caused by Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees at all tribunal levels) arising out of or related to (a) any activity, work, or other thing done, permitted or suffered by Landlord in or about the Common Areas or the Building, (b) any breach or default by Landlord in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, or (c) any act or neglect of Landlord, or any officer, agent, employee, contractor or servant of Landlord.

 

15.        QUIET ENJOYMENT. Tenant shall have quiet enjoyment and possession of the Premises, provided Tenant promptly and fully complies with all of its obligations under this Lease. No action of Landlord working in other space in the Building, or in repairing or restoring the Premises in accordance with its obligations hereunder, shall be deemed a breach of this covenant.

 

16.        SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT; NON-DISTURBANCE; AND ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.

 

a.               Subordination and Attornment. Tenant agrees to execute within ten (10) business days after request to do so from Landlord or its mortgagee (to include a grantee of a security deed) an agreement:

 

i.                   Making this Lease superior or subordinate to the interests of the mortgagee;

 

ii.                Agreeing to attorn to the mortgagee;

 



 

iii.             Giving the mortgagee notice of, and a reasonable opportunity (which shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after notice thereof is delivered to mortgagee) to cure any Landlord default and agreeing to accept such cure if effected by the mortgagee;

 

iv.            Permitting the mortgagee (or other purchaser at any foreclosure sale), and its successors and assigns, on acquiring Landlord’s interest in the Premises and the Lease, to become substitute Landlord hereunder, with liability only for such landlord obligations as accrue after Landlord’s interest is so acquired;

 

v.               Agreeing to attorn to any successor landlord; and

 

vi.            Containing such other agreements and covenants on Tenant’s part as Landlord’s mortgagee may reasonably request.

 

b.               Non-Disturbance. Tenant’s obligation to subordinate its interests or attorn to any mortgagee is conditioned upon the mortgagee’s agreement not to disturb Tenant’s possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises under this Lease so long as Tenant is in compliance with the terms of the Lease. In the event Landlord encumbers the Building during the Term, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a mutually agreeable non-disturbance agreement from such mortgagee in favor of Tenant.

 

c.                Estoppel Certificates. Tenant agrees to execute within ten (10) business days after request, and as often as reasonably requested, estoppel certificates confirming any factual matter requested by Landlord which is true and is within Tenant’s knowledge regarding this Lease, and the Premises, including but not limited to: (i) the date of occupancy, (ii) Expiration Date, (iii) the amount of Rent due and date to which Rent is paid, (iii) whether Tenant has any defense or offsets to the enforcement of this Lease or the Rent payable, (iv) any default or breach by Landlord, and (v) whether this Lease, together with any modifications or amendments, is in full force and effect.

 

17.        ASSIGNMENT — SUBLEASE.

 

a.               Landlord Consent. Except as provided in subsection (b) below, Tenant may not assign or encumber this Lease or its interest in the Premises arising under this Lease, and may not sublet all or any part of the Premises without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be withheld, delayed or conditioned unreasonably. One consent shall not be the basis for any further consent.

 

b.               Permitted Assignments/Subleases. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublease part or all of the Premises without Landlord’s consent to: (i) any corporation, limited liability company, or partnership that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Tenant at the Commencement Date; or (ii) any corporation, equity partnerships or groups, or limited liability company resulting from the merger or consolidation with Tenant or to any entity that acquires all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets as a going concern of the business that is being conducted on the Premises; provided however, the assignor remains liable under the Lease and the assignee or sublessee is a bona fide entity and assumes the obligations of Tenant, is as creditworthy as the Tenant, and continues the same Permitted Use as provided under Article 4.

 

c.                Notice to Landlord. Landlord must be given prior written notice of every assignment or subletting, and failure to do so shall be a default hereunder.

 

d.               Prohibited Assignments/Subleases. In no event shall this Lease be assignable by operation of any law, and Tenant’s rights hereunder may not become, and shall not be listed by Tenant as an asset under any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization proceedings. Acceptance of Rent by Landlord after any non-permitted assignment or sublease shall not constitute approval thereof by Landlord.

 

e.                Limitation on Rights of Assignee/Sublessee. Any assignment for which Landlord’s consent is required shall not include the right to exercise any options to renew the Term, expand the Premises or similar options, unless specifically provided for in the consent.

 



 

f.                 Tenant Not Released. No assignment or sublease shall release Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease.

 

g.                Landlord’s Right to Collect Sublease Rents upon Tenant Default. If the Premises (or any portion) is sublet and Tenant defaults under its obligations to Landlord, then Landlord is authorized, at its option, to collect all sublease rents directly from the sublessee. Tenant hereby assigns the right to collect the sublease rents to Landlord in the event of Tenant default. The collection of sublease rents by Landlord shall not relieve Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, nor shall it create a contractual relationship between sublessee and Landlord or give sublessee any greater estate or right to the Premises than contained in its sublease.

 

h.               Excess Rents. If Tenant assigns this Lease or subleases all or part of the Premises at a rental rate that exceeds the rentals paid to Landlord, then fifty percent (50%) of any such excess shall be paid over to Landlord by Tenant, net of Tenant’s actual costs and fees incurred in connection with such subleasing or assignment, including without limitation leasing commissions, construction costs or allowances.

 

i.                   Landlord’s Fees. Tenant shall pay Landlord an administration fee of $500.00 per assignment or sublease transaction for which Landlord’s consent is required.

 

18.        DAMAGES TO PREMISES.

 

a.               Landlord’s Restoration Obligations. If the Building or Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty (“Casualty”), then, unless the Lease is terminated as provided in this Article 18, Landlord shall repair and restore the Premises to substantially the same condition of the Premises immediately prior to such Casualty, subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

i.                   The casualty must be insured under Landlord’s insurance policies, and Landlord’s obligation is limited to the extent of the insurance proceeds received by Landlord. Landlord’s duty to repair and restore the Premises shall not begin until receipt of the insurance proceeds.

 

ii.                Landlord’s lender(s) must permit the insurance proceeds to be used for such repair and restoration.

 

iii.             Landlord shall have no obligation to repair and restore Tenant’s trade fixtures, decorations, signs, contents, or any Non-Standard Improvements to the Premises.

 

b.               Tenant’s Restoration Obligations. Unless the Lease is terminated as provided in this Article 18, Tenant shall promptly repair, restore, or replace Tenant’s Property. All repair, restoration or replacement of Tenant’s Property shall be at least to the same condition as existed prior to the Casualty.

 

c.                Termination of Lease by Landlord. Landlord shall have the option of terminating the Lease following the Casualty if: (i) the Premises is rendered wholly untenantable; (ii) the Premises is damaged in whole or in part as a result of a risk which is not covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; (iii) Landlord’s lender does not permit a sufficient amount of the insurance proceeds to be used for restoration purposes; (iv) the Premises is damaged in whole or in part during the last two years of the Term; or (v) the Building containing the Premises is damaged (whether or not the Premises is damaged) to an extent of fifty percent (50%) or more of the fair market value thereof. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, then it shall use its best efforts to give notice of the cancellation to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of the Casualty but in no event more than forty-five (45) days after the date of the Casualty. Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice of termination.

 

d.               Termination of Lease by Tenant. Tenant shall have the option of terminating the Lease if: (i) Landlord has failed to substantially restore the damaged Building or Premises within one hundred eighty (180) days of the Casualty (“Restoration Period”); (ii) the Restoration Period has not been delayed by Tenant delays or force majeure; and (iii) Tenant gives Landlord notice of the termination within 15

 



 

days after the end of the Restoration Period (as extended by any Tenant delay or force majeure delays). If Landlord is delayed by Tenant delay or force majeure, then Landlord must provide Tenant with notice of the delays within ten (10) days of the force majeure event stating the reason for the delays and a good faith estimate of the length of the delays.

 

e.                Rent Abatement. If Premises is rendered wholly untenantable by the Casualty, then the Rent payable by Tenant shall be fully abated. If the Premises is only partially damaged, then Tenant shall continue the operation of Tenant’s business in any part not damaged to the extent reasonably practicable from the standpoint of prudent business management, and Rent and other charges shall be abated proportionately to the portion of the Premises rendered untenantable. The abatement shall be from the date of the Casualty until the Premises have been substantially repaired and restored, or until Tenant’s business operations are restored in the entire Premises, whichever shall first occur. The abatement of the Rent set forth above and the right to terminate the Lease set forth in Section 18d, are Tenant’s exclusive remedies against Landlord in the event of a Casualty.

 

19.        EMINENT DOMAIN. If all of the Premises are taken under the power of eminent domain (or by conveyance in lieu thereof), then this Lease shall terminate as of the date possession is taken by the condemnor, and Rent shall be adjusted between Landlord and Tenant as of such date. If only a portion of the Premises is taken and Tenant can continue use of the remainder, then this Lease will not terminate, but Rent shall abate in a just and proportionate amount to the loss of use occasioned by the taking.

 

Landlord shall be entitled to receive and retain the entire condemnation award for the taking of the Building and Premises. Provided that Landlord reasonably and fairly gives Tenant notice of the condemnation action, Tenant shall have no right or claim against Landlord for any part of any award received by Landlord for the taking. Tenant, however, shall not be prevented from making a claim against the condemning party (but not against Landlord) for any moving expenses, loss of profits, or taking of Tenant’s personal property to which Tenant may be entitled.

 

20.        ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE.

 

a.               Tenant’s Responsibility. Tenant shall not (either with or without negligence) cause or permit the escape, disposal or release of any biologically active or other hazardous substances or materials on the Property. For the purposes of this Article 20, the term “Property” shall include the Premises, Building, all Common Areas, the real estate upon which the Building and Common Areas are located; all personal property (including that owned by Tenant); and the soil, ground water, and surface water of the real estate upon which the Building is located. Tenant shall not allow the storage or use of such substances or materials in any manner not sanctioned by law or in compliance with the highest standards prevailing in the industry for the storage and use of such substances or materials, nor allow to be brought onto the Property any such materials or substances except to use in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business, and then only after notice is given to Landlord of the identity of such substances or materials. No such notice shall be required, however, for commercially reasonable amounts of ordinary office supplies and janitorial supplies.

 

b.               Liability of the Parties. Landlord represents and warrants that, to Landlord’s knowledge, there are no hazardous materials on the Property as of the Commencement Date in violation of any laws regulating the same (“Environmental Laws”). Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any liability resulting from Landlord’s violation of this representation and warranty, unless the hazardous materials are reasonably proven to be present on the Property due to the act or omission of Tenant or its agents, employees, or officers, in which event Tenant shall be obligated to indemnify Landlord as hereafter provided. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any penalty, fine, claim, demand, liability, cost, or charge whatsoever which Landlord shall incur, or which Landlord would otherwise incur, by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with this Article 20 including, but not limited to: (i) the cost

 



 

of full remediation of any contamination to bring the Property into the same condition as prior to the Commencement Date and into full compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) the reasonable cost of all appropriate tests and examinations of the Premises to confirm that the Premises and any other contaminated areas have been remediated and brought into compliance with law; and (iii) the reasonable fees and expenses of Landlord’s attorneys, engineers, and consultants incurred by Landlord in enforcing and confirming compliance with this Article 20. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s obligations under this Article 20 shall not apply to any condition or matter constituting a violation of any law that was not caused, in whole or in part, by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, officers, partners, contractors, servants or invitees. The covenants contained in this Article 20 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease, and shall continue for so long as either party and its successors and assigns may be subject to any expense, liability, charge, penalty, or obligation against which the other party has agreed to indemnify it under this Article 20.

 

c.                Inspections by Landlord. Subject to its obligations of confidentiality, Landlord and its engineers, technicians, and consultants, from time to time as Landlord deems appropriate, may conduct periodic examinations of the Premises to confirm and monitor Tenant’s compliance with this Article 20. Such examinations shall be conducted in such a manner as to minimize the interference with Tenant’s Permitted Use; however, in all cases, the examinations shall be of such nature and scope as shall be reasonably required by then existing technology to confirm Tenant’s compliance with this Article 20. Tenant shall fully cooperate with Landlord and its representatives in the conduct of such examinations. The cost of such examinations shall be paid by Landlord unless an examination shall reasonably disclose a material failure of Tenant to comply with this Article 20, in which case, the reasonable cost of such examination shall be paid for by Tenant within forty-five (45) days after receipt of Landlord’s written demand.

 

21.        DEFAULT.

 

a.               Tenant’s Default. Tenant shall be in default under this Lease if Tenant:

 

i.                   Fails to pay any Base Rent, Additional Rent, or any other sum of money that Tenant is obligated to pay, as provided in this Lease, within five (5) days after the due date; provided, however, that with respect to the first two times during any consecutive 12-month period that Tenant fails to pay Rent when due (each a “Late Payment”), the Late Payment shall not be considered an event of default if, within five (5) business days after receipt of notice from Landlord, Tenant submits the entire Rent due, including any applicable late charge. If directed by Landlord, Tenant must pay the entire amount of the Late Payment with certified funds Landlord shall forgive Tenant only two Late Payments per any consecutive 12-month period, and any additional Late Payments during that period shall constitute an event of default;

 

ii.                Breaches any other agreement, covenant or obligation in this Lease and such breach is not remedied within thirty (30) days after Landlord gives Tenant notice in accordance with Article 24 below specifying the breach, or if such breach cannot, with due diligence, be cured within thirty (30) days, if Tenant does not commence curing within thirty (30) days and with reasonable diligence completely cure the breach within a reasonable period of time after the notice;

 

iii.             Files any petition or action for relief under any creditor’s law (including bankruptcy, reorganization, or similar action), either in state or federal court, or has such a petition or action filed against it which is not stayed or vacated within sixty (60) days after filing; or

 

iv.            Makes any transfer in fraud of creditors as defined in Section 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 548, as amended or replaced), has a receiver appointed for its assets (and the appointment is not stayed or vacated within thirty (30) days), or makes an assignment for benefit of creditors.

 


 

b.               Landlord’s Remedies. In the event of a Tenant default, Landlord, at its option, may do one or more of the following:

 

i.                   Terminate this Lease and recover all actual and direct damages caused by Tenant’s breach;

 

ii.                Repossess the Premises, with or without terminating the Lease, and relet the Premises at such amount as Landlord deems reasonable;

 

iii.             Declare the entire remaining Base Rent and Additional Rent immediately due and payable, such amount to be discounted to its present value at a discount rate equal to the U.S. Treasury Bill or Note rate with the closest maturity to the remaining term of the Lease as selected by Landlord; provided, however, after receiving payment of the accelerated Rent from Tenant, Landlord shall be obligated to turn over to Tenant any proceeds actually received by Landlord for reletting the Premises during the remainder of the Term (less any Reletting Costs, as defined below), up to the amount of accelerated Rent received from Tenant pursuant to this provision.

 

iv.            Bring action for recovery of all amounts due from Tenant; or

 

v.               Pursue any other remedy available in law or equity.

 

c.                Landlord’s Expenses. If the Lease or Tenant’s right of possession to the Premises is terminated due to Tenant’s default, then all reasonable expenses of Landlord in repairing, restoring, or altering the Premises for reletting as general office space, together with leasing fees and all other expenses in seeking and obtaining a new Tenant (collectively “Reletting Costs”), shall be charged to and be a liability of Tenant.

 

d.               Remedies Cumulative. All rights and remedies of Landlord are cumulative, and the exercise of any one shall not exclude Landlord at any other time from exercising a different or inconsistent remedy. No exercise by Landlord of any right or remedy granted herein shall constitute or effect a termination of this Lease unless Landlord shall so elect by notice delivered to Tenant. The failure of Landlord to exercise its rights in connection with this Lease or any breach or violation of any term, or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition or any subsequent breach of the same or any other covenant or condition herein contained.

 

e.                No Accord and Satisfaction. No acceptance by Landlord of a lesser sum than the Rent, Additional Rent and other sums then due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest installment of such payments due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment be deemed as accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

 

f.                 No Reinstatement. No payment of money by Tenant to Landlord after the expiration or termination of this Lease shall reinstate or extend the Term, or make ineffective any notice of termination given to Tenant prior to the payment of such money. After the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment granting Landlord possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any sums due under this Lease, and the payment thereof shall not make ineffective any notice or in any manner affect any pending suit or any judgment previously obtained.

 

g.                Landlord’s Default. Landlord shall be in default under this Lease if Landlord breaches any agreement, covenant or obligation in this Lease and does not remedy the breach within fifteen (15) days after Tenant gives Landlord written notice in accordance with Article 24 below specifying the breach, or if the breach cannot, with due diligence, be cured within fifteen (15) days, Landlord does not commence curing within fifteen (15) days and with reasonable diligence completely cure the breach within a reasonable period of time after the notice. In the event Landlord fails to cure its breach within the time periods set forth herein, Tenant shall be entitled to pursue any and all remedies available to it at law or in

 



 

equity; provided, however, that except as expressly provided elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant shall have no right of self-help to perform repairs or any other obligation of Landlord, and shall have no right to withhold, set-off or abate Rent.

 

22.        MULTIPLE DEFAULTS.

 

a.               Loss of Option Rights. Tenant acknowledges that any rights or options of first refusal, or to extend the Term, to expand the size of the Premises, to purchase the Premises or the Building, or other similar rights or options which have been granted to Tenant under this Lease are conditioned upon the prompt and diligent performance of the terms of this Lease by Tenant. Accordingly, should Tenant default under this Lease on two or more occasions during any twelve (12)-month period, in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord, all such rights and options shall automatically, and without further action on the part of any party, expire and be of no further force and effect.

 

b.               Increased Security Deposit. Intentionally Deleted.

 

23.        BANKRUPTCY.

 

a.               Trustee’s Rights. Landlord and Tenant understand that, notwithstanding contrary terms in this Lease, a trustee or debtor in possession under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, (the “Code”) may have certain rights to assume or assign this Lease. This Lease shall not be construed to give the trustee or debtor in possession any rights greater than the minimum rights granted under the Code.

 

b.               Adequate Assurance. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, pursuant to the Code, Landlord is entitled to adequate assurances of future performance of the provisions of this Lease. The parties agree that the term “adequate assurance” shall include at least the following:

 

i.                   In order to assure Landlord that any proposed assignee will have the resources with which to pay all Rent payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, any proposed assignee must have, as demonstrated to Landlord’s satisfaction, a net worth (as defined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied) of not less than the net worth of Tenant on the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined), increased by seven percent (7%), compounded annually, for each year from the Effective Date through the date of the proposed assignment. It is understood and agreed that the financial condition and resources of Tenant were a material inducement to Landlord in entering into this Lease.

 

ii.                Any proposed assignee must have been engaged in the conduct of business for the five( years prior to any such proposed assignment, which business does not violate the Use provisions under Article 4 above, and such proposed assignee shall continue to engage in the Permitted Use under Article 4. It is understood that Landlord’s asset will be substantially impaired if the trustee in bankruptcy or any assignee of this Lease makes any use of the Premises other than the Permitted Use.

 

c.                Assumption of Lease Obligations. Any proposed assignee of this Lease must assume and agree to be bound by the provisions of this Lease.

 

24.        NOTICES.

 

a.               Addresses. All notices, demands and requests by Landlord or Tenant shall be sent to the Notice Addresses set forth in Section 1m, or to such other address as a party may specify by duly given notice. The parties shall notify the other of any change in address, which notification must, unless otherwise agreed herein, be at least fifteen (15) days in advance of it being effective.

 

b.               Form; Delivery; Receipt. ALL NOTICES, DEMANDS AND REQUESTS WHICH MAY BE GIVEN OR WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE GIVEN BY EITHER PARTY TO THE OTHER MUST BE IN WRITING UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. Notices, demands or requests shall be deemed to have been properly given for all purposes only if (i) delivered against a written receipt of

 



 

delivery, (ii) mailed by express, registered or certified mail of the United States Postal Service, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iii) delivered to a nationally recognized overnight courier service for next business day delivery to the receiving party’s address as set forth above or (iv) delivered via telecopier, portable document format, or facsimile transmission to the facsimile number listed above, with an original counterpart of such communication sent concurrently as specified in subsection (ii) or (iii) above and with written confirmation of receipt of transmission provided. Each such notice, demand or request shall be deemed to have been received upon the earlier of the actual receipt or refusal by the addressee or three business days after deposit thereof at any main or branch United States post office if sent in accordance with subsection (ii) above, and the next business day after deposit thereof with the courier if sent pursuant to subsection (iii) above. Notices may be given on behalf of any party by such party’s legal counsel.

 

25.        HOLDING OVER. If Tenant holds over after the Expiration Date or other termination of this Lease, such holding over shall not be a renewal of this Lease but shall create a tenancy-at-sufferance. Tenant shall continue to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that during such tenancy-at-sufferance, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (i) Base Rent at the rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of that provided for as of the expiration or termination date, and (ii) any and all forms of Additional Rent payable under this Lease. The increased Rent during such holding over is intended to compensate Landlord partially for losses, damages and expenses, including frustrating and delaying Landlord’s ability to secure a replacement tenant.

 

26.        RIGHT TO RELOCATE.

 

a.               Substitute Premises. Intentionally Deleted.

 

b.               Upfit of Substitute Premises. Intentionally Deleted.

 

c.                Relocation Costs. Intentionally Deleted.

 

d.               Lease Terms. Intentionally Deleted.

 

27.        BROKER’S COMMISSIONS. Each party represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any real estate broker, finder or other person with respect to this Lease in any manner, except the Broker identified in Section 1n. Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from any and all damages resulting from claims that may be asserted against the other party by any other broker, finder or other person (including, without limitation, any substitute or replacement broker claiming to have been engaged by indemnifying party in the future), claiming to have dealt with the indemnifying party in connection with this Lease or any amendment or extension hereto, or which may result in Tenant leasing other or enlarged space from Landlord. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Lease.

 

28.        ANTI-TERRORISM LAWS. During the term, neither Tenant nor its respective constituents or affiliates shall (i) be an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States of America (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), as amended, (ii) violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, (iii) violate any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto or (iv) violate the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”). Tenant shall, promptly following a request from Landlord, provide all documentation and other information that the Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

 



 

29.        GENERAL PROVISIONS/DEFINITIONS.

 

a.               No Agency. Tenant is not and shall never represent itself to be an agent of Landlord, and Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s title to the Building is paramount, and that Tenant can do nothing to affect or impair Landlord’s title.

 

b.               Force Majeure. The term “force majeure” means: fire, flood, extreme weather, labor disputes, strike, lock-out, riot, government interference (including regulation, appropriation or rationing), unusual delay in governmental permitting, unusual delay in deliveries or unavailability of materials, unavoidable casualties, Act of God, or other causes beyond the party’s reasonable control.

 

c.                Building Standard Improvements. The term “Building Standard Improvements” shall mean the standards for normal construction of general office space within the Building as specified by Landlord, including design and construction standards, electrical load factors, materials, fixtures and finishes.

 

d.               Limitation on Damages. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Lease, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable to the other for any special, consequential, incidental or punitive damages.

 

e.                Satisfaction of Judgments Against Landlord. If Landlord, or its employees, officers, directors, stockholders or partners are ordered to pay Tenant a money judgment because of Landlord’s default under this Lease, said money judgment may only be enforced against and satisfied out of: (i) Landlord’s interest in the Building in which the Premises are located including the rental income and proceeds from sale; and (ii) any insurance or condemnation proceeds received because of damage or condemnation to, or of, said Building that are available for use by Landlord. No other assets of Landlord or said other parties exculpated by the preceding sentence shall be liable for, or subject to, any such money judgment.

 

f.                 Interest. Should Tenant fail to pay any amount due to Landlord within thirty (30) days of the date such amount is due (whether Base Rent, Additional Rent, or any other payment obligation), then the amount due shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum, compounded monthly, or the highest permissible rate under applicable usury law, whichever is less, until the amount is paid in full.

 

g.                Legal Costs. Should either party prevail in any legal proceedings against the other for breach of any provision in this Lease, then the other party shall be liable for the costs and expenses of the prevailing party, including its reasonable attorneys’ fees (at all tribunal levels).

 

h.               Sale of Premises or Building. Landlord may sell the Premises or the Building without affecting the obligations of Tenant hereunder. Upon the sale of the Premises or the Building and express assumption of the obligations of Landlord under the entire Lease (whether in just the Building or in multiple buildings) by the purchaser of the Premises and/or Building, Landlord shall be relieved of all responsibility for the Premises and shall be released from any liability thereafter accruing under this Lease.

 

i.                   Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of all obligations under the terms of this Lease.

 

j.                  Transfer of Security Deposit. If any Security Deposit or prepaid Rent has been paid by Tenant, Landlord may transfer the Security Deposit or prepaid Rent to Landlord’s successor and upon such transfer, Landlord shall be released from any liability for return of the Security Deposit or prepaid Rent.

 

k.               Tender of Premises. The delivery of a key or other such tender of possession of the Premises to Landlord or to an employee of Landlord shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises unless requested in writing by Landlord.

 

l.                   Tenant’s Financial Statements. Upon request of Landlord in the event of a default by Tenant under the Lease or in the event of a sale or mortgage of the Building and subject to a mutually agreeable confidentiality and non-disclosure agreement executed prior to disclosure, Tenant agrees to furnish to Landlord copies of Tenant’s most recent annual financial statements, audited if available. The financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently

 



 

applied. The financial statements shall include a balance sheet and a statement of profit and loss. Landlord may deliver the financial statements to any prospective or existing mortgagee or purchaser of the Building, subject to the applicable confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements.

 

m.           Recordation. This Lease may not be recorded without Landlord’s prior written consent, but Tenant and Landlord agree, upon the request of the other party, to execute a memorandum hereof for recording purposes.

 

n.               Partial Invalidity. The invalidity of any portion of this Lease shall not invalidate the remaining portions of the Lease.

 

o.               Binding Effect. This Lease shall be binding upon the respective parties hereto, and upon their heirs, executors, successors and assigns.

 

p.               Entire Agreement; Construction. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written relating to the subject matter hereof. The fact that one of the parties to this Lease may be deemed to have drafted or structured any provision of this Lease shall not be considered in construing or interpreting any particular provision of this Lease, either in favor of or against such party, and Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any applicable rules of construction or interpretation to the contrary.

 

q.               Good Standing. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish appropriate legal documentation evidencing the valid existence in good standing of Tenant, and the authority of any person signing this Lease to act for the Tenant.

 

r.                  Choice of Law. This Lease shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, the State in which the Premises are located.

 

s.                 Effective Date. This Lease shall become effective as a contract only upon the execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant. The date of execution shall be entered on the top of the first page of this Lease by Landlord, and shall be the date on which the last party signed the Lease, or as otherwise may be specifically agreed by both parties. Such date, once inserted, shall be established as the final day of ratification by all parties to this Lease, and shall be the date for use throughout this Lease as the “Effective Date”.

 

30.        SPECIAL CONDITIONS. The following special conditions, if any, shall apply, and where in conflict with earlier provisions in this Lease shall control:

 

a.               Exclusivity. Landlord hereby agrees that, so long as INC Research, Inc. continues to lease and occupy at least 50,000 rentable square feet in the Building, Landlord shall not lease any space in the Building to a contract research organization that is a direct competitor of INC Research, Inc. without INC Research, Inc.’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

b.               Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment. In the event Landlord acquires that certain furniture, fixtures and equipment listed on Exhibit A-3 attached hereto (the “FF&E”), Tenant shall have the right to use the FF&E during the Term. Tenant shall take possession of the FF&E in as-is condition and shall maintain the FF&E in good condition, normal wear and tear excepted, during the Term. The Furniture shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and at all times thereafter. Prior to the commencement of the Lease, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an allowance of $5,000.00 (the “Cleaning Allowance”) to clean the FF&E as deemed appropriate by Tenant, to be paid by Landlord upon receipt of documentation of completion of and payment for such cleaning. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon Tenant’s request at any time following the execution of this Lease through the expiration or termination of the Lease, Landlord will transfer all rights, title and interest Landlord has in the FF&E to Tenant for the sum of $10.00; and the parties will execute a commercially reasonable bill of sale to evidence the transaction.

 



 

c.                Move-in Allowance. In connection with Tenant’s relocation to the Premises, Landlord will provide Tenant with an allowance of up to $500,000.00 for Tenant’s actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with the relocation to the Premises, including, but not limited, to, costs associated with relocating Tenant’s existing furniture, fixtures and equipment, and Tenant’s actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with cabling and wiring for the Premises (the “Move-in Allowance”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of paid invoices and any other reasonable documentation requested by Landlord evidencing the amount of Tenant’s out-of-pocket costs, along with final lien waivers from any contractors and service providers performing any work or providing materials in connection with the relocation. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant the amount of the documented costs, up to the maximum amount of the Move-in Allowance, within ten (10) business days following receipt of the foregoing documents. Tenant shall be solely responsible for any costs in excess of the maximum amount of the Move-in Allowance. Tenant may use any unused portion of the Move-in Allowance for expense related to the Building Signage (as defined herein), furniture and equipment for use in the Premises, and for the purposes of covering any reasonably visible defects (such as, but not limited to, nail holes and fading), and/or as a credit against Tenant’s Rent obligations under the Lease. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Moving Allowance is only available for Tenant’s use until May 31, 2011 (except any portion which may be used as a credit against Tenant’s Rent obligations under the Lease). Any portion of the Moving Allowance not used by May 31, 2011 (except any portion which may be used as a credit against Tenant’s Rent obligations under the Lease), shall be deemed forfeited by Tenant and shall no longer be available for Tenant’s use.

 

d.               Security System. Tenant may install a pass card security system on all doors to the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, which pass card security system shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In the event Tenant has not used all of the Moving Allowance and/or Cabling Allowance for the purposes specified in Paragraph 30I, Tenant may use any unused portion of such Moving Allowance and/or Cabling Allowance for the cost of the pass card security system.

 

e.                Building Signage. As long as Tenant (a) is not in default under the Lease beyond any applicable cure period; (b) has not assigned its interest under the Lease; (c) has not vacated the Premises or subleased more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises; and (d) continues to lease at least 60,058 rentable square feet in the Building, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the right to be identified on the Building’s exterior parapet (the “Building Signage”). All elements of the Building Signage, including, without limitation, all materials, colors, size and lettering, shall be subject to all applicable laws, ordinances, covenants and restrictions, as well as the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall be responsible for any costs associated with the manufacture and installation of the Building Signage. Landlord shall maintain and repair the Building Signage at Tenant’s expense during the Term, and Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs associated with the removal and disposal of the Building Signage upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. The signage provided to Tenant hereunder shall not be exclusive, and Landlord may identify other tenants of the Building on the Building parapet. If the Building Signage is illuminated, Tenant shall have a separate meter installed for the Building Signage and shall be responsible for all costs associated with such meter, its installation, maintenance and removal, as well as any and all metered charges. Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining any and all permits or licenses required for the installation, and use of electricity and metering device in the Building Signage, in compliance with applicable laws, zoning and code requirements, ordinances, covenants and restrictions, as well as the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. After the electricity and meter are installed, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written proof that the electrical meter associated with the Building Signage, has been placed in Tenant’s name Tenant shall be responsible for all costs (i) associated with the installation of electricity and metering device to its Building Signage; (ii) associated with the removal and disposal of the meter (and any related damage caused by the

 



 

removal), upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease; and (iii) of electricity used within the Building Signage, which shall be separately metered in Tenant’s name.

 

f.                 Right to Lease. Landlord grants Tenant a right to lease (the “Right to Lease”) Suites 300, 370 and 380 in the Building comprising a total of approximately 14,525 rentable square feet (the “Right to Lease Space”), as depicted on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto, on the following basis:

 

i.                   Following receipt of Landlord’s written notice indicating Landlord’s desire to lease the Right to Lease Space (“Landlord’s Offer Notice”), Tenant shall have ten (10) business days within which to give Landlord its notice of its election to exercise its Right to Lease as to the Right to Lease Space (“Tenant’s Acceptance Notice”). In order to exercise its Right to Lease, Tenant must lease all of the Right to Lease Space and not only a portion thereof. Additionally, if Landlord’s Offer Notice states that Landlord is negotiating with a third party for space which is greater than but includes the Right to Lease Space, then to exercise the Right to Lease, Tenant must lease the entire space offered by Landlord and not only a portion thereof. For purposes of this provision, the space described in Landlord’s Offer Notice, which shall include, at a minimum, the Right to Lease Space, hereinafter shall be referred to as the “Offered Space”. If Tenant does not timely deliver Tenant’s Acceptance Notice to Landlord, it will be conclusively presumed that Tenant has forever waived its Right to Lease, and Tenant will have no further rights to the Offered Space.

 

ii.                The Offered Space will be offered to Tenant for a term coterminous with the Term and upon the provisions and at the Base Rent rate Landlord would lease the Offered Space to third parties. After exercise of the Right to Lease, the parties will execute an amendment to the Lease evidencing the addition of the Offered Space to the Lease. Unless expressly waived by Landlord, Tenant’s Right to Lease is conditioned on: (a) Tenant not being in default under the Lease at the time of exercise of the Right to Lease or on the date that Tenant’s occupancy of the Offered Space is scheduled to commence; (b) Tenant not having vacated or subleased more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises or assigned its interest in the Lease at the time it exercises the Right to Lease or on the date that Tenant’s occupancy of the Offered Space is scheduled to commence; (c) Tenant’s financial condition not having materially adversely changed since the Effective Date; and (d) there being at least two (2) years remaining in the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is less than two years remaining in the Term but the Right to Lease would otherwise be available to Tenant and an option to extend the Term is available to Tenant hereunder, Tenant may exercise the Right to Lease provided Tenant simultaneously exercises its option to extend the Term of the Lease. Tenant’s rights pursuant to this Section are personal to INC Research, Inc.; and, upon an assignment of the Lease by INC Research, Inc., this Section shall be null and void. Furthermore, Tenant’s rights hereunder shall forever terminate and expire following a relocation of Tenant to Substitute Premises in a building other than the Building.

 

iii.             Tenant’s Right to Lease is subordinate to all pre-existing rights of extension, expansion, first offer or refusal or any other rights as to the Right to Lease Space in favor of other tenants in place as of the date of this Lease. Additionally, Tenant only has the Right to Lease the Right to Lease Space if the Right to Lease Space is vacant and available. Tenant does not have the Right to Lease the Right to Lease Space upon the renewal or extension of an existing lease, even if the lease being extended or renewed does not contain an extension or renewal right.

 

g.                Right to Terminate. Tenant shall have the one-time right to terminate this Lease effective as of 11:59pm on February 28, 2017 (the “Early Termination Date”); provided that Tenant: (i) is not in default under the Lease at the time it exercises this termination right or on the Early Termination Date; (ii) gives Landlord notice of its intent to exercise its termination right at least 365 days prior to the Early Termination Date; and (iii) on or before the Early Termination Date, pays to Landlord, as consideration for Landlord’s grant of this termination right, a fee in the lump-sum amount of $480,874.00 (the “Termination Fee”). If Tenant exercises its termination right in accordance with this provision and pays

 



 

the Termination Fee to Landlord on or before the Early Termination Date, then Landlord and Tenant shall be relieved of their respective rights and obligations under the Lease effective as of the Early Termination Date, except for any indemnifications and other obligations intended to survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Tenant shall remain liable for any Rent or other charges accruing under the Lease on or before the Early Termination Date, even if not billed by Landlord until after the Early Termination Date. Time is of the essence for Tenant’s exercise of this termination right. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if Tenant fails to pay the Termination Fee to Landlord by the Early Termination Date, then, at Landlord’s election, Tenant’s exercise of the termination option shall be deemed null and void; and the Lease thereafter shall continue in full force and effect.

 

Tenant also shall have the right to terminate its lease agreement with Landlord dated March 9, 2006, as amended, for those certain premises in the 4800 North Park Building, located at 4800 Falls of Neuse Road, Raleigh, North Carolina (the “North Park Lease”), effective as of the Early Termination Date. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Termination Fee shall be paid by Tenant if Tenant exercises its right to terminate this Lease, the North Park Lease or both leases unless such termination is a result of Tenant entering into a new lease or amendment to lease for substantially similar rentable square footage with Landlord for space within Landlord’s Raleigh, North Carolina portfolio in which case the applicable Termination Fee shall not be due; provided, however, the Termination Fee shall apply to both leases, and Tenant shall not have to pay a separate Termination Fee for each lease.

 

31.        ADDENDA AND EXHIBITS. If any addenda and/or exhibits are noted below, such addenda and exhibits are incorporated herein and made a part of this Lease.

 

a.               Lease Addendum Number One — “Work Letter”

b.               Lease Addendum Number Two — “Additional Rent — Operating Expense Pass Throughs”

c.                Lease Addendum Number Three — “Option to Renew Lease Term”

d.               Exhibit A — Premises

e.                Exhibit A-1 — Turnkey Specifications

f.                 Exhibit A-2 — Right to Lease Space

g.                Exhibit A-3 — FF&E

h.               Exhibit B — Rules and Regulations

i.                   Exhibit C — Commencement Agreement

j.                  Exhibit D — Acceptance of Premises

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease in four originals, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

 

INC RESEARCH, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen M. Wall

 

 

 

Name:

Karen M. Wall, Esq.

 

 

 

 

Title:

General Counsel

 

 

 

Date:

06 May 2010

 

 

STATE OF North Carolina

COUNTY OF Wake

 

o (Corporate)

 

I, the undersigned Notary Public, certify that the following person personally appeared before me this day and acknowledged that she voluntarily signed the foregoing document for the purpose stated therein and in the capacity indicated: as its (state title): General Counsel.

 

Date:

May 6, 2010

 

/s/ Cheryl B. Ransdell

 

 

 

 

Cheryl B. Ransdell

, Notary Public

 

My Commission Expires:

July 29, 2013

 

LANDLORD:

 

HIGHWOODS REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

a North Carolina limited partnership

By: Highwoods Properties, Inc., its general partner

a Maryland corporation

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas S. Hill III

 

 

Thomas S. Hill, III, Vice President and Division Manager

 

L

 


 

LEASE ADDENDUM NUMBER ONE

 

WORK LETTER. Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, complete those certain improvements to the Premises as shown on Exhibits A and A-1 attached hereto (the “Tenant Improvements”). If Tenant makes any revision to the space plan after such space plan has been approved by both Landlord and Tenant, then Tenant shall pay all additional costs and expenses incurred as a result of such revisions, including Landlord’s construction supervision fee of ten percent (10%) to manage and oversee the work to be done on Tenant’s behalf. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, promptly upon being billed therefor, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the changes requested by Tenant. Such costs and expenses shall include all amounts charged by the contractor performing the work (the “Contractor”) for performing such work and providing such materials (including the Contractor’s general conditions, overhead and profit). Tenant will be billed for such costs and expenses as follows: (i) forty-five percent (45%) of such costs and expenses shall be due and payable upon Tenant’s approval of the cost estimates for the Tenant Improvements; (ii) forty-five percent (45%) of such costs and expenses shall be due and payable when such work is fifty percent (50%) completed; (iii) ten percent (10%) (i.e., the outstanding balance) of such costs and expenses shall be due and payable upon substantial completion. If unpaid within thirty (30) days after receipt of invoice, then the outstanding balance shall accrue interest at the rate of one percent (1%) per month until paid in full.

 

The Premises shall be deemed to be substantially complete when the work to be performed by Landlord pursuant to the plans approved by Landlord and Tenant (the “Plans”) has been completed, as certified by Landlord’s architect, except for items of work and adjustment of equipment and fixtures that can be completed after the Premises are occupied without causing material interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises (i.e., “punch list items”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord shall be delayed in substantially completing the Premises as a result of: (i) delays caused by Tenant or Tenant’s changes to the space plan; or (ii) inability to obtain non-building standard materials, finishes or installations requested by Tenant; or (iii) the performance of any work by any person, firm or corporation employed or retained by Tenant; or any other act or omission by Tenant or its agents, representatives, and/or employees ((i) through (iii), each a “Delay,” or collectively, the “Delays”), then in any such event, for purposes of determining the Commencement Date, the Premises shall be deemed to have been substantially completed on the date that Landlord’s architect determines that the Premises would have been substantially completed if such Delay or Delays had not occurred. Landlord covenants and agrees that all work performed in connection with the construction of the Premises shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the final approved Plans. Landlord agrees to exercise due diligence in completing the construction of the Premises.

 

Landlord agrees to repair and correct any work or materials installed by Landlord or its Contractor in the Premises that prove defective as a result of faulty materials, equipment, or workmanship and that first appear within three hundred sixty (360) days after the date of occupancy of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be responsible to repair or correct any defective work or materials installed by Tenant or any contractor other than Landlord’s Contractor, or any work or materials that prove defective as a result of any act or omission of Tenant or any of its employees, agents, invitees, licensees, subtenants, customers, clients, or guests.

 

During construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises with the approval of the Landlord, Tenant shall be permitted reasonable access to the Premises, as long as such access does not interfere with or delay construction work on the Premises for the purposes of taking measurements, making plans, installing trade fixtures, and doing such other work as may be appropriate or desirable to enable Tenant eventually to assume possession of and operate in the Premises.

 



 

LEASE ADDENDUM NUMBER TWO

 

ADDITIONAL RENT — OPERATING EXPENSES AND TAXES

 

1.               Operating Expenses. The term “Operating Expenses” shall mean all costs incurred by Landlord in the provision of services to tenants and in the operation, management, repair, replacement and maintenance of the Property (as defined below), including, but not limited to, insurance premiums, utilities, heat, air conditioning, janitorial service, labor, materials, supplies, equipment and tools, permits, licenses, inspection fees, salaries and other reasonable compensation of maintenance and management personnel reasonably related to services provided to the property, management fees, and Common Area expenses.

 

2.               Exclusions to Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include the following: depreciation on the Building or equipment therein; ground lease rent; advertising, marketing and promotional costs; interest; executive salaries; real estate brokers’ commissions; Taxes (as defined below); overhead and profit paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services, supplies or materials provided on or to the Property, to the extent these costs exceed the amount customarily charged by an independent entity for the same or substantially similar services, supplies and materials; the cost of any services for which Landlord is reimbursed directly by any tenant; and any expenses that do not relate to the operation of the Property. Additionally, Operating Expenses shall not include the costs of capital improvements to the Property; provided, however, Landlord may include in Operating Expenses the costs of the following capital improvements, amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives:

 

a.                     Any capital improvements made in order to comply with any new laws, rules or regulations or any changes in existing laws, rules or regulations adopted by any governmental authority after the Commencement Date; and

 

b.                     Any capital improvements that are designed primarily to promote and protect the health, safety and well being of the Property’s occupants; and

 

c.                      Any capital improvements that are designed primarily to reduce Operating Expenses, provided that the amortized amount of these capital items in any year will be equal to the estimated resulting reduction in Operating Expenses for the same year.

 

3.               Taxes. The term “Taxes” shall mean any fees, charges or assessments related to the Property that are imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Property, including, without limitation, ad valorem real property taxes; franchise taxes; personal property taxes; assessments, special or otherwise, imposed on the Property; payments in lieu of real estate taxes; sewer rents; transit taxes; and taxes based on rents. Taxes shall also include the reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any appeal for a reduction of taxes, including, without limitation, the costs of legal consultants, appraisers and accountants. Taxes shall not include any inheritance, estate, succession, transfer, gift, corporate, income or profit tax imposed upon Landlord.

 

4.               Property. The term “Property” shall mean the Building and the improvements, equipment and systems situated therein; the Common Areas; and the real property upon which the Building and Common Areas are situated.

 

5.               Tenant’s Proportionate Share. The term “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” shall mean 35.8000% calculated by dividing the approximately 60,058 rentable square feet of the Premises by the approximately 167,756 net rentable square feet of the Building. To the extent any Operating Expenses and/or Taxes are related to the Building and one or more other buildings owned by Landlord or its affiliate, those Operating Expenses and/or Taxes shall be reasonably allocated by Landlord on an equitable prorata basis among all of the buildings to which those expenses are related; and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of those expenses shall be calculated based only on the amount of those expenses allocated to the Building.

 



 

6.               Base Year for Operating Expenses. With respect to calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, the term “Base Year” shall mean the twelve-month period beginning on January 1, 2011 and ending on December 31, 2011.

 

7.               Base Year for Taxes. With respect to calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes, the term “Base Year” shall mean the real property tax year, beginning January 1, 2011 and ending on December 31, 2011.

 

8.               Payment of Additional Rent. For the calendar year commencing on January 1, 2012 and for each calendar year thereafter, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the following amounts:

 

a.                     Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any increase in Operating Expenses above the amount incurred during the Base Year for Operating Expenses. If any service, for which the expense may be included in Operating Expenses, is not provided to all tenants of the Building, Landlord shall adjust the related expense as if the service was provided to all tenants. Additionally, for any period in which the occupancy of the rentable area of the Building is less than 95%, those portions of Operating Expenses that vary based on occupancy will be adjusted for the period as if the Building was at 95% occupancy; and

 

b.                     Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any increase in Taxes above the amount incurred during the Base Year for Taxes.

 

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Landlord hereby agrees that, for purposes of calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share, the Operating Expenses for the Building (exclusive of Taxes, insurance, utilities, and increases in expenses due to force majeure [collectively, “Uncontrollable Expenses”]) shall not increase, on an annual basis, by more than five percent (5%) per annum. Tenant shall pay the full amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of increases in Uncontrollable Expenses.

 

9.               Landlord’s Estimate. For the calendar year commencing on January 1, 2012 and for each calendar year thereafter during the Term, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement of the reasonable estimated increase in both Operating Expenses and Taxes for that calendar year above the Operating Expenses and Taxes incurred during the applicable Base Year. Based on Landlord’s estimate, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the estimated increases in both Operating Expenses and Taxes in twelve equal monthly installments, which shall be due and payable at the same time and in the same manner as Base Rent.

 

10.        Annual Reconciliation. Within 180 days after the end of each calendar year or as soon as possible thereafter, Landlord shall send Tenant an annual statement of the actual Operating Expenses and Taxes for the preceding calendar year (the “Annual Statement”). Landlord’s failure to render an Annual Statement for any calendar year shall not prejudice Landlord’s right to issue an Annual Statement with respect to that calendar year or any subsequent calendar year, nor shall Landlord’s rendering of an incorrect Annual Statement prejudice Landlord’s right subsequently to issue a corrected Annual Statement. Pursuant to the Annual Statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Additional Rent as owed within thirty days after Tenant’s receipt of the Annual Statement, or Landlord shall adjust Tenant’s Rent payments if Landlord owes Tenant a credit. Within one hundred eighty (180) days after the Expiration Date or earlier termination date of the Lease, Landlord shall send Tenant the final Annual Statement for the Term, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord Additional Rent as owed within thirty days after Tenant’s receipt of the Annual Statement, or, if Landlord owes Tenant a credit, then Landlord shall pay Tenant a refund. If this Lease expires or terminates on a day other than December 31, then Additional Rent shall be prorated on a 365-day calendar year (or 366 if a leap year). If there is a decrease in Operating Expenses in any subsequent year below Operating Expenses for the Base Year, then no Additional Rent shall be due on account of Operating Expenses; provided, however, Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit, refund or other payment that would reduce the amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes or other Additional Rent or Base Rent owed by Tenant. Likewise, if there is a decrease in Taxes in any subsequent

 



 

year below Taxes for the Base Year, then no Additional Rent shall be due on account of Taxes; provided, however, Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit, refund or other payment that would reduce the amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses or other Additional Rent or Base Rent owed by Tenant.

 

11.        Tenant’s Review of Operating Expenses and Taxes. No more than once per calendar year, Tenant, or a qualified professional selected by Tenant (the “Reviewer”), may review Landlord’s books and records relating to Operating Expenses and Taxes (the “Review”), subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

a.                     Tenant must deliver notice of the Review to Landlord within thirty days of Tenant’s receipt of the Annual Statement. Thereafter, Tenant must commence and complete its Review within a reasonable time, not to exceed 180 days following Tenant’s receipt of the Annual Statement. In order to conduct a Review, Tenant must not be in default under the Lease beyond any applicable cure period at the time it delivers notice of the Review to Landlord or at the time the Review commences. No subtenant shall have any right to conduct a Review, and no assigns shall conduct a Review for any period during which such assignee was not in possession of the Premises. If Tenant elects to have a Reviewer conduct the Review, the Reviewer must be an independent nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm that is not being compensated by Tenant on a contingency fee basis.

 

b.                     Tenant’s Review shall only extend to Landlord’s books and records specifically related to Operating Expenses and Taxes for the Property during the calendar year for which the Annual Statement was provided. Books and records necessary to accomplish any Review shall be retained for twelve months after the end of each calendar year, and, upon Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice, shall be made available to Tenant to conduct the Review. The Review shall be conducted during regular business hours at either the Landlord’s division office for the area in which the Premises are located or Landlord’s home office in Raleigh, North Carolina, as selected by Landlord.

 

c.                      As a condition to the Review, Tenant and Tenant’s Reviewer shall execute a written agreement providing that the Reviewer is not being compensated on a contingency fee basis and that all information obtained through the Review, as well as any compromise, settlement or adjustment reached as a result of the Review, shall be held in strict confidence and shall not be revealed in any manner to any person except: (i) upon the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion; (ii) if required pursuant to any litigation between Landlord and Tenant materially related to the facts disclosed by the Review; or (iii) if required by law. The written agreement may also set forth Landlord’s reasonable procedures and guidelines for Tenant and Tenant’s Reviewer to follow when conducting the Review.

 

d.                     If, after Tenant’s Review, Tenant disputes the amount of Operating Expenses or Taxes set forth in the Annual Statement, Tenant or Tenant’s Reviewer shall submit a written report to Landlord within thirty days after the completion of the Review setting forth any claims to be asserted against Landlord as a result of the Review and specific and detailed explanations as to the reason for the claim(s) (the “Report”). Landlord and Tenant then shall use good faith efforts to resolve Tenant’s claims set forth in the Report. If the parties do not reach agreement on the claims within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Report, then the dispute shall be submitted to arbitration as hereinafter provided. Within twenty days after expiration of the thirty-day period referenced in the foregoing sentence, each party shall appoint as an arbitrator a reputable independent nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm with at least ten years experience in accounting related to commercial lease transactions and shall give notice of such appointment to the other party; provided, however, if Tenant used a Reviewer to perform the Review, the Reviewer shall be deemed to have been appointed by Tenant as its arbitrator for purposes of this provision. Within ten days after appointment of the second arbitrator, the two arbitrators shall appoint a third arbitrator who shall be similarly qualified. If the two arbitrators are unable to agree timely on the selection of the third arbitrator, then either arbitrator on behalf of both, may request such appointment from the office of

 



 

the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) nearest to Landlord. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the AAA. If the AAA shall cease to provide arbitration for commercial disputes in location, the third arbitrator shall be appointed by any successor organization providing substantially the same services. Within ten days after the third arbitrator has been selected, each of the other two arbitrators, on behalf of the party it represents, shall submit a written statement, along with any supporting document, data, reports or other information, setting forth its determination of the amount of Operating Expenses or Taxes that are in dispute. The third arbitrator will resolve the dispute by selecting the statement of one of the parties as submitted to the third arbitrator. Within ten days after the third arbitrator’s receipt of the statements from the other arbitrators, the third arbitrator shall notify both parties in writing of the arbitrator’s decision. The decision of the third arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties and their respective heirs, executors, successors and assigns. If either of the parties fails to furnish its statement to the third arbitrator within the time frame specified herein, the third arbitrator shall automatically adopt the other party’s statement as final and binding The cost of arbitration (exclusive of each party’s witness and attorneys’ fees, which shall be paid by the party) shall be shared equally by the parties.

 

e.                      If the Review or subsequent arbitration determines that Operating Expenses and Taxes in the applicable calendar year were overstated, in the aggregate, by five percent (5%) or more, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s reasonable Review costs; otherwise, Tenant shall pay its own costs in connection with the Review.

 



 

LEASE ADDENDUM NUMBER THREE

 

OPTION TO EXTEND LEASE TERM

 

1.               Option to Extend. Tenant shall have the right and option to extend the Lease (the “Extension Option”) for one (1) additional period of five (5) years (the “Extended Lease Term”); provided, however, such Extension Option is contingent upon the following (i) Tenant is not in default at the time Tenant gives Landlord notice of Tenant’s intention to exercise the Extension Option; (ii) upon the Expiration Date or the expiration of any Extended Lease Term, Tenant has no outstanding default; (iii) no event has occurred that upon notice or the passage of time would constitute a default; (iv) Tenant is not disqualified by multiple defaults as provided in the Lease; and (v) Tenant is occupying the Premises. Following the expiration of the first Extended Lease Term, Tenant shall have no further right to renew the Lease pursuant to this Lease Addendum Number Three.

 

1.               Exercise of Option. Tenant shall exercise each Extension Option by giving Landlord notice at least 270 days prior to the Expiration Date or the last day of any Extended Lease Term. If Tenant fails to give such notice to Landlord prior to said 270 day period, then Tenant shall forfeit the Extension Option. If Tenant exercises the Extension Option, then during any such Extended Lease Term, Landlord and Tenant’s respective rights, duties and obligations shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the Lease. Time is of the essence in exercising the Extension Option.

 

2.               Term. If Tenant exercises the Extension Option, then during any such Extended Lease Term, all references to the term “Term”, as used in the Lease, shall mean the “Extended Lease Term”.

 

3.               Termination of Extension Option on Transfer by Tenant. In the event Landlord consents to an assignment or sublease by Tenant, then the Extension Option shall automatically terminate unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord.

 

4.               Base Rent for Extended Lease Term. The Minimum Base Rent for the Extended Lease Term shall be the Fair Market Rental Rate, determined as follows:

 

Definition . The term “ Fair Market Rental Rate ” shall mean the market rental rate for the time period such determination is being made for office space in class “A” office buildings in the Raleigh, North Carolina area (“AREA”) of comparable condition for space of equivalent quality, size, utility, and location. Such determination shall take into account all relevant factors, including, without limitation, the following matters: the credit standing of Tenant; the length of the term; expense stops; the fact that Landlord will experience no vacancy period and that Tenant will not suffer the costs and business interruption associated with moving its offices and negotiating a new lease; construction allowances and other tenant concessions that would be available to tenants comparable to Tenant in the AREA (such as moving expense allowance, free rent periods, and lease assumptions and take-over provisions, if any, but specifically excluding the value of improvements installed in the Premises at Tenant’s cost), and whether adjustments are then being made in determining the rental rates for extended terms in the AREA because of concessions being offered by Landlord to Tenant (or the lack thereof for the Extended Lease Term in question). For purposes of such calculation, it will be assumed that Landlord is paying a representative of Tenant a brokerage commission in connection with the Extended Lease Term in question, based on the then current market rates.

 

Determination . Landlord shall deliver to Tenant notice of the Fair Market Rental Rate (the “FMR Notice”) for the Premises for the Extended Lease Term in question within thirty (30) days after Tenant exercises the option giving rise for the need to determine the Fair Market Rental Rate. If Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s assessment of the Fair Market Rental Rate specified in a FMR Notice, then it shall so notify Landlord in writing within ten (10) business days after delivery of such FMR Notice; otherwise, the rate set forth in such notice shall be the Fair Market Rental Rate. If Tenant timely delivers to Landlord notice that Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s assessment of the Fair Market Rental Rate, then Landlord

 



 

and Tenant shall meet to attempt to determine the Fair Market Rental Rate. If Tenant and Landlord are unable to agree on such Fair Market Rental Rate within ten (10) business days after Tenant notifies Landlord of Tenant’s disagreement with Landlord’s assessment thereof, then Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint an independent real estate Broker with at least five (5) years’ commercial real estate appraisal experience in the AREA market. The two Brokers shall then, within ten (10) days after their designation, select an independent third Broker with like qualifications. If the two Brokers are unable to agree on the third Broker within such ten (10) day period, either Landlord or Tenant, by giving five (5) days prior notice thereof to the other, may apply to the then presiding Clerk of Superior Court of Wake County for selection of a third Broker who meets the qualifications stated above. Within twenty (20) business days after the selection of the third Broker, a majority of the Brokers shall determine the Fair Market Rental Rate. If a majority of the Brokers is unable to agree upon the Fair Market Rental Rate by such time, then the two (2) closest appraisals shall be averaged and the average will be the Fair Market Rental Rate. Tenant and Landlord shall each bear the entire cost of the Broker selected by it and shall share equally the cost of the third Broker.

 

Administration . If Tenant has exercised the Extension Option and the Fair Market Rental Rate for the Extended Lease Term has not been determined in accordance with this Lease Addendum Number Three by the time that Rent for the Extended Lease Term is to commence in accordance with the terms hereof, then Tenant shall pay Rent for the Extended Lease Term based on the Fair Market Rental Rate proposed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease Addendum Number Three until such time as the Fair Market Rental Rate has been so determined, at which time appropriate cash adjustments shall be made between Landlord and Tenant such that Tenant is charged Rent based on the Fair Market Rental Rate (as finally determined pursuant to this Lease Addendum Number Three) for the Extended Lease Term during the interval in question.

 



 

EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

 

GRAPHIC

 



 

GRAPHIC

 



 

GRAPHIC

 


 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

Tenant Improvement Specifications

 

As part of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord, at no cost to the Tenant, will provide the Tenant Improvements shown on the Space Plan dated May 5, 2010 (attached as part of this Exhibit A) and those certain detailed pricing plans provided by Landlord and acknowledged by Tenant’s Authorized Representative (which are hereby incorporated into the Lease by reference) and as further detailed herein but which are subject to change as mutually agreed in writing by Landlord and Tenant. Unless otherwise noted, all work will be done using Building Standard (“BS”) materials, finishes, and ratios.

 

Doors:

 

Existing Doors to be reused/relocated throughout with reuse of existing hardware. Any necessary New doors will match existing and hardware as noted on the plans.

 

The 3 rd  floor suite entry doors will have glass inserts installed, as referenced on the plans, to match the existing suite entry across the hall. Any damaged door frames located on the 6 th  floor shall be repainted. Any damaged Building standard doors located on the 3 rd , 6 th , and 7 th  floors shall be refinished.

 

 

 

Glass Partitions

 

7th floor Call Center: Five (5) sections of four (4) foot wide full height glass as shown on the plan, or, as an alternative, glass partitions of four (4) feet wide by three point five (3.5) to four (4) feet high.

 

 

 

Wall Finish:

 

BS 2 coats of latex paint of a Benjamin Moore commercial grade or equivalent in all areas unless noted otherwise. One color for interior of offices, one color for common areas, all with an eggshell finish Landlord will provide for one accent color on up to 200 linear feet within the combined Premises intended to cover the reception area on the 3 rd  floor and the elevator lobby of the 7 th  floor.

 

6 th  floor Vinyl Wall Covering to remain where noted. Where there is new Vinyl Wall Covering specified on the plans, Tenant to select from Landlord’s selection of installed VWC, which will be consistent with the existing vinyl wall covering on the 6 th  floor.

 

7 th  floor, All Vinyl Wall Covering to be removed and walls painted as noted on the plans.

 

 

 

Ceilings:

 

Any new ceiling tile to match the existing ceiling tile on each floor.

 

 

 

Flooring:

 

6 th  floor carpet to remain unless otherwise noted on plans Up to 10 offices on the 6 th  floor may have carpet replaced if cleaning of the existing carpet is not reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Areas to receive new carpet on the 6 th  floor per plans shall be of comparable quality to existing carpet.

 

Areas specified to receive new BS carpet for the 3 rd  and 7 th  floors will be selected from Landlords options within the $18.00 per yard (installed) cost with a minimum weight of 30 ounces. Tenant’s choice of carpet and carpet base from Landlord’s collection. No carpet borders are included. Maximum of 3 carpet selections.

 

VCT as indicated on the drawings. Areas noted to receive new VCT will have selection from BS Armstrong Standard Excelon VCT.

 

 

 

Lighting:

 

Existing lighting to be reused as shown on the plan. No new specialty lighting is provided. BS New fixtures are three-tube 2’x 4’ fluorescent fixtures. (140 new BS fixtures)

 

All light switching to be Building Standard switching.

 



 

Millwork:

 

BS base and wall cabinets as shown on the plan (some existing to remain and New as noted on the plans). New BS base and wall cabinets are constructed of cabinet grade particleboard, laminate exterior and melamine interior. Cabinets shall have concealed hinges and 4” chrome wire pulls. Countertops will be square edge plastic laminate construction.

 

 

 

Plumbing:

 

Single sinks as shown on the plan with hot and cold water which shall be gooseneck faucets for new sink locations. Landlord will also provide water lines for the coffee makers. All appliances at Tenant’s expense and Landlord will provide for the connection of appliances.

 

 

 

Mechanical:

 

BS mechanical VAV system with average zones of 850 square feet. Tenant to have use of existing supplemental air unit and is responsible for maintaining. The monthly HVAC Reimbursement shall be Additional Rent and shall be due and payable at the same time and in the same manner as monthly Base Rent. All conference rooms shall have a separate thermostat and properly zoned to handle the expected heat load for each conference room. The amount of the monthly HVAC Reimbursement for each unit shall be determined according to the following formula:

 

(# tons of the supplemental unit) x (1.5 kW/ton) x (500 hours) x (Average Rate/kWh) = monthly HVAC Reimbursement per unit

 

 

 

Server/Telephone room:

 

7 th  and 6 th  floor Server room provided in existing condition, existing UPS unit available for reuse by Tenant.

 

3 rd  floor server room to have 2 dedicated circuits and 4 phone drops and a 4’X8’ plywood phone board.

 

 

 

Fire Suppression System:

 

Landlord will provide an allowance of $30,000 for the purchase and installation of a fire suppression system.

 

 

 

Electrical:

 

Landlord will provide the necessary circuits for cubicle installation to accommodate power pole and or floor box connections depending upon location; floor boxes shall accommodate voice and data (provided that such numbers may fluctuate by up to 10%):

 

110 new duplex outlets and 121 voice and data boxes

48 new 20amp dedicated circuits

13 new floor boxes to accommodate conference rooms and cubicles as necessary

 

Additional requested outlets or dedicated circuits to be a Tenant expense.

 

 

 

Cubicles:

 

Cubicles will be provided and installed by Tenant. Cubicle Power to be run off the walls and columns where possible. Remaining power provided via floor boxes.

 

 

 

Voice/Data:

 

Landlord will provide one (1) poke through floor box to house one duplex electrical outlet and one phone/data. Tenant to provide projection screens and projectors and any other A/V equipment for installation by Tenant’s vendor and as provided in the Lease.

 

 

 

Card Access:

 

Landlord to provide the box and pull string with power above ceiling for Tenants vendor to install card readers as provided in the Lease.

 



 

Wiring/Cabling:

 

Tenant is responsible for all phone/data wiring/cabling for the Premises as provided in the Lease.

 

 

 

Security system:

 

Tenant’s security system/card readers and installation is at Tenant’s sole cost.

 

 

 

Furniture:

 

All furniture, appliances and equipment not specified in this Exhibit A, such as cubicles, office furniture, wall boards, audio visual equipment, projectors, server room equipment, etc. are to be provided at Tenant’s sole cost as provided in the Lease.

 

 

 

Signage:

 

Landlord is providing for the cost to have Tenant’s name installed on the building lobby directory and tenant’s suite entry signage to their suite. Tenant has the option of exterior building signage at Tenant’s expense as provided in the Lease.

 

 

 

Keying:

 

Landlord will provide for the cost of keying the Premises providing ten (10) Suite entry keys for the Premises, as well as 240 card access cards for Building main entry after hours card access entry.

 

Landlord has 27 passage sets and 35 locksets are being provided all other hardware is existing and to remain. Landlord shall provide two (2) sets of keys for each lockset. Landlord will provide up to 30 additional locksets if requested.

 

 

 

Restrooms:

 

6 TH  and 7 th  floor restrooms provided in existing condition with exception of new paint on the ceilings and on the 7 th  floor new carpet to replace current carpet in the restroom. 3 rd  floor restrooms are common area restrooms.

 

 

 

Fire Protection:

 

Landlord will provide 1 semi-recessed sprinkler head per 120 useable square feet (per code).

 



 

EXHIBIT A-2

RIGHT TO LEASE SPACE

 

 

GRAPHIC

 



 

EXHIBIT A-3

FF&E

 

Reception Foyer :

1 inlaid custom rug

2 upholstered chairs

 

Reception Phone Room :

1 custom designed built in desk

1 upholstered and wood chair

 

Reception Area :

5 upholstered chairs

1 upholstered sofa

3 lamps

1 4 drawer bureau

1 48” round table

2 side tables with three shelves

1 Reception Workstation wood and granite

1 inlaid custom rug

Custom drapery panels

 

Dogwood Conference Room :

1 custom granite conference table with base

12 upholstered arm chairs

1 drop down screen for multi-media presentations (not video conference room)

Custom Drapery panels

Custom built in cabinetry

 

Azalea Video Conference Room :

6 wood conference tables with bases

16 custom wood and upholstered arm chairs

Custom Built in Cabinetry

2 television screens for video conferencing (one flat screen)

 

Bobby Jones Conference Room :

Inlaid wood conference table with base

8 custom upholstered chairs

1 credenza

Custom built in cabinetry

1 drop down screen for multi media presentations (not video conference)

 

Magnolia Conference Room :

7 wood tables with base

20 custom wood and upholstered chairs

1 drop down screen with stereo feature and multi media projector from ceiling (not video conference)

Custom Drapery Panels

Custom Built in Cabinetry

Within this conference room there are 2 phone booths both with custom built in cabinet and 2 wood and upholstered chairs in each booth

 

Conference Room Enclave  (exterior office size)

1 circular table

4 custom wood and upholstered chairs

 



 

1 small side credenza

 

Conference Room Enclave  (exterior office size)

1 circular table

3 custom wood and upholstered chairs

Small side credenza

 

25 Associate Sized Exterior Offices (most are the same size, however there are a few exceptions). All have desk kit and chair along with 2 visiting chairs

10 Partner Sized Offices. 3 of 10 offices have desk, chair and 2 visiting chairs. (all other partner sized offices are either vacant or are furnished by a partner personally and is not firm property)

5 interior offices have desk kit and chair. 1 interior office is vacant and has no desk kit (6 interior sized offices in total)

17 secretarial work stations with desk kit

 

Miscellaneous Items

UPS System

Light Fixtures

Window Treatments

All Supplemental Air Units

All Wiring and Cabling

Ice machines

 

In the event any other items of FF&E will be subject to this Lease, such items shall be as mutually agreed in writing via a letter agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant.

 



 

EXHIBIT B
RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1.               Access to Building. On Saturdays, Sundays, legal holidays and weekdays between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 8:00 A.M., access to the Building and/or to the halls, corridors, elevators or stairways in the Building may be restricted and access shall be gained by use of a key or electronic card to the outside doors of the Buildings. Landlord may from time to time establish security controls for the purpose of regulating access to the Building. Tenant shall be responsible for providing access to the Premises for its agents, employees, invitees and guests at times access is restricted, and shall comply with all such security regulations so established.

 

2.               Protecting Premises. The last member of Tenant to leave the Premises shall close and securely lock all doors or other means of entry to the Premises and shut off all lights and equipment in the Premises.

 

3.               Building Directories. The directories for the Building in the form selected by Landlord shall be used exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants. Any additional names and/or name change requested by Tenant to be displayed in the directories must be approved by Landlord and, if approved, will be provided at the sole expense of Tenant.

 

4.               Large Articles. Furniture, freight and other large or heavy articles may be brought into the Building only at times and in the manner designated by Landlord and always at Tenant’s sole responsibility. All damage done to the Building, its furnishings, fixtures or equipment by moving or maintaining such furniture, freight or articles shall be repaired at Tenant’s expense.

 

5.               Signs. Tenant shall not paint, display, inscribe, maintain or affix any sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name, notice, lettering or direction on any part of the outside or inside of the Building, or on any part of the inside of the Premises which can be seen from the outside of the Premises, including windows and doors, without the written consent of Landlord, and then only such name or names or matter and in such color, size, style, character and material as shall be first approved by Landlord in writing. Landlord, without notice to Tenant, reserves the right to remove, at Tenant’s expense, all matters other than that provided for above.

 

6.               Compliance with Laws. Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, governmental orders or regulations and applicable orders or directions from any public office or body having jurisdiction, whether now existing or hereinafter enacted with respect to the Premises and the use or occupancy thereof. Tenant shall not make or permit any use of the Premises which directly or indirectly is forbidden by law, ordinance, governmental regulations or order or direction of applicable public authority, which may be dangerous to persons or property or which may constitute a nuisance to other tenants.

 

7.               Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall not use or permit to be brought into the Premises or the Building any flammable oils or fluids, or any explosive or other articles deemed hazardous to persons or property, or do or permit to be done any act or thing which will invalidate, or which, if brought in, would be in conflict with any insurance policy covering the Building or its operation, or the Premises, or any part of either, and will not do or permit to be done anything in or upon the Premises, or bring or keep anything therein, which shall not comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of any organization, bureau, department or body having jurisdiction with respect thereto (and Tenant shall at all times comply with all such rules, orders, regulations or requirements), or which shall increase the rate of insurance on the Building, its appurtenances, contents or operation.

 

8.               Defacing Premises and Overloading. Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed in the Premises near the glass of any door, partition, wall or window that may be unsightly from outside the Premises. Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed any article of any kind on any window ledge or on the exterior walls; blinds, shades, awnings or other forms of inside or outside window

 



 

ventilators or similar devices shall not be placed in or about the outside windows in the Premises except to the extent that the character, shape, color, material and make thereof is approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not do any painting or decorating in the Premises or install any floor coverings in the Premises or make, paint, cut or drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Premises or Building without in each instance obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not overload any floor or part thereof in the Premises, or any facility in the Building or any public corridors or elevators therein by bringing in or removing any large or heavy articles and Landlord may direct and control the location of safes, files, and all other heavy articles and, if considered necessary by Landlord may require Tenant at its expense to supply whatever supplementary supports necessary to properly distribute the weight.

 

9.               Obstruction of Public Areas. Tenant shall not, whether temporarily, accidentally or otherwise, allow anything to remain in, place or store anything in, or obstruct in any way, any sidewalk, court, hall, passageway, entrance, or shipping area. Tenant shall lend its full cooperation to keep such areas free from all obstruction and in a clean and sightly condition, and move all supplies, furniture and equipment as soon as received directly to the Premises, and shall move all such items and waste (other than waste customarily removed by Building employees) that are at any time being taken from the Premises directly to the areas designated for disposal. All courts, passageways, entrances, exits, elevators, escalators, stairways, corridors, halls and roofs are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence, in the judgment of Landlord, shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interest of the Building and its tenants; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom Tenant deals within the normal course of Tenant’s business so long as such persons are not engaged in illegal activities.

 

10.        Additional Locks. Tenant shall not attach, or permit to be attached, additional locks or similar devices to any door or window, change existing locks or the mechanism thereof, or make or permit to be made any keys for any door other than those provided by Landlord. Upon termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s possession, Tenant shall immediately surrender all keys to the Premises.

 

11.        Communications or Utility Connections. If Tenant desires signal, alarm or other utility or similar service connections installed or changed, then Tenant shall not install or change the same without the approval of Landlord, and then only under direction of Landlord and at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall not install in the Premises any equipment which requires a greater than normal amount of electrical current for the permitted use without the advance written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of load or demand for or use of electrical current which can safely be permitted in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electric wiring in the Building and the Premises and the needs of other tenants in the Building, and Tenant shall not in any event connect a greater load than that which is safe.

 

12.        Office of the Building. Service requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the office of Highwoods Properties, Inc Employees of Landlord shall not perform, and Tenant shall not engage them to do any work outside of their duties unless specifically authorized by Landlord.

 

13.        Restrooms. The restrooms, toilets, urinals, vanities and the other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant whom, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

 

14.        Intoxication. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated, or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who in any way violates any of the Rules and Regulations of the Building.

 

 



 

15.        Nuisances and Certain Other Prohibited Uses. Tenant shall not (a) install or operate any internal combustion engine, boiler, machinery, refrigerating, heating or air conditioning apparatus in or about the Premises; (b) engage in any mechanical business, or in any service in or about the Premises or Building, except those ordinarily embraced within the Permitted Use as specified in Section 3 of the Lease; (c) use the Premises for housing, lodging, or sleeping purposes; (d) prepare or warm food in the Premises or permit food to be brought into the Premises for consumption therein (heating coffee and individual lunches of employees excepted) except by express permission of Landlord; (e) place any radio or television antennae on the roof or on or in any part of the inside or outside of the Building other than the inside of the Premises, or place a musical or sound producing instrument or device inside or outside the Premises which may be heard outside the Premises; (f) use any power source for the operation of any equipment or device other than dry cell batteries or electricity; (g) operate any electrical device from which may emanate waves that could interfere with or impair radio or television broadcasting or reception from or in the Building or elsewhere; (h) bring or permit to be in the Building any bicycle, other vehicle, dog (except in the company of a blind person), other animal or bird; (i) make or permit any objectionable noise or odor to emanate from the Premises; (j) disturb, harass, solicit or canvass any occupant of the Building; (k) do anything in or about the Premises which could be a nuisance or tend to injure the reputation of the Building; (i) allow any firearms in the Building or the Premises except as approved by Landlord in writing.

 

16.        Solicitation. Tenant shall not canvass other tenants in the Building to solicit business or contributions and shall not exhibit, sell or offer to sell, use, rent or exchange any products or services in or from the Premises unless ordinarily embraced within the Tenant’s Permitted Use as specified in Section 3 of the Lease.

 

17.        Energy Conservation. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water, heat or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to insure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning, and shall not allow the adjustment (except by Landlord’s authorized Building personnel) of any controls.

 

18.        Building Security. At all times other than normal business hours the exterior Building doors and suite entry door(s) must be kept locked to assist in security. Problems in Building and suite security should be directed to Landlord at 919/872-4924.

 

19.        Parking. Parking is in designated parking areas only. There shall be no vehicles in “no parking” zones or at curbs. Handicapped spaces are for handicapped persons only and the Police Department will ticket unauthorized (unidentified) cars in handicapped spaces. Landlord reserves the right to remove vehicles that do not comply with the Lease or these Rules and Regulations and Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from its reasonable exercise of these rights with respect to the vehicles of Tenant and its employees, agents and invitees.

 

20.        Janitorial Service. The janitorial staff will remove all trash from trashcans. Any container or boxes left in hallways or apparently discarded unless clearly and conspicuously labeled DO NOT REMOVE may be removed without liability to Landlord. Any large volume of trash resulting from delivery of furniture, equipment, etc., should be removed by the delivery company, Tenant, or Landlord at Tenant’s expense. Janitorial service will be provided after hours five (5) days a week. All requests for trash removal other than normal janitorial services should be directed to Landlord at 919/872-4924.

 



 

EXHIBIT C
COMMENCEMENT AGREEMENT AND LEASE AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE

 

This COMMENCEMENT AGREEMENT AND LEASE AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE (the “First Amendment”), made and entered into as of this           day of                           , 200   , by and between HIGHWOODS REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a North Carolina limited partnership (“Landlord”) and INC RESEARCH, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”);

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, Tenant and Landlord entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated                              (the “Lease”), for space designated as Suites 360, 600 and 700, comprising approximately 60,058 rentable square feet, in the Highwoods Tower Two Building, located at 3201 Beechleaf Court, City of Raleigh, County of Wake, State of North Carolina; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Rent Schedule and further alter and modify said Lease in the manner set forth below,

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual and reciprocal promises herein contained, Tenant and Landlord hereby agree that said Lease hereinafter described be, and the same is hereby modified in the following particulars, effective as of                                                           :

 

1.               Lease Term. The definition for “Term”, provided in Section One of the Lease, entitled “Basic Definitions and Provisions” shall be amended to provide that the Commencement Date is:                                and the Expiration Date is:                               .

 

2.               Base Rent. The definition for “Rent”, provided in Section One of the Lease, entitled “Basic Definitions and Provisions”, shall be amended as follows:

 

3.               Miscellaneous. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used in this First Amendment shall have the same definitions ascribed to them in the Lease.

 

4.               Lease Effectiveness. Except as modified and amended by this First Amendment, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.

 

Tenant:

INC RESEARCH, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Landlord:

HIGHWOODS REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

a North Carolina limited partnership

By: Highwoods Properties, Inc., its general partner

a Maryland corporation

 

By:

 

 

 

Thomas S. Hill, III, Vice President and Division Manager

 

 



 

EXHIBIT D

A C C E P T A N C E   O F   P R E M I S E S

 

Tenant:                                    INC Research, Inc.

 

Landlord                             Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership

 

Date Lease Signed:

 

 

 

 

Term of Lease:

75 Months

 

 

Address of Leased Premises

 

 

 

Containing

 

Suite:

360,600,700

approximately

60,058 square feet, located

 

 

 

 

at

3201 Beechleaf Court

 

Raleigh, North Carolina 27604

 

Commencement Date:

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

The above described Premises are accepted by Tenant as suitable for the purpose for which they were let. The above described lease term commences and expires on the dates set forth above. Tenant acknowledges that on                                                         it received from Landlord                    keys to the Premises. It is understood that if there is a punch list which will be completed after move-in, then said punch list will be an exhibit hereto.

 

TENANT

 

LANDLORD

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Type/Print Name and Title)

 

(Type/Print Name and Title)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Type/Print Name and Title)

 

(Type/Print Name and Title)

 




Exhibit 10.9.2

 

LEASE AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE

 

This LEASE AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE entered into this 26th day of August, 2010 (the “First Amendment”), by and between HIGHWOODS REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a North Carolina limited partnership (the “Landlord”) and INC RESEARCH, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Tenant”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, Tenant and Landlord entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated May 6, 2010 (the “Lease”), for space designated as Suites 360, 600 and 700, comprising approximately 60,058 rentable square feet (the “Existing Premises”), in the Highwoods Tower Two Building, located at 3201 Beechleaf Court, City of Raleigh, County of Wake, State of North Carolina; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to alter and modify said Lease in the manner hereinafter set forth,

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual and reciprocal promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to amend the Lease as follows:

 

1.               Premises. Effective on December 1, 2010 (the “Expansion Commencement Date”), the Existing Premises shall be expanded by the addition of approximately 4,925 rentable square feet located on the third floor of the Building (the “Expansion Space”), as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto. Effective on the Expansion Commencement Date: (a) all references in the Lease to the “Premises” shall be amended to include both the Existing Premises and the Expansion Space, comprising a total of approximately 64,983 rentable square feet; and (b) Exhibit A attached to this First Amendment shall be incorporated into Exhibit A to the Lease.

 

2.               Base Rent. Effective on December 1, 2010, Section 1(f) of the Lease, entitled “Base Rent”, shall be amended to provide that cumulative Base Rent during the Term for the Existing Premises and the Expansion Premises shall be $9,675,153.82, to be payable in monthly installments in accordance with the following rent schedule (which shall replace the rent schedule provided in the Lease):

 

MONTHS

 

MONTHLY RENT

 

PERIOD RENT

 

12/1/2010 – 11/30/2011

 

$

50,767.97

 

$

609,215.64

 

12/1/2011 – 11/30/2012

 

$

52,037.17

 

$

624,446.04

 

12/1/2012 – 1/31/2013

 

$

53,338.10

 

$

106,676.20

 

2/1/2013 – 11/30/2013

 

$

106,676.19

 

$

1,066,761.90

 

12/1/2013 – 11/30/2014

 

$

109,343.10

 

$

1,312,117.20

 

12/1/2014 – 11/30/2015

 

$

112,076.68

 

$

1,344,920.16

 

12/1/2015 – 11/30/2016

 

$

114,878,59

 

$

1,378,543.08

 

12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017

 

$

117,750.56

 

$

1,413,006.72

 

12/1/2017 – 11/30/2018

 

$

120,694.32

 

$

1,448,331.84

 

12/1/2018 – 2/28/2019

 

$

123,711.68

 

$

371,135.04

 

 

 

BASE RENT:

 

$

9,675,153.82

 

 

The above rent schedule does not include operating expense pass through adjustments to be computed annually in accordance with Lease Addendum Number Two, as amended herein.

 

3.               Brokers’ Commissions. Section 27 of the Lease, entitled “Brokers’ Commissions”, shall be amended to provide that Tenant has not dealt with any real estate broker, finder or other person with respect to this First Amendment and the extension of the Lease, except for Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc., whose address is 5420 Wade Park Boulevard, Suite 206, Raleigh, North Carolina 27609.

 

1



 

4.               Additional Rent — Operating Expenses and Taxes. Effective on December 1, 2010, Lease Addendum Number Two, entitled “Additional Rent — Operating Expenses and Taxes”, shall be amended to provide that Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall mean 38.7345% calculated by dividing the approximately 64,983 rentable square feet of the Premises by the approximately 167,765 net rentable square feet of the Building.

 

5.               Right to Terminate. Section 30(g) of the Lease is hereby amended to provide that the Termination Fee shall be a lump-sum amount of $520,676.00.

 

6.               Improvements. Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, complete those certain improvements to the Expansion Space as shown on Exhibits A and A-1 attached hereto (the “Tenant Improvements”). If Tenant makes any revision to the space plan after such space plan has been approved by both Landlord and Tenant, then Tenant shall pay all additional costs and expenses incurred as a result of such revisions, including Landlord’s construction supervision fee of ten percent (10%) to manage and oversee the work to be done on Tenant’s behalf. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, promptly upon being billed therefor, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the changes requested by Tenant. Such costs and expenses shall include all amounts charged by the contractor performing the work (the “Contractor”) for performing such work and providing such materials (including the Contractor’s general conditions, overhead and profit). Tenant will be billed for such costs and expenses as follows: (i) forty-five percent (45%) of such costs and expenses shall be due and payable upon Tenant’s approval of the cost estimates for the Tenant Improvements; (ii) forty-five percent (45%) of such costs and expenses shall be due and payable when such work is fifty percent (50%) completed; (iii) ten percent (10%) (i.e. , the outstanding balance) of such costs and expenses shall be due and payable upon substantial completion. If unpaid within thirty (30) days after receipt of invoice, then the outstanding balance shall accrue interest at the rate of one percent (1%) per month until paid in full.

 

The Expansion Space shall be deemed to be substantially complete when the work to be performed by Landlord pursuant to the plans approved by Landlord and Tenant (the “Plans”) has been completed, as certified by Landlord’s architect, except for items of work and adjustment of equipment and fixtures that can be completed after the Expansion Space are occupied without causing material interference with Tenant’s use of the Expansion Space (i.e, “punch list items”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, The Expansion Commencement Date shall remain the date specified in Section 1 hereinabove regardless of any delays in the substantial completion of the work. Landlord covenants and agrees that all work performed in connection with the construction of the Expansion Space shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the final approved Plans. Landlord agrees to exercise due diligence in completing the construction of the Expansion Space.

 

Landlord agrees to repair and correct any work or materials installed by Landlord or its Contractor in the Expansion Space that prove defective as a result of faulty materials, equipment, or workmanship and that first appear within three hundred sixty (360) days after the date of occupancy of the Expansion Space. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be responsible to repair or correct any defective work or materials installed by Tenant or any contractor other than Landlord’s Contractor, or any work or materials that prove defective as a result of any act or omission of Tenant or any of its employees, agents, invitees, licensees, subtenants, customers, clients, or guests.

 

During construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Expansion Space with the approval of the Landlord, Tenant shall be permitted reasonable access to the Expansion Space, as long as such access does not interfere with or delay construction work on the Expansion Space for the purposes of taking measurements, making plans, installing trade fixtures, and doing such other work as may be appropriate or desirable to enable Tenant eventually to assume possession of and operate in the Expansion Space.

 

7.               Miscellaneous. The foregoing is intended to be an addition and a modification to the Lease. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used in this First Amendment shall have the same definitions ascribed in the Lease. Except as modified and amended by this First Amendment, the

 

2



 

Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If anything contained in this First Amendment conflicts with any terms of the Lease, then the terms of this First Amendment shall govern and any conflicting terms in the Lease shall be deemed deleted in their entirety.

 

8.               Tenant Acknowledgment. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has complied with all of its obligations under said Lease to date, and, to the extent not expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of said Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant and Landlord have caused this instrument to be executed as of the date first above written, by their respective officers or parties thereunto duly authorized.

 

Tenant:

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH, INC.

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen M. Wall

 

 

Name:

Karen M. Wall, Esq.

 

 

Title:

General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

26 August 2010

 

 

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

 

HIGHWOODS REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

a North Carolina limited partnership

 

By: Highwoods Properties, Inc., its general partner

 

a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas S. Hill, III

 

 

 

Thomas S. Hill, III

 

 

 

Vice President and Division Manager

 

 

4



 

EXHIBIT A

EXPANSION SPACE

 

GRAPHIC

 

5



 

GRAPHIC

 

6



 

GRAPHIC

 

7



 

GRAPHIC

 

8




Exhibit 10.9.3

 

LEASE AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO

 

This LEASE AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO entered into this 23rd day of August, 2011 (the “Second Amendment”), by and between HIGHWOODS REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a North Carolina limited partnership (the “Landlord”) and INC RESEARCH, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, successor-in-interest to INC Research, Inc. (the “Tenant”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, Tenant and Landlord entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated May 6, 2010 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain Lease Amendment Number One dated August 26, 2010 (the “First Amendment”) (the Original Lease and the First Amendment hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Lease”), for space designated as Suites 320, 360, 600 and 700, comprising approximately 64,983 rentable square feet (the “Existing Premises”), in the Highwoods Tower Two Building, located at 3201 Beechleaf Court, City of Raleigh, County of Wake, State of North Carolina; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to alter and modify said Lease in the manner hereinafter set forth,

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual and reciprocal promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to amend the Lease as follows:

 

1.               Premises. Effective on November 1, 2011 (the “Second Expansion Commencement Date”), the Existing Premises shall be expanded by the addition of approximately 12,477 rentable square feet located on the fifth floor of the Building (the “First Phase Second Expansion Space”) and by the addition of approximately 12,476 rentable square feet located on the fifth floor of the Building (the “Second Phase Second Expansion Space”) (the First Phase Second Expansion Space and the Second Phase Second Expansion Space hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “Second Expansion Space”), as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto. Effective on the Second Expansion Commencement Date: (a) all references in the Lease to the “Premises” shall be amended to include both the Existing Premises, the First Phase Second Expansion Space, and the Second Phase Second Expansion Space, comprising a total of approximately 89,936 rentable square feet; and (b) Exhibit A attached to this Second Amendment shall be incorporated into Exhibit A to the Lease.

 

2.               Base Rent. Effective on November 1, 2011, Section 1(f) of the Lease, entitled “Base Rent”, shall be amended to provide that cumulative Base Rent from the Second Expansion Commencement Date through the Term for the Second Expansion Space shall be $3,681,705.58, to be payable in monthly installments in accordance with the following rent schedule (which shall be in addition to the rent schedule provided in the Lease):

 

MONTHS

 

MONTHLY RENT

 

PERIOD RENT

 

11/1/2011 - 11/30/2011

 

$

19,495.31

 

$

19,495.31

 

12/1/2011 - 4/30/2012

 

$

19,982.69

 

$

99,913.45

 

5/1/2012 - 11/30/2012

 

$

39,965.08

 

$

279,755.56

 

12/1/2012 - 11/30/2013

 

$

40,964.21

 

$

491,570.52

 

12/1/2013 - 11/30/2014

 

$

41,988.32

 

$

503,859.84

 

12/1/2014 - 11/30/2015

 

$

43,038.03

 

$

516,456.36

 

12/1/2015 - 11/30/2016

 

$

44,113.98

 

$

529,367.76

 

12/1/2016 - 11/30/2017

 

$

45,216.83

 

$

542,601.96

 

12/1/2017 - 11/30/2018

 

$

46,347.25

 

$

556,167.00

 

12/1/2018 - 2/28/2019

 

$

47,505.94

 

$

142,517.82

 

 

 

BASE RENT:

 

$

3,681,705.58

 

 

1



 

(a)  The above rent schedule does not include Base Rent for the Existing Premises or operating expense pass through adjustments to be computed annually in accordance with Lease Addendum Number Two, as amended herein.

 

(b)  Base Rent and Additional Rent on the First Phase Second Expansion Space shall commence on the Second Expansion Commencement Date. Tenant may fully occupy the First Phase Second Expansion Space as of the Second Expansion Commencement Date. The delineation of the First Phase Second Expansion Space is shown on Exhibit A.

 

(c)  Base Rent and Additional Rent on the Second Phase Second Expansion Space shall abate through April 30, 2012 such that Tenant shall pay full Base Rent and Additional Rent for the Second Phase Second Expansion Space as of May 1, 2012. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Tenant’s employees physically occupy all or any portion of the Second Phase Second Expansion Space for the normal conduct of Tenant’s regular business purposes prior to May 1, 2012, Tenant shall pay full Base Rent and Additional Rent for the Second Phase Second Expansion Space beginning with the date of such occupancy. The delineation of the Second Phase Second Expansion Space is shown on Exhibit A.

 

3.               Brokers’ Commissions. Section 27 of the Lease, entitled “Brokers’ Commissions”, shall be amended to provide that Tenant has not dealt with any real estate broker, finder or other person with respect to this Second Amendment and the expansion of the Premises, except for Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc., whose address is 5420 Wade Park Boulevard, Suite 206, Raleigh, North Carolina 27609.

 

4.               Additional Rent — Operating Expenses and Taxes. Effective on November 1, 2011, Lease Addendum Number Two, entitled “Additional Rent — Operating Expenses and Taxes”, shall be amended to provide that Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall mean 53.6083% calculated by dividing the approximately 89,936 rentable square feet of the Premises by the approximately 167,765 net rentable square feet of the Building.

 

5.               Right to Lease. Section 30(f) of the Lease is hereby amended to provide that Tenant shall have the Right to Lease with regard to all space in the Building subject to the terms and conditions contained in Section 30(f); provided, however, that, except with regard to Suite 300 in the Building, Tenant’s Right to Lease is subordinate to all pre-existing rights of extension, expansion, first offer or refusal or any other rights as to the Right to Lease Space in favor of other tenants in place as of the date of this Second Amendment.

 

6.               Right to Terminate. Section 30(g) of the Lease is hereby amended to provide that the Termination Fee shall be a lump-sum amount of $786,892.00.

 

7.               Second Expansion Improvements. Improvements to the Second Expansion Space shall be completed pursuant to the Second Expansion Workletter, attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit B.

 

8.               Miscellaneous. The foregoing is intended to be an addition and a modification to the Lease. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used in this Second Amendment shall have the same definitions ascribed in the Lease. Except as modified and amended by this Second Amendment, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If anything contained in this Second Amendment conflicts with any terms of the Lease, then the terms of this Second Amendment shall govern and any conflicting terms in the Lease shall be deemed deleted in their entirety.

 

9.               Tenant Acknowledgment Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has complied with all of its obligations under said Lease to date, and, to the extent not expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of said Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant and Landlord have caused this instrument to be executed as of the date first above written, by their respective officers or parties thereunto duly authorized.

 

Tenant:

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen M. Wall

 

 

Name:

Karen M. Wall, Esq.

 

 

Title:

General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

23 August 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

 

HIGHWOODS REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

a North Carolina limited partnership

 

By: Highwoods Properties, Inc., its general partner

 

a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas S. Hill, III

 

 

 

Thomas S. Hill, III

 

 

 

Vice President and Division Manager

 

 

3



 

EXHIBIT A

SECOND EXPANSION SPACE

 

GRAPHIC

 

4



 

EXHIBIT B

SECOND EXPANSION WORKLETTER

 

This Exhibit B (the “Second Expansion Workletter”) sets forth the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to space planning, engineering, final workshop drawings, and the construction and installation of any improvements to the Second Expansion Space to be completed before the Second Expansion Commencement Date (“Second Expansion Improvements”). This Second Expansion Workletter contemplates that the performance of this work will proceed in four stages in accordance with the following schedule: (i) preparation of a space plan; (ii) final design and engineering and preparation of final plans and working drawings; (iii) preparation by the Contractor (as hereinafter defined) of an estimate of the additional cost of the initial Second Expansion Improvements; (iv) submission and approval of plans by appropriate governmental authorities and construction and installation of the Second Expansion Improvements by the Second Expansion Commencement Date.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, Landlord and Tenant do mutually agree to the following:

 

1.               Allowance. Landlord agrees to provide an allowance of up to $30.00 per rentable square foot of the Second Expansion Space, to design, engineer, install, supply and otherwise to construct the Second Expansion Improvements in the Second Expansion Space that will become a part of the Building (the “Allowance”). Tenant is fully responsible for the payment of all costs in connection with the Second Expansion Improvements in excess of the Allowance. In connection with Tenant’s expansion into the Second Expansion Space, Tenant may use up to $5.00 per rentable square foot of the Second Expansion Space of the Allowance (the “Moving Allowance”) for Tenant’s actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with (i) signage, (ii) telephone and data/network cabling, (iii) security, (iv) purchase of new fumiture or (v) moving expenses, with the Moving Allowance applied in order from (i) to (v) to the extent reasonably possible. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of paid invoices and any other reasonable documentation requested by Landlord evidencing the amount of Tenant’s out-of-pocket relocation costs, along with final lien waivers from any contractors and service providers performing any work or providing materials. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant the amount of the documented costs, up to the maximum amount of the Moving Allowance, within 10 business days following receipt of the foregoing documents. Tenant shall be solely responsible for any such costs in excess of the maximum amount of the Moving Allowance. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Moving Allowance is only available for Tenant’s use until December 1, 2012. Any portion of the Moving Allowance not used by December 1, 2012, shall be deemed forfeited by Tenant and shall no longer be available for Tenant’s use.

 

2.               Space Planning, Design and Working Drawings. On Tenant’s behalf, Landlord shall select Phillips Architecture (“Architect”), who will do the following at Tenant’s expense (which expense may be deducted from the Allowance):

 

a.               Attend a reasonable number of meetings with Tenant and Landlord’s agent to define Tenant’s requirements. The Architect shall provide one complete space plan. Tenant shall approve such space plan, in writing, within 5 business days after receipt of the space plan.

 

b.               Complete construction drawings for Tenant’s partition layout, reflected ceiling grid, telephone and electrical outlets, keying, and finish schedule.

 

c.                Complete building standard mechanical plans where necessary (for installation of air conditioning system and duct work, and heating and electrical facilities) for the work to be done in the Second Expansion Space.

 

d.               All plans and working drawings for the construction and completion of the Second Expansion Space (the “Plans”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval. Any changes or modifications Tenant desires to make to the Plans shall also be subject to Landlord’s prior approval.

 

5



 

Landlord agrees that it will not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of the Plans, or of any changes or modifications thereof; provided, however, Landlord shall have sole and absolute discretion to approve or disapprove any improvements that will be visible to the exterior of the Second Expansion Space, or which may affect the structural integrity of the Building. Any approval of the Plans by Landlord shall not constitute approval of any Delays caused by Tenant and shall not be deemed a waiver of any rights or remedies that may arise as a result of such Delays. Landlord may condition its approval of the Plans if: (i) the Plans require design elements or materials that would cause Landlord to deliver the Second Expansion Space to Tenant after the scheduled Second Expansion Commencement Date, or (ii) the estimated cost for any improvements under the Plan is more than the Allowance.

 

3.               Tenant Plan Delivery Date.

 

a.               Tenant acknowledges that the Architect is acting on behalf of the Tenant and that Tenant (not Landlord) is responsible for the timely completion of the Plans.

 

b.               Tenant covenants and agrees to deliver to Landlord the final Plans for the Second Expansion Improvements on or before September 15, 2011 (the “Tenant Plan Delivery Date”). Time is of the essence in the delivery of the final Plans. It is vital that the final Plans be delivered to Landlord by the Tenant Plan Delivery Date in order to allow Landlord sufficient time to review such Plans, to discuss with Tenant any changes therein which Landlord believes to be necessary or desirable, to enable the Contractor to prepare an estimate of the cost of the Second Expansion Improvements, to obtain required permits, and to substantially complete the Second Expansion Improvements within the time frame provided in the Lease.

 

4.               Work and Materials at Tenant’s Expense. On Tenant’s behalf, Landlord shall select a licensed general contractor or contractors (the “Contractor”) to construct and install the Second Expansion Improvements in accordance with the Plans (the “Work”) at Tenant’s expense (which expense may be deducted from the Allowance). Tenant agrees that the Contractor may be an affiliate of Landlord. Landlord shall coordinate and facilitate all communications between Tenant and the Contractor.

 

a.               Prior to commencing Work, Landlord shall submit to Tenant in writing the cost of the Work, which shall include (i) the Contractor’s cost for completing the Work (including the Contractor’s general conditions, overhead and profit), and (ii) a construction supervision fee of $6,000.00, to be paid to Landlord to manage and oversee the work to be done on Tenant’s behalf. The landlord shall obtain competitive bids from a minimum of three contractors. Tenant shall have five (5) business days to review and approve the cost of the Work. Landlord shall not authorize the Contractor to proceed with the work until the cost is mutually agreed upon and approved in writing and delivered to Landlord.

 

b.               Any changes in the approved cost of the Work shall be by written change order signed by the Tenant. Tenant agrees to process change orders in a timely fashion. Tenant acknowledges that the following items may result in change orders:

 

i.                   Municipal or other governmental inspectors require changes to the Second Expansion Space such as additional exit lights, fire damper or whatever other changes they may require. In such event, Landlord will notify the Tenant of the required changes, but the cost of such changes and any delay associated with such changes shall be the responsibility of the Tenant.

 

ii.                Tenant makes changes to the Plans or requests additional work. Tenant will be notified of the cost and any delays that would result from the change by a change order signed by Tenant before the changes are implemented. Any delays caused by such changes shall not delay the Second Expansion Commencement Date of the Lease.

 

6



 

iii.             Any errors or omissions in the Plans or specifications which require changes. Landlord will notify the Tenant of the required changes, but the cost of such changes and any delay associated with such changes shall be the responsibility of the Tenant, and shall not delay the Second Expansion Commencement Date of the Lease.

 

iv.            Materials are not readily available, require quick ship charges, or require substitution.

 

v.               The upfit schedule requires Express Review to get permits, which will increase the costs of the permitting process.

 

c.                All work performed in connection with the construction of the Second Expansion Space shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations and with the final approved Plans.

 

5.               Signage and Keys. Landlord shall provide the following in accordance with building standards at Tenant’s Expense (which expense may be deducted from the Allowance): (i) door and directory signage; (ii) suite and Building keys or entry cards.

 

6.               Second Expansion Commencement Date.

 

a.               The Second Expansion Commencement Date shall be the date when the work to be performed by Contractor pursuant to the Plans approved by Landlord and Tenant has been substantially completed (excluding items of work and adjustment of equipment and fixtures that can be completed after the Second Expansion Space are occupied without causing material interference with Tenant’s use of the Second Expansion Space — i.e., “punch list items”), and the Landlord delivers possession of the Second Expansion Space to Tenant in accordance with Section 3 of the Lease.

 

b.               Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord shall be delayed in delivering possession of the Second Expansion Space as a result of:

 

i.                   Tenant’s failure to approve the space plan within the time specified;

 

ii.                Tenant’s failure to furnish to Landlord the final Plans on or before the Tenant Plan Delivery Date;

 

iii.             Tenant’s failure to approve Landlord’s cost estimates within the time specified;

 

iv.            Tenant’s failure to timely respond to change orders;

 

v.               Tenant’s changes in the Second Expansion Improvements or the Plans (notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of any such changes);

 

vi.            Tenant’s request for changes in or modifications to the Plans subsequent to the Tenant Plan Delivery Date;

 

vii.         Inability to obtain materials, finishes or installations requested by Tenant that are not part of the Building Standard Improvements;

 

viii.      The performance of any work by any person, firm or corporation employed or retained by Tenant; or

 

ix.            Any other act or omission by Tenant or its agents, representatives, and/or employees;

 

x.               then, in any such event, for purposes of determining the Second Expansion Commencement Date, the Second Expansion Space shall be deemed to have been delivered to

 

7



 

Tenant on the date that Landlord and Architect determine that the Second Expansion Space would have been substantially completed and ready for delivery if such delay or delays had not occurred.

 

7.               Tenant Improvement Expenses in Excess of the Allowance. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, promptly upon being billed therefore, all costs and expenses in excess of the Allowance incurred in connection with the Second Expansion Improvements. Tenant will be billed for such costs and expenses as follows: (i) fifty percent (50%) of such costs and expenses shall be due and payable upon Tenant’s approval of the cost estimates for the Second Expansion Improvements; (ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of such costs and expenses shall be due and payable when such work is substantially completed and the Second Expansion Space are ready for delivery to Tenant; (iii) twenty-five percent (25%) of such costs and expenses shall be due and payable upon final completion of all punch list items.

 

8.               Repairs and Corrections. Landlord shall select a Contractor who will provide Tenant a one-year warranty from the date of delivery of the Second Expansion Space, transferable to Tenant, for defective workmanship and materials. If with Tenant’s agreement, used equipment is installed as part of the Work, the used equipment shall be installed “as is” and without any warranties. All manufacturers’ and builders’ warranties with respect to the Work shall be issued to or transferred to Tenant, without recourse to the Landlord. Tenant shall repair or correct any defective work or materials installed by Tenant or any contractor other than the Contractor selected by Landlord, or any work or materials that prove defective as a result of any act or omission of Tenant or any of its employees, agents, invitees, licensees, subtenants, customers, clients, or guests.

 

9.               Inspection of Second Expansion Space; Possession by Tenant. Prior to taking possession of the Second Expansion Space, Tenant and Landlord shall inspect the Second Expansion Space and Tenant shall give Landlord notice of any defects or incomplete work (“Punchlist”). Tenant’s possession of the Second Expansion Space constitutes acknowledgment by Tenant that the Second Expansion Space are in good condition and that all work and materials provided by Landlord are satisfactory as of such date of occupancy, except as to (i) any defects or incomplete work set forth in the Punchlist, (ii) latent defects, and (iii) any equipment that is used seasonally if Tenant takes possession of the Second Expansion Space during a season when such equipment is not in use.

 

10.        Access During Construction. During construction of the Second Expansion Improvements and with prior approval of Landlord, Tenant shall be permitted reasonable access to the Second Expansion Space for the purposes of taking measurements, making plans, installing trade fixtures, and doing such other work as may be appropriate or desirable to enable Tenant to assume possession of and operate in the Second Expansion Space; provided, however, that such access does not interfere with or delay construction work on the Second Expansion Space and does not include moving furniture or similar items into the Second Expansion Space. Prior to any such entry, Tenant shall comply with all insurance provisions of the Lease. All waiver and indemnity provisions of the Lease shall apply upon Tenant’s entry of the Second Expansion Space.

 

8




Exhibit 10.9.4

 

LEASE AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE

 

This LEASE AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE entered into this 4th day of January, 2013 (the “Third Amendment”), by and between HIGHWOODS REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a North Carolina limited partnership (the “Landlord”) and INC RESEARCH, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tenant”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, Tenant and Landlord entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated May 6, 2010 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain Lease Amendment Number One dated August 26, 2010 (the “First Amendment”), as amended by that certain Lease Amendment Number Two dated August 23, 2011 (the “Second Amendment”) (the Original Lease and the First and Second Amendments collectively referred to as the “Lease”), for space designated as Suites 320, 360, 500, 501, 600 and 700, comprising approximately 89,936 rentable square feet (the “Existing Premises”), in the Highwoods Tower Two Building, located at 3201 Beechleaf Court, Raleigh, North Carolina; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to alter and modify said Lease in the manner hereinafter set forth,

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual and reciprocal promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to amend the Lease as follows:

 

1.               Premises. Effective on September 1, 2013 (the “Third Expansion Commencement Date”), the Existing Premises shall be expanded by the addition of approximately 9,600 rentable square feet located on the third floor of the Building (the “Third Expansion Space”), as shown on Exhibit A, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. Effective on the Third Expansion Commencement Date: (a) all references in the Lease to the “Premises” shall be amended to include both the Existing Premises and the Third Expansion Space, comprising a total of approximately 99,536 rentable square feet; and (b) Exhibit A attached to this Third Amendment shall be incorporated into Exhibit A to the Lease.

 

2.               Base Rent. Effective on September 1, 2013, Section 1(f) of the Lease, entitled “Base Rent”, shall be amended to provide that cumulative Base Rent from the Third Expansion Commencement Date through the Term for the Third Expansion Space shall be $1,251,921.84, to be payable in equal monthly installments in accordance with the following rent schedule (which shall replace the rent schedule provided in the Lease):

 

MONTHS

 

MONTHLY RENT

 

CUMULATIVE RENT

 

9/1/2013 – 11/30/2013

 

$

17,600.00

 

$

52,800.00

 

12/1/2013 – 1/30/2014

 

$

18,040.00

 

$

216,480.00

 

12/1/2014 – 11/30/2015

 

$

18,491.00

 

$

221,892.00

 

12/1/2015 – 11/30/2016

 

$

18,953.28

 

$

227,439.36

 

12/1/2016 – 11130/2017

 

$

19,427.11

 

$

233,125.32

 

12/1/2017 – 11/30/2018

 

$

19,912.78

 

$

238,953.36

 

12/1/2018 – 2/28/2019

 

$

20,410.60

 

$

61,231.80

 

 

 

 

BASE RENT:

 

$

1,251,921.84

 

 

The above rent schedule does not include Base Rent for the Existing Premises or operating expense pass through adjustments to be computed annually in accordance with Lease Addendum Number Two, as amended herein.

 

1



 

3.               Additional Rent — Operating Expenses and Taxes. Effective on September 1, 2013, Lease Addendum Number Two, entitled “Additional Rent Operating Expenses and Taxes”, shall be amended to provide that Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall mean 59.3306% calculated by dividing the approximately 99,536 rentable square feet of the Premises by the approximately 167,765 net rentable square feet of the Building.

 

4.               Right to Terminate. Section 30(g) of the Lease is hereby amended to provide that the Right to Terminate provided therein shall not be applicable to the Third Expansion Space.

 

5.               Brokers’ Commissions. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any real estate broker, finder or other person with respect to this Third Amendment and the extension of the Lease. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any claims, damages, expenses and liabilities arising from Tenant’s breach of this representation and warranty.

 

6.               Miscellaneous. The foregoing is intended to be an addition and a modification to the Lease. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used in this Third Amendment shall have the same definitions ascribed in the Lease. Except as modified and amended by this Third Amendment, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If anything contained in this Third Amendment conflicts with any terms of the Lease, then the terms of this Third Amendment shall govern and any conflicting terms in the Lease shall be deemed deleted in their entirety.

 

7.               Tenant Acknowledgment. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has complied with all of its obligations under said Lease to date, and, to the extent not expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of said Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant and Landlord have caused this instrument to be executed as of the date first above written, by their respective officers or parties thereunto duly authorized.

 

Tenant:

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Cathleen Vater

 

 

Name:

Cathleen Vater

 

 

Title:

Director of Facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

2 January 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

 

HIGHWOODS REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

a North Carolina limited partnership

 

By: Highwoods Properties, Inc., its general partner

 

a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas S. Hill, III

 

 

 

Thomas S. Hill, III

 

 

 

Vice President and Division Manager

 

 

3



 

EXHIBIT A

THIRD EXPANSION SPACE

 

GRAPHIC

 

4



 

EXHIBIT B

THIRD EXPANSION WORKLETTER

 

This Exhibit B (the “Third Expansion Workletter”) sets forth the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to space planning, engineering, final workshop drawings, and the construction and installation of any improvements to the Third Expansion Space to be completed before the Third Expansion Commencement Date (“Third Expansion Improvements”). This Third Expansion Workletter contemplates that the performance of this work will proceed in four stages in accordance with the following schedule: (i) preparation of a space plan; (ii) final design and engineering and preparation of final plans and working drawings; (iii) preparation by the Contractor (as hereinafter defined) of an estimate of the additional cost of the initial Third Expansion Improvements; (iv) submission and approval of plans by appropriate governmental authorities and construction and installation of the Third Expansion Improvements by the Third Expansion Commencement Date.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, Landlord and Tenant do mutually agree to the following:

 

1.               Allowance. Landlord agrees to provide an allowance of up to $10.00 per rentable square foot of the Third Expansion Space, to design, engineer, install, supply and otherwise to construct the Third Expansion Improvements in the Third Expansion Space that will become a part of the Building (the “Allowance”). In addition, Tenant shall be permitted to use up to $135,000 from any unused allowance for tenant improvements remaining related to Exhibit B to the Second Amendment (the “Unused Allowance”) for improvements to the Second Expansion Space. Tenant is fully responsible for the payment of all costs in connection with the Third Expansion Improvements in excess of the Allowance. In the event any portion of the Allowance or the Unused Allowance remains after completion of the Third Expansion Improvements, Tenant may apply such remaining funds to reimbursement for wiring, cabling or third party moving vendors provided Tenant submits to Landlord copies of paid invoices, lien waivers and other reasonable documentation requested by Landlord. Upon receipt of such request and documentation, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for such costs, up to the amount of the remaining Allowance and Unused Allowance, within ten (10) business days.

 

2.               Space Planning, Design and Working Drawings. On Tenant’s behalf, Landlord shall select Phillips Architecture (“Architect”), who will do the following at Tenant’s expense (which expense may be deducted from the Allowance):

 

a.                     Attend a reasonable number of meetings with Tenant and Landlord’s agent to define Tenant’s requirements. The Architect shall provide one complete space plan. Tenant shall approve such space plan, in writing, within 5 business days after receipt of the space plan.

 

b.                     Complete construction drawings for Tenant’s partition layout, reflected ceiling grid, telephone and electrical outlets, keying, and finish schedule.

 

c.                      Complete building standard mechanical plans where necessary (for installation of air conditioning system and duct work, and heating and electrical facilities) for the work to be done in the Third Expansion Space.

 

d.                     All plans and working drawings for the construction and completion of the Third Expansion Space (the “Plans”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval. Any changes or modifications Tenant desires to make to the Plans shall also be subject to Landlord’s prior approval. Landlord agrees that it will not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of the Plans, or of any changes or modifications thereof; provided, however, Landlord shall have sole and absolute discretion to approve or disapprove any improvements that will be visible to the exterior of the Third Expansion Space, or which may affect the structural integrity of the Building. Any approval of the Plans by Landlord shall not constitute approval of any Delays caused by Tenant and shall not be

 

5



 

deemed a waiver of any rights or remedies that may arise as a result of such Delays. Landlord may condition its approval of the Plans if: (i) the Plans require design elements or materials that would cause Landlord to deliver the Third Expansion Space to Tenant after the scheduled Third Expansion Commencement Date, or (ii) the estimated cost for any improvements under the Plan is more than the Allowance.

 

3. Tenant Plan. Delivery Date.

 

a.                           Tenant acknowledges that the Architect is acting on behalf of the Tenant and that Tenant (not Landlord) is responsible for the timely completion of the Plans.

 

b.                           Tenant covenants and agrees to deliver to Landlord the final Plans for the Third Expansion improvements on or before March 31, 2013 (the “Tenant Plan Delivery Date”). Time is of the essence in the delivery of the final Plans. It is vital that the final Plans be delivered to Landlord by the Tenant Plan Delivery Date in order to allow Landlord sufficient time to review such Plans, to discuss with Tenant any changes therein which Landlord believes to be necessary or desirable, to enable the Contractor to prepare an estimate of the cost of the Third Expansion Improvements, to obtain required permits, and to substantially complete the Third Expansion Improvements within the time frame provided in the Lease.

 

4.               Work and Materials at Tenant’s Expense. On Tenant’s behalf, Landlord shall select a licensed general contractor or contractors (the “Contractor”) to construct and install the Third Expansion Improvements in accordance with the Plans (the “Work”) at Tenant’s expense (which expense may be deducted from the Allowance). Tenant agrees that the Contractor may be an affiliate of Landlord. Landlord shall coordinate and facilitate all communications between Tenant and the Contractor.

 

a.                     Prior to commencing Work, Landlord shall submit to Tenant in writing the cost of the Work, which shall include (i) the Contractor’s cost for completing the Work (including the Contractor’s general conditions, overhead and profit), and (ii) a construction supervision fee of ten percent (10%) of the cost of the Work, to be paid to Landlord to manage and oversee the work to be done on Tenant’s behalf. The Landlord shall obtain competitive bids from a minimum of three contractors. Tenant shall have five (5) business days to review and approve the cost of the Work. Landlord shall not authorize the Contractor to proceed with the work until the cost is mutually agreed upon and approved in writing and delivered to Landlord.

 

b.                     Any changes in the approved cost of the Work shall be by written change order signed by the Tenant. Tenant agrees to process change orders in a timely fashion. Tenant acknowledges that the following items may result in change orders:

 

i.                   Municipal or other governmental inspectors require changes to the Third Expansion Space such as additional exit lights, fire damper or whatever other changes they may require. In such event, Landlord will notify the Tenant of the required changes, but the cost of such changes and any delay associated with such changes shall be the responsibility of the Tenant.

 

ii.                 Tenant makes changes to the Plans or requests additional work. Tenant will be notified of the cost and any delays that would result from the change by a change order signed by Tenant before the changes are implemented. Any delays caused by such changes shall not delay the Third Expansion Commencement Date of the Lease.

 

iii.             Any errors or omissions in the Plans or specifications which require changes. Landlord will notify the Tenant of the required changes, but the cost of such changes and any delay associated with such changes shall be the responsibility of the Tenant, and shall not delay the Third Expansion Commencement Date of the Lease.

 

iv.            Materials are not readily available, require quick ship charges, or require substitution.

 

6



 

v.               The upfit schedule requires Express Review to get permits, which will increase the costs of the permitting process.

 

c.                      All work performed in connection with the construction of the Third Expansion Space shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations and with the final approved Plans.

 

5.               Signage and Keys. Landlord shall provide the following in accordance with building standards at Tenant’s Expense (which expense may be deducted from the Allowance): (i) door and directory signage; (ii) suite and Building keys or entry cards.

 

6.               Third Expansion Commencement Date.

 

a.                     The Third Expansion Commencement Date shall be the date when the work to be performed by Contractor pursuant to the Plans approved by Landlord and Tenant has been substantially completed (excluding items of work and adjustment of equipment and fixtures that can be completed after the Third Expansion Space are occupied without causing material interference with Tenant’s use of the Third Expansion Space — i.e., “punch list items”), and the Landlord delivers possession of the Third Expansion Space to Tenant in accordance with Section 3 of the Lease.

 

b.                     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord shall be delayed in delivering possession of the Third Expansion Space as a result of:

 

i.                   Tenant’s failure to approve the space plan within the time specified;

 

ii.                Tenant’s failure to furnish to Landlord the final Plans on or before the Tenant Plan Delivery Date;

 

iii.             Tenant’s failure to approve Landlord’s cost estimates within the time specified;

 

iv.            Tenant’s failure to timely respond to change orders;

 

v.               Tenant’s changes in the Third Expansion Improvements or the Plans (notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of any such changes);

 

vi.            Tenant’s request for changes in or modifications to the Plans subsequent to the Tenant Plan Delivery Date;

 

vii.         Inability to obtain materials, finishes or installations requested by Tenant that are not part of the Building Standard Improvements;

 

viii.      The performance of any work by any person, firm or corporation employed or retained by Tenant; or

 

ix.            Any other act or omission by Tenant or its agents, representatives, and/or employees;

 

x.               then, in any such event, for purposes of determining the Third Expansion Commencement Date, the Third Expansion Space shall be deemed to have been delivered to Tenant on the date that Landlord and Architect determine that the Third Expansion Space would have been substantially completed and ready for delivery if such delay or delays had not occurred.

 

7.               Tenant Improvement Expenses in Excess of the Allowance. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, promptly upon being billed therefore, all costs and expenses in excess of the Allowance incurred in connection with the Third Expansion Improvements. Tenant will be billed for such costs and expenses as

 

7



 

follows: (i) fifty percent (50%) of such costs and expenses shall be due and payable upon Tenant’s approval of the cost estimates for the Third Expansion Improvements; (ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of such costs and expenses shall be due and payable when such work is substantially completed and the Third Expansion Space are ready for delivery to Tenant; (iii) twenty-five percent (25%) of such costs and expenses shall be due and payable upon final completion of all punch list items.

 

8.               Repairs and Corrections. Landlord shall select a Contractor who will provide Tenant a one-year warranty from the date of delivery of the Third Expansion Space, transferable to Tenant, for defective workmanship and materials. If with Tenant’s agreement, used equipment is installed as part of the Work, the used equipment shall be installed as is” and without any warranties. All manufacturers’ and builders’ warranties with respect to the Work shall be issued to or transferred to Tenant, without recourse to the Landlord. Tenant shall repair or correct any defective work or materials installed by Tenant or any contractor other than the Contractor selected by Landlord, or any work or materials that prove defective as a result of any act or omission of Tenant or any of its employees, agents, invitees, licensees, subtenants, customers, clients, or guests.

 

9.               Inspection of Third Expansion Space; Possession by Tenant. Prior to taking possession of the Third Expansion Space, Tenant and Landlord shall inspect the Third Expansion Space and Tenant shall give Landlord notice of any defects or incomplete work (“Punchlist”). Tenant’s possession of the Third Expansion Space constitutes acknowledgment by Tenant that the Third Expansion Space are in good condition and that all work and materials provided by Landlord are satisfactory as of such date of occupancy, except as to (i) any defects or incomplete work set forth in the Punchlist, (ii) latent defects, and (iii) any equipment that is used seasonally if Tenant takes possession of the Third Expansion Space during a season when such equipment is not in use.

 

10.        Access During Construction. During construction of the Third Expansion Improvements and with prior approval of Landlord, Tenant shall be permitted reasonable access to the Third Expansion Space for the purposes of taking measurements, making plans, installing trade fixtures, and doing such other work as may be appropriate or desirable to enable Tenant to assume possession of and operate in the Third Expansion Space; provided, however, that such access does not interfere with or delay construction work on the Third Expansion Space and does not include moving furniture or similar items into the Third Expansion Space. Prior to any such entry, Tenant shall comply with all insurance provisions of the Lease. All waiver and indemnity provisions of the Lease shall apply upon Tenant’s entry of the Third Expansion Space.

 

8




Exhibit 10.10

 

GRAPHIC

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of the 31 st  day of July, 2014 (the “Effective Date”) by and between INC Research, LLC (the “Company”), and Duncan Jamie Macdonald, an executive employee of the Company (“Executive”).

 

Whereas, Executive acknowledges that, as a, result of his/her employment in a senior position with the Company, he/she has had and will have access to strategic business information of the Company and other Confidential Information as that term is defined in this Agreement; and

 

Whereas, Executive acknowledges that the Company is engaged in a business that is highly competitive worldwide and that competition by Executive in that business, or solicitation of business relations in competition with the Company, both during his/her employment and after his/her employment ends, would necessarily involve Executive’s use of the Company’s Confidential Information and trade secrets to which Executive has been and will be given access as an employee of the Company and would otherwise constitute unfair competition and would severely injure the Company; and

 

Whereas, Executive acknowledges and agrees that, by virtue of Executive’s senior position and responsibilities with the Company, Executive has had and will have access to the Company’s current, former and prospective customers, clients, suppliers and/or business relations, including, Confidential Information relating to such customers, clients, suppliers and/or business relations, and has generated and will generate goodwill belonging to the Company with such customers, clients, suppliers, and/or business relations which would cause great and irreparable harm to the Company if used on behalf of any other person or entity;

 

Whereas, Executive acknowledges and agrees that, by virtue of Executive’s senior position and responsibilities with the Company, Executive has had and will have access to Confidential Information regarding Company personnel and that Executive has developed and will develop relationships with co-workers, and also that Executive is in a position to exert undue influence over his/her co-workers, solely as a result of Executive’s employment with the Company; and

 

Whereas, the Company wishes to protect its investment in its business, employees, customer relationships, and Confidential Information, by requiring Executive to abide by certain restrictive covenants regarding confidentiality and other matters, each of which is an inducement to the Company to employ Executive;

 

Now therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties acknowledge, the Company and Executive contract and agree as follows:

 

1



 

1.                                       Employment; Nature of Employment .

 

The Company hereby employs Executive as its Chief Executive Officer pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and Executive accepts such employment.  Executive shall also serve as Chief Executive Officer of INC Research Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”), the indirect parent holding company of the INC Research, LLC. Executive shall have such responsibilities and authority as are consistent with the responsibilities of a Chief Executive Officer of a similarly-situated company.  Additionally, Executive agrees to perform additional duties consistent with those of an executive at his/her level as the Company may establish from time to time.  Executive understands and agrees that the Company anticipates conducting and/or engaging a third party entity to conduct educational and professional credentials screening or checks related to Executive from time to time, and Executive agrees to cooperate with the Company and/or the third party entity, as applicable, in relation to such screening or checks and to execute all necessary releases, authorizations and other documentation reasonably necessary to conduct such screening or checks.

 

2.                                       Devotion of Services .

 

Executive agrees to devote his/her best efforts to the services of the Company in such capacity as the Company from time to time shall direct consistent with the responsibilities of a Chief Executive Officer and to comply with the Company’s policies, practices and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics at all times.  During his/her employment with the Company, Executive shall devote his/her full business time and attention to serving as Chief Executive Officer, provided that Executive may devote reasonable time to outside charitable, professional and educational activities so long as such activities do not materially interfere or conflict with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement.

 

3.                                       Compensation .

 

During Executive’s employment under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled, or eligible, to receive:

 

(a)                                  Base Salary.  Executive’s annual salary for all services rendered (the “Base Salary”) shall be as established by the Company’s Board of Directors or by its compensation committee (the “Board”), payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures.  Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed from time to time by the Board.

 

(b)                                  Management Incentive Plan.  Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”).  Executive’s participation in the MIP and his/her eligibility to receive any “Target Bonus” thereunder is subject to the satisfaction of applicable terms and conditions as established in the MIP as it may be modified by the Board from time to time.  Any Target Bonus payable under the MIP shall be paid no later than April 15 th  of the calendar during which such Target Bonus vests and at the same time as any similar bonuses are paid to other executives of the Company. E xcept as otherwise expressly provided by

 

2



 

this Agreement, payment is conditioned upon Executive being employed by the Company on the date of such payment.

 

(c)                                   Health Insurance/Benefits.  Executive may participate in all group medical dental and disability insurance, 40l (k), retirement or pension plan and other employee benefit plans and programs established by the Company for which Executive is eligible, provided that Executive’s participation in such benefit plans and programs is subject to the applicable terms, conditions and eligibility requirements of these plans and programs, as they may exist from time to time.

 

(d)                                  Paid Time Off.  In accordance with and subject to the Company’s PTO policies and procedures, Executive shall be entitled to five (5) weeks paid time off (“PTO”) per year.  PTO may increase based on years of service in accordance with the Company’s PTO policies and procedures.

 

(e)                                   Stock Options.  Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as it may be amended from time to time (the “Equity Incentive Plan”), subject to Board’s approval of any option grants.  Executive’s participation in the Equity Incentive Plan shall be governed by the terms of such plan and any stock option agreements entered into by Executive and the Company.

 

(f)                                    The Company shall reimburse Executive for reasonable travel and other business-related expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the fulfillment of his/her duties hereunder, upon presentation of proper receipts or other proof of expenditure and subject to the applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures of the Company.

 

(g)                                   Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Company to create, continue or refrain from amending, modifying, revising or revoking any of the plans, programs or benefits set forth above.  Any amendments, modifications, revisions and revocations of these plans, programs or benefits shall apply to Executive.  Any conflict between the plans, programs or benefits described under this Agreement and the plan documents governing such plans, programs or benefits shall be controlled by the specific plan documents.

 

(h)                                  Executive agrees that any incentive compensation he/she receives from the Company, including, but not limited to that provided under the MIP and Equity Incentive Plan, will be subject to being returned to the Company in the event required by law or an applicable Company policy related to restatements of Company financial statements or Executive’s misconduct.

 

4.                                       Term of Employment .

 

The term of employment under this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and continue until terminated as set forth herein.  Subject to the provisions of Section 5 below, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as constituting a commitment, guarantee, agreement or understanding of any kind or nature that the Company shall continue to employ

 

3



 

Executive for any particular period of time, and the Agreement shall not affect in any way the right of the Company to terminate the employment of Executive at any time and for any reason.  By Executive’s execution of this Agreement, Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive’s employment is “at will.”  As used in this Agreement, the term “Termination Date” means the effective date of the termination of Executive’s employment by either party as specified in the notice of termination described in Section 5 below, or the date of Executive’s death if earlier.

 

5.                                       Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                                  Either party may terminate the employment relationship for any reason at any time upon giving the other party forty-five (45) days prior written notice.  The Company may, in its discretion, relieve Executive of some or all of his/her duties during all or a part of such notice period.

 

(b)                                  Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s death.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment upon written notice in the event of Executive’s Disability (as defined herein). “Disability,” as used in this Agreement, means a physical or mental condition that renders Executive unable to perform the essential functions of Executive’s job, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a continuous period of more than ninety (90) days or for ninety (90) days in any period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days. Disability shall be determined by a physician satisfactory to the Company and in accordance with the respective rights and obligations under the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended (the “ADA”), and any other applicable law.  For purposes of making a determination as to whether a Disability exists, at the Company’s request and at the Company’s expense, Executive agrees to make himself/herself available and to cooperate with a reasonable examination by such physician and to authorize the disclosure and release to the Company of all medical records related to such determination to the extent permissible under the ADA and any other applicable laws. Nothing herein shall give the Company the right to terminate Executive prior to discharging its obligations to Executive, if any, under the Family and Medical Leave Act, the ADA or any other applicable law

 

(d)                                  The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment immediately by written notice for Cause (as defined herein).  As used in this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean: (i) Executive’s breach of any fiduciary duty or legal or contractual obligation to the Company or to the Board; (ii) Executive’s failure to follow the reasonable instructions of the Board, provided, however, that such instruction is consistent with Executive’s duties and responsibilities, which breach, if curable, is not cured within ten (10) business days after notice to Executive or, if cured, recurs within one hundred and eighty (180) calendar days; (iii) the Executive’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud, insubordination or acts of dishonesty relating to the Company; or (iv) the Executive’s commission of any misdemeanor solely relating to the Company or of any felony.

 

4



 

(e)                                   Executive may resign from Executive’s employment by written notice for Good Reason as defined herein.  “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence, without Executive’s express written consent, of any of the following events: (i) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or Target Bonus percentage under the MIP; (ii) a material adverse change to Executive’s title or a material reduction in Executive’s authority, job duties or responsibilities; (iii) a requirement that Executive relocate to a principal place of employment more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s offices at 3201 Beechleaf Court, in Raleigh, North Carolina; or (iv) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company; provided, that, any event described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above shall constitute Good Reason only if the Executive provides the Company with written notice of the basis for the Executive’s Good Reason within forty-five (45) days of the initial actions or inactions of the Company giving rise to such Good Reason and the Company has not cured the identified actions or inactions within thirty (30) days of such notice.

 

(f)                                    Executive shall, without the requirement of any further action, automatically cease to be an officer and/or director of the Company and any of its affiliates as of the Termination Date.

 

6.                                       Compensation and Benefits upon Termination .

 

(a)                                  The Company’s obligation to compensate Executive ceases on the Termination Date except as to: (i) any unpaid Base Salary earned by Executive as of that time; (ii) any unpaid amount actually earned and due to Executive pursuant to the MIP; (iii) any business expenses for which Executive is entitled to reimbursement under this Agreement; and (iv) any compensation and/or benefits to which Executive may be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 6.

 

(b)                                  If the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason, then the Company shall pay Executive the payments referenced above in Subsections 6(a)(i), (ii), and (iii) (collectively, the “Accrued Payments”).  In addition, subject to Executive’s compliance with Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 13 and 15 of this Agreement and subject to the requirements of Section 6(e) below: (i) the Company will pay Executive an amount equal to his/her Base Salary as of the Termination Date for a period of eighteen (18) months following the Termination Date, payable through the Company’s regular payroll procedures (the “Severance Pay”) commencing on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Termination Date (with the first payment including a catch-up payment for any Base Salary that would have otherwise been paid as Severance Pay during such sixty (60) day period); and (ii) if Executive timely elects continued health insurance coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), the Company shall, on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Termination Date, reimburse Executive for the entire amount of any premiums paid by Executive prior to such date necessary to continue such COBRA coverage for Executive and Executive’s covered spouse and eligible dependents and thereafter the Company shall pay the entire premium necessary to continue such coverage, in each case, until the earlier of (A) the expiration of the eighteen (18) month period following the Termination Date, or (B) the date on which Executive

 

5



 

becomes eligible for group health insurance coverage under another employer’s plan, notice of which Executive shall promptly provide the Company.

 

(c)                                   If the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause or if the Executive terminates his/her employment without Good Reason, or if Executive’s employment ends due to his/her death, then the Company’s sole obligation shall be to pay Executive (or his/her estate) only the Accrued Payments.

 

(d)                                  If the Company terminates Executive’s employment due to Disability or upon Executive’s death, the Company shall pay Executive or his/her estate, in addition to any short term or long term disability benefits that he/she may have received and/or be entitled to receive, the Accrued Payments.  In addition, Executive shall be eligible to receive payment of the Target Bonus as set forth in Section 3(b) above, subject to the terms of the MIP and to the extent actually earned for the fiscal year in which such termination takes place, prorated based on the number of days in such fiscal year that Executive was employed prior to the Termination Date, to be paid in accordance with the timing set forth in Section 3(b) (or if later, the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Termination Date).

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company’s obligation to make any payments or to provide any benefits under Sections 6(b) or Section 6(d) above is subject to and conditioned upon Executive’s execution of an enforceable release and waiver of claims agreement in a form satisfactory to the Company (the “Release Agreement”) and his/her compliance with the covenants in Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 13 and 15 of this Agreement.  If Executive chooses not to timely execute such Release Agreement, revokes the Release Agreement, or fails to comply with the covenants in Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 13 and 15 of this Agreement, then the Company’s obligation to compensate him/her ceases on the effective Termination Date except as to the Accrued Payments.  The Release Agreement shall be provided to Executive within seven (7) days of the Termination Date and Executive must execute it within the twenty-one (21) or forty-five (45) day time period specified in the Release Agreement.  The Release Agreement and any payments due following its execution by Executive shall not be effective until any applicable revocation period has expired.

 

(f)                                    Executive is not entitled to receive any compensation or benefits upon his/her termination except as: (i) set forth in this Agreement, (ii) otherwise required by applicable law, or (iii) otherwise specifically required by any employee benefit plan of the Company in which he/she participates.  Moreover, the terms and conditions provided to Executive under this Agreement are in lieu of any severance benefits to which he/she otherwise might be entitled pursuant to any severance plan, policy and practice of the Company and or any of its affiliates.  Nothing in this Agreement however, is intended to waive or supplant any accrued death, disability, accidental death and dismemberment, retirement 401 (k) or pension benefits of the Company to which he/she may be entitled under employee benefit plans of the Company in which he/she participates.

 

6



 

(g)                                   If, within the twelve (12) month period following a Change in Control, as defined below, Executive is terminated without Cause or he/she resigns for Good Reason, but in either case subject to the provisions of Section 6(e) above, Executive shall, in addition to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 6(b), be entitled to a lump sum payment, payable on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Termination Date, equal to the greater of: (A) fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s then Base Salary, or (B) his/her Target Bonus under the MIP.  A “Change in Control,” as defined herein solely for purposes of this Agreement, shall mean: (i) any merger, consolidation, or reorganization involving the Company, in which, immediately after giving effect to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, less than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of outstanding stock of the surviving or resulting entity is then “beneficially owned” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1943, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) in the aggregate by the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger consolidation or reorganization; (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any other person or entity (other than to one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company) in a transaction or a series of related transactions; (iii) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company; (iv) when any person or entity not currently a stockholder, including a “group” as contemplated by Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, acquires or gains ownership or control (including, without limitation, power to vote) of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Company’s voting stock (based upon voting power); or (v) as a result of or in connection with a contested election of directors, the persons who were directors of the Company before such election shall cease to constitute a majority of the Company’s Board.

 

7.                                       Section 409A and Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code .

 

(a)                                  The Parties agree that this Agreement shall be interpreted to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder to the extent applicable (collectively “Code Section 409A”), and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Code Section 409A.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any payments and benefits provided under Section 6 that constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 409A will not commence in connection with Executive’s termination of employment unless and until Executive has also incurred a “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (a “Separation From Service”).  The parties intend that each installment of the Severance Pay payments provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i).  For the avoidance of doubt, the parties intend that payments of the Severance Pay set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Code Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9).  If any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to Executive under this Agreement in connection with Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A), is determined, in whole or in part, to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) and Executive is a specified

 

7



 

employee (as defined in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i)) at the time of separation from service, no part of such payments shall be paid before the day that is six (6) months plus one (1) day after the date of separation or, if earlier, ten (10) business days following Executive’s death (the “New Payment Date”).  The aggregate of any payments and benefits that otherwise would have been paid and/or provided to Executive during the period between the date of separation of service and the New Payment Date shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum on such New Payment Date.  Thereafter, any payments and/or benefits that remain outstanding as of or following the New Payment Date shall be paid without delay over the time period originally scheduled, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  In no event whatsoever will the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on Executive under Code Section 409A or any damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A.

 

(b)                                  With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of costs and expenses or in-kind benefits, except as permitted by Code Section 409A, (i) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit; (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, to be provided in any other taxable year, provided , that, this clause (ii) shall not be violated with regard to expenses reimbursed under any arrangement covered by Internal Revenue Code Section 105(b) solely because such expenses are subject to a limit related to the period the arrangement is in effect; (iii) such payments shall be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense occurred; and (iv) any payments made in installments shall be deemed separate payments.

 

(c)                                   Provided that the Company is privately held and Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii) of the Code is available, if any payment or benefit (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) (the “Payments”) to Executive or for Executive’s benefit paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise would be a “parachute payment” then, to the extent Executive elects to waive the right to receive such Payments unless shareholder approval is obtained in accordance with Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and deliver to its stockholders, described in Reg.  Section 1-280G-1, Q/A-7, disclosure intended to satisfy Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, with respect to the Payments and to solicit the approval of the Company’s stockholders in a manner intended to satisfy 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

(d)                                  Subject to Section 7(a), in the event that (i) Executive is entitled to receive any Payments, whether payable, distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, that constitute “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, such Payment shall be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid such excise tax, but only if such reduction will result in the net amount Executive retains with respect to the Payment that is actually paid, after deduction of any Federal, state and local income tax on the Payment, being greater than the net amount that Executive would retain with payment of the full Payment

 

8



 

without reduction, after deduction of any excise tax on the Payment and any Federal, state and local income tax and excise tax on the unreduced Payment.

 

To the extent such aggregate parachute payment amounts are required to be so reduced, the parachute payment amounts due to Executive (but no non-parachute payment amounts) shall be reduced in the following order: (i) the parachute payments that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code and are payable in cash shall be reduced (if necessary, to zero) with amounts that are payable last reduced first; (ii) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity, that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code, with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24); (iii) all other non-cash benefits and are not otherwise described in clause (ii) of this Section 7(d); and (iv) any Payments subject to Section 409A of the Code to be reduced last with amounts that are payable last reduced first.

 

(e)                                   The determinations to be made with respect to this Section 7 shall be made by a certified public accounting firm (the “Accountant”) designated by the Company and reasonably acceptable to Executive, which determination shall be final and binding on the parties.  The Company shall be responsible for all charges of the Accountant.

 

8.                                       Confidentiality .

 

(a)                                  Executive agrees that he/she shall not at any time, without the prior written consent of the Company, disclose or use (except in the course of his/her employment with the Company and solely in furtherance of the interests of the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates) any confidential or proprietary information belonging to the Company, including, but not limited to, all trade secrets, patent applications, scientific data, formulation information, inventions, processes, formulas, systems, computer programs, plans, programs, studies, techniques, critical business information such as drug products in development, business strategies and models, product launch plans, CRO relationships, regulatory submissions, technology used by or the therapeutic focus of the Company, clinical information, methodologies, standard operating procedures, operational documents (such as batch records), technology used by the Company, marketing and certain financial information calculations, budgets, bids, internal policies and procedures, organization, business plans, analysis, forecasts, billing practices, pricing information and strategies, promotional material, service offering strategies, marketing plans and ideas, the identities or other information about customers, sponsor, customer or client lists, suppliers and business partners (current and prospective), the terms of current and pending deals, sales data, and sales projections, research, research proposals, study protocols, coding devices, unpublished results and reports, meeting minutes and notes, monthly and other periodic reports, contact and other information regarding suppliers, vendors and consultants, and regulatory and legal correspondence, whether or not patentable or copyrightable and whether in tangible or other form, including all documents and records, whether printed, typed, handwritten, videotaped, transmitted or transcribed on data files or on any other type of media, whether or not labeled or identified as confidential and proprietary (all of such information being hereinafter collectively referred to as “Confidential Information”).

 

9



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (i) is already known to Executive prior to its disclosure to Executive by the Company; (ii) is or becomes generally available to the public through no wrongful act of any person; (iii) is at the time of disclosure part of the public knowledge or literature through no wrongful action by Executive; or (iv) is received by Executive from a third party without restriction and without any wrongful conduct on the part of such third party relating to such disclosure. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Confidential Information he/she obtains or becomes aware of as a result of his/her employment with the Company is not generally known or available to the general public, but has been developed, compiled or acquired by the Company at its great effort and expense and that Executive is required to protect and not disclose such information.

 

(b)                                  Executive agrees that he/she shall not disclose any information belonging to third parties, including, without limitation, current, former and/or prospective customers and vendors of the Company that is disclosed to Executive as a representative of the Company under an obligation of confidentiality.

 

(c)                                   The restrictions contained in Section 8(a) above will not apply to any information that Executive is required to disclose by law or as requested by a governmental or administrative agency, provided that Executive (i) notifies the Company of the existence and terms of such obligation, (ii) gives the Company a reasonable opportunity to seek a protective order or other legal process to prevent or limit such disclosure, and (iii) only discloses that information actually required to be disclosed.

 

(d)                                  Any trade secrets of the Company will be entitled to all of the protections and benefits under the North Carolina Trade Secrets Protection Act, N.C. Gen. Stat. § 66-152 et seq. , and any other applicable law.  If any information that the Company deems to be a trade secret is found by a court of competent jurisdiction not to be a trade secret, such information will, nevertheless, be considered Confidential Information for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Executive agrees that, upon the termination of his/her employment for any reason, and immediately upon request of the Company at any time, he/she will promptly return (and shall not delete, destroy or modify) all property, including any originals and all copies of any documents, whether stored on computers or in hard copy, obtained from the Company, or any of its current, former or prospective customers or vendors, whether or not Executive believes it qualifies as Confidential Information.  Such property shall include everything obtained during and as a result of Executive’s employment with the Company, other than documents related to Executive’s compensation and benefits, such as pay stubs and benefit statements.  In addition, Executive shall also return any phone, facsimile, printer, computer, or other items or equipment provided by the Company to Executive to perform his/her employment responsibilities during his/her employment with the Company. Executive agrees that he/she shall not access or attempt to access the Company’s computer systems after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company.  Executive further agrees that he/she does not have a right of privacy to any Communications sent through the Company’s electronic communications systems (including,

 

10


 

without limitation, emails, phone calls and voicemail) and that the Company may monitor, retain, and review all such communications in accordance with applicable law.

 

9.                                       Non-Solicitation of Customers and Other Business Relations .

 

During the Restricted Period (as defined below), Executive will not, directly or indirectly, for Executive’s own behalf, nor as an officer, director, stockholder, partner, associate, owner, executive, consultant or otherwise on behalf of any person, firm, partnership, corporation, or other entity, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                                  Solicit, induce, influence or attempt to solicit, induce or influence any Company Customer (as defined below) to (i) cease doing business in whole or in part with the Company, or (ii) do business with any other person or business which is “Competitive with the Company” (as defined below);

 

(b)                                  Solicit, induce, or attempt to induce any Prospective Customer (as defined below)  to (i) not begin doing business with the Company, (ii) cease doing business in whole or in part with the Company, or (iii) do business with any business that is Competitive with the Company; or

 

(c)                                   Interfere with, disrupt or attempt to interfere with or disrupt the relationship, contractual or otherwise, between the Company and any supplier, vendor, distributor, lessor, lessee, or licensor that transacts business with the Company.

 

(d)                                  “Restricted Period” means during Executive’s employment with the Company and for the period commencing on the Termination Date and ending eighteen (18) months after the Termination Date.

 

(e)                                   “Company Customer” means a person or entity for whom the Company was providing services either at the time of, or at any time within the twelve (12) months preceding, the Termination Date, and for whom Executive carried out or oversaw a material business responsibility during said twelve (12) month period.

 

(f)                                    “Prospective Customer” means a person or entity (i) that Executive contacted for the purpose of soliciting business on behalf of the Company during the twelve (12) months preceding the Termination Date; or (ii) to which the Company had submitted a bid or proposal for services during the twelve (12) months preceding the Termination Date, and in which bid or proposal Executive was involved in any material respect.

 

(g)                                   “Competitive with the Company” means an entity in the business of providing contract research organization (CRO) services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology, or biomedical companies.

 

11



 

10.                                Non-Solicitation of Employees; Non-Disparagement .

 

(a)                                  During the Restricted Period (as defined above in section 9), Executive will not on Executive’s own behalf, nor as an officer, director, stockholder, partner, associate, owner, employee, consultant or otherwise on behalf of any person, firm, partnership, corporation, or other entity, directly or indirectly, solicit or attempt to solicit for hire as an officer, director, employee, agent, consultant or independent contractor, any Company Employee (as defined below).  Executive further agrees that Executive will not encourage, entice, induce or suggest that any Company Employee terminate or alter his/her employment or relationship with the Company for the benefit of any person or entity other than the Company.

 

(b)                                  The term “Company Employee” means any person who is an employee of or consultant to the Company as of the Termination Date.

 

(c)                                   Executive agrees that, upon and following the Termination Date, Executive shall not make to any third party, publicly or privately, verbally or in writing, any false, disparaging, derogatory or otherwise inflammatory remarks about any of the Company, its parent, subsidiaries and other related and affiliated companies, their employees, managers, directors, officers, administrators, shareholders, members, agents, attorneys, insurers and contractors acting in any capacity whatsoever, including their respective predecessors, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Company Parties”) and/or about the conduct, operations or financial condition or business practices, policies or procedures of the Company Parties, and Executive will not make or solicit any false or misleading comments, statements or the like to the media or to others that may be considered derogatory or detrimental to the good name and business reputation of any of the Company Parties; provided, however, nothing in this Section 10(c) is intended to prohibit or restrict in any way any executive of the Company from providing truthful information to any government agency or entity, or any arbitrator or court officer, or to otherwise testify truthfully under oath, as required by law.  The Company agrees that, upon and following termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, its executive officers will not make, publicly or privately, verbally or in writing, any false, disparaging, derogatory or otherwise inflammatory remarks about Executive and/or the conduct, operations or financial condition or business practices, of Executive to any third party, and the Company’s executive officers will not make or solicit any comments, statements or the like to the media or to others that may be considered derogatory or detrimental to the good name and business reputation of Executive; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph is intended to prohibit the Company’s executive officers from providing truthful information to any government entity, arbitrator, or court, or to otherwise testify truthfully under oath, as required by law.  In addition, nothing in this Section 10(c) shall be construed or interpreted to restrict or impede Executive or the Company from participating or cooperating in an investigative proceeding of any federal, state or local government agency.

 

11.                                Non-Competition .

 

(a)                                  During the Restricted Period (as defined above in section 9), within the Restricted Area (as defined below), Executive will not directly or indirectly, for Executive’s own behalf or

 

12



 

for any other person or entity provide the Restricted Services (as defined below) for any person or entity that is Competitive with the Company (as defined above).

 

(b)                                  The “Restricted Services” means (i) services in which Executive is engaged or employed by or with any other person or business entity in the same or substantially similar capacity as Executive was engaged by the Company at the time of, or in the twelve (12) months preceding, the Termination Date; or (ii) services provided on Executive’s own behalf or for any other person or business entity that are the same or substantially similar to the services Executive provided to the Company at the time of, or in the twelve (12) months preceding, the Termination Date.

 

(c)                                   The “Restricted Area” means the following geographical areas: (i) any city, metropolitan area, county (or similar political subdivision in foreign countries) in which Executive personally provided material services in-person (not by telephone or internet) on behalf of the Company during the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company; (ii) within a 60-mile radius of the location(s) where the Executive had an office during the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company; (iii) within a 60 mile radius of Raleigh, North Carolina; and (iv) any city, metropolitan area, county (or similar political subdivision in foreign countries) in which the Company is located or does or did business, during the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s ownership, directly or indirectly, of not more than one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding stock of a corporation the shares of which are regularly traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market shall not violate this Section 11.

 

12.                                Reasonable Restrictions; Right to Equitable Relief .

 

Executive acknowledges and agrees that nothing in this Agreement prohibits Executive from obtaining suitable employment and/or earning a livelihood for Executive or Executive’s family.  Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions and covenants set forth above are reasonable in geographic and temporal scope and in all other respects and necessary to protect the Company and its legitimate business interests.  Executive understands and agrees that the Company will be irreparably injured by any breach of Sections 8, 9, 10 and/or 11 above and damages would be an inadequate remedy for such breach.  Accordingly, Executive acknowledges that, in the event of Executive’s breach or threatened breach of Sections 8, 9, 10, and/or 11 above, the Company shall be entitled to seek a restraining order in addition to preliminary, temporary and permanent injunctive relief or other equitable relief, without the requirement of posting a bond or other security; provided, however, that the seeking or granting of any such injunctive relief shall not prejudice the Company’s right to seek monetary damages for any breach of Sections 8, 9, 10 and/or 11 of this Agreement and any damage that it has suffered thereby, including its attorneys’ fees and expenses in seeking to enforce these provisions.  Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, in the event of any violation by

 

13



 

Executive of Sections 8, 9, 10 or 11 of this Agreement, the Company shall have no obligation thereafter to make any payments of Severance Pay or health insurance reimbursements to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, and/or if paid prior to Executive’s breach of this Agreement, Executive shall be obligated to repay the Company any Severance Pay made by the Company.

 

13.                                Developments .

 

(a)                                  If Executive (either alone or with others) makes, conceives, creates, discovers, invents or reduces to practice (herein “Generates” or are “Generated”) any Developments (as defined below), such Developments, and all of his/her rights and interests therein and all of his/her records relating to such Developments, shall be the sole and absolute property of the Company. Executive shall promptly disclose to the Company each such Development and shall deliver to the Company all of his/her records relating to each such Development.  Executive hereby assigns to the Company any and all rights (including, but not limited to, any rights under patent law, copyright law and/or other similar laws in any country) that he/she has or may have or may acquire in the Developments, without further compensation. All Developments which are copyrightable works shall be works made for hire.

 

(b)                                  “Developments” means any invention, design, development, improvement, process, software program, work of authorship, trademark or technique, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar statutes, that (i) are Generated while Executive is employed by the Company and relates to or is useful in the actual or planned business of the Company or any of the products or services being developed, manufactured, sold and/or provided by the Company, (ii) result from tasks assigned to Executive by the Company or tasks within Executive’s scope of responsibility, or (iii) result from the use of premises or property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the Company. Executive acknowledges that any Developments Generated during his/her employment, prior to the date of this Agreement, are the sole and absolute property of Company and the terms of this Agreement shall apply to such Developments.

 

(c)                                   Executive will, upon the Company’s request, without further compensation but at the Company’s expense, during and after his/her employment, promptly execute specific assignments of title to the Company and take such further acts as requested by the Company to confirm, secure, perfect, protect, enforce and/or transfer the Company’s right, title and interest in and to such Developments.  Such acts may include, but are not limited to, Executive’s execution and delivery of documents and instruments and his/her assistance and cooperation in the registration and enforcement of applicable patents, copyrights or other forms of protection or other legal proceedings.  If, at any time, Executive’s cooperation is required to enable the Company to secure, perfect, protect, enforce or transfer its right, title or interest in any Development and Executive fails to respond within fourteen (14) calendar days to a written request from the Company for action sent by the Company to the last address for Executive maintained by the Company, Executive hereby appoints the Company as his/her attorney, and grants the Company his/her power of attorney to execute in good faith, commercially reasonable

 

14



 

applications, releases, assignments, or other documents or agreements reasonably required to secure, perfect, protect, enforce or transfer the Company’s right, title or interest.

 

(d)                                  The obligations of Executive under this Section 13 will not apply to the extent such obligations are unenforceable pursuant to the provisions of Section 66-57.1 of the North Carolina General Statutes (as amended from time to time), provided that the obligations of Executive under Section 14 will continue to be binding upon Executive in all other circumstances.  Executive will bear the burden of proof in establishing the applicability of such statute to a particular circumstance.

 

14.                                Indemnification .

 

In addition to any other indemnities provided to Executive by the Company, from and after the Termination Date, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as such section may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify Executive against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and/or other matters referred to in or covered by such section, by reason of the fact that Executive was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

15.                                Cooperation .

 

During and subsequent to termination of the employment of the Executive, the Executive will cooperate with the Company and furnish any and all information, testimony or affidavits in connection with any matter that arose during the Executive’s employment, that in any way relates to the business or operations of the Company or any of its subsidiary corporations, divisions or affiliates, or of which the Executive may have any knowledge or involvement; and will consult with and provide information to the Company and its representatives concerning such matters.  Subsequent to the termination of the employment of the Executive, the parties will undertake reasonable efforts to have such cooperation performed at reasonable times and places and in a manner as not to unreasonably interfere with any other employment in which Executive may then be engaged.  The Company will compensate Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such cooperation in accordance with the requirements of its current expense reimbursement policy and, following an initial eight (8) hours, for which he/she will receive no compensation, Executive will be compensated by the Company at an hourly rate equal to his/her last base salary divided by two thousand (2,000) for all hours spent in activities requested by the Company in accordance with this Section 15.  If the Company requires the Executive to travel outside the metropolitan area in the United States where the Executive then resides to provide any testimony or otherwise provide any such assistance, then the Company will reimburse the Executive for any reasonable, ordinary and necessary travel and lodging expenses incurred by Executive to do so provided the Executive submits all documentation required under the Company’s standard travel expense reimbursement policies and as otherwise may be required to satisfy any requirements under applicable tax laws for the Company to deduct

 

15



 

those expenses. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted as requiring the Executive to provide any testimony, sworn statement or declaration that is not complete and truthful.  In addition, nothing in this Section 15 shall be construed or interpreted to restrict or impeded the Executive from participating or cooperating in an investigative proceeding of any federal, state or local government agency.

 

16.                                Assignment .

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor in interest to the Company or any segment of such business. The Company may assign this Agreement to any affiliate or successor that acquires all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company or a majority of the voting interests of the Company.  The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by operation of law, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Company) to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement are personal and shall not be assigned or transferred.

 

17.                                Notice.

 

Notices and all other communications shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail.  Notices to the Company shall be sent to:

 

INC Research, LLC

Attn:  General Counsel

3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600

Raleigh, North Carolina 27604

 

Notices and communications to Executive shall be sent to the address Executive most recently provided to the Company.

 

18.                                Governing Law, Forum and Jury Waiver .

 

This Agreement and all disputes, claims or controversies arising out of or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina without regard for reference to any choice or conflict of law principles of any jurisdiction.  The parties agree that any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or Executive’s employment with the Company shall be brought exclusively in the state or federal courts in the State of North Carolina, and Executive voluntarily submits to the exclusive jurisdiction over Executive’s person by a court of competent jurisdiction located within the State of North Carolina.  The parties hereby irrevocably waive any objection they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such action in the State of North Carolina, and further irrevocably waive any claim they may

 

16



 

now or hereafter have that any such action brought in said court(s) has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The parties hereby knowingly and expressly waive their right to a jury trial for any claim relating to his/her/its rights or obligations under this Agreement.

 

19.                                Entire Agreement; Counterparts .

 

This Agreement contains all the understanding between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all undertakings, promises and agreements, whether oral or in writing, previously entered into between them with respect to the subject matter herein.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement.  Counterparts may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or electronic mail.  The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on the parties to the same extent as a manually signed original thereof. For purposes of clarification, as applied to Executive, the provisions of this Agreement shall supersede the terms and conditions contained in Schedule C to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement.

 

20.                                Amendment, Modification or Waiver .

 

This Agreement may not be changed orally, and no provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified unless such amendment or modification is in writing, signed by Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company.  No act or failure to act by the Company will waive any right, condition or provision contained herein.  Any waiver by the Company must be in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company to be effective.

 

21.                                Severability .

 

In case anyone or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or other unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.  If, moreover, anyone or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope or subject, it shall be construed by limiting it and reducing it so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with applicable law as it shall then appear.

 

22.                                       Prior Obligations .

 

(a)                                  Executive warrants and represents to the Company that his/her employment by the Company and execution and performance of this Agreement does not conflict with any prior

 

17



 

obligations to third parties (including but not limited to any non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, or other obligation), and Executive agrees that he/she will not disclose to the Company any proprietary information of any former or concurrent employer, unless consented to by such employer.  Any violation of this Section 22(a) by Executive may result in the immediate termination of his/her employment with the Company.

 

(b)                                  Executive warrants and represents to the Company that he/she does not own or control and will not own or control while he/she is employed by the Company, any right, title or interest in any invention, design, development, improvement, process, software program, work of authorship, trademark or technique, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar statutes, that relates in any manner to, or is useful in, the actual or planned business or products of the Company or relates in any manner to, or is useful in, its actual or anticipated research and development of the Company. If, in contravention of the foregoing, any invention, design, development, improvement, process, software program, work of authorship, trademark or technique exists, Executive grants to the company a perpetual, paid up, worldwide license to such invention, design, development, improvement, process, software program, work of authorship, trademark or technique.

 

23.                                Debarment/Exclusion .

 

Executive hereby certifies to the Company that, as provided in Section 306(a) and Section 306(b) of the U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. § 335a(a) and 335a(b)) and/or under any equivalent law within or outside the United States, he/she has not in the past been and/or is not currently (or threatened to be or subject to any pending action, suit, claim investigation or administrative proceeding which could result in him/her being) (i) debarred or (ii) excluded from participation in any federally funded healthcare program or (iii) otherwise subject to any governmental sanction in any jurisdiction (including disqualification from participation in clinical research) that would affect or has affected Executive’s ability to perform his/her obligations under this Agreement or his/her employment or prevent him/her from working for the Company in any capacity in any jurisdiction. Executive hereby confirms that he/she is not on any of the following exclusion lists: (a) Food and Drug Administration Debarment List; (b) General Services Administration Excluded Parties List System; or (c) Office of Inspector General List of Excluded Individuals/Entities. Executive warrants and represents to the Company that he/she will notify the Company immediately if any of the foregoing occurs or is threatened and that the obligation to provide such notice will remain in effect following the termination of his/her employment with the Company for any reason, voluntary or involuntary. Any violation of this section by Executive may result in the termination of his/her employment with the Company.  Immediately upon the request of the Company at any time, Executive will certify to the Company in writing his/her compliance with the provisions of this section.

 

18



 

24.                                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  All payments and benefits payable to Executive under this Agreement will be subject to appropriate tax withholding and other deductions as to the extent required by applicable law.

 

(b)                                  Executive’s and the Company’s obligations hereunder shall continue in full force and effect in the event that Executive’s job title, responsibilities, work location or other conditions of his/her employment with the Company change subsequent to the execution of the Agreement, without the need to execute a new Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Executive’s obligations hereunder to the Company shall apply equally to any of the Company’s current and future subsidiaries, affiliates, divisions, successors and assigns for which Executive performs services or about or from which Executive has access to Confidential Information.

 

(d)                                  Executive’s obligations hereunder shall survive the termination of his/her employment with the Company for any reason, voluntary or involuntary.

 

(e)                                   In the event that Executive breaches any of the provisions of Sections 9, 10 or 11 of this Agreement, to the extent permitted by law, the Restricted Period shall be tolled until such breach has been duly cured, it being the intent of the parties that such period shall be extended by any period of time in which Executive is in violation of such sections.

 

(f)                                    Executive agrees to provide a copy of Section 8 through 12 of this Agreement to any subsequent employers or prospective employers during the Restricted Period.  Executive specifically authorizes the Company to notify any subsequent employers or prospective employers of Executive of the restrictions on Executive contained in this Agreement and of any concerns the Company may have about actual or possible conduct by Executive that may be in breach of this Agreement Executive agrees to promptly notify the Company of any offers to perform services, any engagements to provide services, and/or actual work of any kind, whether as an individual, proprietor, partner, stockholder, officer, employee, director, consultant, joint venturer, investor, lender, or in any other capacity whatsoever during the Restricted Period. Such notice must be provided prior to the commencement of any such services or work.

 

(g)                                   The rights and remedies of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative (not alternative) and in addition to all other rights and remedies available to such parties at law, in equity, by contract or otherwise.

 

Intending to be legally bound hereby, Executive has signed this Agreement under seal, as of the date set forth below under his/her signature:

 

19



 

EXECUTIVE

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC

 

 

 

Duncan Jamie Macdonald

 

By:

/s/ Christopher L. Gaenzle

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Duncan Jamie Macdonald

 

Its:

Chief Administrative Officer & General Counsel

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

24 th  July 2014

 

Date:

July 31, 2014

 

20




Exhibit 10.11

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of August 5, 2013 by and between INC Research, LLC (hereinafter the “Company”), and Greg S. Rush, a Key Employee of the Company (“Executive”).

 

Whereas, Executive acknowledges that, as a result of his hiring into this senior position with the Company, he will have access to strategic business information of the Company and other Confidential Information as that term is defined in this Agreement; and

 

Whereas, Executive acknowledges that the Company is engaged in a business that is highly competitive worldwide and that competition by Executive in that business or solicitation of business relations in competition with the Company during his employment and after his employment ends would necessarily involve Executive’s use of the Company’s Confidential Information and trade secrets to which Executive will be given access as an employee of the Company and would otherwise constitute unfair competition and would severely injure the Company;

 

Whereas, Executive acknowledges and agrees that, by virtue of Executive’s senior position and responsibilities with the Company, Executive will have access to the Company’s current, former and prospective customers, clients, suppliers and/or business relations, including, Confidential Information relating to such customers, clients, suppliers and/or business relations, and has generated goodwill belonging to the Company with such customers, clients, suppliers, and/or business relations which would cause great and irreparable harm to the Company if used on behalf of any other person or entity;

 

Whereas, Executive acknowledges and agrees that, by virtue of Executive’s senior position and responsibilities with the Company, Executive will have access to Confidential Information regarding Company personnel and that Executive will develop relationships with coworkers, and also that Executive will be in a position to exert influence over his co-workers, solely as a result of Executive’s employment with the Company;

 

Whereas, the Company wishes to protect its investment in its business, employees, customer relationships, and Confidential Information, by requiring Executive to abide by certain restrictive covenants regarding confidentiality and other matters, each of which is an inducement to the Company to employ Executive.

 

Now therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties acknowledge, the Company and Executive contract and agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Employment; Nature of Employment.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby employs Executive as its Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and Executive accepts such employment with a start date of August 30, 2013 (“Effective Date”).  Executive shall also

 



 

serve as an Executive Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer of INC Research Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”), the indirect parent holding company of the INC Research, LLC.  Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and have such responsibilities and authority that are consistent with the responsibilities of an Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer as the Company may assign from time to time.  Additionally, Executive agrees to perform such other duties consistent with those of an executive at his level as the Company may establish from time to time.

 

2.                                      Devotion of Services.

 

Executive agrees to devote his best efforts to the services of the Company in such capacity as the Company from time to time shall direct, consistent with the responsibilities of an Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and agrees to comply with the Company’s policies, practices and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics at all times.  For so long as Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall devote his full time to serving as its Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, provided that Executive may devote reasonable time to charitable, professional and educational activities to the extent such activities do not conflict materially with the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company or otherwise conflict with this Agreement. Executive may serve as a member of a board of directors for an entity not affiliated with the Company, so long as the executive complies with the Company’s then current conflict of interest policy and any other Company required approvals.

 

3.                                      Compensation.

 

(a)                                 Base Salary.  Executive’s annual salary for all services rendered shall be $350,000.00, payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures.  In accordance with the Company’s policies and practice, Executive’s salary shall be reviewed from time to time by the Board of Directors of Holdings (the “Board”).

 

(b)                                 Management Incentive Plan.  Executive shall be eligible to participate in the INC Research, LLC Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”) with a performance cash bonus opportunity of up to fifty (50) percent (“Target Bonus”) of Executive’s base salary in effect, provided that Executive’s participation in the MIP and eligibility to receive any such bonus is subject to the satisfaction of the applicable terms and conditions as established in the MIP and as may be modified by the Board from time to time. Any bonus payable under the MIP shall be paid at the same time as any similar bonuses are paid to other executives of the Company and subject to Executive being employed by the Company on the date of any such payment.

 

(c)                                  Health Insurance/Benefits.  Executive may participate in all group medical, dental and disability insurance, 401(k), retirement or pension plan and other employee benefit plans and programs of the Company in effect for which Executive is eligible, provided, that Executive’s participation in such benefit plans and programs is subject to the applicable terms, conditions and eligibility requirements of these plans and programs, as they may exist from time to time.  The Company shall reimburse Executive for reasonable travel and other business-related expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the fulfillment of his duties hereunder, upon

 

2



 

presentation of proper receipts or other proof of expenditure and subject to the applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures of the Company.

 

(d)                                 Paid Time Off.  In accordance with and subject to the Company’s vacation policies and procedures Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks paid time off (“PTO”).  PTO may increase based on years of service in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures.

 

(e)                                  Stock Options.  Executive shall be eligible to participate in the INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (“Equity Incentive Plan”) upon commencement of employment with the Company and, subject to Board or the compensation committee thereof taking requisite approval action, shall receive an initial grant of options to purchase three million (3,000,000) Common Units of Holdings (which represents three million (3,000,000) shares of Class A Common Stock of Holdings and three million (3,000,000) shares of Class B Common Stock of Holdings), with a per Common Unit exercise price equal to fair market value as of the date of the grant, which, as of the date hereof, is estimated to be $1.19. Executive’s participation in the Equity Incentive Plan shall be governed by the terms of the Equity Incentive Plan and the option award agreement pursuant to which any such awards will be made.

 

(f)                                   Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Company to create, continue or refrain from amending, modifying, revising or revoking any of the plans, programs or benefits set forth above.  Any amendments, modifications, revisions and revocations of these plans, programs or benefits shall apply to Executive.  Any conflict between the plans, programs or benefits described under this Agreement and the plan documents governing such plans, programs or benefits shall be controlled by the specific plan documents.

 

(g)                                  Executive agrees that any incentive compensation he receives from the Company, including, but not limited to compensation under the MIP and Equity Incentive Plan, is subject to being returned to the Company in the event required by law or a then applicable Company policy related to restatements of Company financial statements or misconduct.

 

4.                                      Term of Employment.

 

The term of employment shall commence on August 30, 2013 and continue until terminated as set forth herein.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as constituting a commitment, guarantee, agreement or understanding of any kind or nature that the Company shall continue to employ Executive for any particular period of time, and the Agreement shall not affect in any way the rights of the Company to terminate employment of Executive at any time and for any reason.  By Executive’s execution of this Agreement, Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive’s employment is “at will.”  As used in this Agreement, the term “Termination Date” means the effective date of the termination of Executive’s employment by either party as specified in the notice of termination described in Section 5 below, or the date of Executive’s death if earlier.

 

3



 

5.                                      Termination of Employment.

 

(a)                                 Either party may terminate the employment relationship for any reason at any time upon giving the other party forty-five (45) days written notice.  The Company may, in its discretion, shorten Executive’s notice period and accelerate the Termination Date, and may also relieve Executive of some or all of his duties during any notice period.

 

(b)                                 Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s death.

 

(c)                                  The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment without advance notice in the event of Executive’s Disability (as defined herein).  Disability, as used in this Agreement, means a physical or mental condition that renders Executive unable to perform the essential functions of Executive’s job, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a continuous period more than ninety (90) days or for ninety (90) days in any period of one-hundred and eighty (180) consecutive days.  Disability shall be determined by a physician satisfactory to the Company and in accordance with the respective rights and obligations under the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, and any other applicable law.  For purposes of making a determination as to whether a Disability exists, at the Company’s request and at the Company’s expense, Executive agrees to make himself available and to cooperate with a reasonable examination by such physician and to authorize the disclosure and release to the Company of all medical records related to such examination.

 

(d)                                 The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment immediately by written notice for Cause (as defined herein).  As used in this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean: (i) Executive’s breach of any fiduciary duty or legal or contractual obligation to the Company or to the Board, (ii) Executive’s failure to follow the reasonable instructions of the Board, or Executive’s direct supervisor, provided, however, that such instruction is consistent with Executive’s duties and responsibilities, which breach, if curable, is not cured within ten (10) business days after notice to Executive or, if cured, recurs within one-hundred and eighty (180) calendar days, (iii) the Executive’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud, insubordination, or acts of dishonesty relating to the Company or Holdings, or (iv) the Executive’s commission of any misdemeanor solely relating to the Company or Holdings, or any felony.

 

(e)                                  Executive may resign from Executive’s employment by written notice at any time for Good Reason.  “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence, without Executive’s express written consent, of any of the following events: (i) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary, or the Target Bonus under the MIP; (ii) a material adverse change to Executive’s title or a material reduction in Executive’s authority, job duties or responsibilities; (iii) a requirement that Executive relocate to a principal place of employment more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s offices at 3201 Beechleaf Court, Raleigh, North Carolina; or (iv) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement, provided, that, any event described in clauses (i), (ii) (iii) and (iv) above shall constitute Good Reason only if the Executive provides the Company with written notice of the basis for the Executive’s Good Reason within forty-five (45) days of the initial actions or inactions of the Company giving rise to such Good Reason and the Company has not cured the identified actions or inactions within thirty (30) days of such notice.

 

(f)                                   This Agreement shall terminate upon the termination of the employment relationship provided that the provisions of Sections 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19,

 

4



 

20, 21, 22, 23, and 25 shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment and/or the expiration or termination of this Agreement, regardless of the reasons for such expiration or termination.

 

(g)                                  Executive shall, without the requirement of any further action, automatically cease to be an officer and/or director of the Company, Holdings, and its affiliates as of the Termination Date.

 

6.                                      Compensation and Benefits upon Termination.

 

(a)                                 The Company’s obligation to compensate Executive ceases on the Termination Date except as to: (i) any base salary earned by Executive, but unpaid, as of that time; (ii) any amount actually earned and due to Executive, but unpaid pursuant to the MIP; (iii) any unreimbursed business expenses, if any, for which Executive is entitled to reimbursement under this Agreement (the items referred to in this clause (iii) and the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii), the “Accrued Payments”); and (iv) any compensation and/or benefits to which Executive may be specifically entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 6.

 

(b)                                 If the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason, then the Company shall pay Executive the Accrued Payments.  In addition, subject to Executive’s continuing compliance with Sections 8, 9, 10 11 and 16, subject to the requirements of Section 6(e), the Company will: (i) pay Executive an amount equal to his then current monthly base salary for a period of twelve (12) months, following the Termination Date, payable through the Company’s regular payroll procedures (the “Severance Pay”) commencing on the 60 th  day following the Termination Date (with the first payment including a catch-up for any such base salary that would have otherwise been paid as severance during such 60-day period), and (ii) if Executive timely elects continued health insurance coverage under COBRA, the Company shall reimburse Executive, commencing on the 60 th  day following the Termination Date (with the first payment including a catch-up for any premiums paid during such 60-day period) the entire premium necessary to continue such coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents until the earlier of the expiration of the initial eighteen month COBRA period following the Termination Date or the date on which Executive becomes eligible for group health insurance coverage under another employer’s plan, notice of which Executive shall promptly provide the Company.

 

(c)                                  If the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause or if the Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason, or if Executive’s employment ends due to his death, then the Company’s sole obligation shall be to pay Executive or his estate, as applicable, the Accrued Payments.

 

(d)                                 If the Company terminates Executive’s employment due to Disability or death, the Company shall pay Executive, in addition to any short term or long term disability benefits that he may have received and/or be entitled to receive, the Accrued Payments.  In addition, Executive shall be eligible to receive payment of the bonus as set forth in Section 3(b) above, subject to the terms of the MIP and to the extent actually earned for the fiscal year in which such termination occurs, which bonus payment shall be paid when any such bonuses are paid to the executive officers of the Company (or, if later, the 60 th  day following the Termination Date) and

 

5



 

which bonus payment shall be pro-rated on the number of days in such fiscal year that Executive was employed prior to the Termination Date.

 

(e)                                  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company’s obligation to make any payments or provide any benefits under Section 6(b) or Section 6(d) is subject to, and conditioned upon, Executive’s execution of an enforceable release and waiver of claims agreement in a form satisfactory to the Company and substantially similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (“Release Agreement”) and his compliance with the covenants in Sections 8, 9, 10, 11 and 16 of this Agreement. If Executive chooses not to timely execute such Release Agreement, revokes the Release Agreement, or fails to comply with the restrictive covenants in Sections 8, 9, 10 and 11 of this Agreement, then the Company’s obligation to compensate him ceases on the effective Termination Date, except as to the Accrued Payments.  The Release Agreement shall be provided to Executive within seven (7) days of his separation from employment and Executive must execute it within 21 or 45 days following the Termination Date, as specified in the Release Agreement.  The Release Agreement and any payments due following its execution by Executive shall not be effective until any applicable revocation period has expired.

 

(f)                                   Executive is not entitled to receive any compensation or benefits upon his termination except as: (i) set forth in this Agreement; (ii) otherwise required by applicable law or (iii) otherwise specifically required by any employee benefit plan of the Company in which he participates. Moreover, the terms and conditions provided to Executive under this Agreement are in lieu of any severance benefits to which he otherwise might be entitled pursuant to any severance plan, policy and practice of the Company and or its Affiliates.  Nothing in this Agreement, however, is intended to waive or supplant any accrued death, disability, accidental death and dismemberment, retirement 401 (k) or pension benefits of the Company to which he may be entitled under employee benefit plans of the Company in which he participates.

 

(g)                                  If, within the twelve (12) month period following a Change in Control, as defined below, Executive is terminated without Cause or he resigns for Good Reason, but in either case subject to the provisions of Section 6(e) above, Executive shall be entitled to: (i) the payments and benefits set forth in Section 6(b), and (ii) a lump sum amount, payable on the 60 th  day following the Termination Date, equal to fifty (50) percent of the Executive’s then current Base Salary or his Target Bonus under the MIP, whichever is higher. A Change in Control, as defined herein solely for purposes of this Agreement, shall mean: (i) any merger, consolidation, or reorganization involving the Company, in which, immediately after giving effect to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, less than 50 percent of the total voting power of outstanding stock of the surviving or resulting entity is then “beneficially owned” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1943, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) in the aggregate by the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger consolidation or reorganization; (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any other person or entity (other than to one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company) in a transaction or a series of related transactions; (iii) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company; (iv) when any person or entity not currently a stockholder, including a “group” as contemplated by Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, acquires or gains ownership or control (including, without limitation, power to vote) of more than 50 percent of the outstanding shares of the Company’s voting stock (based upon voting

 

6



 

power); or (v) as a result of or in connection with a contested election of directors, the persons who were directors of the Company before such election shall cease to constitute a majority of the Company’s Board.

 

7.                                      Section 409A and Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

(a)                                 The Parties agree that this Agreement shall be interpreted to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder to the extent applicable (collectively “ Code Section 409A ”), and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Code Section 409A.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any payments and benefits provided under Section 6 that constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 409A will not commence in connection with Executive’s termination of employment unless and until Executive has also incurred a “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (a “Separation From Service”).  The parties intend that each installment of the Severance Pay payments provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i).  For the avoidance of doubt, the parties intend that payments of the Severance Pay set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Code Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9).  In no event whatsoever will the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on Executive under Code Section 409A or any damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A.

 

(b)                                 With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of costs and expenses or in-kind benefits, except as permitted by Code Section 409A, (i) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, to be provided in any other taxable year, provided, that, this clause (ii) shall not be violated with regard to expenses reimbursed under any arrangement covered by Internal Revenue Code Section 105(b) solely because such expenses are subject to a limit related to the period the arrangement is in effect, (iii) such payments shall be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense occurred and (iv) any payments made in installments shall be deemed separate payments.

 

(c)                                  Provided that Holdings is privately held and Section 280B(b)(5)(A)(ii) of the Code is available, if any payment or benefit (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) (the “Payments”) to Executive or for Executive’s benefit paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise would be a “parachute payment” then, to the extent Executive elects to waive the right to receive such Payments unless shareholder approval is obtained in accordance with Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code, Holdings shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and deliver to its stockholders, described in Reg. Section 1-280G Q/A-7, disclosure intended to satisfy Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, with respect to the Payments and to solicit the approval of Holdings’ stockholders in a manner intended to satisfy 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

7



 

(d)                                 Subject to Section 7(a), in the event that (i) Executive is entitled to receive any Payments, whether payable, distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, that constitute “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) the net after-tax amount of such Payments, after Executive has paid all taxes due thereon (including, without limitation, taxes due under Section 4999 of the Code) is less than the net after-tax amount of all such Payments otherwise due to Executive in the aggregate, then such Payments shall be reduced to an amount equal to 2.99 times Executive’s base amount.  To the extent such aggregate parachute payment amounts are required to be so reduced, the parachute payment amounts due to Executive (but no non-parachute payment amounts) shall be reduced in the following order: (i) the parachute payments that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code and are payable in cash shall be reduced (if necessary, to zero) with amounts that are payable last reduced first; (ii) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity, that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code, with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24); (iii) all other non-cash benefits and are not otherwise described in clause (ii) of this Section 7(d); and (iv) any Payments subject to Section 409A of the Code to be reduced last with amounts that are payable last reduced first.

 

(e)                                  The determinations to be made with respect to this Section 7 shall be made by a certified public accounting firm (the “Accountant”) designated by Holdings and reasonably acceptable to Executive, which determinations shall be final and binding on the parties.  Holdings or the Company shall be responsible for all charges of the Accountant.

 

8.                                      Confidentiality.

 

(a)                                  Executive agrees that he shall not at any time, without the prior written consent of the Company, disclose or use (except in the course of his employment with the Company and solely in furtherance of the interests of the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates) any confidential or proprietary information belonging to the Company, including, but not limited to, all trade secrets, patent applications, scientific data, formulation information, inventions, processes, formulas, systems, computer programs, plans, programs, studies, techniques, critical business information such as drug products in development, business strategies and models, product launch plans, CRO relationships, regulatory submissions, technology used by or the therapeutic focus of the Company, clinical information, methodologies, standard operating procedures, operational documents (such as batch records), technology used by the Company, marketing and certain financial information calculations, budgets, bids, internal policies and procedures, organization, business plans, analysis, forecasts, billing practices, pricing information and strategies, promotional material, service offering strategies, marketing plans and ideas, the identities or other information about customers, sponsor, customer or client lists, suppliers and business partners (current and prospective), the terms of current and pending deals, sales data, and sales projections, research, research proposals, study protocols, coding devices, unpublished results and reports, meeting minutes and notes, monthly and other periodic reports, contact and other information regarding suppliers, vendors and consultants, and regulatory and legal correspondence, whether or not patentable or copyrightable and whether in tangible or other form, including all documents and records, whether printed, typed, handwritten, videotaped, transmitted or transcribed on data files or on any other type of media, whether or not labeled or identified as confidential and proprietary (all of such information being hereinafter collectively referred to as “Confidential Information”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (i) is already known to Executive prior to its disclosure to Executive by the Company; (ii) is or becomes generally available to the public through no wrongful act of any person; (iii) is at the time of disclosure

 

8



 

part of the public knowledge or literature through no wrongful action by Executive; or (iv) is received by Executive from a third party without restriction and without any wrongful conduct on the part of such third party relating to such disclosure.  Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Confidential Information he obtains or becomes aware of as a result of his employment with the Company is not generally known or available to the general public, but has been developed, compiled or acquired by the Company at its great effort and expense and that Executive is required to protect and not disclose such information.

 

(b)                                 Executive agrees that he shall not disclose any information belonging to third parties, including, without limitation, current, former and/or prospective customers and vendors of the Company that is disclosed to Executive as a representative of the Company under an obligation of confidentiality.

 

(c)                                  The restrictions contained in Section 8(a) above will not apply to any information that Executive is required to disclose by law, provided that Executive (i) notifies the Company of the existence and terms of such obligation, (ii) gives the Company a reasonable opportunity to seek a protective order or other legal process to prevent or limit such disclosure, and (iii) only discloses that information actually required to be disclosed.

 

(d)                                 Any trade secrets of the Company will be entitled to all of the protections and benefits under the North Carolina Trade Secrets Protection Act, N.C. Gen. Stat. § 66-152 et seq., and any other applicable law.  If any information that the Company deems to be a trade secret is found by a court of competent jurisdiction not to be a trade secret, such information will, nevertheless, be considered Confidential Information for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                  Executive agrees that, upon the termination of his employment for any reason, and immediately upon request of the Company at any time, he will promptly return (and shall not delete, destroy or modify) all property, including any originals and all copies of any documents, whether stored on computers or in hard copy, obtained from the Company, or any of its current, former or prospective customers or vendors, whether or not Executive believes it qualifies as Confidential Information.  Such property shall include everything obtained during and as a result of Executive’s employment with the Company, other than documents related to Executive’s compensation and benefits, such as pay stubs and benefit statements. In addition, Executive shall also return any phone, facsimile, printer, computer, or other items or equipment provided by the Company to Executive to perform his employment responsibilities during his employment with the Company Executive agrees that he shall not access or attempt to access the Company’s computer systems after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company. Executive further agrees that he does not have a right of privacy to any Communications sent through the Company’s electronic communications systems (including, without limitation, emails, phone calls and voicemail) and that the Company may monitor, retain, and review all such communications in accordance with applicable law.

 

9.                                      Non-Solicitation of Customers and Other Business Relations.

 

During Executive’s employment and for a period of twelve (12) months following Executive’s termination of employment (“Non-Solicitation Period”) regardless of the reason for termination, Executive will not, on Executive’s own behalf, nor as an officer, director,

 

9



 

stockholder, partner, associate, owner, executive, consultant or otherwise on behalf of any person, firm, partnership, corporation, or other entity, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                                 solicit, induce, influence or attempt to solicit, induce or influence any Company Customer (as defined below) to (i) cease doing business in whole or in part with the Company, or (ii) do business with any other person or business which is “Competitive with the Company: (as defined below);

 

(b)                                 solicit, induce, or attempt to induce any Prospective Customer (as defined below) to (i) not begin doing business with the Company, (ii) cease doing business in whole or in part with the Company, or (iii) do business with any business which is Competitive with the Company; or

 

(c)                                  interfere with, disrupt or attempt to interfere with or disrupt the relationship, contractual or otherwise, between the Company and any supplier, vendor, distributor, lessor, lessee, or licensor that transacts business with the Company.

 

(d)                                 “Company Customer” means a person or entity for whom the Company was providing services either at the time of, or at any time within, the twelve (12) months preceding Executive’s employment with the Company, and for whom Executive carried out or oversaw a material business responsibility in connection with that Company Customer during said twelve month period.

 

(e)                                  “Prospective Customer” means a person or entity to which the Company had submitted a bid or proposal for services during the twelve (12) months preceding the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, and in which bid or proposal Executive was involved in any material respect, or that was contacted by Executive on behalf of the Company.

 

(f)                                   “Competitive with the Company” means an entity in the business of providing contract research organization (CRO) services to the pharmaceutical, biotechnology, or biomedical industry.

 

10.                               Non-Solicitation of Employees; Non-Disparagement.

 

(a)                                 During the Non-Solicitation Period (as defined above), Executive will not on Executive’s own behalf, nor as an officer, director, stockholder, partner, associate, owner, employee, consultant or otherwise on behalf of any person, firm, partnership, corporation, or other entity, directly or indirectly solicit or attempt to solicit for hire as an officer, director, employee, agent, consultant or independent contractor, any Company Employee (as defined below).  Executive further agrees that Executive will not encourage, entice, induce or suggest that any Company Employee terminate or alter his employment or relationship with the Company for the benefit of any person or entity other than the Company. The term “Company Employee” means any person who is an employee of or consultant to the Company at the time of the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

(b)                                 Executive agrees that, upon and following termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will not make, publicly or privately, verbally or in writing, any false, disparaging, derogatory or otherwise inflammatory remarks

 

10


 

about any of the Company, its parent, subsidiaries, and other related and affiliated companies, their employee benefit plans and trustees, fiduciaries, administrators, sponsors and parties-in-interest of those plans, and all of their past and present employees, managers, directors, officers, administrators, shareholders, members, agents, attorneys, insurers, re-insurers and contractors acting in any capacity whatsoever, and all of their respective predecessors, heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Company Parties”) and/or the conduct, operations or financial condition or business practices, policies or procedures of the Company Parties to any third party, and Executive will not make or solicit any comments, statements or the like to the media or to others that may be considered derogatory or detrimental to the good name and business reputation of any of the Company Parties; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph is intended to prohibit Executive from providing truthful information to any government entity, arbitrator, or court, or to otherwise testify truthfully under oath, as required by law.  The Company agrees that, upon and following termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, its executive officers will not make, publicly or privately, verbally or in writing, any false, disparaging, derogatory or otherwise inflammatory remarks about Executive and/or the conduct, operations or financial condition or business practices, of Executive to any third party, and the Company’s executive officers will not make or solicit any comments, statements or the like to the media or to others that may be considered derogatory or detrimental to the good name and business reputation of Executive; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph is intended to prohibit the Company’s executive officers from providing truthful information to any government entity, arbitrator, or court, or to otherwise testify truthfully under oath, as required by law.

 

11.                               Non-Competition.

 

(a)                                 During Executive’s employment and for a period of six (6) months following Executive’s Termination Date (“Non-Competition Period”) regardless of the reason for termination, and within the Geographical Area set forth in Section 12, Executive will not directly or indirectly, for Executive’s own behalf or for any other person or business entity provide services that are competitive with any aspect or business of the Company.  For purposes of this Section 11(a) “provide services” means that Executive shall not: (i) be engaged or employed by or with any other person or business entity in the same or substantially similar capacity as Executive was engaged by the Company at the time of , or in the twelve (12) months preceding, the Termination Date; or (ii) provide services on Executive’s own behalf or for any other person or business entity that are the same or substantially similar to the services Executive provided to the Company at the time of separation from the Company.  For purposes of this Section 11(a), “competitive with” means in the business of, or otherwise engaging in, providing contract research organization (CRO) services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology companies, or biomedical companies.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s ownership, directly or indirectly, of not more than one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding stock of a corporation the shares of which are regularly traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market shall not violate this Section.

 

The provisions of this Agreement supersede all terms and conditions contained in Section 1.3 Non-Compete Undertakings, Schedule C of the Equity Incentive Plan.

 

11



 

12.                               Geographical Area.

 

The restrictions set forth in Section 11 apply to the following geographical areas: (i) any city, metropolitan area, county (or similar political subdivision in foreign countries) in which Executive personally provided services in-person (not by telephone or internet) on behalf of the Company, during the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company; (ii) within a 60-mile radius of the location(s) where the Executive had an office during the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company; (iii) within a 60 mile radius of Raleigh, North Carolina; and (iv) any city, metropolitan area, county (or similar political subdivision in foreign countries) in which the Company is located or does or did business, during the twelve (12) months prior to from the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

13.                               Reasonable Restrictions; Right to Equitable Relief.

 

Executive acknowledges and agrees that nothing in this Agreement prohibits Executive from obtaining suitable employment and/or earning a livelihood for Executive or Executive’s family.  Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions and covenants set forth above are reasonable in geographic and temporal scope and in all other respects and necessary to protect the Company and its legitimate business interests.  Executive understands and agrees that the Company will be irreparably injured by any breach of Sections 8, 9, 10 and/or 11 above and damages would be an inadequate remedy for such breach.  Accordingly, Executive acknowledges that, in the event of Executive’s breach or threatened breach of Sections 8, 9, 10, and/or 11 above, the Company shall be entitled to seek a restraining order in addition to preliminary, temporary and permanent injunctive relief or other equitable relief, without the requirement of posting a bond or other security; provided, however, that the seeking or granting of any such injunctive relief shall not prejudice the Company’s right to seek monetary damages for any breach of Sections 8, 9, 10, and/or 11 of this Agreement and any damage that it has suffered thereby, including its attorneys’ fees and expenses in seeking to enforce these provisions.  Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, in the event of any violation by Executive of Sections 8, 9, 10 or 11 of this Agreement, the Company shall have no obligation thereafter to make any payments of Severance Pay or health insurance reimbursements to Executive pursuant to this Agreement after the date of violation by Executive, and/or if paid prior to Executive’s breach of this Agreement, Executive shall be obligated to repay the Company any Severance Pay by the Company after the date of violation by Executive.

 

14.                               Developments.

 

(a)                                 If Executive (either alone or with others) makes, conceives, creates, discovers, invents or reduces to practice (herein “Generates” or are “Generated”) any Developments (as defined below), such Developments, and all of his rights and interests therein and all of his/her records relating to such Developments, shall be the sole and absolute property of the Company.  Executive shall promptly disclose to the Company each such Development and shall deliver to the Company all of his records relating to each such Development.  Executive hereby assigns to the Company any and all rights (including, but not limited to, any rights under patent law, copyright law and/or other similar laws in any country) that he has or may have or may acquire in the Developments, without further compensation.  All Developments which are copyrightable

 

12



 

works shall be works made for hire.

 

(b)                                 “Developments” means any invention, design, development, improvement, process, software program, work of authorship, trademark or technique, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar statutes, that (i) are Generated while Executive is employed by the Company and relates to or is useful in the actual or planned business of the Company or any of the products or services being developed, manufactured, sold and/or provided by the Company, (ii) result from tasks assigned to Executive by the Company or tasks within Executive’s scope of responsibility, or (iii) result from the use of premises or property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the Company.

 

(c)                                  Executive will, upon the Company’s request, without further compensation but at the Company’s expense, during and after his employment, promptly execute specific assignments of title to the Company and take such further acts as requested by the Company to confirm, secure, perfect, protect, enforce and/or transfer the Company’s right, title and interest in and to such Developments.  Such acts may include, but are not limited to, Executive’s execution and delivery of documents and instruments and his assistance and cooperation in the registration and enforcement of applicable patents, copyrights or other forms of protection or other legal proceedings.  If, at any time, Executive’s cooperation is required to enable the Company to secure, perfect, protect, enforce or transfer its right, title or interest in any Development and Executive fails to respond within fourteen (14) calendar days to a written request from the Company for action sent by the Company to the last address for Executive maintained by the Company, Executive hereby appoints the Company as his attorney, and grants the Company his power of attorney to execute in good faith, commercially reasonable applications, releases, assignments, or other documents or agreements reasonably required to secure, perfect, protect, enforce or transfer the Company’s right, title or interest.

 

(d)                                 The obligations of Executive under this Section 14 will not apply to a particular circumstance to the extent such obligations are unenforceable in such circumstance pursuant to the provisions of Section 66-57.1 of the North Carolina General Statutes (as amended from time to time), provided that the obligations of Executive under Section 14 will continue to be binding upon Executive in all other circumstances.  Executive will bear the burden of proof in establishing the applicability of such statute to a particular circumstance.

 

15.                               Indemnification.

 

(a)                                 In addition to any other indemnities provided to Executive by the Company or any other similarly situated executive, from and after the Termination Date, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as such section may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify Executive against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and/or other matters referred to in or covered by such section, by reason of the fact that Executive was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

13



 

(b)                                 Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a present or former director or officer of the Company in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not eligible to be indemnified by the Company as authorized by relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law; provided, however, the Company shall not be required to advance such expenses to a director (i) who commences any action, suit or proceeding as a plaintiff unless such advance is specifically approved by a majority of the Board of Directors or (ii) who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the Company and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors that alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such director, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such director’s fiduciary or contractual obligation to the Company, or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such director’s duty to the Company or its stockholders.

 

16.                               Cooperation.

 

During and subsequent to termination of the employment of the Executive, the Executive will cooperate with the Company and furnish any and all information, testimony or affidavits in connection with any matter that arose during the Executive’s employment, that in any way relates to the business or operations of the Company or any of its subsidiary corporations, divisions or affiliates, or of which the Executive may have any knowledge or involvement; and will consult with and provide information to the Company and its representatives concerning such matters.  Subsequent to the termination of the employment of the Executive, the parties will undertake reasonable efforts to have such cooperation performed at reasonable times and places and in a manner as not to unreasonably interfere with any other employment in which Executive may then be engaged.  In accordance with applicable law, the Company will compensate Executive, at an hourly rate equal to his last base salary divided by two-thousand, for all hours after the Termination Date that Executive spends providing assistance as specified in this paragraph, beyond an initial eight hours for which Executive need not be compensated.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted as requiring the Executive to provide any testimony, sworn statement or declaration that is not complete and truthful.  If the Company requires the Executive to travel outside the metropolitan area in the United States where the Executive then resides to provide any testimony or otherwise provide any such assistance, then the Company will reimburse the Executive for any reasonable, ordinary and necessary travel and lodging expenses incurred by Executive to do so provided the Executive submits all documentation required under the Company’s standard travel expense reimbursement policies and as otherwise may be required to satisfy any requirements under applicable tax laws for the Company to deduct those expenses.

 

17.                               Assignment.

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor in interest to the Company or any segment of such business.  The Company may

 

14



 

assign this Agreement to any affiliate or successor that acquires all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company or a majority of the voting interests of the Company.  The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by operation of law, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Company) to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement are personal and shall not be assigned or transferred.

 

18.                               Notice.

 

Notices and all other communications shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail.  Notices to the Company shall be sent to:

 

INC Research, LLC

Attention: Christopher L. Gaenzle

General Counsel

3201 Beechleaf Court,

Suite 600

Raleigh, North Carolina 27604

 

Notices and communications to Executive shall be sent to the address Executive most recently provided to the Company.

 

19.                               Governing Law, Forum and Jury Waiver.

 

This Agreement, and all disputes, claims or controversies arising out of or relating to this Agreement, shall be governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina without regard or reference to its conflicts of laws principles.  The parties agree that any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or Executive’s employment with the Company shall be brought exclusively in the state or federal courts in the State of North Carolina, and Executive voluntarily submits to the exclusive jurisdiction over Executive’s person by a court of competent jurisdiction located within the State of North Carolina.  The parties hereby irrevocably waive any objection they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such action in the State of North Carolina, and further irrevocably waive any claim they may now or hereafter have that any such action brought in said court(s) has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The parties hereby knowingly and expressly waive their right to a jury trial for any claim relating to his or its, as applicable, rights or obligations under this Agreement.

 

20.                               Entire Agreement Counterparts.

 

This Agreement contains all the understanding between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all undertakings, promises and agreements, whether oral or in writing, previously entered into between them with respect to the subject matter

 

15



 

herein.  This Agreement may be executed by either of the parties hereto in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

21.                               Amendment, Modification or Waiver.

 

This Agreement may not be changed orally, and no provision of this Agreement may be amended, or modified unless such amendment or modification is in writing, signed by Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company. No act or failure to act by the Company or Executive will waive any right, condition or provision contained herein. Any waiver by the Company or Executive must be in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company or Executive, respectively, to be effective.

 

22.                               Severability.

 

In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or other unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If, moreover, anyone or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration; geographical scope or subject, it shall be construed by limiting it and reducing it so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with applicable law as it shall then appear.

 

23.                               Prior Obligations.

 

(a)                                 Executive warrants and represents to the Company that his employment by the Company and execution and performance of this Agreement does not conflict with any prior obligations to third parties (including but not limited to any non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, or other obligation), and Executive agrees that he will not disclose to the Company any proprietary information of any former or concurrent employer, unless consented to by such employer.

 

(b)                                 Executive warrants and represents to the Company that he does not own or control and will not own or control while he is employed by the Company, any right, title or interest in any invention, design, development, improvement, process, software program, work of authorship, trademark or technique, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar statutes, that relates in any manner to, or is useful in, the actual or planned business or products of the Company or relates in any manner to, or is useful in, its actual or anticipated research and development of the Company. If, in contravention of the foregoing, any invention, design, development, improvement, process, software program, work of authorship, trademark or technique exists, Executive grants to the company a perpetual, paid up, worldwide license to such invention, design, development, improvement, process, software program, work of authorship, trademark or technique.

 

16



 

24.                               Debarment/Exclusion.

 

Executive hereby certifies to the Company that, as provided in Section 306(a) and Section 306(b) of the U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. § 335a(a) and 335a(b)) and/or under any equivalent law within or outside the United States, he has not in the past been and/or is not currently (or threatened to be or subject to any pending action, suit, claim investigation or administrative proceeding which could result in him being) (i) debarred or (ii) excluded from participation in any federally funded healthcare program or (iii) otherwise subject to any governmental sanction in any jurisdiction (including disqualification from participation in clinical research) that would affect or has affected Executive’s ability to perform his obligations under this Agreement or his employment or prevent him from working for the Company in any capacity in any jurisdiction. Executive hereby confirms that he is not on any of the following exclusion lists: (a) Food and Drug Administration Debarment List; (b) General Services Administration Excluded Parties List System; or (c) Office of Inspector General List of Excluded Individuals/Entities. Executive warrants and represents to the Company that he will notify the Company immediately if any of the foregoing occurs or is threatened and that the obligation to provide such notice will remain in effect following the termination of his employment with the Company for any reason, voluntary or involuntary. Any violation of this section by Executive may result in the termination of his employment with the Company. Immediately upon the request of the Company at any time, Executive will certify to the Company in writing his compliance with the provisions of this section.

 

25.                               Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                 All payments and benefits payable to Executive under this Agreement will be subject to appropriate tax withholding and other deductions, as and to the extent required by applicable law.

 

(b)                                 Executive’s and the Company’s obligations hereunder shall continue in full force and effect in the event that Executive’s job title, responsibilities, work location or other conditions of his employment with the Company change subsequent to the execution of the Agreement, without the need to execute a new Agreement.

 

(c)                                  Executive’s and the Company’s obligations hereunder to the Company shall apply equally to any of the Company’s current and future subsidiaries, affiliates, divisions, successors and assigns for which Executive performs services or about or from which Executive has access to Confidential Information.

 

(d)                                 In the event that Executive breaches any of the provisions of Sections 9, 10, and 11 of this Agreement, to the extent permitted by law, the Non-Solicitation Period and/or Non-Competition Period (as applicable) shall be tolled until such breach has been duly cured, it being the intent of the parties that such periods shall be extended by any period of time in which Executive is in violation of such sections.

 

(e)                                  Executive agrees to provide a copy of Sections 8 through 13 this Agreement to any subsequent employers or prospective employers during the Non-Solicitation Period and/or Non-Competition Period. Executive specifically authorizes the Company to notify any subsequent employers or prospective employers of Executive of the restrictions on Executive

 

17



 

contained in this Agreement and of any concerns the Company may have about actual or possible conduct by Executive that may be in breach of this Agreement Executive agrees to promptly notify the Company of any offers to perform services, any engagements to provide services, and/or actual work of any kind, whether as an individual, proprietor, partner, stockholder, officer, employee, director, consultant, joint venturer, investor, lender, or in any other capacity whatsoever during the Non-Competition Period. Such notice must be provided prior to the commencement of any such services or work.

 

(f)                                   The duly executed INC Research Offer Sheet for Gregory S. Rush, dated July 25, 2013 is incorporated by reference into this Agreement.

 

(g)                                  The rights and remedies of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative (not alternative) and in addition to all other rights and remedies available to such parties at law, in equity, by contract or otherwise.

 

18



 

Intending to be legally bound hereby, Executive has signed this Agreement as of the date set forth below under his signature:

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC

 

 

 

 

Greg S. Rush

 

BY:

/s/ Christopher L. Gaenzle

Printed Name

 

 

 

 

 

Its

General Counsel

/s/ Gregory S. Rush

 

 

 

Signature

 

Date:

August 5, 2013

 

 

 

 

Date:

8/3/2013

 

 

 

 

19



 

Exhibit A

 

Release Agreement

 

This Release Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between                      (“ Executive ” or “ You ” or “ Your ”), INC Research, LLC (defined herein to include its, subsidiaries, parent entities, predecessors, successors and assigns, and hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”) and INC Research Holdings, Inc., the indirect parent company of the Company (defined herein to include its, subsidiaries, predecessors, successors and assigns, and hereinafter referred to as “ Holdings ”) (together, the “ Parties ”), dated as of the date an executed copy of this Agreement has been delivered by Executive to the Company, as set forth in the signature block at the end of this Agreement (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

In consideration of the promises set forth in the Separation and Release Agreement, dated                          (“ Separation Agreement ”), by and between the Parties as well as any promises set forth in this Agreement, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Release of Claims.

 

1.1                               In exchange for the Company and Holdings providing You with the payments and other benefits set forth in the Separation Agreement, to the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, You, individually and on behalf of Your heirs, executors, personal representatives, administrators, agents and assigns, forever waive, release, give up and discharge all waivable claims, liabilities and other causes of action, real or perceived, whether now known or unknown, against the Company, Holdings, their respective parents, subsidiaries, and other related and affiliated companies, their employee benefit plans and trustees, fiduciaries, administrators, sponsors and parties-in-interest of those plans, and all of their past and present employees, managers, directors, officers, administrators, shareholders, members, agents, attorneys, insurers, re-insurers and contractors acting in any capacity whatsoever, and all of their respective predecessors, heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Released Parties ” as used throughout this Agreement), which have arisen, occurred or existed at any time prior to the date of this Agreement (or which You may have in the future as a result of acts that occurred prior to the date of the Effective Date), including, without limitation, any and all claims, liabilities and causes of action arising out of, relating to, or in connection with Your employment with the Company, any terms, conditions or privileges related to Your employment with the Company, the termination of Your employment by the Company, the payment or non-payment of Your salary or bonuses by the Company, claims of wrongful discharge, retaliation, defamation, hostile environment, discrimination, personal injury, physical injury, misrepresentation or emotional distress, any change in control of the Company, and all alleged violations of federal, state or local fair employment practices or laws by any of the Released Parties for any reason and under any legal theory including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. § 2000(e), et seq., the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq., the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, 29 U.S.C. § 621, et seq., the Older Worker Benefits Protection Act, 29 U.S.C. § 626(f), et seq., the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, 29 U.S.C. 1001, et seq., the Civil Rights Act of 1991, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1981, 1983, 1985, 1986 and 1988, the Family and Medical Leave Act, 29 U.S.C. § 2601, et seq., the Equal Pay Act of 1963, 29 U.S.C. § 206, et seq., the Lilly Ledbetter Fair Pay Act of 2009, H.R. 11, the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, 29 U.S.C. § 1161, et seq. (“COBRA”), the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. 651 et seq., the North Carolina Equal Employment Practices Act, the North Carolina Retaliatory Employment Discrimination Act, the common law of the State of North Carolina, and all other federal or state or local laws, regulations, rules, ordinances, or orders, as they may be amended. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, You also forever waive, release, discharge and give up all claims, real or perceived and now known or unknown, for breach of implied or express contract, including but not limited to breach of promise, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, misrepresentation, negligence, fraud, estoppel, defamation, libel, misrepresentation, intentional infliction of emotional distress, violation of public policy, wrongful,

 

20


 

retaliatory or constructive discharge, assault, battery, false imprisonment, negligence, and all other claims or torts arising under any federal, state, or local law, regulation, ordinance or judicial decision, or under the United States or North Carolina Constitutions. This waiver and release is of Your rights to all remedies and damages available to You in law or equity, including but not limited to Your right to compensation, backpay, front pay, non-economic damages, punitive and exemplary damages, statutory damages, attorneys’ fees, injunctive relief and declaratory judgments. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to release any claims or waive any substantive rights that cannot be released or waived as a matter of applicable law.

 

1.2                               You have agreed to and do waive any and all claims You may have for employment or reinstatement by the Company or any of the Released.

 

1.3                               Notwithstanding the release contained in Section 1.1 above, You do not waive (i) Your entitlement to receive any 401(k), or pension plan benefits that shall have vested (if any) as of the Effective Date to the extent You have any entitlement to those benefits under the terms of the relevant plans, or (ii) Your right to file a charge with the EEOC or participate in an investigation conducted by the EEOC; however, You expressly waive Your right to monetary or other relief should any administrative agency, including but not limited to the EEOC, pursue any claim on Your behalf

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall affect or limit Your, the Company’s or Holdings’ right to bring an action to enforce the terms of the Separation Agreement.

 

2.0                                Covenant Not to Sue.

 

2.1                               You warrant that You do not have any complaint, charge or grievance against any Released Party pending before any federal, state or local court or administrative or arbitral agency, and You further agree and covenant not to sue, file a lawsuit, or commence any other proceeding, arbitral, administrative or judicial action, against any of the Released Parties in any court of law or equity, or before any arbitral body or administrative agency, with respect to any matter released in Section 1.1  above; provided, however, that this covenant not to sue does not affect Your rights to enforce appropriately the terms of the Separation Agreement in a court of competent jurisdiction and does not affect Your right to file a charge with the EEOC or participate in an investigation conducted by the EEOC; however, You expressly waive Your right to monetary or other relief should any administrative agency, including but not limited to the EEOC, pursue any claim on Your behalf.

 

2.2                               Should You file a lawsuit with any court or arbitration panel concerning any claim, demand, issue, or cause of action waived, released or discharged through this Agreement or otherwise in breach of Section 2.1 above, You agree (i) that any amounts payable or paid to You, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2 of the Separation Agreement shall no longer be payable and, if already paid, shall promptly be returned to the Company and (ii) to the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, to indemnify the Released Parties for all costs and expenses incurred by them in defending such lawsuit. You further agree that nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of a court to determine, in its sole discretion, that the Released Parties are entitled to restitution, recoupment or set off of any monies paid should the release of any claims under this Agreement subsequently be found to be invalid.

 

21



 

2.3                               Should the Company or Holdings file a lawsuit with any court or arbitration panel concerning any claim, demand, issue, or cause of action waived, released or discharged through this Agreement or otherwise in breach of Section 2.3 above, the Company and Holdings agree, to the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, to indemnify You for all costs and expenses incurred by You in defending such lawsuit.

 

Each Party agrees not to advocate or incite the institution of, or assist or participate in, any suit, unrest, complaint, charge or administrative proceeding by any other person against the other Parties or any of the Released Parties, unless compelled by legal process to do so. Nothing in this Section 2 shall prohibit any Party from lawfully participating or cooperating in an investigative proceeding of any federal, state or local government agency.

 

3.0                                Non-Admission of Liability. You agree that this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as an admission that any of the Released Parties owe You any money or have acted wrongfully, unlawfully, or unfairly in any way towards You. In fact, You understand that the Released Parties specifically deny that they have violated any federal, state or local law or ordinance or any right or obligation that they owe or might have owed to You at any time, and maintain that they have at all times treated You in a fair, non-discriminatory and non-retaliatory manner.

 

4.0                                Miscellaneous.

 

4.1                               GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE.

 

4.1.1 THIS AGREEMENT AND ITS NEGOTIATION, EXECUTION, PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE, INTERPRETATION, TERMINATION, CONSTRUCTION AND ALL CLAIMS OR CAUSES OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT) INCLUDING RESOLUTIONS OF DISPUTES THAT MAY BE BASED UPON, ARISE OUT OF OR RELATE TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE NEGOTIATION AND PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY MADE OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR AS AN INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT) (EACH A “ PROCEEDING ”) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA, REGARDLESS OF LAWS THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE GOVERN UNDER ANY APPLICABLE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

 

4.1.2 THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY PROCEEDINGS SHALL BE FINALLY SETTLED BY ARBITRATION BY ONE ARBITRATOR APPOINTED JOINTLY BY THE PARTIES, OR, IN DEFAULT OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES, APPOINTED BY THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION. THE SEAT OF THE PROCEEDINGS WILL BE RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA, AND THEY WILL BE CONDUCTED IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. IN DEFAULT OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES, THE PROCEDURAL RULES OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION APPLICABLE TO EMPLOYMENT DISPUTES SHALL BE APPLIED. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE ARBITRATOR SHALL DECIDE THE EXTENT TO WHICH EACH PARTY SHALL BEAR THE COSTS AND EXPENSES ASSOCIATED WITH THE RESOLUTION OF ANY PROCEEDINGS.

 

4.1.3 EACH PARTY FURTHER AGREES THAT ANY FINAL, NON-APPEALABLE AWARD OR JUDGMENT AGAINST A PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS

 

22



 

AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING ON SUCH PARTY AND THAT SUCH AWARD OR JUDGMENT MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION, EITHER WITHIN OR OUTSIDE OF THE U.S. A CERTIFIED OR EXEMPLIFIED COPY OF SUCH AWARD OR JUDGMENT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THE FACT AND AMOUNT OF SUCH AWARD OR JUDGMENT.

 

4.2                               Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity and severed from this Agreement, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

4.3                               Proper Construction. The language of this Agreement shall be construed within the context of the whole Agreement and according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any of the Parties. The paragraph headings used in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall not in any manner amplify, limit, modify or otherwise be used in the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof

 

4.4                               Survival. Executive acknowledges that the covenants set forth in Sections                  of the Separation Agreement and any provisions contained in the Separation Agreement that are intended to survive following termination of Executive’s employment shall, pursuant to their terms, survive Executive’s execution of this Agreement.

 

4.5                               Amendments. This Agreement may be modified, altered or terminated only by an express written agreement between the Company, Holdings and You, which agreement must be signed by all Parties or their duly authorized agents, and expressly reference and attach a copy of this Agreement to be effective.

 

4.6                               Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts and said counterparts shall be treated as though signed as one document. In the event that the Parties execute this Agreement by exchange of portable document format or other electronically signed copies or facsimile signed copies, the Parties agree that, upon being signed by all the Parties, this Agreement shall become effective and binding and that such copies shall constitute evidence of the existence of this Agreement.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

23



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Executive has executed this General Release Agreement as of the date set forth below.

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

(“ Effective Date ”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Received, Acknowledged and Accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:   General Counsel

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:   General Counsel

 

 

Date:

 

 



 

INC Research Offer Sheet for Gregory S. Rush

 

Title:

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Start date:

 

August 30, 2013

Base Salary:

 

US $350,000.00 annually, paid bi-weekly.

MIP Bonus:

 

50% of base salary, as described in Management Incentive Plan.

Vacation/PTO:

 

4 weeks/year to start, plus additional PTO based on term of service, pursuant to Company policy.

Stock option award:

 

3,000,000 option shares issued at 2Q FMV ($1.19/share) upon approval by Board of Directors. Vesting will be in accordance with Company Equity Incentive Plan and Stock Option Award Agreement. Upon Board of Directors approval, Schedule A EBITDA Targets, Schedule B Return on Capital, and Schedule C Definitions will be adjusted prior to Executive start date.

Termination

 

 

Severance:

 

If for Good Reason or Without Cause: 12 months base salary, 18 months premium payment for COBRA benefits for Executive and dependents. If such termination occurs within 12 months of a Change of Control: 12 months base salary, 50% of then current base salary, and 18 months premium payment for COBRA benefit for Executive and dependents. Executive to execute 6 month non-compete (in CRO space), 12 month non-solicit as to Company employees and customers, and confidentiality agreement.

Health Insurance/

 

 

Benefits:

 

Standard Company employee healthcare and benefits.

Attorney fees:

 

Reimbursement of reasonable out of pocket expenses, up to $7,500.00, for purposes of review and negotiation of executive agreement.

Contingencies:

 

Successful reference and background investigation, drug screening, educational credential screening. Proof of eligibility to work in the United States.

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC

 

By:

/s/ Christopher L. Gaenzle

 

 

Name: Christopher L. Gaenzle

 

 

Title: General Counsel

 

 

Date: July 25, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted:

/s/ Gregory S. Rush

 

Gregory S. Rush

 

 

 

Date: July 25, 2013

 

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

DATED JULY 31, 2014

 

(1) INC RESEARCH HOLDING LIMITED

 

and

 

(2)  ALISTAIR MACDONALD

 


 

EXECUTIVE SERVICE AGREEMENT

 


 



 

THIS DEED is made the 31 st day of July, 2014

 

BETWEEN

 

1                                          INC RESEARCH HOLDING LIMITED , of Riverview, the Meadows Business Park, Station Approach, Blackwater, Camberley, Surrey GU17 9AB (“the Company”); and

 

2                                          ALISTAIR MACDONALD , of Little Birches, Coronation Road, Ascot, Berkshire, SL5 9 LQ (“the Executive”).

 

The Board has approved the terms of this Agreement under which the Executive is to be employed.

 

1                                          INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                In this Agreement the following words and expressions have the following meanings unless inconsistent with the context:

 

the “ Board

 

means the board of directors from time to time of INC Research Holdings, Inc., the parent company of the Company, and includes any committee of the board of directors duly appointed by it;

 

 

 

the “ Companies Acts

 

means the Companies Act 1985, the Companies Act 1989 and the Companies Act 2006;

 

 

 

the “ Employment

 

means the Executive’s employment under this Agreement;

 

 

 

Employment Inventions

 

means any Invention which is made wholly or partially by the Executive at any time during the course of his employment with the Company (whether or not during working hours or using Company premises or resources and whether or not recorded in material form);

 

 

 

Employment IPRs

 

means Intellectual Property Rights created by the Executive in the course of his employment with the Company (whether or not during working hours or using Company premises or resources);

 

 

 

the “ ERA

 

means the Employment Rights Act 1996;

 

 

 

Group Company

 

means any firm, company, corporation or other organisation which is a holding company from time to time of the Company or any subsidiary from time to time of the Company or any such holding company (for which purpose the expressions ‘holding company’ and ‘subsidiary’ shall have the meanings given to them by Section 1159 Companies Act 2006);

 

 

 

Intellectual Property

Rights

 

means patents, rights to inventions, copyright and related rights, trade marks, trade names and domain names, rights in get-up, rights in goodwill or to sue for passing off, unfair competition rights, rights in designs, rights in computer software, database rights, topography rights, rights in confidential information (including know-how and trade secrets) and any other intellectual property rights, in

 

1



 

 

 

each case whether registered or unregistered and including all applications (or rights to apply) for, and renewals or extensions of, such rights and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection which subsist or will subsist now or in the future in any part of the world;

 

 

 

Invention

 

means any invention, idea, discovery, development, improvement or innovation, whether or not patentable or capable of registration, and whether or not recorded in any medium; and

 

 

 

Pre-Contractual Statement

 

means any undertaking, promise, assurance, statement, representation or warranty (whether in writing or not) of any person relating to the Employment which is not expressly set out in this Agreement or any documents referred to in it.

 

1.2                                References to clauses, sub clauses and schedules are, unless otherwise stated, references to clauses and sub clauses of and schedules to this Agreement.

 

1.3                                The headings to the clauses are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

1.4                               References to persons shall include bodies corporate, unincorporated associations and partnerships.

 

1.5                                Words and expressions defined in or for the purpose of the Companies Acts shall have the same meaning unless the context otherwise requires.

 

2                                          APPOINTMENT

 

The Company employs the Executive and the Executive serves the Company as Chief Operating Officer of the Company on and subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement.

 

3                                          DURATION

 

3.1                                The Employment commenced on 20 May 2002 (“the Commencement Date”) and, subject to clause 17, shall continue until terminated by either party giving to the other 3 months’ notice in writing.

 

3.2                                The Company reserves the right to terminate the Employment at any time (including where the Executive has given notice to the Company) by giving notice in writing that it is doing so and confirming that it has or will pay the Executive in lieu of his period of notice or any remaining period of notice (whether given by the Company or by the Executive).  The Executive shall have no entitlement to insist that the Company make such payment which shall be made entirely at the Company’s discretion.  For the avoidance of doubt, any payment in lieu shall be in respect of basic salary only and shall not include the value of any benefit, bonus, incentive, commission, or holiday entitlement which would have accrued to the Executive had he been employed until the expiry of his notice period.

 

3.3                                If the Company elects to terminate the Employment by making a payment in lieu of notice, and it subsequently discovers misconduct by the Executive which would have entitled it to terminate the contract summarily, without making such a payment, the Company shall be

 

2



 

entitled to withhold any outstanding payment in lieu and the Executive shall have no rights to recover such sum as a debt owing.

 

3.4                               The Company does not have a formal retirement age for employees.  However, employees may retire from age 65 if they wish and should refer to the Company’s Employee Handbook for further details.

 

3.5                                For the purpose of the ERA the Executive’s period of continuous employment began on the Commencement Date.  The Employment is not continuous with any previous employment with any other employer.

 

3.6                                The Executive represents and warrants that, in entering into and performing his duties under this Agreement:

 

3.6.1                      he is not subject to any restriction that might hinder or prevent him from performing any of his duties in full;

 

3.6.2                      he will not be in breach of any other contract of employment or any other obligation to any third party; and

 

3.6.3                      this Employment is and shall remain his sole and exclusive employment, unless upon prior written approval from the Board.

 

4                                          SCOPE OF THE EMPLOYMENT

 

4.1                                The Executive shall:

 

4.1.1                      devote the whole of his time, attention, ability and skills to his duties;

 

4.1.2                      faithfully and diligently perform such duties and exercise such powers consistent with his position as may from time to time be assigned to or vested in him by the Chief Executive Officer and the Board;

 

4.1.3                      obey all reasonable and lawful directions of the Chief Executive Officer and the Board;

 

4.1.4                      comply with all the Company’s articles of association, rules, regulations, policies and procedures from time to time in force;

 

4.1.5                      exercise his duties in compliance with the requirements of the Bribery Act 2010 and use all reasonable endeavours to assist the Company in preventing bribery from being conducted on its behalf in contravention of that Act;

 

4.1.6                      at all times act in the best interests of the Company and use his best endeavours to promote and protect the interests of the Company, any of its Group Companies and their employees; and

 

4.1.7                      keep the Chief Executive Officer and/or Board at all times promptly and fully informed (in writing if so requested) of his conduct of the business of the Company and any Group Company and provide such explanations in connection with such conduct as the Chief Executive Officer and/or Board may from time to time require.

 

4.2                                Subject to clause 4.3 the Company reserves the right to assign the Executive duties of a different nature on a permanent or temporary basis either in addition to or instead of those

 

3



 

referred to in clause 4.1 above, it being understood that he will not be assigned duties which he cannot reasonably perform or which are inconsistent with his position and status.

 

4.3                                During any period of notice of termination (whether given by the Company or the Executive), the Company shall be at liberty to assign the Executive such other duties as the Company shall determine in its absolute discretion and may appoint another person to carry out the Executive’s former duties.

 

4.4                                The Executive shall if and so long as the Company requires without further remuneration:

 

4.4.1                      carry out his duties as instructed by the Company on behalf of any Group Company; and

 

4.4.2                      act (subject to the Executive’s prior agreement) as a director, officer or consultant of any Group Company.

 

4.5                                The Executive confirms that he has disclosed to the Company all circumstances in respect of which there is, or there might be, a conflict or possible conflict of interest between the Company or any Group Company and the Executive and he agrees to disclose fully to the Company any such circumstances that might arise during the Employment.  For the avoidance of doubt, this includes but is not limited to, disclosing to the Company any activity by a third party or the Executive himself which might reasonably be expected to harm the Company or its business or to destabilise its workforce.

 

4.6                                The Executive shall disclose to the Company any direct or indirect approach or solicitation by any competitor or potential competitor intended to encourage him and/or any other employee of the Company to terminate their employment.

 

4.7                                If the Executive becomes aware of any wrongdoing or other conduct which might reasonably be regarded as not in the best interests of the Company by any employees of the Company or any Group Company (including his own wrongdoing or conduct) he shall promptly report this to the General Counsel.

 

5                                         HOURS AND PLACE OF WORK

 

5.1                                The Executive shall be required to work such hours as are necessary for the proper performance of his duties.

 

5.2                                The Executive agrees that in his capacity as Chief Operating Officer he may choose or determine the duration of his working time and that the working time limits set out in Part II of the Working Time Regulations 1998 do not apply to the Employment.

 

5.3                                The Executive’s principal place of work will be in the Company’s offices at River View, The Meadows Business Park, Blackwater, or any such place in England as the Company shall from time to time direct.  The Executive will be given reasonable notice of any change in his place of work.

 

5.4                                The Executive may be required to travel throughout the United Kingdom and overseas in the performance of his duties and this may, on occasions, necessitate the Executive working outside the UK for a period of more than one month.  During any such period the Executive will be paid his normal salary and benefits in sterling in the normal way unless otherwise agreed.

 

4



 

6                                          REMUNERATION

 

6.1                                The Company shall pay to the Executive a basic salary at the rate of £246,841.55 per annum, payable by equal monthly instalments in arrears, normally on the 25 th  day of the month by credit transfer to a bank account nominated by the Executive.  If the 25 th  falls on a weekend or a bank holiday, Executive will be paid on the last working day before the 25 th .

 

6.2                                The salary in 6.1 is paid in respect of the Executive’s duties both for the Company and any other Group Company for whom the Executive is required to work.

 

6.3                               The Company will review the Executive’s salary annually.  Each review is made in line with the INC Annual Appraisal review and the Company shall not be obliged to make any increase.

 

6.4                                The Company shall pay the Executive a car allowance of £11,112.00 per annum in arrears, less deductions for tax and National Insurance.

 

6.5                                If the Executive is at any time granted options or rights pursuant to any stock option or stock incentive scheme of the Company, those options or rights shall be subject to the rules of that scheme as in force from time to time which rules shall not form part of the Executive’s service agreement.  In particular, if the Executive’s employment should terminate for any reason (including as a result of a repudiatory breach of contract by the Company) his rights will be governed entirely by the terms of the scheme and he will not be entitled to any further or other compensation for any loss of any right or benefit or prospective right or benefit under any such scheme which he may have enjoyed whether such compensation is claimed by way of damages for wrongful dismissal or other breach of contract or by way of compensation for loss of office or otherwise.

 

7                                          PENSION AND OTHER BENEFITS

 

7.1                                The Company shall match the Executive’s contributions in accordance with the Company’s Group Personal Pension Plan (the “ Company Pension ”) subject to its rules from time to time in force and any statutory limits imposed from time to time.  Details of the Company Pension can be obtained from the HR Department.  The Company reserves the right to vary the benefits payable under the Company Pension or, terminate, or substitute another pension scheme for the existing Company Pension at any time.

 

7.2                                There is no contracting out certificate in place in respect of the Employment.

 

7.3                                The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the private health care, permanent health care and life assurance schemes which the Company may maintain for the benefit of its senior employees (the “ Schemes ”) subject to the rules of the Schemes and the terms of any related policy of insurance from time to time in force.  Further details of the Schemes and the benefits currently available can be obtained from the HR department.  This is for information only and should not be regarded as any guarantee of benefits which may be paid under the Schemes.

 

7.4                                The Company reserves the right, at its absolute discretion, to change the Schemes providers, to amend the terms of the Schemes (including but not limited to the level of benefits), to terminate the Schemes without replacement, to substitute other schemes for the Schemes and to remove the Executive from membership of the Schemes.

 

7.5                                The Company shall be under no obligation to make any payment under the Schemes to the Executive unless and until it has received the relevant payment from the Schemes’ providers.  If any of the Schemes providers refuse for any reason (whether based on its own interpretation of the terms of the insurance policy or otherwise) to provide any benefits to the Executive, the Company shall not be liable to provide replacement benefits itself or any

 

5



 

compensation in lieu and shall be under no obligation to pursue a claim for unpaid benefits on behalf of the Executive against the Schemes providers.

 

7.6                               The Company reserves the right to terminate the Executive’s employment, where it has good cause to do so (including but not limited to where the Executive is redundant or has committed misconduct), notwithstanding that the Executive is receiving benefits under the Schemes and that such termination may result in those benefits being discontinued.  The Executive agrees that he shall have no claim against the Company for damages in respect of the loss of benefits under the Schemes in such circumstances.

 

7.7                                In the event that the Executive is absent by reason of ill-health he will continue to co-operate with and act in good faith towards the Company including but not limited to staying in regular contact with the Company and providing it with such information about his health, prognosis and progress as the Company may require.

 

7.8                                Any benefits paid under the Scheme are inclusive of the Executive’s entitlement to holiday pay either during or on the termination of employment.

 

8                                          EXPENSES

 

The Company shall reimburse the Executive in respect of all expenses reasonably incurred by him in the proper performance of his duties, subject to the Executive providing such receipts or other evidence that the Company may require.

 

9                                          HOLIDAY

 

9.1                                The Executive shall be entitled to receive his normal remuneration for all bank and public holidays normally observed in England and a further 30 working days holiday in each holiday year, being the period from 1 January to 31 December.  The Executive may only take his holiday at such times as are agreed with the Chief Executive Officer.

 

9.2                                In the holiday years in which the Employment commences or terminates, the Executive’s entitlement to holiday shall accrue on a pro-rata basis for each complete month of service during the relevant year.

 

9.3                                I f, on the termination of the Employment, the Executive has exceeded his accrued holiday entitlement, the excess may be deducted from any sums due to him.  If the Executive has any unused holiday entitlement, the Company may either require the Executive to take such unused holiday during any notice period or accept payment in lieu in respect of statutory holiday entitlement only.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive shall not be entitled to payment in lieu of unused contractual holiday over and above his statutory entitlement.  Any payment in lieu shall only be made in respect of holiday accrued in accordance with 9.2 above during the Executive’s final holiday year and the Executive shall be deemed to have taken his statutory holiday first, during that year.

 

9.4                                Holiday entitlement for one holiday year should be taken in that holiday year, however the Executive may be able to carry over 5 untaken days, subject to the conditions laid out in the Employee Handbook.

 

9.5                                The Executive may take his statutory holiday (or part of it) during any period of sickness absence at such times and on such notice as may be agreed with the Company.

 

6



 

10                                  INCAPACITY

 

10.1                         Subject to the Executive’s compliance with the Company’s rules from time to time in force regarding sickness notification and doctor’s certificates, details of which can be obtained from the HR department and subject to the Company’s right to terminate the Employment for any reason including without limitation incapacity, if the Executive is at any time absent on medical grounds the Company shall pay to the Executive Statutory Sick Pay during periods of sickness absence.

 

10.2                         The Company reserves the right to require the Executive to undergo a medical examination by a doctor or consultant nominated by it, at any time including at any stage of absence at the Company’s expense, and the Executive agrees that he will undergo any requisite tests and examinations and will fully co-operate with the relevant medical practitioner and shall authorise him or her to disclose to and discuss with the Company the results of any examination and any matters which arise from it.

 

10.3                         Further details of the non contractual sickness policy are set out in the Employee Handbook.

 

10.4                         If the Executive is prevented by incapacity from properly performing his duties under this Agreement for a consecutive period of 25 working days the Board may appoint another person or persons to perform those duties until such time as the Executive is able to resume fully the performance of his duties.

 

11                                   DEDUCTIONS

 

For the purposes of the ERA, the Executive hereby authorises the Company to deduct from his remuneration any sums due from him to the Company including, without limitation, any overpayments of salary, overpayments of holiday pay whether in respect of holiday taken in excess of that accrued during the holiday year or otherwise, loans or advances made to him by the Company, any fines incurred by the Executive and paid by the Company, the cost of repairing any damage or loss to the Company’s property caused by him and all losses suffered by the Company as a result of any negligence or breach of duty by the Executive.

 

12                                   RESTRICTIONS ON OTHER ACTIVITIES BY THE EXECUTIVE

 

12.1                         During the Employment the Executive shall not directly or indirectly be employed, engaged, concerned or interested in any other business or undertaking without the prior written consent of the Board or be involved in any activity which the Board reasonably considers may be, or become, harmful to the interests of the Company, or any Group Company, or which might reasonably be considered to interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement provided that this clause 12.1 shall not prohibit the holding (directly or through nominees) of investments listed on any recognised stock exchange as long as not more than one per cent (1%) of the issued shares or other securities of any class of any one company shall be so held.

 

12.2                         Subject to any regulations issued by the Company, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive or obtain directly or indirectly any discount, rebate or commission in respect of any sale or purchase of goods effected or other business transacted (whether or not by him by or on behalf of the Company) and if he (or any firm or company in which he is interested) shall obtain any such discount, rebate or commission, he shall account to the Company for the amount received by him (or a due proportion of the amount received by such company or firm having regard to the extent of his interest in it). For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this clause shall prevent the Executive from obtaining any discount, rebate or commission solely as a result of transactions legitimately entered into in his personal capacity.

 

7



 

13                                   CONFIDENTIALITY

 

13.1                         The Executive agrees that he shall not at any time, without the prior written consent of the Company, disclose or use (except in the course of his employment with the Company and solely in furtherance of the interests of the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates) any confidential or proprietary information (collectively referred to as “Confidential Information”) belonging to the Company.

 

13.2                         Confidential Information shall include, but not be limited to, all trade secrets, patent applications, scientific data, formulation information, inventions, processes, formulas, systems, computer programs, plans, programs, studies, techniques, critical business information such as drug products in development, business strategies and models, product launch plans, CRO relationships, regulatory submissions, technology used by or the therapeutic focus of the Company, clinical information, methodologies, standard operating procedures, operational documents (such as batch records), technology used by the Company, marketing and certain financial information calculations, budgets, bids, internal policies and procedures, organization, business plans, analysis, forecasts, billing practices, pricing information and strategies, promotional material, service offering strategies, marketing plans and ideas, the identities or other information about customers, sponsor, customer or client lists, suppliers and business partners (current and prospective), the terms of current and pending deals, sales data, and sales projections, research, research proposals, study protocols, coding devices, unpublished results and reports, meeting minutes and notes, monthly and other periodic reports, contact and other information regarding suppliers, vendors and consultants, and regulatory and legal correspondence, whether or not patentable or copyrightable and whether in tangible or other form, including all documents and records, whether printed, typed, handwritten, videotaped, transmitted or transcribed on data files or on any other type of media, whether or not labelled or identified as confidential and proprietary.

 

13.3                         Confidential Information shall not include information which:

 

13.3.1               is already known to the Executive prior to its disclosure to the Executive by the Company;

 

13.3.2               is or becomes generally available to the public through no wrongful act of any person;

 

13.3.3               is at the time of disclosure part of the public knowledge or literature through no wrongful action by the Executive; or

 

13.3.4               is received by the Executive from a third party without restriction and without any wrongful conduct on the part of such third party relating to such disclosure.

 

13.4                         The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Confidential Information he obtains or becomes aware of as a result of his employment with the Company is not generally known or available to the general public, but has been developed, compiled or acquired by the Company at its great effort and expense and that the Executive is required to protect and not disclose such information.

 

13.5                        The Executive agrees that he shall not disclose any information belonging to third parties, including, without limitation, current, former and/or prospective customers and vendors of the Company that is disclosed to the Executive as a representative of the Company under an obligation of confidentiality.

 

13.6                         The restrictions contained in this clause 13 will not apply to any information that the Executive is required to disclose by law or as requested by a governmental or administrative agency, provided that the Executive:

 

8



 

13.6.1               notifies the Company of the existence and terms of such obligation;

 

13.6.2               gives the Company a reasonable opportunity to seek a protective order or other legal process to prevent or limit such disclosure; and

 

13.6.3               only discloses that information actually required to be disclosed.

 

13.7                         The Executive agrees that, upon the termination of his employment for any reason, and immediately upon request of the Company at any time, he/she will promptly return (and shall not delete, destroy or modify) all property, including any originals and all copies of any documents, whether stored on computers or in hard copy, obtained from the Company, or any of its current, former or prospective customers or vendors, whether or not the Executive believes it qualifies as Confidential Information.

 

13.8                         Such property shall include everything obtained during and as a result of the Executive’s employment with the Company, other than documents related to the Executive’s compensation and benefits, such as pay stubs and benefit statements.

 

13.9                         The Executive shall also return any phone, facsimile, printer, computer, or other items or equipment provided by the Company to the Executive to perform his employment responsibilities during his employment with the Company.

 

13.10                  The Executive agrees that he shall not access or attempt to access the Company’s computer systems after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company.  The Executive further agrees that he does not have a right of privacy to any communications sent through the Company’s electronic communications systems (including, without limitation, emails, phone calls and voicemail) and that the Company may monitor, retain, and review all such communications in accordance with applicable law.

 

13.11                  For the avoidance of doubt, social media accounts, any on-line content and contacts operated or created by the Executive during the Employment for work related (including networking) purposes on behalf of the Company shall be regarded as the property of the Company and the Executive agrees not to use such social media after the termination of the Employment. For clarification purposes, Executive’s Linked-In account is not the property of the Company.

 

13.12                  This clause 13 shall only bind the Executive to the extent allowed by law and nothing in this clause shall prevent the Executive from making a statutory disclosure.

 

14                                  DATA PROTECTION

 

14.1                         The Executive consents to the Company holding and processing, both electronically and manually, the data it collects in relation to the Executive in the course of the Employment (including, without limitation the Executive’s employment application, references, bank details, appraisals, holiday and sickness records, salary reviews, remuneration details, employment benefits and other records which may include sensitive personal data relating to his health) for the purposes of the Company’s administration and management of its employees and its business, the evaluation of assets and liabilities before any acquisition, merger or re-organisation of the Company’s business, to fulfil any obligation of the Company to transfer records to any successor employer and for compliance with applicable procedures, laws and regulations.

 

14.2                         Such processing may involve the transfer, storage and processing by the Company of such data outside the European Economic Area, to which the Executive consents.

 

14.3                         Further details are contained in the Company’s Data Protection Policy.

 

9


 

15                                   INVENTIONS AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

15.1                         The Executive acknowledges that all Employment IPRs, Employment Inventions and all materials embodying them shall automatically belong to the Company to the fullest extent permitted by law. To the extent that they do not vest in the Company automatically, the Executive holds them on trust for the Company.

 

15.2                         The Executive acknowledges that, because of the nature of his duties, which includes research and development, including creating and developing Employment Inventions and Employment IPRs, and the particular responsibilities arising from the nature of his duties, he has, and shall have at all times while he is employed by the Company, a special obligation to further the interests of the Company.

 

15.3                         To the extent that legal title in any Employment IPRs or Employment Inventions does not vest in the Company by virtue of clause 15.1, the Executive agrees, immediately upon creation of such rights and inventions, to offer to the Company in writing a right of first refusal to acquire them on arm’s length terms to be agreed between the parties. If the parties cannot agree on such terms within 30 days of the Company receiving the offer, the Company shall refer the dispute to an arbitrator who shall be nominated by CEDR. The arbitrator’s decisions shall be final and binding on the parties, and the costs of arbitration shall be borne equally by the parties. The Executive agrees that the provisions of this clause 15.3 shall apply to all Employment IPRs and Employment Inventions offered to the Company under this clause 15.3 until such time as the Company has agreed in writing that the Executive may offer them for sale to a third party.

 

15.4                         The Executive agrees:

 

15.4.1               to give the Company full written details of all Inventions which relate to or are capable of being used in the business of the Company or any Group Company promptly on their creation;

 

15.4.2               at the Company’s request and in any event on the termination of his employment to give to the Company all originals and copies of correspondence, documents, papers and records on all media which record or relate to any of the Employment IPRs;

 

15.4.3               not to attempt to register any Employment IPR nor patent any Employment Invention unless requested to do so by the Company; and

 

15.4.4               to keep confidential each Employment Invention unless the Company has consented in writing to its disclosure by the Executive.

 

15.5                         The Executive waives all his present and future moral rights which arise under the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988, and all similar rights in other jurisdictions relating to any copyright which forms part of the Employment IPRs, and agrees not to support, maintain nor permit any claim for infringement of moral rights in such copyright works.

 

15.6                         The Executive acknowledges that, except as provided by law, no further remuneration or compensation other than that provided for in this Agreement is or may become due to the Executive in respect of his compliance with this clause 15.6. This is without prejudice to the Executive’s rights under the Patents Act 1977.

 

15.7                         The Executive undertakes to use his best endeavours to execute all documents and do all acts both during and after his employment by the Company as may, in the opinion of the Company, be necessary or desirable to vest the Employment IPRs in the Company, to register them in the name of the Company and to protect and maintain the Employment IPRs

 

10



 

and the Employment Inventions. Such documents may, at the Company’s request, include waivers of all and any statutory moral rights relating to any copyright works which form part of the Employment IPRs. The Company agrees to reimburse the Executive’s reasonable expenses of complying with this clause 15.7.

 

15.8                         The Executive agrees to give all necessary assistance to the Company to enable it to enforce its Intellectual Property Rights against third parties, to defend claims for infringement of third party Intellectual Property Rights and to apply for registration of Intellectual Property Rights, where appropriate throughout the world, and for the full term of those rights.

 

15.9                         The Executive hereby irrevocably appoints the Company to be his attorney to execute and do any such instrument or thing and generally to use his name for the purpose of giving the Company or its nominee the benefit of this clause 15. The Executive acknowledges in favour of a third party that a certificate in writing signed by any Director or the Secretary of the Company that any instrument or act falls within the authority conferred by this clause 15.9 shall be conclusive evidence that such is the case.

 

16                                   STATEMENTS

 

16.1                         The Executive shall not make, publish (in any format) or otherwise communicate any derogatory statements, whether in writing or otherwise, at any time either during his Employment or at any time after its termination in relation to the Company, any Group Company or any of its or their officers or other personnel.

 

16.2                         The Executive shall not make any statements to the press or other media in connection with the Company and/or any Group Company at any time either during or after the Employment without the prior consent of the Chief Executive of the Company.

 

17                                   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

17.1                         The Company may terminate the Employment immediately by notice in writing if the Executive shall have:

 

17.1.1               committed any serious breach or repeated or continued breach of his obligations under this Agreement; or

 

17.1.2               been guilty of conduct tending to bring him or the Company or any Group Company into disrepute; or

 

17.1.3               become bankrupt or had an interim order made against him under the Insolvency Act 1986 or compounded with his creditors generally; or

 

17.1.4               failed to perform his duties to a satisfactory standard, after having received a written warning from the Company relating to the same; or

 

17.1.5               been convicted of an offence under any statutory enactment or regulation (other than a motoring offence for which no custodial sentence is given); or

 

17.1.6               during the Employment, committed any breach of clauses 12, 13, 15 and/or 16.

 

Any delay by the Company in exercising such right of termination shall not constitute a waiver thereof.

 

11



 

18                                   GARDEN LEAVE

 

During any period of notice of termination (whether given by the Company or the Executive), the Company shall be under no obligation to assign any duties to the Executive and shall be entitled to exclude him from its premises, and require the Executive not to contact any customers, suppliers or employees provided that this shall not affect the Executive’s entitlement to receive his normal salary and contractual benefits.  During any such period of exclusion the Executive will continue to be bound by all the provisions of this Agreement and shall at all times conduct himself with good faith towards the Company.

 

19                                   POST TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS OF THE EXECUTIVE

 

19.1                         For the purposes of this clause 19 the following definitions apply:

 

19.1.1               “Termination Date” means the date of termination of the Employment (howsoever caused).

 

19.1.2               “Restriction Date” means the earlier of the Termination Date and the start of any period of Garden Leave in accordance with Clause 18.

 

19.1.3               “Restricted Period” means during the Executive’s employment with the Company and for the period commencing on the Restriction Date and ending twelve (12) months after the Restriction Date.

 

19.1.4               “Company Customer” means a person or entity for which the Company was providing services either at the time of, or at any time within the twelve (12) months preceding, the Restriction Date, and for whom the Executive carried out or oversaw a material business responsibility during said twelve (12) month period.

 

19.1.5               “Prospective Customer” means a person or entity:

 

a)                                      that the Executive contacted for the purpose of soliciting business on behalf of the Company during the twelve (12) months preceding the Restriction Date; or

 

b)                                      to which the Company had submitted a bid or proposal for services during the twelve (12) months preceding the Restriction Date, and in which bid or proposal the Executive was involved in any material respect.

 

19.1.6               “Competitive with the Company” means an entity in the business of providing contract research organization (CRO) services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology, or biomedical companies or any other business of the Company at the Restriction Date with which the Employee was involved to a material extent during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the Restriction Date.

 

19.1.7               “Company Employee” means any person who, at the Termination Date, was employed in a position more senior to an Associate Director or worked in the Executive’s team or with whom the Executive worked closely in the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the Restriction Date.

 

19.1.8               “Restricted Services” means services that are the same or substantially similar to the services the Executive provided to the Company at the time of, or in the twelve (12) months preceding, the Restriction Date.

 

19.1.9               “Restricted Area” means the following geographical areas:

 

12



 

a)                                      any town, city, metropolitan area, county (or similar political subdivision in foreign countries) in which the Executive personally provided material services in-person (not by telephone or internet) on behalf of the Company during the twelve (12) months prior to the Restriction Date;

 

b)                                      within a 60-mile radius of the location(s) where the Executive had an office during the twelve (12) months prior to the Restriction Date;

 

c)                                       within a 60 mile radius of Raleigh, North Carolina; and

 

d)                                      any town, city, metropolitan area, county (or similar political subdivision in foreign countries) in which the Company is located or does or did business, during the twelve (12) months prior to the Restriction Date.

 

19.2                         The Executive acknowledges that by reason of the Employment he will have access to trade secrets, confidential information, business connections and the workforce of the Company and the Group Companies and that in order to protect their legitimate business interests it is reasonable for him to enter into these post termination restrictive covenants and the Executive agrees that the restrictions contained in this clause 19 (each of which constitutes an entirely separate, severable and independent restriction) are reasonable.

 

19.3                         Reference in this clause 19.3 to the “Company” shall apply as though there were included reference to any relevant Group Company for whom or on whose behalf the Executive works during the course of the Employment.

 

19.4                         The Executive covenants with the Company for itself and as trustee and agent for each Group Company that during the Restricted Period, he will not without the prior written consent of the Company:

 

19.4.1               Solicit, induce, influence or attempt to solicit, induce or influence any Company Customer to:

 

a)                                      cease doing business in whole or in part with the Company, or

 

b)                                      do business with any other person or business which is Competitive with the Company;

 

19.4.2               Solicit, induce, or attempt to induce any Prospective Customer to

 

a)                                      not begin doing business with the Company,

 

b)                                      cease doing business in whole or in part with the Company, or

 

c)                                       do business with any business that is Competitive with the Company; or

 

19.4.3               Interfere with, disrupt or attempt to interfere with or disrupt the relationship, contractual or otherwise, between the Company and any supplier, vendor, distributor, lessor, lessee, or licensor that transacted business with the Company in the twelve (12) month period before the Restriction Date and with whom the Executive dealt to a material extent during that period.

 

19.4.4               solicit or attempt to solicit for hire as an officer, director, employee, agent, consultant or independent contractor, any Company Employee.  The Executive further agrees that the Executive will not encourage, entice, induce or suggest that any Company

 

13



 

Employee terminate or alter his/her employment or relationship with the Company for the benefit of any person or entity other than the Company.

 

19.4.5               be engaged or concerned in any capacity in any business concern providing the Restricted Services which is Competitive with the Company in the Restricted Area.

 

19.5                         For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this clause 19 shall prevent the Executive from:

 

19.5.1               holding as an investment by way of shares or other securities not more than 1% of the total issued share capital of any company; or

 

19.5.2               after the Termination Date being engaged or concerned in any business concern where the Executive’s work or duties relate solely to geographical areas where the business concern is not Competitive with the Company; or

 

19.5.3               after the Termination Date, being engaged or concerned in any business concern where the Executive’s work or duties relate solely to services or activities of a kind with which the Executive was not concerned to a material extent in twelve months before the Restriction Date.

 

19.6                         The obligations undertaken by the Executive pursuant to this clause 19 extend to him acting not only on his own account but also on behalf of any other firm, company or other person and shall apply whether he acts directly or indirectly.

 

19.7                         The Executive hereby undertakes with the Company that he will not at any time after the termination of the Employment in the course of carrying on any trade or business, claim, represent or otherwise indicate any present association with the Company or any Group Company or for the purpose of carrying on or retaining any business or custom, claim, represent or otherwise indicate any past association with the Company or any Group Company to its detriment.

 

19.8                         While the restrictions in this clause 19 (on which the Executive has had the opportunity to take independent advice, as the Executive hereby acknowledges) are considered by the parties to be reasonable in all the circumstances, it is agreed that if any such restrictions, by themselves, or taken together, shall be found to go beyond what is reasonable in all the circumstances for the protection of the legitimate interests of the Company or any Group Company but would be considered reasonable if part or parts of the wording of such restrictions were deleted, the relevant restriction or restrictions shall apply with such deletion(s) as may be necessary to make it or them valid and effective.

 

19.9                         If the Executive accepts alternative employment or engagement with any third party during the period of any of the restrictions in this clause 19 he will provide the third party with full details of these restrictions.

 

19.10                  If the Executive’s employment is transferred by reason of the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006 he will, if requested, enter into an agreement with the new employer that contains provisions that reflect the protections provided by the Company under this clause 19.

 

19.11                  If the Executive’s contract of employment is expected to transfer to a new entity by virtue of the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006 but the Executive objects or otherwise resigns before any such transfer takes place, the Executive acknowledges that the Company may assign the benefit of these restrictive covenants to the relevant successor entity. Consequently, the Executive agrees that he will continue to observe the restrictions set out in this clause 19 for the benefit of any successor and will not

 

14



 

regard himself as released from his obligations under this clause in the event of such assignment. The Executive agrees to co-operate with, and use his best endeavours to assist the Company and any successor in such circumstances including but not limited to providing such information, executing such documents and giving such assurances and undertakings as they may reasonably request.

 

20                                   WHISTLEBLOWING

 

If the Executive wishes to make a disclosure under Sections 43A-L of the ERA he should do so without delay by contacting the Company’s General Counsel in writing, expressly stating that he wishes to make a qualifying disclosure.  A ‘qualifying disclosure’ is defined for these purposes as a disclosure of information which, in the reasonable belief of the Executive, is made in the public interest and tends to show one or more of the following: a criminal offence, a risk to health and safety, a failure to comply with a legal obligation, a miscarriage of justice, environmental damage or concealment of any of these.

 

21                                   DEROGATORY STATEMENTS

 

21.1                         The Executive agrees that, upon and following the Termination Date:

 

21.1.1               the Executive shall not make to any third party, publicly or privately, verbally or in writing, any false, disparaging, derogatory or otherwise inflammatory remarks about any of the Company, its parent, subsidiaries and other related and affiliated companies, their employees, managers, directors, officers, administrators, shareholders, members, agents, attorneys, insurers and contractors acting in any capacity whatsoever, including their respective predecessors, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Company Parties”) and/or about the conduct, operations or financial condition or business practices, policies or procedures of the Company Parties; and

 

21.1.2               the Executive will not make or solicit any false or misleading comments, statements or the like to the media or to others that may be considered derogatory or detrimental to the good name and business reputation of any of the Company Parties.

 

21.2                        Nothing in this clause 21 is intended to prohibit or restrict in any way the Executive from providing truthful information to any government agency or entity, or any arbitrator or court officer, or to otherwise testify truthfully under oath, as required by law.

 

21.3                         The Company agrees that, upon and following termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, its executive officers will not make, publicly or privately, verbally or in writing, any false, disparaging, derogatory or otherwise inflammatory remarks about the Executive and/or the conduct, operations or financial condition or business practices, of the Executive to any third party, and the Company’s executive officers will not make or solicit any comments, statements or the like to the media or to others that may be considered derogatory or detrimental to the good name and business reputation of the Executive; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph is intended to prohibit the Company’s executive officers from providing truthful information to any government entity, arbitrator, or court, or to otherwise testify truthfully under oath, as required by law.

 

21.4                         In addition, nothing in this clause 21 shall be construed or interpreted to restrict or impede the Executive or the Company from participating or cooperating in an investigative proceeding of any federal, state or local government agency.

 

15



 

22                                   AMALGAMATION AND RECONSTRUCTION

 

22.1                         If the Company is wound up for the purposes of reconstruction or amalgamation the Executive shall not as a result or by reason of any termination of the Employment or the redefinition of his duties within the Company or any Group Company arising or resulting from any reorganisation of the Group have any claim against the Company for damages for termination of the Employment or otherwise so long as he shall be offered employment with any concern or undertaking resulting from such reconstruction reorganisation or amalgamation on terms and conditions no less favourable to the Executive than the terms contained in this Agreement.

 

22.2                         If the Executive shall at any time have been offered but shall have unreasonably refused or failed to agree to the transfer of this Agreement by way of novation to a company which has acquired or agreed to acquire the whole or substantially the whole of the undertaking and assets or not less than 50 per cent of the equity share capital of the Company the Company may terminate the Employment by such notice as is required by s.86 of the ERA within one month of such offer being refused by the Executive.

 

23                                   DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES AND SUSPENSION

 

23.1                         The Grievance and Disciplinary Procedures set out in the Company’s Employee Handbook will apply to the Executive. Such procedures are non-contractual and the Company reserves the right to leave out any stage of the procedures and failure to follow a procedure (or part of it) shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

 

23.2                         The Company reserves the right to suspend the Executive on full pay, for so long as it reasonably thinks fit, in order to:

 

23.2.1               investigate any allegations made against the Executive (whether in the context of the internal disciplinary process or otherwise);

 

23.2.2               satisfy itself as to the Executive’s fitness for work; and

 

23.2.3               where it reasonably considers that it may be beneficial to temporarily remove the Executive.

 

24                                   NOTICES

 

24.1                         Any notice or other document to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and may be given personally to the Executive or to the Secretary of the Board (as the case may be) or may be sent by first class post or by facsimile transmission to, in the case of the Company, its registered office for the time being and in the case of the Executive either to his address shown on the face of this Agreement or to his last known place of residence.

 

24.2                         Any such notice shall (unless contrary is proved) be deemed served when in the ordinary course of the means of transmission it would first be received by the addressee in normal business hours.  In proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove, where appropriate, that the notice was addressed properly and posted or that the facsimile transmission was dispatched.

 

25                                   ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND FORMER SERVICE AGREEMENT(S)

 

25.1                         This Agreement together with any documents referred to in it constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties and the Executive agrees that he has not been

 

16



 

induced to enter into the Employment by and has not relied upon any Pre-Contractual Statement.

 

25.2                         This Agreement together with any documents referred to in it shall be in substitution for any previous letters of appointment, agreements or arrangements, (whether written, oral or implied), relating to the employment of the Executive, which shall be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent.  The Executive acknowledges that as of the date of this Agreement he has no outstanding claim of any kind against the Company and/or any Group Company.

 

25.3                         There are no collective agreements affecting the Executive’s employment.

 

26                                   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law and the parties irrevocably agree to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts but this Agreement may be enforced by the Company in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

27                                   THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

The Executive and the Company do not intend that any term of this Agreement should be enforceable, by virtue of the Contracts (Right of Third Parties) Act 1999 by any third party.

 

28                                   GENERAL

 

28.1                         This Agreement constitutes the written statement of the terms of Employment of the Executive provided in compliance with part 1 of the ERA.

 

28.2                         The expiration or termination of this Agreement, however arising, shall not operate to affect such of the provisions of this Agreement as are expressed to operate or have effect after that time and shall be without prejudice to any accrued rights or remedies of the parties.

 

28.3                        The various provisions and sub-provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any provision or any identifiable part of any provision is held to be unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction then such unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions or identifiable parts of them.

 

28.4                         The Company reserves the right to make reasonable changes to the terms and condition of employment from time to time according to the business needs.  The Company will take reasonable steps to give notice of a change and to consult with Executive before implementing the change if necessary.

 

The Parties to this Agreement intend it to be a Deed and accordingly they or their duly authorised representatives execute and deliver it as such on the date set out on page 1.

 

Signed as a deed by

)

/s/ Alistair Macdonald

 

 

 

 

 

( full name of individual)

)

Alistair Macdonald

 

 

 

 

 

in the presence of:

)

Lynn Clarke

 

 

17



 

Signature of witness

/s/ Lynn Clarke

 

 

 

 

Name (in BLOCK CAPITALS)

LYNN CLARKE

 

 

 

 

Address

73, Middle Bourne Lane

 

 

Farnham Surrey

 

 

UK, GU10 3NJ

 

 

Signed as a deed by INC RESEARCH 

)

 

 

HOLDING LIMITED acting by a

 

 

 

director in the presence of

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

)

/s/ Christopher L. Gaenzle

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

Signature of witness

/s/ Sherry W. Grady

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name (in BLOCK CAPITALS)

SHERRY W. GRADY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

4516 Grayling Dr.

 

 

Apex, NC 27539

 

 

18




Exhibit 10.13

 

GRAPHIC

 

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

 

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of the 31st day of July, 2014 (the “Effective Date”) by and between INC Research, LLC (the “Company”), and Christopher L. Gaenzle, an executive employee of the Company (“Executive”).

 

Whereas, Executive acknowledges that, as a result of his/her employment in a senior position with the Company, he/she has had and will have access to strategic business information of the Company and other Confidential Information as that term is defined in this Agreement; and

 

Whereas, Executive acknowledges that the Company is engaged in a business that is highly competitive worldwide and that competition by Executive in that business, or solicitation of business relations in competition with the Company, both during his/her employment and after his/her employment ends, would necessarily involve Executive’s use of the Company’s Confidential Information and trade secrets to which Executive has been and will be given access as an employee of the Company and would otherwise constitute unfair competition and would severely injure the Company; and

 

Whereas, Executive acknowledges and agrees that, by virtue of Executive’s senior position and responsibilities with the Company, Executive has had and will have access to the Company’s current, former and prospective customers, clients, suppliers and/or business relations, including, Confidential Information relating to such customers, clients, suppliers and/or business relations, and has generated and will generate goodwill belonging to the Company with such customers, clients, suppliers, and/or business relations which would cause great and irreparable harm to the Company if used on behalf of any other person or entity;

 

Whereas, Executive acknowledges and agrees that, by virtue of Executive’s senior position and responsibilities with the Company, Executive has had and will have access to Confidential Information regarding Company personnel and that Executive has developed and will develop relationships with co-workers, and also that Executive is in a position to exert undue influence over his/her co-workers, solely as a result of Executive’s employment with the Company; and

 

Whereas, the Company wishes to protect its investment in its business, employees, customer relationships, and Confidential Information, by requiring Executive to abide by certain restrictive covenants regarding confidentiality and other matters, each of which is an inducement to the Company to employ Executive;

 

Now therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties acknowledge, the Company and Executive contract and agree as follows:

 

1



 

1.                                       Employment; Nature of Employment .

 

The Company hereby employs Executive as its Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and Executive accepts such employment.  Executive shall also serve as Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary of INC Research Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”), the indirect parent holding company of the INC Research, LLC. Executive shall report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and shall have such responsibilities and authority as are consistent with the responsibilities of a Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary of a similarly-situated company, as well as such other duties as the Chief Executive Officer may reasonably assign from time to time.  Additionally, Executive agrees to perform additional duties consistent with those of an executive at his/her level as the Company may establish from time to time.  Executive understands and agrees that the Company anticipates conducting and/or engaging a third party entity to conduct educational and professional credentials screening or checks related to Executive from time to time, and Executive agrees to cooperate with the Company and/or the third party entity, as applicable, in relation to such screening or checks and to execute all necessary releases, authorizations and other documentation reasonably necessary to conduct such screening or checks.

 

2.                                       Devotion of Services .

 

Executive agrees to devote his/her best efforts to the services of the Company in such capacity as the Company from time to time shall direct consistent with the responsibilities of a Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary, and to comply with the Company’s policies, practices and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics at all times.  During his/her employment with the Company, Executive shall devote his/her full business time and attention to serving as Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary, provided that Executive may devote reasonable time to outside charitable, professional and educational activities so long as such activities do not materially interfere or conflict with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement.

 

3.                                       Compensation .

 

During Executive’s employment under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled, or eligible, to receive:

 

(a)                                  Base Salary.  Executive’s annual salary for all services rendered (the “Base Salary”) shall be as established by the Company’s Board of Directors or by its compensation committee (the “Board”), payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures.  Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed from time to time by the Board.

 

(b)                                  Management Incentive Plan.  Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”).  Executive’s participation in the MIP and his/her eligibility to receive any “Target Bonus” thereunder is subject to the satisfaction of

 

2



 

applicable terms and conditions as established in the MIP as it may be modified by the Board from time to time.  Any Target Bonus payable under the MIP shall be paid no later than April 15 th  of the calendar year during which such Target Bonus vests and at the same time as any similar bonuses are paid to other executives of the Company. E xcept as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement, payment is conditioned upon Executive being employed by the Company on the date of such payment.

 

(c)                                   Health Insurance/Benefits.  Executive may participate in all group medical dental and disability insurance, 40l (k), retirement or pension plan and other employee benefit plans and programs established by the Company for which Executive is eligible, provided that Executive’s participation in such benefit plans and programs is subject to the applicable terms, conditions and eligibility requirements of these plans and programs, as they may exist from time to time.

 

(d)                                  Paid Time Off.  In accordance with and subject to the Company’s PTO policies and procedures, Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks paid time off (“PTO”) per year.  PTO may increase based on years of service in accordance with the Company’s PTO policies and procedures.

 

(e)                                   Stock Options.  Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as it may be amended from time to time (the “Equity Incentive Plan”), subject to Board’s approval of any option grants.  Executive’s participation in the Equity Incentive Plan shall be governed by the terms of such plan and any stock option agreements entered into by Executive and the Company.

 

(f)                                    The Company shall reimburse Executive for reasonable travel and other business-related expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the fulfillment of his/her duties hereunder, upon presentation of proper receipts or other proof of expenditure and subject to the applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures of the Company.

 

(g)                                   Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Company to create, continue or refrain from amending, modifying, revising or revoking any of the plans, programs or benefits set forth above.  Any amendments, modifications, revisions and revocations of these plans, programs or benefits shall apply to Executive.  Any conflict between the plans, programs or benefits described under this Agreement and the plan documents governing such plans, programs or benefits shall be controlled by the specific plan documents.

 

(h)                                  Executive agrees that any incentive compensation he/she receives from the Company, including, but not limited to that provided under the MIP and Equity Incentive Plan, will be subject to being returned to the Company in the event required by law or an applicable Company policy related to restatements of Company financial statements or Executive’s misconduct.

 

3



 

4.                                       Term of Employment .

 

The term of employment under this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and continue until terminated as set forth herein.  Subject to the provisions of Section 5 below, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as constituting a commitment, guarantee, agreement or understanding of any kind or nature that the Company shall continue to employ Executive for any particular period of time, and the Agreement shall not affect in any way the right of the Company to terminate the employment of Executive at any time and for any reason.  By Executive’s execution of this Agreement, Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive’s employment is “at will.”  As used in this Agreement, the term “Termination Date” means the effective date of the termination of Executive’s employment by either party as specified in the notice of termination described in Section 5 below, or the date of Executive’s death if earlier.

 

5.                                       Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                                  Either party may terminate the employment relationship for any reason at any time upon giving the other party forty-five (45) days prior written notice.  The Company may, in its discretion, relieve Executive of some or all of his/her duties during all or a part of such notice period.

 

(b)                                  Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s death.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment upon written notice in the event of Executive’s Disability (as defined herein). “Disability,” as used in this Agreement, means a physical or mental condition that renders Executive unable to perform the essential functions of Executive’s job, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a continuous period of more than ninety (90) days or for ninety (90) days in any period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days. Disability shall be determined by a physician satisfactory to the Company and in accordance with the respective rights and obligations under the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended (the “ADA”), and any other applicable law.  For purposes of making a determination as to whether a Disability exists, at the Company’s request and at the Company’s expense, Executive agrees to make himself/herself available and to cooperate with a reasonable examination by such physician and to authorize the disclosure and release to the Company of all medical records related to such determination to the extent permissible under the ADA and any other applicable laws. Nothing herein shall give the Company the right to terminate Executive prior to discharging its obligations to Executive, if any, under the Family and Medical Leave Act, the ADA or any other applicable law

 

(d)                                  The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment immediately by written notice for Cause (as defined herein).  As used in this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean: (i) Executive’s breach of any fiduciary duty or legal or contractual obligation to the Company or to the Board; (ii) Executive’s failure to follow the reasonable instructions of the Board or Executive’s direct supervisor, provided, however, that such

 

4



 

instruction is consistent with Executive’s duties and responsibilities, which breach, if curable, is not cured within ten (10) business days after notice to Executive or, if cured, recurs within one hundred and eighty (180) calendar days; (iii) the Executive’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud, insubordination or acts of dishonesty relating to the Company; or (iv) the Executive’s commission of any misdemeanor solely relating to the Company or of any felony.

 

(e)                                   Executive may resign from Executive’s employment by written notice for Good Reason as defined herein.  “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence, without Executive’s express written consent, of any of the following events: (i) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or Target Bonus percentage under the MIP; (ii) a material adverse change to Executive’s title or a material reduction in Executive’s authority, job duties or responsibilities; (iii) a requirement that Executive relocate to a principal place of employment more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s offices at 3201 Beechleaf Court, in Raleigh, North Carolina; or (iv) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company; provided, that, any event described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above shall constitute Good Reason only if the Executive provides the Company with written notice of the basis for the Executive’s Good Reason within forty-five (45) days of the initial actions or inactions of the Company giving rise to such Good Reason and the Company has not cured the identified actions or inactions within thirty (30) days of such notice.

 

(f)                                    Executive shall, without the requirement of any further action, automatically cease to be an officer and/or director of the Company and any of its affiliates as of the Termination Date.

 

6.                                       Compensation and Benefits upon Termination .

 

(a)                                  The Company’s obligation to compensate Executive ceases on the Termination Date except as to: (i) any unpaid Base Salary earned by Executive as of that time; (ii) any unpaid amount actually earned and due to Executive pursuant to the MIP; (iii) any business expenses for which Executive is entitled to reimbursement under this Agreement; and (iv) any compensation and/or benefits to which Executive may be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 6.

 

(b)                                  If the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason, then the Company shall pay Executive the payments referenced above in Subsections 6(a)(i), (ii), and (iii) (collectively, the “Accrued Payments”).  In addition, subject to Executive’s compliance with Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 13 and 15 of this Agreement and subject to the requirements of Section 6(e) below: (i) the Company will pay Executive an amount equal to his/her Base Salary as of the Termination Date for a period of twelve (12) months following the Termination Date, payable through the Company’s regular payroll procedures (the “Severance Pay”) commencing on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Termination Date (with the first payment including a catch-up payment for any Base Salary that would have otherwise been paid as Severance Pay during such sixty (60) day period); and (ii) if Executive timely elects continued health insurance coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), the Company shall, on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the

 

5



 

Termination Date, reimburse Executive for the entire amount of any premiums paid by Executive prior to such date necessary to continue such COBRA coverage for Executive and Executive’s covered spouse and eligible dependents and thereafter the Company shall pay the entire premium necessary to continue such coverage, in each case, until the earlier of (A) the expiration of the eighteen (18) month period following the Termination Date, or (B) the date on which Executive becomes eligible for group health insurance coverage under another employer’s plan, notice of which Executive shall promptly provide the Company.

 

(c)                                   If the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause or if the Executive terminates his/her employment without Good Reason, or if Executive’s employment ends due to his/her death, then the Company’s sole obligation shall be to pay Executive (or his/her estate) only the Accrued Payments.

 

(d)                                  If the Company terminates Executive’s employment due to Disability or upon Executive’s death, the Company shall pay Executive or his/her estate, in addition to any short term or long term disability benefits that he/she may have received and/or be entitled to receive, the Accrued Payments.  In addition, Executive shall be eligible to receive payment of the Target Bonus as set forth in Section 3(b) above, subject to the terms of the MIP and to the extent actually earned for the fiscal year in which such termination takes place, prorated based on the number of days in such fiscal year that Executive was employed prior to the Termination Date, to be paid in accordance with the timing set forth in Section 3(b) (or if later, the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Termination Date).

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company’s obligation to make any payments or to provide any benefits under Sections 6(b) or Section 6(d) above is subject to and conditioned upon Executive’s execution of an enforceable release and waiver of claims agreement in a form satisfactory to the Company (the “Release Agreement”) and his/her compliance with the covenants in Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 13 and 15 of this Agreement.  If Executive chooses not to timely execute such Release Agreement, revokes the Release Agreement, or fails to comply with the covenants in Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 13 and 15 of this Agreement, then the Company’s obligation to compensate him/her ceases on the effective Termination Date except as to the Accrued Payments.  The Release Agreement shall be provided to Executive within seven (7) days of the Termination Date and Executive must execute it within the twenty-one (21) or forty-five (45) day time period specified in the Release Agreement.  The Release Agreement and any payments due following its execution by Executive shall not be effective until any applicable revocation period has expired.

 

(f)                                    Executive is not entitled to receive any compensation or benefits upon his/her termination except as: (i) set forth in this Agreement, (ii) otherwise required by applicable law, or (iii) otherwise specifically required by any employee benefit plan of the Company in which he/she participates.  Moreover, the terms and conditions provided to Executive under this Agreement are in lieu of any severance benefits to which he/she otherwise might be entitled pursuant to any severance plan, policy and practice of the Company and or any of its affiliates.  Nothing in this Agreement however, is intended to waive or supplant any accrued death,

 

6



 

disability, accidental death and dismemberment, retirement 401 (k) or pension benefits of the Company to which he/she may be entitled under employee benefit plans of the Company in which he/she participates.

 

(g)                                   If, within the twelve (12) month period following a Change in Control, as defined below, Executive is terminated without Cause or he/she resigns for Good Reason, but in either case subject to the provisions of Section 6(e) above, Executive shall, in addition to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 6(b), be entitled to a lump sum payment, payable on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Termination Date, equal to the greater of: (A) fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s then Base Salary, or (B) his/her Target Bonus under the MIP.  A “Change in Control,” as defined herein solely for purposes of this Agreement, shall mean: (i) any merger, consolidation, or reorganization involving the Company, in which, immediately after giving effect to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, less than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of outstanding stock of the surviving or resulting entity is then “beneficially owned” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1943, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) in the aggregate by the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger consolidation or reorganization; (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any other person or entity (other than to one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company) in a transaction or a series of related transactions; (iii) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company; (iv) when any person or entity not currently a stockholder, including a “group” as contemplated by Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, acquires or gains ownership or control (including, without limitation, power to vote) of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Company’s voting stock (based upon voting power); or (v) as a result of or in connection with a contested election of directors, the persons who were directors of the Company before such election shall cease to constitute a majority of the Company’s Board.

 

7.                                       Section 409A and Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code .

 

(a)                                  The Parties agree that this Agreement shall be interpreted to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder to the extent applicable (collectively “Code Section 409A”), and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Code Section 409A.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any payments and benefits provided under Section 6 that constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 409A will not commence in connection with Executive’s termination of employment unless and until Executive has also incurred a “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (a “Separation From Service”).  The parties intend that each installment of the Severance Pay payments provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i).  For the avoidance of doubt, the parties intend that payments of the Severance Pay set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Code Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-

 

7



 

1(b)(9).  If any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to Executive under this Agreement in connection with Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A), is determined, in whole or in part, to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) and Executive is a specified employee (as defined in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i)) at the time of separation from service, no part of such payments shall be paid before the day that is six (6) months plus one (1) day after the date of separation or, if earlier, ten (10) business days following Executive’s death (the “New Payment Date”).  The aggregate of any payments and benefits that otherwise would have been paid and/or provided to Executive during the period between the date of separation of service and the New Payment Date shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum on such New Payment Date.  Thereafter, any payments and/or benefits that remain outstanding as of or following the New Payment Date shall be paid without delay over the time period originally scheduled, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  In no event whatsoever will the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on Executive under Code Section 409A or any damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A.

 

(b)                                  With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of costs and expenses or in-kind benefits, except as permitted by Code Section 409A, (i) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit; (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, to be provided in any other taxable year, provided , that, this clause (ii) shall not be violated with regard to expenses reimbursed under any arrangement covered by Internal Revenue Code Section 105(b) solely because such expenses are subject to a limit related to the period the arrangement is in effect; (iii) such payments shall be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense occurred; and (iv) any payments made in installments shall be deemed separate payments.

 

(c)                                   Provided that the Company is privately held and Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii) of the Code is available, if any payment or benefit (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) (the “Payments”) to Executive or for Executive’s benefit paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise would be a “parachute payment” then, to the extent Executive elects to waive the right to receive such Payments unless shareholder approval is obtained in accordance with Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and deliver to its stockholders, described in Reg.  Section 1-280G-1, Q/A-7, disclosure intended to satisfy Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, with respect to the Payments and to solicit the approval of the Company’s stockholders in a manner intended to satisfy 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

(d)                                  Subject to Section 7(a), in the event that (i) Executive is entitled to receive any Payments, whether payable, distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, that constitute “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of

 

8



 

the Code, such Payment shall be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid such excise tax, but only if such reduction will result in the net amount Executive retains with respect to the Payment that is actually paid, after deduction of any Federal, state and local income tax on the Payment, being greater than the net amount that Executive would retain with payment of the full Payment without reduction, after deduction of any excise tax on the Payment and any Federal, state and local income tax and excise tax on the unreduced Payment.

 

To the extent such aggregate parachute payment amounts are required to be so reduced, the parachute payment amounts due to Executive (but no non-parachute payment amounts) shall be reduced in the following order: (i) the parachute payments that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code and are payable in cash shall be reduced (if necessary, to zero) with amounts that are payable last reduced first; (ii) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity, that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code, with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24); (iii) all other non-cash benefits and are not otherwise described in clause (ii) of this Section 7(d); and (iv) any Payments subject to Section 409A of the Code to be reduced last with amounts that are payable last reduced first.

 

(e)                                   The determinations to be made with respect to this Section 7 shall be made by a certified public accounting firm (the “Accountant”) designated by the Company and reasonably acceptable to Executive, which determination shall be final and binding on the parties.  The Company shall be responsible for all charges of the Accountant.

 

8.                                       Confidentiality .

 

(a)                                  Executive agrees that he/she shall not at any time, without the prior written consent of the Company, disclose or use (except in the course of his/her employment with the Company and solely in furtherance of the interests of the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates) any confidential or proprietary information belonging to the Company, including, but not limited to, all trade secrets, patent applications, scientific data, formulation information, inventions, processes, formulas, systems, computer programs, plans, programs, studies, techniques, critical business information such as drug products in development, business strategies and models, product launch plans, CRO relationships, regulatory submissions, technology used by or the therapeutic focus of the Company, clinical information, methodologies, standard operating procedures, operational documents (such as batch records), technology used by the Company, marketing and certain financial information calculations, budgets, bids, internal policies and procedures, organization, business plans, analysis, forecasts, billing practices, pricing information and strategies, promotional material, service offering strategies, marketing plans and ideas, the identities or other information about customers, sponsor, customer or client lists, suppliers and business partners (current and prospective), the terms of current and pending deals, sales data, and sales projections, research, research proposals, study protocols, coding devices, unpublished results and reports, meeting minutes and notes, monthly and other periodic reports, contact and other information regarding suppliers, vendors and consultants, and regulatory and legal correspondence, whether or not patentable or

 

9



 

copyrightable and whether in tangible or other form, including all documents and records, whether printed, typed, handwritten, videotaped, transmitted or transcribed on data files or on any other type of media, whether or not labeled or identified as confidential and proprietary (all of such information being hereinafter collectively referred to as “Confidential Information”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (i) is already known to Executive prior to its disclosure to Executive by the Company; (ii) is or becomes generally available to the public through no wrongful act of any person; (iii) is at the time of disclosure part of the public knowledge or literature through no wrongful action by Executive; or (iv) is received by Executive from a third party without restriction and without any wrongful conduct on the part of such third party relating to such disclosure. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Confidential Information he/she obtains or becomes aware of as a result of his/her employment with the Company is not generally known or available to the general public, but has been developed, compiled or acquired by the Company at its great effort and expense and that Executive is required to protect and not disclose such information.

 

(b)                                  Executive agrees that he/she shall not disclose any information belonging to third parties, including, without limitation, current, former and/or prospective customers and vendors of the Company that is disclosed to Executive as a representative of the Company under an obligation of confidentiality.

 

(c)                                   The restrictions contained in Section 8(a) above will not apply to any information that Executive is required to disclose by law or as requested by a governmental or administrative agency, provided that Executive (i) notifies the Company of the existence and terms of such obligation, (ii) gives the Company a reasonable opportunity to seek a protective order or other legal process to prevent or limit such disclosure, and (iii) only discloses that information actually required to be disclosed.

 

(d)                                  Any trade secrets of the Company will be entitled to all of the protections and benefits under the North Carolina Trade Secrets Protection Act, N.C. Gen. Stat. § 66-152 et seq. , and any other applicable law.  If any information that the Company deems to be a trade secret is found by a court of competent jurisdiction not to be a trade secret, such information will, nevertheless, be considered Confidential Information for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Executive agrees that, upon the termination of his/her employment for any reason, and immediately upon request of the Company at any time, he/she will promptly return (and shall not delete, destroy or modify) all property, including any originals and all copies of any documents, whether stored on computers or in hard copy, obtained from the Company, or any of its current, former or prospective customers or vendors, whether or not Executive believes it qualifies as Confidential Information.  Such property shall include everything obtained during and as a result of Executive’s employment with the Company, other than documents related to Executive’s compensation and benefits, such as pay stubs and benefit statements.  In addition, Executive shall also return any phone, facsimile, printer, computer, or other items or equipment provided by the Company to Executive to perform his/her employment responsibilities during

 

10


 

his/her employment with the Company. Executive agrees that he/she shall not access or attempt to access the Company’s computer systems after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company.  Executive further agrees that he/she does not have a right of privacy to any Communications sent through the Company’s electronic communications systems (including, without limitation, emails, phone calls and voicemail) and that the Company may monitor, retain, and review all such communications in accordance with applicable law.

 

9.                                       Non-Solicitation of Customers and Other Business Relations .

 

During the Restricted Period (as defined below), Executive will not, directly or indirectly, for Executive’s own behalf, nor as an officer, director, stockholder, partner, associate, owner, executive, consultant or otherwise on behalf of any person, firm, partnership, corporation, or other entity, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                                  Solicit, induce, influence or attempt to solicit, induce or influence any Company Customer (as defined below) to (i) cease doing business in whole or in part with the Company, or (ii) do business with any other person or business which is “Competitive with the Company” (as defined below);

 

(b)                                  Solicit, induce, or attempt to induce any Prospective Customer (as defined below)  to (i) not begin doing business with the Company, (ii) cease doing business in whole or in part with the Company, or (iii) do business with any business that is Competitive with the Company; or

 

(c)                                   Interfere with, disrupt or attempt to interfere with or disrupt the relationship, contractual or otherwise, between the Company and any supplier, vendor, distributor, lessor, lessee, or licensor that transacts business with the Company.

 

(d)                                  “Restricted Period” means during Executive’s employment with the Company and for the period commencing on the Termination Date and ending twelve (12) months after the Termination Date.

 

(e)                                   “Company Customer” means a person or entity for whom the Company was providing services either at the time of, or at any time within the twelve (12) months preceding, the Termination Date, and for whom Executive carried out or oversaw a material business responsibility during said twelve (12) month period.

 

(f)                                    “Prospective Customer” means a person or entity (i) that Executive contacted for the purpose of soliciting business on behalf of the Company during the twelve (12) months preceding the Termination Date; or (ii) to which the Company had submitted a bid or proposal for services during the twelve (12) months preceding the Termination Date, and in which bid or proposal Executive was involved in any material respect.

 

11



 

(g)                                   “Competitive with the Company” means an entity in the business of providing contract research organization (CRO) services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology, or biomedical companies.

 

10.                                Non-Solicitation of Employees; Non-Disparagement .

 

(a)                                  During the Restricted Period (as defined above in section 9), Executive will not on Executive’s own behalf, nor as an officer, director, stockholder, partner, associate, owner, employee, consultant or otherwise on behalf of any person, firm, partnership, corporation, or other entity, directly or indirectly, solicit or attempt to solicit for hire as an officer, director, employee, agent, consultant or independent contractor, any Company Employee (as defined below).  Executive further agrees that Executive will not encourage, entice, induce or suggest that any Company Employee terminate or alter his/her employment or relationship with the Company for the benefit of any person or entity other than the Company.

 

(b)                                  The term “Company Employee” means any person who is an employee of or consultant to the Company as of the Termination Date.

 

(c)                                   Executive agrees that, upon and following the Termination Date, Executive shall not make to any third party, publicly or privately, verbally or in writing, any false, disparaging, derogatory or otherwise inflammatory remarks about any of the Company, its parent, subsidiaries and other related and affiliated companies, their employees, managers, directors, officers, administrators, shareholders, members, agents, attorneys, insurers and contractors acting in any capacity whatsoever, including their respective predecessors, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Company Parties”) and/or about the conduct, operations or financial condition or business practices, policies or procedures of the Company Parties, and Executive will not make or solicit any false or misleading comments, statements or the like to the media or to others that may be considered derogatory or detrimental to the good name and business reputation of any of the Company Parties; provided, however, nothing in this Section 10(c) is intended to prohibit or restrict in any way any executive of the Company from providing truthful information to any government agency or entity, or any arbitrator or court officer, or to otherwise testify truthfully under oath, as required by law.  The Company agrees that, upon and following termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, its executive officers will not make, publicly or privately, verbally or in writing, any false, disparaging, derogatory or otherwise inflammatory remarks about Executive and/or the conduct, operations or financial condition or business practices, of Executive to any third party, and the Company’s executive officers will not make or solicit any comments, statements or the like to the media or to others that may be considered derogatory or detrimental to the good name and business reputation of Executive; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph is intended to prohibit the Company’s executive officers from providing truthful information to any government entity, arbitrator, or court, or to otherwise testify truthfully under oath, as required by law.  In addition, nothing in this Section 10(c) shall be construed or interpreted to restrict or impede Executive or the Company from participating or cooperating in an investigative proceeding of any federal, state or local government agency.

 

12



 

11.                                Non-Competition .

 

(a)                                  During the Restricted Period (as defined above in section 9), within the Restricted Area (as defined below), Executive will not directly or indirectly, for Executive’s own behalf or for any other person or entity provide the Restricted Services (as defined below) for any person or entity that is Competitive with the Company (as defined above).

 

(b)                                  The “Restricted Services” means (i) services in which Executive is engaged or employed by or with any other person or business entity in the same or substantially similar capacity as Executive was engaged by the Company at the time of, or in the twelve (12) months preceding, the Termination Date; or (ii) services provided on Executive’s own behalf or for any other person or business entity that are the same or substantially similar to the services Executive provided to the Company at the time of, or in the twelve (12) months preceding, the Termination Date.

 

(c)                                   The “Restricted Area” means the following geographical areas: (i) any city, metropolitan area, county (or similar political subdivision in foreign countries) in which Executive personally provided material services in-person (not by telephone or internet) on behalf of the Company during the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company; (ii) within a 60-mile radius of the location(s) where the Executive had an office during the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company; (iii) within a 60 mile radius of Raleigh, North Carolina; and (iv) any city, metropolitan area, county (or similar political subdivision in foreign countries) in which the Company is located or does or did business, during the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s ownership, directly or indirectly, of not more than one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding stock of a corporation the shares of which are regularly traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market shall not violate this Section 11.

 

12.                                Reasonable Restrictions; Right to Equitable Relief .

 

Executive acknowledges and agrees that nothing in this Agreement prohibits Executive from obtaining suitable employment and/or earning a livelihood for Executive or Executive’s family.  Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions and covenants set forth above are reasonable in geographic and temporal scope and in all other respects and necessary to protect the Company and its legitimate business interests.  Executive understands and agrees that the Company will be irreparably injured by any breach of Sections 8, 9, 10 and/or 11 above and damages would be an inadequate remedy for such breach.  Accordingly, Executive acknowledges that, in the event of Executive’s breach or threatened breach of Sections 8, 9, 10, and/or 11 above, the Company shall be entitled to seek a restraining order in addition to preliminary, temporary and permanent injunctive relief or other equitable relief, without the requirement of posting a bond or other security; provided, however, that the seeking or granting

 

13



 

of any such injunctive relief shall not prejudice the Company’s right to seek monetary damages for any breach of Sections 8, 9, 10 and/or 11 of this Agreement and any damage that it has suffered thereby, including its attorneys’ fees and expenses in seeking to enforce these provisions.  Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, in the event of any violation by Executive of Sections 8, 9, 10 or 11 of this Agreement, the Company shall have no obligation thereafter to make any payments of Severance Pay or health insurance reimbursements to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, and/or if paid prior to Executive’s breach of this Agreement, Executive shall be obligated to repay the Company any Severance Pay made by the Company.

 

13.                                Developments .

 

(a)                                  If Executive (either alone or with others) makes, conceives, creates, discovers, invents or reduces to practice (herein “Generates” or are “Generated”) any Developments (as defined below), such Developments, and all of his/her rights and interests therein and all of his/her records relating to such Developments, shall be the sole and absolute property of the Company. Executive shall promptly disclose to the Company each such Development and shall deliver to the Company all of his/her records relating to each such Development.  Executive hereby assigns to the Company any and all rights (including, but not limited to, any rights under patent law, copyright law and/or other similar laws in any country) that he/she has or may have or may acquire in the Developments, without further compensation. All Developments which are copyrightable works shall be works made for hire.

 

(b)                                  “Developments” means any invention, design, development, improvement, process, software program, work of authorship, trademark or technique, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar statutes, that (i) are Generated while Executive is employed by the Company and relates to or is useful in the actual or planned business of the Company or any of the products or services being developed, manufactured, sold and/or provided by the Company, (ii) result from tasks assigned to Executive by the Company or tasks within Executive’s scope of responsibility, or (iii) result from the use of premises or property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the Company. Executive acknowledges that any Developments Generated during his/her employment, prior to the date of this Agreement, are the sole and absolute property of Company and the terms of this Agreement shall apply to such Developments.

 

(c)                                   Executive will, upon the Company’s request, without further compensation but at the Company’s expense, during and after his/her employment, promptly execute specific assignments of title to the Company and take such further acts as requested by the Company to confirm, secure, perfect, protect, enforce and/or transfer the Company’s right, title and interest in and to such Developments.  Such acts may include, but are not limited to, Executive’s execution and delivery of documents and instruments and his/her assistance and cooperation in the registration and enforcement of applicable patents, copyrights or other forms of protection or other legal proceedings.  If, at any time, Executive’s cooperation is required to enable the Company to secure, perfect, protect, enforce or transfer its right, title or interest in any

 

14



 

Development and Executive fails to respond within fourteen (14) calendar days to a written request from the Company for action sent by the Company to the last address for Executive maintained by the Company, Executive hereby appoints the Company as his/her attorney, and grants the Company his/her power of attorney to execute in good faith, commercially reasonable applications, releases, assignments, or other documents or agreements reasonably required to secure, perfect, protect, enforce or transfer the Company’s right, title or interest.

 

(d)                                  The obligations of Executive under this Section 13 will not apply to the extent such obligations are unenforceable pursuant to the provisions of Section 66-57.1 of the North Carolina General Statutes (as amended from time to time), provided that the obligations of Executive under Section 14 will continue to be binding upon Executive in all other circumstances.  Executive will bear the burden of proof in establishing the applicability of such statute to a particular circumstance.

 

14.                                Indemnification .

 

In addition to any other indemnities provided to Executive by the Company, from and after the Termination Date, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as such section may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify Executive against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and/or other matters referred to in or covered by such section, by reason of the fact that Executive was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

15.                                Cooperation .

 

During and subsequent to termination of the employment of the Executive, the Executive will cooperate with the Company and furnish any and all information, testimony or affidavits in connection with any matter that arose during the Executive’s employment, that in any way relates to the business or operations of the Company or any of its subsidiary corporations, divisions or affiliates, or of which the Executive may have any knowledge or involvement; and will consult with and provide information to the Company and its representatives concerning such matters.  Subsequent to the termination of the employment of the Executive, the parties will undertake reasonable efforts to have such cooperation performed at reasonable times and places and in a manner as not to unreasonably interfere with any other employment in which Executive may then be engaged.  The Company will compensate Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such cooperation in accordance with the requirements of its current expense reimbursement policy and, following an initial eight (8) hours, for which he/she will receive no compensation, Executive will be compensated by the Company at an hourly rate equal to his/her last base salary divided by two thousand (2,000) for all hours spent in activities requested by the Company in accordance with this Section 15.  If the Company requires the Executive to travel outside the metropolitan area in the United States where the Executive then resides to provide any testimony or otherwise provide any such assistance, then the Company

 

15



 

will reimburse the Executive for any reasonable, ordinary and necessary travel and lodging expenses incurred by Executive to do so provided the Executive submits all documentation required under the Company’s standard travel expense reimbursement policies and as otherwise may be required to satisfy any requirements under applicable tax laws for the Company to deduct those expenses. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted as requiring the Executive to provide any testimony, sworn statement or declaration that is not complete and truthful.  In addition, nothing in this Section 15 shall be construed or interpreted to restrict or impede the Executive from participating or cooperating in an investigative proceeding of any federal, state or local government agency.

 

16.                                Assignment .

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor in interest to the Company or any segment of such business. The Company may assign this Agreement to any affiliate or successor that acquires all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company or a majority of the voting interests of the Company.  The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by operation of law, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Company) to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement are personal and shall not be assigned or transferred.

 

17.                                Notice.

 

Notices and all other communications shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail.  Notices to the Company shall be sent to:

 

INC Research, LLC

Attn:  Chief Executive Officer

3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600

Raleigh, North Carolina 27604

 

Notices and communications to Executive shall be sent to the address Executive most recently provided to the Company.

 

18.                                Governing Law, Forum and Jury Waiver .

 

This Agreement and all disputes, claims or controversies arising out of or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina without regard for reference to any choice or conflict of law principles of any jurisdiction.  The parties agree that any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or Executive’s employment with the Company shall be brought exclusively in the state or federal courts in the State of North

 

16



 

Carolina, and Executive voluntarily submits to the exclusive jurisdiction over Executive’s person by a court of competent jurisdiction located within the State of North Carolina.  The parties hereby irrevocably waive any objection they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such action in the State of North Carolina, and further irrevocably waive any claim they may now or hereafter have that any such action brought in said court(s) has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The parties hereby knowingly and expressly waive their right to a jury trial for any claim relating to his/her/its rights or obligations under this Agreement.

 

19.                                Entire Agreement; Counterparts .

 

This Agreement contains all the understanding between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all undertakings, promises and agreements, whether oral or in writing, previously entered into between them with respect to the subject matter herein.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement.  Counterparts may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or electronic mail.  The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on the parties to the same extent as a manually signed original thereof. For purposes of clarification, as applied to Executive, the provisions of this Agreement shall supersede the terms and conditions contained in Schedule C to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement.

 

20.                                Amendment, Modification or Waiver .

 

This Agreement may not be changed orally, and no provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified unless such amendment or modification is in writing, signed by Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company.  No act or failure to act by the Company will waive any right, condition or provision contained herein.  Any waiver by the Company must be in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company to be effective.

 

21.                                Severability .

 

In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or other unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.  If, moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope or subject, it shall be construed by limiting it and reducing it so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with applicable law as it shall then appear.

 

17



 

22.                                       Prior Obligations .

 

(a)                                  Executive warrants and represents to the Company that his/her employment by the Company and execution and performance of this Agreement does not conflict with any prior obligations to third parties (including but not limited to any non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, or other obligation), and Executive agrees that he/she will not disclose to the Company any proprietary information of any former or concurrent employer, unless consented to by such employer.  Any violation of this Section 22(a) by Executive may result in the immediate termination of his/her employment with the Company.

 

(b)                                  Executive warrants and represents to the Company that he/she does not own or control and will not own or control while he/she is employed by the Company, any right, title or interest in any invention, design, development, improvement, process, software program, work of authorship, trademark or technique, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar statutes, that relates in any manner to, or is useful in, the actual or planned business or products of the Company or relates in any manner to, or is useful in, its actual or anticipated research and development of the Company. If, in contravention of the foregoing, any invention, design, development, improvement, process, software program, work of authorship, trademark or technique exists, Executive grants to the Company a perpetual, paid up, worldwide license to such invention, design, development, improvement, process, software program, work of authorship, trademark or technique.

 

23.                                Debarment/Exclusion .

 

Executive hereby certifies to the Company that, as provided in Section 306(a) and Section 306(b) of the U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. § 335a(a) and 335a(b)) and/or under any equivalent law within or outside the United States, he/she has not in the past been and/or is not currently (or threatened to be or subject to any pending action, suit, claim investigation or administrative proceeding which could result in him/her being) (i) debarred or (ii) excluded from participation in any federally funded healthcare program or (iii) otherwise subject to any governmental sanction in any jurisdiction (including disqualification from participation in clinical research) that would affect or has affected Executive’s ability to perform his/her obligations under this Agreement or his/her employment or prevent him/her from working for the Company in any capacity in any jurisdiction. Executive hereby confirms that he/she is not on any of the following exclusion lists: (a) Food and Drug Administration Debarment List; (b) General Services Administration Excluded Parties List System; or (c) Office of Inspector General List of Excluded Individuals/Entities. Executive warrants and represents to the Company that he/she will notify the Company immediately if any of the foregoing occurs or is threatened and that the obligation to provide such notice will remain in effect following the termination of his/her employment with the Company for any reason, voluntary or involuntary. Any violation of this section by Executive may result in the termination of his/her employment with the Company.  Immediately upon the request of the Company at any time, Executive will certify to the Company in writing his/her compliance with the provisions of this section.

 

18



 

24.                                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  All payments and benefits payable to Executive under this Agreement will be subject to appropriate tax withholding and other deductions as to the extent required by applicable law.

 

(b)                                  Executive’s and the Company’s obligations hereunder shall continue in full force and effect in the event that Executive’s job title, responsibilities, work location or other conditions of his/her employment with the Company change subsequent to the execution of the Agreement, without the need to execute a new Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Executive’s obligations hereunder to the Company shall apply equally to any of the Company’s current and future subsidiaries, affiliates, divisions, successors and assigns for which Executive performs services or about or from which Executive has access to Confidential Information.

 

(d)                                  Executive’s obligations hereunder shall survive the termination of his/her employment with the Company for any reason, voluntary or involuntary.

 

(e)                                   In the event that Executive breaches any of the provisions of Sections 9, 10 or 11 of this Agreement, to the extent permitted by law, the Restricted Period shall be tolled until such breach has been duly cured, it being the intent of the parties that such period shall be extended by any period of time in which Executive is in violation of such sections.

 

(f)                                    Executive agrees to provide a copy of Section 8 through 12 of this Agreement to any subsequent employers or prospective employers during the Restricted Period.  Executive specifically authorizes the Company to notify any subsequent employers or prospective employers of Executive of the restrictions on Executive contained in this Agreement and of any concerns the Company may have about actual or possible conduct by Executive that may be in breach of this Agreement Executive agrees to promptly notify the Company of any offers to perform services, any engagements to provide services, and/or actual work of any kind, whether as an individual, proprietor, partner, stockholder, officer, employee, director, consultant, joint venturer, investor, lender, or in any other capacity whatsoever during the Restricted Period. Such notice must be provided prior to the commencement of any such services or work.

 

(g)                                   The rights and remedies of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative (not alternative) and in addition to all other rights and remedies available to such parties at law, in equity, by contract or otherwise.

 

19



 

Intending to be legally bound hereby, Executive has signed this Agreement under seal, as of the date set forth below under his/her signature:

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

INC RESEARCH, LLC

 

 

 

Christopher L. Gaenzle

 

By:

/s/ D. Jamie Macdonald

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christopher L. Gaenzle

 

Its:

Chief Executive Officer

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

July 31, 2014

 

Date:

13 th August 2014

 

20




Exhibit 21.1

 

List of Significant Subsidiaries of INC Research Holdings, Inc.

 

Entity Name

 

Jurisdiction

INC Research Intermediate, LLC

 

Delaware

INC Research, LLC

 

Delaware

INC Research Investment, LLC

 

Delaware

INC Research Europe Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

INC Research Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

INC Research International Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

INC Research Branches Limited

 

United Kingdom

Kendle NC, LLC

 

North Carolina

INC Research Clinical Development Services Limited

 

United Kingdom

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated July 17, 2014, (except Note   , as to which the date is     , 2014), in the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-       ) and related Prospectus of INC Research Holdings, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

 

Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina

 

The foregoing consent is in the form that will be signed upon the completion of the reverse stock split described in Note     to the financial statements.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina

October 6, 2014